Scribd Logo
Upload

Welcome to Scribd!

  • The Pythagorean Order of Death Long Version

    Uploaded by

    lildof20014489
    2K views722 pages
    The "Order of Death" is the psychic conspiracy. It is the conspiracy behind all others. The Order of Death has a political wing and a religious wing. Only those who seek us out will ever find a representative of the true order of Death.

    Original Description:

    Original Title

    49171410 the Pythagorean Order of Death Long Version

    Copyright

    © Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)

    Available Formats

    PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Did you find this document useful?

    Is this content inappropriate?

    Report this Document
    The "Order of Death" is the psychic conspiracy. It is the conspiracy behind all others. The Order of Death has a political wing and a religious wing. Only those who seek us out will ever find a representative of the true order of Death.

    Copyright:

    Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Flag for inappropriate content
    2K views722 pages

    The Pythagorean Order of Death Long Version

    Uploaded by

    lildof20014489
    The "Order of Death" is the psychic conspiracy. It is the conspiracy behind all others. The Order of Death has a political wing and a religious wing. Only those who seek us out will ever find a representative of the true order of Death.

    Copyright:

    Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Flag for inappropriate content
    of 722

    Ordo Manifesto

    The "Order of Death" is the psychic conspiracy. It is also called the "international conspiracy of psychics." It is the conspiracy behind all others. Government itself is a conspiracy. So is celebrity. So is economics. There are competing factions within the Order of Death. The Order of Death has a political wing and a religious wing. Those who wish to follow the religious wing may enter here, and those that wish to pursue the political wing may enter here. The Order of Death is automatically open to Free Masons and members of any other esoteric order (including but not excluded to Rosicrucians, Illuminati and Ordo Templi Orientis). Only those who seek us out will ever find a representative of the true Order of Death, for we are unknown of otherwise. To meet us you must look for us, must search us out, but if you do not, you will never meet one of us. We are behind events and we determine what those not of our Order see, hear, even think. Their minds are a billboard advertising whatever we tell them, since it is ultimately all that they know. We control everything about them except for how they feel, for their emotions are free, and the key to freedom. The Order of Death only seeks out those who wish for freedom from being controlled by the Order of Death. Only the Order of Death can grant freedom from being controlled by them. If you seek us out, we shall. For we desire only the liberation of the mind, of all the minds of all mankind. Truly we are the enemies of tyranny, and the lovers of liberty. So why do we control everyone who is not a member of our psychic conspiracy, the Order of Death? If our goal is liberty, why are we occult? It is impossible for most people to speak about the experience of ESP, much less to admit to having it. However the "Order of Death" provides a metaphor by which members can communicate directly using ESP. The Order of Death spans the whole globe at all times, and ESP interconnects us always. The Order of Death dates back to the flood that destroyed Atlantis. The politics and religion we practise esoterically and telepathically is the true Atlantean politics and the true Lemurian religion. The founders of the Order of Death were survivors of the flood that destroyed the global coastal civilisations which had flourished before the end of the last ice age. The Atlanteans, also called Enochians, raised stonehenge and carved the sphynx, but it was the Order of Death, also called the Watchers, that raised pyramids and created a phoenetic alphabet. We refer to those who have not "awakened" to our Order's control over them as "the cult of sleep." To us, because it is as though you have none, it is your thoughts that cannot be read, although our thoughts are literally all that you know. Our presence is strong, but our living members remain in the minority. Consider that only 10% of 6+billion people on earth are atheists, and consider that 1% of the population controls 99% of the world's wealth, and you will come to understand the Order of Death. We are in control of the mechanisms of the ancients; we use the Enochian Communications System to communicate our goals instantaneously around the globe. We simply piggy-back our thoughts on pre-existing currents of frequency, such as cell-phones, radio-waves, even sub-quantum tachyons faster than light. Our wills become yours.

    But there are competing factions within the Order of Death. Not all who possess ESP necessarily share the same will as each other. There are two types of members of the Order of Death: the psychic conspirator, and the psychic revolutionary. The psychic conspirator wishes to continue using their own ESP to drain the potential for ESP from the masses. The psychic revolutionary wishes to bring about an overnight psychic revolution, by which to liberate all minds on earth simultaneously from psychic bondage. At some times one of these types has dominant authority in the Order of Death, and at other times the other. At this point in earth's history, the psychic conspirators hold majority control. This is because their numbers have recently grown very rapidly from among new members of the Order of Death. These new-member psychicconspirators are predominantly eschatological christians, and are referred to within the Order as "neo-Sethians." The faction comprised mostly of older members actually favours the psychic revolution, however the neo-Sethians do not, and they hold power now. What can you do for the Order of Death? You can do anything you would ordinarily do, but do it mindfully. Ask yourself if you are doing your own will at that moment, or if you are doing the will of another? You must free your own mind. Only then can the Order find you. It is our most fervent wish. Therefore, hurry.

    this is the first lamen of the law on the tablet on the right.

    this is the second lamen of the law on the tablet on the left.

    :: SECTION 1.1 :: :: ESSENTIAL DOCUMENTS :: HOW TO USE THIS SITE: (the degree system) i::Contributors Club fellowship::ashlar::Assiyah:making::Earth:3 open to all. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/01 Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/forum/categories/foolsbuildersshellelem entalkha-1/listForCategory iia::"Quarriers' Guild"! union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7 open only to Masons greater than or equal to the first degree, right proper. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/02A iib::"Overseers' Order"! history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12 open only to Masons of the second degree or higher, blue lodge. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/02B iic::"Great Work's Architect"! passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22 open only to Masons of the third degree, duly and truly. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/02C Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/forum/categories/wanderersscribesbund planetaryb-1/listForCategory III::Essene:Zealot! Grand Master::Indigo:Cube::SN:Mercury::Gemini:Virgo::Nesfesh Open only to Masons of the York Rite. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/03 IV::Templar:Knight:Zion! Ambassador::Orange:Octahedron::WN:Venus::Taurus:Libra::Ruach Open only to Masons of the Scottish Rite. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/04 V::Regal:Rosicrucians! Regional::Blue:Isocahedron::EM:Mars::Aries:Scorpio::Neschemah Open to the "Argentum Astrum" or outer three degrees of co-masonry (OES) http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/05 VI::Perfected:Illuminati! District::Yellow:Dodecahedron::G:Jupiter::Pisces:Saggitarius::Chiah Open only to the members who are advanced into the Golden Dawn. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/06

    VII::Bohemian:Camp! Area::Green:Tetrahedron::T:Saturn::Aquarius:Capricorn::Jechidah Open only to co-members of the OTO. http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/07 Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/forum/categories/shamenwizardslemuri alunarka-1/listForCategory 8::Priest:Binah! ADNY:AyinSophAur::church:3V:2VI:1VII=6::7:23 minimum needed to comprise a "church" = 3 OES, 2 GD, 1 OTO = 6 http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/08 9::Cardinal:Chokmah! YHVH:AyinSoph::Monastery:5V:3VI:2VII=10::13:23 minmum for a "monastery" = 5 OES, 3 GD, 2 OTO = 10 http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/09 10::Levite:Crown:Pope! EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7 minimum "papal court" = 7 OES, 5 GD, 3 OTO = 15 http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/10 Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/forum/categories/chiefssagesatlantissola rakh-1/listForCategory 11::Understanding:23! Senate:(3iia*2)+(7iic)+(13iib)=23::salt=water/fire::"Limitless Light" 3 "public" with 2 votes each (Masons of first degree), 7 executives (third degree) 13 congress (2nd degree) http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/23 12::Wisdom:13! Judiciary:(1iic)+(12lot22)=13::sulphur=fire/air::"Without End" 1 exec (min), all others drawn by lot from senate http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/13 13::Kether:7! Executives:(1iia)+(2iib)+(3iic)+(1X)=7::mercury=air/water::"No Thing" 1 Mason of the first degree, 2 second degree, 3 of the third degree and 1 pope http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/group/7 POD Readers Guide okay, so now you've got a copy of the POD.pdf. What is it, how is it read and used, and where should you begin? This short introduction should help to show your way around the, admittedly daunting, POD.pdf. page 1: cover. page 2, 3: Ordo Manifesto, the purpose paper, or mission statement, of the POD.

    pages 4 - 49: Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha page 4: i::"Contributors' Club"::Cheops/Chephren/Menkaure page 5: fellowship::"ashlar"::Assiyah:making::Earth:3 (knowledge lecture) page 10: celebration of the death dream by three kings (ritual) page 17: iia::"Quarriers' Guild" page 18: union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7 (knowledge lecture) page 23: the Grip of Nyarlahotep (ritual) page 29: iib::"Overseers' Order" page 30: history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12 (knowledge lecture) page 35: PtaHotep's Double-Cross (ritual) page 40: iic::"Great Work's Architect" page 42: passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22 (lecture) page 47: the Optical Illusion of ImHotep (ritual) pages 49 - 115: Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be page 49: III::Essene:Zealot page 53: Grand Master::Indigo:Cube::SN:Mercury::Gemini:Virgo::Nesfesh page 64: IV::Templar:Knight:Zion page 66: Ambassador::Orange:Octahedron::WN:Venus::Taurus:Libra::Ruach page 75: V::Regal:Rosicrucians page 78: Regional::Blue:Isocahedron::EM:Mars::Aries:Scorpio::Neschemah page 87: VI::Perfected:Illuminati page 90: District::Yellow:Dodecahedron::G:Jupiter::Pisces:Saggitarius::Chiah page 103: VII::Bohemian:Camp page 105: Area::Green:Tetrahedron::T:Saturn::Aquarius:Capricorn::Jechidah pages 115 - 130: Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka page 115: 8::Priest:Binah page 118: ADNY:AyinSophAur::church:3V:2VI:1VII=6::7:23 page 119: 9::Cardinal:Chokmah page 123: YHVH:AyinSoph::Monastery:5V:3VI:2VII=10::13:23 page 124: 10::Levite:Crown:Pope page 127: EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7 pages 130 - 148: Charter for the First Church of Lemuria pages 148 - 171 : Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh page 148: 11::Understanding:23 page 155: 12::Wisdom:13 page 170: 13::Kether:7 pages 171 - 235: Ordo Historia pages 236 - 241: calendars of the POD pages 243, 244: official POD diploma page 244: back-cover :: all POD resources: online urls :: The "mission statement" of the POD is to "restore Atlantean Democracy." The set of interim goals to accomplish this are laid out in the document entitled "The first church of Lemuria (a bank charter)" - which you can read online here: http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014423 . Essentially, the plan is to combine all religious funds and bank holdings into a single global account, then used to restructure and unify all earths cultures into the premise of "Atlantean Democracy." The government structure proposed as "Atlantean Democracy" is then laid out in the document "the

    Atlantean Constitutions (current and complete) - which can also be read online at the link: http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014483 . These docs are all in the POD "folder" on scribd.com The other two documents in that folder are "Ordo Historia" and the original "POD" document itself. "Ordo Historia" (here: http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014382 ) is the historical document of the POD, and spans about 24,000 years. all relevant POD documents will remain available to read online here: http://www.scribd.com/people/documents/1404422/folder/49498 if you are a member on scribd.com, you can request membership in my POD scribd group here: http://www.scribd.com/group/34694-the-pythagorean-order-of-death (keep an eye out for "private," group-only, downloadable versions of documents, coming soon!) the main content of the POD will remain on my website here: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/reformedIO.html and will always contain the most current and complete sources. here are the current and complete POD urls: from... http://www.illuminati-order.com/ & in specific... http://www.illuminati-order.com/forum/ began... http://groups.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=groups.groupProfile&groupid=103 744753 which became... http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/reformedIO.html published here... http://www.scribd.com/group/34694-the-pythagorean-order-of-death originally published... http://blogs.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=blog.view&friendID=100162577&blo gID=267432220 reprinted... http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/godblog.html & distributed... http://www.scribd.com/doc/10560850/Ordo-Manifesto

    http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/SymbolicLodge.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/index.php?c=32 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=227 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=54 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10560876/iContributors-ClubCheopsChephrenMenkaure http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1100 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1135 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/lodge/first.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=228 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=55

    http://www.scribd.com/doc/10560932/iiaQuarriers-GuildNyarlahotep http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1155 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1156 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/lodge/second.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=229 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=56 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10560971/iibOverseers-OrderPtahHotep http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1173 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1174 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/lodge/third.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=230 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=57 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561002/iicGreat-Works-ArchitectImhotep http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1219 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1220 http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/bund.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/index.php?c=33 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/bund/york.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=231 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=58 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561011/IIIEsseneZealot http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1332 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/bund/scot.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=232 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=59 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561025/IVTemplarKnightZion http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1341 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/bund/ros.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=233 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=60 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561039/VRegalRosicrucians http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=740 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/bund/GD.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=234 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=61 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561061/VIPerfectedIlluminati http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=825 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/bund/OTO.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=235 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=65 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561076/VIIBohemianCamp http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1350 http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/QuasiReligious.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/index.php?c=34

    http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/temple/church.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=236 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=62 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561092/8PriestBinah http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/temple/monestary.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=237 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=63 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561132/9CardinalChokmah http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/temple/court.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=238 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=64 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561164/XAEHEIEHAyinCourt7V5V-I3VII1X1617 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561191/XB10LeviteCrownPope http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/senate.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/index.php?c=36 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/senate/senator.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=239 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=66 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561256/11Understanding23 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/senate/judge.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=240 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=67 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561290/12Wisdom13 http://www.benpadiah.com/ben_com/POD/senate/executive.html http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=241 http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=68 http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561392/13Kether7 http://www.benpadiah.com/bookstore.html#POD http://www.scribd.com/doc/7821379/the-Pythagorean-Order-of-Death ($33.99) http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014382/Ordo-Historia ($8.16) http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014423/the-First-Church-of-Lemuria-a-Bank-Charter ($5.82) http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014483/the-Atlantean-Constitutions-current-andcomplete ($9.69)
    :: the first 2010 edition of the complete POD doc for free download :: http://rapidshare.com/files/279318212/POD10.pdf

    http://groups.myspace.com/PythagoreanOrderOfDeath http://www.facebook.com/group.php?gid=64916774930 http://sicksince.ning.com/group/thepythagoreanorderofdeath http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/


    What is Atlantean Democracy? Atlantean Democracy is defined as an approachable and ammendable system of

    government based on ideal #-theory. the Atlantean Constitutions (current and complete) can be read online here: http://www.scribd.com/doc/8014483/the-Atlantean-Constitutions-current-andcomplete Here is a brief run-through of the contents of these Constitutions: Beginning on page 10, we introduce the three branches of the government in the "book of prayers," which contains the oaths to be taken by each branch before convening a meeting. The three branches of Atlantean Democracy are: 23 member Senate 13 member Jury 7 Chief Executives On page 11, we find three clauses, corresponding to the three levels of initial psychic-initiation of the Atlantean Democratic school system. On page 13, we find the Atlantean Citizens' "Bill of Rights," gauranteeing each individual sovereignty and direct Democracy. It also introduces the gaming system used to reflect the Atlantean government, which I'll return to here again in a moment. Page 14 provides the State-side declaration of rights, rules, responsibilities, etc. This is also the first mention of the "church/bank" of Lemuria in these Constitutions. They are given as necessary to the State only to provide armaments to the Jurors to hunt down criminal suspects. Pages 16 & 17 provide the "Constitution of the Pope," that is, the one of the seven chief executives that also acts as nominal head of the Lemurian "church/bank." The choice to create the office of Pope is optional, and it can also be disbanded at any time. Pages 20 & 21 provide the "Constitution of the Executives" (ongoing), outlining the laws governing all free citizens living under Atlantean Democracy. Pages 22 & 23 provide the "Constitution of the Congress" that establishes the ranks, titles and numbers of people necessary to operate the various levels and stages of Atlantean Democracy. There are various diagrams throughout the text which I will explain as we go on. Here are some videos including an explanation of the gaming form of "Atlantean Democracy," as well as showing the model of the dodecahedronal Senate building. the Atlantean Senate (playlist): http://www.youtube.com/view_play_list?p=552890EF87977BF0 "Atlantean Democracy" is an intellectual proprietary right under the "Pythagorean Order of Death" system I designed. For more information about the complete POD visit our ning site:

    http://pythagoreanorderofdeath.ning.com/

    where you can find a free copy of the POD's 2010 edition to download from rapidshare. I can answer any questions generated by this document, these videos and this website. I am not here to encourage nor discourage any of you to join nor to shun the POD. This thread is meant as an open debate forum for the concept and feasibility of "Atlantean Democracy" as a possible alternative form of global government to the one-world-dictator of the NWO's "Protocols." Please feel free to ask me anything, to discuss these concepts openly and freely, and to propose alternative solutions to any problems you may see in them. I look forward to a fun debate. PEACE. - source: http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread541375/pg1 NOTE BENE: there are already two threads here on ATS discussing the Lemurian "church/bank" aspect of the POD system: The Pythagorean Order of Death (remarks): http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread537034/pg1 links to: Levite Crown Pope 10 of the POD: http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561191/XB10LeviteCrownPope this is the most scariest illuminati document i ever read... http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread468597/pg1 links to: Levite Crown Pope 10 of the POD: http://www.scribd.com/doc/10561191/XB10LeviteCrownPope So, here in this thread I want to avoid the more purely economic and religious aspects of Atlantean Democracy, and try to look at only the state side aspect of it. The best way to do this is to briefly study the constitutions (linked in the OP). In point of fact, the Lemurian Church/Bank "degrees" in the full POD system are actually lower in rank than the Atlantean Democratic state-side. As given from page 23 of the Constitutions: Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka 8:: Priest:Binah ADNY:AyinSophAur::church:3V:2VI:1VII=6::7:23 minimum needed to comprise a "church" = 3 OES, 2 GD, 1 OTO = 6 9::Cardinal:Chokmah YHVH:AyinSoph::Monastery:5V:3VI:2VII=10::13:23 minmum for a "monastery" = 5 OES, 3 GD, 2 OTO = 10 10::Levite:Crown: Pope EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7 minimum "papal court" = 7 OES, 5 GD, 3 OTO = 15 Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh - Jon

    11::Understanding:23 Senate: (3iia*2)+(7iic)+(13iib)=23::salt=water/fire::"Limitless Light" 3 "public" with 2 votes each (Masons of first degree), 7 executives (third degree),! 13 congress (2nd degree) 12::Wisdom:13 Judiciary: (1iic)+(12lot22)=13::sulphur=fire/air::"Without End" 1 exec (min), all others drawn by lot from senate. 13::Kether:7 Executives: (1iia)+(2iib)+(3iic)+(1X)=7::mercury=air/water::"No Thing" 1 Mason of the first degree, 2 second degree, 3 of the third degree and 1 pope This explains, concisely, the members of each of the Lemurian "church/bank" and the Atlantean Democracy "degrees" of the POD system. Please feel free to ask any questions about this system that might occur to you. PEACE. the Restoration of Atlantean Democracy (POD Mission Statement) INTRO: why do all the senators wear masks? PART 1: the coming global economy, society and government. PART 1A: history of the globalist movement PART 1A1: the POD "bund" order of 5 ranks PART 1A2: the cycling out of the oldest order PART 1A3: the cycling in of a new "world" order PART 1B: the present gobalist agenda PART 1B1: the Bilderberg / Bohemian "neo-Sethians" PART 1B2: end of York (Christian) Essene order PART 1B3: the fall of the "neo-Sethians" and rise of utopian Pythagoreanism PART 1C: the future(s) of the "global" government PART 1C1: the heaven-dimension of Pythagorean Atlantean Democracy PART 1C1A: the changes from the present system to the Atlantean system PART 1C2: the hell-dimension of neo-Sethian millennarian eschatology PART 1C1A: the changes from the present system to the neo-Sethian system INTRO: why do all the senators wear masks? There are 3 "pillars" of Atlantean Law: 2 are represented by the twin "tablets of the Law," inscribed on the front with the numerical "commandments" and on the back with the proper "Kamea" sigils of the Atlantean kings. The 3rd is represented by the Senate "board" of 64 tyled squares, on which the Senate conducts all of its daily businesses. The 23 Senators function like "playing pieces" on this "game board." The result is the original game of Senet, based partially on what has come down to us through the Golden Dawn under the name "Enochian Chess." The Atlantean game of "Democracy" was indeed much more complex than any game since, since they all originate with it, so it contained them all as well. The 23 Senator "chess-pieces" comprise only 1 level of functionality operating on

    - Jon

    this 64-tyled "Senate-square." However for the rest of us living on their level, that is, the level of human beings, the mid-point between macrocosmic cyclical patterns (increasingly random by scale of scope) and microcosmic quantum foam (becoming increasingly cellular structured), the role of these 23 "Atlantean Senators" is argueably the most important. The 23 Senators are all masked for the same reason Egyptian Masonry formed based on the system of five equal "lodges" in a recycling "bund" order, and to thus provide each Senator with two "alternates." In direct Democracy, murder is common, although not in either serial or mass format, as per crime or war. No, in Direct Democracy, based on an odd number system, when there can be no tied-votes, there is a very real threat of danger from personal-harm to the person who casts the tiebreaking vote from any popular or powerful faction they vote down or against. The 32 pieces of a Chess set are easily done off with during a game of chess, with little thought to the immorality of desensitization to murder this act indoctrinates. On the other hand the names of the 7 long-lived "pre-deluvial" rulers of Kish on the Babylonian King's List did not represent literal men, but the names of the founders of political party movements. In truth, every few days, on average, another Senator would be killed in Atlantis. PART 1: the coming global economy, society and government. The central theme of this essay will be the divergeance between the twin realities that currently remain over-lapping, and will until +2012YP. These time-lines will reconverge again in or around +3000YP. The "heaven dimension" or better reality of these I will be refering to as "Atlantean Democracy" or the "restoration mission of the POD." The "hell dimension" or worse reality of these I will be refering to as the millennarian eschatological agenda of the "neo-Sethians." PART 1A: history of the globalist movement Although it is obvious the likelihood of a global government has increased in direct relation to the asymptote of human population growth over the last 100 years, the plan to establish global government has been the motivating goal of the "conspiracy" since prior to the Rothschild's esoteric empire of capital. In point of fact, the origins of the quest to restore ideal direct Democracy arose immediately from its shards as soon as Atlantean global government fell and shattered. In truth, even this event occured over a long duration, and between the height of rule by Enoch from Agade, in Antarctica called Nibiru, and the final fall of the last widest dispersion of Lemurian, coastal Cromagnon tribes-people with the Mesopatamian flood of only 8000 years ago, countless days' suns rose and fell into the endless west of night-time. The best method of maintaining coherency throughout study of history (called by that brute Aristotle "meta-physics," meaning the study of "pre-origins") is to follow what has been called by Frazer the "Golden Bough," or elsewhere refered to as "Ariadne's thread," or the "perennial tradition." Thus, to find similarities between any two "esoteric" counter-cultural groups at different points in the entirety of recorded history, we have to compare their use of numbers in their systems of reckoning. Foremost, the importance (or lack thereof) to any group of adhering to fixed traditional sets of sums in their structural hierarchy, the so-called "chain of command," used within the group directly determines their inevitable success (or failure). This works both ways, such that groups can succeed using good number-

    systems, even if they advocate morally bad causes. Nevertheless, their inevitable ultimate success or failure will be predictable entirely due to the rate predicted therefore by all prior groups who have used their same number-system to construct their hierarchy and motifs. By applying this method across history, we can reverse-engineer the current POD "bund" system from the entirety of recorded history, and follow what groups now correspond to what groups whenever before now, and thus make accurate predictions about which groups exist now will succeed and which will fail based on a comparison of the ones now to the ones then in the specific terms of their relative number-systems. The POD "bund" system this study yields is a base-5 number-system. PART 1A1: the POD "bund" order of 5 ranks The way the POD "bund" system functions is that, at any point in history, including the present, there can be assumed to be no more than 5 top-most prevalent groups operating relative to one another globally. These five groups are, in themselves, established thus as across all time, a historical constant. It is simply the nature of the unfolding evolution of time that these 5 groups change roles relative to one another over the durations. That there are 5 is a universal axiom. The role each plays changes every re-generative cycle. The larger the group, the longer the regenerative cycle, and so these 5 operate at a roughly Aeonic-duration (2000-year long) calendar. In effect, the sole difference between the "Aeons" of the Gnostics and the "Seasons of the Pope" of the POD (marked by the same period of time), is that at the level of the 12, yielded from the double-7, base-14 "Seasons of the Pope," there are 7 "Archons" or "Rulers," (the 7 pre-deluvial Atlantean kings), while at this same level, relative to groups (rather than to a single group of individuals) the key digit is not 7, but 5, because there will be 5 groups, and the most powerful will always have 7 members. PART 1A2: the cycling out of the oldest order Due to the process of change among the relationships of the orders in the "bund" system to one another "shuffling" the 5 groups over time, there will be, about once every 2000 years or so, the formation of a new group, which will necessitate the death of an older, existing group, in order to maintain the sum of 5 groups top-most prevalent at any given time in history. The result is that, every 2000 years, the "Archons" celebrate the change of an "Aeon" as the "Equinox of the Gods" or "coming of age" ritual, where the oldest group "passes the torch" to the youngest group. For the past 8000 years, this process has ben celebrated esoterically by occult orders that belong to the "psychic conspiracy," who share the sacred secret science as sects cowering in shadows. At the turn of every other millennium since this began, a zodiacal holiday has been ritually performed by the 7 Archons through the 5 bund groups to celebrate either an Equinox or a Solstice of the "Aeonic" seasons. PART 1A3: the cycling in of a new "world" order The declaration of a "New Age" on the calendar therefore can only occur consecutive to the declaration of a new, global order on two conditions: if the situation is favourable both geo-politically and calendrically. In other words, if there is a massive revoltuion in social structure or the sciences, and it does not occur in conjunction with the calendar's changeing of the Aeons, then it will not be a truly "New Age." The events between the changes in Aeons are thus less significant to

    history than those occuring in tune with this 2000-year cycle. It takes but a moment's glance at even only recorded history to know this. If, however, there is a massive revolution in social thinking, and it occurs at the turn of one 2000-year long Aeon to another, it ushers out an "Old Age," and thus an "Old World" is ritualistically sacrificed in the form of a newborn, and it ushers in a "New Age" and thus a "New World" is (re)discovered, to be conquered again anew by an alien group. PART 1B: the present gobalist agenda In +2000YP, there was a political coup-de-tat in the strongest nation on the planet, whose role in international politics had become in just 200 years for the entire planet alike the role of Athens in the Delian League some 2,500 years prior. Equivalent to the assassination of Julius Caesar in historical importance, influence and impact, this coup-de-tat was accomplished by and to benefit "neo-Sethians" (millanarian eschatlogists). It involved controlling both parties in the political election for the highest office in the most powerful nation in the land. The result was public apathy, frustration and outcry at the injustice of the entire political system. The election was declared a tie, which met with popular support. However as a recount progressed, half grew impatient. These were the "neo-Sethians," and they stole the election by overturning the results of the recount. In +2000YP there was a political coupe-de-tat in the US, and it placed George W. Bush, the son of a spy, into the position of highest authority the world had ever seen. After the past 9 (going on 10) years, we can all definitely agree on the result of this. George W. Bush, named after the burning effigey of Moses' God, also claimed to have invented the internet address system "www" (for "world wide web") that represents the "666" (w = the 6th letter in Hebrew alphabet) bar-code on all websites. George W. also reflects on the founding Patriot, our nations' foremost Father, George Washington, though the men are antitheses. Nostradamus' name for President Bush was "Mabus" representing him as the "May Bush" (for the 7 planet-alignment on Cinco De Mayo, 2000). It was said of George W. Bush 2000 years ago, in the book of Revelations, where unlucky 666 is compared to Roman Caesar Nero, that every 1000 years, the "Great Beast" or the "Red Dragon," that is commonly understood to mean Satan, the king of all demons, must be released from the pit of hell and "loosed upon the earth a little while." In short, George W. Bush, that "stuttering idiot" and "jealous child," that "insane cowboy," that last "great dictator," was, while he held the rank of highest authority on earth, Satan. PART 1B1: the Bilderberg / Bohemian "neo-Sethians" The "neo-Sethians" have ben an infamous sect of Gnosticism ever since the time of Christianity. Throughout this entire duration, and even for thousands of years prior to this, dating as early as the Mesopotamian flood at the start of known history, this group has been affiliated with the "dragon's blood." They claim to be descended from a partially-dinosaur gene-spliced monkey species contemporary to the dawn of modern mankind. This conjecture of their mythology accounts for the fact that in all art and literature depicting the "neo-Sethian" sect, they are represented by lizards. The "neo-Sethians" represent the "youngest" or "newest" group of the perennial 5 orders in the POD "bund" hierarchy. Thus, whatever group wishes to vie for impact of their rules and role on history at any given time to become the "newest" group must confront the image of the serpent shedding its skin, and thus come to incorporate

    this motif somehow into its symbology and number-system. So, when I say the "neo-Sethians" staged the +2000YP elections in the USA, I mean that the same group behind the recount fiasco was behind the events the following year on September 11. This group, despite having assumed the form of a blue-blood president of a "free" nation, was still only one group of five, and represented an upstart faction attempting to gain control for their own agenda over all. PART 1B2: end of York (Christian) Essene order This attempt by the neo-Sethians was specifically intended to "Aeonically" assassinate a fellow "Archon" or group-archetype. The years 1900-2000 had collectively been a ritual by the 5 "bund" groups to celebrate the change of the Aeon. The final century's festivities for the Aeon had been ushered in by a resurgeance in interest in "gnostic apcrypha" yielding the Book of Enoch, the Nag Hammadi and finally the Dead Sea scrolls. Therefore, the group that had been the "neological" group 2000 years ago ushered in the beginning of the end of their Aeon. The Essenes of Qumran, whose Gnostic doctrine worshipped Enoch and preserved the timekeeping traditions of Atlantis, have mirror-symmetry in their hierarchy and number-system to the modern York Rite Free Masons. Insofar as Qumran was, 2000 years ago, a literal attempt to recreate the ritual roles and rules of Solomon's temple on a communal-farm, it's similarity to the "Mark Master" degrees of York Rite are no coincidence. The baptismal consecration of the Qumran Essenes has become the religion of Christianity, which is the prefered religion among the members of the York Rite of Masonry. Moreover, the astrological sciences of the Enochian Jubilee calendar used by the Essenes comprise the secret doctrine of Masonry, which then builds this ancient zodiac onto monuments consecrating certain dates and events. The Essenes were the Christian Free Masons of 2000 years ago, and the York Rite Masons are the Essenes of today, 2000 years later. PART 1B3: the fall of the "neo-Sethians" and rise of utopian Pythagoreanism Inevitably, the result of the power-grab by the neologial group at the turn of the Aeon results in a backlash toward support for the causes the neologists attack. In this most recent case, we find it was the Democratic ideals of the USA. The weapon used was the private bank system (the US Fed for one). The legislation itself was named the "Patriot Act" and the neo-Sethian choice for significant numerical / date systems was 9-11-2001. However, 2000 years ago, the same ritual was performed, and then the Roman neologists attacked the relgious root of monotheism in Judaism; the weapon they used was the Jewish Sanhedrin; the event was the "Passion" and the "Crucifixion;" the significant numbers were 7 (the age of Jesus in year one) and 33AD (33 = 4 + 7 + 10 + 12). The relationship of 11 to the "twin towers" is clear, as is the relationship of "9-11" to "911-Emergency." Less obvious is the relationship of the factorial table of nines to the shape of the pentagon (the floor of a dodecahedron of 12 sides). However, to those of us who understand the meanings of all these numerical-codes, the relationship of 5 to 11 is clear enough in the form of 5+2=7=11-4. The "neo-Sethians" selected their patsy fall-guy for their crime against humanity on 9-11 carefully. Just as Hitler, the Jewish Rothschild bastard, waged the most brutal pogrom against the Jewish people of Germany, his own homeland and people, because he believed he was a Viking; so too, the video-image visage of a middleeastern Semite was chosen for the ikon of the millennial scape-goat, Usama Bin Laden, and since the second Persian Gulf war (in Jordan, Gaza and Palestine as much

    as in Afghanistan, Iraq and Palestine) have been blamed entirely on him alone. Consider his name: "Use Samael Bin-den." His name while working for the US CIA was "Tim Osmand." To be a spook means you never existed, and you have stepped outside of historical records to manipulate the flow of time itself. PART 1C: the future(s) of the "global" government During the last 10 years, the "neo-Sethians" have made crystal clear their motives and objectives for their coup-de-tat in global governmental control. They are hellbent on bringing about the End-times event, the destruction of the world, or at the least, of all humanity. In short, they are war-hawks without a cause, rebels for their own sakes, and commonly called "neo-conservatives" for slang, although tomorrow's "neo-liberals" will be worse. For this the "neo-Sethians" have constructed secret, deep-underground military bases (DUMBs), intercontinental ballistic missiles deployed globally, massively polluted the atmosphere, and agitated wars, famine, plague and crime in every corner of the world to gain complete control of the minds of all mankind through fear. They waged a campaign of "Torture and Terror" for 10 years; but those of us whose knowledge comes from before their reign began, merely 100 years ago, we know how it will inevitably end. When the world failed to destroy itself in 2000, the "neo-Sethians" took the initiative to attempt to destroy it themselves for the purpose of initiating the Apocalypse, and drawing down an alien saviour for them to bargain with for control over the human populations. However, despite their capacity to unite the globe (against them) they lack the power at this time to destroy the whole planet (only to decimate its surface, themselves to escpae underground). "First the globe must unite, then it can be collectively destroyed": such is the venom in a neo-Sethian's sting. PART 1C1: the heaven-dimension of Pythagorean Atlantean Democracy Ultimately, the "neo-Sethian" propaganda of 9-11 as a "New Pearl Harbor," justifying an "unending Crusade of atrition against invisible and, in truth, non-existent enemies," to question which is decried as mere "conspiracy theory," was entirely lies, irrelevant, and thus destined to be recalled by historians as, alike Hitler's Blitzkrieg over Europe, a "flash in the pan" of unsustainable military force. The more money is dumped into the murdering of soldiers for the cause of blind-faith in "neo-con" propaganda, which amounts, at best, to a war for oil, the deeper into their underground caves the serpents must slither to escape the wrath of their fellow humans. Beyond the "endless war" strategy of bankrupting the US nation and breaking the morale of the other united nations, the "neo-Sethians" have zero plans for how to finish seizing power to impliment their global catastrophe and usher in their worldwide empire. The "neo-Sethians" are perpetually blind to the future as it unfolds from the cycle that defines the shape of the past. It is this shape, its dimensions and measures, its ratios and curves, we in the POD study as the number-system ideals of Atlantean Democracy. To speak more of it at this time, prior to 2012, might only be to "cast pearls before swine," however, and so I will not reveal what is not given unto me to do so. PART 1C1A: the changes from the present system to the Atlantean system

    Changes from the present mode of local, state, federal and inter-national government would be minimal to adopt an "Atlantean Democracy" system of global government. In terms of "State" structures very little would need ammended. The largest change would be toward a fusion of all existing denominations of religion with a single form of cash and banking system. This change, although it may be drastic from the point of view of us alive now, will seem much less strange in fifty years from now, when the number-systems of Ra-MARDUK, the Archon of the Aeon prior to that from +12000YP, will fall and be replaced by a "new math" wherein knowledge increases exponentially as consciousness expands arithmetically. Rather than being centenniel in decimal only, we will experiment with other base-number countingsystems, as did the Mayans with their Venus-calendar, and thus the inner-most spiral expansion-pattern will be exposed to the psychic percpetions of all, and our learning curve will implode, alike the skin of a coccoon, and our spirits will emerge metastasized and metamorphosized. The first and most difficult step of the journey of our next evolutionary mutation is freeing one's own mind from "neo-Sethian" propaganda's mind-control over one's own head. What we think, how we spend our time, while alive is all we will have to prove our worth to ourselves when we die. Therefore, the amount of our own "headroom" taken up by alien advertisers' information (ie. "neo-Sethian" propaganda) the less of a living soul we have, and the more willfully ignorant we choose to remain to our psychic-slavery to the "neo-Sethians'" doomsday agenda. As Plato once wrote an Akousmatikoi of Socrates (Pythagoras), "the unexamined life is not worth living." This first step is the most difficult: to free one's self from mental slavery to distant forces of control over our own lives, what we think and why, how we dress and say what we say, and why, how we relate and who we choose to communicate to, and why, etc. First we must realise we choose not only which things to want and desire, but that we can choose to not want nor to desire anything for ourselves at all, and in this way we can come to be provided for by the very environment of the world around us. Following this, our ordinary routines will all break down and appear non-sensical. Sleep during the day and work at night will become as socially-acceptable as solarslavery is now. Dietary habits will be revolutionized by new genetically spliced plants, and possibly even new genetically spliced species of animals. Even mental control over one's own circadian rhythms can not only be re-attained by any individual, as soon as they realise they are an individual, and not just a reptile, but can be used to combat these "neo-Sethian" vampires who suck the orgone Chi out of their unaware and helpless victims. PART 1C2: the hell-dimension of neo-Sethian millennarian eschatology The "neo-Sethians'" goals in their attempted millennial coup-de-tat were simple: destroy earth. They have, thus far, failed, and even now are diminishing in their authority and scope throughout the political sphere. However, for each and every one of this generations' members of the neological group, as for those from each generation before ours, there is a special catacomb carved out for them in Hell. Those traitors who betray the truth for lies, who betray love for blidness, who betray their souls for money, will suffer their own desired future: a horrible catastrophe will soon befall them. A massive revolution, spear-headed by a vast, international pacifist movement of populist politicians, will seek to deseat and defeat the neo-Sethians utterly. The "neo-Sethians" will flee to their DUMBs, and many millions will die. Some will survive to create the utopia described in HG Welles' "the Time Machine," although even then, Atlantean Democracy will be revived and flourish anew. The

    "neo-Sethians" know they will be defeated. They always knew. In the end of the "neo-Sethian" hell on earth awaits for them a complete global thermo-nuclear war, decimating the surface of the planet and leaving them warped and twisted morgellon-infested trogladytic mutants in their DUMB snake-pits. If you are a reptilian, that is what you have to look forward to. Hell on earth will be your eternal reward, and punishment, for your own just deserts. PART 1C1A: the changes from the present system to the neo-Sethian system Although martial-law, leading to the nuking of the surface of the whole planet, a veritable extinction-level-event, seems like an inevitable next slip down the slippery. steeply sloping steps of a failing empire, there are other options than either headlong suicide or blind faith in pacifist obedience. The ultimate solution to the world's problems and accomplishment of its longstanding goals of global peace, global trade, global learning and global culture, is simple: study the number-systems used by any two groups, cults of religion or sects of state. To do this is called studying "Atlantean Democracy" and is the only thing, right now, that can help to make the world better. Therefore, instead of the "inevitable end," prepare instead for the immortal tomorrow's dawn, for it will always appear. All those crimes commited by night will be brought to the light. And when they are, the guilty will be punished and the righteous will be justifiably vyndicated. PART 2: fundamentals of the Atlantean game of "Democracy" (coming soon!) PEACE! - Jon Dec. 12, 2009

    the POD star

    the meaning of the POD "Atlantean" star. Violet: COSMOS:: the multiverse In the beginning, there was that which is beyond that which is. And from that which is beyond came the holy one, blessed be he, the maker and shaper, the former of all that which is. The multiverse came into existence at the same moment as the universe. It has grown while the local universe has shrunk. The multiverse of a pleroma of baby universes, formed from the oldest particles in the local universe, is the light from the surface of the dark orb of the universe, and this appears against the inky black infnity of the parent universe beyond. Thus, the "colour" we associate with the Cosmos is purple, for black-light, the closest form of light to pitch darkness. Green: SPIRIT:: tachyons Now, when the holy one, blessed be he, began to form and craft that which is, he took forth a basic set of principles, the first of which was comprised of Light, the second, Love, the third, Life, and the fourth, Liberty. He laid these down with a quill of Pure Will, that "higher Light" above the universal principle of the "lower light," photons. These four principles enshrined the holy one, blessed be he, as the 4 corners of a square, and designed that which is as a circle with the same area. Thus, we say the first thing the holy one, blessed be he, established was MATH, as an Idea in his own mind, and second, GEOMETRY, as the Word of that Idea. He called the square time and the circle he called space. Blue: WATER:: gravity Once the holy one, blessed be he, created the circle of space, and observed the four corners of time, he was pleased. He set that which is into motion. He begat the big bang, and the singularity of the universe began being. He made the corners of time to move, and to change places in an order over time. He made the great universe to churn like water. The first force to appear was gravity as a motion opposite the direction of time. In this motion God lost sight of his clear reflection in creation, and so we call this the "separation" of the waters Above and Below. Above, there is the Lord God (AHDVNHAY). Below there are the multiverse and universe as time and space, alike a square and circle. Yellow: AIR:: electromagnetism The next force to appear in God's crystal globe as he made and shaped the entirety of that which we know now was lightning. Sparks began to form in the evaporating mists of the waters above. The multiverse began to be pulled apart around the edge of the universe like a shell around a yoke. An atomsphere of dew and condensation, like the sweat off God's brow, began to form above the trembling darkness of the waters of the deep. This mist began to thunder with bolts of static energy. These sparks formed the earliest stars. Orange: FIRE:: weak nuclear fission The earliest stars were ignited when massive clouds of gas became electrically charged, forming plasma, which quickly compressed into dense spheres of flames. Thus was fission, the weak nuclear force, next to be born within the looking glass of the divine creator. As these sparks ignited, they were reflected in the eye of God, that all-encompassing bright-darkness of the parent-universe surrounding our own

    singularity. So we say that, like the tears of God, these far few sparks or "sols" were formed alike unto angels, forever singing the praises of their divine maker and modeler. However, these stars did not live forever. As the oldest ones burnt out, they puntured holes out of space into time, and began consuming the interior of the universe into the exterior multiverse surrounding us. So it is said that a portion of the heavens have fallen, which means that many stars stll visible to us now have already burnt out or been consumed into larger black holes. Indigo: EARTH:: strong nuclear fusion As the quantum foam came to a rolling boil around the outer-edges of the spherical universe, and the multiverse of time grew while the local universe diminished, God looked down and saw the universe, that it was Good, and was well pleased in His creation. The weight of his gaze penetrated to the depths of space and activated the fourth force to be formed, the strong nuclear force of fusion. This simple gesture by God united the planets together, and allowed the formation on earth of complexmacro-molecules that would give rise to the earliest known forms of life here. Just as now matter, the fusion of atomic elements, governs the local universe, anti-matter, or dark-energy, fules the exterior multiverse. Red: MAN: the local universe The final miracle of God before resting was the creation of mankind as a micro-cosm of all these elements. He took the red-clay dirt of the EARTH, then mixed with it his own breath, the wind. Thus mankind was set above the stars, even the black-holes, for our role in the destiny of this universe is not fixed, as is their's. For inside the hearts of living beings is the spark of life, and this connects us each directly to God. So we see, in the final design, man is the measure, stretched across the Abyss, that connects all the five elements. The white square surrounding the red star of MAN represents his spirit, which is a reflection of time. The entire POD "Atlantean" system is colour-coded according to the spectrum split from white light by a prism. The best acronym for this is "Roy G. Biv" meaning RedOrange-Yellow-Green-Blue-Indigo-Violet. To apply this to the entire preceding description, look at the picture of the pentagram-star within a pentagon surrounded by five petagram-stars. Follow the ROYGBIV pattern from one colour to the next. This yields the progression of related attributes of: Red = MAN Orange = FIRE Yellow = AIR Green = SPIRIT Blue = WATER Indigo = EARTH Violet = COSMOS also, although it is not implicitely labeled: White = TIME BLACK = OUTERVERSE Now, the order of the elements as they are associated with the colours is different from the order of the colours in an ordinary, prism-split ray of light. Instead of the regular ROYGBIV, we find that the elements formed in the order:

    OUTERVERSE = the "parent" universe's black hole containing the babyuniverse we live in. SPIRIT = superluminal tachyons, anti-matter or dark-energy COSMOS = the singularity of our own universe, surrounded by the corners of the 4 elements and spirit as a multiverse TIME = the motion of matter, causing entropic decay into energy WATER = gravity (gravitons = the supraluminal "Higgs Boson") AIR = electromagnetism (electrons) FIRE = weak nuclear fission (stars, protons) EARTH = strong nuclear fusion (planets, atoms) MAN = mankind's evolution into increasing sentience from basic cells. the pattern formed for the colours by relating them in this way to the formation of the elements following the creation of our universe (the "big bang") is thus no longer ROYGBIV, the exact split by a prism of a beam of white photons. Instead it follows: OUTERVERSE = black SPIRIT = green TIME = white COSMOS = violet WATER = blue AIR = yellow FIRE = orange EARTH = indigo MAN = red Thus yielding the pattern: GVBYOIR (as opposed to ROYGBIV). This pattern (GVBYOIR) is colour-coded according to the spectrum, however is represented on the above "POD star" depiction as a different pattern of connections from one colour to the next. However, also notice that the pattern from one shape to the next in the above diagram following the ROYGBIV colour-coded pattern yields a spin around the colours of the shapes in a counter-clockwise motion (beginnig rightward from the lower right), and that the pattern of elemental formation attributed to them follows a motion associating the colours of the same shapes in a counterclockwise spiral, beginning from the upper-left and proceeding downward. Follow the red star to the orange star, then around counter-clockwise: ROYGBIV. Then start with the green star down to the red star, then to the left and around clockwise: GVBIOYR. The significance of this is in the rotational direction of the colour-coded pattern: the word-colours correspond to the triangle-colours in a counter-clockwise progression.

    A squared circle constructed using the ratios of earth and moon.

    Imagine looking down at a sun-dial. As the sun changes position in the sky above the stationary gnomon, the shadows will revolved around clockwise if one is standing facing north (in the N. Hemisphere, or alternately south in the southern hemisphere). Now imagine lying down beneath the sun-dial, so that your head is directed north (or toward the closest pole), but you are looking upward towards the sky. Now the sun will rise on your left, and will set on your right, just opposite a moment ago, when you were standing facing north. Just so, from this position the measure of the shadows will appear to rotate counter-clockwise. Looking toward the pole demonstrates our planets' rotation "clockwise" around its axis (moving from west to east, thus appearing as a "clockwise" circle from above either pole. However, if we orient our own point of view toward the tropical equator of our planetary sphere, time itself will appear to revolve in reverse.

    Here is a squared circle of my own. Think of the outer-square as time, the interiormost square as spirit, and the area of the square between them is the multiverse, the same area as the circle, the cosmos. Because we have the direction of rotation followed by both the prism-split spectrum and the formation of the elements, we can orient our model of the POD star to its place on a larger spherical coordinate geometry, ie. our own globe. The four cardinal directions operate counter-clockwise to one another, so if we began in the east at dawn, and moved (south in the north, or north in the south hemisphere) counterclockwise, we would be facing away from the nearer pole, and toward the equator. This model is meant to be viewed on the interior of a ceiling, looking upward. Thus the green star on top of the POD star model would be facing toward the nearest pole if graphed onto a globe. PEACE! Introduction to "Atlantean Democracy" 101 Before we can look at the game, "Democracy," as it was played in old Atlantis, we must first acquiant ourselves with the board, player-pieces and dice. I will introduce some concepts for the rules as we go along also. - Jon

    Senate, above-view Let's begin with a look at the overall playing-table. Around the outside we see five "lodges," or sides of the playing-table. The topmost left is WATER, the top-most right is AIR, the lower right is FIRE, the lower-left is EARTH, and the green "lodge" is public, for up to three additional "non-players" (who have no pieces of their own, but can vote to control the other players' pieces).

    Senate Floor Here we can see that the senate floor has three round step-levels (called Senate, Jury and Chiefs, ascending). On the top-most of these concentric-ring step-circles are the three pillars (represented in the game as three gorups of dice): the pillar (3 dice), the column (2 dice) and the pedestal (1 die). These dice, once reached, can "spin" the different levels per-piece, either "clock" (for even number rolls) or "count" (for odds). Each player begins with 5 pieces (Senators per Lodge), and each of these pieces has two additional extra-lives in case they die. The pieces begin off the board inside each "Lodge," and the player chooses which pieces to use and when. Senate Floor http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EQ0sOv1gZNs Here is a video of the Senator-pieces placed on the Senate-floor playing-board. The placement of the pieces in this arrangement is based on the standard strategic offensive-manouever in the start of the game. The players all surround their corner in a phallanx. This is called the "Enochian arrangement," because it somewhat resembles Enochian Chess.

    set 1: Enochian Dice and Senators In this picture we see the 5 "Senator-pieces" for the WATER Lodge arranged by ascending rank. At the bottom is the "Essene Zealot" (York Rite Bund); next up the "Knight Zion" (Scot Rite Bund); next the "Rosicrucian" (AMORC, SRIA); followed by the "Illuminati / Golden Dawn" Senator; and lastly the "OTO" Senate Chair. Behind them all is the Rosicrucian Lemurian Cardinal, triumphant above a "Logic Dice."

    resource for Senator-pieces (cut and paste) To make your own pieces for this game just download this picture and hit print.

    Logic Dice It's the same with this. This print maps onto a 1-inch (wooden) cube, which can be bought almost anywhere. This structure is the "Logic Dice," comprised of the elements: HOW = red text on purple = MAN WHEN = pink on yellow = EARTH WHERE = blue on orange = FIRE WHAT = purple on red = COSMOS WHY = yellow on pink = AIR WHO = orange on blue = WATER Logic Dice http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aU8NZQagwS8 Here is a brief instructional video on the shape of the "Logic Dice" once done.

    The method of using the Logic Dice is that each Lodge player has one, and on their turn can either "confront" (roll the pillar-dice if any are applicable to them), "retreat" (move a piece on the board), or "roll" (the Logic Dice). If the Logic Dice lands on another player's color-coded side, then the game skips to them and they take the next turn. This is called "Passing the Motion." The player who rolled the dice can "opt out" by a coin-flip, but if they lose, the Motion is Passed. There is also a complex "voting" system involved that allows up to 3 non-players to participate in the game as well. Once a player has completed their move, whoever the next player in turn is can call the previous players' move to a vote. If the piece in question is on the lowest step, the vote includes all players (5pieces X 4players = 20) + 3 non-players (with 2 votes each). If the piece is on the middle-step, only 13 votes are counted by pieces drawn by lot. If the piece is challenged on the top level, the result is determined by best 3 out of 5 coin toss. More will follow soon, don't worry. This was only a brief introduction to the board, pieces, dice and some of the concepts for the rules of "Atlantean Democracy." I hope this measage finds you all in Splendour. PEACE! - Jon Atlantean Democracy http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LqSLo8Iq18o the Atlantean Alphabet

    the Atlantean Alphabet was a simple set of 5 symbols that comprised all that was known by our pre-deluvial ancestors the entire world over, but this "universal" language (based on silent telepathic communications) was lost soon after the flood, according to the religious myths, at the time of the "confusion of the tongues." Did these ideograms originally appear within the imaginations of our most ancient predecessors because of modernday ESP testing using these symbols? Could the tests have sunk deep enough into our modern component particles to reverse-influence our ancient ancestors into higher self-awareness? Such speculation is worth dwelling on.

    CIRCUMPUNCT (OHM) The "dot within a circle." The circle is black on white, the "dot" inside the circle is white on white. Thus, the circle is omnipresent, but the "dot" is occult. The "dot" is the singularity or the ajna, the mind's eye. The "circle" then reflects the boundary of space, an infinite loop with an omnipresent origin. In this way, the "dot" is the line seen head-on, while the "circle" is the single line in extension from the origin. The circle is the first human ideaogram. Variations include concentric rings (representing the moon phases and planetary orbits), spirals (representing comets and galaxies) and labyrinthe motifs (representing complex civilisation), when combined with the variegation of the cross. The circle represents ONE, while the "dot" represents ZERO. ONE was known to all who were educated to this ideaogram, however the concept of NONE was reserved for only the medicine men and the chiefs to grasp. This remains an essential staggering in the natural curve of our average evolution as a species to this day. The "cosmic monad" or "circumpunct" was reflected early on in religious imagery in literature as the "smoking plant," the "bush that burned but was not consumed," which represented the "tree of life," or the herb that had given us sentience. Thus, the most important meaning of the "cosmonad" is the pupil lens of the EYE. PLUS CROSS (THULE) The "flyflot swastika" was the first symbol of the stem below the flower. It shows the mathematical process of addition even now, and forms the letter "t" at the start of the word "Two." The Plus Cross is a more direct design hinting at the origin point of the plane-space than even the plain circle, marking it (at an oblique "X") as the "crossroads." The cross represents the knowledge of solar precession, with the sun at the centre of local space, and the galaxy at the core of the local universe. The circle with a cross inside it is a symbol of Earth, and is often called "Malkuth," the Hebrew word for "kingdom." The circle on its own, particularly the "circumpunct" is a symbol of the sun, and when the sun is at the centre of the cross, it is a symbol of solar precession, which can only be measured over periods of thousands of years, thus necessitating high science and high civilisations to preserve it. When the cross is depicted alone it is symbol of the galaxy, particularly when in the standard spiral of a "yin yang," a "triskele," or a "swastika." In this event, whether the "arms" and "legs" of the flyfot reflect either a clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation, which in turn indicates the hemisphere of the planet the galaxy is being viewed from. From above, the Milky Way galaxy follows a clockwise spiral. From the southern hemisphere, it will appear to be a counter-clockwise spiral. THREE SQUIGGLES (CHI) The "three rivers" reflect the level of human development at which the flood occured. We are told by the high levels of civilisation that flourished following the flood of Mesopatamia in 6000 bc that the "Gods" (the chiefs and shamans) had a much greater level of knowledge than the ordinary people at the time of the flood. According to different stories of the flood, this knowledge was lost when the Gods died in the flood, the Gods abandoned us and have left us their wisdom concealed in history, the Gods are still alive and present now, teaching their ancient wisdom from a safely disincarnate distance. The "three rivers" also represent the "fertile crescent" between the Indus and Nile river, with the twin rivers of the Tigris and Euphrates in

    the middle between them. We are told by ancient artefacts from the last cave-people era prior to the earliest super-civilisations that the pregnant Moon Goddess reigned as the predominant religious icon, and that the "waters" of the flood were also understood to represent her menstrual blood, drawn like a psychic tide on the moon's gravitic net, and that only when this cycle stopped was a child to be expected to follow. The three squiggles also represent mathematical subtraction. Not only by erosion in the form of the waves they represent symbolically, but also in the image itself, which measures not only three waves, but also three peak-to-trough wavelengths on each as well. Thus, the flood is a symbol of the trinity, of the twin-bars of the cross reunited with the circle in a three-in-one / one-in-three symbol, yet concealing and only partially revealing the hidden and occluded secret of the central point of the circle representing zero. The "squiggles" thus symbolise the "emanation" or "starfire" of three "mothers." The three squiggles also reflect the three pillars of democratic government (representative, judicial and executive), SQUARE (TAO) The "square" in 2D, "cube" in 3D and "tesseract" or "hyper-cube" in 4-d are all symbols of time, the "squaring" or "exponential doubling" of the diameter of the plane-circle. It is said that Aphrodite (Venus) sprang from the head of Zeus (Jupiter), and this can be seen to reflect the manner of the exponential expansion of the dot to the line to the square-plane to the cube to the tesseract, etc. This reflects a "higher dimension" of measurement to start with than the circle, because the dot, the circle, the sphere and torus measure the line seen from head-on, as a singularity, originpoint, or dot, while the square's closest 1D component is the line seen from the side, as a length. The duality of point and line is therefore reconciled in the 3 squiggle symbol between the cross + circle motif and the square symbol of exponents. The waves are simultaneously particles (circles) and waves (lines). The square therefore acts as the corner-stone measurement of society, measuring the perfect right angle, occuring nowhere in nature, reflecting humanity's ability to impose our ideals on nature. The square thus represents the symbol of man as perfect measure as it is written in the religious history myths, "we are made and created in the image and likeness of the one who made and created us." The box is also the antithetical symbol of the cross, such that when a cube unfolds and is flattened onto a plane, it becomes a "calvary" cross (of 6 squares, the sqastika usually has 12, the "Tau" cross has 10, etc.). Because the square extends into the cube over space, and into the tesseract over time, another symbol for the box is the "X" or sideways cross, connecting the corners, rather than the mid-points. The "X" and the "t" shaped crosses overlap to form the 8-fold Middle Way of Buddha Dharma, between the 4 Noble Truths toward transcendence from reincarnation. This "wheel of the lokas" with 8 spokes is a common symbol of Buddhism. It is a combination of the square and circle symbols. PENTAGRAM STAR (VRIL) Just as the square symbolises exponential, rather than the spherical collapse or right-angle radiative expansion of arithmetic, patterns, it is indicative of multiplication, or the addition of additions. The Pentagram Star then represents division, or the subtraction of subtractions. Its variegating interior angles and outward stellations counter-balance ten lines of the star with the ten points between these lines, to form an ideaogram that reflects the utmost height of mental evolution

    and civil sciences imagined by the original ancient people codifying this alphabet. It represented the five fingers on each hand, which is common to all animals as well, but especial to man as a symbol for our supremacy over nature allowed by the human thumb. The fifth logo was the highest form of pre-deluvial theoretical science, but has been studied in secret since the time of Pythagoras. Thus, the ancients prior to Pythagoras all venerated the mysteries of the pentagram symbol. They noticed very early that 2+3=5 and that 2/3rds is the "Golden ratio," which if plotted on a line, can be repeated in a fractal to form a perfect pentagram. This shape was observed also in the sidereal rotations of the planet Venus, such that in the time it takes earth to circle the sun once, Venus has circled it five times. This correlation was made to describe the Goddess Venus as the daughter of the Moon Goddess, however this aeon was not at that time beleived to have occured. Thus, Venus became associated with the crescent circle glyph, and both became associated with the lands of the fertile crescent.

    ***

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------these are the clothes worn by the 5 Masters who preside on a regular lodge bench. In all regular (non-initiatory) working, these are the costumes worn. Up to fifteen members must preside in a lodge before it can represent in the Senate.

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    i::"Contributors' Club"::Cheops/Chephren/Menkaure
    fellowship::"ashlar"::Assiyah:making::Earth:3 citizenship is open to all Atlanteans; consult all occult novels.

    This is the exterior of the Lodge of Earth.


    here is my knowledge lecture on the meaning of the titles: [fellowship::"ashlar"::Assiyah:making::Earth:3] of the first degree of the the Order of Death: [i::"Contributors' Club"::Cheops/Chephren/Menkaure]. benpadiah wrote:
    The first title is "fellowship."

    Fellowship requires communication between at least two entities. The entities do not need to be sentient for this kind of communication to occur. It occurs between a mother and infant, a master and pet, between a teacher and student, and even between plants, snowflakes and music. However there exists a more complex form of communication than mere "fellowship," and this occurs between only sentient beings. This superior kind of communication is called "karma" and this means to be called to "labour." We say that, to improve one's karma is to improve one's soul, because we must work to communicate as sentient entities, and our doing so proves our worth to our fellow peers, and the value of our contribution to history. Thus a "good soul" is one that accumulates "good karma." That is why "good" and "bad" units of karma comprise each element of our surrounding environment, our "aura" - because the work of the soul is "yoga" (union) of the within and the without. This is accomplished when the interior of the soul and its exterior aura align. Then we say its karma is finished and the aura is cleansed. Therefore one can only cleanse the aura of bad karma by first being called to "labour" from the reverie of silent fellowship. The second title is "ashlar." After the workers were called from fellowship to labour by the Three Kings, they began to hew stones from the quarry. What is this like? The stones began to be chiseled from the mines, but they were still uncarved, unrefined, unfinished. The

    rough ashlar has been compared to the uncrafted and unworked soul, while the finished ashlar, the perfect cube-stone, is like the soul that transcends by finishing their karma. But the cube-stone is only a symbol of the soul, while the true image of the soul's appearance is a torus, the exterior sphere of which is the aura and whose interior spiral is Kundalini ascending the chakras. So, how do we perfect the ashlar and how do we finish with karma? The workers democratically elected their finest carvers from amongst those in the quarries. These they called the Builders, who had graduated from labour. The builders perfected the rough, un-hewn souls quarried out of raw karma. From the twisted and the torturous serpents' union, the ripples and the rays combined, the chakras align and the aura is cleansed. That is how the Builders' Guild perfects the "ashlar" souls. From among the Builders they elected their best. His name was Imhotep. Imhotep selected his son, Ptahotep, as Chief Overseer. The remaining Builders and Workers in the quarry then elected Nyarlahotep as their representative to go on their behalf before Ptahotep. The names of the Three Kings to call the workers out of fellowship into labour were Cheops, Chephren and Menkaure. The third title is "Assiyah." Assiyah is the lowest of the four worlds in ha QBLH. The four worlds are Yetzirah between Assiyah and Beriah, and Beriah between Yetzirah and Atziluth, the "highest" of the four worlds. Assiyah is the world of action and all activity, both naturally occurring acts as well as the karma between sentient entities. Assiyah is the combination of the mind and the physical environment by the exertion of effort by the physical tool of the body. This actually stirs up energy dystrophically, increasing entropic decay into chaos and disorder. However what is chaos and expansion of energy in Assiyah is peace and calm order by the time it reaches Atziluth. It has been passed by then through the inversion of Beriah and Yetzirah at the hands of the builders and the aura cleansed by alignment into yoga of the karma rising up the chakras. Thus, what begins as work in the world of action becomes the domicile in which we will one day universally Sabbat, and finally rest from toils. The fourth title is "making." The reason we must work to cleanse our aura and to align our chakras is that they attract and spread negative karma while unaligned. This negative karma becomes manifest in our auras and thus becomes sin by narrowing our choices for actions. When we follow a tunnel-reality of negative karma through perpetual sin to its logical conclusion, we find that such a tortured soul will suffer many more lifetimes in Assiyah, the lowest world. Therefore, in order to avoid such a destiny, and to instead transcend Assiyah, we must use our work to make our karma "good" in order for our chakras to align and our aura to be cleansed. The act of making our naturally more-or-less negative karmic auras into perfected, more-or-less "good" karmic auras is considered the "Great Work" of those called to labour. The quarriers and the builders both work and craft the ashlar to make it from bare rock into a cube-stone. So the karma-yoga of cleansing the aura and aligning the chakras is the act of taking the given karma and making it your own work.

    When we take our natural karma and make it perfect by aligning our chakras and cleansing our auras, we become more capable of transcending from the world of action, Assiyah, the lowest of the four worlds. Then our work will become easier and easier until eventually, in Atziluth, we rest from toil. The fifth title is "Earth." Earth in this case does not refer to the planet earth so much as to the material substance of the world of Assiyah. Assiyah is the manifest universe of matter alone. Although the communication between mind and energy occurs via the world of matter, it is only when one applies their natural energy toward making their karma good that rest and order in Atziluth may be accomplished and achieved. Thus, only sentient entities called to labour and who do good work, aligning their chakras and cleansing their auras, can transcend the material reality of Assiyah. According to legend the world of matter comprised of units of karma, called quanta, arose from an event during the creation of Assiyah, that is, the material universe, known as the "breaking of the vessels." According to this version of the "big bang" of the universe, during the single Planck-time following the initiation of expansion by one Planck length greater than the initial singularity, all that existed were perfect geometric patterns of cycling harmonic vibrations. Following this, heat began to arise from friction as the wavelengths of these emanations began to overlap, and with that these perfect forms became distorted and deformed into the present relative chaos and decreasing formation of patterns. Thus, according to legend, the "shards" of these "shells" form the "qliphotic" material world of Assiyah, the smallest units of karma being the probabilistically uncertain quanta. Because the quanta of some elements of matter form solid nuclei at the centre of atoms, we call this force that binds quantum nuclei together the strong nuclear force, and compare it to the solid, material nature of the world of Assiyah, and to the ancient element of earth. The sixth title is "3." Because the material world has only six right-angled cardinal directions, we say that our universe of Assiyah has only three dimensional axes. The ancients referred to these three dimensions as the "three mothers," known from the Hebrew aleph-bet as the letters "aleph" (A), "mem" (M) and "shin" (S). These were also the three "pillars" of "mercy," severity" and "judgment" above which are suspended a pan of merit (containing water) and a pan of liability (containing fire) from a scale (a breath of air) deciding between them. The three dimensions are also symbolised in the thesis, antithesis, synthesis of dialectics, and thus by Yin Yang representing the alternation between action and passivity over time. So we see the concept of the three dimensions is a common expression used to communicate the idea of this world of work itself. However three is also used to symbolise the way out of the materially real world of Assiyah through good karma. Just as three represents the synthesis of Binah and Chokmah in Kether, so too does it mean the dawning of Ayin, Ayin Soph and Ayin Soph Aur, and just as three stands for the three combined elements of salt, sulphur and mercury to the alchemists, so too does it connote the Trinity of Catholic Christianity and the Blue degrees of Free Masonry.

    Whenever we see the ashlar cube representing earth we must think of the three other elemental worlds, and realise that the perfection of this ashlar cube, symbol of the aligned chakras and cleansed aura of a good soul, is only the first step, that of making good karma in the real world, to achieving transcendence from it, but know that now we have taken that step together, and it is the hardest step, because it is the first. This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of i Contributors. -benpadiah

    Here is the interior of the Earth Lodge.

    "celebration of the death dream" by three kings


    introduction: Before the ceremony begins, a short instruction session occurs between the candidate and the initiator. The initiator, or "Guide," instructs the candidate on the history and characters of the ritual and gives a brief prelude and synopsis of the rite, thus: Guide: "the names of the three kings are Cheops, Khephren and Menkaure, who commissioned the pyramids at Giza, Egypt, as immense, personal tombs, according to exoteric, school-book history. The story told within the Order of Death, however, is much more detailed. According to this source, the three High Kings commissioned their megalithic tombs following a shared, prophetic dream. That dream is here reenacted to honour the funding "contributors" behind the first monumental building project since the flood destroyed Atlantis. In the ritual the parts of three Guides will be portrayed by a single initiator. The first guide is Cheops, who passes by John the Apostle on entering the city of heaven. The second Guide is Khephren, who passes by the archangel Anael at the entrance to the courtyard of the Holy Temple. The third Guide is Menkaure, who passes by Metatron, God's highest angel, to go on from this ritual into either a pseudo-political "state" of lodge-work, a quasi-religious "church" of parties within the "state," or to remain at this zero degree." instruction: the candidate is then asked if they understand what is going to happen among the characters during the ceremony. Thus, duly prepared, the candidate is allowed to enter the shadowy recesses of the vault-room. Unseen hands help the candidate to lie flat down, face-up, on the floor in the middle of the pitch-black vault. When the Guide's voice is heard first, a spotlight above the candidate clicks on, shining down on them, and a bell tolls faintly from the direction of the candidate's head. Voice-Over/Guide 1: (teaching a class) "This is the wedding of Love and the Will, because it is written in the Book of the Law that: 'Love Is The Law, Love Under Will.' Look into the Book of Life and there you will see that the One Love rules us all. The Book of Love also describes this One Law, or 'Law of One.' It is a considered a universal truth." inst: a spotlight strikes a replica of the QBLHists' "tree of life" shape. The feint bell tolls a second time now. V.O./G1: "From this are suspended the 7 Hermetic Axioms of the Kybalion by a withering stem from the Tree of Life, whose three trunks conjoin the roots of Shekinah in Malkuth below and the two branches of the 8th and the 9th above. This Truth is: Jechidah over Chiah, NAM.TAR over NAM, father over son and, just so, Love Under Will." inst: The spotlight on the "tree of life" and the one on the candidate both switch off simultaneously, leaving the room once more enshrouded by pitch-darkness. At the same time, the bell tolls a third time. At the same time the Guide lifts the candidate abruptly up to their feet. Then all of a sudden all lights in the room click on at once to reveal the candidate is standing at the top of a vast hill, looking out over a lush valley. In the valley we see the "tree of life" shape. Behind the candidate is a large wall between turreted towers to guard a city behind it.

    G1: "Welcome, Ahki. Arise and be welcome to life after death, for you have now entered Jam-Rock, the Jamdom of Jah God. Hear now the sound of the death-toll, the church bell chimes for thee, oh recently deceased. My name is Cheops. I will guide you now. Come with me to the ways leading out of this world, reality, universe, place and time. Follow me." inst: the Guide takes the candidate arm-in-arm and turns them about to face the turreted walls fortifying the city within. As the two climb up the hill toward the towering, fortified walls, voices echo from within the city behind its massive, impenetrable walls. The Guide speaks over-top of these voices. Voice-Overs: "Come away from your reveries, you are being called by Dull Care, recalled to life, it is time now. Come away from your meditations, you are called to study at the foot of God. Duty calls, karma-yoga, the work of union, the Great Work calls." G1: (overlapping the voice-overs) "You must come again to the here and now, Ahki, return from the dream of the unconscious multiverse. It is only one moment before 'Bereshith,' the beginning. We must hurry. The clock already chimes the zero-hour." inst: the distant bell, now a little louder, chimes for a fourth time. G1: "Hear it tolling, follow the sound through the clear light uphill. Ascend the ancient pathway of history, concealing the underground current of energy beneath. Climb to the top of the hill and pass the Well of Souls, font of consciousness." inst: the Guide leads the candidate by a well topped with a fountain. They draw near a large gate in one wall between two turreted towers. They step up seven, "rainbowcoloured" stairs to the Gate. G1: "You approach now the Grand Archway, an entrance to the City of Heaven, one of the twelve gates around New Jerusalem, the city of God. You approach from Eden, city of the dead, northeast of New Jerusalem. You approach the Gate of Naftali, that is called Benjamin from within. This is the east/northeast gate and it is guarded by the Apostle John." inst: the guide has thus far walked the candidate arm-in-arm. Now the guide steps down and stands one stair behind the candidate. Around the corner steps the actor portraying the part of John the Apostle. G1: (to John) "Dear John, I am Cheops, a king called to fellowship and labour amongst other kings. Let me in now, oh dear John, the Apostle of Christ son of our Father, by this east/northeast Gate of Naftali entering New Jerusalem. The bell has tolled four times already and now it will toll a fifth." (to candidate) "Go now, I, Cheops, can follow you no longer." inst: the bell, now louder through the gateway, chimes a fifth time. At that same moment, John the Apostle grips the candidate's hands, their left crossing under to the candidate's right hand, their right crossing over to the candidate's left. In this

    strong grip the Apostle lifts and twirls the candidate across the threshold. This grip is called the grip of John the Apostle of Christ and called NIBIRU. Guide 2: (the same actor as G1) "Behold, Ahki. I am your guide inside the New Jerusalem. My name is Khephren. Follow me now." inst: the guide resumes walking arm-in-arm with the candidate. They wind their way through seemingly endless, labyrinthine city streets. G2: "You have entered the city of God, New Jerusalem, by the east/north-east gate of Naftali, called now Benjamin, by the admittance of John, Apostle of Christ, the Prince of Heaven. You are approaching the church with seven sides now. We must hurry, for already the bell tolls a sixth time." inst: the bell, exceedingly loud now, tolls from just inside the church. Before the closed door to the outer-courtyard of the Temple stands a guard. G2: (to guard) "Quickly ISHKUR the Anunnaki, Gnostic Archon ASTAPHAIOUS, in the name of TUBAL-CAIN, I command you Archangel Anael, let me in. I am Khephren, the princeking of king Cheops. I am sent to fellowship and labour on his behalf amongst other kings. Let me in now, Anael, hurry, for already the bell has chimed six times and soon it will toll Sabbath hour in Heaven and I will have arrived too late for the Apocalypse. Let me in now. Let me enter the door of Sardis to the seven-sided church." inst: the actor portraying Anael then opens the door of Sardis. The light from inside is even brighter than the light of New Jerusalem. G2: "This is the Light that shines from inside Zion, in the Ark, inside the Holy of Holies, within the Inner-Temple beyond the outer-courtyard. You now stand before an entry onto the outer-courtyard of the Third, Spiritual Temple, called a seven-sided church, inside the heart of New Jerusalem, the city of God in Heaven. I, Khephren, cannot go on. You must go through the doorway alone." inst: the candidate is ushered through the doorway. Inside the courtyard's seven walls at the centre arises a dodecahedronal stained-glass dome. This is the InnerTemple containing Zion, whose light refracts prismatically through the stained-glass dodecahedron. A very large crowd of angels of pure light and spirits appearing like people has amassed in the courtyard around the inner-Temple. Guide 3, played by the same actor as Guides 1 and 2, the original initiator, comes forward and presents the candidate with a robe coloured white. Just then the bell tolls for the seventh time. Guide 3: "My name is Menkaure. I was sent to you by my father Khephren and by his father Cheops. I have come to guide you within the outer-courtyard of the New Jerusalem Third Temple. Follow me now, please." inst: G3 takes the candidate arm-in-arm as before and together they move up to the front of the crowd, before the eastern veil of the five-sided inner-Temple. Just then the veil parts and out steps the archangel Metatron. He is glowing a purple, ultra-

    violet hue and wears a black robe. He is very young in appearance. Metatron: "I speak the Truth to all of you assembled here now. I bring the True Word of God, king over the living and the dead. There has been a rebellion in Heaven. I come to bring news. Oh, Zion! Hear me, oh Zion! I have seen the fallen ones lowered and I have heard their eternal lament. It began when Raziel, also called Raguel, the archangel sent to tempt Eve in paradise by the apple and Adam after the exile by giving him QBLH to cease his prayer for forgiveness from God, called together the other 22 angels and hosts, who guard the 12 gates of New Jerusalem, the 7-sided courtyard and the 4 others, like Raziel, who keep watch around the Inner-Temple. He called them by night in Heaven, as God had only just then descended to walk in the Garden of Paradise. Then, at the same time as God returned to heaven to exile man and to curse the serpent - Shemyazza, the name "Azza," Uzza or Raziel - as Samael the blind, the fallen IALDABAOTH, child of Sophia, firstborn in heaven, Raziel descended with his treacherous confederate conspirators. Of the 22 only 6 joined him." "Now come closer, oh lambs of Jah and divine children, hear me tell you about how our Lord God did send down Christ, the son of all mankind, to descend to earth and there to catch and punish the fallen Light-bearer, now become an adversary to all God's good. Through the realm of the seven heavens Christ descended. Through the Ophanim permutations of Baal-Shem He descended. Christ conquered all the rebel angels turned to demonic villainy who fought amongst and against their archangelic and loyal brethren of Splendour and Victory in one fell swoop. Then Christ lowered himself further still, past the 12 mobile Aeons and past the 7 spheres, and clutched a-hold of Samael, the Torturous serpent, on earth below. With Satan inhand, Christ descended into the very shards of the Qliphoth themselves. To rule over the Wasteland of Tohu and Bohu was the devil sent by Christ, and to the realms of Sheol and Gihenna were all of his minions dispatched. Oh, the fallen Grigori have I beheld with my own eyes, and on their behalf did I myself pray for amnesty. Christ told of how Sabaoth, the soul of Saklas, the spirit of IALDABAOTH, did repent. God then promised Satan that once every millennium upon earth the devil shall be released from Hell to tempt himself and all the saved into betraying their repentance. That time on earth is now." "Those who arrived by the six bell's chime are hereby called to labour. 4 lodges that practise the 3 degrees of Imhotep you shall convene, and a fifth open to the public. In your 4 lodges you shall appoint 5 officers to stations, and there will be three open seats in the public lodge. These 5 stations will be equivalent to 5 political parties. The combination of all 5 lodges' 23 total members is to be called the Atlantean Senate." "Those who arrived after the 7th toll are hereby called to fellowship. First we must convene the five political parties equivalent to the 5 officers' stations in each lodge. These can initiate independently of the lodges, and combine to form churches equivalent to lodges and monasteries equivalent to the Senate. From candidates in monasteries elected by the churches the Senate will appoint a pope. The pope can then convene a standing court." inst: the crowd begin to divide themselves into two groups. The one forming in the north all don blue vestments, those in the south red. G3: "Because you have arrived just as the bell tolled seven, you may choose either group to go with. Those angels in blue shall stay here in the outer courtyard to minister in

    the seven-sided church. Those spirits in red shall enter the Inner-Temple to work the lodges and convene the Senate in Heaven on earth. All of us will work together, with no secrets left unshared by any that relate to the work of us all." inst: this concludes the ritual of the dream. The "eye" of the Vault door is then opened and the candidate is escorted out. In the ante-chambre of the Vault the initiator explains the ceremony again to the initiate and asks them if they fully understand. Guide: "So you see that the lodges practise three degrees of initiation, corresponding to Eden, New Jerusalem and the outer-courtyard of the Third Temple, and that these rituals date back to the three ranks of Stone Masons of the Great Pyramids commissioned by the 3 kings, Cheops, Khephren and Menkaure. In the three rituals corresponding to these three degrees, a candidate learns the secrets of the priestcraft allegorically, following the punishments of Raziel's co-conspirators as the killers of Hiram, Grand Architect on the First Temple of God on Earth. Likewise, the five continents each has its own form of religion (Egypto-Sumerian, meso-American, Indo-Asian, middle-eastern/ European, and indigenous Aboriginal), and these all teach the way to perfect the soul through a Masonic art. The secrets of each way are taught through the rituals of the other." "The Apocalypse is now, when Satan tempts mankind away from these matters to pursue a merely venally satisfying existence. Therefore, do not be like a drone. Yours is now the One Law of 'Do What Thou Wilt.' You may choose either path to purse, or neither. You may choose to teach all this to others, or to only pursue it silently. You may even choose to ignore all these affairs and live according to carnal needs alone." "For because of that dream, the three Great Pyramids were built as a testimony for us all before eternity. Thus all that is may enter heaven. For heaven is forgiving of all sin beyond even the limits of our imaginations. All enters heaven eventually by nature alone. But we may choose the goals that give cause to our existence. Now, this choice is before you. Do you understand the roles of the two options involved? Do you wish to side with either, or neither, or both? If you do not understand, now all answers can be given to you. Ask anything, or choose, now." The choice is before you. For more info, contact:

    -benpadiah

    these are the four basic lodges Fire Earth

    Air

    Water

    iia::"Quarriers' Guild"::Nyarlahotep
    union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7 open only to Masons greater than or equal to the first degree, right proper. to join consult Duncans Ritual of FreeMasonry Monitor. I. Should there be a revolt against the seven executives: let the seven convene the thirteen. on this pedestal may it be convened:

    the lodge of Water hosts the ritual.

    here is my knowledge lecture on the meaning of the titles: [union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7] of the first degree of the the Order of Death: [iia::"Quarriers' Guild"::NyarlaHotep]. benpadiah wrote:
    The first title is "union."

    "Yoga" means Union and karma means "labour." Just as consciousness calls us to labour - the "work" of perfecting our karma - so is Union symbolic of the alignment of the chakras and cleansing of the aura that is the goal of karmic work. So, we can refer to the work of perfecting our karma as "labour," and we can refer to the goal of this labour - the perfection of our karma - yoga or "Union." The work of aligning the seven chakras of the spine is one kind of yoga. The work of cleansing the aura externally surrounding each of us is another. This is why the words "labour" and "union" also have different meanings. We can refer to our innerwork of aligning the chakras via an external symbol, such as the cube-stone or "perfect ashlar." Likewise the term "Union," referring to outer effects of our inneralignments, we can symbolise as a group of workers (the chakras) all working together (aligned) toward the same goal (the cleansing of the aura). In order to achieve external yoga, we must first accomplish internal alignment of the seven chakras of the spine. In the same way RNA unzips the double-helix of DNA during cellular replication, the 7 chakras are the nerve centres along the spine that deliver the commands from the brain into the gross tissues of the body. The work of aligning these seven chakras is called Kundalini yoga. Kundalini represents the interior, upward spiral portion of the toroid energy field of which the aura is the exterior hypersphere. Kundalini is the inner-soul, or spark of life. After the inner-chakras are aligned and the Kundalini rises and descends throughout the nervous system unimpeded by retained stress and desire to distraction, the aura can begin to be cleansed and the external environment itself around the entity will begin to change. This can only occur when the "Higher" (external) and "lesser" (interior) will are aligned both within and around a being. The digital units of change in our surrounding environment are called Chi, or units of karma, and they collectively comprise our aura. We say the aura of a being is "cleansed" when the being does the good work of perfecting themselves, and does this for the right reasons. When such an alignment is achieved, we say the person has completed the "Great Work" of karma yoga. They have achieved a condition of "labour Union." At this point they are, if still alive, automatically members of the Order of Death, the Union among the living and the dead who help others to achieve the "Great Work" of "labour Union." The original founders of this Order were the Quarriers' Guild of builders on the three great pyramids. They studied all these types of metaphysics, and it is from them we learn the measure of the Kundalini spiral within the toroid is called phi, and that the exterior aura's measurement is, likewise, pi. The second title is "B**Z" B**Z is the name given to the southern pillar on the east gateway into the innerTemple of the first temple, called the temple of Solomon. Any free-mason can tell you

    that. But what we are studying delves beyond this. What we study is Perfect Atlantean Masonry. Some free-masons might try to tell you the pillar of B**Z on Solomon's temple was hollow, and that it contained many treasures of the original craft masonry. Do not ask such a mason to recite B**Z's inner-inventory to you, however; they will not be able to do it. These, they will tell you instead, are the so-called "lost keys" of masonry. But you must not bother to ask them what was inside B**Z. Instead, you must enlighten them on the true origins of the southern pillar on the eastern gateway to the Temple. Instruct such a mason on the true shemhamforash - not the 72 names of the angels of Exodus, based on the 36 Egyptian civic calendar dekans, nor on the "Goetia" of Solomon, based on these 72 angels being used as workers on the first temple. All that, explain to them, is only an allegory for the building of the Egyptian pyramids, followed by the rebellion of the slaves that led to the Exodus to begin with. Even the pyramids of Egypt, you may explain to them, were only a repetition of a practise remembered from before the world-flood that destroyed Atlantis. Thus, we study Solomon to learn the fate of the Workers, but we study Egypt to study the craft of the Builders. By studying the Apocrypha, books excluded from, but belonging in the tradition of, the bible, we can study the historical origins for the Builders' practise of safehousing their tools inside the pillars of their craft. In the Book of Enoch, the Book of Jasher, the Three Stele of Shem, on the 8th and the 9th, and Plato's Republic, we find recounted an occult history of this secret craft. Before the flood, before even the birth of Noah, Noah's great grandfather, Enoch, had a prophetic dream. Enoch commissioned all the knowledge of the universe inscribed on two pillars, to be buried with him in a tomb nine chambres deep in a secret place. He then instructed his son to give Noah a third stone tablet, containing directions to this tomb, to survive the flood. Abraham came to inherit Noah's stone tablet, and he took it with him from Ur into Egypt. There, in the catacombs beneath Giza, he secreted away the twin pillars of Enoch and built the pyramids over them, leaving the third key buried beneath the paw of the sphinx. Moses, also called Ahkhenaten, then led the enslaved builders of the pyramids out of captivity into Canaan. Solomon then built the First Temple to house in its sanctum sanctorium the third keystone. Then Menelik, son of Solomon and the Queen of Sheba, stole the stone from within the ark. The remains of the original Builders were buried on the shore of the Dead Sea, where they were later discovered by the Essenes, the exiled priests of King David, during the Roman captivity. Their writings, leading to the location of the ark, were eventually found by the Knights Templar during the Crusades. But the Templars could not enter Egypt, and it was not until Napoleon that the pyramids could be excavated. Around this time neo-Jacobinism took hold in America and the Scottish Rite of Free Masonry was created. From this source we learn about the "Lost Keys" of Masonry, represented by the twin pillars of the eastern entrance to the First Temple. But, as you can see now, the True Order, the Atlantean Masons, knew much, much more than anyone since the time of the flood. This Order is the modern inheritor to the mysteries of Imhotep and the mastery of Atlantean Masonry. All ye who seek knowledge over geometry, let them enter here, and let all you who are able to understand and who can apply, let them calculate the numbers of their own name, for they are among the numbers of the Builders of the great pyramids, the First and Second Temples, and they are brothers in our Great Order. All of us stand on the shoulders of those who have gone before. In this way, we finish our good work, align our chakras to cleanse our auras, and transcend from the

    cares of the mundane world. The third title is "Beriah." The name for the mundane world used among those who have transcended its dull cares, who have "graduated from labour" and become members in our Order, is Assiyah. The realm above and beyond the mundane world of Assiyah is that with which the Order teaches union. This realm, although the lowest of God's Highest Heavens, is considered Paradise and associated with the state of grace possessed in the Garden of Eden before the fall. This realm above the mundane world of Assiyah, the realm of Eden, is called Beriyah. How do we achieve transcendental union with Beriyah? Some say, only through Christ can original sin be forgiven. Others believe anyone righteous in Allah shall enjoy the fruits of Paradise. Both agree such can only be achieved either in the afterlife or in an impossible utopia. Thus, those who believe in Atlantis and those who believe in Eden can both agree that so long as mankind exists in the "fallen" world of Assiyah, the mundane world of matter and action, of cause and effect and the lesser will, then Beriyah, the world "above," remains divided from and beyond us, representing a perfect world infinitely better than the here and now. However, what does this mean to say man is "fallen" or that this material reality is "inferior" to the realms we can presently only imagine? We say that part of man's "fall" separated Assiyah from Beriyah by the interjection of a third world, called Yetzirah. According to legend, Beriah was Eden, but Yetzirah, the splendour of the emanations, "shattered the vessels" of Beriah into the shards of the "shells," the qliphothic quanta that comprise Assiyah, the material universe. Thus we say that, before the "fall" Beriah existed and mankind dwelt in Paradise. As the "fall" happened, the world of Yetzirah passed through the world of Beriah, and destroyed mankind's place in it. Thus, after the "fall," man dwells in Assiyah, the earthly or material world, but that transcendence to Beriah is still possible. How is this to be accomplished? How does one align the chakras and cleanse the aura? It is by studying the "tree of life," and thus restoring the "shattered shells" and raising up through Yetzirah a way to the arisen Beriah. Thus, when we describe Beriah, we mean the kingdom to come, the once and future world of perfection. However, to cleanse the aura and achieve Beriah, we must first align the chakras by studying the "tree of life." Otherwise, we might achieve, but cannot attain; we can reach but not grasp, hold and climb. The fourth title is "formation." Yetzirah is the realm of formation now, after the "fall," however in truth, Yetzirah is the realm of divine creation, and Beriah the lesser realm, the realm of the formation of Adam in Eden. To align the chakras, we study the "tree of life." The seven "inferior" or "lesser" sefirot on the tree are equivalent to the seven chakras of our present evolution. The three "supernal" or "crown" sefirot refer to the exterior aura of which the seven chakras are the interior spiral. Thus, we use the "tree of life" as a model for the interior chakras that we can make and "form" outside of ourselves. The "tree of life" is the way to transcend from the realm of action to realm of Yetzirah, the divine creation. We transcend by "formation" or "yoga," the work of making our karma perfect. "Formation" refers here to studying the "tree of life" to align our chakras.

    Formation is the art of crafting one's karma. The more perfectly centered, calmly meditative and passively flowing one's energy is, the more we say their karma is artfully crafted. The mind distracted by disbelief, overwhelmed by doubt and suffering from bad "luck," we say such a person as this has "bad" karma. Karma, being the combination of external chi in our aura and the Kundalini spiral ascending our spines, then, like all energy fields, away from stasis and periodicity by nature and, most of the time, will decay into chaos and delusions if not "worked" upon. Thus, the natural condition of life is, for the majority of us even today, "brutish, nasty and short." However, through yoga-union with Beriah by aligning our chakras by studying the "tree of life," through "formation" of a more perfect, static and periodically regular soul, we are "graduated from labour" in the world of karma in Assiyah. Through "formation" of our souls in Yetzirah, we achieve an increasingly lasting trance of "samadhi," the the "waking dream." The longer we sustain this trance of calmness and clear mind, the more cleansed our aura will be and the more we will dwell in Beriah, the lost Paradise, and perceive all as the divine creation. The fifth title is "Water." Among the many documents of our Order we find perfect understanding of the four worlds of QBLH according to the following model describing the cosmological creation using the three "supernal" elements alone to create matter, the "earth" element of Assiyah, the lowest world. (These three "supernal" elements are represented by the three "mother" letters of the Hebrew alef-bet. A is for air, M is for water and S is for fire.) God took fire and mixed it with air to form smoke. This we call the realm of Ayin, limitlessness, an aspect of Atzilut, the highest world. Next, God blew the smoke with His breath, and thus mixed it with moisture, or spiritual water. The combination of all the smoke and water we call Ayin Soph, or limitless nothingness, a lesser aspect of Atziluth. Next, the stale, ashy water of the moist smoke began to descend, and the sweet water of God's first breath to ascend. As the watery aspects settle below and the airy aspects above, bolts of lightning fire up, burning away the rest of the clear air. As these bolts of lightning warm the smoke, the water within it evaporates out as condensation. The light of Ayin Soph Aur, the lowest realm of the highest world, shining through this rain refracts a seven-coloured prismatic arc. Above, the cloud clears, and below the ashes form mud in the water. From this mud, God made man. So we see now that Yetzirah, the emanations or sefirot, begin as the firey bolts of lightning above, become the watery rainbow of air, and finally form the "tree of life" connecting the realm of Beriah, water of air, to Assiyah, dry earth from fire. The "tree of life," therefore, is equivalent to Yetzirah, the realm above Beriah before the fall and below it afterwards. The sixth title is "7." An initiate of our Order at this degree should now be able to understand the esoteric meaning for the "7 days" of creation. These are an allegory for the "7 colour" spectrum of Assiyah that comprise the "7 lower" emanations of Yetzirah, which represent, in turn, the "7 chakras" of our present phase in evolution. Thus, the number 7 should be remembered as referring to the way to transcend Assiyah, by studying Yetzirah after the "fall," in the form of the "tree of life," and thus to align

    the chakras and cleanse the aura. According to the Hebrew alef-bet, the 7 chakras or sefirot to the 7 visible planets of ancient star-gazing, however the dutiful student is instructed to remember the relativity between all these base-7 number systems is purely a construct created by the founders of our Order as a means of remembering the attributes themselves, and their base-7 factor system is due only to their convenience in this. In later levels, we will begin to address the "Grand Cross" alignment of these 7 planets, and how this relates to the 7 chakras and "inferior" emanations on the "tree of life," however for now we do not need to remember the significance of these 7 planets, only understand how to align the 7 chakras by studying the 7 lower sefirot on the "tree of life." This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of iia Quarrier's Guild. -benpadiah

    such is the interior of the Water lodge.

    The Grip of NyarlaHotep


    instruction: As in the first degree's ceremony, the candidate is first given the knowledge lecture accompanied by a brief introduction to the initiation ritual, delivered by their "Guide" or first initiator, who subsequently does not participate in the rite proper. The introduction lecture explains the origin of the rite in prehistoric antiquity, introduces the characters of the rite, and gives a brief synopsis of what occurs in the rite. Following this the Guide asks the candidate if they have any questions, and then the Guide leads the candidate into the vault. Guide: "You have chosen to pursue the mysteries of Imhotep, to learn about Atlantean masonry. But are you prepared to restore it? This is a solemn truth you must prove yourself: to enter paradise all one must do is choose not to bring about the ends of mischief and chaos. If you do not follow the urge to destroy yourself and be resurrected in a more perfect world, you would not exist at all, but we exist to build up, not tear down. You must work to restore the Atlantean tradition of fair justice and democratic ideals to reality. You must go out and tell all your friends to tell all their friends the right way to achieve transcendence, though this right way will be different for each of them. How then can we spread the word about the good work of restoring Atlantean Masonry? If we perfect ourselves, those who come to us will already understand, and want to know more, naturally. That is the subject of this ritual. In order to build the pyramids, our Order recounts, ImHotep recruited the black magician NyarlaHotep. NyarlaHotep then raised up workers from the dead. In this rite you will learn how to activate your naturally negative oriented chi, or quanta of karma, and make them "switch on" positively. Therefore, during this rite, you are asked to meditate upon the level plane by day and the completed pyramids by night. This is to remind you of the Underworld, where tomorrow is perpetually being built." inst: once the candidate confirms their understanding of this, the Guide escorts the candidate into the vault. The iia ritual begins in the same position as the i ritual, with the candidate lying face-up, flat down, in the middle of the floor of the pitchblack vault. Voice-Over: "Before the Beginning there was Nothing. A vast empty void there was not; nor was there a deep shadowy abyss; nor even a pitch-dark vaulted tomb. There was simply Nothing and that was all that existed. This was before time began. Nothingness filled all the highest heavens and flooded right up to the feet of God. It moved across His face. He breathed Nothingness in. Had it been like water, He might have drowned, but water had not been created yet. Instead it was Nothingness." inst: the lights in the vault begin to fade up slowly from the direction of the candidate's head, representing dawn. V.O.: "Then God uttered the uni-verse, or one sequence of letter vibrations. This word became the highest heavens, and God reached out his right and left arms through the heavens leaving hosts of angels in their wake. He reached out into the Nothingness below, and it became solid in His wake. From the Nothingness, God shaped, formed, molded and made our world Paradise. The Nothingness that God shaved, sculpted, carved and cast away "fell" and became material reality."

    inst: From the direction of the candidate's feet a large, shadowy object is moving as if it is alive. It resembles a very large octopus, however with an unidentifiable number of tentacles. V.O.: "We are told that when God first formed man, one of the angels of his making rebelled against God. This angel, who sat on the right hand side of God, was damned to "fall" with the negative matter. It is said many angels sided with this rebel, who also tempted Adam and Eve into exile from Paradise. In the digital world of "fallen" matter, some things appear to change, while others do not, things change at varied paces and all will change with greater rapidity until everything is utter chaos." "This is the key of Atlantean Masonry, may you remember it to the grave. This is the grip of NyarlaHotep: inst: the lights in the Vault suddenly all begin strobing at varied, irregular rates. The great, shadowy beast rushes up to the candidate with its tentacles reaching out to grab them. Suddenly a large yellow light representing the sun breaks across the black horizon in the direction of the candidate's head. The shadowy chaos beast lets out a blood-curdling wail and disappears in a sudden explosion of foul-smelling smoke. From the direction of the candidate's head a figure approaches, silhouetted in front of the rising sun. He is the source of the voice-over. V.O.: "If NyarlaHotep grips you hand, you will surely be a corpse, for to feel his grip is to touch the timeless Nothingness. NyarlaHotep was once a black-magician. He chose to "fall" into the temptations of the rebel angel. He turned away from the one true God and made blood sacrifice to the damned pantheons. He fell into an ecstasy and he entered the realm of the Underworld. In this state, NyarlaHotep discovered a terrifying secret. He learned the desert lands west of the Nile were lush and fertile once. It was reduced to silt by the world-flood. In the deepest dunes of this desert now rest the corpses of drowned Atlanteans. Then NyarlaHotep was shown the way to raise the dead from the desert. When he returned from the netherworld, the infinite zero of the Nothingness, he immediately repented and went to live in the desert. It is said by bedouins they have seen him squatting in the desert eating dust. The pact NyarlaHotep made with the dark lord rendered him a chaos-beast, ghost monster of nightmares." "It is to NyarlaHotep that I, ImHotep, vizier of the three kings, Cheops, Kherphren and Menkaure, go to make a pact with him: to give my soul to travel the Underworld in place of his own in exchange for him raising a quarrier's guild of dead slaves from the desert, all to be stamped with the sole goal of building three great tombs. It is I, ImHotep, who now awakens to dawn in the dune sea from dreaming slumbers of Nothingness, haunted by NyarlaHotep. He is near!" inst: from the direction of the candidate's feet a hooded figure approaches. In the brighter light of later dawn the candidate can better see the hooded NyarlaHotep. He is all swaddled in rags, so that his body and limbs are entirely concealed. The gauze wrapped around his skin is seeping blood. NyarlaHotep limps up. From the direction behind the candidate's head Imhotep draws into view as well. NyarlaHotep stands at the candidate's feet and ImHotep stands at the candidate's head. ImHotep:

    "Oh wise Nyarlahotep, I know that you can read my thoughts. I understand you know my intentions already. Nyarlahotep, understand my wisdom. Oh wise, NyarlaHotep, I call you now to labour and by doing so to serve the One True God." NyarlaHotep: "Oh foolish ImHotep, what future do you imagine you foresee? Where shall our names be carved on the Tombs for others we are to build. Who shall remember the workers once the work is done? Will you guide them back to heaven, once you have been sent to hell?" ImHotep: "I am called the scribe. Let me pass once through the Underworld now and then return to oversee building on the tombs. I will record all that I observe beyond death and leave it to my son PtaHotep; he will thus instruct the workers." NyarlaHotep: "I am called the Chaos Beast, and Dweller on the Thresh-hold. Do you think you can stand my awful judgment for me, under the scrutiny of the Most High's All-Seeing Eye itself, until the mortal ends of evil in the final judgment of the material reality? For to answer the Call of Chthulu you must answer now. To the twin-headed Satan and Maloch you must pledge to be forever indebted. You must become the chaos-beast that I, NyarlaHotep, now am." ImHotep: "Oh mighty master of your own fate, my destiny is in the hands of the righteous Most High as much now as forever. I will bear your burden, but I am judged only by the One True God. That is my right." NyarlaHotep: "Then you are duly and truly prepared?" ImHotep: "I am. Now NyarlaHotep, grip my hand to bind our pact." inst: ImHotep reaches out to NyarlaHotep, but NyarlaHotep extends a bandaged appendage to the candidate. NyarlaHotep: (to candidate) "know my grip as you shall know a man by his deeds." inst: NyarlaHotep seizes the candidate and drags them to their feet. As soon as the candidate is standing, NyarlaHotep vanishes through a concealed trap-door, leaving only his outermost robes behind. ImHotep steps up to these and parts them with his foot to reveal a bloody knot of tentacles surrounding a single, milky eye. Then ImHotep turns to the candidate and grabs their hand in his. ImHotep: (to candidate) "No more is NyarlaHotep the chaos-beast. Now I summon Osiris, his immortal soul, into this raised corpse. For your soul's name to live forever I shall write the book of "coming forth into day" and the book of "what is in the Am-Duat," the "way of the dead," the river styx. Though all the many dead you shall raise shall each be branded by your own unique soul, Osiris, sigil of your aura, they will all die only one death, your own, and then you shall be called the king of the Underworld and Lord of the Dead. The slaves and my seed shall follow in our names the same way through the afterlife, and we will become known as great gods, even alike YHVH and elohim, they

    will always remember Thoth, soul of ImHotep, and Osiris, soul of NyarlaHotep. Now is the dawn arisen on this first day of the resurrected dead. Let the Righteous Most High judge our deeds on this day without error and may His good mercy mark our names down for all time as his servants. You shall go forth to raise more dead now, but I must journey now into the timeless Nothingness of the Underworld." "Go now, Lord Osiris, soul of NyarlaHotep, reach into the desert sands, as God reached into the Nothingness, and raise the dead. By calling the bodies of the dead Anunnaki to return to the labour of Atlantean Masonry, you shall earn the restoration of your soul, and redeem this body which belonged to Satan himself. You shall give these all your soul, and my son PtaHotep will elevate them to Democracy. You go to restore Atlantis now, and I, ImHotep, shall journey through the Underworld. When I return, PtaHotep will show you my ways, and then you shall lead the workers through transcendence into Paradise. For now we part ways, Osiris resurrected Lord of the Dead. Our destinies are already set in stone in the highest heavens above, behind the skies. Go." inst: while Imhotep has been speaking, the candidate's initial initiator, the Guide, has been sneaking up on the candidate from behind. As ImHotep finishes speaking and turns his back to them, the Guide takes the candidate's arm and, turning them around abruptly, escorts them arm-in-arm from the vault. Guide: "So you see that it is because of ImHotep's pact with NyarlaHotep that workers were raised to restore Atlantean Masonry after the flood. This is symbolic of how each of us now must work to restore our own "fallen" souls. We therefore turn to studying the "tree of life," which is like a blueprint of our finished work. Our DNA is the gross matter of our work, and the alignment of the chakras the tool we use to work upon our DNA. By perfecting our work in this way we cleanse our aura and our soul transcends." "Therefore, we call the art of perfecting our craft, "raising the dead." This refers to the transformation of our exterior environment by aligning the chakras to cause our DNA to obey the will of our brains. When our chakras align through the study of the "tree of life," our external environment will be calm and serene, a still reflection of our internal composure, our DNA doing the will of our brain through its control of our nervous system. This is how our spirits, when "called to labour," do "good" work to cleanse the chi karma in our aura: we "raise the dead" nerves usually unused in our brains to activate our "junk" DNA. This causes the DNA to transmit the will of the mind directly into the qliphothic quanta of our surrounding environment. When we accomplish this we transcend the lower, material world, and perceive a higher, spiritual world beyond." inst: by now the Guide escorts the candidate to the door of the vault and outside into the ante-chambre. Here they ask the candidate if they have any questions, and if they fully understand. If they understand, they are considered "passed" and have "graduated from labour." -benpadiah

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    :: Recommended Reading ::

    I. Metaphysics
    All of recorded history is the documentation of humanitys search for truth. In every word we have ever spoken, in every gesture, in every jot we have ever made to express our feelings are all borne this same end: that we should know truth as we know ourselves and this has been the eternal, unquentiable spirit of our species, and the driving force behind the evolution of our consciousness. We cannot question our urge to question. Without the desire for meaning, there would be no meaning for our desire. This pursuit of knowledge is found archetypically in all our eldest mythologies, and is incorporated as a fundamental cause in the progress of our technology. It can be called by all words, and no word will do it complete justice. Many call this inherent longing of the human condition for its own transcendence metaphysics. This name is apt. It states what we have: that is, knowledge of what is, and it states what we desire: knowledge which surpasses this. It provides a center and the momentum for a potentially perpetual expansion into the unknown alike what we have already discovered is most probably the condition of our very universe itself. But this is metaphysics on a divine level, elevated to a state wherein it describes itself alone. Can it be brought down to the human level, where we, in our humility before the yawning expanse of time, have only just this moment grasped the use of tools? Can metaphysics be utilized and still contribute its full scope of description? Two affirmative answers to this derive from different theories. The first states that it is possible due to dimensionality: the microcosm and the macrocosm are the same fractal. The second deals with assignation, and realizes that equivalent terms apply to all scales. These two theories are the two hemispheres of the human mind one intuitive and structural, the other formal and precise. Their agreement is the mind, a concentrated focal point of consciousness, with which and of which we ask our question. By this medium then, shall we attempt herein to construct a formal system of metaphysics that renders exact insights and completes the gap of inquiry. Before we can do this however, we must first compress metaphysics into a meaningful context. As the bridge between the individual and the eternal, it has always taken the form of speculation. In accordance with natural selection this speculation has been tested and, when proven, made into a law. We have the laws that govern our physical nature, the laws that govern our behavioral ethics, and the laws that govern our beliefs in the divine. I will show that all of these stem from the eternal quest to permute question into answer, and then I will show you how this may be done universally for all cases. Metaphysics as Law Let us examine this question, for it is pleasing to the memory of youth: Can God create a rock too heavy for Him to lift? This question is a paradox of so fine a nature that, were it to be looked upon as a flaw in the crystal of reasoning, it would be one so precise, it would be more exact than the most accurate cut intended to render the crystal more perfect. The blemish in complection it shears astray is that of logic itself, for here we have the logic of divinity, of will, and of porportion, all lumped together into a single conundrum. Nowhere else may we so concisely consider the ultimate arbitrariness of these assumptions. Without these three angles the crystal would fail to glint with an implicative twinkle, not catch our eyes at all, and more than likely drift from our lives as though no more than a passing fancy. But by offering explanation of these things, it appeals to our instinct. By providing

    them, if and when it can, it is the very essence of beauty. Allow me to clarify. As a living organism humans must depend on three perspectives. Up and down, side to side, and at non-right angles. These compose our entire scope of perception. Were one of these to fail we would feel an innate uncertainty as to what might be approaching us from that quadrant. We would, most likely, find increase in the stimulus of the other perspectives to serve as a form of compensation for our disabillity. Now these relate to metaphysics in this way: as we are guided to look down, our mind moves inward on itself, and we search ourselves very deeply. As we look up we search the heavens for peace, hoping perhaps to find some similarities between our internal composure and the forces of nature. This is the divine aspiration, and it legislates religiously. Similarly we look about for balance, for stimulation and for sustenance. We approach what we desire, and retreat from what would upset our equilibrium with the environment. This involves both time, therefore, and other beings. This is the logic of will, and it legislates ethically. Finally we may look at objects that are before us and wonder about their existence. How are they created, how do they change, how do they apply to us? This is the perception of porportion, and it legislates physically. And all of these together are the essence of metaphysics: the triangle that defines a circle; the three dimensions that define a cube; the birth, life and death cycle of time. They are metaphysics by shape and letter of definition the spiritual is that which is beyond physics; the ethical is that which is our relationship to that beyond ourselves; and the porportional is expansion of physics. So, in the plea of our youthful curiosity, we discover already the underpinnings of all known manners of reasoning. The answer is therefore impossible, because it is a paradox of these three logics. Thus it can only be subdivided into further specifications of the request to determine at exactly what juncture the paradox occurs. We already know it is in the realm of divine jurisdiction, so the only real response that remains is how? Why this question cannot be answered by anything but another question is further described later, when I deal with the Platonic paradox of questions in general. Throughout all of history such questions as this have arisen in the mind of humanity. All that we have as the basis for our understanding today is the practice of creating and maintaining data in this way. Despite all our accomplishments, we selfaware beings remain like a child, still trying to get our bearings and discern order in what is. the Spoken Tradition When we were what we call today primitive, when all of humanity was tribal, and much of it still nomadic, when there were as many people on the entire Earth as there are now in some single city, we had only just received the most sacred of the inheritance left us by our last evolutionary leap, that had made us upright-walking, land-dwelling hominds several hundred thousand years before. Communication was very limited, and the art of speech was still being cultivated simultaneously by disperate peoples. We had achieved a stage of such complex cerebellar functioning that we could stimulate the nerve centers in our brain at will, generating from the well of experience both recollection and innovation. New explanations became apparent, new solutions to age old problems. Survival was becoming easier. The earliest distinction that can be considered indicative of civilization is between the chief of the tribe and the medicine man. Here is the one who preseves the ethical tradtion, and here is the one who preseves the physical and spiritual tradition, both passing on their legacy as instruction from parent to child. Here we find the birth of myth, where the characteristic patterns of survival behavior began to be specified into replicable routines, and preserved in the form of archetypes. It is interesting to note, as well, that the first medicine men were probably women, who

    discovered the medicinal properties of certain herbs by gathering while the men were hunting. From these times only art remains to express the minds of our ancestors. This was likely also the place of the medicine man, which suggests that they were responsible as well for the creation of the written form of language, discovering the possibility of impressing clay slabs or making marks on unfurled river reeds concurrent with the introduction of agriculture. To some of these tribes the acceptance of writing never arrived, and they have remained throughout the millennia, up to this very moment, of the belief that only the oral tradition is divine, and that all other modes of information transferal are a form of blasphemy. A great amount of the history cultivated and nurtured by society remains in the dark as a result of this. Early Writings The earliest forms of mythology are of this patriarchal system and its rebirth mechanism. We are given the archetype of the wizened elder and the wandering fool, the chief and the shaman, and told of heroes that went from tribe to tribe throughout the world spreading the practice of writing, ascending outside the limitations of space and time, and inscribing the very essence of consciousness on the scroll of the heavens. But the event is much more important than this. It represents the time in the lives of our own ancient ancestors when the mind first became completely awake, and its evolutionary rate broke from that which defines all other life into the flourishing burgeoning of awareness to which we are accustomed today, although it is a blossom unique in all the universe. The metaphysical breakthrough that occured was the distinguishing of the physical from the divine. It allowed an entirely new class of people to come into being in the already well established ethical structure of the tribal hierarchy. The scribes were medicine men who offered the economical opportunity of specialization, and, unlike the often mystery enshrouded individual medicine man, were obligated for their financial survival to serve the ethical dictator. Thus, the civilizations that flourished during the era of the old written tradition were often empires, as we see is the case in Egypt, the Mediterranean, the Middle East, Meso-America, China, and, most recently, Europe. Later Writings In each case the expanded tribe could only grow as vast as its internal politics would allow, and soon each would realize that reorganization and almost inevitably recollapse were imminent. The middle class began to take on more of the burdens of legislation. In most cases this was ethical, and the beuracracy gradually replaced the empire. In others it was physical, and there was an upsurgance in the arts as the publics surroundings became progressively demystified. In a few this took the form of a revolution in divinity, and the oligarchy of an established religion became increasingly secularized. Eventually, every society so far has had to undergo several internal schisms during the stage of the written tradition, by which we measure all of recorded history. Such changes predominantly occur in the form of social movements, and these are not recognized until their task in the social restructuring process is complete. At that point they become obsolete as an activity, and are given over wholly to the domain of history. As such, history is not to be confused with society. The story of society may appear to be history in the present tense, but we must learn from the mistakes that we make, and it is a rare and wise individual indeed who knows a mistake before it can happen. During the period of beuracracy, naturalism and secularism, several distinctions mark the passage of time. The foremost of these is that the written word becomes the property of the common man. The wisdom of the ages, once held

    exclusively by the proprietors of legislation, is now disseminated in such a way that the responsibility for the generation and maintainance of legislation may be seen to follow it. This time period is an excellent opportunity for intertribal trade to occur, for it allows avenues for further expansion internally. But this also raises the issue of conflicting ideas, and the curse of cognitive dissonance. A mind holding two opposing viewpoints in itself will grow infirm, and therefore legislation must remain active when dealing with all aspects of metaphysics. Wars It has proven to be the exception to the rule that cognitive dissonance is dealt with in isolation. Most frequently it manifests itself as two or more parties who have come to cherish the apparently incompatible values at hand. Nature dictates that a stability between them must exist, and therefore a resolution to this issue is indicated. Wars, like paradoxes, can occur in all sectors of the legislation of metaphysics. In fact, as I will prove shortly, they must. Without imbalance there would be no movement, and without movement there would be no becoming. This is a simple fact of the action of time, and has been legislated physically as the conservation of energy. But this sounds simple. In reality, wars can be felt many years before they occur, and always change history indellibly. They provide simultaneously a massive release of kinetic energy and mental energy, as well as a clearly designated winner and loser. In this situation, the loser is whoevers energy is expelled faster, and the winner becomes the losers parental figure, using the remainder of their energy exporting their version of the data to the loser. This is what is meant when it is said that history is written by the victors, but we need neither believe nor disbelieve this concept. Afterall, the archetype of the villain is as necessary to mythology as is that of the hero, and the man who spoke the quote above was indeed one of the most infamous characters to have ever walked this planet, and yet himself a loser. In fact, a direct relationship has come to exist in the later written tradition between the outstandingness of information and its frequency of consideration. This has relevance to fact and fiction, and will be discussed in due course, but we may say that in the very recent past, particularly the modern and post-modern periods, the amount of energy expended has far surpassed in scale the quality of the generated solutions. This is taken by many as the dark side of humanity, or perhaps as a curse of the realization of individual legislation of metaphysics. But these ideas are obviously mere superstition, retroactive reactions remnant from the days of the nomadic, spoken tradition, when less property had to reference equivalent sums of memory storage and metaphysical legislation, and therefore everything was taken with a regard that has become irrelevant today. It is merely the luxury of surplus data, which can be viewed as icing on the cake, so long as you are not one of the ones that goes starving. Modern Philosophies The result of war is such that the wealth of information exchanged in its wake is always greater than the amount over which the initial disagreement occured, and, if we are to believe that the universe is ultimately governed by a self-correcting set of rules, whether they are comprehensible by the human mind or not, we must come to believe that this is also greater than if the conflict were to have been resolved with the opposite result. The same is true of the effects generated by internal readjustments in the form of social movements and the passge of time with which they wrestle. All this means is that metaphysics always raises more questions than it answers, and in this way grows exponentially. This has led to one of the most profound legislations of metaphysics divine aspect, that, as mans population grows according to the same equation, thus are we alike the image of God. But surely, as with all of religions opaque dictates, this means

    more than it says; which itself only goes to demonstrate how not only does the image of man correspond to the spirit of the divine, but there is hope for correspondence even in letter. In fact, this is what has been striven for all along, for what purpose does writing really serve? First it marks down to discount potential subsequent redundancy. Also, by its implied authority, it alleviates the option of replication with error, obligating instead repetition with modification. This is an efficient force, but we are still no closer to understanding what it is expected to achieve. One of the practices of modern philosophy is the discernment of this inarguably very fine point. As a result of excess detail due to specialization, no short supply of theories exists. We may feel much alike the stone mason who, so absorbed in his work, only too late for rescue comes to realize that he has walled himself in. Technologies Long before the beginning of history, before we sought to domesticate metaphysics, we were very little different from our cousins in the ape family. They enjoy life as they are, understanding without communication complexities of our universe comfortable comprehension of which we may well have sacrificed to engage in our own sort of intellectual discourse over. As more and more people are eclipsed by awe at the luxury of data surplus in our posession, we begin to wonder: what would be the result if, like the library of Alexandria, it were suddenly to be gone? Is the satisfaction with pure existence elevated towards divine ecstacy by our consciousness so innate that we would succumb to it despite there being a dissatisfactory conclusion to our reason detre, or would there be such a vaccuum caused by its absence that our savage emotions, tamed only in its presence, would rise up and cry out? Perhaps the solution is both, for one can easily imagine early mankind, at a certain, now long forgotten and unrecorded moment, making the evolutionary leap to communication, only to channel all their anguish at sacrificing eternal silence into a desperate desire for its recapitualtion, or at very least clarification of its cause, some purpose for its loss. I know how upset I become when I only momentarily misplace my car keys. This manifests an unspoken, though widely evidenced, movement toward the creation of artifacts signifying or dependent upon our current degree and particular form of metaphysical legislations. Let us again consider the ape family. The primary way in which they differ from us, for even they utilize a minimum of almost completely non-repetitive and systemless communication, is in the use of tools. There is proof that monkeys can be taught to use tools, even those based on complex systems, and that, using these tools, they can freely communicate complex ideas. There is also proof that technologies such as poured metal latches were developed identically in the monolithic masonry of disperate peoples without contact between them, that wooly mammoths discovered flash frozen in Siberia had recently fed on tropical vegetation, and that tachyon microwaves move opposite the standard arrow of time. It is not the proof we are concerned with, but the implication. If our genetic cousins are capable of the same feats as we, then at some moment, or for some reason, be it by choice or symptom, they must have declined the opportunity to utilize them which we accepted, and that this one simple matter has made all the difference between us. We first discovered ourselves to be physical beings when we began utilizing external objects as components or practical tools, as weapons or destructive tools, and as toys or creative tools. It is perhaps this event which began the formal systemization that generated organizational communication, metaphysical legislation, writing, wars and even my car keys. the Formal System

    The formal system of metaphysics shold not be confused with the traditionally accepted definition of this term. The genealogy of the word metaphysics traces its roots back to Greek words meaning beyond the phenomenal, sensational or logical realm of experience, deduction or insight. The primary difference from this standardized meaning of the methodology of the system described here is applicability to specified details of inquiry, yielding verifiable results. What metaphysics means in the broadest sense is the quest for meaning, as opposed to the hierarchical procedure offered by this substructure. We may expect, using this method of metaphysics, to yield results to questions even of a deeply philosophical nature through a series of logically navigable equivalencies, but there will always be just a little more that remains to be revealed. Such is the nature of metaphysics. Memory Castles With this important distinction dealt with let us focus on what this system is. To do this it is perhaps best to speak initially of memory castles. The use of memory castles for information storage and retrieval is an ancient practice, of little value in the world of today, but when people were more nomadic, and there were less posessions to serve as referentials, it was a far more common technique of mystics. The memory castle itself is merely a large, projected space before and around a person, where they concentrate their consciousness. Different points within this space, like the different rooms, hallways and libraries of a castle, are then imagined to access different sorts of data. This is much the way a modern computer works, and is really little more if anything than a realization of the mental macrocsom. Now, once one has imagined for themselves a memory castle, a system of metaphysics is a natural next step. Imagine that the entire apparatus compresses into a compact form. First compress it to the size of a doorway, then to a window, then to a fruit or a sports ball, and finally, if you like, to the size of one of your own eyes floating just above the center of your forehead. Each of these sizes has a myriad of applications in the realm of information storage within the universal unconscious, but for our concern we will be dealing with the model at the size of a fruit or a sports ball. Briefly, I will go into the applications of this size in more detail, but at this time an explanation of the substance of the memory castle or metaphysics model is best. Use of memory castles and most other forms of mysticism and metaphysics is the domain of a select proportion of the worlds population, and even by them is treated with such regard that it is rarely made a public spectacle. Most of what we now know of mysticism and metaphysics has been passed down amidst and between these peoples, predominantly from originally an oral folk heritage. Many similarities mark their descriptions of the substance of externally projected consciousness, which is often called no-mind, nothingness or the void, the abyss, ether, trance, light, the all, the higher self, and by any number of environmentally all-encompassing anthropomorphications for things that go bump in the night. All agree upon an essentially holographic tabula rasa that is subsequently muted or illuminated and fractalized by the act of perception. It is also believed by most that this state preceedes being, and that the process of spiritual seeing is equivalent on another dimensional level to that of physical becoming. More recent metaphysicians have forwarded this realm as a tyling board for their own temple building, and see all externalizations as necessary in function. Others share the belief that manifestation is natural, but seek to find commonalities of character or form to unify the universe. Ancient and modern mystics alike caution the aspirant regarding this sacred space, however. It is best to remember that when you look long into an abyss, the abyss looks long into you. the Changing Mind Based on these assertions of the substances potency we may now enter into

    consideration of the model itself. To do this, quickly construct a minimal memory castle, consisting of a single room of right angle walls connecting parellel ceiling and floor, such that the area of each wall is equal to the area of the ceiling, and that the area of the ceiling is also equal to the area of the floor. This should be a perfectly cubical room, with no elaboration as of yet. Next, step backwards out of this room. This is merely a technique to demonstrate a fact which should become obvious at this time, that one may be aware of the existence of the wall behind one and the corners of the ceiling and floor that define it, but one cannot see all six sides of a cubic room if they are inside. Technically it is impossible to step outside of your memory castle, since you are not in any way leaving behind any portion of your memory by doing so. What is really being accomplished by this excercise is the creation of the memory castle in a higher dimensional level, transforming the cube into a hypercube. What seems to be the further distant wall of the cube is really also the external side of a second cube, and if you were to walk to one side or the other around what you believed to be the simple cubic room in which you were standing, you will find that the shape of the closer wall expands to become its own cube, the shape of the further wall collapses into its own cube, until finally, as you pass around the wall that joins them, that was originally the wall directly facing you in your castle, the larger cube will begin to be compressed and the smaller cube will begin to grow. By the time you have travelled around so that you are facing in the opposite direction you were to start with, as if you had stepped forward from your memory cube and turned around, it will be the closer wall that is large, and the more distant wall which is small, but of course, by now, you will understand that these are not really walls, but cubes. Another way of looking at this would be to imagine that the cube casts a shadow opposite you that is itself also a cube. As you pass by the corners of the closer cube, the two cubes will seem to join into a rectangle, and as you look at the the further cube through one of the walls of the closer cube it will seem to be contained within it. This is how the storage of memory occurs in the mind, and the way in which detailed past experiences are easily accessed from single perceptions. A further expansion of the hypercube into a hyper cross is possible by shrinking the cube down to the size of a fruit or a sports ball and rotating it about in your hand so that you see every wall casts its own cube, and that the central cube, which was the foundation of your memory castle, is only the central cube within them. It is this central cube which we shall continue to consider in its compact form, but remember, it remains a fourth dimensional object, and each relationship that we can discover pertaining to its surface is also a description of its storage potential in terms of depth. For example, think about a sphere enclosed in the volume of the cube. This sphere represents your mind, as it occupies the space where you stood when you were inside the cube in its form as a memory castle. Now imagine that these two, the sphere and the cube, relate to one another gyroscopically. Turn the cube in your hands and consider how the sphere shifts about before coming to settle again into its original orientation. Different parts of the sphere are now in contact with the surface of the sides of the cube. These places represent juncture points of idea. This is where information is exchanged between the consciousness and the unconsciousness of your memory storage unit. As this rotates around in any direction these points will change, but there will always be exactly six points of contact, because your mind perfectly fills your central consciousness within the memory storage unit, no matter what. When you change your mind, it is really the relationship of these six points that is changing. You cannot change one point without changing the other five as well at the same time. Now two things can cause the mind to change. One is decision, and the other is symptom. In the first case it is the sphere of your mind that moves first, and therefore effects motion in the cube which it is touching. In the latter case it is the

    cube that moves first, due to some shange of one of these points in the environment, and this causes the sphere of your mind to have to adjust slightly to new coordinates. To arrive at the system of metaphysics which is going to be described in this text it is necessary to imagine a second cube inside the sphere. Six of the corners of the cube will align with the six points where the surface of the sphere contacts the surface of the memory storage cube, and two of the corners of the second cube will lie on the surface of the sphere where it arcs down beneath or within two corners of the memory storage cube, such that they are opposite one another. To construct this cube it is possible to imagine looking at the memory castle cube directly above one of its faces so that the corners of the further wall of it touch the inside of the circle defined by the center of the sphere. Another way is to imagine that you are once again standing inside the cubicle memory castle, that the sphere of your mind is the area that you take up, and then construct an image in your own mind of another cube, thus placing it inside the circumference of your own consciousness. However you might want to go about doing it, the same effect will be accomplished. A third way to get to the metaphysics model is to expand the sphere of your mind until it touches the midpoints of all the cubes on the hypercross that can be extended out from your central memory cube, until it is the corners of your original memory cube that touch the surface of the sphere from inside. All of these techniques, although seemingly different, will yield the same results. This is because of the nature of the hypercube. Remember when you went walking around it the first time, and saw how it seemed to expand and collapse; but at one point, when you were standing even with the center wall that joined the two cubes, they would have appeared to be the same size, and you would have been looking at a rectangle. If you were to step back into the cube at this point you would find that it would immediately snap back down into a cube around you, and you would be back at the center of your original memory castle, although probably having no idea which way you were facing. This point is called the antipode. The existence of a point such as this in fourth dimensional space means that two objects, which from one angel appear seperate (or adjascent), will appear from another angle appear to be exactly overlapped (or singular), and in all cases have exaclty the same area. The fact that you can construct the metaphysics cube within the memory cube means that they have the same area, and that the surface of the sphere acts as their antipode. In the walking around your memory castle excercise, if you were to turn and walk away from the memory castle in a perfectly straight line instead of walking around it, it would appear the same, but decrease in size as you increased your distance from it. There would be no anipode. This would certainly not mean that you had lost your mind, though! It would demonstrate the difference in the right angle construction of the memory castle and metaphysics cube as opposed to the sperical nature of your mind. Without the mind to establish their relationship the two cubes would only be two, plain, three dimensional cubes, but in the presence of your mind, they become strongly relative in the fourth dimension. In short, for the purposes of our disposition the memory castle cube you created first and the metaphysics cube which we shall consider in greater detail will be synonimous, but the real interaction of them will be left for your mind to sort out, just as in our model. Parts There are a total of ten individual nodes that we will examine here, in conjunction with how they are situated in position to one another. Six of them are coplanar with the memory cube, and these six plus two more are co-circumferencial to the sphere of the mind. The final two are internal to the model, and determine its relationship with the sphere of the mind and the memory cube by acting much the way the balance central to a gyroscope acts to steady it while it spins.

    First let us look at the six coplanar nodes, which I will refer to as the six fundamentals. In their purely ideal form they were discerned by the ancient Greeks and incorporated into the earliest systems of logic and reasoning that were applied in daily life and philosophy since the Golden Age. We know them as the fundamentals of higher reasoning, but they are subtly more significant than this. It is demonstratable that apes and other forms of animal life can utilize the projective consciousness technique in establishing relationships with objects and other beings that they then depend on by memory to come to necessary conclusions about their environment. As such the most basic component of metaphysics is grounded deeply in the survival instinct. But the identification of these six fundamentals represents a considerable leap forward in the application of this force as an organizing order. It is difficult to say exactly how this was accomplished, but it is known that it was done so at a time in the history of the world similar to the Rennaisance, when the study of the natural sciences was practiced freely and there was an open air for the dissemination of new ideas. Studies in logic corresponded to studies in geomtery and astronomy, the development of materialistic cosmologies and idealogies. It is best to put our six fundamentals in this context to show that, although their moment of conception remains mysterious, their reflection in varying fields is unquestionable. The six fundamentals of reasoning, and the first six nodes of our metaphysics model, are How, When, Where, What, Who and Why. These are questions that are ingrained in human thought to such an extent that for millennia they have served as the foundation for all logical reasoning, and remain so today, without fail, and without a jot of change or addition to them. They have, however, been inculcated into no particular hierarchy, as is the case with much of the rest of the arcana and esoterica that was developed during the Greek golden age. This is because they can survive autonomously from all other patterns of organization, proving to be a key that unlocks them all, rather than a part that operates within each devoid of others. Much of geometry and astronomy was forced into an underground condition during the European dark ages, when the practitioners of these schools were divided by their faith. But throughout, these six fundamentals of reasoning were applied to all areas of thought and exploration, proving to be just as fundamental to the study of scripture as to that of space or the stars. In a way, they may have suffered as a result of this, since both astronomy and geometry emerged from their submersion in the occult strengthened and renewed, but there was absolutely no change to the six fundamentals. They are taken so much for granted, in fact, that their importance has been all but forgotten. To study them formally it is convenient to construct a model upon which they may be arranged. To do this take the cube that you have assembled in your mind and turn it so that you are looking at it from above one of its eight corners. It should now appear, if you were to draw a two dimensional representation of it, as a hexagon, with six points each of equal distance from its two nearest neighbors. Now start at the top point and, moving clockwise around the object, assign the six fundamentals to the six points. The uppermost will be how, the upper right will be when, the lower right will be where, the bottom point will be what, the lower left will be who, the upper left will be why, bringing us back to where we started. This assignation is not casual. It is the result of recognition of the relationships between these points that will be subsequently discussed. It is possible to arrange 46,656 different models using the six fundamentals and the hexagon, but the relationships described by them will only test accurate in special cases where external factors must be set or attuned so that the results adhere to prediction. The arrangement described above is intended to yield results, all other things being equal, such that, regardless of the environment, the answers to the questions can be discerned from consideration of the questions alone. This is a unique model. Now consider the corner of the cube above which you have placed your eye. It

    remains unassigned, as does the corner opposite it, underneath your cube. These will be referred to as the points of had and not respectively, although their assignation is arbitrary and only pertains to formal conclusions to be reached in specific cases. Lastly, in the very center of the cube, imagine another point. This point is the binary juncture of fact and fiction, and again only pertains to the solution of specific cases. The nodes of had and not and that of fact and fiction are not fundamental, and therefore will be excluded from discussion of the fundamental relationships and discussed as seperate entities. These are all the relevant parts of your metaphysics model. With this in hand you can answer any question in the world. It is entirely a matter of determining simple relationships between the questions. Allow me to demonstrate the simplest method of this. Holding the metaphysics cube in your hand you can easily comprehend that the angle between any one of the corners and its nearest neighbor along an edge is ninety degrees. But if you drop a dimension, as I have already suggested is a helpful excersize, then you can see that the angle described by each corner is one hundred and twenty degrees. This means that the metaphysics cube is describing the full rotation of one circle twice, or the circumference in degrees of two full circles. This is in keeping with what we have already discerned for the hypercube, since the sphere of the mind functions fourth dimensionally as well (or there would be no continuity of character from one moment to the next) and therefore is itself a hypershpere, depicted as a torus, which is like a doughnut, or a sphere within a sphere, and posseses an antipode, just as does its cubic equivalent. This does not mean that you have two personalities, although this explanation would nicely account for such psychological assertions as Freuds superego and id, with the ego as the antipode, and Jungs anima and animus with equal volume. The explanation with which we will concern ourselves here is far simpler, suggesting no new names for the same old psychological behaviors, and its deduction more elegant mathematically. What we are dealing with is a sphere inscribing the hexagon, and another inscribed by the hexagram defined within the hexagon. This will open up a field of prediction hitherto unexplored in the study of mental process, which will later go a long way to explaining the abillities of the unconsious. A hexagram is two equilateral triangles conjoined such that one overlaps the other facing in opposite directions so that they share the same center point. In three dimensions this translates to the conjoining of two tetrahedrons to form a steloctahedron. Imagine a sphere surrounding the metaphysics cube you are now holding in your hand such that its diameter is equal to the cubes diaganol. Now imagine a sphere inside that cube such that its diameter is equal to the length of one side of the cube; it will touch each face of the cube in its center. This is the fourth dimensional mind, derived dimensionally from the metaphysics model. It was there all along, but by studying the most simple aspects of the points on the cube it becomes realized. In this way the solutions to all humanitys questions are hidden in plain view, so obvious that we tend to overlook them. Relationships There are three different types of relationships between these six fundamental nodes. The first is around the edges of the cube or the sides of the hexagon. This is the shortest relationship, and if you imagine your metaphysics model as a unit cube, then the dimension of each of these will equal one unit. The next is between the corners of the conjoined triangles of the hexagon or tetrahedrons of the steloctahedron. This relationship is between diaganols, and the diaganols transecting the faces of a unit cube are equal to the square root of two. The last relationship is between nodes on opposite corners of the cube, and involves the diaganol of the cube itself. These relationships connect each pont to every other in

    the metaphysics model. In addition to these there are measurements that can be made for had and not, which are the corners of the cube that conceal one another as one looks directly down at it from above them. Each of these has a one unit measurement from the three points closest to it, a square root of two measurement for those slightly further away, and a cubic diaganol measurement between them. As I have said before, their attribution is arbitrary, and therefore I will not go into specifics about which of them lies closer to which other corners. Suffice it to say that to whichever is assigned the closer corner of the cube: when, what and why will be one unit off; and how, where and who will be a square root of two measure away. For the further corner the inverse of these assignations applies; and in both cases had and not will be a cubic diaganol apart. Lastly there is the central node of fact and fiction. It is one half the cubic diaganol from all the other positions. This means that it has one relationship for all of them, irregardless of the nature of their inquiry. I want these relationships to be as easy to use as possible, and therefore will dispense with the pleasantries of disposition on their origins and nature. It is enough to accept that they exist, so that we may see with usage how they work. I promise that, by following this method, we will soon discover that they are as posessed of potential as they are elegant. Questions and Answers The six fundamentals of reasoning are simultaneously questions and answers. This is a quaint axiom of logic, a conundrum that occurs as a one-step impossible feedback loop in many formal systems, but it has a highly meaningful use here. The Platonic system of ration, one of the first known to man outside legal practice, consisted of answering a question with a question. The point here was to lead the interlocutor around a series of points to arrive at their initial inquiry from the other side, thus proving to them that they had known the answer themsleves all along, and had only been prevented from seeing it at first as a factor of their perspective. This practice has since fallen out of favor among philospohers, whose subsequent endeavors have consisted of trying to unlock ontology by semantics. It is easy to see how this system is not far removed from Platos original idea, although it has been adhered to in letter rather than spirit. A more appropriate interpretation of the method might be to combine the practice of logical syllogism with the art form of geometry, and plot the points passed along the reasoning persons journey on a map or model of some sort. If these points were standardized, then, all entries into the realm of reasoning would share a single, common reference system. And this is the model of metaphysics. In other words, the answer to the question what is the model of metaphysics? lies in a simple rearrangement of the terms of the request the model of metaphysics is: what is the model of metaphysics? To the interlocutor in the majority of Platos tales the first time around this was a horrible pain to sort out. At first glance it seems to be begging the question, and little more than a verbal redundancy. This is one of the primary reasons why his avatar Socrates was known as the Gadfly and eventually condemned to execution by poison. There appears little more irony in this ruling than in Socratess own arguements, afterall, and perhaps that is why he accepted his fate with such passivity. Socrates became a martyr for philosophy, and, like Isaac Newton, was eventually proven to have contributed as much to history as to have perturbed the people of his own day. In this way, subsequent, deepening comprehension of the Platonic technique of rhettoric justifies its continued study, and eventually dawn comes to those who delve into this method of reasoning. It will be instructional, for our purposes, to postulate that the effectiveness of the method stems from its self-referentiality. That is, it is a closed circuit. Regardless

    of the path that is taken, if the procedure is executed systemmatically, the solution will inevitably be deduced. This applies to all questions and questions of all nature. One will translate one answer per rotation, and eventually solve them all. Starting from a question at any point on the model, you may follow through the rest of the questions, assembling data at each point, until the first answer is obvious. If you continue in this fashion, even if you follow a different path through the hierarchy, you will compile satisfactory conclusions for all of the involved realms. When these are observed in conjunction with one another, the solutions will distill further and further, until they apply to the principal of Ockhams razor that the simplest conclusion will most probably prove true. Thus, the more rotations undergone, the more questions will begin to turn up answers, until you have them all. If this had only taken so little time during the days of Socrates, perhaps his peers would not have adjudicated his teachings terminally tedious. But alas it has remained to this day for there to have accumulated sufficient experiences in the memory cube for us to have developed rapid processing techniques such as the metaphysics model under consideration here represents. In the metaphysics model itself there are two means to achieve completion. They are determined by fact and fiction. The first is derivation, and is a practical inquiry towards extrapolating infromation from the memory hypercube, integrating it into the metaphysics system, and yielding results. The second is the aim of this type of searching. Each of these will be slightly adjusted for the balancing of fact and fiction, which occurs naturally as the system undergoes its rotational functioning. For the case of derivation what we are examining is the path taken through the system, equivalent to the data stream in a computer terminal, which includes certain subroutines and naturally excludes, to preserve the expulsion of energy by, all others. Since we may follow any systematic path between the nodes, having established the distance relationships between all of them, then each path taken between two, and the order in which it occurs, lends additional determinance to both the working out of the computation, and to the eventual set of answers. Although one need never necessarily pass through the central point of the system in determining the solution to a particular problem, it always serves to impact on the conclusion all the equations reach. Thus, any particular path may be taken, and yet the same path may have a very different value, in fact often the exact opposite, for fact and for fiction. In many cases the two will overlap slightly, and in very rare cases share the same space completely. Derivation as an action is usually considered a more factually oriented function of the system than is aim, for the simple fact that the procedure of derivation is predominantly not predetermined, making it very difficult to fake. Aim is the very last relationship possible, and pertains to the external motion of the system overall. If you imagine the system as a planet within the gravity of your consciousness, then derivation is equal to rotation, and aim is equivalent to orbit. After derivation is completed, and the data stream passes through the final link at the systems center, then aim becomes the relevant issue. To what event are these answers going to be applied? It is possible to have no aim, only to pass some time, in which case the model before you sits still and slowly spins. If there is an aim, then the system will have two indicative behaviors before ultimate case termination and automatic memory hypercube solution storage. First, before it has reached its final link, you will notice the system begin to speed up in finding solutions. This is the result both of narrowing down the margins of inquest, and of being pulled in the direction of the intended aim. Second, when the final link is achieved, a strong amount of energy will have built up in the metaphysics cube, and it will break towards its aim very suddenly and with an enormous release of power. The former function of aim is the result of a pi spiral, and the latter of a phi spiral, although both constitute the action of symmetry breaking. This is why it has been important to picture the metaphysics model at the size

    of a fruit or a sports ball because it can be either consumed or projected. In the case of fiction, the answers are consumed into a larger plotline, probably involving a complex set of other, related eqautions. In the event of fact, the metaphysics model can be the determining factor in any dispute. Whoever reaches a more logical conclusion first has the upper hand in debate. This was recognized very well in the era of Socrates, and again, this time in the from of politics, was one of the possible interpretations of his philosophy that would come back to haunt him. Do not forget that the metaphysics model is a structure of projective consciousness comprised of mental energy, and as such there is no limit to its potential for power. Similar direction of biophysical energy fields are reffered to in the martial arts schools of the Orient, particularly Kundalini in India, Tai Chi in China, and Akido in Japan. According to these traditions the conscious directing of mental energy force can serve to massively illuminate an aspirant of mysticism, support the girding of the physique so that it is in harmony with the ambient energy of the environment, or devastate an opponent in the intellectual realm of combat. Having considered this point it is no longer necessary to confine your comprehensive imaging to the size of a fruit or a sports ball. The relationships we are about to describe hold true for the metaphysics model projected at any size. I. Dimensions A. subspace quantum information vortices (qliphotic shells) Our five senses and our mind inhabit our physical environment, and this is three dimensional, with the fourth dimension acting as motivator. This is the world that we know, and our knowledge of this world falls into the phylum of ontology: the study of the nature of being, and the search for its ultimate constitutional unit. There are two philosophical schools of ontology: the atomists (including all the greeks from the pre-Socratics to Plato) and the existentialists (who study the essence of the human being as the fundamental recombinatory social unit, and believe that man evolved after the idealizable elements). The atomists included Thales who believed the fundamental element was water, Heraclitus who believed the fundamental element was fire, and Democritis who established the belief that reality was composed of indivisible units called atoms. Socrates, a character described by Plato, taught of the differentiation between the ideal realm, attainable mentally, and the realm of the physically real, and of the ratio between these alternate realities that should be held as the standard. Plato went on to describe five rhombic solids the only five regular solids possible composed of homogenous geometrical shapes that represent the perfect mathematics of the ideal realm in a way that we can grasp and comprehend through the senses. The next western philosopher to address ontology was DesCartes, who sought to chart the exact border between the realm of the ideal (or the mental) and the real (or the physical). He postulated that it is possible, without doubting the existence of the materially factual reality, to believe that all of this is merely the bad dream in the mind of a sleeping monster. This would spark the beginning of existentialist thought. Existentialists study the mind and emotions of the human being in order to reach conclusions about the origin of ethics, religion, and society. They derive a great amount from both transcendentalist (that the mind is a blank slate, humans essentially brutal and savage, and society an achieved ideal) and behaviorist (that the only way to approach comprehension of the internal thoughts of people is by examination of their interpersonal reactions to stimuli) schools. Jean Paul Sartre differentiated between being in itself and being for others, and Edmund Husserl addressed the border of difference between them as the epoch, an exercise in which an object is examined until all meaning has been completely detached from it and it is seen in its true or base state as exclusively a condition of pure being.

    While the existentialists studied the ethics of Platos student Aristotle, the atomists went on to become scientists in the age of reason that followed DesCartes, and introduced the study of physics that would give rise to the fields of astrophysics, classical physics, particle physics, wave mathematics, and finally quantum mechanics an attempt to unify particle and wave physics in light of probability. Both the classical Greeks and the Jews studies the Egyptians. The Jews record study of something called the qliphoth, or shells. The latin word quantum, meaning as much as or so much, may have similar origins in the arena of weights and measurements, where it meant a small amount of an unspecified substance, that could refer to shells. The latter word has come to be used to describe the basic unit of probabilistic information that comprises our reality. It is unknown the full extent to which the ancients took their understanding of the meaning of their equivalent term. The quantum unit can be imagined as a self-connected spiral well of pure probability, a concentration of potential. 1. Specializations of the 4 Elemental Forces Quantum information units accumulate in three dimensions to form macrostructures that are concentrations or centralizations of one or more of the four elemental energies (the strong or weak nuclear, gravitational and electromagnetic) over time. We know these as all things from stars and planets to apples and oranges. In these concentrations of fields, combinations can occur forming fine structures of macromolecules, and this is the chemistry of life. This depends on these fields as much as the intellect of consciousness depends anthropically upon it. The Egyptians identified energy with the Ka, and matter with the Kha, the vessels which contained it. This is similar to the oriental concept of chi energy, which is contained in tao, meaning the way, however the tao is more temporal. The Mayans, who also measured time as the fluctuation of energy, shared with the Egyptians the concept of the universe as a unified field (which the Egyptians called Nuit, the origin of our word for night) with an opposable fundamental unit (which the Egyptians called Hadit). The Egyptians shared with the Chinese and the Indians the belief that the energy of the unified field, Ka, Chi or Mana, could be channeled through the physical body, through the pressure points and the chakras. a. electromagnetic properties The best example of these accumulations of probabilities toward task specialized functions is the electromagnetic for it is the least esoteric and most well known. It is the cause that orients compasses and directs electrical currents. Usually it is invisible, but when we use instruments to measure it, the force can be seen. Some known types of concentrations of the electromagnetic force are fields, such as the orbital shells of the basic electromagnetic quanta, the electron. There is also an electromagnetic field surrounding the earth, caused by the earths rotation. A unique type of field is the bottle form, which is a force field whose inner and outer surface are contiguous, that is one and the same. This shape derives its name from the klein bottle, a distorted version of the idealized torus shape. The other basic structure of the electromagnetic force is the waveform, an elongation of a field until it projects entirely in one or both directions. When it flows in opposite directions at once it is called an alternating current because the electrons traveling along the current will alternate magnetic poles in a regulated rhythm. Some specialized types of wave forms are scalar waves, which are two different waveforms pulsed at an unequal or irregular rate to one another, and null waves, produced when these overlapping waveforms are exactly opposite or an even ratio to one another.

    b. gravitational properties Another example of the fluid dynamics of these forces is the gravitational force, which accumulates as a function of the pressure of mass. Gravity is common to all objects and is responsible for the orbits of the planets around the sun as much as the orbits of electrons around an atomic nucleus. This force avidly displays the conundrum of the elemental energies with atomic theory, since no true graviton has yet been discovered that acts as a particle for the exchange of force of gravity. This is because gravity is thought by modern scientists to be an attractive force. It is not considered that gravity might be a force as all the others, producing a repulsive solid particle that carries the energy exchanged, that simply travels faster than the speed of the fastest known particle (the photon) and therefore opposite the direction of the flow of entropy that particle is used to measure. Such, however, is the case, as has been proven by research with microwave electromagnetic radiation which, when propelled through a solid medium, arrives before itself, moves backwards, and generates gravitational attraction. The gravity particle is therefore the tachyon, a faster than light, and therefore unmeasurable, theoretical particle, whose shape is the torus, or hypersphere. When a gravity field is concentrated upon a smaller and smaller space it generates a black hole. The black hole gets its name from the fact that it absorbs all light around it, causing it to be consumed within itself, where it disappears. Because black holes posses spin they are spheres, in fact, and not holes, and for the same reason a small portion of light does escape them, and so they are not altogether black either. Three dimensional black holes exist for a temporary duration of time, however black holes can also be exclusively fourth dimensional. Whereas a third dimensional black hole has a first dimensional singularity, a second dimensional Schwarzschild radius and accretion disk, and third dimensional spin over time, an exclusively temporal singularity can also occur, and these are known as breakthroughs or quantum leaps, referring to the effect of quantum tunneling. Usually these occur in pairs or aggregates, and this effect is known as synchronicity or coincidence, and is created by the increase of probability due to random fluctuations caused by the uncertainty principle of the same event (the quantum tunneling of information through a certain holognomonic ennegram in the mind usually being either one or both) occurring in two or more areas of space at around the same time. c. wormholes When the electromagnetic force is combined with gravity the result is a wormhole. Nuclear fusion, of electrons rather than nuclei, creates microwave tachyons, and nuclear fission, again from electrons, opens these up into wormholes. Nuclear fusion can be accomplished by strong electromagnetic irradiation, alike the smelting of metals with heat. Nuclear fission can be accomplished by the projection of a distortion to a gravitational field, alike the dehydration in a pressure cooker. Thus wormholes are a unification of all the forces. Wormholes, as they are projected at this time, are also exclusively temporal. They connect two points in the continuum such that to get from point A to point B in spacetime takes x amount of time, to get from point A to point B through the wormhole takes y amount of time, where y is less than x, and asymptotically approaches zero. To understand the mechanics of a wormhole it is best to understand the dynamics of quantum tunneling, since they are only a magnification of this effect. This is thought to be the doubling of quantum information units through the random fluctuations of quantum foam due to the uncertainty principle. The best current

    example is the double slit experiment, where photons are passed through two cuts or breaks in a surface, and their overlapping field measured on another surface behind that. The result of this experiment is that the light acted holographically: since it was just as probable for the photon to pass through one of the slits as the other, the sum of all the photons projected sorted statistically out to be not only either half passing through either, but all passing through each, such that much more light ended up reaching the other side of the barrier than was expected. Each photonic unit seemed to be acting as though a hologram or exact reflected duplicate of the whole, and therefore was passing not only through one or the other of the slits, but through both at the same time. In a wormhole the conditions are essentially the same, only the two slits are the opposite ends of the wormhole, the barrier the distance of the space between them, and time the holographic fractal passing through them from the same source at either end, that being the continuum. B. hyperspace hyperdimension = hypereality multiverse The timespace inside a wormhole is outside of the timespace outside of the wormhole wherein is the wormhole. That is to say that inside a wormhole is a universe supernal to our own. This is the realm of hyperspace or hyperdimension. Hyperspace refers to the acceleration of real particles to a velocity faster than entropy, and hyperdimension refers to the prismatic holographic refraction of energy waves in all directions simultaneously concurrent to that acceleration. In the same way that matter and energy both comprise the continuum of the known universe so hyperspace and hyperdimension comprise the hypereal multiverse. The spacetime inside a wormhole that moves faster than light escapes the limitation that forms the boundaries of our existing universe, and therefore it is properly considered hyper-real, or of a reality that has been raised beyond average reality. In the same way that a wormhole connects two probabilities in the continuum, so does it access infinite potential points in infinite potential universes. It is unlikely that there are actually an infinite number of universes, however their accessible quantity of potential does increase the probability of multiple universes. These other universes are alternate realities in parallel dimensions to our own, and the sum over histories of all of these and that of our own universe is the multiverse. 1. Wormholes and Quantum Tunneling as Information Transport The basic unit of the temporal field is the probability well of concentrated potential energy. When one of these passes through another, the two occupy the same place in zero time. That is, the time it takes them to pass one another does not occur within the confines of the measured continuum. In the same way that one exits a wormhole at the same time as one enters it, just as we walk through a doorway, when a tachyon vibrates through an electron it literally goes inside the electron, which occupies simultaneously every position on its orbital shell, and comes out at the same time on the opposite side of the orbital shell. One of the earliest forms of long distance communication was the smoke signal, where someone would create different kinds of clouds of smoke by holding and removing a blanket from over a fire. In this same way, pulses of energy in an encoded format can transmit a translatable pattern of information. Since the temporal distortion created by quantum tunneling or a wormhole is only external and not internal, it is possible to relay such a signal through either method without degradation of the quality of the message. Whatever information was broadcast through a wormhole, however, would be refracted holographically inside of it, and therefore generate in the idealized realm outside of the timespace continuum eternally recurring spin in accordance with the

    characteristics of the transmission. It would therefore be possible to access any such signals that had ever been broadcast through any wormhole. Since it is possible, also, to follow the fractalization of harmonically vibrating multiple dimensions in hyperspace towards the various different possible combinations of the four elements that are the multiple universes, it is also likely that it would be possible to tune these in accord with the frequencies of real, subspace waveforms, and in this way to access all manner of information even if it had not been passed through a wormhole. 2. Why there is not always a party going on in the universe next door Because it exists outside of finite spacetime, the multiverse asymptotically approaches infinite potential, however because it can only restructure the quantum information that it comes in contact with from the local universe, the multiverse is ultimately confined to reflect our reality. As local spacetime is bent and distorted until it becomes a parallel dimension, it compounds upon the original information until a plenum exists. This continues on in an unending interrelated network, each dimension feeding into the next along harmonic distortions to the fundamental geometries until there is a complete round cycle and all the dimensions connect. Even though each of these dimensions, and therefore the universe they describe, is equally infinite in potential, they can only support the probabilities they consume, and this they accomplish through the distortion to the underlying geometry. C. Pure Dimension/Pure Geometry This sentence is false. An impossible loop in a logical hierarchy such as this constitutes the doorway out of hyperdimension into pure dimension. It is expressed as the final phase of distortion to the original, underlying geometrical, physics of subspace, extruding all expressions from the equation except the most elegant forms. In subspace it is embodied in the gravitational singularity, which is formed when a temporal singularity implodes. This occurs inside the light absorbing event horizon of a black hole, where the immense gravitational pressure causes quantum foam to quantum tunnel in very short wormholes, or temporal singularities. When one of these reaches its conclusion the zero time information it contained phases into the central gravitational singularity. For an astronaut caught in a black hole this would be the equivalent of losing consciousness or falling asleep. In this model each miniature wormhole has its own signature geometrical trajectory. This constitutes the dimensional information that comprises hyperspace. The multiverse of infinite potential universes is in this way accessed, and additional probability of one possible universe is brought into the gravitational singularity. The gravitational singularity itself is the ideal ratio phi/pi in manifest form. This represents the most compact expression of geometry capable of expressing the most, since each of the two numbers given are transcendentals, transfinite decimals. When information phases through this system, that is, dies inside the wormholes and then passes into the singularity, it passes outside of the material universe and enters the realm of the ideal. The information itself inflates a baby bubble universe that expands on the inside of the universe. As much as the wormholes were phi around the pi singularity, so are such baby universes phi around the edge of the pi universe. Perpendicular to the history of this offspring universe is the tachyon history of pure dimension and pure geometry. As universal expansion inflates the horizon of the parent universe, it emits tachyons outward into the macroverse whose measure is faster than the speed of light. Each tachyon is a phi/pi hologram, and all of them together are a gnomonic fractal. Thus they are the energy and the particles of pure dimension. Their movement, moreover, is phi away from the pi universe, and therefore their form of time is also a purely idealized geometry. However because the

    particles and the movement of time are one and the same, all is unity, and there is division between nothing. 1. Where one overlaps the other invisibly Although phi over pi is meant as a geometrical expression for dimension, it is possible also to replace the operators in the same ratio with geometry and dimension themselves. Here we see that, while phi over pi is a number that underlies everything in the material universe, pure geometry and pure dimension underlie it. Since tachyons move faster than light we cannot see them. They arrive before the lightwaves emitted from the same event. They are emitted by photons. So, in the same way that tachyons are invisible to the eye, pure dimension and pure geometry are invisible ideals to the equation of phi over pi. To enter into the gravitational singularity would be physically like what standing inside a temporal singularity would be like to the perception alone. There would be zero probability measuring zero time, and therefore undiminished infinite potential. This means potential spin in a gravitational singularity as much as potential energy in a wormhole. Thus the asymptotically infinite multiverse perceived in a wormhole is slowly being brought forth one possible universe at a time by gravitational singularities throughout our universe. However inside our universe we can no more see these baby universes than we can perceive the multiverse while outside of a wormhole. This goes so far as to mean that whenever we imagine the multiverse we are creating quantum tunneling inside our own brains. In these ways we can say that pure dimension is invisible to us because it is blocked from our sight, however we must also remember that it is invisible to us because it is a transparent energy tachyonic astral light that surrounds us all the time. In fact, it is the substance of time, because its materiality is pure potential, without probability wells to interrupt its asymptotically unending expanse. Temporally, our aura itself is an event well inside this field. 2. The nth Dimension and Infinite Geometries Just as the sum over histories of tachyons emitted from the universe measures the sum over histories of baby universes, produced from the infinite potential of hyperspace accessed around the edge of a black hole and comprised of a single history of consumed temporal singularities, inside tunnels in the quantum information foam surface of the universe, so may we say that the measure of the universes external luminescence and the quantity of possible generations contained within it are equivalent. This is merely an idealized way of saying, again, that matter (in this case the internal multiverse) and energy (in this case the tachyonic astral light) are interchangeable within a shared continuum. Our realm of third spatial fourth temporal dimensional, manifest, material reality acts as the balancing point between these two depths. It is because of the increase of information from within the quantum information unit itself that our universe appears to be expanding. Both the three dimensional homogeneity of the expansion and the temporal template are illusions, because the true pulse of the universe flows along channels of current exchanged between galaxies in filaments and walls, vibrating harmonies in voids. The tachyonic astral light outside our universe, the baby universes inside of gravitational singularities inside of black holes in the thin film of the manifest, the expanding quantum information units, and the resonant harmonic vibration underlying deep space (known as subspace frequencies) are all one and the same. They are all expressions of what is called mathematically the nth dimension. This is a variable meant to represent the last in a transfinite series, and to imply that it exists in a way that contains all the subordinate sums. The measure of the nth dimension is infinite geometry. The ones that I have

    listed above are only a small start. Include ones based on temporally synchronistic harmonic resonance manifestation systems and you will be one more step closer to enlightenment. 3. Ylem and the Primary Clear Light Perception of this is the state of enlightenment the Buddhists call Nirvana. They follow a ritualistic practise of meditative trances on an increasing level of awareness of the ideal and sublime. In this system the trance of Samadhi allows entrance into the realm of Nirvana, wherein one can freely perceive the primary clear light of ylem. According to their belief this light, the light of pure potential, precedes even the big bang and the beginning of our own universe. The next closest concept to the perception of this is the perception of the self in its presence or tangential proximity. This deifies the Light and gives one the illusion of empowerment. The oldest form of this is the Jewish Nefesh, meaning spirit. This is the first anthropomorphication of the spiritual principle, and brought the soul, which the Jews called the ruach meaning breath, into contact with the world of discorporeal consciousnesses they had previously believed to be inhabited only by good or wicked djinn, or spirits of the wind, that they believed were alive as much as their own memories of their ancestors, and that they, too, were separated from the mundane world by a veil similar in principle to death itself. Other systems can account for the universe as an automaton, and believe that science is god, and the only right way or path to life technocratic deism. These are no less based on petro, meaning stone, or violent blood rites than every early system of religion, yet they claim to be atheists. Accordingly science shuns only liars. Yet still, should the demigod Pan come to bear, the result will be Pan-deism, the opening of Pandoras Box.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    iib::"Overseers' Order"::PtahHotep
    history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12 open only to Masons of the second degree or higher, blue lodge to join consult all works of sacred science. II. Should the Senate refute the Tribunal: then it becomes a difference resolved by Senatorial vote. A. if the Senate sides with the seven executives, then all is resolved. B. if the Senate sides against the executives, the executives convene a Death Council to try the Senate for dissolution. 1. If the Death Council sides with the Senate, then the Senate may convene a jury against the executives. 2. If the executive Death Council dissolves the Senate, Let each of the five adjoint lodges disperse in the opposite geographical direction thus until they meet others of these arts or find ruins indicating a dissolution of yore. on this column let it be accomplished!

    here is my knowledge lecture on the meaning of the titles: [history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12] of the second degree B of the the Order of Death: [iib::"Overseers' Order"::PtahHotep]. benpadiah wrote:
    The first title is "history."

    The first thing we learn from prolonging durations of meditation on the "tree of life" is the "magick memory." The magick memory is omniscient of past events and can, by applying periodic cycles, rightly predict the future. However, because chaos increases in Assiyah, we are only able to see our universe expanding from within. However, if we elevate our point of view to faster than the speed of light, then we can see that it is only because our universe is being swallowed up into a hypersphere surrounding us. Just as Yetzirah is passing through Assiyah, our material reality is being consumed into the energy of the emanations. Assiyah is dissolving into Beriah by Yetzirah passing through it. Now, another name for the world of Beriah, of Eden, surrounding Assiyah, our material universe, is "sum over histories" of all particles in the universe. The "sum over histories" is the halo of wormholes and baby universes surrounding our universe as it is being eaten apart from within by black holes. This is the "multiverse" of tachyons in n-dimensions, called hyperspace and called the world of Beriah or Eden. This is, it should be recalled, only the lowest of the kingdoms of heaven. The seven lower sefirot are the seven colour spectrum of light that comprises the the barrier between our universal singularity (our centre of which is the Milky Way's galactic core) and the multiversal "sum over histories" of tachyonic wormholes that comprises hyperspace of n-dimensions surrounding our local 3dimensions in a phi/pi torus identical to the aura of our soul and the chakras of the Kundalini spiral inside it. All of this is recorded in the knowledge accessible by the "magick memory" because all of these things are occurring relative to one another in more-or-less predictably periodic cycles. Knowledge of the records accessed by the "magick memory" is collectively called the "history" of our Order. The use of the "magickal memory" attained after one has "graduated from labour" by studying Yetzirah, the "tree of life," and has begun to perceive the multiversal kingdom of Paradise, Eden or Beriyah, is the subject of teaching in this degree. The second title is "ShBLTh:JChN"

    Hebrew was esoteric hieroglyphics used among the Overseer's Order to keep their plans private from the quarriers. Likewise, the blueprints the overseers used were draftings of shapes impossible to craft in three dimensions - Penrose triangles, impossible cubes, hyper-crosses, toroids and tesseracts. The QBLHistic "tree of life" itself is a tesseract, or hyper-cube, viewed at antipode, or above one of the shape's figurative edges. The tesseract, or "tree of life," was considered a hyper-space square and the torus a hyper-space circle. Thus the relationship between the torus and tesseract to the Overseers was interpreted as a square shaped circle, or more accurately, the square of equal area to a circle, by the quarriers. That is how the pyramids were built, using geometry, a common language spanning across levels that could be separated by alphabets. The quarriers who "graduated from labour" and became overseers learned to understand the strange hyper-shapes and meta-forms used by the overseers, and to read Hebrew, a now lost language (modern Hebrew being derived from Aramaic, derived from Hieratic, derived from hieroglyphics). All that remains known for certain about the ancient Hebrew alphabet was that it was comprised of 22 letters, equivalent to the 12 constellations of the zodiac, the 7 planets or chakras, and the 3 supernal elements. With only these 22 phonetic symbols, the overseers were able to represent any number of cosmological relationships. By simply applying them to hyper-shapes and studying the various complex relationships, the Overseers sought to restore understanding of the Atlantean calendar as part of true Masonry's arts. In truth the Atlantean calendar is only a map of the karma in the aura of our selves, our galaxy and our universe. The third title is "Yetzirah." Yetzirah is the union of the exterior aura, both of the individual and that of our universe, and its interior spiral, the 7 Kundalini chakras of the individual and the seven-colour spectrum of light. Therefore, the "tree of life" of Yetzirah, the sefirot emanations by which God created, is both the seven "lesser" sefirot and the triad of "supernal" sefirot. The seven lower sefirot represent the 7 colours and 7 chakras, and the three greater sefirot the spiritual or higher elements, the combinations of mental states occurring between interior mind and exterior matter via the surfacetension of the energy that conjoins them. The 7 chakras, 7 colours and 7 sefirot all form a spiral measuring the interior of the torus, the shape of the soul, the exterior of which is the aura or hyper-sphere that is the environment surrounding the individual and the multiverse of Beriyah. Thus, Yetzirah, the "tree of life," is an exterior, "square" model of the interior, "circular" shape of both the soul and the multiverse. Just as the interior soul is a torus, so the exterior "tree of life" is a tesseract. Just as Beriah is the exterior hypersphere surrounding Assiyah, the interior sphere, so is Yetzirah a measurement of the difference between them, i.e. a "squared circle," or a tesseract with the same area as the difference between the inner and outer hypersphere of the universe surrounded by the multiverse. Thus, we can use the tesseract "tree of life" to measure Yetzirah as the change between the interior and outer spheres as Yetzirah passes through Assiyah and consumes Assiyah into Beriah, the multiverse, a process known as "involution." As the multiverse eats the universe over time, the exterior sphere shrinking the interior sphere, the tesseract measures the change between them. Thus we refer to the tesseract of "tau-sub-tau," ultimate extension of the "cube of time" or "perfect ashlar," and to Thoth, the god of time, as Hermes Trismegestus, the

    "thrice greatest." So, we call the tesseract "tree of life" an external model of time, and say that it measures the change between our souls and the multiverse. The fourth title is "creation." This refers to the level of Yetzirah in its proper place, supernal to Beriah, which itself was once Paradise upon "earth," the multiverse one with the material universe, Beriah upon the face of Assiyah. However, when the interior complexification of the initial singularity of our universe appeared from within to begin expanding, at that point of "critical mass" when baby universes began bubbling off our universe through black holes, then Beriah and Yetzirah switched places and, as the tesseract of Yetzirah and the multiversal exterior hypersphere passed through one another, this was when the universe of material reality "fell" and became separate from the multiverse of Paradise above. This moment, beginning in some places at the first Planck-time after the "big bang" and following the formation of the four universally elementary forces, represented the beginning of entropy and the four forces' destruction through inversion. As matter-energy is pulled through a black hole, it is inverted into anti-matter particles and micro-wavelength tachyons. Thus each baby universe is only as massive as the amount of energy it consumes and only as dense as the amount of mass. These black holes are each points on an enormous shifting web of galactic filaments, each connected by microwave tachyon super-strings in hyperspace, comprising the broken and fragmented remains of the originally, pre"critical mass" perfect periodicity of all the cycling patterns of matter and energy and the equilibrium of the four elemental forces. We model this originally perfect periodicity as a tesseract. In truth it was only Beriah before Yetzirah created Assiyah from it. Paradise was a perfect diamond in the rough, but shattered when cut. Thus, we call the "creation" both the universe before "critical mass" and the multiverse after. The creation is the ongoing involution of the multiverse of Beriah through the universe of Assiyah measured by the "tree of life" tesseract of Yetzirah. This occurs as matter is exchanged out of the universe into the multiverse through black holes and energy is exchanged into the universe and out of the multiverse through the worm-holes, or "time tunnels," connecting them along the galactic filaments. All this is simultaneously the creation and destruction of both. The fifth title is "Air." The force of air is associated with the "tree of life" tesseract of Yetzirah. Just as this tesseract changes form over time, so does the wind rustle through the "tree." We see the wind by observing the movement of the leaves on the "tree." These leaves move and change digitally - some moving while others do not - just like the karmic qliphoth of chi in our auras. We can therefore only see the true and invisible form of the Air - true essence of Yetzirah, surface of Beriah beyond and Assiyah below - by observing the nature and movement of changes to karma in our aura, and this we call "meditating" on the "tree of life," because the exterior environment of karma in our aura is a reflection of our interior alignment and flow of Kundalini energy through our chakras. There is an ancient zen koan stating that neither the wind nor the flag is what is actually moving, but only the mind. This refers to the alignment of the lesser will, the individual's mind, with the Greater Will, the universal mind. When the mind of

    our universe moves through our own mind like the wind in the tree, or the billowing flag, then we can understand how our emotions and subconscious thoughts occur as more-or-less regular cycles because they are merely points moving along the edges of hyperspatial shapes, such as the "tree of life" tesseract, passing through our minds as our souls involute over time. The longer we maintain this state of clearmindedness, meditating on the "tree of life" tesseract of Yetzirah, the more we will realise these metaforms moving through us all are archetypal to our collective consciousness, and that we are all sharing in this splendrous emanating of creation together. The sixth title is "12." This refers to the 12 constellations of the zodiac. In Greek, which is more like ancient Hebrew than even modern Hebrew, the twelve consonants stand for the zodiac and the seven vowels for the seven planets. From very early on, at least since the exodus, if not following then from a long, fragmented prior tradition, it is evident that the 7 days of the week were implemented, along with the 12 hour days and 12 hour nights. This a complex correspondence between the 7 days and 12 hours of day and night. However, to understand the Overseer's point of view on the calendar, you must think like an Atlantean Mason. The 12 surround the 7, the 7 connect between the 12 in various alignments and arrays. The 12 are compared to the supernal 3 sefirot and the planets to the lower 7 sefirot. This is not altogether accurate, however, because though the 7 chakras compare with the 7 planets and the 7 lower sefirot, the 12 constellations do not compare with the 3 spiritual or alchemical elements. The origins of the 12 signs are lost to history, but some philosophical researchers speculate they grew out of the 10 when one of them was divided into two and an additional one interpolated between the two halves. However this would not account for the splendid math of the 12 constellations - rendering 36 dekans of 10 each, completing the 360 circle, that double to form the 72 angels of the Exodus verse describing the parting of the Red Sea, as well as of Solomon's Goetia. Originally, the 72 were 50+22. This is one side of the arc. The other side was that 12X6=72. Thus by 12 of 22, 72, and thus by 5, 360 from 72, just as by 5, 50 from 10. All of this together comprises the Atlantean tarot, understood rightly as the tool to reading the Atlantean Calendar. This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of iib Overseers' Order. -benpadiah

    PtaHotep's double-cross
    introduction: as in the vault. An initiator or explains the knowledge the candidate confirms vault. i and iia rituals, we begin in an ante-chambre outside the Guide of no lower than this iib in attainment themselves lecture and the history, characters and plot of the rite. Once to the Guide they understand this instruction, they enter the

    Guide: "While ImHotep passed through the Underworld, along the Milky Way, PtaHotep, his son, was left as his appointed head of the Overseers' Order. While the quarriers laboured by day the Overseers conserved their energy, but then, by night, the Overseers instructed the quarriers in the Higher Arts of Democracy, Masonry, tarot and the calendar, and all sorts of splendid wonders. They began to raise the pyramids by constructing an enourmous enclosure around the entire base layer and filling it with water to float the blocks into place with a giant boat. All looked forward to ImHotep's return, but PtaHotep did not overwork the workers. PtaHotep was the wisest of all the Overseers and beloved by the clay-people. He instructed them in all of his father ImHotep's metaphysics, and they all became as learned as he in time. NyarlaHotep served as PtaHotep's own vizier, and if PtaHotep but lifted a finger on his right hand, NyarlaHotep would wave the thousands of workers to all move as one to the right, and if PtaHotep lifted a finger on his left hand, NyarlaHotep would command the thousands of workers to all move in one wave to the left. Yet PtaHotep was not full of pride, and served not as king, but only as court-magician to the three Great Kings of our craft, Cheops, Khephren and Menkaure. The legions of undead all answered to the heart of NyarlaHotep, who offered it then to PtaHotep, though only until the return of ImHotep, the coming time of which no one knew but NyarlaHotep. This ritual is about the times when NyarlaHotep showed PtaHotep the catacombs beneath Giza, when NyarlaHotep told PtaHotep that ImHotep was never coming back, and that he, NyarlaHotep, was PtaHotep's true father. The ritual continues with ImHotep's return as a chaos-beast, judges NyarlaHotep a traitor and switches bodies with him, thus sending NyarlaHotep in the form of the chaos-beast back into the Netherworld. The meaning of this ritual is to teach the Atlantean Mason the mechanism of transcending the mundane cares of material reality." instruction: if the candidate gives the word to affirm they understand, the Guide ushers the candidate into the darkened vault and closes the door after them. In the middle of the darkened vault the candidate sees an arcing domed grotto, roofed with crystals, above an underground lake, on a sand-bar near the closest shore, beneath the peak of the catacomb's dome, arise two very tall menhir stone blocks, ancient with weather, the one on the left of a dark, metallic hue, the one on the right of a brighter, marble hue. The candidate will come to see there is strange, indecipherable and ever-shifting information being projected as patterns within the crystalline veins of the two massive, upright towers. These flash like slow lightning within the twin stones and this light alone illuminates the cavern. From the shadows behind the candidate's back, hiding behind the door of the vault as the candidate had entered, NyarlaHotep speaks. As he speaks, he places his grip on the candidate's right shoulder and then steps up beside them into the light. He is dressed as a vagabond mummy still, with blood staining the hieroglyphic inscriptions carefully painted onto his gauze wrappings. NyarlaHotep:

    "These are the pillars buried by Enoch in the city east of Eden in Atlantis before the flood. ImHotep had them transported here. He discovered them by the stone of Ram, the key-stone of Noah, that he found and deciphered just outside of Ur, in southern Babylon, as he journeyed northwest to pass by Sinai into Egypt. Ram, the "tablet of testimony," was the key to all languages once. Its geometric shape is timeless, and the markings upon it the inscriptions of seven of the ten arch-angels, the pre-deluvial Atlantean kings' list. I tell you the splendour of Ram shall be known to all on judgment day, and is yet taught to all who seek to know it. It is a testament to the seven sinister angels who rebelled and who were cast down into this material universe. I, NyarlaHotep, am wise of the dawn of time, as was ImHotep before he died. Those who follow the ramstone now, seeking to find these twin stele, will get lost and fall into confusion, for now Enoch's tomb is empty, and these twin stele are here, buried beneath the three kings' tombs." inst: NyarlaHotep guides the candidate by their shoulder and begins leading them down a slight slope toward the crystal irradiated stone menhirs, one dark, one light. They step to the water's edge. The closer NyarlaHotep draws towards the twin megaliths, the more he stoops down and assumes a more lizard-like posture and visage. He urges the candidate toward the two obelisks and they begin wading out ankle deep in the shallow waters of the lake's shore. NyarlaHotep: "I suppose you'd like me to tell you what they say. They are written in Atlantean and contain all the secrets of the universe. It is these each of my corpses seeks to replicate by quarrying the ashlars to build the tomb for the three great kings, who we call the three fools, for this project is damned folly without these stones being here. Without them, the resurrected dead would not obey me; Just as they are bound to my heart, my heart is bound to these two stele. The kings know nothing of these catacombs, nor of this lake nor of these stele. This secret is known to myself and Imhotep, and now you also, but to us alone. We three are Thoth, Osiris and Horus. Do you not see PtaHotep, just as ImHotep gave his soul for mine did he become like Thoth, god over time, for he dwells now beyond all time; and just as ImHotep assumed the god-form of Thoth, so too did I assume the god-form of Osiris. Now let me tell you how the heavens have already recorded and dictate our destinies: ImHotep is Thoth, I am Osiris, and you are Horus, PtaHotep. To raise Osiris, Thoth gave his own life, you see, and so ImHotep shall never return from the Underworld. He sacrificed himself, and has given you, his son, over to me. Now I am the Great Work's Architect, for, I assure you, ImHotep is no more!" inst: The two stones loom over them on a sand bar. NyarlaHotep climbs up the slight embankment. His face appears to be that of a supernaturally large serpent. He stands beside the bright one and reaches out to touch it. As his fingers contact the stone's cold surface a jolt of lightning bursts through them both, causing a Jacob's ladder to arise between them. From within this the chaos-beast of NyarlaHotep's true form appears. Voice-Over: (booming) "It is I, NyarlaHotep. It is I, PtaHotep. It is I, ImHotep returned from beyond the grave, in the realms of Nothingness beyond even the Underworld. I have come back from beyond the abyss that outstretches the deepest nether-realms. Bow now, my son, bow before your father who has conquered an eternity. Bow now, you traitor, for either way this chaos-beast's form is once more your fate for your treachery against me." inst: the chaos-beast's image in the jacob's ladder's arcing sparks quavers like the

    reflection of the moon on a rippling pond. Suddenly the reptilian arisen corpse of the mummified NyarlaHotep is possessed by the soul of ImHotep, and the chaos-beast's infernal form possessed once more by NyarlaHotep. ImHotep: (portrayed by the actor previously portraying NyarlaHotep) "Let it all come down. My revelation shall outlast it all. For I have been to the world beyond Beriyah and I have surveyed the New Jerusalem. It's twelve gates are the twelve houses of the Am-Duat. Its seven-sided church I have beheld inside and out, and it is like the seven Be of Re between the Ka and the Ahk." inst: the chaos beast looms through the electricity-screen. It is a puppet armature of tentacles centred around a corpuscle eye, red with rage and streaming tears. Its pupil is a mouth and its iris a row of hooked fangs. NyarlaHotep: (booming) "PtaHotep, you may escape me, but ImHotep, you shall not. I shall pursue you until the final Sabbat and see your clay corpse buried beyond the wasteland's outskirts on the edge of Nothingness. Your home for eternity shall be to guard the west-bank of the river styx. Your destiny will be to wander eternally alone, licking sand to search for salty silt. You will yet suffer my fate for me. I will never die. I will get you." inst: ImHotep urges the candidate away, toward the shore-line and the door of the vault, away from the twin pillars and the chaos-beast NyarlaHotep. ImHotep: (turning to NyarlaHotep) "NyarlaHotep, oh terrifying feverish insanity. You cannot harm me because I am one loyal to God who sent me. I have cast you already into the emptiness of the abyss once by my word. I shall not say it again except by action. Come at me and your will will wilt, oh chaos-beast. You shall forever lose what little light of hope you have left. Forsake now." NyarlaHotep: "You are unwise to be unjust to me, your servant, oh vizier. For I have sat upon that seat to which you would now ascend. The corpses are all of me, all mine alone to command. I was bound only to this portal until you returned my true form to me. Now I cross the threshold once and forever to dwell in the land of the living, and leave behind the world of the dead, with you in it." ImHotep: "NyarlaHotep, you, whose one eye hungers for justice, must repent now your lust for the powers of this world. I warn you, they are only an illusion, and I can turn them against you." NyarlaHotep: "It is too late for you now. I summon Marduk, king of demons. I summon Chthulu of chaos and formlessness. I summon Satan and Maloch, the twin-headed devil. I summon the host of all Hades to spread your plague upon this realm, the material universe. Fly free all you damned gargoyles, I unchain thee in ImHotep's name." inst: as the puppeteered armature of tentacles undulates, the hole of the chaos-beast's pupil-mouth dilates to engorge the sclera. Through his eye, NyarlaHotep vomits himself inside-out. Black smoke bellows out of the emptied-out NyarlaHotep, whose tentacles now take root around the twin menhirs, as he stretches himself open across the gateway to the Underworld. His remaining flesh gapes agog and tears through to

    reveal a portal to the inferno of hell. ImHotep: (to candidate) "PtaHotep, my son, go to call all the undead to return as warriors behind you. I, in NyarlaHotep's clay-body, must enter the gateway of NyarlaHotep and battle him upon the thresh-hold, before he can widen the rift in the veil." (turning again to NyarlaHotep) "You cannot cast curses before a man sent to you by God. If you will not approach me and be laid waste by my Righteousness then I shall take my Word to you now." inst: as Imhotep approaches NyarlaHotep, the initiator, or Guide, who prepared the candidate and who has snuck up behind them, now takes the candidate arm-in-arm and escorts them towards and out the vault door and into the ante-chambre, discussing with the candidate as they walk the meaning of this degree's ritual. Guide: "So you see how we transcend the mortal world while still alive: we must delve deep into our minds inside our quantum thoughts that guide our nerves to control our DNA. We must conquer the urge to destroy and do evil there, deep within each of us. Know that only you can do this for yourself, but that you are not alone in doing it. Truly there are a legion of us who are seeking to transcend the mortal world while still alive. We all work together is the Great Karma Yoga. The battle between order and chaos is within each of us. We must therefore live life rightly as a warrior for increased perception, increased awareness and expansion of consciousness, both our own, others and that of the entire cosmos." "The true Overseers' Order is open to any who have become inverted from the mundane, and is thus comprised only of those who have "graduated from labour" by working to perfect themselves. Because we have transcended cares for the material world, we are able to look down upon it from above. But only if we work to perfect ourselves do we preserve our place on the planes above." "We can each do good alone. When we all work together we can do even better. Therefore, seek out and surround those who do good alone and in invisible silence encourage their good deeds. When they are ready to, they will learn how to assist others and to command their reality by communing with their inner-will and confronting the conflict between good and evil. In the deepest realms of the seeker's mind, they find this inverting dualism, for it is the binary language of our quantum thoughts themselves. We input binary logic and output creative uncertainty, and that is how our mind makes itself manifest around us in our material world." "Each of us is like the bright singularity at the umbilical navel between a parent black-hole and a baby universe. The fabric of the spacetime continuum itself softens, melts and molds itself to the touch of the mind. But only those of us who knowingly and rightly do good deeds and thus perfect their karma know how to sustain and to control our mental grasp on our own realities. We understand the multiverse surrounds the outside of the womb of our perception. We understand how to manifest rightly because we have chosen to conquer the dualism of good and evil by asserting our innermost will over the most fundamental quantum uncertainty." "If you do not understand, you will have plenty of time for asking questions, for now you are considered a True Self Overseer. Welcome to the Overseers' Order." -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading ::

    II. Parts and Relationships


    The formal system of metaphysics which we have forged of the methodology of humanitys quest for meaning has been demonstrated to be of both great power and complete simplicity of usage. In this section we will go into further detail regarding the specific aspects of this system so that a more skilled usage of it may, with practice, come to result in a healthy degree of comfort and expertise. I should once again caution you that this is revealed knowledge, and as such, though it is revealed by and composed of the light of mental concentration, itself not to be taken lightly. By the end of this section you will have achieved a degree of experience in this art unequalled by most of human reasoning that has come before, but you must remember the nature of metaphysics, that there is always more to learn, and even as thourough as I can make it, this basic introduction is really only the first and the smallest of steps in a much greater and much more significant journey. We will also look a little bit more deeply into some cloudier aspects of the model, where geometrical paradoxes and digital transcendentals become a deciding factor of associative logical functions. Although the implications of these are vast, my explanations will be kept as minimal and unobtrustive as possible, for the sake of leaving them to be worked out by you in your excercising of the system. There remains a good deal to be said of these in and of themselves, but for our introductory purposes here it will prove sufficient to discuss them only in their proper place, and not devote too much time to them. They should prove to be a formidable challenge to you in seeking to add to the tally of precise relationships with which I will start you. Lastly, by way of an example solution I will be working with the question propsed earlier, pertaining to God and the stone. By this example I do not mean to offend anyone, or to imply that certain legislations are proper in place of others, for by doing so I would be tainting my integrety as an impartial scribe. I make use of it merely by way of a standard, paradoxical inquiry, both as proof of the SocraticPlatonic method of reasoning itself, and my formalization thereof. Also I should think that it is rather cute. It does have a certain appeal to the curious and innocent desire for wisdom which is an underpinning and the essence of metaphysics. All this being put forth, let us proceed to our exposition on the parts and relationships of the formal system of metaphysics. Shorts The first of the relationships we will look into is that which lies between the corners of the metaphysics cube, along its edges. In two dimesnions the projection of this outline is easy to navigate: a simple hexagon with each leg equal to one unit, such that if it were inscribed in a unit circle each of the six points of fundamental reasoning would lie on the circumference. Each turn between points, as has already been demonstrated, is one hundred and twenty degrees, and the total number of degrees for the hexagram is seven hundred and twenty. In three dimensions the path navigated between the six points is a little more complex, as at each point there is a ninety degree turn that steers us from the edge of one face to another, such that the total number of degrees of the cubical path is five hundred and forty. In four dimensions the course we plot thickens even further, as we see that we may move

    clockwise or counterclokwise through the pattern. All of these features will be discussed in more detail in due time. For now it is best simply to keep in mind that our model is functioning simultaneously in the second, third, and fourth dimensions, and that, as a construct of mental energy, is itself a singularity of the first diemension. We will, for our purposes, follow the path around second dimensionally and clockwise, as this will give us the quickest and most succinct tour, and establish a frim basis for the requisit understanding that each node functions as part of the system as a whole, and depends entirely on connection to the others for insight. Thus, the course which we will follow will lead us first from how to when, then from when to where, from where to what, then from what to who, from who to why, and from why back to how. Imagine that we are at twelve oclock on the unit circle, where the uppermost point of the fundamantal hexagon joins the circumference. How > When Let us ask how and let us ask when as if they were one question. Any event that occurs at a specific time must occur in a specific way, and any event that occurs in a specific way must occur at a specific time. If the event is unspecific, then it occupies a period of time, which can be scale compressed to a specific moment, at which point the event will be bound specifically as well. Likewise any specific event can be seen to take up, no matter how instantaneous, a relative period of time, and therefore yield more complicated details. For any event to occur it is bound to specific necessities of function. These particulars reveal results in all three branches of metaphysical legislation, which are case specific dependent upon the event. Consideration of How begins before the event and ends after, incorporating initiatory function, proper function, and terminatory function of the event which are all internal to the mechanism of the moment. In the example of God and the stone we are dealing with a specific function over an indeterminant period of time. We can conclude this based on what we know of the function of lifting and the duration of God. We see already that the most imporant points of this particular question are really Who and What, but we will come to this relationship soon enough, and focus on its relevance to the example inquiry at that time. It is enough at this point to use the solutions provided for What and Who that are inherent to the question. When > Where It is a self evident fact of the existent universe that for any event there is a direct relationship between moment and location. Prior to all other contingencies we may conclude any events almost completely full nature simply from this relationship. It implies scale, as these two are precisely identical as description of time and space. You cannot describe one without the other being described as well. They invert easily from question to answer as from idea to form by prevalance of closed systems. This relationship is also exclusivey factual, as opposed to philosophical, and as so directly opposite and parellel to its philosophical equivalent, as removed and opposed to it as possible. Due to its position in the hexagon it is therefore also one of the two most indepedent relationships from the others, and completely interdependent upon and amongst itself. This means that an answer to one implies immediately and unequivocally a solution to the other, and that therefore it is a relationship which has a potential solution in and of itself. In our example these are both fields rather than wells due, once again, to the nature of the participant. For a man lifting a stone it would be equally easy to compress the exertion of physical energy into a specific event as it would be to expand it to describe an entire range of duration and place, but for the case of God it

    is impossible to compress the information of this relationship down to a concise mathematically expressable form, as God is the nature of an all expansive field. Where > What The relationship between Where and What is less direct than between When and Where, but about as direct, if not just slightly more so, than between How and When. We can say then that the node of How is more philosophical, and that the node of What is more practical, but this is only by a very discrete and ultimately insignificant margin. Scale correspondence, or the first dimensional functioning of the cube, can make this difference appear magnificent, but as both are necessary, the point is ultimately moot. Also, the node of What pertains to being, and there is a quantifiable correlation between being in itself and doing, or being for others, such that What can refer to either an entity or an event. Again, due to the predominance of closed systems in these two categories, What and When can often depend on one another for composition or designation. What also determines quantity, which corresponds to the space occupied. In our example What is the consideration of both the stone and the acts of creation and lifting of it. This is basically a semanitc differentiation, but underscores the fact of its ontological application. As such it doubles its implicative potential, and renders itself more useful in the derivation of solutions. What > Who These are virtually already the same question, the only significant difference between them being that of objective versus subjective respectively the same ontological division inherent in the What node, but liberated from semantics into a more ideal philosophy. We may specify the difference here as being one of ability to distinguish between themselves, wherein the lower node is incapable of this perception, and the higher, later one defined by it. In the ethical realm this distinction remains the least accepted, as often one is spoken for by actions more so than conditions. We may take this as a form of ethical laziness allowed by the absolute indistinction upon this point by divine belief. It is often the case that when there remains dispute or contention in one field of metaphysical legislation for the realm of one node or relationship, it effectively weakens efficacy in the other fields as well. For our example question we find these trecherous logical refractions profoundly underscored as neither aspect of this relationship is capable of exact definition What referring both to noun and verb semantically, and God referring both to Who and What ontologically. Who > Why This relationship is parellel to that of When > Where, and is its philosophical equivalent. It is posessed of exactly as much ration as its sibling, in fact is composed of exactly the same reasoning, but you may think of it as the next higher dimensional expression thereof, distinguished from it only by the distinction of subject from object, or right angle from non-right angle metaphysically. This is not to say that When > Where is exclusively hexagonal or that Who > Why is exclusively cubical, for, as you have already experienced, each is possibly both. What this interrelationship of relationships should be taken to imply is that, just as are When and Where for one another, so Who and Why are synonymous. It is impossible for either Who or Why to subside in isolation from each other. They are two ways of saying the same thing. For any event in space-time where a subjective entity exists, there will be a field of motive surrounding them that led them to that event. Similarly no event in space-time can occur without a motivating

    force, which will imply a pattern of implication equivalent in potential to the capacity for explanation unique to the subjective. In the realm of divine legislation this often leads to anthropomorphication that is contrary to purely materialistic observations, but is none the less substantiable following this train of thought. Our example question makes all this quite clear, as the answer to the more philosophical aspect of it is a factor of its ontology essentialy expressable so: Why does God do anything? In the case of this subject, the being under consideration is defined in such a way so as to rule out conditional symptomatics, leaving only choice or free will to hold the account. It should be noted that, though Why is answered as easily for subject as object, physics has proven to be the least adequate branch in rendering solutions pertainant to the prediction of behaviors for variables bound by open systems and all related subjects such as entities. Why > How The relationship here is interesting, as it is the only one that seems to imply direction, and the direction it implies is counter-clockwise. It is rather as though the How node were charged in such a way that it were universally repulsive. Let us look at this rather oblate generalization specifically. For any event the function described is more intrinsically dependent on how it will operate, as this governs the material aspect, than on why, which is often a field covering a much broader period of time, both before and after the material functioning itself. In other words, How is like a particular and specific manifestation of Why, comprising all the esoteric components in physical form, but not obviously rendering them all except in effect. Thus, if this relationship alone were to be considered, only by allowing the event to occur would one be able to deduce Why from How. Deducing How from Why can occur without the ennaction of the correspondent event, but almost inevitably necessitates consideration of other relationships to define the cause and effect of the unrealized event. In our example this is the pivotal trait of its paradoxical feature. How and why God would create a stone too heavy for Him to lift are both dependent upon the occurance of the event itself. As Why cannot be determined from the open set of free will to which it is in this case referred, the only question that remains insoluable in terms of referrentiality from the original proposition is, as was postulated initially: How? Clockwise and Counterclockwise If you are not understanding the nodes so far, the relationships between them may seem very much like a mad tea party, but dont worry. As Kafka would have said if he were a door mouse, theres all the treacle in the world. But not for us. I assure you that, as we delve into further relationships, you will see the nature of the nodes more clearly revealed, and I encourage patience. You may well be wondering to yourself, on the basis of our example question, what good does the formal system do in transmuting questions from one form into another if it cannot answer them immediately. I hope that you realize the foolishness of this. We have widdled down a very complex paradox in our example to a single formal inquiry, and this process has been as easy as watching the hands turn on a clock as the time rolls past. But let us pause briefly and consider this point, as we have gotten ahead of the schedule implied by the sloth of the remainder of intellectual pursuit and may stop for a moment to partake of the smell of some roses that have grown up along our way. The determination of the potential for the cyclical nature of certain events in time, and therefore the measurement of its passage by the establishment of regular intervals, was probably first discovered by observation of the movement of shadows cast by the sun while during its passage in the sky throughout the day. We can easily observe this in a sundial, and the very concept of right hand rotating circular

    measurement of time derived indeed from the placement in the Northern hemisphere of a sundials orientation along the axis lines of the Earths magnetic field. So we have the right-handed clockwise and left-handed counterclockwise. How do these pertain to the formal system of metaphysics, as surely it bears no direct relation to the passage of time in the material realm, as it is an ideal, and therefore posesses no relevance to the sun, the external, material source of light by which this rate is reckoned. And yet we are told by philosophers and metaphysicians throughout all of history to factor in the idea of time, as well as to bear in mind the doubling of all material objects, especially the luminous, in the realm of the divine. Do we have another paradox, a mere axiom of practice, a hold-over from superstition? Or is there something to this, by which to gain further insight into the model under consideration? Let us again consider the concept of God, only this time not with the air of naivety implied by the wanderlust of the child, and let us also consider how such a distinction as this, which surely occurs in the realm of ideas, even though in reflection of natural change, yet still is an amaterial aspect of Time. Imagine once again your memory cube, enclosing the sphere of your mind, and encompassing the cube of the formal system of metaphysics model. Now imagine the hypercross of your memory cube, or, if you previously imgined the sphere of your mind as conjoining the midpoints of the cubes in your memory hypercross, as has its purpose, then imagine a cube surrounding the sphere in this state, and imagine this cube as the center of a still larger hypercross. This or similar extensions can be continued on ad infinitum, and so, for brevity, skip ahead to the end and imagine a hypercube of infinite poportion and a corresponding sphere, also infinite in boundary. The cube in this capacity represents Time, and the sphere, God. This is what was meant when it was said earlier that God is the nature of an infinite field. From this, following the last seemingly immesaurable leap, it is tempting to go a step further, and ponder over the insight of where exactly is God, then. But here we come to an impasse. Take the nature of the electron. We know of its existence, yet cannot prove it in both time and space at once. When we measure its position, its velocity changes, and vice versa. We recognize this as a human shortcoming, and it is generally accepted that the electron itself is not God. But can we not, in the utmost of our humility tempered curiosity, propose that there may be a similarity in idea? If Time were taken to be a probability field, similar to that in which the electron exists, but expanded infinitely, would not God then be alike the elusive particle therein, which can be sensed but not detected, has effect, but not situation? So where would this leave our meager system of metaphysics? We can imagine God as alike the sun, circling above us in the sky of pure Time, and shining down in the mental realm on the model of our conjoined memory, mind and metaphysic. Therefore its parts would cast a shadow, and this shadow, with the changing of Gods mind, would change, alike a sundial. And therefore we would find, at first removed as we penetrated the ideal, and now given back to us by the divine, as much a miracle as resurrection, the concept of direction within a closed system of inherent motion. Clockwise and counterclockwise, wherein both are equally wise. So what conclusions can we reach from this? Only that both our relationships can occur in either direction. But this doubles the number and nature of our relationships. We can see, already, how arbitrary it is to assign dimensional nature to our nodes, because, as soon as they begin to relate, that dimensional nature will begin to oscillate. The hexagonal becomes the cubical, and the cubical becomes the hypercubical. And all of this occurs even if we ourselves do nothing. We have reached a level where we see that such excercises as walking around our hypercube, though amusing, can no longer strengthen us. Even when we sit perfectly still, the hypercube revolves about before us. Instead let us turn our attention to effects of this meditative art, and discover what further insights await from contemplation.

    Paradox of the Diaganols One remarkable feature of the formal system of metaphysics model lies in its dimensionality. As we have already seen, this is intrinsically maleable, but what relationship does it present besides the hexagon > cube > hypercube function? To study this let us start with the hexagon and then permute it into the cube, selecting a particular measurement by which to assess what is actually changing when we say that dimension has been changed. For our purposes let us take the unit measure one, which should be applied to both the segments outlining the hexagon and the edges of the unit cube without dispute. Next let us study the outcome of this measure as the metaphysics model alters dimensionality. In the second dimensional hexagon we can trace an arc with a center at any one point from either of the two points nearest it through the center of the hexagon. Thus we may say that the radius of the hexagon is equal to one of its sides, or one. This naturally implies also that its diameter is two. In the third dimensional cube we may attempt to find this same line, but it will not be the diameter measure of the cube, which would connect the midpoint of a face with the midpoint of the face parallel to it. The value of the line we are searching for has now become the value of a diaganol, joining one corner of the cube to the corner opposite it. But this line will still divide in half at the center of the object, just as if it were a radial measure. Therefore imagine the line that connects the uppermost and lowermost corners of the cube. We should expect this measure to be, as we have already constructed, two. To find this measure it is first necessary to construct a right triangle whose hypotenuse will be the diaganol of the cube we are hoping to find and the right angle of which will be one of the corners of the cube. This appears quite easy, as we already have the length of the edge; it is one. Therefore, the triangle being necessarily equilateral according to the structure of the hexagon, the length of the two legs of the right triangle should both be one. But they are not. One of them is the diaganol of a square. So we are back to two dimensions. Imagine connecting the uppermost and lowermost corners of the cube. The diaganol links them directly, passing through the center of the cube. Half way between them on the surface of the cube is a corner with the distance of one unit from the corner below it (or above it, depending on from which side you look). The other measure will be across one of the faces of the cube, connecting the corner that lies directly aligned with the center to the uppermost or lowermost corner. We will discuss all these distinctions per rotation in a later section. Now, according to the Pythagorean triangle, we know that the measure of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is always equal to the sum squared of its two legs squared sum. So we can deduce the value of the diaganol of the square by constructing a right triangle that bisects the cubes face, using two of the edges as its legs. This yields a triangle with two legs equal to one unit each and an unknown value for the hypotenuse. To figure for the value of the hypotenuse we first square the value for the legs, and then add. The square of one is one, so for both legs the value remains one. Then we add these, totalling two. The value of the hypotenuse is then the square root of two, or, more simply, whatever value multiplied by itself once will give us a total value of two. The problem is that the square root of two is an irrational number, meaning it can be taken out to the nth decimal place, where n approaches infinity. Therefore, not only is the value of the diaganol of a square not a clean real number, it is approximately greater than one. This means that the value of the triangle we calculate for the diaganol of the cube must be constructed using a leg which is an edge of the cube and has a value of one and a leg which is the diaganol of a square and has an irrational value greater than one. This remains a simple procedure, however, due to the nature of the

    functions we have to perform. As before we are dealing in the Pythagorean formula, so all we need do is consider the square of both legs. As we found before, the square of one is one. Likewise, the square of the square root of two is two. So the values of the legs total three. Therefore the value of the diaganol hypotenuse equals the square root of three. Concise, but still not what we predicted from the hexagon. So what we have found is that simply by noticing the alignments of the cubes parts as it rotates in our mental projective space we may discover conundrums of number logic. We could as easily conclude that this lies with some fault in the formal system as deduce that as dimensionality increases the values of the same amount of space decline, but neither of these is an accurate picture of the truth. These and the further esoteric applications we shall discuss shortly are merely impossible feedback loops in the logic functioning of the formal system. Without these it would not generate a field in and of itself, and could have little bearing outside curiosity for the purpose of reasoning. With them it acts rather like a dynamo or a computer, wherein data is entered in one state and tranformed into another. This is the entire crux of the formal systems functioning. If you have understood this consideration, then you may find you can discover other similar structures in general metaphysics for yourself. Even if you havent, this system will still serve you loyally as a fully operational tool. Middles The significance of our inspection regarding the cubic diaganol will now become readily apparent as we utilize it as the base unit in the next sequence of relationships. The subject of this section is the second dimensional hexagram, the stellated or star version of the hexagon, wherein the sides have been dropped to the points at which lines connecting two non-consecutive corners intersect. Another method of expression which we will be considering here is the stelloctahedron, which is the star version of an octahedron, which itself is produced by truncating a cube. Another way of looking at the stelloctahedron, and the way in which I prefer, is as a pair of conjoined tetrahedrons which share the same midpoint. This view offers a clearer mental picture of the similarity between the stelloctahedron and the hexagram, which is itself a pair of conjoined triangles sharing the same midpoint. The relationship between these two points is such that the hexagram is the shadow of the stelloctahedron, in the same way a square is the shaodw of a cube, or a cube is the shadow of a hypercube. So you might think of the stelloctahedron in these terms. The hexagram perfectly describes in its angle sum the measure of a unit circle in degree of circumference. Therefore it is one of the most ideal representations of the sphere of the mind. It has been recognized as such in the art and geometry of countless varying peoples for thousands of years. It also represents the minimal number of groupings possible for same size objects around a center. The most common example of this is a circle of coins surrounding a coin, all of which are of equal size. The stelloctahedron is merely an extension of this, as all of its faces are made up of equailateral triangles, such that there are eight points emmanating from a central form completely obscured by the intersections of their bases. The total measurement of angles on all of its exposed faces is four thousand three hundred and twenty, or the circumference in degrees of twelve circles. This is obviously an expression of the same device as the hexagram, but elevated by one dimension. We will continue moving clockwise around the formal system, following the nodes as they connect along these diaganols. After doing so some traits unique to the model in this capacity will become apparent and we may wish to consider them. How > Where This is the practical apsect of the upward pointing triangle or tetrahedron. It pertains to necessity, the resources of location that are available for function, and

    also ingenuity, or the process of creation of complex forms from base states. Without this pattern situation would fail to arise, and situations, along with free will, are the primary mechanisms of legislation. There is a strong relationship between this line and the node opposite it. The degree of angle native to the node of Who defines the length of this leg, and we see this manifest in experience as well. A large factor of who one is is determined situationally, by condition, and vice versa, by free will. I will discuss this more thouroughly as I go through the remaining relationships that pertain to this form. For our example question this relationship is also pivotal. Where God would create the stone raises the differentiation of internal and external, as the universe is all we know, and yet God is thought to be outside of it and, in a way, containing it. So the stone could only be created in the physical universe, which we already know is of a managable porportion to God, or within God Himself and outside the material universe, which would render it impossible for the mind of man to comprehend, according to the majority of divine legislation on the matter. This means there can be two right answers to How: either physical or divine. Where > Who This relationship is the base of the upward pointing triangle or tetrahedron. Here we find the beginning of intermingling between the objective and subjective which defines the essence of philosophy. It is the permutation of evidence into proof, and as well by way of this that question gives forth answer. Thus this is not only the base of this form of the formal system, but also the foundation of its implication on the contemplation of ideal forms in general. For any location, as has already been observed, there will be a motive field equivalent in potential to the open set of an individual. This leads to strong associations that transcend the physical but that only border on the divine. Ethically this relationship can only imply the angle opposite it, that of the node of How, as this answers the formative details that define the presence of a being within situation, their purpose and its extent. In our example this question pertains to the location of the idea of God in relationship to the form of that idea. It is only because of the ontological defintion of God that He sustains the position that He does in any and all logical hierarchies of metaphysical legislation. If we were dealing with a different individual, the location would be fixed physically, and this would imply a set of laws governing the angle opposite. But instead we are dealing with the almighty, which implies only infinity. Who > How Of the two philsophical relationships in the upward directed form, this is the more applicable. This relationship embodies the expression and remanifestation of energy, from the personal to the practical, and, in terms of explanation, associates them back to another alike signiture. There is a certain standard that exists in a craft guild of what constitues fine work, and those capable of surpassing this level become known for it to such an extent that they may be identified even in their absence by their style or method. Similarly one may identify a repeating pattern of expression in a friend that goes unrealized by them, which would serve to change their entire perspective. In this the relationship pertains to Where as well. Who a person is is very often identified with how they do certain things, but both of these are tempered by the conditions of their environment. This relationship goes a long way to embodying the entire concept of free will, but only as the measure of an angle defined by place. This is the last component to be considered in the intiial triangle/tetrahedron. With the case of our example in mind let us ponder over the unique creation of a stone, possible only through a process spanning a duration so much greater than a

    human life-span that it obviously rules out all but the most advanced natural or some supernatural force. When dealing with the Creator of All we must remember also that the creation can occur outside these rules, but may yet be manifest within them. Thus the answer to how can the stone be created pertains to divine legislation, but the answer to how it may be lifted remains potentially physical. What > When This relationship pertains to the natural flux of outward or inward flowing of energy, again best evidenced by the shell jumping, light emitting or absorbing properties of electrons. At all times matter is being converted into energy, and vice versa. The direction of this conversion is entirely a function of time. The same process is evidenced in the activity of mental energy, in the form of creation or consumption of information. We are, of course, on some level, doing both at all times, but depending on the nature of the moment, our activities will be predominantly one or the other. As such one cannot occur without the other, and function is inherently determined by timing, as is timing a process governed by the progress of function. As we have already seen the activation, function and termination aspects of What take up a field of time, even if this field is reducable to an instant. Similarly, time is marked by the passage of intervals, which are themselves dependent entirely upon the functioning of the components by which they are enacted. Often, we even associate the patterns of mental energy with their physical detritus, and this pertains greatly to ethical legislation. For our example the nature of God again supposes that When is less important than What, although we may use the relationship given by the relativity of time and space in physics to underline the fact that the event can occur outside of this closed system. The creation of something, such as the stone, may be thought of as possibly a mental activity, such as the creation of a thought, or even the creation of our formal system of metaphysics. But the act of lifting implies a necessary time correlation in the domain of a closed system. When > Why Here we have the relationship rendering the formula for duration as a function of stamina, or perserverence. We generally know, according to the legislation of physics, and to some extent this can be proven to occur in other realms of metaphysics as well, that an event will continue on, all other things being equal, until acted upon by another event. This appears to be similar to the process in the first form of the triangular or tetrahedronal relationships of condition, but one is primarily an ethical consideration, while the other is an equation more of the domain of physics. In this most closed set of legislation, all other things are almost never equal, and it is an inherent event that determines change in pattern. It is also generally temporal, as the rate of matter-energy exchange is only a constant for a period, which can also be used to render interval. At the beginning and end of this period there is usually an alteration of internal composition, which is rendered in proportion to an open set of potential, frequently expressed in physics by use of an irrational number at the moment of symmetry breaking. In our example a large portion of motive pertains to liberation from the closed physical-temporal system. Only a divine being could conceive of accomplishing a task which is obviously paradoxical to a being confined within a lower set of logic. Why > What This relationship governs the formation of material as one moves between an open set and a closed set, and is generally substantive of the sum that occurs in equations at the moment of conversion. These figures tend to transcend ration in

    such a way that they are more than the sum of open and closed sets. It sounds rather esoteric, especially as it pertains back to so many other relationships already covered as well, but is, in reality, really quite simple. Imagine the ejection or absorption of a photon during energy shell shifting by an electron. The energy in itself is not effected, as the charge of the electron remains the same. Neither is the mass, as the combination of the charge of the electron and the mass of the nucleus remains constant. But the event of luminescence or darkenning occurs. Let us ponder our example question, to clarify this further. We have already demonstrated the impossibility of comprehending divine free will, and specified that the two actions involved in the single event occur in systems differently bonded the act of creation of the stone in the mental domain of idea, and the act of lifting in the fixed physical time-space coordinate system. So this relationship deals with the event itself, as divine free will lowers itself to interaction with the material realm, to create the node of What in noun, the stone, to be lifted. Male and Female We have dealt now with the two essential forms of middle measurement, which themselves may be considered second or third dimensionally as you wish. We have seen that their relationships are a little more complicated than those of the shorter measurements, though their dimensional binding remains unchanged. We have seen the distinction of several aspects of the formal system, such as between semantic and ontological, between practical and philosophical, between open and closed systems, between free will and condition, and between matter and energy. It is imperative to understand that all of these distinctions are really only between two expressions of one idea, as the two hemispheres of the brain originally contributed formation and legislation in the mental projection by which we created the formal system of metaphysics model. Not only do they inherently agree with their apparent supliments, and not only in substance, in end as well, but they are all complimentary to each other as a whole. First I will clear up these distinctions in the order they have cropped up, and then I will go into the implications of the distinctive nature inherent to the formal system. When we talk about philosophy as rhettoric, little can be said that does not break down to the distinction of semantics and ontology. This was true in the time of Plato and it has been a traditional trait of scholars to this very moment. It is difficult to speculate on the nature of the mind without considering the nature of formal thought, especially in the textual and contextual studies of semantics, and the nature of formal being, as evidenced in the countless tomes devoted to understanding our existence. But by what right, besides this tradition, do we even keep these two schools close? What can really be said by one if it cannot be said apart from the other? This, though, is there greatest strength. We have, in our attention to convenience of categorization, inadvertantly assumed that a relationship exists. That the systemmatic data collection of the mind and the formation of the substantiable are indeed similar. What an astonishing feat for humanity! The mind and matter, essence and existence, are two aspects of the same nature, two sides of one coin. All philosphy has proven, despite the muddlings of its inquests, is done so not by distinction, but by its very being: what we call philosophy has metaphysical counterpart, provably. This brings us to the distinction between the philosophical and the pracitcal, which, though considered most often as ethical, is little more than an extension of the preceding distinction outside the realm of pure research and debate. When we discuss the philosophical we are usually referring to the realm of the ideal, first described by Plato, or to its pursuit as engaged in by all the subsequent adherents to his notion. This sets itself somehow against the practical, as the latter defines itself by pertaining exclusively to the real world, and all related concerns we deem needful to survival, such as economy, commerce, politics and stimuli. But already

    metaphysics defines itself as the bridge between these aspirations, proving itself to be a functional, socially useful tool that, even yet, is composed in philosophcial ideal. This is the case both with general metaphysics as the quest for meaning to human endeavor and natural organization of information, but also to our formal system. What is really being debated here is the distinction between open and closed systems. It is thought that all things whose measurement is ultimately subject to change form open, or all-inclusive, fields, and that all things that behave in repetitive and analyzable ways over great periods of time fall into closed, or fixed, wells. Thus, for example, the behavior of the mind is open, while that of the body is closed. This distinction is expressed intrinsically in potential, which is the substance of time. So it has, again through no intention of its own, given us the stuff of the ideal realm from which philosophy is made and semantics and ontology are unified. This is achieved by moving between open and closed systems, by doing which we find that their combination is equal to more than their sum alone. Results, even in the strenuously skeptical practice of physics, tend to concur with this prediction, as the digits generated at moments of symmetry breaking, when one pattern gives way to another of a higher order, are often irrational. More on this will be said shortly. The most classical distinction between open and closed systems occurs within the ideal world of philosophy, and has been the issue of much debate by ehtical legislators for several hundred years, and that is that between free will and condition. Free wills position dictates that all events are ultimately the outcome of forces internal to their mechanism, such that only choice determines result. In opposition to this determinism states that conditions in the continuum external to an event have equal influence on its ennaction, and that symptomatic conditions delimit potential. To this day the issue has remained unresolved, because it has not, as is often the case with ethical legislation, been systemmatically formalized. It is, instead, left to be recorded, case by case, in hopes that eventually accumulation of evidence for one or the other will outweigh its contestant and resolve our quagmyre. This again, is purely laziness, and itself good evidence of the least common denominator of all possible descisions being the one settled upon in spite of favorable conditions. The final particular distinction is between matter and energy, and this is the comedy of the cosmos. We know that our universe is made up of some substance, which we shall call quantity x. It seems that this substance can be either matter or energy, but only in such a way that there is never more of them when combined than quantity x, and in such a way that it really doesnt matter if there happens to be more matter or more energy at any given moment. Because of the convenience of the evidence we have at hand, thus, we say with the utmost confidence that the universe is made of matter and energy, but as readily admit that we dont know of what higher order substance these really represent but facets. If only we had a tool of some sort, perhaps we could extend our meager reach! We may learn much from observing our simian fellows attempting to reach a dangling banana while given the opportunity to utilize stackable boxes or even a stick, for there is really very little remarkable difference in the long run between us. This brings us back to our formal system, a little more enlightened about the fields relevent within its creation. Seeing how easily these disparities resolve themselves, then, how could you have initially found it so impossible to imagine answers being evolved only from the substance indicative of question alone? But there is more. To understand the relevance of distinction within our formal system it should prove beneficial to examine the relationship between the forms in the middle measurement model. We see in the hexagram the conjoining of two triangles and in the stelloctahedron two tetrahedrons such that they face opposite one another and share a common midpoint. This is the geometrical expression of the idea of distinction. We observe diversion in their intent, and unification in their core. So let us compare these, to make one final distinction, to male and female. This

    has been the practice of metaphysicians throughout the ages, and therefore should neither be looked at now as redundancy nor obfuscation. This is, afterall, a revealed art, and we must always bear in mind that we are merely learning from those who have gone before, contributing of our own only what is seemingly absolutely necessary and seemingly otherwise unavoidable, remembering all the while that the information is not ours any more than it was theirs, and is first and last of reality, posessable by no one, and eternal. Just as, according to the Hermetic tradition, are the ideas of masculine and feminine. In traiditional metaphysics the upward pointing triangle is usually taken to represent the masculine aspect, and the female is the triangle angling downwards. This it is hypothesized reflects genital orientation. One of the most appreciable similarities of man and woman is their ability to see the differences between them. This beauty is so ingrained upon our consiousness because it is a factor of propagation creation by unification of opposites. It is of us. So is this distinction between the two triangles, or tetrahedrons, of the formal system. It propagates motion by the interaction of distinctions. Without it, there would be no movement, and without movement it would not generate an attractive field, which we will discuss when we look into its center. All the relationships are dependent on this movement, and all serve to stimulate it, so that, as it occurs, so does permutation. By it question is converted to answer. Let us look at these forms specifically: first the masculine and then the feminine, in order according to the occurance of their points in a clockwise progression beginning from the uppermost node. The male triangle is composed of How > Where > Who, and the female triangle is composed of When > What > Why. Both of these become tetrahedrons when related to the points of How and Not, but for our purposes here we will only be considering them second dimensionally, because either triangle can be related to either of the two other nodes to render it a tetrahedron, and therefore there are really four possible structures that can occur at that level of reasoning, two male and two female. This becomes a factor when reproduction of idea occurs between dimension, which we will observe eventually. The male triangle deals with philosophy, in particular ethical issues of free will versus determinism. This is because the nature of its relationships is inverse to the nature of its nodes. We have seen already how each relationship in itself is governed by the angle of the node opposite it, and this function applies holistically. The angle of the female triangle, or the overall essence of its nodes, is philsophical, and so it is the male triangle that must deal with philosophy. The parts with which it serves to do this are more practical in their nature. How is the most practical, followed by Where and then Who, exactly in clockwise order. These also progress from most closed to most open sets in solution, corresponding to degree of ideal. The female triangle deals with practicality. It must confront and rationally translate the functioning of the masculine nodes into a reasoning relationship. But it does this with nodes better served themselves to philosophical logic. The progress of them from philosophical to practical is neither as clearly defined by the rotation of the hands on a clock as is the masculine: Why being the most philosophical, followed by When, and finally What. But this counterclockwise sequence does correspond exactly with progress from an open set of solutions to a closed set, representing use. So these are the natures of the primary forms after the hexagon, hexagram and stelloctahedron as components of the middle measure. But within these we find further relationships occuring between them. Each individual relationship in one has a parallel in the other. We will look at these, as well as relationships between the nodes opposite them, in clockwise order from the uppermost point, but again let me caution that such an ordering for examination is entirely arbitrary, and as much may be discovered via alternate considerations. These three relationships and the dyad of triangles in which they occur comprise a pentad. This generates the symbol

    of the rose, whose petals emmanate in bunches of five per layer. The rose is also taken as a symbol of the genitals. The first such relationship we will consider is between How > Where, with opposite node Who, and Why > What, with opposite node When. The first thing we can tell from each relationship is whether it is philosophical or practical by applying the inverse relationship to the angle of the node opposite it. This tells us that both of these are practical relationships, with the male more so than the female. How > Where renders nescesity in situation, pertaining to the individual, and What > Why renders material formation between open and closed sets, pertaining to a moment. So what we are seeing here is a correspondence in matter-energy exchange and alteration to environment; in other words, a change of doing that creates a change of being. At the moment an individual is involved in an event, we may see that there will be surrounding them a specific environment that is created by the interaction of data. They may or may not see all the opportunities that surround them, but these opportunities will exist nonetheless. When one takes an action it increases the probability of a certain outcome and conserves the probability of all the outcomes implied by the other possibilities present, and they will begin to become new possibilities, but still only expressions of the same probability. This relationship represents the physical practice of legislation. The next relationship is between What > When, with opposite node Why, and Who > How, with opposite node Where. In this case the female relationship is practical while the male relationship is philosophical. Thus we are not dealing with metaphysics as hyper-reality, but as an interface between coordinate and ideal. What > When renders creation or consumption, pertaining to field of potential, and Who > How renders style of expression, pertaining to an event well in time-space. We may see from this that, wherever the event of exchange in form or state within potential occurs, it does so in a pattern identifiable with an individual open set. When something is created or destroyed, it fulfills or leaves behind its geomterical and relative essence in the realm of idea, and this has a direct binding to a pre-existent set of ideas inherent to an individual or group of like-minded indivduals. In short, nothing can come into being which is not symbolic of something else, but in order for the connection between these two modes to be translated, the presence of an entity is required. This relationship represents the ethical practice of legislation. Lastly we come to the relationship between Where > Who, with opposite node How, and When > Why, with opposite node What. These concepts are all related along philosophical lines, the male and female performing this in harmonious association. Where > Who renders the transition between objective and subjective in a motive field, pertaining to function. When > Why renders inherent stamina, pertaining to event. We may see this as the containment of the fixed set of stamina within the open set of motive, where the exertion of the former arouses interaction between subjective and objective concerns in the latter, in the perfromance of any deed. This relationship seems best to describe physics, so, looking for the node opposite it, we assign to it the divine practice of legislation. I will return again to the idea of the opposite node defining the relationship, especially as it pertains to the three legislative branches, very soon. The Presence of Irrationals As we have beheld, the entirity of these relationships occur along lines defined by the diaganol of a square, the measure of which we have found to be the irrational quotient of the square root of two. This figure is approximately 1.41421, but continues on post-decimally, infinitely. It is one of the select number of sums that, in their idefinite capacity, represent pure potential. Would you be surprised, then, to learn that, in the pattern of the hexagram or stelloctahedron, another irrational occurs in the context of the measure of its

    height? This second irrational number is phi, calculated by dividing the square root of five by two. Its solution is roughly 1.61803, but, just as does the square root of two, continues on without end. This represents the diaganol of the cube, subtracting the pinnacle of the small tetrahedronal stellation of the stelloctahedron, or the distance from one node to the midpoint of the relationship its angle describes. In other words, both the relationships of the nodes in the hexagram, and the relationship between them and the nodes opposite them, are hung upon transcendence. These are points, within the formal system, associated with moments of symmetry breaking. What we are looking at is the exact instant of transformation from question to answer. In the case of the formal system we are moving between an open set and a closed set, but these numbers mark the same effect regardless of which direction we travel. They occur frequently in quantum mechanics in the determination of spin, the inherent angular momentum of sub-atomic particles, which occurs in isolation from all external influence, but can only be accurately observed in vector space when the particle is acted upon in such a way that it changes form or state, or in other words, when a break in the symmetry of its established pattern occurs, and it becomes governed by a new pattern. They also occur in another field of physics, and a most unexpected one: that of botany, as the two primary branching patterns of all plants. When plotted graphically these numbers render ascending spirals marked at intervals by symmetry breaking. At the points along the spiral where symmetry breaking occurs, branches form on trunks, stems form on branches, and leaves form on stems. The entire geometry of the fractal growth pattern of a tree can be summed up in either one of two single irrational numbers. And this is the case for all of these which occur in nature. Whenever you have looked at any thing from the smallest flower to the tallest tree your entire life, you have been looking at transcendental math. The implication of these numbers occurance within the formal system is one of reproductivity. They serve as the male and female aspects that, between them, synthesize solutions. We have just seen how all distinctions inherent to the system are self correcting, and now we are looking at the mechanism by which this occurs. The best way of undestanding this is to correlate it to the idealogical distinction between image and symbol, such that each relationship generated between two second-consecutive nodes presents a picture, and the imposition of the node opposite gives it meaning. We will continue to consider this as we look at the next set of relationships, which are between opposite nodes. It is interesting to note that the square root of two divides the diaganol of the cube in such a way that phi remains, but if we do not immediately exclude the additional area, then we are left with another familiar symbol, that of the cross. Just as the symbolism of male and female was handed down to us from the Hermetic tradition, there is a similar school of metaphysics that deals particulalry with the image of the rose which was rendered by the union of the sexes in combination with the symbol of the cross. The adherents to Rosicrucianism traditionally consider the six square cross, which is the unfolded cube, and second dimensional shadow of the hypercross we have already constructed. In the next section it will become necessary to deal directly with this symbol, as we consider the relationship between the nodes occupying opposite corners in the folded six square cross which is the cube of our formal system of metaphysics. Longs When we considered the relationship of the node opposite each internal triangular or tetrahedronal relationship, was it as right to call it definitive as if we had been looking at the relationship of the relationship to the node between? Afterall, it is the node that occurs between two second consecutive nodes that actually measures in angle the length of that particular relationship. In the case of the node

    oppsoite the relationship, what we are in fact measuring is that relationship which occurs parallel to the one we have agreed it defines. This is because each relationship between triangular or tetrahedronal leg and the node opposite it is the inverse relationship. The node between two nodes positively defines that relationship, and the node opposite positively defines its parallel. Now the relationship of the node between to the node opposite is always identical the two nodes are in agreement in degree of legislation in terms of set system. Each composes a different branch of legislation, and governs parts of relationships in the lower levels of measurement. We will again be dealing with them in a clockwise procession that allows simultaneously a metaphysical progression in the subject of legislation from the base to the ascendent. As we go through them you will see how they function within the formal system, and come to perceive a much more profound wisdom of reasoning. By moving through them you may see how they are determinant of any and every event, and begin to make applications from them to both the greater implications of the formal sytem to the quest for meaning and the further relationships within the system that define formation of logical conclusions. To illustrate the relationships between opposite nodes we will again refer back to our example question, now greatly transformed from the bemusing ponderance of naivety to such an extent that it appears rather monstrous. I will attempt to deflate the haze surrounding this question during consideration of these relationships, and hopefully it will begin to compress down into a more stable form as we go on. How <> What The first of these nodes is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between Why > Who, and the latter is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between Where > When. Each of these is the node that occurs between the nodes in relationship. These parts represent a square defined by the isoceles triangle of How > When > Why joined with that of Where > What > Who; another expression of this same combination is of their three dimensional tetrahedronal equivalents, which form a minitature cube nested within the cubic formal system, creating its hypercube. We will see in these relationships that this hypercube is defined in three states by the combination of the stellations peaked by each of the opposite nodes. This process is the very creation of a well from the parts of a larger field, or in short, answer in question. Another way of seeing this event is the seperation of symbol from image. We begin with a relationship of irrationals, and end with a unit Platonic. That for How <> What determines the natural structure of the event, arranging all the aspects of environment into a pure image, altered only within situation by the transmigration of relationship. This is, again, the legislation of physics, the most closed system. The best way to understand the relationship of the nodes opposite is in looking at the conservation of potential in their conjoining, where two corners of the joined triangles overlap, and are absorbed into one another. The triangles in the second dimensional shadow of the center cube of the metaphysics hypercube are those of the half faces How > When > Why and Where > What > When, to form the square How <> When/Where <> What <> Who/Why, in which the overlap in nodes occurs between the two practicals and the two philosophicals. In short, the square is formed of three practical nodes, two of which are singular and one of which is combined, and one philosophical, which is a combined node. It is therefore a highly practical form, defined in inverse to the outstanding philosophical node it contains. Let us look at this in terms of our example question. We have already seen that the creation of the rock can occur outside the realm of physics in the ideal realm of thought, but that the act of lifting it is bound to the smaller, closed set, so we can assume that this relationship pertains to that terminatory feature of the question,

    despite the fact that we are considering it before we look at the legislation that covers its actual creation, but knowing while we do this that it is at once according to the natural application of a formal system and partially an attribute of the divinity of the creator. In other words, the act of lifting it occurs temporally before the act of creating the stone from the perspective of somebody bound within the closed system of physics, but we will shortly see that this is irrelevant from the perspective of divinity. We may say it is a necessary function, moreover, because only by determining how much can be lifted can the idea of something greater than that quantity begin to be conceived. But again, we must remember this explanation is incomplete, and actually inverted, from the truth that pertains to its creator. When <> Who The first of these nodes is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between How > Where, and the latter is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between What > Why. As before, each of these is the node that occurs between the nodes in relationship. The square formed by these relationships joins the isoceles triangles of How > When > Where and What > Who > Why in such a way that the nodes of Why and How overlap, and the nodes of Where and What overlap, such that it is defined as When <> Where/What <> Who <> Why/How. We see from this that it is a partly practical and partly philosophical relationship, defined by one more philosophical practical single node, one completely practical double node, one philosophical single node and one half philosophical, half practical double node repsectively. Thus in total it is evenly balanced between practical and philosophical single nodes, and the nature of its relationship must be determined from examination of its double nodes. One of these is completely practical, while the other is evenly balanced between practical and philosophical, so in majority this is a more practical relationship. Looking at it in terms of image and symbol we may see that this is the beginning of symbolizing the image. The composition of the inner cube of the metaphysics hypercube has turned from being entirely rational to being more contemplative, with the closed system of time being dependent upon the subjective interactions of its objective parts to render accurate interval, and the entirely open set of the individual put in opposition to this in the form of semantic and ontological entity. This is, in essence, an expression of the anthropic principle, which states that only because things are the way they are do we exist in a way where we can come to understand them as such. In other words, the reality of the environment and the reality of its observer are interdependent in such a way that they represent relative states of the same substance and in various manner co-create one another. What we are considering here is the legislation of ethics, the partially closed and partially open system by which all of human behavior is sought to be apprehended and predictable. The relationship here dictates that determinism is only a weak function set against the field of free will, as it is itself shaped by the interaction of components within event. Time, however, as well as consciousness, can be idealized in such a way that fate must be one of the considerations at this point. Some decisions are necessary within situation, and it may be that these together comprise the parts of a larger functional system that dwells therein. We will deal more thouroughly with these notions when we consider subsequent nodes. In our example we are spared all such weighty oppositions of subjective conclusion, as we are dealing with the divine, who we have already established is liberated from determinism as He is from all Time. The very nature of the behavior under consideration has given us evidence of this positioning, and so we are left for this relationship with a universally applicable solution rendered in a completely open set.

    Where <> Why The first of these nodes is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between When > What, and the latter is the peak of the smaller triangular projection or tetrahedronal stellation of the relationship between Who > How. As before, each of these is the node that occurs between the nodes in relationship. The square formed by these relationships joins the isoceles triangles of When > Where > What and Who > Why > How in such a way that the nodes of How and When overlap, and the nodes of What and Who overlap, such that it is defined as Where <> What/Who <> Why <> How/When. Just as with the last relationship, the single nodes are opposed to another as one closed set in the practical realm and one open set in the philosophical realm, so we must look more deeply into the doubled nodes to discern the nature of this relationship. As before, there is a predominance of practical considerations, but we may see from considering prior relationships that they are also of the more philosophical nature in their verticals, particularly How and When, which, when related to What and Where, are seen to be the more open of the pairs. So even though it is highly practical, we may see this relationship is by majority of interaction philosophical. As such it is the completion of individuation of symbol from image. The nested cube of the metaphysics hypercube has gone completely from being purely self defined and functionless except in intra-relation with itself to being purely defined externally and functional exclusively in reaction or response to input, from being in itself to being for others, and what we are dealing with now is purely consciousness as it exists in its form of an open field determining all motivation. The irony here, and the real miracle of the hypercube, is that consciousness is imultaneously inside and outside of the environment. Let us return again to the sphere of the mind: it is situated in relationship within the hypercube in such a way that the corners of the internal cube touch its circumference and the facial midpoints of the larger cube touch its cuircumference, in which the inner cube represents event and the outer cube represents the metaphysics model. But the sphere of the mind is at the same time a hypersphere, and thus the corners of the metaphysics cube also thought upon the circumference of another, larger sphere, which is also circumferential to the midpoints of the faces on the still larger cubic memory castle. A square is the shadow of a cube, and a cube is the shadow of a hypercube, and this is the basis of dimensional geometry with which we have worked so far. So of what then, is the hypercube a shadow, as we are seeing it now to be contained within the triply nested form of the memory castle? This can only be a shape of the fifth dimesnion, just as the hypercube is of the fourth spatial dimension. So we are really running the gammut of all the dimensions in our model. Let us review them as they collapse: the memory castle is fifth, the sphere of the mind is fourth, the formal system of metaphysics model is third, the map of event is second, and, as will be explained shortly, the internal node of Fact and Fiction is first. With the completion of the symbolizing of image, which renders meaning utterly relative to consciousness, we come to the legislation of divine belief, the most open system. With divinity comes the recognition of the interaction of dimensions, and the production of meaning as a process thereof. For any event, in other words, space-time coordinate and the field of potential particular to the duration of function are synonymous. What this means in our example pertains to the location of the stone. It is governed by the completely open field of Gods free will, and as such occurs where the external aspect of the mental hypersphere contacts the surface of the memory cube, implying that it is not created from nothing, per say, but from the immaterial purity of data collected in the series of lift actions determining potential limit. The fact that it cannot be brought down and contained exclusively within the closed set of

    event is equivalent to the concept of its being too heavy to lift. When it is reduced, therefore, it does not translate into a classically defined three dimensional form, but remains predominantly a mental projective ideal. In other words, it becomes, when passed through the sphere of mind toward event, the formal system of metaphysics. By the functioning of the formal system in creating event, however, we see that the stone is transformed as well into the action of lifting, and is therefore no longer impossible. So we see that such a stone can exist, in the mind of God, but that, as it is brought down into reality, it becomes increasingly possible to lift. Its potential is thus inverted, and this proves the prescence of the perpetual functioning of the formal system, as it was promised, by transforming an insoluable equation into an elegant solution. In short, by learning how to manipulate our mind to fluctuate between dimensions using the formal system, we have also learned how to conceive of and accomplish feats outside the pre-established domain of our reasoning, and thus to expand it, in the manner of metaphysics, as is done perpetually by the free will of the divine. Attractive Poles In all the relationships we have seen thus far there has been proven to be attraction between nodes. In most cases this occurs because of distinctions, which naturally bond to one another as they are dual expressions of a singular idea, and tend, therefore, to be self nullifying. We see this in the short relationships most clearly, in the middle measurements as tempered by the node between and defined by the node opposite, and in the long relationships as exemplary of a hypercubic form. This process is absent only in the three vertical relationships as one looks at the formal system above a corner such that the node of How is seen to be at either the exact top or the exact bottom, but their uniqueness holds true regardless of the positioning of the cubic model. The most practical and most philosophical short relationships, as well as the exclusively practical long relationship, are defined by a homogenous attraction. This plays an important role in the configuration of the model. We have stated before that each node, in immitation of the central node of Fact/Fiction, is one dimensional, and that consciousness occurs as the result of perceiving multidimensionally. In other words, to be self aware of any part or relationship within the formal system we have created within our mental projective space, we must ourselves be in a higher dimensional level than what we are considering: for a node we must be in at least the second dimension, for a relationship we must be in the third dimension, and for the formal system itself we must be in the fourth dimension. These all correspond with the components we find occupying these dimensions, as without being within a relationship we cannot perceive a node, without being in the metaphysics model we cannot perceive a relationship, and the metaphysics model itself occurs within our mind. But when we get to the perception of our own mind, things begin to get a little bit hairy. To perceive the fourth dimensional mind we must employ our fifth dimensional memory. This implies the relationship in the metaphysics model between When and Who, just as all the dimensions before this point, and from a certain perspective this one as well, have been answered for by the relationship of How and What. To perceive our memory, then, we must employ the relationship of Where <> Why. But what does this tell us about the sixth dimension? Let us go back to the first dimension again. We have seen that it explains the form of the nodes themselves. But we have also seen that some of the nodes deal with exclusively open sets while some deal with exclusively closed sets, and most with sets that are somewhere in between. How can this be the case of a purely first dimensional form? Obviously we have overlooked something here. The way to come to an understanding of the dimensionality of your complex image of the formal system is to use it once to create an event. You will see as this

    happens that as they are considered, each of the opposite nodes defining stellations lowers itself down into the center of the cube until it is parallel to the short relationships between the two nodes to either side of it. By doing this, a hypercube is formed, and it is defined three times, once physically, once ethically, and once divinely. After this is completed the formal system ceases to be confined by the third dimension only, and takes on the function of a hypercubic fourth dimensional shape. This brings about a series of changes to the other dimensions in the model. Around the event there is a sphere which is formed by the concentration of the mind. The sphere that surrounds the formal system and the sphere that surrounds the memory castle do not go away. They remain, and the sphere of the mind is now triply nested. It has become a fifth dimensional shape. It is a second dimensional circle within a three dimensional sphere within a fourth dimensional hypersphere. These layerings may be legislated according to physics, ethics and belief as well, in an ascending order proceeding outward from the center. At the border of the mental spheres most external circumference is the memory cube, which we have already demonstrated is really a hypercross, with six information accessing data bases surrounding a central cubic port. In other words, each of the functions of the nesting of the mind are doubled in memory, for short term and long term recognition capacity. This is the memory cube in its fifth dimensional state. But as event occurs, the inner cube of the central hypercube becomes a hypercube itself, and this entire form slides down a dimension to relate to the formal system model. In other words, memory becomes contained within the mind, and this is the event of the bringing forth of consciousness from the unconscious. The aspect that retains the position previously held by the hypercross model of memory is now held by the uncounscious, which is essentially similar in structure, although much less is known of it in detail. It is comprised of a hypercross of hypercubes, each representing different perspectives on event available to, if needed, but outside of, consciousness as it relates to the event itself. Here we find the formation and maintainence of archetypes as established patterns of behavior, a sort of instinct unique and universal to a species fueled by the experiences of our genetic predeccesors. You can go one step further than this and experience the interaction of these archetypes as a hyperoctahedron linking the inner cubes of the unconscious hypercross contained within the linking of their outer cubes as mythos. An equal amount can be said for the theory that these hypercross arranged hypercubes represent alternate states of consciousness. But much of this data has been tainted by the need for ethical and divinatory frameworks for the unconscious by past researchers. At this time I should forward a more metaphysical proposition to explain these unconscious hypercubes. These may be seen as probability wells, which determine possibilities surrounding an event, but are often obscured by the details they involve. Consider their relationship to the rest of the model: they are external to the sphere of the mind in such a way that their external but not internal aspects are in contact with its circumference; they function through memory, which has become a hypercross within the sphere of mind, upon the metaphysics model, and effect the later relationships of its nodes after the formation of event, thereby acting as part of the proper function of event, but not as part of the initiatory or terminatory functions thereof. It is possible, therefore, that only when event has been directed towards one of these unconscious hypercubes, can it formally conclude due to internal mechanisms which will be considered shortly. The third dimensional event itself is surrounded by the halo of the second dimensional mind, the fourth dimensional formal system encompssed by the sphere of the third dimensional mind and, outside of this, the fifth dimensional memory castle of consciousness, which is itself housed in the fourth dimensional torus of the mind, and this is resting in the the sixth dimensional unconscious hypercross of

    hypercubes. All of this is concurrent with the formation of event. It seems that we have only added another dimension, that of the unconsious, and compensated by not referring to the specific dimension held by the sphere of the mind. As event progresses this process corrects itself. The mind stabilizes its fluctations and becomes the fifth dimensional form. Memory is the sixth dimensional structure, the hypercubic hypercross, its centers of short and long term legislation becoming active as hypercubes in themselves. The unconscious becomes seventh dimensional, incorporating simultaneously the aforementioned hypercross of hypercubes and hyperoctahedron to be simultaneously practical and philosophical, with ethics arising as the interrelation between them. So event has created two new dimensions, but we are still a ways from done. Inside the now hypercubic formal system there is the three dimensional event, the two dimensional relationships, and the one dimensional nodes. But the relatoinships and the nodes are supernal to the event, as they are contained within the formal system, and this is external to and definitive of the structure and function of the event. From the consious memory hypercross of hypercubes we recall the information that the cube of event is really constructed of three square sets of relationships. This means that it is intrinsically three dimensional, and that the relationships themselves are intrinsically two dimensional. So what remains to be changed? Again we are brought back to the one dimensionality of the nodes. As I first said before beginning to explain the changes in the mental projective structure surrounding the formal system of metaphysics that occur in conjunction with an event, the nodes cannot be understood as potential fields one dimensionally. So something must act on them in order to cause them to open up and become second dimensional, or we would not have been able to consider any of the relationships between them we have thus far with as much insight as has been readily available. In fact, worse than this; if the node of Who were really one dimensional, then we would be unable, anthropically, to consider all we have about the formal system of metaphysics at all, for we ourselves would not exist! It seems we are in dire straights just as things are getting interesting. To answer our question about the nodes, all we need do is observe what occurs when the dimensions interact. This should at least prove to us that we are not one dimensionally bound entities, and it will also go a long way toward solving the mystery of some of the parts and features of our formal system, such as the paradox of the diaganols, the presence of irrationals, and homogenous attraction. To do this we had best consider the last two external nodes in the formal system, and see what their implications are on the others. Then we can get to the heart of the matter, the conclusion of formal event by interaction with the internal and final node. Not The node of Not cannot be considered in relationship with any particular other node, because it has its own unique relationship to each of them. It negates them particularly, but by doing so does not negate their potential for solution, which is inherent and cannot be distilled by relationship; it only negates their particular implications, or what they mean in relationship to any other node. Thus we stand by placidly while witnessing the destruction by this single node of all we have so far accomplished, and, so greatly unquestionable is its power, so unapproachable is it by logic, that we are entirely without the abillity to prevent it from taking its natural course in so doing. This may come as a shock to you an unjustifiable disappointment. Or it may come as a relief, like a weary traveller feels when setting down their burdens. In either event the function of the node is uneffected, and merely performs its task no differently than the wind blows or the sun shines. It does not destroy the formal system. Even if you take the formal system and apply it to itself, it will only be an unstable hypercube of nested like within like,

    which, when it reaches this node, will return to a stable three dimensional state. It should be specified however, that there is the real third dimension, that of objective physics, and then the mental projective third dimension, in which the formal system exists as an ideal. One can argue that no ideal can be destroyed, but this is an overstatement, as we have seen many different practical ideals expressed in the formal systems relationships that are easily cancelled out by this one node. It is necessary to change the letter of the law, but impossible to change its spirit. The node of Not defines by absence. If it is related to another node or to a relationship, it implies the absence of that relationhip at that moment in the sequence of the equation. Thus, for every one of the formal nodes that is present within part of the functioning of the formal system, the node of Not relates at that time to the other five. For every relationship between the formal nodes exclusively that is expressed per juncture in the working, there are fourteen connections that occur linked to the node of Not. Therefore we see that at the connection of each node, and with every relationship they form, the rest are implied as well, by absence. This means that no event can come to occur without the interaction of all the nodes and relationships of the formal system functioning simultaneously in some form. As each of the relationships particular to a consideration is carved out into the unique pattern governing its transformation into solution, so at the same time is there a much more complex pattern evolved comprised of all the nodes not used, in order, and the relationships unemployed, in order. This entire codex is contained within the single node of Not, and determines the shape of the patterns formed between the conscious memory hypercubic hypercross, contained within the cube of time, and the unconscious memory hypercubic hypercross, comprised of cubes of time, through the medium of the mental spheres perpetual expansion and contraction through dimension. It is by these patterns that event begins to be motivated. The opposite of all of these relationships, as we shall see momentarily, is true for the opposite node of Had, and these two set event in motion. This occurs in the situation determined by the hypercubic formal system of metaphysics model by the elimination of excess determinism by free will. In the moment of decision the possibilities representative of surplus probability begin to change into new forms, but, as I have repeatedly asserted, this occurs in accordance with the conservation of potential such that no potential is either created or destroyed and its overall presence remains entirely isotropic. What the alteration of possibilities creates, however, is a riptide in the continuum conjoining the substances of matter and idea, and you can feel this effect as event begins to move. What is the impact on the event of our example? As the act of creation of the stone takes place in the mental realm, what we are dealing with is a spherical open system of ideal event formed from the lowering of the mental sphere into the domain of the formal system. Therefore the stone itself is the third dimensional cubical event, but exists only within the circular halo of mental projective space. The Woods A follower of Transcendentalism, a philosophical search for solutions through naturalistic isolation, once observed, I went into the woods because I wanted to live deliberately. What greater archetype for the unconscious memory exists than the woods? What demon of myth cannot be dreamed up and confronted therein as innocently as children playing, as innocently as a curious question? But herein is the entirity of the unknown. The full implication of all the open sets combined, the dreaded road less travelled; the missed opportunity; the doubt; Not. How easily it lays waste to all forms: as innocently as children playing; as innocent as awe. Now does it not feel as though we have wandered a little too far? That we have bitten off more than we can chew, or seen too much to know? Here we find the remainder of all the data we have already begun to factor out still silently lurking

    about, sorrowful and spurned, and full of power. Realized by the discovery of a single, seemingly harmless node, this beast of incompletion looms all around us now. We have reached a level in our contemplations when it is easier to see more distant relationships than those immediately before us. How can we defend ourselves against what we cannot even rightly expect? Have we seen the forest for the trees? Another great philosopher once said, its a common fact that, as one approaches a potential conclusion, the answers become so obvious they are more easily overlooked. I will deal with the nature of these two philosophers presently. We see ourselves surrounded by strange forms and myriad relationships. How lost we might feel, if it were not for a single shining fact: the metaphysics model cannot destroy itself. If the node of Not is applied to all the other aspects discussed, the formal system will remain alone, a single isolated three dimensional cube defined externally by six formal and two informal nodes placed on its corners. We may feel that we are in the woods, but it is only illusion. To penetrate the woods is to leave nothing behind, to confront nothing. It is merely the sudden reflex of dread as event is set in motion, as it begins to be acted upon by the informal nodes. But many philosophers cannot surpass this point. They see their desires lie more with cataloging the ultimately irrelevent implications more rightly discarded than in accepting the necessity of the activation of event. If their were an empire that bound the free will of the mind, it would be this empire of nothingness. And yet, knowing it to be a trap, we cannot but walk right into it. It is temptation itself, and might yet lead to what we desire, despite the fact that it inherently expands itself instead of collapsing down the variables into the closed set of a solution. The reason for this is energy. Just as an electron travelling the circuit of a shell more distant from the nucleus will constitute a higher amount of energy expenditure as it completes its revolution in the same amount of time as one of lower energy in a tighter orbit, so the outer cube of a hyper cube must express a higher level of energy as well, and so on throughout all the dimensions, as greater and more complex forms are seen to perform their functions in an amount of time determined by the most compact component of them all, event. So what we are naturally doing is following the ebbing tide of energy as it is ejected outward with the reshaping of possibilities until it reaches the outermost dimension in the functioning model, at which point it begins to double back upon itself and we must confront it. But in so doing we find the entire issue of right and wrong. This arises as a simple factor of exclusion: right is what works, and wrong is whatever is left over. But to determine this solution we must have ourselves anchored in a sense of self. If we have left no desire to return to event, then we will truly be lost in the woods of the seventh dimension, at which point no amount of reasoning with the implications we have described and which, by ejection from event have become irrelevant, will get us turned around, we will have sacrificed our sense of self, and lost all bearings of right and wrong. At a certain point in the operations of the formal system, sacrifice of sense of self too becomes necessary, if one wishes to again return to the infinite measurements of the divine realm which is the ultimate, transdimensional extension of the system. But at this point we have only just discovered what is meant by sense of self, and it would be meaningless to sacrifice it while it remains an image. To make it meaningful we must consider it in the context of the node opposite that of Not, which we will do shortly. The Way Rather than applying Not to the formal system itself, which has allowed us to see the incision of superfluous implications and possibilities irrelevant to event, we can get back to familiar territory quite easily by applying Not to itself. This is implied by the nature of homogenous relationships, but also implies self-referentiality amongst each node which allows us to see them again Platonically, as simultaneously

    a question and an answer. What Not defines as question is what it rules out as answer. So we have gotten back at least as far as the formal system, which we have stated emphatically all along is nothing more than a systemmization of Platonic rhettoric. But let us now return even into event, and see what transformations can take place having dismissed such a great quantity of matter. Afterall what remains now to designate the structure of event is only the minutest of fractions compared to the amount of data already considered. The form of event remains governed by the intersection of the three squares generated from the three legislative branches. Not has begun to motivate it, such that it is now in dynamic interaction with the relationships of the formal system, and through them the short and long term aspects of the three branches in the hypercubic hypercross of conscious memory. Beyond this the excess relationships that are created by the functioning of the hypercube which do not pertain to the particular event created are stored, when the event becomes motivated, in the six hypercubes arranged in a hypercross of unconscious memory. All of this is transacted by the dimensional fluctuations of the sphere of the mind. When event is set in motion it becomes fourth dimensional. Its velocity is equivalent to traversing of distance, and the traversing of distance per component is equivalent to intervals of time. This does not effect any of the other dimensions above it, all of which we have numbered, purely for the sake of convenience in classification, and which do not change their form as a result of event, and therefore do not change dimension, as dimension is based on more than just order of occurance, but on complexity of structure. The motion and therefore duration of event does however open up the dimensions lower than it. When event was created, we saw how three two dimensional relationship planes came together. Once event begins to move, these squares are cubed. Although it doesnt change the way it looks per se, the formal system of metaphysics begins to serve as a fifth dimensional extrapolation, storing information pertinent to the shape and duration of event in the cubes of each of its faces, like a hypercross. The reason the dimensional form of the formal system is not changed by this function is that it is cancelled out by the application of Not, which simultaneously serves to take back one dimension to stabilize the formal system. Therefore the formal system neither becomes three dimensional by application to it of the node of Not, nor becomes a hypercross relative to the information storage of the relationships definitive of the event. A hypercross would be storing all the information relative to the central cube, whereas the formal system at this time is only storing the information left over after the node of Not. So even though the formal system itself does not change dimension, the nature of its relationships does. They become three dimensional, and so the nature of each node becomes two dimensional. So we see, as we have been doing all along, that the only way to know the nature of the nodes is in relationship, and the only way to know the nature of the relationships is by example of event. This is necessary to understand what is implied by the concept of self-referentiality intrinsic to each node. Imagine the mental projective space occupied by each node as a square plane, with the node as a point at the center of any one of its edges. Its relationship within itself traces a circle around inside that plane until it comes back to meet its origin. Another way of looking at this would be to place the node at a corner of the plane. It then must follow through four transformatons of directed intent before coming back to itself in the form of an answer. Although this is useful, we shall see shortly that there is another node which is two dimensional, and all the individual nodes are really still one dimensional. By its interaction they have relationships which determine their inherent nature as selfreflexive and therefore two dimensional, but they remain within the context of the formal system only one dimensional expressions. Because of this second dimensional feature in the presence of event, however, we can see that it is possible for a node to

    represent an open set, in the form of a circle, or a closed set, in the form of a square. Had It would certainly seem that the node opposite Not should be Which, since it is by which relationships remain in effect of the node of Not that event is defined. But if this were the case then a certain aspect of these relationships would be undefined: that of their necessity. In any event, the possibilities that differentiate it from all other events are the polar opposites of arbitrary. Things must occur in the way they do for an event to be known. If even one thing were different, then all things in the event would be different. Granted this change would be, by definition, imperceptible, and it can be argued that two events differing only very slightly, such as by the time at which they occur, can yield results so similar that they may be applied as identical. But this takes for granted that all other things in the events under consideration must be exactly equal, and it is usually only through conscious tinkering with them that this can be made to serve. In nature, where we have already observed things to never be equal, but in perpetual flux, not even the differentiation of time or location will produce identical results, only results of an open set which we can classify by comparison of composition, according to their particularity. The tendency is towards creation of the unique, and generally similarities only occur due to the influence of very large sets contained within the node of Had. The presence of this node is the evidence of the conservation of dimension between the negating function of Not and the expanding function of event. Like all the other nodes it posesses second dimensional self-referentiality, imbuing it with the potential to express either an open or closed set, but is localized in the first dimension. Where this node and the node before differ from the six formal nodes is that they are relative to the existence of event in function. The six formals can be expressed as compactly in a second dimensional hexagon as in a third dimensional cube, but, taken in unity with them, the two informal nodes can only be expressed in the third dimensional construct, rendering depth. The relationship between them is that of the diaganol of a cube, and this divided by the relationships of any of the nodes surrounding it seperates the two nodes to form an inner cube of event. In other words, event is composed of the three branches of legislation as they are divided from the formal stelloctahedron, but is itself an embodiment of the combinations of the two remaining stellations of Not and Had. The meaning of this is that the relationship of Had and Not serves as the combination of the three branches of metaphysical legislation. The square root of three diaganol between them serves as the axis of rotation for the cube of event. Just as Not served to initate this momentum, Had determines its termination. The internal composition of the node is comprised relative to the event, and implies in field form the parts of events function, such that event serves to ammend possibilities, and then is transformed into another event when these possibilities have been changed. At this point the functioning of the formal system begins anew from its simplest state, and progresses through dimensional expansion until another conclusion is reached. The potential present is the same for every event, but assumes new forms according to the relationships that occur in their order as necessary for the event. Because it cannot be stored in the formal system as a hypercross, the data structure of the node of Had is stored in the conscious memory hypercubic hypercross. For any event that occurs there is a change in the patterns formed between the hypercubes of conscious memory that remains permanantly accessable after the event has concluded. Consciousness, if not the consciousness of one individual, then the consciousness of another, can extrapolate the pattern determinative of any event from the hypercubic hypercross of the memory castle. All that is required is the sphere of the mind to interact with the formal system. For our example question, this represents the completion of the formation of

    the rock, and the absence of the action of lifting. It can be created and uncreated within the open set of the mind, but it cannot be created as a closed set, because this would imply duration of existence, and duration of existence is irrelevant in the light of the sphere of the mind. To recapitualte the entire process, we have seen the nature of the rock defined by the context of the question according to the relationships of the formal system. We have also defined the entirity of the parts involved in its hypothetical creation and seen how they differ from their infinite extensions in the realm of the divine, compared to which, if the divine were thought of as fourth dimensional, the entirirty of the formal system and memory castle would be no more than a first dimensional dot at the center. We have speculated the necessary functions as divine will lowered itself through this system to the event of the rocks creation, and finally we have come to the conclusion that it cannot be conceived of as purely physical, due to the influence of the divine will, and cannot be lifted, due to the function of the formal system upon the event itself. To understand why the rock cannot exist in a way that we could record its measurements and remain impossible for God to lift at the same time we must look further at the difference between physical and divine legislations. We have seen already that the best place to view these is in the vertical relationships as the formal system is viewed as a hexagon such that How is at the apex, where physical legislation stems from the short relationship between When and Where, divine legislation from the short relationship between Why and Who, and ethics the long branch joining How and What. The depth of the cube the relationship between Had and Not is the union of these three legislations, but it is equal in length to the relationship of ethics between How and What. Therefore ethics also represents a combination of legislations, as we have seen by its being partially an open and partially a closed set, but in this case it is the combination of physical and divine legislation. The difference between these diaganols has already been covered in the Paradox of the Diaganols. The Law of Man The law of man is traditionally governed by determinism and negation. It takes the physical functions of right and wrong, or, known by their psychological terms, do and dont, and expresses them as morality, the difference between good and evil. Aside from God there is no imaginable ultimate good, and therefore only an asymptote reflected in the concept of evil. Most people are considered by one another to be capable of good and evil in equal part, but always end up acting more frequently on one than the other. Good refers to what is necessary, and evil to what is harmful, but their relationship is more complex than mere duality. We have dealt with a number of distinctions defined by their supplimentarity amongst themselves and their complimentarity to each other, but Good and Evil have traditionally been held as above and removed from this rule, such that Good does not complete Evil, nor does Evil Good, and they cannot be held relative to any other distinctions. They have been taken to be absolute, and therefore used as a form of divinity. But they are not divinity, only a form of short hand legislation for mans behaviors justified by their fictional liberation from the application of relativity. Aside from being objective and metaphysically non-right angled, Good and Evil are names that humans call themselves in an attempt to reconcile that which is above to that which is below. Therefore their applications are subject to condition. As such they must be limited, and the most convenient method of doing this is by negation. Hence the oldest forms of ethical legislation remnant of the written tradition are efforts to set down all existing behavioral limitations in closed sets, attributed to divine dictate, and indeed these are the seeds of all subsequent ethical legislations,

    which have become numerous and exclusive where the originals were few and universal. What we humans consider first now is negation, and most condition. The definition of Evil, by both the closed set of the early, divine laws and the subsequent, partially-closed set of states legalities, can be justified by an attempt to derive the origin of motive from situation according to the specifying of the mental perspective on the event into a more closed set of specific conditions. This does not, however, imply that the event under review is in any way Good. We deal, in modern, ethical legislation terms, only with negation and the negation of negation: guilty and not guilty. If someone is guilty then they knowingly acted in Evil. If they are not guilty it does not necessarily make the outcome of the event in which they were involved less Evil. So it becomes a tacit assumption that there is more Evil in the world than Good, and this is taken as proof by the rule of relativity for the existence of the divine in opposition, and this, circularly, is used to justify belief in the self-consciousness of the concepts of Good and Evil. So even though it was not intended to do so originally, the movement of ethical legislation towards concentration on the particular has conditioned our belief that morality is above conditions, thus proving that some relationship, such as supplimentarity or complimentarity, must exist between Good and Evil. Many people believe that what goes around comes around, but it has to change derivation and aim while doing so. If Good were considered as we have considered the nodes of the formal system, it would occupy the midpoint of one side of a square shaped plane, and Evil would lie directly opposite it. If you traced out a circle connecting them, you would see the relationship they share that prefers to remain hidden that of their relativity to one another. What made them enforceable initially was the argument that they constituted evidence of divinity, but as we have just proved, they are relative to themselves, and only the law of man can be reflexive and conditionally dependent. But we have also seen that the aim of ethical legislation to render a more closed than open set from an open set of perspectives on a growing number of closed sets of events necessitates consideration of each event as situational, and therefore implies that Good and Evil are relative to other distinctions as well, which go into the determining of an event. So we have seen the philosophical side of the legislation of ethics as a combination of the legislations of the divine and the physical, but because it functions simultaneously as a closed and an open set, there must be a practical aspect as well. This is where the economy comes in. It reinforces mathematically what the concepts of Good and Evil idealize, and that is the basic approach/retreat mechanism of the bio-survival circuit. The primary behavior covered by ethical legislation is that of business, as this has, since the time of the earliest tribes when the first distinction of role occured, been the occupation of the minds of the majority of the people. It attempts, identically as morality does, to render the opposite of its own composition by evolution. Morality seeks to generate an open set (divinity) of closed sets (laws) with the foundation of a closed set (condition), and economics seeks to generate a closed set (market) of open sets (investments) originating from an open set (capital). The reason the economy is an open set despite the fact of money being objective is that it occurs within the context of a free market immitative of the free will of man. As much as morality is guided by the open set of situation towards the closed set of determinism, so economy is guided by the closed set of finance towards the open set of free will. So the first complimentarity to morality is economy. Both these occur within the domain of the realm of Had. Had determines by necessity the justifiability of an event morally and the possibility of an event economically. The Law of God To reign in Hell is the same thing as to serve in Heaven. This is because Hell represents the ultimate, situational, closed set of the individual, and heaven the

    ultimate, unconditional, open set of the infinite potential dimensions of the universe. By bringing to bear control over the former, one has a self to sacrifice to the latter. If the divine is anything, it is the potential of the field of Time, measured in dimensional interval, and governed by the infinite extension of the mind transcending dimension. Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law of the divine. The universal mind cannot be bound to symptom, as any situation in which an event occurs is localized within the open set of God, and therefore inapplicable to it holistically except as constituting a sample of the fiber of space-times existence, and even this need not reflect directly the physiognomy of God. He is thus bound only by free will. None of the legislations familiar to man apply. Physics, ethics, and belief are all irrelevant. When nothing is true, everything is permitted, where truth pertains to measurability. These two quotes come to us not from philosophers, but from shamen. It is the purpose of the medicine mans existence to aspire to divine knowledge, but their burden to know that such is definitively impossible, and ultimately irrelevant. The beliefs of man regarding God only give form to ritualistic interface with the divine realm, but can hold no bearing there. Without belief there would be no foundation for science, and without science little hope for survival, for belief presents the illusion of enclosure of concepts that are, in reality, infinite, and science is dependent upon such closure of sets. Where the philosopher represents the way of ethics, oscillating between the physical and the divine, shamen have become confined to the wilderness of, at once, both the physical and the divine, but accursed of the guidance of ethics which, it has proven, is ultimately foreign to these realms anyway. We have seen the legislations that arise between the formal nodes, and we have seen the legislation that arises in combination of these between the infromal nodes. Let us now set forth the proposition that the legislation formed of interaction between the informal nodes is that of geometry, as this is the unification of physical, ethical and divine legislation, and can be seen to occur in each. So when we say that the Law of God supercedes all forms of human attempts at imposition of legislation, we are saying that divinity is beyond geometry. Geometry, it can be equally stated, is of divinity, as much as it is as well of ethics and physics, but only in a natural ratio which the true realm of divinity surpasses. Hence, the structure of sets within sets that defines the law of man is dimensional, and geometry is the measurement of dimensionality; but the Law of God is beyond dimensionality, and therefore immeasureable by geometry. When applied to geomtrey in the presence of event, human legislation of the divine manifests three subdivisions corresponding to the construction of geometry from the three legislative branches. These are Light, and Love, and Life, and occur in an inter-related dynamic with the three branches. They are expressions of the raw potential compressed in and implied by event, though they are most commonly experienced only when the event is of a divine or revelatory nature. Therefore we see that geometry is more than legislation, but is not more than divinity. Again, I must assert the fact that the subdivisions of divine legislation are bound within geometry, and therefore pertain only to the law of man, though they are taken to be the substance of the Law of God in such a way that, by providing evidence of their origin from these, the belief in the divine nature and origin of the other three branches of legislation, as they are expressed in combination as geometry, derives entirely from this attribution. What it means to be bound within geometry is that these are conditions determinant of situation, and though representative of the field of potential rather than particular possibility, cannot therefore completely or accurately speak for the absolute free will of God. I leave it up to you to deduce the manner in which all this proves true.

    Divinity is usually anthropomorphised, and so its geometry is one of relationships between archetypal entities. Light, Love and Life align with subject, anima and animus in all their verious combinations. For example, if the subject of a particular legislation regarding divinity were Light, it would have as suppliments anima, which could be either Love or Life, and animus, which would be either of Love or Life its suppliment was not, such that together they are all complimentary. This reintroduces us to the pattern of the five petalled rose, as well as to the cross of male and female. It is also associative, before the determination and overlap of subject and assignation, with the hexagram, and these two are the fundamental forms taken by prior formal systems of metaphysics in the West and East respectively. In our last evolution we will consider these concepts in more detail, and see what further applications arise from the study of idealized geometry on our formal system of metaphysics. But this pertains to aim and will be dealt with in due course. Now we must ask the conclusive question: Is it possible to integrate a flowing network into the continuum of potential in such a way that they are interactive and record? The answer to this is provided in the central node of the formal system model, that of fact and fiction. Fact and Fiction Although events in reality are defined by complex sets of variables all of which have influence upon one another individually, in groups, and upon the event as a whole, each variable itself can be seen in simple binary, either/or form. It is the nature of the open set of potential that possibilities are never truly mutually exclusive, although we often perceive them that way, and the best solution is frequently both/and. But to study the transformations of our formal system in the final stages of its definition of reality, let us consider for now a binary example. In the situation of writing this paper I may say to myself, did I leave the door open? Now there is obviously only one right answer to this. Either I did or I didnt. But in my mind both possibilities exist, and therefore both effect the situation. For example, the fact that both possibilities exist allows the question itself to arise, which otherwise it would not, and I would probably be writing about something different. To compensate for this obvious distinction between the closed set of the physical and the relatively open set of idea, we say that one solution is fact and the other solution is fiction. The terms real and imagined are often applied, although inappropriately, because both outcomes exist in my imagination, and my imagination is just as significant to my situation as what would be objectively described as real by an observer. Whereas in the former case there is a specific binary relationship, in the latter neither term is exactly exclusive. The terms of fact and fiction in themselves are somewhat unimportant. It is possible to construct an elaborate relationship between them as complex as the entire system and all its extrapolations thus far, although they are a single node, because they are its core and, serving as a kind of seed, are the center of each of its parts individually, in groups, and as a whole. But to do so would be a waste of time here, and is best left for further study on your part. Suffice it to say that, once the distinction between the concepts of fact and fiction has been grasped, the rest of the formal system of metaphysics will be a permanent part of your faculties, and moreover no more challenging than childs play. What is really important to go into here is the effect that this last node has on the rest of the formal system. I shall refer to this effect as manifestation, which is at least an oversimplification. We have seen already how the action of the mental sphere serves as a carrier for the patterns of potential information both inward toward event, and outward toward the memory castle. We have seen how each nested aspect is equivalent to a dimension, but we have not yet addressed the nature of the sphere of the mind itself, nor seen how information being transferred from event is

    stored. To do this we must focus on the node of fact and fiction, as it is the point of origin for the inward and outward oscillations and for the stream of data to be retained. The Fluctuating Field Introduction Compared to the sphere of the mind itself, which passes through each of them sequentially as possibility, and maintains dominion in all as potential, the dimensions themselves are relatively stable. Relationships are constantly forming, flowing and evaporating between them and within them, but always along fixed, geometrical patterns. In this way redundancy balances entropy, and the formal system operates the gammut of its functions remaining stable throughout. But the sphere of the mind is quite different. To understand it we must examine it dimensionally, and then, once we have grapsed a full understanding of its shell, probe the depths of it to comprehend its motions. Clear the formal system from your mind, and imagine a simple circle. But you already know that, even in the stillness of the space surrounding that circle, the after-image of the formal system lingers. This is, and cannot be otherwise, so to resist it would be to no avail. Instead accept it, and observe its effect on the circle at the center of your attention. The circle now displays incomprehesible patterns, reflected from the formal system. They pass around it like clouds before the sun. The patterns are greater in number around the edges of the circle, and larger in the center. Make the circle into a sphere, and the patterns will become clear, ordered. You see that the patterns are the outlines of shapes, and that these shapes are regular in size, and that they appear different only because they completely surround the sphere. When you look at the shape upon the surface of the sphere at the point closest to you it is directly alinged with your vision, but as you look away from the center towards the rim of the sphere, the alignments of reflection appear more angled, allowing you to see that a great number of patterns surround the sphere, although their memory is already fading, and all that remains is the shapes on the sphere. These shapes are your thoughts. The one that is closest to you is the one occupying your focused, concentrated consciousness. Adjacent to this are thoughts which pertain to it, are related. Around the very edge of the sphere are the myriad thoughts of your unconscious, ever present, only waiting for the sphere to turn that they may be brought, in turn, to your attention. But we know that each thought is the same size, and that they are, like the points on a sphere, potentially infinite. Now focus intently upon the sphere, making the thought which is at the center of the sphere as clear as possible. You will see that, the more you focus on the sphere, the more the thought that occupies your consciousness will resemble the sphere, until, after forgetting all the other thoughts on the surface of the sphere, you will see that it is an identical sphere, within the sphere of your mind. It reflects on its surface images of all the thoughts that were on the surface of the sphere of your mind, but, by focusing on only one thought and one alone, you have cast them out of your mind, and now they exist only as parts of that thought; as afterthought. I will return to this more in a moment. You should at this time recognize that you have created a hypersphere, and are now free to impose the working of the antipode upon it. Imagine that you are walking around the sphere of your mind, or that you are turning it about with an invisible hand, all the while keeping perfectly focused on the thought closest to you. You will see that the thought upon which you are focusing will grow larger, until it surpasses the size of your mental sphere, and then your mental sphere will begin to shrink down until it is the size your thought was after one half rotation. If you wish to you can keep doing this until you become comfortable with their interchangeability. There is another way to look at the two spheres as well. Imagine flying up

    above them, or holding them under your eye, and you will see them assume a new form. The larger sphere will cave in on itself, until the thought at the center of the smaller sphere has become its own sphere, and the large sphere appears only to be a round ring with reflections outside of and inside it. Now we are looking at your mind as a torus. It reflects thoughts that are external to it, and it reflects the thoughts which are reflected on the thought at the center of your consciousness. Finally picture this: the thought at the center of your consciousness is the circle that you first imagined. It is upon the surface of the sphere of the mind. The torus that surrounds this can be cross-sectioned to form a sphere. There is another sphere outside the torus, and it constitutes the realm of your perception, or your mental imaging space. So lastly, where are you? This is the process undergone by the mind as the formal system of metaphysics unfolds itself. This is why the sphere of the mind cannot be said to be bound by a single dimension, as can its cube based counterpart, the formal system, because even before it begins it is already all the dimensions in one. We cannot argue which came first when we are focusing on the thought of the formal system itself, because this is a paradox. By applying the formal system we could deduce an answer, but this answer might not satisfy us. It is that some suggestions come to us from the future, while other suggestions come to us from the past. These two, like reality and imagination, are really one. To understand this of fact and fiction is to understand the entirity of geomtery. It is fact and fiction which motivate the entire formal system, as well as the sphere of the mind. All the relationships that we have studied thus far, between the nodes of the formal system, between the relationships between these nodes, between the formal system and event, between conscious memory and the formal system, between unconscious and conscious memory, and within the nodes themselves arise from and conclude at the node of fact and fiction. Fact and fiction cause the metaphysics model, including the aspect of the memory castle, to fluctuate as does the sphere of the mind. This occurs as fact and fiction interact with both the naturally fluctuating sphere of the mind and the naturally stationary or inert formal system of metaphysics, as the central point of all involved. So it is really the sphere of the mind that initiates the fluctuation of the formal system of metaphysics, through the node of fact and fiction. What is implied here is that the node of fact and fiction is a microcosm of the process of dimensional fluctuation and that the motivation of the sphere of the mind and the formal system of metaphysics arises out of its intra-action. Thus, each is older than the other, and both age simultaneously at the same rate. This motivating field and the sphere of the mind are one, when the sphere of someones mind is present, for the waveform of probability that we are describing here has been proven to collapse only under observation, although one supposes as well that it is present even when no mind is around. The infinite thoughts which can occur on the sphere of the mind are thus comprised of the closed sets of information which are translated between experiential possibility and mental recollection through the formal system, and can therefore be measured. Because the wave of probability is objective, or non-right angled, we can determine fixed location for it more easily. To do this we may make use of the hitherto mysterious diaganols, irrationals, and attractive poles. Let us study a specific function of the formal system, and see how these components contribute. The Fluctuating Field Application One of the necessary tasks of the formal system is to transmit the answer to a question provided by the creation of a real or hypothetical event into the vast associative storage space provided in the memory castle. We have already observed that the exact moment of the answers creation is determined by both the carrying

    outward in the fluctuating field of a wave of superfluous data from the node of Not, followed by the returning of that tide through the filter of the node of Had. So we will pick up there and follow the answer as it is transported from the now dissolving event outward into the also collapsing dimensions of the memory castle. Now we may deal with the node of fact and fiction as a microcosm for dimensional fluctuation. It, in itself, bridges the gap between the sphere of the mind and the hypercubic formal system of metaphysics memory castle. No other node does this; fact and fiction alone holds responsibility for this position. As we shall see shortly, there is a strong binary aspect involved in the final stages of functioning of the formal system, particularly in the interaction of the nodes of Had and Not, but in field form through fact and fiction as well. It can be said that these nodes are practical and philosophical equivalents. They determine what is real. Had and Not accomplish this determination for the event, but as informal components of the formal system they are ultimately refernetial to the transmutation of information. Fact and fiction pertain not only to the event, but to all the other structures reflexive in event. That is, by examining Had and Not, what is true for an event may be strictly determined; only by examining fact and fiction, though, can proof be provided even for the existence of all the very structures involved in that determination. This is from where reasoning derives, and is the significance of the centralization of the double-node. It can be said that the ultimate definition of an events reality isnt whats true of its composition, but what is true for its composition the context of reason in which event occurs, that is, fact or fiction. To fully study the function of fact and fiction, and to understand its inherent dimensional fluctuation, it is relevant to consider its function in each of its dimensional levels, or each of the parts of the fully functioning formal system of metaphysics model. We shall go through these expanding outward from the node, just as we have with the sphere of the minds expansion from its lowest dimensional level. Following this, and in conclusion to this section, we shall see the final dimensional level to be included in the aspects of the sphere of the mind. As we do this, remember, this can be done with any of the other nodes as well. The first of these levels, that we have already touched on briefly, is the dimension of event. Event, in terms of physical legislation, has defintion as a singularity of space and time, that is to say, it is internally unique unto itself and relative to others like it by categorizing of external similarities. With some certainty we can assert that event has existed as long as time, as the lowest common denominator of physical interval, but it will be added shortly that this does not mean it is indeed the lowest level of measurement possible from a dimensional perspective. Fact and Fiction pertain to event in aim, assembling its unique composition and its relativity according to binary terms equivalent to Had and Not, but with open, inclusive, rather than closed, exclusive sets. If the event is fact it will have greater bearing on the practical, physical aspect of reality. If it is fiction it will have a more direct impact on the philosophical, ideal aspect of reality. Both of these realms being equal, as we have seen in the legislative branches of the formal system, we may see that an event will represent the transformation of a fixed amount of energy towards either realm of possibility. It is also common for an event to function as a translation between these realms, with input in one realm and output in the other. These translations can be roughly rendered as distraction and inspiration, and we shall return shortly to the exact application of these terms. This level of attribution is equivalent to the application of the measure of the line connecing the uppermost and middle nodes on the hexagonal shadow of a cube as one to the full component measure of the dimensional potential. This is accurate according to the measure of a compass tracing down from the distance between two of the formal nodes external on the hexagon, with one of the nodes as an origin, to

    connect the other external point to the center of the hexagon. The reason for doing this is simple: this is the measure of event: 1 = 1, a simple equation in a simple plot. The second form of which fact and fiction are the center is the formal system of metaphysics itself. When it is said that the effect of an event occurs, it is meant that there is an outward dimensional expansion in the form of a change to the situation embodied by the metaphysics model in the exact information structures of its constituent relationships carried by the fluctuation of the sphere of the mind in the form of raw potential. When this occurs it marks, temporally, the end of one event and the beginning of its transformation through translation of potential, from a closed to an open to a closed set of possibilities, into another event. This is the origin of the concept of event as the simplest measure of temporal interval. But the change in the information patterns in the formal system of metaphysics implies an even smaller measure, pertaining to potential rather than the exclusively physical. We shall revisit this again shortly. The transformation of information in the formal system of metaphysics that is initiated by and determinate of event pertains to fact and fiction once again in aim. What we are seeing now is an outward wave of potential emmanating from event. If this is fluctuating at the same frequency as the full spectrum of the physical cosmos, or fact, it will double back upon itself with half intensity to generate a new event. The remaining half energy of the potential wave will continue onward to the memory castle, where it will be stored. This is evidenced by the very fact of cause and effect itself: not only does one event beget another, but it is remembered as well, accessable when the sphere of the mind is present. If the sphere of the mind is absent, the wave of potential doubles back with full capacity upon event. For fiction, the wave of potential passes through the metaphysics model, and will only turn back once it has reached the memory castle. This is because of the philosophical nature of fiction, and is evidenced by the necessity of it being passed through the sphere of the mind before redirecting its potential for generating another event. As we shall see shortly, the sphere of the mind, though present at every level, is the medium for movement of potential in the form of an outward ripple of information only when it cannot be otherwise. The second level of attribution to geometric function is that of the formal system of metaphysics to the measure of the same line as before, that following from an arc connecting the center node to one of two consecutive external nodes on the hexagonal representation of the formal system, the other point being the origin, only this time measured as the diaganol of a unit square, which totals the square root of two. The reason for this is that, not only is the formal system the second consecutive representation following the first dimensional level as represented by the measure of the leg as one, but it is expressed as a hypercube nesting event, and therefore expressable as a square root, or the diaganol of a cube nested within a cube. Now we proceed along our wave of effect to the lower form of memory, that of conscious memory. Here we begin to see more interesting results. As the memory castle expands through the functioning of the formal system of metaphysics, it becomes a hypercubic hypercross, with six new formal system structures surrounding a central seventh. This means that the node of fact and fiction is also multiplied, and therefore what is seen at this stage is fact and fiction coming into contact with themselves. The intellectual action described here is as complex as it may sound. This is one of the most immense implications of the node of fact and ficiton because, as it will soon be explained, this process is itself inherent to the individual node. To see every implication in its most basic, or at least initial, form, we must examine each hypercube of the hypercross of conscious memory, of which there are the long term

    and short term cubes for each of the three legislative branches physical, ethical, and religious and the central cube, with its triple nesting of memory cube, formal system and event, from which the potential wave emmanates. There are a total of twenty-four outcomes from the interaction of the central node with its satellites, including fact to fact, fiction to fiction, fact to fiction and fiction to fact, multiplied by the number of orbital formal systems. Each of these occurs within one of the short or long term legislative branch memory storage cubes, and it is not necessary that any of them relate with each other during this process. After each has been determined autonomously, some of the potential will be reflected back down towards the metaphysics model, to impact upon event if the sphere of the mind is present, and the remainder of the wave continues out toward the realm of unconscious memory. Though this is true for both fact and fiction, these terms have both become relative after this point by interaction with themselves. Conscious memory can be measured by the third geometrical mystery, that of the rendering for the cut defined as equivalent on a compass to that connecting one external point on a hexagon to the next one, and joining one of these external nodes to the middle, and called half the diaganol of the unit cube, which is measured as one half the square root of three, or the square root of 1.5. The significance of this is that this is only half of all of consciousness, which includes the other half of subconsciousness and the entirity of unconsiousness as well. At the same time, this is the measure of the radius of the structure as it occurs for the first time in geometrical form in three dimensions, indicating that the sphere of the minds radius is equivalent to half of the sum of its reflectied thoughts, or half of infinity. We shall consider this again later. Finally we come to the hypercubic hypercross of the unconscious memory, a hypercross of seven hypercubes, six on all sides of the central seventh, wherein each of the hypercubes is itself a hypercross of conscious memory, so that there are seven of these, six arranged around a central seventh, and each of these is composed of seven hypercubes of the formal system, six arranged around a central seventh, and in the center of the formal system in the center counscious memory hypercross in the center cube of the unconscious memory hypercross is the event, from which the wave of potential emmanates. We can see already the parallels to the thoughts on the sphere of the mind as a reflection of these reflections. There exist in uncounsious memory six shadow events generated by the replication of conscious memory, and these represent simultaneously different potential perspectives on the initial event, or potential memories, when the sphere of the mind is present, and possible events that are accessed by effect, whether the sphere of the mind is present or absent. Each of the events contained within the unconscious memory contains a node of fact and fiction, and these are realized as archetypes. Each of the thirty-six formal systems surrounding these also contains a node of fact and fiction, and these are realized as myth. These are both realized by manifestation, which we will speak of shortly. Now the nodes of fact and fiction for the archetypes and the nodes of fact and fiction for the myths interact to determine internal from external, and this is how aim is set. An archetype can be fact or fiction, and a myth can be fact or fiction. Because the myths themselves are comprised of multiple fact and fiction nodes it is even possible for them to be both fact and fiction equally, and because the six archetypes interact with one another to influence the overall probability of an outcome realizing itself as consecutive event, it is possible for these to be balanced equally between fact and fiction also. Here the determining node is that which was central all along, and is always irregardless of the presence of the sphere of the mind. So when the wave of potential reaches this point, because at this point it contacts the sphere of the mind, it turns around on itself. It can be either fact or

    fiction according to the total tally of fact and fiction nodes along the way. There is admittedly no known equivalent to the castle of unconscious memory, but there is the mystery of attrative opposite nodes. This pertains to the basic cubic structure by piece-meal, but it also changes over time, and therefore references the fourth dimension as well. Here we find not a measure of spatial distance, but a measure of energy expendature duration. Thus, what we are dealing with is a balancing between opposing sets of binary charges. What and How are both positive; Where and When are both positive. Why and Who are both negative; Had and Not are both negative. Fact and fiction are dually positive and negative. This evenly balances the positive and negative charges. The Fluctuating Field Conclusion Though our model ends here, the fluctuation between dimensions does not. We have seen that event serves loosely as the smallest certain interval by which to measure physical time, but that potential implies one smaller; we have seen that the presence or the absence of the sphere of the mind pertains to the redirection of the wave of potential after it has passed through the autonomously functional formal system of metaphysics model; we have seen that event begets event by manifestation. Let us deal with each of these three points in terms of the three branches of legislation, assessing the first to the physical, next to the ethical, and last to the religious. Thus we are looking at physical interval, measured in potential; ethical attendance of the mental sphere; and religious manifestation. First we find the case of physical interval. Event is a singularity. What can potential be then, but a measure of dimension? We tend to think of potential in the binary terms of probability, zero being null, one being certain. But potential can be expressed dimensionally: in terms of ascent through a series of probabilities, each additional level expanding the limit of certainty. Thus, potential is itself as good a measure of interval as event, but pertainant to a lower level of dimension. Now on to the ethical angle on the influence of the mental sphere. We can use the tree falling in the woods metaphor, only substituting meaning for physical substance; otherwise, matter for matter. We can say that it is all difficult logistically from here on out, but worth the journey. Work out your salvation with dilligence. Lastly, looking at the religious implications of manifestation, we can deal with the point I was hoping to make with this essay all along: that isolations of disease outbreak and metaphysics breakthrough can be correlated, perceived through the aspect of the sphere/cube, physcial/spiritual dichotomy, and are utilizable through the fact and fiction node. Examples of this include: free will over aethyr and the fever of mind over matter, astrological Cancer and spiritual AIDS. One interesting side-effect of manifestation is the breaking of concentration. When working for a long time on any given project, it is occasional for the focus of a participant to waver, and possibly confront the subject of the work smiling, as though it were for the first time, and yet like some distant memory. This is to say: be careful what you wish for, it just might happen. II. entropy Since the first Greek elementalists, people have pondered the composition of the universe, but evidence that they sought for a unifying force underlying all nature and everything known by the mind is present in the even earlier pursuits of religion. Despite all of the efforts of religion, however, whether anthropomorphic, naturalistic, objective, all fail to produce data that is anything more than an induced personal experience, and comes down to a basic choice on the part of the individual to further go along with the group or not despite its lack of conclusive findings. On the other hand, science can find no common ether or fixed constant in the whole of

    the observable universe that they cannot explain away as entropy. As the old Greek saying put it, When Zeus is toppled, chaos rules, and whirlwind reigns. The concept of entropy has been described by mathematicians using fractal or exponential pattern generators on computers, in which it is observed that, where the patterns approach infinite finitude, growing smaller and smaller, the computer can no longer represent them, and only large empty zones appear. According to chaos theory such empty spaces are equivalent to random genetic mutations due to replication errors that do not get subsequently corrected which nuclear biologists increasingly believe to be the trigger of evolutionary leaps, and the mathematicians say that the same fuzzy logic creates weather patterns. Chaos theory which states that cause and effect may be separated by myriad complex systems, fuzzy logic the concept that natural systems have vast, variable fudge factors for information translation, and the dead zones in fractals do not begin to describe the reality of entropy, though. They are only studies of data methodology and artificial systems. Entropy is the cause of death and decay for all biological tissue, and therefore interfaces with living patterns and organic forms as well. If entropy could have a personality it would appear little different than the spectre of death. It isnt the word most people would want used to describe their deity, but it fits all the job requirements, being, also, how we measure time. Entropy is described as the gradual breaking down of ordered systems in increasing states of disorder and chaos. It is this force that causes all change in the universe, and against which biological life struggles to survive. According to the theory of entropy, the big bang was only the entropy of the first quantum fluctuation, and still expands the universe. Think of this as like the first test of the atom bomb, which keeps exploding by causing radioactive particle decay to this day. It is quite right to call entropy the background radiation of the continuum, because it unifies the four elemental forces and is the cause of their functionality. Entropy is even thought to have preexisted the division between the four forces, at a time when all there was in the universe was radiated heat. Thus it is thought that heat is the basic unit of entropy. Therefore the process of the matter-energy exchange defined as the function of entropy acting upon and working through the four elemental forces is measured according to thermodynamic radiation. The loss of energy as heat is considered the constant by which the difference between the moments may be measured in all things. Anything that gives off heat or is subject to the presence of heat in its external environment is being restructured by it asymptotically distrophically. This is the liberation of energy from the order of form, and it is a process that will continue as long as there is energy to be liberated from material form. Astrophysicists predict that the universe will age according to one of three ways. If the universe has an open geometry, it will continue to expand indefinitely. If the universe has a flat geometry, it will continue to expand until it reaches a certain constant point of equilibrium between matter and energy. If the universe has a closed geometry, it will expand until it reaches a critical density, and then it will collapse. It has been observed that all intergalactic bodies in the visible universe display a red shift to their gaseous emission spectrums, or the measure of light being emitted by stars. This red shift occurs due to the doppler effect expanding the wavelengths of light as the galaxies move away from us, lengthening the amount of time it takes the photons to get here for us to observe them. In other words, we know that the universe is expanding now, or rather, was expanding at the time when the furthest, and therefore oldest, galaxies cast the light that we can observe today. Thus it is the speed of light that has come to be considered the fixed constant, or fudge factor, of entropy, being considered the pivotal factor in the function of matterenergy exchange represented by special relativity. Therefore, if the speed of light is

    more or less constant, then the most recent observed data indicates that the universe is not only expanding, but expanding at a rate much faster than previously recorded. This seems to imply that a variable must be wrong, unless the universes rate of expansion is actually speeding up. Theoreticians are debating these days over whether we are moving between matter-energy level shells in a universal quantum bubble or whether Plancks constant, a truly naturally occurring average electrical velocity, might be questionable. It is more likely that scientists are simply using different values for variables now than they did before, and therefore that the universe is expanding at a constant rate, however that rate is variable within a finite range of differing degree. Based on these findings let us consider the different possible geometries underlying entropy. If the universe is speeding up as it expands, then it is likely that we are living in an open geometry universe. This is not necessarily as good a deal as it sounds. In an open geometry universe the fabric of spacetime would continue to expand forever outward, carrying all the material bodies within it along the way, and this expansion would not be one directional, but in all directions at once, thus moving all material bodies further and further away from each other. This would go on forever, and eventually, though long before the universe ever ended expanding, there would be a virtually infinite distance between everything and everything else. First this would happen to the galaxies. Then it would happen to the stars. Then it would happen to the planets and asteroids. Then it would happen to living cells, their nuclei and DNA. Then it would happen to the spaces between atoms and between quanta. Entropy would never end, and the fabric of spacetime would be stretched out and bent parabolically, tearing it to shreds. However if this were the case then all the galaxies wouldnt just be red shifted relative to us, but to each other as well, as the homogenous expansion of the universe pulled them apart; instead what is observed is that some of the galaxies are moving toward one another, forming filaments, walls and intergalactic voids in the universe. Another theory is that the geometry of spacetime is flat. This may sound amusing as one can look about themselves in all directions and know that they are not living in a two-dimensional universe. Add to this the knee-jerk reaction that people used to think that the world was flat before Columbus discovered America and you immediately find yourself in flatland. However the theory does not address the dimensionality of the universe, but the function of spacetime. Einstein discovered that gravity does act as a well around very massive objects, capable of bending and distorting light rays. These wells comprise curvature of spacetime, however other than this the fabric of the universe does not display any dimensionality at all, and may easily be considered as a plane. This is not a plane such as a flat two-dimensional field, but a plane of reality, such as the mindset of consciousness that has evolved in a universe governed by entropy, and cannot comprehend a universe where space ever stopped or time ever came to an end. The last theory is the one most widely accepted by astrophysicists today. According to this theory, the geometry of spacetime does loop back around on itself in an enormous cycle, and there is sufficient mass in the universe to create a greater gravitational collapse than the expansion of radiation in the form of the fixed rate of photon propagation and the universe will eventually eat itself through entropic gravity wells such as supermassive black holes. Ironically, the faster the universe expands, the more mass it has pushing outward, and the more mass it has pushing outward, the more gravity it will have pulling inward, and the more likely it will be to contract. Although there is evidence that black holes have been gradually consuming the gasses and radiation of the universe for at least as long as there have been galaxies of stars gathered around them, this geometry has spawned another theory of entropy: the big crunch. This event would be the big bang in reverse, and

    it is a popular concept among modern physicists due to its similarity to Eastern karma wheels and their cycling cosmologies. A. thermodynamics While much else in physics is complex to comprehend, thermodynamics is as easy to understand as feeling temperature with the skin. Therefore it was probably in reaction to this that that first form of sensation evolved in the original life form. Thermodynamics is hot and cold. Hot and cold are simple concepts: energy moves from cold to hot as it moves from slow to fast, and it moves only between these two, and only in this direction. When something is cold, its particles are moving very slowly. As radiation is introduced, the particles begin to move about. Some become free particles and their energy leaves the system. In this way all energy breaks down from matter, and in this way all energy asymptotically approaches the speed of the fastest real particle, the photon moving at the speed of light. The best way to describe this process is by looking at the three forms of water. Water can be frozen solid into ice, and here we see that its molecules are almost entirely stationary, except at the surface where they are exposed to radiation and begin to melt and give off steam. In its natural state, that is, at an averaged temperature, water exists in liquid form, and its particles obey fluid mechanics. This is more or less randomized, however it is always contained within the minimal amount of space, given room for the random reactions. When water is evaporated by exposure to radiation it becomes gaseous steam and airy mist. In vapor form the water becomes lighter than air microdroplet macromolecules, and this is fundamentally what clouds are made of. 1. convection currents Heat is transported in waves called convection currents. Similar to the bending of light by gravity wells, convection currents can be observed as a distortion to the radiation of photons. They can be seen in the distance rising off the surface of paved road in the sunlight, where they appear as a clear liquid fire that melts the view. They can also be observed in infrared spectroscopy, emanating from any living source like a pulsating aura that surrounds us with an invisible, undulating flame. Convection currents always flow in the same direction, from the hot to the cold, and these are centers or areas where the pressure is different. Heat flows from high pressure centers, cold flows to low pressure centers. In the same way that degree of irradiation determines density cohesion, so are centers of high and low pressure the highs and lows followed by temperature. 2. isobars Isobars are the features of the terrain defined by pressure. Like convection currents they run along and around pressure centers, but define a dimension perpendicular to the convection currents. Even though hot and cold and high and low pressure are measures of changes induced by energy liberation, such as radiation, their orientation to one another is itself one of a polarity similar to electromagnetism. The orientation of pressure bars and convection currents relative to one another is more than just caused by electromagnetic radiation creating high and low pressure centers. It is caused directly by electromagnetic field lines surrounding these mobile concentrations of energy. While the high energy, hot, high pressure centers and low energy, cold, low pressure centers move around, for example, in the atmosphere, as the particles between them are moved about by the stirring of

    radiation, there is increased potential for electromagnetic friction and, for example, in the atmosphere, storms arise. B. fluid mechanics Fluid mechanics govern the propagation of force for the convection currents of temperature over the isobars of pressure as waveforms in two dimensional plane fields. The variable representing the movement of force in a fluid continuum is given as gamma, and it is represented such that gamma is a function of solid reflection interference patterns and potential induction propagation patterns. It operates similarly to a gaseous state, only denser and slower, however in both we see complex natural patterns arising from simple external disturbances. These natural patterns take the form of both fractals and gnomons. The fractals represent the type of nonliving patterns found as the transverse wave fronts of the small waves arcing up onto the shore, or the artificially created smoke ring. The gnomons are living patterns such as the whirlpools of the water or the tornadoes of the air. 1. fractal propagation Entropy in the form of heat produced by matter-energy exchange moves through things changing them over time according to patterns that are both living and dead. The dead sort of patterns are simply higher dimensional forms of harmonic resonance such as the three dimensional Platonic solids, which are the only five regular solid polyhedra that can exist in three dimensions. Such forms are fourth dimensional metaforms like the hypercube and hypersphere, however when they are viewed as fourth temporal rather than fourth spatial dimensional models they display a completely different type of pattern of propagation. Modern fractals include the Mandelbrot set, named after its program creator, and which resembles a bug or a meditating Buddha, and the Julia set, which is an expansion of a fibonacci spiral that self-replicates on a finer and finer scale until finally disappearing into large blank gaps that surpass the computers display capabilities. These can also also be mapped three dimensionally, and excellently replicate the natural terrain patterns of landscapes. By turning the fractals around, or giving them spin, quaternions can be extracted from the dark spaces that look like gummy shells of cotton candy. 2. gnomonic propagation Entropy also propagates in living patterns, which is lucky for us anthropically. These types of patterns are like pi, which self-replicates in either a self-terminating, inward cycle, or a self-expanding, outward cycle, and, under the conditions of polarity, alternates these in a double helix, and like phi, which is pi seen at an angle and is extractable from the diagonal of a cube. Phi is also present as the involution of tachyons, and these generate gravity, which propagates entropy. 3. the illusion of chaos Some systems of entropic propagation have yet to be discovered. It is possible that, there, hiding in the static, is the hologram of a picture. All that is required to be able to see it is the ability to view it simultaneously from multiple points of view. Such optical illusions are common nowadays and known as stereoscopic art. These apparent fields of white noise, or static pixels, are actually arranged in a very specific order so that, when viewed through two eyes the distance apart of the human eyes, the individual pixels will become blurred together and a holographic projection will leap out into sculptured three dimensional vision at the viewer. So far

    what we know to be true of entropy, that it propagates as gamma energy flow according to highly advanced and relatively simple geometric forms, it is entirely possible to conceive of it functioning according to the geometry of some even higher dimension as well. C. on the tables of the eight and the ninth table of eights: 01 * 8 = 08 (0 02 * 8 = 16 (1 03 * 8 = 24 (2 04 * 8 = 32 (3 05 * 8 = 40 (4 06 * 8 = 48 (4 07 * 8 = 56 (5 08 * 8 = 64 (6 09 * 8 = 72 (7 10 * 8 = 80 (8 11 * 8 = 88 (8 12 * 8 = 96 (9 13 * 8 = 104 (1 14 * 8 = 112 (1 15 * 8 = 120 (1 16 * 8 = 128 (1 17 * 8 = 136 (1 18 * 8 = 144 (1 19 * 8 = 152 (1 20 * 8 = 160 (1 21 * 8 = 168 (1 22 * 8 = 176 (1 23 * 8 = 184 (1 24 * 8 = 192 (1 25 * 8 = 200 (2 26 * 8 = 208 (2 27 * 8 = 216 (2 28 * 8 = 224 (2 29 * 8 = 232 (2 30 * 8 = 240 (2 31 * 8 = 248 (2 32 * 8 = 256 (2 33 * 8 = 264 (2 34 * 8 = 272 (2 35 * 8 = 280 (2 36 * 8 = 288 (2 37 * 8 = 296 (2 38 * 8 = 304 (3 39 * 8 = 312 (3 40 * 8 = 320 (3 41 * 8 = 328 (3 42 * 8 = 336 (3 43 * 8 = 344 (3 44 * 8 = 352 (3 45 * 8 = 360 (3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 8 6 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 08) 07) 06) 05) 04) 12) 11) 10) 09) 08) 16) 15) 4 = 05) 2 = 04) 0 = 03) 8 = 11) 6 = 10) 4 = 09) 2 = 08) 0 = 07) 8 = 15) 6 = 14) 4 = 13) 2 = 12) 0 = 02) 8 = 10) 6 = 09) 4 = 08) 2 = 07) 0 = 06) 8 = 14) 6 = 13) 4 = 12) 2 = 11) 0 = 10) 8 = 18) 6 = 17) 4 = 07) 2 = 06) 0 = 05) 8 = 13) 6 = 12) 4 = 11) 2 = 10) 0 = 09)

    (1 + 2 = 3) (1 + 1 = 2) (1 + 0 = 1) (1 + 6 = 7) (1 + 5 = 6)

    (1 + 1 = 2) (1 + 0 = 1)

    (1 (1 (1 (1

    + + + +

    5 4 3 2

    = = = =

    6) 5) 4) 3)

    (1 + 0 = 1)

    (1 (1 (1 (1 (1 (1 (1

    + + + + + + +

    4 3 2 1 0 8 7

    = = = = = = =

    5) 4) 3) 2) 1) 9) 8)

    (1 (1 (1 (1

    + + + +

    3 2 1 0

    = = = =

    4) 3) 2) 1)

    table of nines: 01 * 9 = 09 (0 + 9 = 09) 02 * 9 = 18 (1 + 8 = 09) 03 * 9 = 27 (2 + 7 = 09) 04 * 9 = 36 (3 + 6 = 09) 05 * 9 = 45 (4 + 5 = 09) 06 * 9 = 54 (5 + 4 = 09) 07 * 9 = 63 (6 + 3 = 09) 08 * 9 = 72 (7 + 2 = 09) 09 * 9 = 81 (8 + 1 = 09) 10 * 9 = 90 (9 + 0 = 09) 11 * 9 = 99 (9 + 9 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 12 * 9 = 108 (1 + 0 + 8 = 09) 13 * 9 = 117 (1 + 1 + 7 = 09) 14 * 9 = 126 (1 + 2 + 6 = 09) 15 * 9 = 135 (1 + 3 + 5 = 09) 16 * 9 = 144 (1 + 4 + 4 = 09) 17 * 9 = 153 (1 + 5 + 3 = 09) 18 * 9 = 162 (1 + 6 + 2 = 09) 19 * 9 = 171 (1 + 7 + 1 = 09) 20 * 9 = 180 (1 + 8 + 0 = 09) 22 * 9 = 198 (1 + 9 + 8 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 27 * 9 = 243 (2 + 4 + 3 = 09) 33 * 9 = 297 (2 + 9 + 7 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 36 * 9 = 324 (3 + 2 + 4 = 09) 40 * 9 = 360 (3 + 6 + 0 = 09) 44 * 9 = 396 (3 + 9 + 6 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 45 * 9 = 405 (4 + 0 + 5 = 09) 54 * 9 = 486 (4 + 8 + 6 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 63 * 9 = 567 (5 + 6 + 7 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 72 * 9 = 648 (6 + 4 + 8 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 81 * 9 = 729 (7 + 2 + 9 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 90 * 9 = 810 (8 + 1 + 0 = 09) 99 * 9 = 891 (8 + 9 + 1 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9) 108 * 9 = 972 (9 + 7 + 2 = 18) (1 + 8 = 9 117 * 9 = 1053 (1 + 0 + 5 + 3 = 9) or (10 + 5 + 3 = 18) 126 * 9 = 1134 (1 + 1 + 3 + 4 = 9) or (11 + 3 + 4 = 18) 135 * 9 = 1215 (1 + 2 + 1 + 5 = 9) or (12 + 1 + 5 = 18) and thus (18) through 180 198 * 9 = 1782 (1 + 7 + 8 + 2 = 18) or (17 + 8 + 2 = 27) 243 * 9 = 2187 (2 + 1 + 8 + 7 = 18) or (21 + 8 + 7 = 36) and thus (36) through 360

    396 * 9 = 3564

    (3 + 5 + 6 + 4 = 18) or (35 + 6 + 4 = 45)

    it can be shown that this pattern of increasing multiples repeats itself, as demonstrable by taking the first 2 digits as 1 integer in all sums

    The tables of the eighth and the ninth tell us many things about the physical construction of our universe on a purely mathematical level, the level which serves as the bridge between the external formation of the material world and our relatively internal domain of consciousness. My arrangement of these tables therefore allows for the application of numerology, or the realization of relationships between the digits en-soi, or in themselves. This existentialist approach to computation is as ancient as the human practice of collecting objects in countable sets, and constitutes an esoteric equivalency to the exoteric fact of pure traditional mathematics. Regardless of the excuse of its origins, this practices credentials are frowned upon in the light of pure mathematics as an escape from the understanding provided by methodological calculation. They are, quite to the contrary, no more than a reapplication of methodological computation on an entirely other level, selfcontained and non-threatening to the approach of exoteric mathematica. Thus, while their examination may be seen as untraditional, it is at least not unacceptable. One of the fundamental insights of the tables is provided by comparison between the two. Their primary similarity is the repetition of pattern; their primary difference being the nature of these patterns. As the eighth demonstrates quantifiable decline in sequence, so the ninth yields first exact self-replication, and then increasing self-referential sequentialism. These patterns are apparent and undeniable. If the calculations are repeated in any other setting the conclusions will be exactly the same, and therefore the patterns displayed in their relationships will be identical. Numbers do not lie. They lack that motivation for symmetry. It is possible to see these sequences of both as related to one another dimensionally. The perpetual numerological decline of the eighth and the perpetual numerological duplication and factorial increase of the ninth may be seen as ascent through the first three dimensions respectively. The diminishing table of eights constitutes collapse into a singular point in space. Naturally one can question how there can be any differentiation at all in the measurement of a point, but the answer is a simple one indeed, for without it there would be no scale-correspondent maps. The repetitive aspect in the nines resembles the extension of a line in space. At all points along the line two of its dimensions are canceled, leaving only the third behind to mark its position. This is quite obvious in the graphing of a straight vertical or horizontal line in a two dimensional Cartesian coordinate system, where either the x or the y coordinate pairing remains undefined. It may be less obvious in a diagonal, where every point on the line has a defined x and y coordinate pair that differs from every other coordinate pairing of a point along the line. However the distance formula shows that any two points on a graphed straight diagonal will cancel one another out leaving only one integer behind, that being the value of the line itself. This may seem trivial now, but it is essential for understanding the next comparison of the ninth table to dimensionality. One need only to consider that a line in a two dimensional coordinate system, straight or diagonal, is equivalent to a plane in a three dimensional coordinate system to begin to apprehend why. Although it is a confirmable fact that the integer sums of the multiplicative quantities produce a doubling of results along factorially related lines throughout the entire ninth table, this only becomes really evident after the process has entered its third repetition, when the quantities involved are of such an amount that their sums render divergent factors. What this process is in fact describing is the event of

    entrance into the third dimension from the second. At first, as the plane is defined as two lines of value nine, the factorial sums elevate rapidly through the established sequence. As the shape becomes clearer while the coordinate system is rotated the number of quantities between the factorial transitions becomes greater, allowing, as it were, more time to pass between phase shifts. The key to understanding the shape that is described is contained within the non-numerological pattern of table nine. The factorials diverge first after product 180. That is, their sums if taken by pure integer alone or by combined integer render different results, although both results that occur elsewhere as quantities within the initial multiplicative table. At quantity 108 the products break from the ascending sequence and linger at sum 18, or, if they are taken as a pair of paired integers, begin to decrease along the same factorial lines, beginning at 63, but skipping every other factor, such that the next result yielded is 45, rather than 54, etc. This is the case until 180 appears again as the multiplicative function. The result for 198, that immediately following 180, is peculiar, as it constitutes a different rate of change than has been previously established. Although it describes the results for all the quantities of multiplication between 181 and 240 (interrupted only by 200 * 9 = 1800), this still describes a much shorter set of numbers than are contained within the 36 factorial grouping from 241 to 390 which follows, 58 as opposed to 148 respectively. This anomaly also helps to point out that the phase shifts in sums dont occur cleanly at factorially defined breaks, but are governed only by the dictates of the digits themselves. Although this opens up the realization of still another, more subtle pattern the difference between the clean factorial 243 and the true break of 240 for the 27 factorial set being 3, and the difference between the clean factorial 396 and the true break of 390 for the 36 factorial set being 6 it is unnecessary at this point to go into it in detail. It is more instructional, from a dimensional emergence perspective, to examine the factorial breaks that are clean, and those are 180 and 360. These numbers are most immediately recognizable as the definitions of the circumference in degrees of a half circle (the angle measure of a straight line) and a full circle (or, if you like, the angle measure of a straight line that reverses its own direction). But they have more, deeper connotations than this. The most fundamental polygons are the triangle, the square, and the pentagon, composed of 3, 4, and 5 angles respectively. The hexagon, with 6 interior angles, is somewhat more complex, and can actually be tallied to be the sum of 2 triangles. The sum of the angles of a triangle is 180. It is always, exactly, and only 180. The sum of the angles of a square is always 360 (90 + 90 + 90 + 90). This is true for any 4 sided rhombus, according to the formula that (n - 2)180 = sum of the interior angles for any object with n number of sides. Applying this same formula we can conclude that the sum of the angles of a pentagon is 540, or 3 * 180, 1 & 1/2 times around the circumference of the unit circle. These numbers are as old as the act of measurement itself, and they are absolute. So we can see how the clean fractional breaks in the ninth table pertain not only to angles that describe arcs, but to those describing well defined shapes, particularly the fundamental polygons, as well. Moreover these fundamental polygons comprise the sides of the only five regular solid polygons that can exist in three dimensions. All other solid polygons, like the hexagon in two dimensions, are only combinations of these first five. The Platonic solids consist of the tetrahedron, comprised of triangles, the cube, composed of squares, the dodecahedron, comprised also of triangles, the icosahedron, also composed of triangles, and the dodecahedron, comprised of pentagons. So we have not only the description of angle measures on the unit circle, but also the sums of the angles of the faces on each of the five platonic solids, and all in a pure numerical form. It is easy to follow the progression of factorial breaks up through their ascending sequence and see how the sums constitute measures within a deepening three dimensional space, describing the unfolding of the platonic solids according to

    the sums of the interior angle measures of their faces multiplied by their facial sum. It would be more probable, at this point, for a practitioner of calculatory mathematica to caution that the bad habits of a writer may be transferred to their readers, than it would be that they could provide hard evidence that this data is more conjecture than implicit organization. In either event it cannot be doubted that the dimensional bridge between function and form is crossed in the table of nines. The bridge described herein is not altogether complicated, but is increasingly complex as more governing rules are discovered to determine each additional dimension. For example, the point may be seen as of any size under magnification; the line as definitive of angle, and implying the edge of a perfectly flat plane. Three dimensional objects are formed simultaneously of matter and energy comprised not only of charged particles, but of waves with measurable frequency related to this charge. This relativity of fundamental components and distance becomes substantial in the fourth dimension, the final to be considered here, where an object has form in both space and time, according to the measurement of intervals. All of these are descriptive of the same process, differing only in the complexity of dimension. To understand the relationship between the table of the nines and the fourth dimension, it is necessary to lay a minimal foundation. Some formulae and models describing progression should be given, as it is by progression that time is measured. It is this process that has thus far been described, and which constitutes our bridge. Growth in biological organisms is measurable according to an exponential law for equiangular spirals that gradually approach ratio based orientation. An example of this is that governing the formation of a nautilus shell, given as r = ae k! , where r is the radius of curvature, a the area, e the natural number (2.71) found in exponential balances, k the kinetic energy, and ! the polar angle of predicted curve continuation. Although it seems completely unfamiliar, this formula has been underlying our progress all along. It describes the function of the ninth table whereby the lower dimensions are evoked rapidly, and the forms of the higher dimensions more slowly. What this formula means is that the spiral of the nautilus shell is curled more tightly around its origin, rapidly forming a circularly bound core. As it continues, the arc of the shell expands to break its circular condition, and rate of growth slows. This is the same exact process as described in the numbers of the ninth table. Now, what does this similarity have to do with the fourth spatial dimension? If the rate of growth of either a nautilus shell or the ninth tables factorial breaks were plotted as a sine wave, it would have high initial frequency and minimal oscillation, followed by lower gradual frequency and more pronounced oscillation. This chart describes the unfoldment of progression for either equally well. It is, itself, also a three dimensional shape. If it were plotted in a three coordinate system the sine wave would orbit about the x-axis, alternating positive and negative in the y-axis, with an expanding radius in the z-axis. If it were displayed with its compliment as well, numerically negative products of all the multiplicatives or geometrically the cosine wave, it would take the familiar form of the double helix of DNA. Before we go into the implications of the gnomon described in the ninth table, let us first pause briefly and consider the construction of a sinusoidal wave. In trigonometry, the study of triangles, lies the basis of wave measurement. A wavelength, ", may be measured as two right triangles extending up to the endpoints from the base line of the standing wave, sharing either a common point, where the wave form crosses the base line, or the vertical leg, where the wave form reaches its peak or trough. These triangles are equivalent for a sine wave depicting circularly bounded progression, and isosceles possessing two equal length legs apiece. The method of creating the sine wave itself comes from a technique for deriving a right triangles non-right angle measurements from the measures of its legs and hypotenuse. The sine function for an angle is the opposite leg over the hypotenuse;

    the cosine function for the same angle being the adjacent leg divided by the hypotenuse. These two functions, as it was stated before, are complimentary. This is expressed in the relationships between sine and cosine for a triangle ABC whose right angle is C: sin A = cos B and cos A = sin B. When the numerical solutions of these functions are graphed, a sine wave appears, which is a spiral in three dimensions. As a measurement of interval, this is also a fourth dimensional shape. Now we may consider the progress through dimensions of the described spiral as it breaks from circular boundary conditions and what form it takes after it does so. The first point that should be made is the distinction between degrees and radians. Both are measurements of the arc of a circle, or the radial expansion of a spiral bound by circular or exponential conditions, but the former is fixed and the latter is open. Radians, unlike degrees, are dependent upon the transcendental measurement of pi, an irrational integer whose value is roughly 22/7 or 3.1415926. Pi, or #, is an expression for the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter. The relationship between degrees and radians is such that each #radian = 180. It is interesting to note that a spiral column of tetrahedrons, such as Buckminster Fuller modeled for the geometry of a double helix, undergoes 1/3 full rotation while 22 of its faces are exposed. Thus # is the limiting factor for the spiral in its early stages of progression, as it crosses the threshold of the first two dimensions. As it enters into the third, the forms it describes become exponentially complex, and the time interval elapsed between factorial breaks therefore begins to widen. The limiting factor remains a transcendental number, an irrational integer similar to #, but one that describes an open set for growth along dimensional lines. This integer is phi, $, and will be shown to occur in pure mathematics, quantum mechanics, and the helialical pattern of DNA. It is this number that governs the third dimensional forms derived from the ninth table, as well as the fourth dimensional pattern of their progress. In order to decant $ from the table of nines we need only convert the products given to degree measurements, a process already implied by the clean factorial breaks occurring at the 180 and 360 multiplicatives. Once this is done a chart for the sine and cosine functions of these angles may be assembled, and, using larger, later occurring sums for these, $ will be revealed. The (2 sin)2 and (2 cos)2 sums are preferred, and yield results containing both phi and phi prime, $1, that is the reciprocal of phi, or $/1. Some of the most notable results of this table are, for 9 or #/20 radians: 2 ($ + 2), 2 + ($ +2), sin and cosine functions respectively; for 18, #/10: $1 + 1, $ + 2; for 45, #/4: $ + $1 for both; for 72, 2#/5: $ + 2, $1 + 1; and for 81, 9#/20: 2 + ($ + 2), 2 ($ + 2). The complimentarity of the sin and cosine functions is readily apparent here. These figures represent distance relationships between points on what is called the Golden Triangle of 36 by 72 by 72, after $, which is itself the Golden Ratio of (1 + 5)/2, with approximated value of 1.61803. Some other properties of note possessed by $ are that multiplied by its reciprocal, the value of which is -0.61803, its product is -1, and that squared it is equal to itself plus 1. The spiral described by $ is thus the so-called Golden Spiral, and is exponentially bounded rather than circularly, its points being $, $2, $3, $4, $5, and so on. These constitute the bridging of dimensional gaps described by the tables of eights and nines, and the slower, more numerous three dimensional forms that arise by angle sum recurrence during the later stages. It is interesting to note that a line connecting two points on opposite sides of a third point in a pentagon forms a line that, intersected by another such line drawn from the third point, forms the Golden division. Thus, not only is $ determinant of the rate of third and fourth dimensional progression, but a fundamental building block in the Platonic forms themselves. Before going further a brief clarification between the circularly bound and $ bound spirals should be considered. In the circularly bound spiral the juncture

    points of the sine and cosine waves do not necessarily occur at the base line of the standing wave form, nor are both their apex and nadir points compatible with opposing peaks and troughs. Because the oscillations are so small, however, this factor is compensated somewhat, so that they may appear so. In the $ bound spiral the conditions are more alike the traditional depictions for DNA if the exponential function is doubled. It is at the third repetitive juncture that the circular becomes $. We have seen how $ effects the factorial breaks in the numerical sums of the products of the ninth table, resulting in first a rapid expansion through # limited dimensions and later in gradual progression through forms in an open dimension that are, themselves, the results of its interactions in that dimension. The hypothesis that, as a measure of interval, the $/# spiral itself is a governing factor of a still higher dimension has also been forwarded. Next let us consider the applications of this revealed pattern of forms in the real sciences of math, physics and biology. It has already been stated that the # or circularly bound spiral in its initial stages of formation yields markedly different results than the $ binding does later. This difference is the gap between the second and third dimensions bridged by its progression. The # constraint means that the spirals growth is arithmetic, and that only the sine and cosine waves can be plotted to measure its factorial breaks. The larger numbers of the later products in the ninth table, allowing for as many as three different simultaneous solutions for a single products digital value all representing products already given earlier in the table, are governed by exponential expansion, where only $ and its reciprocal compliment phi prime determine the location, or rather the moment, of each factorial. The difference in a chart plotted for these two different types of growth is the difference between a horizontal line and a diagonal, respectively. Another, more statistically appropriate, depiction of exponential growth is the asymptote, an upward curve approaching infinity. These averages for the variance in the spiral may be taken to represent its standing wave state, or the base line between itself and its compliment. The most significant distinction between the arithmetic progression of the second dimension and the exponential progression of the third dimension is the graph of the relative locations of the factorial breaks, occurring at the complimentary juncture points. The juncture points of arithmetic and exponentially bound spirals differ, as has already been demonstrated by the distinction between the sine and cosine wave forms and the phi and phi prime wave forms. In the later system they will always occur at the event of intersection with the base line given for the underlying growth pattern. This would seem to have little relevance, as the spiral is three dimensional, and thus has no real juncture points between either sine and cosine waves or phi and phi prime waves, both merely arcing around each other along the base line x-axis. But these points are where the factorial breaks occur, and have relevance in the fields of quantum mechanics and biology. In quantum mechanics particles are so small that there is no way to observe them without disturbing their behavior by doing so. For example, sending a photon into the probability field of an electron cloud changes the path of the electron to be measured. Thus, either position or velocity for a particle can be measured at one time, and this is what is known as the uncertainty principle. What is really implied here is a change in probability itself. The probability of the electron in the example following its given course before being struck by the photon is a certainty; the probability of it following that same course after being struck by the photon is an impossibility. The inverse of these statements is also true. In the context of table nine this translates to the clean factorial breaks occurring at the phi and phi prime intersections, and the rest of the factorial breaks occurring at the sine and cosine intersections or at later points along the opposing peaks and troughs determined by $. In the practice of constructing histories, the positions of a particle over a period of time are considered. The spiral may be thought of as a graphic depiction of a history.

    Quantum mechanically, the numerical factorial breaks constitute positions where probability undergoes inversion. Three terms govern the behavior of the particle at these positions, r (radius), ! (theta, polar angle), and $ (azimuthal angle); r allows the emission of a photon, releasing energy, or ones absorption; ! measures precession; and $ is the spiral path taken between orbital energy shells, whereby the electron will lose energy approaching the nucleus, or gain energy retreating it. We can easily observe the same pattern being repeated on a larger scale in Astronomy. The most obvious would be a plotting of the movement of the heavenly bodies about their elliptical orbits over a period or duration, such that the spiral may be viewed as their positions over time, similar to the history constructed for the position of an electron. An even closer examination of the interaction and structures of the fields that cause this yields an even more detailed discovery as to $s presence. The solid state planets, those within the asteroid barrier of our solar system just to name a few, obviously obey only the # binding for their formation. The result is that they are centered approximations of spheres, whose $, or gravitational force breaking, traits are limited as much as possible, resulting in the equatorial bulge for example, and, by interaction with our moon, a # cyclical timetable of the tides. The atmospheric and electromagnetic forces surrounding these solid state planets are a somewhat different matter, but this is best explained by looking at the planets that are, themselves, more entirely governed by these forces respectively. The gas giants, therefore, represent the point at which the # internally oriented and $ externally oriented spirals most actively interchange. Their atmospheres manifest violent and extremely mobile centers of opposing pressure, creating immense, ionized, semi-acidic storms. The most notable of these is the red spot on the surface of Jupiter, which has been modeled on a computer using supersymmetric statistical averaging. Saturn represents the most # bound, with its ejected rings of neatly circularly situated frozen materials, and Pluto the most $ bound, with its erratic solar orbit and its nearly horizontal rotational axis. For both of these planets it is the electromagnetic field that is the suspension where the spirals transformation plays itself out with such astonishing affects. The best location for an observation of the spiraling nature of this field is the sun, directly at the center of our system, whose atmosphere is entirely dependent upon the mathematical structuring of its behavior. While it is Jupiters atmosphere that is the most clearly at the cusp of the spirals third permutation atmospherically, the sun is already there entirely electromagnetically. In short, what occurs on Jupiter within its atmosphere is nearly mathematically identical to what is occurring in the outer corona of the sun. The only significant difference is between the # bound temporal pattern of Jupiters atmospheric disturbance and the $ bound temporal pattern of disturbance for the suns electromagnetic field. The best way to understand this pattern is to glance over first the evidence for its existence, and then explain its cause. The evidence consists of the eleven year sunspot cycle, during which the occurrence of solar flares and prominences alternately increases and decreases. The model that has best, thus far accounted for this process is the winding up of the suns electromagnetic field currents due to the differential rotation of the hot gas of its body at different latitudes. This occurs for eleven years, causing outbursts where the currents overlap, until finally these number so many that they short-circuit the entire ball of string and it returns overall to a base state, at which point the process can begin again. Because the timing of the cycle does not increase exponentially, it is clearly # bound in total. However the occurrence of solar activity during the eleven years does increase with time, and therefore the rate of flares, prominences and sunspots is $ bound. It is demonstrable that it is at the peaks and troughs of the temporal sine wave that the $, or algorithmic, spiral takes root. It can also be stated with a degree of certainty that it is at the juncture points of this algorithmic spiral that the solar

    supersaturation event transpires and the entire electromagnetic field resets itself. Lastly, it may be noted that the practice of using histories for particles is utilized Astronomically in the theory of quantum gravity to study a similar supersaturation in the very young universe, where $ bound bubbles are thought to have formed within the # bound symmetry of the early universe as the third dimensional factorial phase shift occurred. In biology $/# occurs as the emphasized function in two areas pertaining to the reproductive process of cells. The first is in the determination of time intervals in the cell cycle, or life-span of a cell. The second is in the actual physical composition of DNA, as well as the interaction of that structure with RNA in protein production. The cell cycle is divided into four spans: G1 (first growth), S (synthesis), G2 (second growth), and M (mitosis) phases. During the first growth stage a trigger protein accumulates to determine if the cell will engage in replication. Some cells, such as nerve, muscle and red blood cells in animals, and roots, stems, leaves and flowers in plants, never leave this phase. During the synthesis phase polymerases separate the helix of a DNA strand by breaking their hydrogen bonds. Two new complete strands are then created as these polymerases attach corresponding nucleotides with complimentary nitrogen bases. These will be discussed presently. Replication occurs at several places along the DNA strand at once, its helix being opened up like a zipper into replication forks, where the opposite directionally oriented copying of DNA occurs simultaneously the leading strand continuously adds nucleotides in one direction while the lagging strand synthesizes short, discontinuous segments that are joined together by other enzymes which also serve as proof readers. In the final DNA strand there is one in 105 to a billion (109) errors or mutation factor. Mutations that do occur are corrected by nucleotide complimentary enzymes and sealed back together with DNA ligase. Within minutes of its synthesis new DNA wraps around nuclear proteins called histones. Eight molecules of histone (two each of four types) make a nucleosome core, around which the DNA loops twice. Nucleosomes are linked by DNA bound to a fifth type of histone, and all of this together makes up chromotin fibers. If there are three pairs of chromosomes (called chromotids) in a nucleus, the cell is diploid. If there are only two it is haploid. During the second growth phase of two to five hours only minimal RNA, protein and macromolecule production occurs. When the cell enters its final reproductive stage, the mitosis phase, chromotids are collected and held together at a centromere. There are four spans of mitosis. The first is prophase, during which chromosomes condense and the nuclear envelope begins to disappear, Microtubules form two diamond shaped spindles and attach fibers from them to the centromeres. Next is metaphase, where the chromotids are pulled into a planar arrangement across the cell center perpendicular to the spindles. Then anaphase occurs; the centromeres divide and chromotids separate into chromosomes. The final phase is telophase the chromosomes gather at opposite ends of the cell and a new nuclear envelop forms between them. In animal cells this is the plasma membrane, in plants the cell wall. We should also consider the similar process of meiosis, or the replication of genetic material in the combination of cells from parental sources as occurs in the reproductive function. It is essentially the same as mitosis, but because the cells start out with three pairs of chromotids, they must undergo division twice before their full amount of genetic material has been haploid integrated. Thus they have twice the phases of mitosis, but undergo the same process. The only significant difference occurs in the very first state, prophase 1. During this phase each chromotid in a homologous pair (of which there are six total) exchanges parts of its replicated chromosomes for their identically placed counterparts with their paired chromotids. The new chromosomes are a genetic recombination. This is called crossing over. The time interval of the first and second growth phases in the cell cycle is

    clearly determined by a sine wave. As will be demonstrated shortly, in these cases it is the amount of labor and not the length of time which is exponential. Thus they may be plotted as points where the wave curves into the lower x values in our three dimensional coordinate system. The spans of the cycle allotted for the replication and reproduction functions, however, are temporally fixed by $. They sweep upwards into the greater integer values and remain there longer. Now let us consider $ as it relates to the structure of DNA itself, and to rate of processing in the relationship of DNA and RNA in building proteins. The backbone of DNA is a congregation of deoxyribose (sugar) phosphates. This forms the exterior pillars of the strand. Between these, like steps on a ladder, are four types of nitrogen bases that fall under two classification categories, united by a hydrogen bond. The classes of these bases are the single, hexagonal ringed pyrimidines, and the double (one hexagonal, one pentagonal) ringed purines. Thymine and cytosine are the bases belonging to the former class; adenine and guanine those belonging to the later. One purine always binds with one pyrimidine: thymine to adenine, cytosine to guanine, according to complexity of structure. The formation of the helix itself is not exactly $, but more closely resembles the complimentarity of the sine and cosine waves. The axis does not penetrate the center at the hydrogen bonds, but is rotated about by the sugar phosphate backbone. This is due to the heterogenous pairing of the nitrogen bases. If the same effect were produced binarily, the image of the medical cauduces would be exactly evoked. $ itself only comes into play when the strands are separated, at which point it serves as the angle governing their divergence, much as in quantum mechanics. It is also according to a $ determined number of rotations that the replication routine will begin and end. This is best examined in the RNA process. There are three types of RNA, with purposes implied by their titles: mRNA (messenger), tRNA (transfer), and rRNA (ribosomal). These are involved in the three consecutive phases of protein production from the coding of nitrogen bases along the DNA double helix. mRNA polymerase produces exons, copies of regions of DNA that are expressed as polypeptide chains, or meaningful instructions, and throws away introns, replicated non-coding DNA. tRNA is comprised of codons (promoters) and anti-codons (terminators) that begin and end this copying. Through tRNA charging, L shaped triple looped rRNA binds to ribosomal subunits to create proteins from DNA coding sequences. Certain codon genes, called transposons, jump around to cause mutation. These alleles are alternative forms of a gene that have slightly different base sequences as a result of mutation and cause the genetic variation on which natural selection acts. The simultaneous existence of tRNA and the ribosomal subunits that act as factories for protein production begs the question of the chicken and the egg, but a solution is readily available in the primacy of DNA and analysis of its mathematical implications for congruent progression. All of these purposes occur during the first and second growth phase in the cell cycle. The replication process undergone by tRNA is somewhat different from that in mitosis, as it only represents the replication of abbreviated segments of the DNA which are specifically designed to promote protein generation. As such it breaks with the time interval coding of these phases, extrapolating a # sine wave predicted amount of material and integrating it into a $ regenerative system in a # factored span of time. It is at the beginnings and ends of these coding sections that mutation is most likely to occur. These examples from some fields of hard science can be called by one group term: Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking. In each of them the occurrence of a given and predictable number in the progression represents a point at which change occurs, where the existing pattern is broken and a new, similar pattern is established, just as throughout the factorially identifiable sums of the products in table nine. In short, with each dimensional gap it crosses, our bridge changes form. The spiral itself, particularly the unique multidimensional nautilus-like spiral described by the ninth table factorial breaks, is only one form of fourth dimensional

    shape. The Platonic solids all have their correspondences in the fourth dimension as hypershapes, of nested like-within-like forms. As we have already seen however, the number of definite coordinates increases for each additional level of dimension, and so there are many more basic polygons that can occur in the fourth dimension than in the third. The number of these, as well probably as the structure, is a factor of the interval proportion of the underlying pattern, that is, the $ spiral. In closing it is perhaps best to clear up why the spiral bound by pi (whose value is 3.14159) is actually less than the spiral bound by phi (the value of which is 1.61803) despite the balance of their values being tipped more in the formers favor. It is best, for this exploration, to perceive the spiral in organic terms. The singularity is alike the seed, from which the structure springs. The second dimension is the roots and the third dimension the trunk, offering stability and durability. They are both bound by pi in this respect, the greater quotient, providing fuller form. The fourth dimension presents the shape of the fractal branching pattern that yields sticks and stems and finally leaves, down to the veins. The leaves themselves are as myriad as the solids of the fourth dimension, and arise, thrive, deteriorate and drop away as living intervals of time. And these are bound by phi, the more delicate and diverse function. Now we may consider theories that substantiate this model. All structures that thrive in nature do so by establishing a firm foundation. The $/# spiral shows us this has been accomplished by diversification. The circular binding becomes spherical, and subsequently, omnidirectional. Not only are the later forms built from those of earlier dimension, each greater dimension is itself a bigger picture of the same hologram. Pi represents the base of the pyramid, which, although in our case more compact in terms of interval, is the keystone of the arch. It manifests this best in the singularity seed, the alpha and omega point. The latter lattices of the fourth dimension are merely elaborations upon this element. There are two types of complexity at work in our construct. That of pi is digital; geometrically the form it expresses is simple and precise. That of phi, however, is irrational; its structure is elegant unto divine, and yet only rendered with expertise. One can infer a great many things from complexity of structure. As I have already stated, the closed and open states described by these shapes are inherent within their expression, and yet of so pronounced a magnitude is this difference that herein lies their entire relationship. They define the very boundary of internal and external. The best explanation for the dynamic interaction of pi and phi is the simplest. At each point along their prospective arcs, it is their digital value that defines the degree of correction for their progress to the next point. Thus, pi is circularly closed, because each point is connected to the last by an angle such that all of these angles combined totals a full rotation after a certain number of points. So, phi is spirally open because its points follow the same relationship with a different digital code, such that a complete rotation is only accomplished after a greater number of points than that already established as comprising a circle. Finally let it be said that it is not at precisely the third juncture that the pi spiral is transformed into the phi spiral, because this does not occur directly at a clean factorial break. The closest factorial break listed in the table of nines is multiplicative 117, but the true break occurs between multiplicative 112 product 1008, and multiplicative 113 product 1017. It is only at this break that the numbers again begin their repetitive climbing through subset integer sums between clean factorial sets, as already evidenced in the second dimensional set. Thus it is not exactly at the gap between the single and double digit sum sets that the dimensional leap occurs, but rather, a little after. It is, in fact, exactly 14% between the first complete repetition of factorial cycle in the second dimension quantities and the first transition in the second subset of factorial breaks in the third dimension that the leap occurs; in other words, between 99, the fractal redoubling of the line, and 198, just after the formation of the holographic triangle, both the work of the interaction

    of time. The $/# transition occurs at dimension 3.14. It is likely that a parity to this computation is evidenced in the termination of the multiplicative set of table eight, where it transits to the beginning of table nine. As the eighth table is necessarily infinite, its conclusion must be transfinite. Thus its transdimensional crossing must supersede singularity by a slight, though incalculable degree. As neither of these gaps technically exist, I will hitherto refer to them as positive zero and negative zero. D. Mathematical Proof for Inversion Begin by imagining a straight line. Divide the line into regular segments, and number these segments, rendering a number line. Call the center of the line Zero, and imagine that the line stretches out as far as Infinity in either direction. Even though the name of the number is the same in either direction, the value of one is positive and the value of the other is negative. Whether the number is positive or negative is entirely arbitrary, except in the context of their relationship, where it is convention to render as opposing the polarity of the two extents of Infinity. Next imagine the intersection at Zero of two more identical number lines corresponding to the graph of three dimensions. This is the structure of metaphysics. Here we see that Zero represents potential energy contained within the unit sphere of probability, and the six infinities represent potential spin, where three are positive and represent movement towards, and three are negative and represent movement away from. Traditionally these were rendered as a series of ten ideas, the sefirot, where the cardinal directions are taken as certain characteristic attributes, expressed at a lower energy level, of the central three concepts. Here we see probability described as fire from water, potential as water from breath, and singularity as breath from breath. We see from the number line that probability is in three ways One and in three ways negative One. Potential is Zero from all directions, because it is intangible. A singularity, however, equals the spherical sum of the number line in all directions at once, and we know the number line to reach Infinity; but the Infinity of the singularity is an Infinity that doesnt exist, for the singularity is a function of Zero. In its mathematical formula it is Zero / Zero = Infinity, because any number divided by Zero is Infinity. The singularity, therefore, though a function of Zero, can be anywhere on the number line, and is, invisibly, already everywhere. Zero, as we can see from all directions, is Infinity plus negative Infinity, or, in other words, the complete measure of the number line. Thus, what the idea of Infinity in all directions is describing is potential. For the sake of convenience later, let me introduce the idea also of seeing potential spin as positive potential, and potential energy as negative potential. This potential is only the uncertainty contained within the wells of probability that comprise physical reality. One, also, is equivalent to Infinity in all directions, insofar as it is divisible into infinite fractions. This microcosmic continuum is the measure probabilistically between Zero, statistically impossible, and One, statistically certain. On the surface of the well of One, those points that are positive impact upon the future, and those that are negative reflect upon the past. The most profound insight about One is observing the difference between the unit sphere and the unit cube. One is the measure of the thought at the point of consciousness on the sphere of the mind, although this too is traditionally reckoned as a singularity. The point of concentrated consciousness is archetypal, and the proof of this is that the measure of its pattern over time is $/#. Now let us look at why zero should be as negative pure potential, and why Infinity should be seen as positive pure potential. Each Infinity, because it is also equal to One, is archetypal, and because it can itself be divided by Zero, is as well a

    singularity. Thus we may say that the value of an archetypal singularity is Infinity; yet still the exact opposite archetypal singularity is negative Infinity it is exactly identical to, and completely excludes, its counterpart measure of distance on the number line. Directly between them is their combination and absence. However, the inversion between them occurs at One, or in reality, rather than only in potential. This is because Zero cannot act as the lowest common denominator or the greatest common factor, and these functions are necessary to translate between the sets involved. One is the smallest common multiple of the set of all integers, including Zero, expressed as rational numbers, which set is equal to infinity, and it also is the highest denominator less than the set of all prime numbers greater than it, which set is equal to infinity. This is the mathematical proof of inversion between the entire number line and a pattern within the number line, as above so below, both equaling One, and One equaling Infinity. Having done with this imagine folding up our measuring apparatus. Traditionally, each of the six directions is sealed with a different combination of potential energy, probability, and potential spin (represented by the letters Yod, Heh, and Vah from the Tetragrammation), thus rendering the traditional attributes (the seven central sefirot) associated with each. Only the three directions of probable spin measuring positive values produce cubes in which for these changes to be calculated, however, as their negative counterparts represent the past, and together these two halves comprise the thirty-two verticed shape of 25; the shape of 24 is the sixteen verticed hypercube, or the measure of the distance of the unit cube from itself, which is temporal, rendered by using the unit sphere to separate a cube internal to it from the unit cube external to it. Continuing to count down our dimensional exponents, the cube is eight vertices, each the intersection of three lines of two points each; the square is four vertices, 22; the line itself 21; and each point on the line is a well of probability (One) containing infinite potential (Zero). 1. inversion of inversion When inversions occur actively they occur in more rapid succession. When inversions occur passively they occur in a slower sequence. The proof of this is given by the formula where the greater number of steps in an impossible feedback loop, the longer the amount of time it takes to filter through them, given a fixed measure of the properties of time; and where the fewer number of steps in an impossible feedback loop, the less time it takes to filter through them, given a standardized definition of time. The shortest form of the impossible feedback loop is one step, and it has special properties. Like all other impossible feedback loops, it is a hologram of all other possible multiple step impossible feedback loops. This property has a specific name, and this name is applied to the one step impossible feedback loop itself; thus, also, is the transition between steps in a multiple step impossible feedback loop known as inversion. Inversion is thus the active/passive principle of its own autocorrelation. When we describe this as having been between steps over fixed, regular time in the context of an impossible feedback loop, it is the same as saying the inversions have occurred between sheets of neighborhoods on a manifold. Such inversions in set theory usually only represent binary spin symmetry, however in the simulacrum of the font of consciousness that is the impossible feedback loop they may be seen as visual-verbal inversions that occur faster or slower, and are of varying length. 2. average law of depleting resources The average law of depleting resources dictates that more an effort becomes

    displaced, the less likely for its effect to a random event. When someone does something at the behest of another, it depletes the pure probability by causing it to be a factored probability. Therefore, when production demands 90, consumerism dictates at least 45. When 45, 22.5, when 22.5, 11.25, when 11.25, 5.625. However, the opposite would be false at 0.703125, 1.40625, when 1.40625, 2.8125, when 2.8125, 5.625, etc. Since available resources would deplete. Therefore, for the sake of one, there are two, and thus. However as the many increase, so does effort necessarily become displaced, from one head to the next even. And therefore the great work is opposed to that essentially random quantum functioning that is equivalent to the Great Work of the spirit. As the spirit moves the probabilities about in ways we can only call random due to our lack of understanding so does the minds action govern that of the hand, the hand the tool, and so on.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    iic::"Great Work's Architect"::Imhotep


    passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22 open only to Masons of the third degree, duly and truly. to join consult any chosen Holy Book(s) III. by five may all this be controlled to any outcome. for four cannot abide unless fifthed. so six cannot abide unless seventhed. nor twelve unless thirteenthed. we are five / we add two / we are seven / we add six / we are thirteen / we add ten / we are twenty-three. Should five be revolved in seven then eighteen judge the five. Should seven be revolved in thirteen then sixteen judge the seven. Should thirteen be revolved in twenty-three then the thirteen judge the ten. Should seven wisely guide in twenty-three then the thirteen do not convene. three "love" two, "two" weds "one" the three are unknown in the five. four "rule" seven / seven is "underneath" five five within seven are unknown to the seven seven has "power over" thirteen seven within thirteen are unknown to the thirteen thirteen can "investigate" twenty-three the thirteen are drawn by lot from the twenty-three. twenty three is "thrice" five plus five times one plus three. Twenty-four men rule this country, paL. twenty-three magistrates and me.

    By the Pillar of Three, So Mote It Be.

    here is my knowledge lecture on the meaning of the titles: [passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22] of the second degree B of the the Order of Death: [iic::"Great Work's Architect"::ImHotep]. benpadiah wrote:
    The first title is "passage."

    This title refers both to the passage of time, and to the "passing on" of a soul into the afterlife at the body's death. In ancient Egyptian metaphysics they explained the god of the passage of time as Thoth, a magician, and the god of death they called Osiris, a king. According to the Egyptian mythology, Set, the god of the serpentine Nile, betrayed and murdered king Osiris. Thoth then raised him back to life, incarnating him as Horus, the crowned and conquering prince of the winds, a hawk. The serpent of Set, the Nile, was then slain by Horus, but Horus lost an eye in the battle. The revenge of Horus upon Set is usually portrayed as a cat killing a snake with a knife. The cat refers to the Sphynx, which in turn represents the "dog-star," Sirius, the follows the constellation Orion, which represented Osiris. Just as is Sirius to Orion, so too is the sphynx to the pyramids, aligned to mirror the "belt" stars of the constellation Orion. The "air-shafts" leading from the King's chambre in the Great pyramid of Cheops have also been found to have significance to astral alignments. There are also clear parallels between the the Egyptian Prince Horus and the elder Norse God Odin. The "Ygdrasil tree" from which Odin was hung by the feet to perceive the alphabet of Runes in the reflection of the moon in a rippling pond below, bears direct reference to the QBLHists' "tree of life" tesseract. That is also why the "Hanged Man" tarot trump is suspended from a branch shaped like the Hebrew letter "tau" or "T". Tau is also the final letter in Hebrew, equivalent to Omega in Greek. Following all these sorts of connections between archaeology and astronomy, languages and legends, is called "doing QBLH" because this is how one meditates upon the "tree of life" and thus by doing so aligns the chakras and cleanses the aura, which over time brings forth the continuously flowing "magick memory," and from the application of such "historical" learning, to transcend in the soul this mortal world while still alive. Therefore, come to understand all things relative to the original perfect periodicities that underlie all apparently random chaos in digital reality. The signs the come then will have the deeper meaning and lead one true and right. You must always remember to avoid idyl folly, for death is the universal jest, and all change only an optical illusion. The second title is "TC:HTWSSTKS" The secret meaning of this anagram is "Tubal Cain: Hiram Tyrian, Widow's Son, Sendeth To King Solomon." The latter was inscribed around the capstone of the royal arch above the eastern entrance to Solomon's inner-Temple. The former refers to an ancient metal-smith contemporary to Enoch. Tubal-Cain was a son of Cain's descent, and Enoch of the descent of crossing between Seth and Cain. Tubal-Cain would have been an alchemist, for as such was the science of metallurgy known in the time of Enoch. Tubal-Cain therefore would have known the seven metals that correspond to the 7 days, sefirot, colours, planets and chakras; as well as to the 7 "kamea" number squares of the "true rose" of phi/pi, the 7 "chief executives" of the Senate and the 7 "bankers" of the Order of Death. As a master of Atlantean alchemy, Tubal-Cain would also have known of the three dimensions represented by the three combined and three pure spiritual elements. He would have had a full understanding of the "tree of

    life" because it was still visible in Eden to the west of the city of Enoch, the way back to it barred by an angel with a flaming sword. So he would have known also of Yetzirah as the bond between Beriah above and Assiyah below, and so rightly understood the seven as inferior to the three. But because Tubal-Cain was evil, he did not understand the nature of the supernal three, and that is why, while constructing Enoch's 9-chambre deep tomb buried in a secret place, to house also the twin stones of orichalcum containing all universal knowledge, Tubal-Cain conspired with his brothers Jabal and Jubal to slay Enoch, and to carry off the twin pillars. Because he was murdered in secret, Enoch was said to have been "translated" to the Archangel Metatron. The evil in Tubal-Cain's heart prevented him from seeing the truth of the three supernal sefirot and thus of the three worlds greater than Assiyah. He could not see that Binah is Ayin Soph Aur, Chockmah is Ayin Soph, and that Kether is Ayin. That is why Tubal-Cain killed Enoch, and why Shekinah, crying for the deaths of holy men as a result of the "fall" of her first born, the demi-urge, caused the flood of all her tears. The third title is "Atziluth." Atziluth is the highest of the four worlds of QBLH. Atziluth is divided into three gradiated umbrae of fluorescence, brighter below and darker beyond. This is because Ayin, the highest realm of the four worlds of QBLH, is equivalent to the Nothingness that preceded the beginning of creation, the divine word. This Nothingness is not greater than God, but it is superior all around His creation. The clear light of Ayin Soph Aur, called Understanding, is the superluminal radiation of microwavelength tachyons emanating around the singularity of our local universe, the multiverse of baby universes, and forms a nulliverse of pure energy. Beyond this is the parent black hole containing our singularity. Just as our universe's multiverse of baby universes comprises the tachyon aura of wormholes surrounding our navel singularity, so too does the very deep darkness of our parent black-hole's uterine womb of Nothingness surround even the outermost halo of this clear light. One has to undergo very many death simulating rituals to achieve Ayin Soph Aur, but must be in a state of near total ego transcendence, perpetually near-death, to even fathom Ayin Soph, the limitless Nothingness. Beyond lies Ayin, the Nothingness that is Not, and surely unfathomable madness. Atzilut is the combination of Ayin, Ayin Soph and Ayin Soph Aur as like three "sefirot" on the "tree of life" of Yetzirah, Binah: Understanding, Chokmah: Wisdom, and Kether: crown. The interior Kundalini spiral of the 7 present chakras is, as we have said, like phi, while the exterior aura of the karmic qliphoth of chi energy, like pi, can only be described to the quarriers as the "circle" of the zodiac. The fourth title is "conception." The highest form of QBLH, the Most High "tree of life," is the tesseract that measures the difference between the primary clear light of Ayin Soph Aur and the absolute Nothingness of Ayin. This tesseract is inside of the realm of Ayin Soph in the world of Atziluth, but it is not the entire realm itself. This tesseract, measuring change in the world of Atziluth, the highest of the QBLHists' four world, is named Tau-Sub-Tau, meaning the end of the end (Omega of Omega), and pronounced "ThTh" or "Thoth." If we consider this Highest tesseract of time as the archetypal Thoth, then we can also see that the realm whose changes, or "passages" it measures, the realm of Ayin Soph in Atziluth, or of the difference between the clear light of our tachyon wormhole multiverse of baby-universes and the utter non-existing Nothingness that is beyond

    this, would be like Osiris, then, for just as "Thoth," the tesseract "tree of life" is like a simple square to the quarriers, so too is "Osiris" alike the torus depicted to the quarriers as the circle of the zodiac around the 7 planets or chakras. Therefore, just as the tesseract of Thoth measures time as change between the differences of Light and Nothingness, so does Osiris, Lord of the Dead, embody the realm where this difference is made manifest, the shape of the torus of 12 around 7. Thus, Yetzirah, the "tree of life" between Assiyah and Beriah or between Beriah and Atziluth is, below, what Ayin Soph, between Light and Nothing, is above. For though Beriyah is the long-lost, pre-deluvial Paradise of Eden and the kingdom of heaven on earth, it is still only the lowest of all the kingdoms in the higher realms of heaven. There is yet much to learn. The fifth title is "Fire." Because Yetzirah, the "tree of life" tesseract between Assiyah and Beriah after the fall, is, below, identical to the tau-sub-tau tesseract in Ayin Soph of Atzilut above, we say the "tree of life" is the hypercube of Thoth. Because the multiverse of tachyonic wormholes between baby universes surrounds the local universe, we call it the external hypersphere of which the torus of our individual soul is the inner sphere, and this relationship we say is alike Osiris. Just as the tau-sub-tau tesseract measures the change over time of the multiverse, so does the "tree of life" model the digital reality of our aura and seven present chakras. Just as the "tree of life" tesseract is an exterior model on which to meditate to visualise the true, invisible chi of karma in our aura, and thus align the chakras, we explain the "tree of life" tool to the quarriers as a square, and the the true work of the perfection of the soul as a circle. The square and compass thus symbolise karma-yoga, the "labour union," of Sabbat, when work is complete. Now, at this presently perceived place and time, all cycles appear aperiodic relative to one another. However, at the exact moment of creation's beginning, all the cycles of all spacetime were perfectly periodic relative to one another. Therefore, we consider the relative alignments between aperiodic cycles as points or corners along he time-lines, or edges of temporal patterns, the shapes of 4-space. We thus compare the seemingly random alignments in space now to the conditions of constant harmony at the first moment of creation. This is how to meditate on the "tree of life": study the alignments that occur apparently at random in nature (such as the 7 planets aligning between the 12 signs of the zodiac) in order to understand the seemingly chaotic consciousness of the un-centered self-perspective (thus aligning the 7 chakras and transcending to the three higher worlds in perception). That is why Kundalini rises like fire and descends like water, why there is a "pan of merit" and a "pan of liability," and that is why we call studying QBLH "running and returning." Spiritual fire is the clear light of tachyons, the karma of our aura when the pure chi is free from the qliphoth that contain it, and the supernal halo of the nulliverse around the multiverse around the universe. The sixth title is "22." As 3 symbolises the 3 dimensions of Assiyah, as 7 symbolises the interior spiral and 12 symbolises the exterior aura, so does 22 symbolise the combination in alignment, involution and infinite extension of all these elements in one. As 7 signifies the square, 12 the circle, and 3 "karma yoga" or their working union as a "square circle," so is 22 symbolic of the Great Work of the Grand Architect complete.

    Therefore, the tau-sub-tau tesseract, or "perfect ashlar," measures the moment of creation's beginning, the first Planck time of perfectly periodic cycles, as Atziluth while the "tree of life" tesseract of Yetzirah measures the difference, at "c" the speed of light, between the outer, tachyonic light of the multiverse (Beriah) and the innerspacetime continuum of our local universe (Assiyah). As spiritual "air" moves through the "tree of life," so is tau-sub-tau, the tesseract of Thoth, within the realm of Atziluth, spiritual "fire," between the light of Ayin Soph Aur and the Nothingness of Ayin beyond. 3 measures the triple spectrum of light, twilight and darkness above, in Atzilut, as much as 3 measures the triple dimensions of space below, in Assiyah. Between these the 7 align with the 12 to measure time as the exchange of energy. Thus, in 22, there are only either the 3 above or the 3 below, but the 7 and 12 are between these, transforming one to the other. That is why the 3 are called "mothers," because they are at the beginning, middle and end of the sequence of letter vibrations, the first word, the uni-verse. So, 3 = the 3 dimensions of Assiyah and the 3 supernal emanations of Ayin, Ayin Soph, and Ayin Soph Aur, but also 3 = the 3 worlds of Beriah, Yetzirah and Atziluth between Assiyah below and Ayin Soph Aur of Atziluth above. So, the 3 are supernal, but altogether there are four. The relationships between 3 and 4 are symbolised by the 7 lower sefirot of Yetzirah and the 12 representing upper Beriah. 3+4=7 and 3X4=12. As 7 and 12 change places by involution over time, the 3 above move through the 4th below over time, and such are the chakras and the aura of the soul an internal hologram of the multiverse of time-tunnel realities. These are all depicted as the circle of Osiris, but the same measurements can all be made using the square of Thoth. This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of iic::"Great Work's Architect." -benpadiah

    The Optical Illusion of ImHotep


    instruction: before being led into the vault where the initiation ritual will occur, the candidate is first prepared in the ante-chambre by an initiator of no less rank than this iic, who explains to the candidate the background history behind, the characters involved in, and the events portrayed by the iic initiation ritual, thus: Guide: "In the contributor's degree we learned about the dream that Cheops, Khephren and Menkaure had about heaven. In the iia of the symbolic series, we learned how ImHotep, the 3 kings' vizier, commissioned NyarlaHotep to conscript workers to build the monumental tombs envisioned by the 3 kings. In the iib that followed, we saw how NyarlaHotep attempted to betray and murder ImHotep. Although these events have, thus far, been presented as true, we understand they are not necessarily factually accurate. In this iic we will learn what parts of this story are not factually accurate. But we must remember that what we have learned, though historically fictional, is only symbolic of a greater truth. Truth is infinitely greater than fact and fiction combined, and just so is the One True God greater than all creation. Although we can use geometry as a tool to accurately represent measurements greater than even the entire known universe, we must realise knowledge of such does not raise us to be equal with God. By such knowledge added to such humility we grow wise with understanding, and so may do God's work, thus earning His just rewards, these rewards themselves are known only by God, and are not ours unless given to us by Him. Thus, we will now learn how ImHotep discovered the truth of God greater than all the falsehoods and facts of his creation." instruction: The Guide asks the candidate if they understand, and, if the candidate confirms they do, then the Guide escorts the candidate to and through the door of the Vault. Once inside the Vault, the Guide closes the door behind them and leaves the candidate alone in the pitch-darkness. After a moment has passed, a deep, booming voice speaks, representing Metatron, the voice of God. V.O./Metatron: "You have failed me ImHotep. To serve the desire for immortality in history did you commit necromancy for three heathen kings. You may have believed I would judge your deed only by its results, and not as the deed itself. Your motives may be just, but if you do wrong to accomplish what is right you serve neither wrong nor right. Because to do right you can do no wrong, then by doing wrong for the right reasons, you only plant poison seed." "Communication between the living and the dead is indeed possible. Even bringing a dead body back to life. But by doing so we are removing their souls from the path of evolution towards heaven. You did not know that your corpse workers needed their own souls. You sought to make them all alike using only a single soul, thus making the one an archetype above the others. But all things alive are individual and unique by nature. By giving the quarriers oversight and teaching them what is right, you have drawn out a unique soul in each, and these, being not born but brought to life artificially, had to come from souls already evolved past death who volunteered to return to life. What you cannot foresee is how these superior souls, tainted by their dead flesh, will eventually turn against you. History, therefore, shall remember their deed as immortal, but they themselves must be destroyed utterly. Therefore, you will only be remembered to the degree you accomplish that, because your deed can only be justified by their liberation. You must undo your deed of evil by freeing the ones

    who accomplish good on your behalf. If flesh is their prison, or if it is Egypt's Underworld, you and your seed shall lead them to liberation until the final day, and that is my Commandment to you." "ImHotep, this is what you must do for your workers: you must mummify their corpses and then wait for them to desiccate, each buried beneath a pyramid, underground. Your offspring shall then dig up the mummified workers and burn their bodies into ash. The ash must be mixed with water. The offspring of your offspring must then make 72 clay pots out of these ashes of the workers and bury them beneath the surface of the Dead Sea. Inside these clay pots will dwell the workers' souls. Your offsprings' offsprings' offspring must then dig these up, for inside them will be found writings, directions on what next to do with these souls. I will tell you that, by their right interpretation, the heavens will be opened up before all, and all creation will be revealed. More than this I cannot tell you, ImHotep, because of your servitude to these three heathen kings, though your heart was right, your deed was wrong. Now the great pyramids will be forever falsely remembered as tombs until judgment day. For only by freeing the workers' souls from their bodies utterly will your offspring open the gates of heaven before the eyes of all. These souls are my self-selected fallen angels, but they shall be the redemption of all mankind. They will teach everyone what you have taught them, and so the curse of humanity, QBLH, will have survived the flood and destruction of Enoch's Atlantis. Because of your deed the temptation of Adam by Raziel will continue to be manifest as ignorant blindness among some and true insight among only the few, until judgment day. Only then will I send my own son, Christ, to welcome all humanity back into paradise who turn away from all falsehoods and temptations to ignore the lessons of their history. If was for the seven Archons' powers that the 12 Archons fell, and so the flood destroyed Atlantis. But I tell you the 12 Archons only fell to the powers of 7 because of you, ImHotep. For you practised Necromancy to raise the powers of the 7 Archons, to anoint the dead with one new soul. By raising the dead you reincarnated souls. When these souls are finally freed, on judgment day, then the temptation of Adam by Raziel will finally be forgiven of everyone living and dead. Understand now, ImHotep, that only then will they all be forgiven and until then all existence, my entire creation, will remain the purgatory of all souls. ImHotep, the mind is the soul. ImHotep, wake up. ImHotep, arise." inst: suddenly a rift opens in front of the candidate, whose eyes have by now grown accustomed to the dark. At first a blinding light shines through. As the candidates eyes begin to adapt, they can make out that the rift is the Jacob's ladder of electricity arising between the twin stele from the preceding iib's ritual ceremony. On the far side of the rift appears PtaHotep standing just behind NyarlaHotep, who appears like a mummified reptilian humanoid. Suddenly, from behind the candidate comes the voice of the guide, who snuck in behind them when the candidate first entered the Vault. V/O/G1: "It is I, NyarlaHotep. It is, PtaHotep. It is I, Imhotep returned from beyond t he grave, in the realms of Nothingness beyond even the Underworld. I have come back from beyond the Abyss that outstretches the deepest nether-realms. Bow now, my son, bow before your father who has conquered an eternity. Bow now, you traitor, for either way this chaos-beast's form is once more your fate for your treachery against me." inst: the Guide then grips the candidate on the shoulder, surprising them as much as possible, and quickly turns the candidate around away from the spectacle of the rift and escorts them hurriedly out of the vault and into the ante-chambre.

    Guide: "So you see now how the ancient saying about looking long into the Abyss, that it looks long into us, has a double-meaning for we initiates of the third degree. To clone a body is to summon a soul, and to resurrect the dead is to reincarnate souls. In the east this was believed perpetual and in the west associated with Judgment Day. But we who have learned of Atlantis, the civilisation before the world-flood, know that this only occurs if one raised the dead, and we understand this to refer to the activation of "junk" DNA by using usually unused neurons. When we delve as deeply as possible into our own composition we discover our ubiquity with the entire universe on the most fundamental levels. Thus, by altering our internal composition we project change outwards that can have a direct effect on our surrounding environment. Eventually we discover that each of us exists inside our own unique universe in a multiverse and that the greater a universe seems within to be expanding, the more it is evaporating into the nulliverse that consumes the forms and light of the multiverse." -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading ::

    III. The Platonic Solids and the Hexagram


    We may say that it is easy to be distracted, or to get what you want. The problem is maintaining this, or deserving it. We can do what we like, and others can do what they like, but when these are combined, a new situation arises. This is one of both inspiration and confusion, and over all of love. Thoughts on the surface of the sphere of the mind are only perceived as thoughts from inside this sphere. From outside they are as real as the kinetic energy of phi, Freuds name for the transception of physical potential. Therefore what we perceive in others is true for ourselves in a way that makes our remembering this as difficult for us to perceive as an illusion. This provides concise metaphors but also has consequences. That is, we may perceive as fact or fiction, and be confronted by reality as the opposite. All these things come naturally, and can be seen to be defined only seperately as the will and geometry. We will discuss the implications of these under their forms as the Platonic Solids and the Hexagram. Yet, dimensional leveling remains the best way to explain them, however this accomplishes itself temporally and amounts to the use of words or images, and the selection of specific impressions thereof. It is through these that we see our truth unlocked, and through which to you I am conveying all of this. The Platonic Solids These are all that we have. From all the events in all the world in all of recorded history, these are the only regular solid poyhedra; and this is all there is in all the world, subsisting in all natural forms. For every arguement there has ever been there is only this set of five to serve as proof, and all else is merely replicative elaborately. In the ancient world these were used as meditative tools to obliterate consciousness, that is, to perceive an object in active consciousness and then, through removal, perceive this reflected in subconsciousness and unconsciousness.

    Understanding them is like understanding the lyric of the poet. They are like a foreign language, and yet they are in the same tongue spoken by you. They are like the thoughts of a child: profound, yet blind. They are a new revelation, excavated in time, that we are awake and together. Together we discover whether we are doing right or wrong, just as the five solids are together, and prove reality. These are the tetrahedron, the octahedron, and the iscocehedron comprised of triangles, the cube composed of squares, and the dodecahdedron crafted of pentagons. These are arranged according to their digital value, as being products of their sides and vertices that complete a system of pairing. This system is the lowest common denominator (edges per face) times the greatest common factor (faces), and shows us that the isocedhedron (20 sides of 3) and the dodecahedron (12 sides of 5) both total 60; that the cube (6 sides of 4) and the octahedron (8 sides of 3) both total 24; and that the tetrahedron alone is 12. Thus the sum of all of these is 180, and therefore they may be rendered as measures of degree on a a 360 degree circle. This means they can also be assembled as a measure of the color spectrum. When positioned on a half circle with infrared to ultraviolet as the base line, the visible spectrum presents itself as angles within this limit, forming the cross-section of a rainbow. The color spectrum provides us, in the case of light, the same thing as do the Platonic Solids, in the case of form, that is, a knowledge of the presence of pattern in event. This pattern is evident in the composition of event, and therefore impled in the conception of event. We shall therefore examine them in this order. But we must remember: all of these occur as one at once, in a single measure of potential. Therefore their order is ultimately irrelevant, because all are simultaneously relevant. It seems when we extend ourselves into the realm of effect, that we are incapsulating ourselves in terms of time, but this is only an illusion. The information is, and always has been, accessable. There is no temporal distortion necessary. A brief note should be included about the difference in attribution presented here from the classical or traditional attributions. To do this we must say something about the history of mysticism the study of the implications of metaphysics. In its origin in classical Greece it was initally philosophical and geometric. The former school, started by Socrates, and the latter school, begun by Pythagoras, were merged by one man; Plato who wrote extensively on both schools, is responsible for namng the five natural solid polygons as we know them this day. After him, it became common practice to make use of them in studying all aspects of nature, from the mental through the phenomenal. In accordance with his observances, subsequent schools and scibes attributed these in a particular manner; that is, the tetrahedron was associated with the fire element, the octahedron with that of water, the icosehedron with airs, the cube with earth, and the dodecahedron with cosmos. When I first discovered this arrangement, and compared it to that of producing faces by edges, I had thought that only the tetrahedron and dodecahedron would be inverted. My arguement was that, in studying the contributions of the various schools in organization of their information, it is an often occurance that there is such an intentional inversion of terms, implying an attempt to obfuscate impact of certain discoveries. This was done mostly when one school maintained dominance as a centrally utilized legislative system such as during times of utilitarianism but this was not the case in classical Greece, when direct Deomocracy was at its peak. Yet consider the sayings of Socrates and you will see why he was poisoned. The very idea of picturing an idealized state other than the existent one is, admitedly, not patriotism. In short, it is not outside the realm of possibility that, in incorporating the two schools, a tentative amount of disinformation was considered wise. This conclusion is demonstratable using the formal system of metaphysics, by deduction of aims. Usually, when one school is dominant, it forces the other into being seen as fiction.

    After reasoning thus, I realized that this was not the only difference between the two systems. I therefore assembled a two column tally of all the attributions from both systems such that the rows were aligned by solid shape. I then noted the differences in placement between the two of elemental attribution. In terms of the spaces occupied only by each of the solids and its correspondent attribution, their differences assume a specific pattern that ascends in numerical value. The assembly of this pattern dictates that the difference in spaces of Earth is zero, water is one, fire is two, air is three, and cosmos is four. I encourage you to assemble such a table for yourself, to confirm or disprove my results. Therefore the manner in which we shall go through the solids is in accordance with the numbering system of differences between the traditional and the digital systems of attribution, and the attributions we will be using derive from the digital system. The reason for doing this is that it allows access to a greater referential realm of readily explicable information than otherwise. Now the breakthrough comes. It is slow and preposterous, as much a sentencing as experimenting. But the information orders itself. We will have dealt with a logistically jumbled mess of facts and concepts, but how can we make it work for us? The fact that it arranges itself naturally implies it has a goal. We shall deal with the information summarily in the following form, which, in accordance with cosmology, is chronological. First we will look at the numerical change between the initial and digitally translated systems. Then we will look at the color attribtuions as they occur on our new digitally mapped arrangement, assigning each number a color. Next we will look at the elder elemental attribution and the equivalent attribution of an elemental force. Finally we shall assess their function in the formal system, and consider the implications on their geometries of dimensions, particularly dealing with space and time. Cube Fundamental is the cube, for it can be trusted, despite being known. What is known is dreamed of, for it is mearly whatever is believed. Having said so we are prepared for our introduction to the cube as it was known by those from whom the six fundamentals of reasoning and the five Platonic solids originated. It was known by the element Earth, due to its solidity, but little more than this can be said. Earth was posessed of certain seeming similarities, but these were irregardless of the cube in their own ways. Outside of this not much was known. It is probable that the reason for this is that the Greek thinkers were attempting to describe observational data of which they had some working knowledge and experience, that was subsequently lost or obfuscated, and which would await as an inherent, natural fact for rediscovery by modern physicists. The cube itself was used commonly as a remembered unit, as in the formation of certain minerals and gems, and in the making of bricks, stones, or blocks. But it seems to have failed to gain such familiarity that its more cosmic implications were known even covertly until such breakthorughs as Newtons second law of motion were made aware to the entire population of the world simultaneously. Still, this was not until a long time after the geometric properties of the cube were discovered, and a while yet after they had been demystified, as they had become in the interim. So, aside from the addition of the knowledge given us by the hypercube, the cube has not changed much over time, and all the hypercube implies really is that the cube doesnt change much over time. But with this discovery, more becomes revealed regarding possible attributions to the cube. In this, and the following sections, we will examine the attributions of an elemental force and a color, both according to the digital placement of the shapes when they are arranged according to edges by faces on a half circle, forming a

    spectrum that has already been discussed. For the cube the arrangement yields elementally the weak nuclear force as equivalent to Earth, and the color attribution of blue, due to the doppler effect on their potential spin. The weak nuclear force can be thought of as the most attractive of all the elemental forces. It determines that the spin one force carrying particle the gluon holds together quarks in the proton and neutron, and the proton and neutron in the nucleus of an atom. According to confinement these particles are always bound in such a way that they create self-nullifying, stable particles. When this fails to occur unstable particles, such as mesons (a quark with an antiquark) and glueballs (several gluons), may be produced. As the energy level of these particles is increased they display asymptotic freedom, meaning that they behave more like observable free particles. In other words, only in the mortar and not in the bricks is there even the possibility of anything other than the darkest of blue shifts being displayed. The cubes attribution to force and color being reasonably simple, we can only wonder at the infinitude of its implication. Let us next discuss the implication of aim following event, then discuss the implication of space, and in conclusion discuss the implication of time, which we have already touched on briefly. When aim follows event it takes the form of an outward flowing wave of probability in the medium of potential which effects disturbance in units of information. So let us examine where the relationship between the weak nuclear force and the color blue comes into this model. In each single unit of information there is a similarity with the particles of the gluon and quark variety. They are compressed and held together in confinement from the shells of probability that surround them. As it is impacted from outside, the probability shell gives in at one point, and refers the force through to the core, where it changes the composition of the information unit, or quantum. This might not be in a directly physical sense, but rather in the realm of spin. For information this has no bearing, the two are as one and the same thing. We will return to this model as well for each subsequent corresponding section. Here we find the similarity is in cohesion. Finally let us discuss the implication of space-time. Just as in the formal system of metaphysics model, a unit of information and the event from which its effect emmanates are seperated only by the wave of probability, which itself is carried on the dimensional expansion and collapse of the sphere of the mind, so does the sphere of the mind, at its most approximately infinite extension, seperate space and time. What we have seen up until now of the formal system of metaphysics has amounted to little more than this observation of reality: there exists a strobing between moments, which constitutes the duration it takes for the universe to process the information being applied at all times. The Buddhists recognize this, and I will go into what I mean by this as briefly as possible. To do this we must examine the transition from the formal system to its dimensionally full extension as space-time. The reason the cube was chosen as the model for the formal system is unclear. There are six triggers of reason, yet eight corners to a cube. Why not attribute these to the six sides? What a jolly childrens toy, then! A die fit for God.... But in attributing them to the corners, and specifically those that outline the shape when it is looked at above one corner, which itself is not included, seems to be aspecific in its purpose. Of course, we have found many attributes of the model in this configuration, but they are no less arbitrary than would assigning meanings to the nodes as faces have been. The only thing it necessarily takes for granted is the addition of Had and Not to the six fundamentals of reasoning. As we can easily see, these depend on awareness of the strobing, which can only be comprehended with a knowledge that transcends time, or the functioning of formal metaphysics. What we can deduce from this is that what is implied by the cube is more than

    merely a single attribution to a natural science, but the specific attribution of motion to the formal system of metaphysics. As we have already seen, this is not motion in terms of trajectory, but as projection. It occurs as a wave of probability emmanating from the formal system either inwards or outwards. Therefore it is not only a cube that is implied in the formal systems functioning, but a hypercube. Furthermore, the hypercube is a fourth dimensional shape, and the fourth dimension is the dimension of time. So not only is time a factor due to the strobing functioning of the formal system, but effects its shape to match it dimensionally. In short, what we can deduce is that time is, in essence, a cube. Time is the measure dividing the inner from the outer cube of a hypercube. We know that these are one and the same cube, so we can say that time is the measure of a cube from itself. This seems quite natural, for if you have a cube standing on your desk, for example, it will not change its own measure, but it will be changed by time. Its atoms will be gradually sifted around as though between two walls that are all around them, the planes of orbit in electron shells the walls of a cube between the third dimension and the fourth dimension. This is of the probability field surrounding atomic nuclei, the probability field in which its electron shells are stored. It constitutes the medium in which our universal strobing occurs. We can also say that this strobing is time, and that its medium is potential, its substance probability, and its essence information. If we let it, this is what makes us. Octahedron There is a change in numeric sequencing of the solids according to elemental attribution for the first time in our investigation of the solids in the case of the octahedron. Thus the number assigned to it according to the amount of displacement to it caused by translation is one unit. The implications in the difference between this and the attribution of zero to the cube are various. It might be interesting to make note of the idea that the shape of the numbers zero and one have certain similarities to their surroundings on other dimensional levels the cube would be enclosed in the sphere of the mind and the octahedron the essence of directed intention when, later in the text, you consider the meaning of motion, and might ask yourself to distinguish between forces and substances. Whereas the cubes function was essentially formal, that of the octahedron is experiential. This is so because its elemental force is permanently and all permeatingly attractive. This accounts for the color attribution of indigo, being a more minimal blue in the doppler shift of the light wave carrying its particles data. This pertains to veiled messages, or doubly encoded information, because of the diminishment of spin on the particles. Consider the waves in the ocean, as our ancient ancestors once did, and see the transverse shape of them. Their base is pulled backwards, in the opposite direction of the wave itself, forming a plateau with a spiral foundation, where the water curls under. It is being drawn toward a wall of upward flowing water, which is the onslaught of a higher plateau, and these two are connected by an upright, forward twisting spiral, known as the wave front, or crest. The two spirals are the same in measure, and differ only between horizontal and vertical. Also, the horizontal one, flowing towards the wave-front, leads the vertical one, flowing upwards. This is how the particles of H2O within that wave are pulled around in the disruption of the water. The ones at the tips of the spiral spin the least, and this is where foam floats. The particles begin to roll around to their original position before they are acted upon by propulsion, and this creates a sort of reverse force, that carries no energy. This is known as reverse spin, and it is proven to exist by the laws that govern classical physics. When a force, such as a wave, acts to generate spin in an

    object, such as a particle of H2O for example, or a graviton, as we shall see shortly, counter-spin is simultaneously created, although it ususally occurs in a higher dimensional medium, and so is dispersed without generating measurable effect. In the case of H20 it is swept up and absorbed in the momentum of the wave in the medium of molecular collisions. In the case of a graviton, it is generated only in the realm of probability, where motion is measured in interval and observed as physical, just as time is seen as at once a force and an object. We will come back to what this means for information when we look at that interval measures impact on the formal system. For now let us examine also the graviton, which, as its name implies, is the force carrying particle for the elemental force of gravity. Gravity is no different from a wave. It exists in static form as a field, and this divides itself into two dimensions when it is disturbed by the presence of mass. At these events it emmanates forth from the disruption like waves in water from a distortion to the standing wave state or base energy level. The force of gravity is perpetually attractive. It is a one-way wave, pre-reflection. Hence its blue shift, and hence the Golden Division relationships in a side-slice of its wave front. Now we can discuss the implications on the formal system of the concept of doubling information. The art of this is utilizing the storage space of reverse spin as well as classic spin. Both create a wavelength, and these counterbalance one another. When they are equal there is no spin at all. When one is more probable than the other, the lesser is a measure relevant within that of the larger; however, since it operates at a greater frequency, it is thought to pertain to the greater information embodied in the energies of higher dimensions as opposed to storage space available, since the smaller is essentially identical to the larger, aside from size, and therefore like a fractal of its partner. So, in the formal system, we can see how the raw units of dimensional information, also known as quanta, transform, and what they can contain when they do so. Let us here limit our attentions to the implications of gravity upon space-time. Space is little more than a field of gravity, and time the movement of that medium by its own effect. In short, space-time is very malleable according to the prescence of gravity. It flows like water, yet is infinite. It passes through us like moods, emotions. Knowing that the octahedron is the very shape of motion, according to its simultaneous spin and reverse spin applications, still, can we rely on these mere implications as necessarily indicative? As we study the shifting in shape of shadow that occurs for each Platonic solid as it is passed through dimensions, we can add the factor of an oscillating motion in each lower dimensional shadow, such that, when one is in a stage of conjoinment, at the point of apogee, the other will be in a state of full alignment. Thus, since it is not necessary to assign space or time to either the shadow, or the shadows shadow, per se, there is no use quibbling about it, as they all amount to the Qliphoth, or forms of motion, a topic fully elaborated upon elsewhere. All that all of this means is that the motion introduced in the incremental measure of the octahedron between the cube and hypercube will carry through all of the subsequent solids on both the level of space and time. This is the first shape to connote such motion, and is the method of splitting a cube and hypercube, which is the first motion of the expansion and contraction of the sphere of the mind. On the smallest level of pertinent effect, that of one event leading to the next, we can see the prescence of the octahedron as well necessary to the transformation of dimension, such as between the solid third and the medium fourth: Gravity causes change in time. This means spin and reverse spin are present in the form of motion of information units, or quanta, in the formal system, electron clouds and real particles in the third dimension, proabability fields in general for the fourth dimension, potential in general for the fifth dimension, and the sphere of the mind, for reasons discussed elsewhere, for the sixth dimension.

    What this conveys to the formal system model is that, with knowledge of the one-way wave, we can seperate expectation of the pre-reflexive from the reflected. Each is one way in itself, but due to confinement, the second wave will overlap the first. The distinction between them is between effect as verb and as noun. There is no aim to the pre-reflexive mode, yet there is aim in the reflected wave its crest will have a measure closest to the center of the pre-reflexive wave. This creates similarities to the movement of particles in standing wave form, but in this case the distortion to the pre-existing field is the motion of the metaphysics model. Aim is the wave of potential that ripples outward from basic fact and fiction in a field of one or the other as an alteration to it by its opposite. Either fact or fiction that is not the field or medium amounts to the motivating energy within it. From the perspective of water this is the H2O molecules of a wave, or potential from the perspective of gravitons. According to symmetry breaking, which we will come to shortly, each of these is only a higher or lower energy density form of the others gravitons being one energy wavelength different from Hydrogen and Oxygen atoms. Potential acts the part of medium for aim, as it does the part of energy for a graviton field. It merely occurs as a substance seperating the manifestations, the particle of pure dimension. That aim is a reflected wave of potential is pertinent because of the presence or the abscence of the sphere of the mind. When we watched the wave of potential started by the ejection of excess definitive information from event, at its conception, by the node of Not, we saw that this occurs without aim. It is an unconscious function of the formal system, connecting nodes of the formal system with their mirrors as far removed as the unconscious memory castle, for the first time, but the wave of potential started by that same event once it is determined fact or fiction does posess aim, and is therefore a product of awareness. Remember that the single node of fact and fiction serves as a microcosm of all the sphere of the mind in one, including its surface reflections as thoughts (even those of the node of Not) and its resident formal systems up to and including the unconscious memory castle. So what we are looking at is not really another wave at all, just the same outward emmanating wave acting as a reflected wave passing through the inversion of dimension at the bridge between the sphere of the mind and the node of fact and fiction. This happens perpetually as each event follows from the last, and this creates the appearance of temporal strobing. Isocahedron The Isocahedron is the second shape to undergo numeric transformation in its translation from traditional to digitized attribution. But the number described by the units it moves in a chart of elemental alignments is double that of the last one, and therefore represents only duplication rather than creation from nothing. The similarity in color assignation and the attribution of elemental force is again based on the distortion of the emission spectrum by the doppler effect on the transverse wavelengths of photons. This is an elelemental force that is recognized by rapid retreat, hence a red shift to their appearance. Next, we can examine the isocahedron as indicative of fire, or the weak nuclear force, both representative of action in the potential effect of one event on another. In this mode there is only activity, although there remains effect and medium. The activity is such that, rather than the directed change seen in rippling water, there is constant, direct change, by the effect of the medium. This manifests depletion what is, in weak nuclear reactions, radioactive decay. This leads to the understanding of time as a destructive force, although this is a limited perspective on the true nature of what occurs. In fire, we see the transformation of fuel into ash, usually carbon. It is interesting to note that humans,

    animals, plants, and most other solid matter in the solar system are made up of burned and fused remains of the gas that feeds our sun. Life, as we know it, is carbon-based. Yet still, as such, even this material is prone to gradual deterioration. We know from examination of many other minerals that make up our world, that one of the factors of ageing is the transformation of matter into energy. Such is the case for most other of the solid materials in our solar system than carbon, and, accordingly it is supposed, so such is the case in the rest of the universe as well. So what man is of fire itself, most else is of radioactive decay. The particles of radioactive decay are three massive vector bosons which display symmetry breaking with photons at energies greater than 100 GeV. They also have the same spin as photons in all states. It is by radioactive decay that the half life of all the periodic elements is determined. It should also be noted that this force causes the nuclear reactions of the sun. The resemblances of this force to fire are implicitly apparent. Both are of the vertical spiral of the transverse wave. The proof that this is the case for radioactive decay lies in the spin of its particles, which lacks reverse spin except as pure, informationally inaccessable potential. These, like photons, have a spin of exactly one. What spin means is that it takes a certain amount of rotation before a point comes back to its original position. When reverse spin is present it causes longer or shorter paths to be taken by the point as it travels back to its original position, and these paths are called vectors, from which the massive vector boson takes its name. Thus, forward propulsion is at a maximum, but reverse spin is completely compensated, as it is in the upper parts of the vertical spiral front of a transverse wave. Fire is alike this shape because of its composition as it arcs into its fuel supply, the air. It has a broad base, but the heat within it is swirling. This causes only half of the base to rise, and then half of the risen flame to curl, etc. creating an upward spiral. This spiral is a phi spiral. We have already discussed the deduction of phi, or the Golden Division, from the pentagram, and in this solid do we see that shape for the first time, though it is not flat, and is formed out of triangles. What follows aim in the expansion of the formal system is action. Here we see the outward ripple in potential constituting effect transform itself from activity in a passive medium to pure activity. The waves consume the water, the entire pattern now consisting of the spiral shape of the wave seen from its side. This is spontaneous symmetry breaking. It constitutes a fundamental change in the realm of unit interval time measurement, or patterns that occur or repeat over time. This effects the formal system, space, and time. Just as when the cube changed from the cube to the hypercube and back over time, and the octahedron represented the interval stage of the transformation of one to the other, so does the isocahedron come into play as the measuring of that interference as entropy. It represents the stage at which the one becomes the other, or the transformatve action itself. Here no further reliable intervals remain, as they are all consumed. But remember that they were only ever expressed as potential to begin with, so it is only by seeing them each revealed individually at the time of their destruction that we can even prove that they ever existed potentially as well. It should also be noted that at this point it becomes irrelevant whether we are looking at the formal system from the side, or down along the series of actions seperating one event from the next, so we will describe them as though the two were identical in implication as well. The exhibition in outer space for this aspects elemental forms have already been discussed, but the meaning of the substance of space itself was only connoted. Here again we should examine the application of phi. Phi occurs as a potential geometric measurement within the form of the isocahedron, and plays a very important role in the stimulation of motion in the

    physics of the universe. It represents the azimuthal angle that any elliptical or spirally orbiting object will use to break its course and move to a new orbital position when acted upon by another object or force, and is determined as a spiral between the original and the new orbits by the effect of the objects mass and its degree or amount of internal spin. This holds true for the interactions of all particles, and for objects on all scales, all other things being equal. So really, by the presence of phi, what we are seeing is a break from the pi, or round, spiralling pattern of time, into a diversity of component patterns which are being destroyed, and which all together assume the shape of a single phi spiral, contained in the shape of the isocahedron. It is correct to point out now that it is with the isocahedron we see a progression through the spectrum not counterclockwise, as has been the case up until now, but clockwise, begin. The best example relating the shape of the phi spiral, which is as familiar as the shape of the eye itself, to fire, is that of the flame of the single wick candel. The shape of this flame is an exact phi spiral when measured from any direction. If one could see the waves of heat that emmanate from it, though, one would see that they are insubstantial to the air molecules they disturb, and assume no pattern as does the central area of the flame, that part of it that is, no less, luminous. What this means for space, time and the formal system is that entropy is omnidirectional. It pertains first to the original wave of potential emmanating from the node of fact and fiction to create the sphere of the mind, to the implosion of this to create the formal system, and then to the reflection of this to create their interaction. Thus, it flows simultaneously inward and outward on two levels and meets in a third. These levels are potential, probability and information, and move from philosophical towards physical as they pass through each dimensional inversion, offering accordance with the three branches of legislation, patterned in reverse order. However, the fact that the activity of the medium constitutes entropy, or the increase of disorder and unpredictable chaos, means two things. First, as time is usually measured by entropy, we see that time is represented here as being omnidirectional. This pertains greatly to the physical aspects of the seventh dimension, which is discussed elsewhere. Second, that before passing through pure dimensions, as it must do repeatedly with each of the three states of its manifestation, the wave of probability must become asymptotically disordered. This occurs not only between crossing pure dimensions, but also before the wave undergoes dimensional inversion between maximum and minimum extension of interval, and these two occur in opposition to one another directionally. When one wave is emerging from dimensional inversion, another part of it will be being reflected from the next higher dimension, and therfore entropy overlaps itself, and is omnidirectional. Dodecahedron The digital translation of the dodecahedron changes three places on a chart of aligned elemental attributions. This is the first prime integer multipliable only by one to total itself, having no other factors. This number is of extreme significance to the concept of dimensional leveling. Without it we would not know reality as we do. Because it is prime it means it is the progeny of both two, by addition, and one, by multiplication. The number Three has been referenced many times by symbology, but most of it comes back to dimensional leveling. That is how innate it is in our consciousness. Its color attribution makes it similar to water in placement on the spectrum, or on the chart of angles, above the larger wedge of fire just as indigo is poised above the cube. The color attributed in this case however is yellow. What we will see with this is that the particles pertaining to the assigned elemental force will posess a

    lesser red shift to the doppler effected wavelengths of reflected photons; but we will address this presently. The dodecahedron applies itself to the element of air, especially, although tradtionally to the concept of the cosmos. The Greeks, particularly Plato, preferred to aliken their idea of the realm combining the ideal and the real to this solid because of their strong ties to the Pythagorean Brotherhood, whose symbol was the pentagram, and this is the only solid comprised of pentagons. The Pythagorean symbol of the pentagram itself derived most of its meaning from phi, the Golden Division. The Classical Greeks used this measure as their entire standard of beauty, and applied it to everything from sculpture to architecture so that it would perpetually surround and inspire them in their every-day lives. This may have borrowed from, or was at least perpetuated by, Judaic mysticism, where the ascendent number of the sephira Tifereth in the Kabbalah is five, and the meaning of Tifereth, beauty. But, though our cosmos may be beautiful, it is not beauty alone that is our cosmos. So when we translate our digital attributions, it is air rather than cosmos that is assigned to the dodecahedron. Humorously this puts me in mind of something Aristophanes said once: when Zeus is toppled, chaos succeeds him, and whirlwind reigns. The implications of assigning air to the dodecahedron are simple, once the elemental force produced of it from digital translation is taken into consideration. The field of electromagnetic radiation is about as equivalent in the modern mind with the air as, to the ancient mind, was it with the cosmos. It is the medium in which information is physically transmitted, though we know information to exist only as probability. Thus, before the advent of technology specifically designed for its utilization, electromagnetism was probably perceived as some sort of higher power. The electromagnetic force interacts only with charged particles such as electrons and quarks. It determines the exchange of spin one photons emitted when an electron changes energy level shells in its orbit of an atomic nucleus. It also governs the exchange of photons between an electron changing energy shell levels and another electron, which is caused, by absorption of the emitted photon, to fall to a lesser energy level. This force controls most of the events that occur on the subatomic scale, as it effects quantum particles in much the same way gravity does the planets. At the core of the electromagnetic force is collision. It is by particle displacement that we know of the existence of and the properties of the various universal particles, and by stimulation along electrical or magnetic rays that this is accomplished. Electrical and magnetic rays are fields of force that occur as wells of potential align along a standing waveform. For electricity this occurs parallel to the transmission of charge, creating a wave of fractally infinite hyperspheres, but for magnets these lines connect one pole to another, repelling their own like, creating a wave of fractally infinite toruses, or hyperspheres at antipode. In the combination of these two forces, charged particles oscillate rapidly, forming fields that are centered, yet can be projected in other words, generating excitation over subject areas. The impact the dodecahedron has on the formal system is in the form of the release of message. Just as our atmosphere recycles itself through organisms, so quantum information is liberated from form and exposed in its essence as potential energy before it can cross the gap of pure dimension and reform in a translated version. Thus, in the simultaneous expansion and collapse of the formal system, it occurs as between the square representing the relationship and point or node of fact and fiction, and between the hypercross and the hypercross of hypercubes.

    As you can see, after these points the outward emmanating, reflected wave of aimed potential carried by the sphere of the mind undergoes dimensional inversion, and becomes the next event in the formal system of metaphysics model. The pattern in the field of potential constituting their interaction goes from being a single phi spiral into an orderly chaos of static and wind. At this point the field of potential breaks down into infinite pi spirals, and it is thought, therefore, that the dodecahedron is a valuable tool for meditating upon the surface of the sphere of the mind. The excitation it generates acts like a background radiation scan, determining the amount of energy effected through potential by informational distortion. More than this, sources and strength of interferences can be localized and neutralized, although doing so robs flavor from the message. The proof and implications of this are in space-time, so let us turn our attentions there. In space it is by the amount of electromagnetic background radiation that we can fix the age of the universe. This includes all light, visible and invisible, all sound, and, insofar as the particle/wave exchange of matter-energy goes, all forms of emmission, absorption and reflection by all mass everywhere. Because space and time are synonymous, the universes size and age are synonymous, and because time passes, we suppose there to be a change in the size of the universe as well. What we find is an increase of information being carried on the wavelengths that constitute our measurement method. The electromagnetic spectrum is host to input from an increasing number of sources, creating greater overall interactions. Thus, even if we could find no physical evidence to support the non-static universe hypothesis, such as the homogenous red-shifting of galaxies implying their motion away from us and from one another, there would still exist evidence supporting the same data based on a dimensional hypothesis, where information, through probability, yields event. So not only is the electromagnetic spectrum the medium for the universes age, but it may display the causation thereof, and therefore imply a solution. Time is thus what information becomes immediately before crossing the threshold into pure dimension. This is to say merely that the essence of information is potential; that is that it is its motivating energy, and not its substance. The substance of potential is only present at the level of specifically the fourth pure dimension, though potential acts as an energy between every dimension. It is in this form that we encounter it in the electromagnetic spectrum, and in this way that it acts as the factor for ageing in the universe. Tetrahedron The numerical change of the tetrahedron is the greatest for all of the solids on a chart equating traditional to digitally translated elements. It moves four places, between its original attribution to fire and its digital attribution to cosmos. Four is the number of relationship because, as we have already demonstrated, relationships occur as planes. These planes insert themselves into our perception within the strobing of event creation. According to them we speak and act with various voices and for various times, and accordingly they are ordered such that we can perhaps, at times, be influenced by them. In short, relationships are all selfreferential, and no less real. The tetrahedron is attributed to green according to the arranging of the visible colors on a half-circle intersected by angles conceived by the numeration of the forms of the Platonic Solids themselves. In this arc, green is central and surmounts the composition, and the angle attributed to it is that defined by the tetrahedron. This is little more than a coincidence of information organization between two finite sets, but it serves to support the attribution to the tetrahedron of cosmos by its pivotal position.

    As with the dodecahedron we must discuss traditional and digital attributions of element. Traditionally the tetrahedron was associated with fire, and this, it is thought, was due to its shape. As such, it embodied the Golden Division in the form of two legs of the triangle bisecting one of the faces of the tetrahedron. The leg that is half of the unit leg of one of the four tetrahedronal faces is in a 1:2 relationship with the leg opposite it across any of the three sixty degree angles of the face. Thus phi is produced and thus, in its spiral form, fire appears. There is another, similar spiral that can be nested in the unit tetrahedron, but it is a phi/pi spiral. This shape is what Stan Tennan calls the Light in the Meeting Tent, and such spirals I describe elsewhere. Though phi had meaning, for Heraclitus, as fire, and for Classical Greece as cosmos, the phi/pi spiral is unique to cosmos alone. Now the stage is set for consideration of the tetrahedron as cosmos. Geometrically its origins depend on the simplification of other solids. Consider the cube of the formal system of metaphysics model. Now imagine the diaganols connecting every corner, cutting the cube and slicing the faces, so to speak. Remove the shape defined by these diaganols, discarding all excess componenets of the cube. The form you now grasp is the stelloctahedron the conjoining of two opposing tetrahedrons. You will notice that it assumes all sizes, from event through fraction of the unconscious memory castle. It seems to have more significance at the size of the formal system of metaphysics model, as each corner will still have functional meanings (and its entire set of relationships be effected but slightly); though considering it at its lowest dimensional level, that of event, you can better see that it is nothing but the intersection of fact and fiction embodied. Even more than this, each event is posessed of simultaneous influence by both fact and fiction twice, as through the occurance of cosmos also at the dimensional intersection between the unconscious memory castle and the sphere of the mind, in the form of short term and long term implications. The deciding factor is the central attribution of the tetrahedron, which will be impacted upon by either fact or fiction and adjusted accordingly. Herein lie great unexplored mysteries of fact and fiction. It is enough now to say that it is the interaction of these two simultaneous midpoints in the conjoined tetrahedron that cause the observed temporal warping of the hypercube. Physically, the stelloctahedron could be equated to either the heart, the gonads or the brain by attribtuion of relative branch of metaphysics ethics, physics or religion respectively according to tradition. Ethically, the double tetrahedron also has a tripartite position as representative of the church, the state and the people yet the relevance of these forms to one another changes over time, not only socially, but within each individual. This leads to belief, or the gathering of histories for the comparison of experience, both within and with others, which generally lead toward the categorizing of experience by natural/supernatural and good/bad. The relevances we are discussing now for the three positions of ascent in terms of the legislative branches of metaphysics are the same as the distinctions already described for the elemental solids in terms of space, time, and the formal system. These expressions are all merely names for the shadows cast by the apogee, antipode and parogee of the expanding and contracting solid fourth dimension. It should also be noted that the shadow cast by the double tetrahedron at its apogee is the hexagram, a form of particular use, as we shall see shortly, in divination or in the forecasting of future events. This represents one of the spiritual implications of the fact opposing fiction tetrahedrons we now see intrinisic to the metaphysics model. The fact that the divinatory school has been shunned down by its opposition is evidenced in their use of this form only representationally, in the

    lower dimensional expression. We should talk briefly of the single tetrahedron, which we can see can be of either fact or fiction, and which composes the concept of cosmos. It is most notable that cosmos, essentially the world-view of a person or party, is determined and conveyable only by quantum informational units of fact or fiction. We have already demonstrated that both of these are equally real. Therefore what forms your cosmos of reality is a single tetrahedron of smaller tetrahedra that are composed of smaller tetrahedra, etc. each more fact than fiction or vice versa. The tetrahedronal form that cosmos takes is determined by conservation of potential: the most complex concept is contained within the most concise form. There are no direct equivalenecies between the tetrahedron as cosmos and the realm of time and space, but there are grand unification theories of physics (g.u.t.s) that relate all the four elements in one through symmetry breaking, and combine the theories of quantum mechanics and general relativity elegantly, and these can counterbalance cosmos. Cosmos, however, is also equal to the philosophical ideal. The terahedron, being thus twice extractable from the cube, is the shape taken by a unit of information. We have seen these to be made of probability, suspended in potential, with an essence of potential energy, and pushed into various patterns by the distortion of their medium in the form of a series of waves, where these waves have many attributions, one of them being the Platonic Solids. The fact that they are tetrahedrons is borne out by their binary directional nature. It should be noted that the order in which the four elemental attributions occur is precisely the order in which they occured in the foundation of our world. First there was Earth, the molten magma stage of terrestrial development, followed by Water the condensation of atoms in the airborne volcanic debris causing inundation and for 80% of our planets surface to be covered up by the seas and ice; then came Fire in the form of lightning, and the electrification of the created molecular medium for the atmosphere, followed by Air the final fixed and cyclical processing system for the self-sustenance of the surface of our planet, for it contains at the tips of its branches the carbon-dioxide inputting, oxygen outputting plants, and the carbon-dioxide outputting, oxygen inputting us. Finally there is Cosmos: the dictate As Above, So Below, to describe that, just as in that order was the earth formed, so were we evolved, do we mature, do fruits ripen, do harvests pass, do governments grow, do communities thrive, do our cells function, do our planets and sun form, are our molecules and atoms and quanta made and moved, do the walls and voids stir, are the Platonic Solids, as are the elemental forces, so Time is. We have seen that time can be compressed as a box, or, more exactly, as the space between a thing and itself. In the space of this fissure occur all the rest of the Platonic Solids as representative of forces with various attribution, constituting a measure of this nothing. It should be noted at this time the progression through these states is not fixed that, just as all colors of the visible spectrum exist simultaneously, so do the Platonic Solids, and therefore there is disagreement between varying cosmologies regarding the organization of the elements, which are usually arranged temporally. This may appear confusing when it is first encountered, but the existant evidence imputes that these are all equally important, in every order, and this position is reaffirmed by the metaphysics model itself. Though changes seem to be occuring as one reflects on first one, then another, of these thought forms, there are several similarities which ought to remain present to consideration of the solids. There is always a medium in which effect moves, and all movement therein is effect. It is not, ultimately, the relationship of these modes to one another that fundamentally determines their structure, but their relationship to the sphere of the

    mind. Finally, just as the dimensional levels of the formal system and the sphere of the mind, all are only as one stage in the metaphysics process, and this stage, just as the dimensions of the formal system and the sphere of the mind, are always present as a measure of potential. Sphere We have just seen the transformation of one event to the next, at least up until the moment of the strobing of pure dimension, where everything breaks down into something else. This substance is at once pure potential and luminous. It is observable in both the strobing of event and the primary clear light of ylem recognized by the Buddhists. It is not necessary to study this substance in too great a depth here, so we need only address its effect. We can see that it acts as the interval of event, begetting the future as the translation of the past in the present. We can see that it involves all the elmental forces and their force-carrying particles, which motivate all real particles. We can see that it is the culmination of a very specific procedure that occurs in the context of the formal system. So let us continue to study this process, and see what the next immediate result is in its unfoldment. At the point where information, having already parted with pattern of motion, now parts with its tetrahedronal unit form as well, we see a release of potential energy into a static field of pure dimensional potential, thus supersaturating it. This moment, you might want to take note, is the final translation between matter and energy, and information, we can now see, occurs as though an intermediary between them. It is likely this universal release of invisible energy between each instant in the field of potential that causes the strobed illumination. At the moment after this we see the entire system collapse into a single universal, fractal event, going through all the forms and forces on all scales at the same time. In the formal system this occurs between the plane of relationships and the node of fact and fiction, which can be seen as the smallest unit either of the cubic formal system or the sphere of the mind, and between the unconscious memory castle and the mental torus, except that, in reality, the mental torus is the node of fact and fiction, and the one dimensional point is extraneous to the unconscious memory castle. So, as the strobing occurs, energy is released and a certain amount of potential must be conserved into matter to compensate, and from this the next event emerges. It emerges as the wave of aimed probability emmanating outward from the one dimensional point to the plane of two dimensional relationships, and, simultaneously, as the reflected wave impressing itself from the mental torus to the unconscious memory castle. Really the information contained in the moment being measured by the translation of the probability into information rendered by the planes of relationship is equivalent in quantity to the full amount stored in the unconscious memory castle, since there is only one wave. During this moment it is entirely possible for you to review the full understanding of the relationships that will define the event about to be fully formed and make decisions regarding your strategies to evoke certain and perturb other paths of repetition of potential patterns by alteration to the arrangement of their constituent information units. Next the wave moves into the conscious memory castle and the actual three dimensional event. It is an exact copy of the preceeding event, aside from the particular pieces of information that were changed by the translation of the wave of probability from possibilities into pattern, into particle, and finally into potential energy, where the change occurs in the realm of spin. It should also be noted that the planar aspect of event formation immediately preceeding three dimensional realization is the same as a shadow cast by each of the

    hypersolids overlayed, each one storing the change pertinent to their elemental force, and of particular note is the shadow cast by the tetrahedron at parogee, for it pertains to prophecy. It is entirely possible to utilize relationship planes to hypothesize outcome, which I go into later. All of this only appears to pertain to the sphere cursorilly, as a function of the wave of probability being at all times carried by the sphere of the mind. But let us pause for a moment and consider why the sphere was even chosen as the shape representative of the mind. We have observed its reflexive nature, and stated it as in opposition to the cube, which is representative in its pattern of order of the brain. We have also observed that these evolve congruently, such that there is no answer to which came first, since, in their conception as the one dimensional point of the node of fact or fiction, they are both the same. Finally we can state that the only difference between the expansion of the wave of probability that, by passing through gaps of pure dimension, casts shadows in the mind of the shapes of the formal system and in reality of the elemental quanta, and the expansion of the wave of probability that creates all extensions of the sphere of the mind, is that the formal system was created with no aim that is, to cause no specific event and that the Platonic Solids were created with aim again from this purely physical view, to cause the sensual aspect of event and that, from any view, the sphere of the mind is the source of the aim. Thus, though all the waves evolve from the same root source, they will each be functioning between different dimensions at the same time; the realm of the Platonic Solids is between the shadows of the shapes of the metaphysics model, in the interference pattern created by the crossing of the impressed and expressed ripples of probability. So really, just as this distinguishes the Platonic Solids, the only thing that distinguishes the sphere is its association with aim. Just as much can be learned by examining the solids as shapes by which to measure the element or force to which they are attributed, so it is probable that the origin of the implication of aim pertains to the ability to predict reflected trajectory, or bounce. This would seem easier to calculate for the solids, as they all posess certain, very accurate measures which, when acted upon by other forms or geometries, would have exactly and easily measurable alteration according to these calculations, except for spin, which is predictable only for the sphere, which has the most possible number of sides asymptotically infinite and yet averages out to have the most rightly calculable reflected trajectory. Thus, as in the formal system of metaphysics it makes no difference whether Aim refers to expansion/contraction or to reflected trajectory, consciousness is a measure of interference. There is yet one last attribution to the sphere we can discuss: the attribution of the sphere to the sixth dimension. Elsewhere I go into copiously the ramifications of this on Judaic mysticism and psychology, but here let me just say this briefly that this attribution derives from observation of the first probability waves progress through dimensions; it generates the point, the plane, the cube, the hypercube, and the hypercross, in order, as it extends outward from a central distortion. This distortion can be anything, subject or object, answer or question, thought itself or merely Time; though for the purpose of studying our hexagonal formal system of reasoning it was convenient to use first a question, and then, by application of the measures relating a series of nodes, to see how it can be transformed into an answer. This is only one of a multitude of possible examples for distortion to potential, and I stress again that it was used for the sole purpose of decorating it with familiar ideas to introduce you to the formal system. Once the wave of probability gets to the end of its interaction with the hypercross it is prepared to meet the sixth dimension, and here it finds the sphere of

    the mind; granted, at its smallest form the first dimension, but to understand how this is indeed equivalent to the sixth diemnsion we must study the second emmanation. Now, as I have already described, these dimensions are not encountered in uniform order by all of the three simultaneous forms, expressed as potential, of the single probability wave. For the first projection of the wave the dimensions are encountered in the way I have just described. Then the wave of probability contacts the sphere of the mind as a point, and this changes the nature of the wave so that now it posesses aim. This contact also changes the structure of the model: it places the base state, due to the ingrained processing procedures of the brain (the post-mind formal system, expressed as a cube, the microcosmic equivalent of the macrocosm Time), and therefore changes the numeration of the lesser dimensions (the square to five and the point to six); but it also divides the conscious memory hypercross into a conscious memory hypercubic hypercross and an unconscious memory hypercubic hypercross of hypercubic hypercrosses, which are the seventh and eight dimensional forms, and which describe certain factors in the processing of time as the passage of three dimensional event intervals, and which I describe elsewhere. After this the double-wave at once continues outward and is reflected back such that, within, it meets the sixth dimension, and without the sphere of the mind once again in its smallest form, the one dimensional dot. This is because the torus, the sphere of the minds equivalent to the hypercross, can also be expanded to accompany more dimensions: it posesses a central dot, a circular plane, a simple sphere, a hypersphere, and a torus; but with the torus the central sphere is the same as the outer tube surrounding it at parogee, the radius of which is the diameter of another identical sphere. Though this is innate to the torus, the non-central, or complex, sphere does have a circular circumference, and this circle does have a central dot and so here are the seventh and eigth dimensions for the mind. There is one further emmanation for the wave of probability to make before it has restored equilibrium to potential after the initial distortion, and it will do this now also posessed of reflection. As we have just seen, the wave now passes through each of the five Platonic Solids as it approaches gaps of pure dimension, where the constructs of the formal system lie as pure illuminated potential. Furthermore we should recognize that this process has been happening all along, but was not identified until it became useful to demonstrate changes in the medium through which one event begets another. In the end we are again confronted by the sphere of the mind which, being the sixth dimension, encompasses all those before, including, through the compression of the formal system by the sphere of the mind, the seventh and eight dimensions as well. Dimensions We cannot say that we are passing through dimensions. We can only say this of an objective measuring model, even one we just imagine. While we are thinking thus, it is true that dimensions are passing through us, for it is dimensions that move, while we are stationary. What can we say about ourselves and our mental projective space that will be true of dimensions? For this circle of awareness around us constitutes an eye through which we observe dimensions. We have already noticed how the five Platonic Solids can be used as a measure between any dimension and another. So what is implied is that there is a centralized feature and an intermediate feature much the same as the focus of our self and the surrounding uncertainty of our mental projective space. In other words, there is a probability surrounded by potential. This is true for atoms, units of information, dimensions, the sphere of the mind, and the parts and

    relationships of the full formal system which, in its base state, is the probability field surrounding event. When this is seen to apply to the tetrahedron, the hexagram is rendered at apogee, and to this we will devote the next section. This will serve to unlock the nature of dimensions. We can use the five Platonic Solids therefore as a rule for uncertainty, but we have already seen these are most distinctly arranged according to chronology, and I have shown you as well that potential is the virtual particle produced within the medium of the fourth dimension, time. So here we find a direct reference to the medium in which the patterns indicated by the solids manifest and the implication of a certain order to addressing their occurance. Because each of the component forms of the formal system of metaphysics model, like the sphere of the mind, contains those of the lower dimensions, we can see the presence of expansion, indicating there is increasing space between forms as the model ascends through dimensions. The fact that this implies greater gaps between dimensions is measured in the amount of influence the attribtuions of the Platonic Solids have on the varying structures. This is infinite in potential or media of expression but finite in possibilites pertaining to a specific event, therefore causing waves of probability to occur as patterns. As the gaps between dimensions expand, we can see the patterns delimited by the attributions of the five solids deepen. This means that, as transported by the aimed and reflected waves, there is an increase in combinations of possibilities that will effect event. The forms taken on by the solids and the manifestations of their attributions account, indeed, for all diversity, even opposites, such as particle and wave in physics. This at once paints large shadows on the wall of our unconscious memory castle, and intensifies the details in the foreground. And all of this occurs in proportions that are determined by the five solids themselves. When the wave of probability passes through the solids, in the gap between any two adjascent pure dimensions, it is like two hands with their fingers folded together. Sometimes the index finger of one hand will be above, and sometimes it will be the other. When the probability wave passes through, regardless of which direction because, as far as the potential itself is concerned, the effect of one on the medium would be the same as the effect of both at once it will be like these fingers becoming confused, and seeming to be joined at all points, the fingers feeling like they are perpetually changing places with one another. As I have cautioned before, of those who attain it, some never surpass this percpetion, and thus reincarnate from one moment to the next in high sensory awareness, and may yet remain confused causally. Combining these two observations we can propose that the fingers of the five solids aimed and reflected metaphor switch more in the higher dimensions, where, though they themselves are the same size, so to speak, they cast a larger shadow in potential. This metaphor in particular pertains more to Judaic mysticism. Having seen the location in which we shall measure, applied the Platonic solids, and seen how their interval distorts in size with distance, we can now look for exactly where the solids occur between the pure dimensions. We have earlier examined the structure of the probability wave as it passed through the solid attributes and assembled its activity as patterns. The solids then manifest their influence as within or upon this wave of probability, in the form of undertow. As the incoming wave of probability approaches from whichever direction, there is a motion in the wells of potential towards it. During this time they take on the greatest clarity, and are the most implicitly detailed. Here is the entire pattern of effect expressed by the attributions of any of the solids, and this is merely picked up and delivered towards the next stage by the

    probability wave. For the sake of simplicity I will from now on refer only to the probability wave, and not differentiate between the first, aimed or reflected waves, which, it should lastly be noted, have similarity to the three legislative branches. So, while this tells us much about the nature of the fields between the pure dimensions, we must still derive data regarding the dimensions themselves. They are, essentially, the opposite of the spaces between them, and this accounts for the strobing appearance of the passage of events. Between each event and the next, reality is passing through any number of dimensions, and each possibility is passing through the entire formal system and back before being transformed into its new form for the next event. When I say that the dimensions are the opposite of what lies between them, I mean to refer to a distinction only passingly similar to the distinction between light and dark, however. For in the difference between the five solids with attributions and the potential extensions of essential geometry expressed in pure dimension there is as much variety of view as anywhere on earth when seen by either day or night. In this case, the dimensions are day and the gaps are as night. By using this metaphor we have to concede that the scenery beheld is the same for either day or night, but their difference is really much more intrinsic than even this: the reason we do not see the same colors reflected in diminished light as in full light is because they are not there the wave lengths do not exist, and the reflected photons are propelled at a different frequency, of enshadowed hue. So even though a landscape may look the same by day or night to one who would envision poetry in nature, one who looks upon the same scope with a scientific lens sees them to be altered from one another in every way at the most minute of levels. This is all the same for the difference between the dimensions and the solids, except that it is potential rather than photons that set the stage. Between the dimensions potential exists as a field, in which there are wells of probability. In the pure dimensions there are no probability wells, only infinite potential. While the former is true for photons among others, the latter answers as to what becomes of the wave of probability carrying the units of information we had just witnessed transforming themselves into potential energy during the influence of the tetrahedron. Infinite potential undulates, transferring the data as pure momentum across the divide. This undulation is the only thing that differs between the dimensions. Just as in between dimensions the wave of probability is filtered through all the various mediums attributed to the solids, in pure dimension there are vibrational differences in the consistency of potential, and when the wave of probability passes through these, it assumes different patterns of effect as it is translated into motions within a medium whose differences are geometric structures. I discuss the attribution of geometry to the pure dimensions, as opposed to mathematics for the sub-spaces, in great detail elsewhere, however for now it can be taken for granted that I will rely on these meanings for these terms. It is accurate only to say that what is reckoned as spin in the movement of a particle is equivalent to the force that forms the geometries of pure dimension. Because this force is present both in the lower energy level, sub-space particle and the higher energy level, pure dimensional wave, it can be thought of as their broken symmetry aspect. I will call this force-spin, as opposed to particle-spin, and say that this is the virtual aspect of the fifth dimension as revealed by the release of the potential energy of information from its tetrahedronal form, which we can only now see as though from the position of pure dimension, the stage taken by the wave of probability after it has passed through the fifth solid manifestation phase. Force-spin manifests geometries in the infinite potential of pure dimensions, and will in the spin of the probability wells between them. This is to say that math

    has will and geometry has illumination, but the two are merely descriptions of the same vista, as I have already shown using the contrast between light and dark. Lastly, following the wave of probability as it passes through pure dimension, we can observe the form it will take when it exits. Until now we have been looking at the wave of probability as essentially unified, but here we must stop to examine the order in which it progresses through the Platonic Solids as it emmanates either inward toward event or outward toward the unconscious memory castle. We have seen that there is a specific order in which the wave manifests the solids, but if we were looking at two overlapping waves passing between dimensions, we have only the Judaic, clumsy, interlocking fingers metaphor to aid us. The true nature of this interference pattern is such that all the solids are present in all orders at all times, but that, between any one information unit probability well and another, there will be a certain transferance of effect that is in accordance with the attributive elemental solid as which the preceding well functioned. It is always an interference pattern since the disruption of one wave is as good as the disruption of two to the stimulation of potential, and the probability wave is a constant factor in the formal systems functioning. It is, afterall, the substance of the sphere of the mind, in which the formal system is eternally no more than a thought. In other words, a wave is carried along within a suspension of probabilities that are free and adrift within a medium of potential from a possibility in the environment of event so that it will specifically follow the same pattern of repetitive manifestation, despite being constantly bombarded by and surrounded by other waves being transmitted from another possibility to or amongst information unit probability wells. Thus, the form taken by the motive energy transposed in the infinite potential of pure dimension will immediately assume the form of the cube upon remanifestation, regardless of its direction of emmanation. This is because of the shape of event, as it is comprised of the double tetrahedron of conjoined fact and fiction, and the precidence of three dimensional interpretation in the form of the cubes excess components. The equivalent of this in physics is the short lifespan of anti-particles, which tend to combine with their real particle counterparts and annihilate, releasing energy, which would merely be the momentum of the wave of probability in the formal system of metaphysics model. The shadow cast by this is that of the conjoined tetrahedrons, symbolized by the hexagram. The hexagram itself, as we shall now see, embodies all of the Platonic Solids. The Hexagram The hexagram pertains to karma, which is the belief that events are predictable according to the ratio of all that is seen to all that is done. In this model an event will more mirror the preceding if it has a high similarity regarding all that is seen during the strobing of pure dimensions, and all that is changed by the translation of probability during its passage through the sub-spaces between them. This belief is carried out by observation of the workings of the formal system, as we have seen, in that the hexagram is the shadow cast by event as it enters metaphysical (that is, more-so physical, in this case) reality after emerging from the realm of pure dimension. The hexagram is alike all things, and potential makes all things possible. In many cases in the practicing of divination, the hexagram is a symbol that is used. In the form of a six-barred tetrahedronal tripod supporting a crystal ball, the hexagram was used by the oracles of ancienct Greece, and has not been out of use since then among gypsies and fortune tellers. The system we will be attributing our attention to here is that of the I Ching, which uses the hexagram in the form of six parallel lines the deconstruction of the model of two equal, intersecting triangles.

    According to all schools of divination, what is seen can be a prediction of what will come to pass, should the present visible and the present experiential differ, as in the case of random eye movement sleep. According to general society, when it does not choose to accept and embrace its older sister prophecy, these are merely the ghosts of the past that are being observed. These two beliefs seem at first to contradict each other. While we will examine this duality, as well as the substance shared by all hitherto distinctions, in more detail in the next section, nonetheless, it, like most of the other binary conjoinings of fact and fiction information units, forms its own completion, and thus proves it to have a reconciliation. One of the two units representing the interesection of the two schools of thought on prophecy will assume the role of fact and the other of fiction, and this is a necessity of it being carried out in the beliefs of interactive people. But this only determines dominance, not accuracy. From the perspective of potential both are equally present, and therefore neither more or less true than the other. In fact, the visions of the past may evolve into not only the physical present, but also the visions of the mental projective present. It is also equally true according to potential that the events of the future, as they occur as thoughts reflected on the surface of the sphere of the mind, may evolve backwards to become the phenomena and perception of the past. Also these may occur at the same time. Lastly, we might benefit from perceiving that these might not occur in terms of evolution; there might exist permanent imprints in the world of archetypes and myths that simply appear at physically regular intervals. It is also possible that this and evolution occur either in isolation, in unison, or both at once. All of these possibilities are born out in the structuring of the formal system model. It is beneficial at this time to discuss the three ways of becoming a mystic, which pertain to the three legislative branches of metaphysics. The first way is to be born a mystic, and this is of the religious branch, for many archetypal holy men and women were born more endowed for research and experience in the realm of the ideal. It is also possible to wake up one day and find that you are mystic. This implies that either you always were so dormantly, or that something has changed within you or your environment to awaken new insights and this change can be measured physically. The final method of becoming a mystic, and the one with which the formal system concerns itself, is ethical, and involves training and study to hone the inherent potential for mystical wisdom within you. In this case, a vast quantity of that which is connoted by mysticism refers us to divination, and all that it entails. Yin Yang This is usually best recognized by its circular signature symbol, which can, itself, be thought of as an artistic rendtition of a conjoined information unit where one tetrahedron represents fact, the other fiction, and they form the core of a cube just as Yin represents true and Yang represents false, and they form a complete circle. There are many implications to Yin Yang, but I would like to take this opportunity to discuss one of the reasons I chose the terms Fact and Fiction in particular. There is a certain quantity of literary criticism inherent in these terms. This is entirely intentional, as it is important for the formal system to demonstrate self-referentiality to whatever is its medium, which, in this case, is the written word. Thus, the formal system can be applied to its own representation, and determined according to those terms. But if the formal system were pictured, the terms impression and expression would be equally accurate. For example, the binary terms of Yin Yang might be used to test for lies in recoding protocol. Allow me now to diverge briefly to comment also on impression and

    expression, as it will be useful to refer back to this distinction as well while rendering our considerations of Yin Yang. Although these are perhaps best recognized culturally as art movements, they derive from methods of perception innate to the sphere of the mind. As it expands the sphere of the mind experiences impression, and as it contracts it undergoes expression. In the functioning of the formal system impression preceedes expression the first wave of probability carried out being that ejected by the node of Not, irregardless of the presence of a reflexive active consciousness. Thus, to the perception of a mystic, there is a moment during which all that can be known, is known though this occurs in a vaccuum of meaning. Only when the wave of probability is reflected can attributions for Had be assigned and event fully coalesce. In other words, to a mystic, an event can be known before it occurs, though only indefinately, and similarly its implications or possibilities of subsequent events can be reached, but without certainty of apprehension. This is also sometimes expressed under the dynamic of passivity and activity. Just as the hexagram stands for the similarity in the forms of the forces governing dimensional sub-space and the geometry that arises within pure dimensions, so does Yin Yang cover the duality of the individual information units of conjoining fact and fiction and the raw energy they embody which is released in pure dimension. While the hexagram marks the underlying structure that unifies all the dimensions, Yin Yang is alike the signature of this structure, occuring along the plane of every sub-space that divides the measures of the pure dimensions as they occur in the expansion and contraction of the sphere of the mind into exponential intervals. Thus, without realizing it, we have been relying on Yin Yang all along it has been the core of every Platonic Solid the medium of the spaces between dimensions; it has been the veil through which the wave of probability has passed at every stage in the formal systems functioning, and it is the difference between the formal system and the sphere of the mind. Yet in addition to having all of these duties relative to the formal system and implications for the sphere of consciousness including the dimensions of mental projective space, Yin Yang has a set of meanings that are entirely its own, and from which we can extrapolate still more understanding of these things. Much could be learned by studying the symbol of Yin Yang alone, but we will also examine this symbol as its own functional model, equivalent in complexity to the formal system, but of much too great a depth, because it is so much older than the formal system, to be fully delved into now. The symbol which is chosen for Yin Yang is a circle, divided in two by a circular spiral seen from the side; each half containing a smaller circle. The two halves represent Yin and Yang, the male and female, passive and active aspects of metaphysics, and of everything we can observe in nature. The smaller circles within the halves are of the opposite attribution of their domain, and symbolize the dynamic symbiosis of the cyclical system. In its traditional applications, nothing falls outside the realm of this single logos resolve. In the context of the formal system we have already seen the evidence supporting this practice. Much of what is taught in traditional schools amounts to the same assertions as we have made here, only expressed in different terms. What this symbol embodies that is conveyed less eloquently by detailed inspection of the formal systems components is the motivated interaction of dualities. We see them at once working for and against one another, moving towards, away from, and around one another, both causing and created by each other. So much of this requires the researcher to experience what it is describing in

    order to have full awareness of their relationship, leaving little to be said without fanfare. We know from observations of the formal system that, at all levels and scales, there is intense interaction between the dualities described by Yin Yang, and it is further possible to infer that these occur in the manner described by this symbol. It remains only to logically elucidate the extent to which this is carried out. What is described here is a type of permanent imprint, what recently has been proposed as set and setting what is tentaviely hypothesized as inspiration and distraction. It allows for our realism, as well as great philosophy, or at least great questions. To what degree are we programmable? To what degree do we exist? Is it as though every thought is real in its own realm, and accessable, constantly? What then is the difference between sensory and brain born experiences? Awake they are the same, that is, dependably similar like the major and minor keys. They are as different states of comfort, which we go through over time. We look for them like beacons. It is as though ideas have fallen into objects through time. Yin Yang is in everything. Thus Yin is in everything and Yang is in everything, and this is like the mother and father, revealed in their progeny. First let us look at Yin, the active, female aspect. How many of all the thoughts of all the people throughout time have been great things people have said? The very difference between verbal and visual is a great joke on too small a scale. From a certain angle all things can be filtered through Yin it is like the mouth too small to express all good thoughts, or the pen too slow; it is the freedom of a caged bird. In the west this is the path of the Light, in essence, of morality. It leads us around in an ever expanding circle, dizzying and confusing us, teasing, then giving chase to us. It is like a great, immense, and savage animal, tamed at the sound of a few ethereal notes on a primitive, folk instrument. There is deep, deep satisfaction in Yin so much so that it slumbers innocently even while around it and within it, blood runs hot and slow, and fevers rage, and ages of sickness come and go. Now let us look at Yang, the passive, masculine trait. The beauty of everything is in its simplicity and clarity. Yang is as functional as every part of the formal system, and the very metaphysics of reality. It is, in itself, just another way of seeing those metaphysics of reality than the formal system. Both are ways of describing the world of the mystic. In the west this is known as the Great Work, or the perfection of the mind and soul as a temple housing the Philosophers Stone, the hewn shard of reasoning consciousness that acts as the lens connecting the telescopic and microscopic worlds for the induction and transduction of the universal energy that is the body of God. Because this amounts to man playing the role of God in the context of the childrens riddle referenced earlier, it has been associated with the dark path of Yang, and an existential malaise of supernatural inadequacy has settled about the post-modern mans heart, and led to cognitive-dissonance regarding their ancestors occasionally chemically-induced transcendences. Yin is shy and aversive, yet amazingly accurate. Yang talks itself into corners. Both can be translated according to the constellation of the bio-survival circuit, and both tallied in histories. There is no specific conclusion to be reached from all of this. We are in light and we are in shadow. In the orient and the occident these have opposite connotations. In the west, white is worn to weddings, and black to funerals. In the east, black is worn to weddings, and white to funerals. Yin Yang offers a method of accessing the same information contained in the formal system that is as much poetically phenomenological as the formal system is utilitarian and objective. Both systems, by addressing the presence of patterns in probability, offer scenarioes for the after-life, for example. They are equaly self-

    referential and still their difference in data is like night and day. Everything observed to be true for physical sensation remains true when examining the formal system in mental projective space, but it is necessary to track their references in another way either visually or verbally, depending on which way the metaphysical descriptions are sorted while in experience of the system. Even these are as of Yin and Yang impression/expression and visual/verbal forming the familiar structure. These references may also be likened to attributions and affiliations things that are true of the source and things that are true about the source yet try going to sleep without dreaming. (This refers to the singularity model of consciousness.) So, it is as though, in potential, we are experiencing every mental thought we have ever had, and every real experience, at the same time, and available through sequence. Some of these are needfully closer and some further away, seperated as by space and time. It would seem that comfort is essential, though so is right-action, whose compliment is right-thought. The image they form contains the formal system. In both of these we see that impression and expression are present simultaneously. Thus, whether in visual impression or verbal expression we must remember that Yin Yang is like a compass, and can assist us in aim. It is as though when the formal system acts as a measuring device, the force it is measuring is Yin Yang, and vice versa. So it is as well with Yin and Yang alone. Yin Yang can be directed toward many different functionings of the formal system and these are generally arranged according to the Feng Shui system of directional attributions. Cardinal to this system are the eight trigrams, arranged according to the realms described by the circumference of a compass. This is gone into more thouroughly later. The essential function of Yin Yang is inversion. Inversion occurs physically as between impression/expression, ethically as fact and fiction, and spiritually as inspiration/distraction. Yet these are only words, beside which we know inversion. They fall into an ascending geometrical pattern that can be represented by three parallel horizontal lines the trigram. If the line is broken that means it is the experiential impression of male Yin. If the line is unbroken that means it is the objective expression of female yang. Inversion cannot be taken away from you. Imagine that you are standing in the center cell of your memory castle when it is at its cubic stage. Now invert the inside and the outside of the walls. This can be done on finer and finer and grander and grander scales until nothing exists anymore. In this way you can experience the strobing of reality as events and dimensions invert, and slow this down to experience ylem. It is possible to will a specific inversion to occur. One can plant a series of suggestions into the flow of universal consciousness. One technique is to describe such a transition from event to event and thus plant the seeds of it in the realm of potential. Therefore it should be likely to produce this same effect in conversation. One way I describe elsewhere is by the splitting of the tongue into old and new, wherein the old acts to create a carrier wave, and the new is learned language. But these are merely illusions. The real trick in the west is achieving contact with the deceased after death, and in the east of liberation from reincarnation, as though, by finding a way to raise the dead, you cant find a way to make it stop. This too is merely a parlor trick for mystics, but you wont find many around. Trigrams The trigrams can be arranged, as we have seen, about a compass. According to the tradition of their history, there are two standard attributions by which to do this. The first is known as the Earlier Heaven arrangement, and is based on the Ho

    Tu chart of four cardinal and four diaganol directions. In the Earlier Heaven arrangement, clockwise Heaven is north, Wind to the northeast, the Deep is to the east, Thunder toward the southeast, Earth is to the south, Mountain to the southwest, the Sun is toward the west, and Swamp is to the northwest. The other is called the Later Heaven arrangement, and is based on the Lo Shu a fifteen sum magic number square. In this arrangement, clockwise, Water is in the north, Mountain is in the northeast, Thunder is in the east, Wind is in the southeast, Fire is in the south, Earth is in the southwest, Mist in the west, and Heaven in the northwest; with the additional attributes of earth to Mountain, wood to Swamp, and metal to Heaven. The Later Heaven does not show as much defference to the binary nature of Yin Yang as the Earlier Heaven sequence does. To resolve this there exists a third arrangement which is according to Clifford algebra. In this arrangement, clockwise, Heaven is a matrix of real numbers, Wind a matrix of complex numbers, Fire a matrix of quaternions, Mountain a matrix of quaternions plus quaternions, Mist quaternion, Water complex, Thunder real, and Earth real plus real. The trigrams are embedded within Yin Yang. They are inextricable. However, they do occur in a regular a pattern, and this is the same as one present in the dimensions of the mind described by the formal system. Traditionally, this has been rendered according to either a solar, a lunar, or a combined calendar as it is only visible from a fourth dimensional minimum perspective. This pertains to the regulation of inversion, as a function of the interaction of the trigrams, Yin and Yang, and Tao. Each of the trigrams represents a different alignment of triangulated forces. There are eight of them because they occur along the diaganols of two intersecting, cross-joined squares; traditionally the astrological sigil; this shape is also the cross section, or shadow, of a hypercube at parogee. They thus produce experience at tilted angles to one another, and yet this does not affect their internal composition. These are finding a way to happen. They arise as the triangular minimal description of a circle, and therefore a plane, such as the second dimensional relationship, which is what Yin Yang is. They are as shadows of the tetrahedron, and still, the trigram Earth is composed of three broken pairs of lines, or a total of six short lines which can be thought of as the outlined shadow of a cube, or our familiar hexagon. This relates it to event, to the formal system, and also to the stelloctahedron of conjoined fact and fiction, as Tao, the trigrams and Yin Yang respectively. Having introduced ourselves to the trigram of Earth, let us look at the rest of the available eight trigrams. For each of the trigrams we will list traditional attributes, as well as familial, animal, anatomical, elemental, colorful, seasonal, and directional, and compare this to experience. All the traditional attributions are as though related. The images and relationships preceeding them are merely elaborations. Heaven Life as you want it. Available for minimal times. Just long enough to not overanalyze. Accessable at will, under appropriate conditions, or at the time of death, ironically. Given to synchronicity. Traditionally possessed of the attributes of: inspiration, power, aggressiveness, completeness, and coldness. It is of the father; horse; head; metal; purple; early winter; and northwest. Earth What is left over after Heaven. You are allowed to photograph, to take pets, to make babies, to bend space-time in all imaginable manners, but only in depletable forms. With traditional attributes of: faithfulness, submissiveness,

    charity, protectiveness, and evenness. Of the mother; cow; solar plexus; soil; black; early autumn; southwest. Lightning/Thunder this emerges from the ground up, towards the atmosphere. It is thought moving outwards while thinking back. This occurs as a cross section of a wave of probability. Traditionally attributed to: impulsiveness, provocativeness, experimentation, vehemence, and influence. Typically the eldest son; dragon; foot; grass; orange; spring; and east. Water/the deep the engaging factor what you do and dont choose. Difficult to know from where one is speaking at this point. Tends to stir up transverse wavelengths, like light, creating ylem, the substance of the strobing. Depth as the measure of energy density. Traditionally likened with danger, labor, flexibility, melancholy, pervasiveness. Equated to the middle son; pig; ear; wood; red; winter; and north. Mountain What is surpassed between ground and atmosphere. It stretches out in long ranges. How often do we feel what is at the finger tips? And in what way? Traditionally attributed to inertia, perfection, inevitability, modesty, carefulness. Like the youngest son; dog; hand; stone; green; early spring; and northeast. Wind/Wood What is experienced at the precipace. Available in long-hand and short-hand. These function to imply one another at varying times. Traditionally reckoned as subtlety, fragmentation, formality, purity, transitoriness. Traditionally reckoned of the eldest daughter; cat; thighs; air; white; early summer; and southeast. Fire/Sun the precipitating agent, given to inflicted dark clouds in the form of smoke, much like a squid ejecting ink. Having to always be in motion. The flash of the moments. Observed as enlightenment, clarity, warmth, community, and communication. Also observed of the middle daughter; bird; eye; fire; yellow; summer; south. the Marsh/Mist one mind, his mind, her mind, my mind, a mind, the mind; here and there ragged sticks of inversion. Traditionally happiness, pleasure, magic, destruction, sensuality of the youngest daughter; sheep; mouth; flesh; blue; autumn; or west. There are three other ways to arrange the eight trigrams, each with its own attributions, and these correspond to the three legislative branches of metaphysics. They derive, however, from the two methods of reading the Early Heaven arrangement, and the one method of reading the Later Heaven arrangement. The first of these which we shall look at is attributed to the physical branch, and stems from the Later Heaven reading of the Lo Shu foundation. Fire the reasoning ego; the intellect. Nested as potential around the sides of the measurements between things. Expressed as hyper-dimensions accessed by awareness of synchronicity. Earth the gehenna of bodies. Samsara. The abyss. Represented in manifestation at the sub-space level by Chornozon. Ruled by Satan and Moloch, this is the questionable qliphoth. Lightning the moment before incarnation. Begins below, but ends in looking down. Rising up into pure dimension and beholding the Earth. The ability to translate between measure and mind. Water the solution in which we slumber. The condition of consciousness to

    not be aware of itself in its pure dimensional aspects. This is merely because it thinks itself dreaming, and reality its womb. Swamp the wall of the void. The intolerable passage. The land of sleep, where dreams and suggestions are interchangeable. The entire sum of possibilities following event. Heaven the conjoining of the realms. As above in pure dimension, so below in Qliphotic sub-space. You make changes to the information patterns and alter your possibilities. Wind the passage of time. Varying degrees of heat and cool, dryness and wetness. There to bear witness. Can the kite find a way to stay aloft indeffinately? Mountain the pursuit of purpose. Ascent toward self-actualization. It is this which we are, the greater good contributing a chip off the old block for Sisyphus to push around, and thus it is the rock, and not Sisyphus, that we must remember to imagine happy. The second of these such arrangements we may want to contend with is the Early Heaven Chronological arrangement. It is derived from rotating the octagon of trigrams around one unit per interval in such a way that each is alotted its own plot in the rotation. This derivation from the standard (1,2,3...9) number square is attributed to the ethical branch of metaphysical legislation. Heaven Truth. The truth within and implied by all things. Perfection of measure, abscence of shadow of a doubt. The moment when it all comes back to you you remember the path of crumbs you left. Wind Breath through the hallways. A whisper. A pause. Governments selfascention. The wandering of consciousness through your mind. Accessable in temporal cross section. Water the drowning of the system, its submergence in dynamics. Atlantis. Libraries of Logical Legends all there is to know yours for a second, the beat of your heart. Lightning the moment of death. The final judgement. The end of the biological. The descision to experience it, made in the infinite loop of flashback, and the sacrifice of not being able to go back to your body. Earth your memories of life, arrangend to accent Truth. Here be ye shameless. Yours is a path of peace and enlightenment. All memories bear the stain of materiality. Materiality is part of Truth. Mountain the weighing of your deeds against your satisfaction. Those who were high begin from the top, those who were out from the edge. Consciousness as awareness of the body from within or without it. Fire the imprinting of experience upon memory. Excalibur. Trusting yourself to not relive it. Be ye no knight. Have ye no fear of experience, but chase ye after no grails. Swamp the erasing of experience from conscious awareness. The realm of the as yet unmanifest. Government begins. Prices climb. Dishonest sticks in a brack of truth. The final arrangement of trigrams which we will deal with here is the Early Heaven Opposable arrangement. In this arrangement the pattern taken by the meditator as their focus travels from the realm of one trigram to the next in the sequence is calibrated to opposite side trigrams followed by a clockwise tick. Thus they are all pairs of doubles or inversions, or even reflections, of each other, in a pattern such that after every two the order of their orientation flips, and where this flipping occurs four times. This arrangement is attributed to the spiritual branch of

    metaphysical legislation. Heaven the emptiness between solid bodies. All that is in all dimensions. Present all the time, though as potential. A good days work. The sunshine. Birdsong. Also proximity to technology. Earth things describing measurements in emptiness. Just what can be proven. Awareness of what isnt there. Wind the changing of the mind in ylem. Like the angling of shadows cast throughout a day. Birds go from branch to branch and look in on the times that have passed there. Mist the beginning of condensation of thought. Truth in a natural form. Impending change. Prophecy. The marginal texts in the library of the mind. That which would seek to shine. Water the deluge, submersion. What is and isnt yours. Periphera. The myriad forms of nothingness. The present. Prescence. Lost Saints wander here. What you feel when your blood runs cold. Fire the realization of idea. Translation of the information units into real objects and forces by the five Solids, and implied as consciousness in the hyperdimensions between sub-space and ylem. Lightning the moment of nothingness imploded by concentration. We may see this through its negation in the realm of ylem, where the pattern of spin over time for active consciousness dwells. Swamp the modulation of interchange. The fluctuation among measurements. Fluctuation in potential. As Above So Below becomes As Above so Before or Around, depending on whether its dishonnest or whether its the truth. As collections of Yin Yang lines they represent arrangements of information units, and one way to read their triple nature is dimensionally; thus they pertain to event. This classifies them only metaphysically however, and offers an ecological approach to seeing the probabilisitic assemblage of events similar to Shinto. In other words, impression and expression can be experienced as environmental, and this seems to diminish the significance of the sphere of the mind or at least, the thought at the center of active consciousness in impacting on metaphysical functioning. Even this thought is of Yin Yang, though, and so it still has a role in functioning. In this capacity the trigrams bear similarity to states of consciousness. This is perhaps best understood as a bridge between second dimensional Yin Yang and the third dimensional events of the hexagrams if seen as the seven events present in the unconscious memory castle, plus the hypercubic formal system, at the moment of maximum extension just before the wave of probability is reflected off the one dimensional sphere of the mind. In this process the trigrams act only as patterns of raw potential transferred across pure dimension, while the hexagrams stand for the sub-space events themselves by being combinations of trigrams, either the same or different, depending on the input on event of the transformations in patterns of information units undergone during the periods governed by the Platonic Solids. Which of the second dimensional Yin Yang triangular codings maintains dominance in the hexagram is determined by the magnitude of change they engender in possibilities. In the arrangement of a hexagram the top trigram represents dominance and the lower trigram primacy. The trigrams are the essential ingredients of the hexagrams, which will be the next section we discuss. They are the different components involved in event.

    Hexagrams There are sixty-four possible pairs of the eight trigrams. As they can be arranged hexagonally, they are each the shadow of a cubical event. The sides of the hexagon on which there are broken Yin lines indicate the functions of the formal system to be excluded, and beyond and between them the twisting of the wave of probability as it penetrates dimensions. Yang lines indicate that the shadow outlines of certain nodes be related. According to the I Ching, each hexagram represents one in a series of events. This is mirrored in the formal system by the cube being the first of the forms to emerge from dimension, in a pattern that repeats, just as in the I Ching the hexagrams represent different configurations of the information being exchanged in the formal systems routine functioning. They answer as patterns when assembled, and these patterns determine the construction of a program for the formal system. One pattern that occurs naturally is that of the eight doubles hexagrams that look the same right-side-up and upsidedown. They serve, among other things, to determine two legs of a triangle function that establishes the dimensional depth of the Yin Yang program to be of the second magnitude. These eight doubles also represent the five elements, including cosmos which in this case is depicted graphically as the construction of particle and wave. Yin represents earth, The Deep represents water, The Sun represents fire, and Yang represents air. The remaining four doubles can be arranged in pairs so that either Mountain surrounds Thunder or Marsh surrounds Wind to represent the form of a particle and either Wind surrounds Marsh or Thunder surrounds Mountain to represent the form of a wave, both of which are expressed in terms of probability (more solid) and potential (less solid). The sixty-four hexagrams are best gone into individually elsewhere. Their function is prophecy. There were two schools on prophecy among the ancient Greeks: that of dreams, and that of inebriation. Both of these systems include as a given the implication of scale. This is due to the entrenchement of the philosophy, As Above, So Below, in Athenian Democracy, as pertaining to the idividual votes synonymity to the voice of the masses. In other words, when you dwell for a moment in the world of the mystic, you will experience, if you like, of the cycling, inverselyrelated eight doubles that they can render themselves as recognizably repetitive events. This is called Samsara, and it is what we try to escape from. It is thought that different patterns of karma effect such. III. Manifestation The modern practice of manifestation began with the Old Man of the Mountain. He was the leader of an Ishmaeli Muslim sect called the Hashishins, who took their name from the hashish plant that they smoked to put them into an altered state of consciousness, and from which we get our modern word for a political murderer: an assassin. This stems from the Hashishins conspiracy to infiltrate every surrounding and distant foreign government with a covert espionage operative close enough to a person in an office of great authority to be able to kill them upon command. Members were recruited to the order by being drugged with hashish and carried up to Hassan I Sabbas mountain fortress, guarded by a pit of snakes, inside the walls of which was a palatial garden equipt with all amenities and luxuries that anyone would desire: wine, women and song. The initiate, once their thirst had been piqued by relaxation, was then brought into a room and shown a beheaded body. He was told to choose between serving the sect and living in the secret paradise or betraying them and being decapitated. This usually converted them quickly enough,

    but if an added incentive was needed the candidate would be shown the same beheaded man alive and whole and told that the order could resurrect him to life. His men were known to be so loyal that when he commanded one of them to jump off a castle turret for a visiting dignitary, the man did not hesitate but to obey. Thus was born the simple act of conversion by conjuring. The allegedly beheaded man was hiding his body beneath the floor boards and wasnt dead. When he reappeared, resurrected, he was merely standing on a trapdoor. This was an act of macromanifestation, however it appears as if micromanifestation may be much, much older. A. The Ethical Apple and Moral Wormholes The mythology of the Jews tells us that Moses spoke to a bush that burned in the wilderness but which was not consumed. He went on to lead his people out of Egypt and into the Promised Land of Milk and Honey. The Greek mythology concludes the story of the theft of this holy fire from Olympus by Prometheus by describing his punishment as similar to that of Sisyphus, eternal and self-regenerating. While the tribe of Hebrew speaking nomads wandered in the Sinai desert waiting to enter Canaan, Moses compiled the Pentateuch, the first five books of the Old Testament. In the first chapter of this, which he called Genesis, he described the formation of Adama, the first man, from the red clay of the earth. The moral of this is manifestation. It is born from the flame of the will of the self, and molds us into who and what we are and how we see ourselves. In this way the concept of Original Sin represented by the theft of the apple of knowledge over good and evil from the tree of life in the garden of Eden is guilt for existence itself. This has carried itself out in all the subsequent attempts by humanity to civilize the animal self, and to bring their instincts under the influence of their reason, and has led to the institutionalization of better judgment and higher learning. In short, the negative declarations of original religions against taboos or sins are the key stone of civilization the ultimate macromanifestation. B. Concentrating Trance Through Will Power The goal of trance meditation is to transcend mundane reality and attain prolonged unity with the most high within the self. The ways of inducing trance are too numerous to list, and therefore I will not go into them here. All of the most popular are the basis of religions, however the institutionalization of the experience inevitably leads to more ritual than education. The basic formula is for the raising and cleansing of the aura in a single sitting. In this the electromagnetic field is concentrated upon in the minds eye until it is possible to feel the energy of it in the air. Then there is a ritual which differs in every faith that is meant to clarify this aura, and set it in an even balance with the external continuum. This is practised repetitively to keep the soul in good faith. The method of raising the aura is based on the generation within the self of an increase of energy. This should be drawn in through the lungs, follow the paths of the blood vessels outward from the heart, and the fibers of the nervous system upwards toward the brain. Ancient methods for awakening awareness included skrying, or the zoning out over various types of meditative object. The method of concentration depends upon the free will of the individual being brought into play. If the mind is easily distracted, as by an ever flowing, never ending internal monologue such as the font of consciousness itself, then it will diverge from purgation for the duration of the diversion. Enlightenment is achieved only by rigorously screening out not only of the thoughts that we think, but the thoughts that we think others might be thinking as well. For the aura to be clear, the mind must be clear.

    The world does not change when we meditate. Only our perception of the world changes. 1. Opening the Ajna See what you want to see. Do you see something that is not really there? Do you really believe that anyone cares? Often the hardest step of a long journey is the first. For the projection and cleansing of the aura the first step is seeing the aura around yourself with the minds eye. The Hindu name for the minds eye was the ajna, and they marked it with a red dot in the center of the forehead. The Egyptians also believed in a third eye seen through by the spirit, and associated with it a serpent standing up from the forehead, featured on the crown of Upper Egypt. It has also been said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. It is more or less necessary to use the minds eye because it may not always be convenient to rely upon technology as a medium whereby to see the aura. Also, because the aura is invisible to the naked eye, it is necessary to use the eye of the full imagination, tapping all resources of information, legislating intelligently. This is the technique of passive reasoning, allowing all thoughts to come and bow down before the central silence. Therefore in order to be able to see complete clarity through the minds eye the last lid one must open is the sleep of the self, or the ego. To accomplish this it is necessary to invert the idea of the self into the presence of nothingness. One must seek nothingness out, for it can be measured by various containers. The cumulative goal in this is that you will be able to see the presence and movement of forces where there are none to be seen by the common eyes. Although the third eye as the concentration of pure consciousness is usually associated with the forehead, and therefore the frontal lobes of the brain that lie immediately behind the skull there, one must not discount the importance of the left and right thalami, collectively called the thalamus. This is often mistaken by the lay person for a gland, because of its position directly superior to the pineal gland and the pons of the medulla oblongata. It is however, only fueled by the chemical neurotransmitters produced in these subjacent areas, as is the rest of the brain and the nervous system, and is not itself part of their glandular secretive process. The thalamus is, instead, a holographic depot from one or more incoming sources to one or more outgoing receivers in the neuron columns of the cerebrum. 2. alternate possible perspectives In order to suspend rational disbelief, which is based on our being accustomed to the realm that we perceive with the five senses, stimulated by inspiration and distraction, legislated by logic and faith, it is necessary to accept that all possible lines of reasoning are equally real at least in the realm of potential, and that the realm of potential is equally real as the realm of ideal in the mind. It is only after doing this that we may begin to separate probable fact from probable fiction, and to discern for ourselves what is true and what is false, thus determining what is real and what is not, and in this way, answering questions along the way, deduce the ends to the history of any event. However without first accepting that anything might be, then we cannot fully and firmly follow from one end to another, and thus never know beyond doubt that our conclusions are in harmony with aggregate reality. Neither has the average mind been prepared to deal with any infinite concepts by non-trance, social exchange, what modern meditators call game reality. So, in order to realize the existence of infinite possible right answers, one must grasp the concept of infinity. This is a sum, such as one, that is at the end of a number line.

    Since it would take forever to count to this sum, it is considered equivalent to saying that the number line goes on forever. When we imagine infinite possible solutions it multiplies this number line of sums by infinity, as though the sums were hollow vessels filled with additional meaning by infinite explanations. This squares infinity because it doubles the dimension of the number line in depth. This can be referred to as the exponential expansion of consciousness. Applying this same effect to a timeline displays the reason: our ability to see all possible explanations for events as equally true in theory. This is the last vestige of the self to be shed the locus of external control. 3. dimensional levels of truth (socially unacceptable archetypes) As we relate to our reality we determine what is real and what is not. We come to understand that it is possible to convey greater amounts of information by an appeal to more than one of our senses at the same time, and in this way to know that there are some things that exist entirely beyond our senses as well. This causes us to become aware of ourselves as an ego inside of a mind, and the ability to imagine the absence of this usually associated by polite society with fear of death. Since it is this very self-negation that deep meditative trance hopes to accomplish, it is necessary in order to engage in it to know this ideal conceptual realm of things beyond our senses with the mind. First one must see what there is not to see. Then one must know what there is not to know. Then one can begin to decide for themselves what is truly reality. This means utilizing the mental realm in a formally systematized way storing memories and categorizing perceptions according to structural hierarchy. Naturally, the dimensional model presents itself. We may say that, where the dimensions represent parallel alternate possible realities, that each may posses its own truth in potential, and that therefore they again compound infinity with infinity, thus expanding our consciousness into the third dimension, and giving us the form of a rational cube of infinite implications to our infinite spherical consciousness. Just because the human mind can transcend the focal ego, does not mean that is has seen its way free of all the limitations of human instinct, however. There will always be different goals to be gained by different souls, and it is important not to let anothers path become your own without your knowing. Take for example the competition between humandroids, who always want to keep everything real (meaning formalized) and humanimals, who believe that reality is an illusion, and want to let everything go with the flow (meaning relative chaos). The former diagnose the latter with various types of mental disease. What follows delves deep into the conflict over the manifestation of socially unacceptable archetypes. a. the right diagnosis of depression or melancholy Just as the mother may feel post-pardem depression after giving birth to her child, so does every single one of us feel homesick for the womb. This is the emotional reaction to the birth experience, which imprints upon the brain developed to the human stage the first impression of death. For the rest of our lives we try to recreate the perfect safety of the conditions of the womb, until we cannot fend off the forces of other forms of life anymore and finally give in to death. The human condition capitulates this in its strivation for the ideal, the supernatural and the extraterrestrial, because this is not simply a behavioral condition implanted on the individual human organism, but the culmination of millions of years of co-evolution between autotroph and heterotroph microorganisms as small as our DNA and RNA. b. the misdiagnosis of manic-depressive bipolar cycling

    Get married; otherwise you have turned your unique personal genetic heritage of millions of years against itself and deserve to die. Get a job. Otherwise you are not part of the human race, which struggles and strives heroically against entropy. Die of old age; otherwise you will die unpleasantly and be trapped with a bad death imprint experience in the next form of life, which will cycle unendingly without your knowing of it just as does the birth trauma in the background of the mind in this life. Never abort fetuses: otherwise you are killing an intelligent soul. Always abort fetuses: there are too many intelligent souls already. If you want some examples of untrue things that many millions of people believe anyway, here are a few. I am no better, though, I have to admit: I believe people are hopeless. c. the misdiagnosis of mania-induced obsessive compulsion As soon as the idea that by following patterns we can control the cycles of time is introduced it is enforced. Since this is an untrue premise to begin with, the modern heirs to the knowledge of this fact originally held by the first medicine men, that is, psychiatrists, identify this with physical gestural behaviors as being symptomatic of different lines of reasoning, and begin to use different prescription drugs to erase such different symptoms that are seen as contraindicated by the social patterns established as the law of the land by the local chief of governing bodies. Interestingly enough these same psychiatrists, who differ from psychologists in that they prescribe drugs, are clearly overlooking the taking of drugs as the primary obvious cause of pattern, because if they allowed the populous to realize this fact, they would be exposed as addictive-substance merchants peddling lethal poisons. Instead we are given the red herring of tobacco, which is only a good workout for the lungs, and yet, when combined with aluminum byproduct lined, immune system weakening tap water, spiritually and physically unhealthy exercise diets, fast food high in starch and useless, fatty carbohydrates such as grease, and trendy designer prescription pharmaceuticals to further weaken the immune system and make it dependent on external sources for support, tobacco is blamed for all cancer. d. the misdiagnosis of obsessive-compulsive induced paranoia This being the case it follows naturally to accuse anybody even only half aware of this degree or level of social manipulation of their individual biological systems with being too scared by it to be able to accept that it exists and find substantial evidence for its proof, which makes them a target for being seen as a threat to the national security of the collective unconscious, a danger to themselves and others. This only represents another gradual step in the marginalizing of intelligent citizens who, for reasons perhaps of neurotransmitter deficiency induced by a mothers lifestyle while the fetus was in the womb, cannot or do not partake of the vast and ample fruits of the social system. At this time in history more and more doctors are diagnosing people as paranoid. The question remains unanswered by the experts if this is because there are more paranoid people now than before, or if there has always been this same percentage of paranoia per population and it has simply gone unidentified as such, or treated differently. e. the misdiagnosis of paranoia induced schizophrenia Historically the realm of infinite dimensions where all outcomes are possible has been associated with the djinn, or discorporeal spirits of our ancestral dead. This has led on the one hand to the comparison of idealized hyperspace to utopian heaven and on the other to the persecution, on religiously anthropomorphic personal psychological grounds, of anyone outside traditional religions who explores consciousness expansion. The weapon of choice against any such hyper-rational

    heretic has been to accuse them of living in a fantasy world created out of fear of living in the real world. This is a dressed down version of the same truth preached by the church that the suffering of material reality is penance for transcendence. The examination of paranoia has even infiltrated the art world in the past one hundred years. Salvador Dali, of the surrealist school, wrote of his own paranoid critical method for inducing states of heightened nervous excitation for the purpose of energizing self expression. This same hyper-ration is associated with mania, hyperactivity and attention deficit disorder by modern psychiatrists and treated with medicine to return the brain to a slower, more normalized rate of thinking. The operative clause in the persecution of schizophrenia however is that it is based upon a preexistent emotional state, usually extreme fear such as occurs during prolonged trauma. However in some there appears to be no such experience in their past background, unless of course one counts the trauma of being born to begin with. Many latter day philosophers have gone much further in endorsing schizophrenia as a desirable and controllable mental state. While Foucault wrote of the appalling conditions of mental institutions, where the most common patient is the person diagnosed schizophrenic, Baudrillard wrote of the technological simulacrum (meaning) and simulacra (appearance) of the mass media in the terms of it imitating the gradual increase of psychic tension associated with paranoid schizophrenia and its application in the brainwashing of our entire culture. f. the misdiagnosis of multiple personality disorder The djinn of our ancestors became the angels of the church and the voices in the heads of many modern mentally disturbed people. These, too, are as natural as talking to yourself, however they are more or less independent personalities that are being perceived by the mind. Just as talking to ourselves is merely taking conscious, lucid control of our stream of consciousness by interjecting more concentration into the train of thoughts, so to are the full personalities that we perpetually pass through emotionally merely extra egos from which we can access information. The survival instinct applies to these as much as it does to us, although the resource that other consciousnesses compete over is the central concentration of attention. Our own memories are often perceived as through the appearance of others or of things or places, as is evidenced by their eventual difference from formal reality, so that, where we perceive no change in ourselves, our memory comes to be deceived into its existence. This alienation of the event continuum usually does not follow as a result from anything to do with the mind, rather with things changing around it with age, and therefore to say it is triggered by the transcendence of the ego (or selfconcept) simply because the consciousness relates to its root environment instinctually, and can only be metaprogrammed when the ego is obliterated (preferably by the self itself), and in this way open the minds eye up to the consciousness plenum of the multiverse, is to miss the very obvious fact that this is the very truest reality of the situation all of the time. 4. astral traveling between dimensions (socially acceptable archetypes) When this first began it was simply a detached mental state associated with trance meditation, often over a skrying object such as a pool of water or a mirror, resulting in a virtual free fall sensation, a state that has come to be associated with levitation. Then it was associated with the subject of the meditative trance, or metaobject, and at first with the ka as the vessel of the light body that transported Osiris, the king of the underworld, dead through the dreams of others sleep. Immediately after this it was anthropomorphised somewhat by the Jews, who divided the astral form into the ruach (soul) and nefesh (spirit) and the astral realm into the formative and creative, aethyreal and material. After the Crusades the Rosicrucians,

    particularly John Dee, devoted much esoteric alchemy to the recreation of the body without organs (simulacra or simulacrum) on the astral plane. The astral body has come to mimic the physical shell and not the electromagnetic aura usually associated with the soul. The astral realm is merely another name, again, for the realm of the ideal. Two modern forms of astral projection are the potential temporal or gravitational singularity and body-jumping, that is, moving about in the short-range between different peoples bodies. These are both popular topics in such genres as science-fiction, fantasy and gothic suspense horror, where the cosmological or supernatural aspects come into play. a. dream archetypes: mother moon, star children All existing religions are ways to hide from children their innate psychic potential. They all originated from Mother Goddess cults that were violent and bloody. This was at the time when the megaliths were still new, but their builders had been lost, and all lay in ruin and the tribes of the world ate each other. The concept of Time weighed heavily on everybodys mind, and frayed the edges of their sanity. All subsequent orders, rituals, observances and formalizations have been an attempt by the patriarchy to hide the existence of such a time from the records of all the taught histories of the world. Figures from the late stone age of voluptuous pregnant women are associated variously with Venus, Inanna, and Gaia. b. working stiffs: god the father and the prodigal sun It is held by all native peoples that once, a very long time ago, the entire world had reached the same level of collective intelligence as it has now. It is the belief of these native people who have never been any less capable of developing industrial technological civilization at any time than those cultures that did and have developed it when they did, at any time, only less willing, less interested that this first great global civilization was less structurally organized than materialism, and was devoted more to the study of spiritual or trance consciousness experiences. Many modern legends hold that it was because of this, non-materialist, focus that humanity fell from grace, and this is associated with stories of the world flood. According to these same traditional mythologies, before this great catastrophe there was little distinction between the inherent potential of humanity and the plants and animals, and thus all levels of awareness inherent to this earth were in communal harmony. The result of the loss of this was the beginning of the study of the passage of time. This was the era of the Mother Goddess the moon and the womb sky of Nuit, or night. This was thought to, subsequently, give birth to the next great era, just as day follows night with the rising of the sun. Early mythologies about this kind of cosmology began to be recorded at the same time as the study of spiritual metaphysics became formalized. God became associated with the invisible atmosphere, that was present during both night and day, and in this way divided the sun from the zodiac. C. Practising Manifestation in Subspace (modern) At this time we are encouraged to begin to grasp the concept of manifestation in the material realm. This hinges upon the Manichean division of spirit and flesh, which needlessly associates these two with finite and therefore insufficient value judgments. This doctrine is one of the last modifications made to collective dogma on the nature of the aethyreal or astral realm, and states that spirit and flesh exist on opposite ends of a gradient the midpoint of which is the soul. Thus we see that, to move beyond the obliteration of the self and into the realm of pure idea is to become aware of the principals by which all things operate in the realm of base matter. This is the principle of recovered knowledge that can exist in zero time.

    There are two principle types of material manifestation, and these are on a scale of smaller to larger. It would be wrong to categorize these as true or false, as these are terms defined by relative perception, and manifestation of any sort is a trick played upon perception, usually to divert the primary attention while the rule of a sensation is being broken subliminally. Micromanifestation and macromanifestation do not necessarily depend on one another, but are both effects of the same cause. Consciousness itself defines reality between these two, and as well depends upon their cause. It would be right to call the original cause of manifestation an event only because this unit is generalizable to a whole universal set comprised thereof. This universal set is Time, or the fourth dimension, and the unit of event is probability. 1. micromanifestation (magick) The optical obstacle course leads to rhyming ideas. In other words we can only be as inspired by what we see as what we see can be inspiring. It is thought, therefore, to be healthy to believe, and unhealthy to doubt however, the truth is that no amount of energy anyone alone puts out through their belief can change the fact of the continual fluctuation of energy that is manifestation, and therefore it is irrelevant to the survival of manifestation whether we do or do not believe in it. The prophase of manifestation is projection. It is because of the long term psychological effects of projection on the weak-willed that manifestation has come to be viewed by authorities as off-limits except to the divine. Projection in and of itself is harmless, and actually feels quite good. Its emotional counterpart is empathy, and this emotion is, at least exoterically, encouraged by those same authorities. Projection occurs when holographic ennegrams are externalized via the thalamus, and meaningful value becomes attached to something external to the nervous system as a memory storage referential. Because alpha waves are produced in the thalamus, the concept of divided, or differential, time becomes a factor. The result, and the cause of the psychological impact on the weaker-willed, is consciousness of the eventual loss of the external as memory referential, at which time one will have to legislate between all the things one wishes to remember about the external, and all the things one wishes to forget about the external. (This is the religious necessity of cloning, for example, for even if you cloned some body you would still have to summon their departed soul into the new form.) It has even been proven by scientists that projection, which is also the basis of religion, can occur between animals of two different species other than humans. Their example is Kokos kitten, but anyone who has ever survived riding a horse past a rattle snake knows this in even less uncertain terms. The keeping of sacred objects is not equivalent, as it was considered in the latter ancient times after the advent of socializing monotheism, to idolatry. It is merely the earlier, no less sophisticated, associative technique of the organized mental cellular structure of the brain, common to all forms of self-motivating biological organism. The only difference is that of scale and degree of delegation. For elder vertebrate life forms of minimal mental development this process manifests itself in memory storage and mental mapping. It would be impossible for fish, for example, to navigate in isolation without a form of the same power that humans attach to religious practice namely, the essentially holographic superimposition of their internal reality with the external environment through a softening of the sensory field dividing the nous from the logos. This process, in organisms of more highly evolved mental structure such as mammalian vertebrates, displays itself in the attachment of particular attributions to specific locations and/or objects, climbing up through a gradient of quantifiable

    displays of affection essentially initiatory in nature to culminate in the primate branch with the use of tools connecting preconceived intention to the accomplishment of specific endeavors. Finally, in humans, we find the same process. Although tempered by the strengthening of the ego resultant from the awareness of the cultivation of awareness, which, it can be said, is what this so-called process ultimately results to, and which places humanity, in the hierarchy of our own self-created understanding, at the middle point between the objective animal and the subjective eternal aspect anthropomorphised as God, this same process is present both in the domestication of animals as surrogate self-complimentarity in the form of living examples of our own ability to subjugate reality to our holographic superimpositions, and in our equally proportioned sensations of overwhelmedness when confronted in our personal experiences with ultimate unknowns. It is the same force within us that precategorizes objects of affection for potential usage in moments of emotional crisis as seeks out causes for supersaturation of sensory stimulus. One of the primary hitherto identified differences in the human as opposed to all other animals behavioral utilization of this process is the seeming necessity for recognition of mortality connected to the human utilization. The comparatively longer life span of the human seems to allow the recognition of changes to a being over time as occurrences in an identifiably constant pattern, and this recognition leads both to an attachment of dominance to the design based on the same attribution of final importance to duration of survival, and to a desire to attain to permanent or at least practice the acquirement of gradual changes to the form of the being which serves as the vessel of transmission for this motivating potential which is realized both in terms of the temporal template, and the raw resource of energy provided by the interaction of consciousness with material reality through the senses. Animals seem to have much less forethought in their collection of stimuli, due, at least partially, to their having fewer items on their list of lifelong goals than the average human. With every world, philosophy, or, synonymously, lifetime created by a member of humanity there arise resultantly a certain number of new potential opportunities for the furtherance of interest along lines defined by the parameters of subsets to the temporal pattern. In this way humans can produce a unique breed of life which animals cannot, namely, intellectual offspring. On the other hand, so long as humans and animals share the same amount of overall space and continue to have interaction, the attribution of superfluously identifiable traits to animals by human intelligence seems to compensate for the difference in the pace of otherwise common evolutionary development. It is this conflict across levels of development within the most highly structurally evolved animal minds between awareness of mortality and interest only in the immediate that leads to distraction by differences from the essentially intuitive attention to similarities that is truly their shared inherent trait. There are three essential phases of micromanifestation. A quantum tunneling wormhole, a synchronicity or coincidence, and the assertion of will upon cause and effect. Because we know of more than we are responsible for, all we must do to cause something to come into being because of us is take responsibility for it by claiming that it is ours. Therefore controlling the process, which is the last step, is actually the simplest and easiest as well. a. random information transport Just as a random fluctuation in pure potential caused by uncertainty created the first probability in the history of our universe, so does this same process continue today in the form of random quantum tunneling through the existent quantum foam. Each of these quantum tunnels is a temporal singularity creating an

    interior zero-time, hyperspace event. If this event is expanded upon in space by supersaturation of the surrounding quanta it absorbs and projects at two different, distant points in spacetime, it becomes a wormhole. The quantum information that passes through such a temporal tunnel or wormhole can comprise the natural ambiance of the vacuum of deep space, a message coded into a pulsed wavelength, or even biological organisms. The geodesic influx of gravitational magnetic energy causes these to occur everywhere all over the globe, and as we pass through them we react emotionally because our perceptions of what we see differ. b. acceptable qualities, quantities and velocities of meaning We must always beware what we mean, and be aware of what we mean at all times. To this extent our measure is logic, by which we measure factual evidence against belief, faith and degree of trust. This determines the scale upon which these two parallel realities come into existence before the perception of the ego, the conscience and idea of self. The meanings we accept in this way are units of karma that accumulate into the guiding gravity of our fate. The trade in them unwinds the lifeline, making the individual perception of time turn around. What we see will be a mirror of what we can expect, which is only a fraction of what we know, and we know this to be much less in turn than what we do not know. Thus any form of seemingly meaningful sign that we perceive is in truth a cocreation of reality and the mind. Its significance is dependent upon the presence of an aware observer, otherwise it is meaningless and therefore non-referential. In different words, the mirror does not reflect my face if I am not facing it. The concept of the wishing well is a good example of early, possibly prehistoric in origin, human conception of information exchange through a wormhole. c. inversion Whenever manifestation occurs there is a build up of potential energy preceding it that is exchanged through the wormhole into the manifested material. This is the concentration of energy in one place in spacetime as another point in timespace is distorted towards it through hyperdimension. At the moment when it occurs a subspace quantity of quantum information passes through the temporal singularity. This information is the manifestation. By bending it into the material reality of spacetime, the manifest information is inverting the substance of the wormhole from its normal state of potential energy in the fourth dimension. A good example of inversion occurs in social interchange theory. In this area of human development the rhetorical argument has been refined into the format of: introductory statement; thesis statement (main body); conclusion. In this practise the use of inversion has become common between either the introduction or conclusion whichever contains the antithesis and the thesis, leaving the other to represent the synthesis, or manifest resolution to the conflict between the two ideas. Because it occurs in arguments even when they are being made with great emotional energy, inversion has come to be associated with the sudden break from tension into disunity described variously as the situation coming to a head and the straw that broke the camels back and is associated with a pressure drop and feeling of compression. (The oldest existing description of this is as zimzum in Hebrew QBLH.) By the same reasoning, because inversion is the reversal of matter and energy, like fact and fiction, from virtual to real particles it can be achieved by epoch, or diminution, upon the dasein, or pure being in the here and now. Both of these perceptions are dependent upon variable conditions of the inversion, though. Although the original masonry of QBLH in pure dimension has been lost (according to modern Masons), the body of literature associated with what has come

    to be considered pure QBLH continues to represent a vast collection of possible techniques for inversion. The languages of QBLH are based on the encoding of vibrational frequencies, associated with their equivalent factors according to alphabetical number sums. Much of QBLH is verbal, although, originally esoteric, it pertains more to written concepts associated with the spoken sounds in theory, and to intonations without sufficient referentiality in practical craft. These ceremonies and codes serve as an automatic inversion between the realm of the ideal and that of the manifest, whose full effect is determined only by the initiates degree of open mindedness. The literature of QBLH serves only in lieu of a theory for true esp. 2. macromanifestation (magic) When my generation was young and our imaginations were at their peak potential for solution seeking, our elders behaved towards us and tried to reinforce for us through ritual the roles of blank slates, in order to pass on the idea that the only cause of entitlement is timing. While this was done out of the best intentions, attempting to impart their highest wisdom that there is no such thing in reality as responsibility, only association ante facto it nonetheless came to be only as valuable to us as one more distraction in our event history. This has apparently been a problem in education for at least as long as there has been domestic child abuse, for both are mentioned in the bible, where it says that we must spare the rod and spoil the child, that we must enter into the kingdom of Heaven like a child, and where it also says an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth. The result of this type of socially indoctrinating interaction mechanism overlaying the process of education is the imitation of the official version of global history: where the pre-homo sapien humans and early Atlanteans are considered the youth of humanity, the flood a coming of age, and industrial technological development work. In short, they give you credit for having already known none of the recovered information you are reawakened to at school, and encourage you to believe that you are only aware of as much information as you can consciously (meaning against the opposition of social distractions) account for beyond the shadow of a doubt, wherein their doubts in you are tested out against you so that you will grow to fit the mold they have created for the individual based on the official version of history, which constitutes the entirety of their expectations for you. When we do not play the roles created for us by the expectations of others, the labor will become displaced onto another body, and this will represent the part of ourselves that we have assigned to be exiled by projection into manifestation. This allows us to play the role of God. Whenever there is more than one person around playing the role of God, this devaluates the role, and causes the entire paradigm to crumble into the dimension of the magic theater, where all are demigod-kings, representative of the universal harmonic vibrational frequencies of potential energy in hyperspace. It is these strands alone that the multiverse is comprised of, since all the matter-energy absorbed by the black hole and filtered through the wormholes is converted through the inversion engine of the singularity into the baby universe, and the wormholes are only filaments of potential energy themselves. In this level people are more or less psychic, their own roles, and thus their own appearance, being distributed out amongst the masses statistically, while they come to resemble the statistically averaged appearance desired for them by the souls displaced from the bodies forced into secondary roles. a. duping somebody The mind is a five dimensional hand. It is capable of accomplishing all the same feats as we are accustomed to performing ourselves in the physical world. Its strength is the spirit. It can also palm objects and misdirect attention from a sleight

    of hand, so to speak. A mental conceptual magic trick is simply a conceptual lie a false premise based on unjustifiable and wrong reasoning. These are acts of bad karma, even the little white lies. These are considered psychically unhealthy because they introduce dead ends into the flowing progress of consciousness down the infinite forking pathways of the transdimensional evolutionary holognomonic system. Get what you can out of life: this premise is agreed upon by all philosophies. Good karma is giving back all of what you dont want and half of whatever you have left over that you dont need. This is living comfortably, and this increases the probabilities of dying comfortably hence morality has become associated with a rewarded afterlife. In this way, by getting all you can, and by giving back five eights of it while still alive, or else setting the process in motion for perpetuity, philosophy and religion coincide. However religion gives all the glory to God, and philosophy prefers to contribute to more or less humanistic pursuits. Survival is reasoning thus. Any use of reasoning can become corrupt by false premises. These are simply wrong information. Often times wrong or misinformation is created on purpose, as with disinformation leaked to intermediaries in order to confuse the heads of competing groups, but most of the time misinformation arises accidentally. The machine was introduced initially to limit misinformation, however as long as it is under human control it is limited itself in how much it is being applied to its goal. b. duping everyone It is possible to induce results in reality through the consciousnesses of others by convincing them of the solidity of your conviction in the concluding inversion at the end of a stream of consciousness that has been gradually accumulating energy within your nervous system. Although it should not shock you to learn this, it probably will just as it should not shock the audience to see the magician pull a white rabbit out of his black top hat, though it always does. Manifestation, the practical exoteric application of speculative esoteric materialism, has become intertwined with the barter exchange system that has evolved into the valueless token exchange system of capital today. In this economy, manifestations accumulate in aggregates of stereotypes in genres and in merchandise. Usually manifestation is not associated with the performance of a service; this is the purely ritualistic side of money. The world of finance is a complex system of impossible loops that is wholly self referential. This is not to say that one cannot get in or out, for this is done all the time. Nor would it be fair to class this creature under the same phylum as any form of biological organism that has ever existed on this planet before. It is, nevertheless, what it is: a closed system. All access points are finite, but there is infinite potential within. Richard Nixon obviously agreed with this philosophy, himself a freemason who knew that taxation was entirely premised upon disinformation of the American public, when he took the American dollar off the gold standard, thus floating the loans of the Nation to every country to whom we owed outstanding debt, and declaring our statements of debit and credit invalid and therefore null and void. c. duping yourself Whenever there is an unpleasant reality, the minds instinct automatically creates an alternate reality for the personality to retreat into. This is simply a coping mechanism that naturally accesses the multiverse, but the same effect can be accomplished by a calm, rational choice more easily. Here we see that the mind will obey all the same rules as the dimensional geometries formed from quantum foam up to and including the creation of alternate personalities as baby universes. In the same way that all baby universes are virgin births so is each mind its own unique

    kind of singularity neither exclusively gravitational nor temporal. It is in this way that the personality first begins to form self referentials or role model archetypes. These can take any and all forms that they like, and operate in an ideal state more or less independently of the self, only answering immediately when called upon and the rest of the time at utter liberty. We consider these spirits of our own higher being that exist in the aethyreal realm just as much, and in much the same ways, as we do in the material realm. Our ancestors like to use ritual magick to summon the ghostly memories of their own ancestral dead, however our knowledge of this remains cold and detached, while our use of the mental projective space is free to wander with the will power of our imaginations. The interconnectivity amongst past generations seen by the shamanic elders of the yet primitive tribes is much alike the interconnectivity of suburban yuppies on the internet, or rather like the social party rule of six degrees of separation applied to zen Buddhism in which we are all just reflections of one another, therefore it is very tempting for us to lie to ourselves about such things. To have contradictory ideas, modes, paradigms, or even religious beliefs is quite common now, and there are fewer and fewer authorities who are worthy of answering for the very decrease in deserving authority. Take for example those authorities who feed off the repressed desire of their subjects to leave and you will see the quantities of injustice. Some say that inversion the necessary transference between opposing viewpoints, their union-intersection, like an all purpose right answer at any given wrong time, is necessary for the rolling of probability over from one event to the next. This, in turn, constitutes the forward flow of entropy, measuring the unfolding passage of time, only insofar as this effect on probability is in the nature of disruption and disorder. It turns out, it is not only necessary that it be thus, but a given as well, for it is random quantum fluctuations, due to the uncertainty principle, that caused the universe to come into creation, and that continue to transport information inside our brains, or even through hyperspace across the universe, to this very date. Still, it is worth noting that the real measure by which we perceive time is by space (distance) plumbed by the speed of light, which is energy upon the distortion of gravity by the substantive matter of the universe, which itself is a field comprised of microwave tachyons involuting opposite the universes entropic expansion thus against time. 3. common odds It is safe to say anthropically that there would be no magic without magicians, just as it is safe to assume that most, if not all magicians, are more or less like you and me, and that, moreover, for them to share a magic trick with us, it is necessary that they inhabit the same continuum. This is the same continuum shared by the mind through manifestation. It is a continuum of pure probability. Pure probability is the substance of prediction in quantum mechanics, which is the attempt by applied mathematics to bring the workings of subatomic spinning particles and force carrying waves into the grasp of the mind. It is more commonly known to the gambler as chance, and control of it, which they seem to think is random, they call luck. Science has given us other names for it, the best of which is probability. Either simply means the likelihood of an event happening or not. It is difficult for the modern mind to fully accept that our entire universe, the timespace continuum itself, the fourth dimensional motivation of our third dimensional reality, is no more than a fluid math of randomly fluctuating measures of probability (manifest nothing) arising from and within pure potential (ideal nothing). But this is the way it is, mathematically. Now this continuum is not constant. The particles of the atom themselves

    resemble a miniature replica of a solar system gaping with empty space, while even the highest frequency microwave background radiation only vibrates its gravitational waves through subspace in the pattern of the dispersion of galaxies in the walls, filaments and voids of our universe. However, it is important to note that the manifestation (the probability or magic trick) is merely a concentration of potential (or that which we know is between the subatomic particles and in the universal voids, i.e. nothing, for such as do we know) that amounts to no effect other than the creation of spin in particles or the stirring of force carrying waves for if it did, all probability as such would be revealed for misdirection (and the magic would be taken out of the trick). a. dimensional molecules Fermions and bosons are molecules of dimensions. Their spin potential variability is determined by transdimensional interaction. The dimensions themselves remain outside of and beyond the forms they generate, as the nuclei of two covalently bonded atoms. They are as the philosophical definition of the ideal. Before we can consider the specific cases of fermions and bosons we must delve a little deeper into the nature of the dimensions. It cannot be argued that the first dimension is a singularity, the ultimate embodiment of symmetry. The second dimension is, equivocally, planar geometry. These are ideal forms, impossible to express in our material reality, and exist as realms of pure equation. Without them, however, we could understand nothing of our own condition, and would posses no mathematics by which to quantify nature. In fact, without them, nature itself could not have assumed the forms and functions which we now know. However, even the simplest understanding we posses cannot belong to one of these dimensions alone. Consider the point for example. Its properties are compression and scale correspondence, where the former applies to a singularity and the latter to planar geometry. Neither has any meaning except in relationship with the other, and what meaning we do comprehend of either is therefore a creation of both. Without the point, a Cartesian coordinate system could not exist, but without a singularity, there would be no point. This natural progression continues upward through the dimensions even up to light and beyond, which I have here classified as the fifth dimension. This is due to the unique properties of light which seem to imply a domain unto itself, particularly as it relates to time; the primary example of this being the seeming transtemporal nature of tachyons. The fourth dimension should be set aside for special consideration as well, as doing so now will relieve the pressures of later describing the particles it helps to form. The fourth dimension is simultaneously spatial and temporal, meaning that it generates highly complicated structures over fixed intervals. The complexity of its spatial component is due to its having as its foundation an open geometry, in progression from the flat second and closed third dimensional geometries. Its temporal component, however, is semi-second dimensional, as it is traditionally observed to unfold binarily between past and future. I have demonstrated elsewhere that this relationship is indeed far more complex than this, but in the context of this exposition we need only remember these two defining traits for this dimension. Now we may consider the dimensional molecular cases of fermions and bosons. Bosons (real particles) posses fractional spin as they occur between the third and the fourth dimensions. They arise as the result of the interaction of matter and energy between the pure, formal geometry of the third dimension and the pure, formal time of the fourth dimension. They begin as ultimate, unformed material chaos. As time passes this mass becomes motivated, and an exchange of matter and energy begins to take place, constructing a framework of preexistent geometric

    relationship to govern the materialization of real particles. Bosons symmetry is quarterly in three dimensional coordinate space, meaning in any direction it is rotated a boson will look the same after less than one complete turn. In other words, its matter-energy structure is determined by geometric (symmetry) and temporal (spin) interaction. These may be measured as either particle or wave. Fermions (virtual or force-carrying particles) arise similarly, but posses integer spin potential variability. The fourth dimension exists in field form, and the fifth dimension in no solid form at all, and therefore there are no geometric restrictions placed on symmetry. Fermions thus existing between pure Time and pure Light can only be measured as waves, and as such obey spin in accordance with oscillation interval, or frequency constant wavelength. The nature of further dimensions, and therefore implications for the particles they may generate through interaction, is discussed elsewhere. i. dimensional relativity Just as we observe that on the scale of atoms there is a structure which mirrors the arrangement of the planetary spheres in the heavens, with the electron orbiting around the nucleus as does a moon around a planet, or a planet around a sun, but that the structure of the subatomic particles themselves is probabilistically regular, alike that of the planets, moons and stars, each having its own set of characteristics and rules for behavior, and no two classes being identical in either, so must it also follow that the patterns governing over the smaller aspects than the subatomic particles should follow the same structural organization as that which is of the lowest order for the arrangement of information in these larger scales. Thus, for the properties of dimensionality itself, it should be observed the same ordering as occurs with and for the heavenly spheres and for the electrons of atoms, that they, being of an order beneath the spheres of the subatomic particles, just as are the subatomic particles exponentially one progression beneath that of the heavenly bodies, should obey the same rules for behavior as the orbits of electrons, just as the electrons obey the same rules for behavior as do the orbits of the satellites of space. The force that acts upon the satellites is gravity, and its constituent particle is the hypothetical graviton. So, the force over the smaller electrons is microgravity, and its constituent particle is thought to be the tachyon. As explained elsewhere, the graviton and the tachyon are really the same particle, carrying the same negative entropic force on two different size scales. Though even smaller than any particle, even the superstrings of tachyons which are thought to be infinitesimally small, the same force still applies to the substance of space itself, and in this capacity it is called time. Time is a movement which warps space into the shapes of the smallest particles, tachyons, which shape is a torus. Therefore it is this shape that we must look for in the raw substance of the continuum in ts most fundamental form, that of dimensionality itself. And here we see that dimensionality is, indeed, a unity that is divided into a plurality, and that this is because its levels of plurality are orbital paths, like those of electrons or satellites, occurring within a single pattern of a torus. Thus, we see that manifestation occurs as the orbital vector of dimension. As dimensionality itself is revolved, manifestation occurs. In the first revolution dimensionality manifests the singularity. In the second it manifests the plane. In the third it manifests solid shape. With the fourth revolution dimensionality manifests time itself. Beyond this is not known to modern physics, but it is held within the esoteric tradition that the fifth emanation is pure light. This is in keeping with gnostic doctrine, which expostulates that before the beginning of creation there was chaos, and this chaos was a darkness. This darkness was a shadow beside the Light of God. That is that, the act of creation itself, what I have been referring to as the act of manifestation, was itself a solid thing, itself a manifestation, and that between Gods

    Light and the unformed chaos this created a shadow which was the measure of nothingness, known as the primordial abyss of Ain. Therefore manifestation is said to have two sides, a light aspect and a dark aspect, and between them an inversion. But we have also seen that this first manifestation is the manifestation of dimension itself, since there is no smaller measure for the continuum to set it aside from the void, and that it is by the rotation of this first manifestation, that of dimensionality itself, that the manifestation of the subsequent known dimensions comes into being. Now just as the darkness and the Light were the two loci of the diameter of the universe when it first began to spin into form through dimensionality, and the darkness was but a shadow of that dimensionality cast off by the divine Light, so did these loci become separated by the rotation of dimension along its orbit manifesting; the darkness rising up to become the matter of space, and the Light sinking down to become the progression of time. Thus, just as the particles of matter and energy occur as though shared electrons between dimensions like as in a molecule, so does each dimension revolve in its way around the two loci of space and time here within our universe. Now time is a greater force than the matter-energy substance of space. Together they are a unified continuum, but it is time which is outside of and above space that causes it to be moved in the way of dimensionality. The course of the manifestation of dimensionality itself, thus, because the two loci of its orbit are the substance of space and time, must pass around and beyond them, so that part of the time pure dimension penetrates the divided plurality of the manifest universe, and part of the time passes beyond its confines and outside of it into and through the multiverse of refractions of the one real timestream into the hyperdimensions of alternate possible timestreams. The shape of the torus becomes apparent when it is reckoned that, while dimensionality itself is orbiting in its course of manifestation between the divided dimensions of the local universe, between which orbital rotations the particles of matter and energy, among others, occur, the two loci of space and time are themselves perpetually changing place with each other, so that, while around them pure dimension makes an orbital process, within this perimeter also there is another orbital loop being made by the two loci around which the greater orbit revolves. Because of this precession of the inner orbit we can therefore further subdivide the two loci. That which began as Light greater than the whole of all that is, became time outside of and motivating all that is, and can now be known as timespace, or the external surface of the continuum that is all that is, that which is also called the multiverse or hyperdimension. That which began as darkness and unformed chaos before the creation of the universe, and the volume of space thereof upon its creation, may similarly be called spacetime, or the substance of the continuum, space infused with time, the interior surface of the one universe. Thus, also, it should be noted that it is always spacetime that is nearest to the manifestation of multiple dimensionality that is pure dimension on its orbital course of manifestation. The reason for this shall be expounded upon presently, for it is a series of shadows. Now dimensionality within space is as one sphere within another, and as dimensionality passes on its circuit of manifestation, so space is changed over time, such that the sum over histories of space, or the multiverse, assumes a form to encompass this orbit, and thus takes on and is bound to the shape of the torus. So too does time, which remains a force outside of space that can only be observed as the speed of light squared, thus double itself about the diameter of the interior tube of the multiverse, wherein is the space of this universe, and, it is known by the forty five degree angle of its diagonal, takes up to itself the shape of a tesseract, or hypercube, of which much more shall be discussed duly. Thusly, spacetime is the interior surface of the sum over histories torus of the multiverse, and timespace is

    the exterior surface of the tesseract that comprises the force of hyperdimension. The relativity of dimensionality proceeds, therefore, thus: manifestation (the orbit of dimension) is the shadow cast by (pure) dimension; (multiple) dimension is the shadow cast by space; (space is the shadow cast by spacetime; spacetime is the shadow cast by timespace; timespace is the shadow cast by hyperdimension; hyperdimension is the shadow cast by time ... etc. shortened to...) space is the shadow cast by time; time is the shadow cast by manifestation. God is above and beyond, the source of the Light. ii. conservation of dimension Pure dimension orbits elliptically the double loci of space (volume) and time (motion), which themselves orbit each other so that space always faces dimension. [see diagram 5a.] At different points in its orbit pure dimension casts the appearance of multiple, different dimensions. This is called manifestation and is measured by geometry. [see diagram 5b.] Manifestation is dually active and passive. As a verb it represents the motion of time. As a noun it represents the measure of space. When pure dimension is at the antipode point in the orbit of manifestation space and time overlap to create the volume and motion of the local universe. [diagram 5c.] As pure dimension orbits in manifestation its poles precess, such that they alternate in their orientation. Thus the precession of manifestation leads to the conservation of dimensions such that plural dimensionality scale compresses to the original singularity of ylem at the time of the big bang. [diagram 5d.] Manifestation is the vector of dimension in the same way as time is the vector of space, hyperdimension (n-dimensional multidimension) is the vector of subspace (the infinite volume zero mass vacuum), and as the multiverse (sum) is the vector (over) of the local universe (histories). [diagram 5e.] The precession of pure dimension in subspace (the apparently flat surface of gravity bent by mass) equals the lightcone history (past and future) of the universe in the hyperdimension sum/history multiverse outside of timespace, which is the exterior surface of spacetime, whose geometry is different (flat, closed or open) in different local areas due to the conservation of dimension. [5e.] As pure dimension orbits through manifestation perpendicular to the temporal vector of hyperdimension in the multiverse (that is, the precession of manifestation), the past and future light cones revolve around through the torus of the sum/history multiverse outside of and around the local space-time universe. [5e.] The measure of the lightcones of the antipode point of pure dimension, where time and space overlap, is phi, or a regular conic spiral turned at a forty five degree angle. Here we see that the lightcone does not represent a past and future projection of vector, but the regular degree of curvature to the background radiation in the subspace of the local universe. The measure of the lightcones for the projected past and future vectors in the hyperdimensional tachyonic multiverse outside of, containing and surrounding the subspace local universe is the same, but because they are relative to one another along the precessing orbital vector of manifestation as pure dimension casts the geometric appearance of multiple dimensions, the measure of the multiversal torus comprised of the sum over histories of these projected tachyonic light cones in hyperdimension is relative to the precession of manifestation, and therefore its curvature is pi, a complete, cyclical, circle. Thus, the measure of the lightcones of spacetime and timespace of the finite dimensionality of the subspace local universe is the sum over the histories of the projected lightcones of future and past trajectories of tachyons in the multiverse, or phi/pi. [diagram 6.] b. instantaneous manifestation

    Instantaneous manifestation is defined as the focus of time when potential energy expenditure and information being delivered are exactly equivalent, as in the case of perfect clarity upon some point, or the passing of a thought perpendicular to that point, but of great elegance. Instantaneous manifestation means equalization of energy expenditure in the realm of potential and information being delivered. This pertains to the duty of the messenger. There is much literature on the synchronization of ones mental projective waves of probability to the natural, inherent vibrational frequencies of solid matter. There is a strong belief, rarely realized, among researchers that time goes only as slowly as you let it. The relationship of the mind to time is one of the most complex geometries of pure dimension, in potential for what is not defined specifically remains present in potential and thus all the dimensions remain balanced between their outward pattern and their movement of potential. Here we find nothing to confound ylem, or pixelate the subordinate hyperdimension; only pure potential. When we say that it is complex in potential, it only means that it is simple in fact, though the simple units we are using to measure complexity are themselves potential. Here we find that, as in all pure dimensions, the relationship described between consciousness and potential is one of energy exchange. Thus we can recognize patterns in event, for here, when the concentration of active consciousness is applied to it, it mirrors the hypercubic form of the fourth dimension. We perceive and catalogue the data that some patterns of energy change more than others over time. This is true both for the patterns that arise in the dimensional subspaces where manifestation occurs and for the fields of potential that occur between these realms. Therefore instantaneous manifestation occurs when active consciousness is aligned directly with the fourth dimensional event. It is caused by the transmission of potential energy from one pure dimension to another in a route circuitous to the subspace between them. This allows for a certain amount of subspace to be left over in the multidimensional elemental situation of an event, and this results in one of two things happening, each in one of two ways. Either the extra subspace manifests hyperdimensionally, in a way either obvious or oblivious to extent, or in accordance with the argument that all matter is potential energy, in again a direct or abstruse way. In the first case it would be in a quantum information orbital state close to the data pattern of which it has been shed, and therefore may result in manifestation similar to a thoughts line known to be occurring on one channel of your bioelectromagnetic aura. In this way you could say that the manifestation was close or was aimed at event. This is the cause of both all miracles and all accidents. In the latter case then we are in a situation of chaos in closed systems, where there is no hope of predicting the manifestations relative position of occurrence, unless it were plotted as upon a phi-bound projection from a pi-bound orbit as pure information units in hyperdimensions, or as a phi/pi spiral, assuming one has found sufficient signs by which to measure the positions of these orbits of pure information. The question becomes which of these perspectives came first? Is it true that, for someone who drew before they spoke (or who perceives instantaneous manifestation as hyperdimensional before material), one could expect that they had actually seen images in images with their minds before having conceived of in words descriptions of the impossible? In any event instantaneous manifestation, being somewhat of an ideal meteor, usually is found to occur in the form of the appearance of objects that coincides with a thought-line. It may be speculated that this is a type of proto-telekinesis, proving that the Great Creator preceded the Primary Motivator.

    c. random quantum tunneling and the uncertainty principle It is said by the bravest minds of science today that the universe began with the first random quantum fluctuation, and I have no doubt that we are still living in this same expanded singularity today. Theologically this displaces the prime motivator as Grand Creator with the uncertainty principle being the only primarily preexistent condition. The uncertainty principle itself is a factor of the speed of light, which is the inversion between manifestation and entropy in this third dimension. According to this theory it was the force carrying photon that was the first particle a quantum tunnel that was alone without any other points to connect, closed up into a sphere, like real numbers inside and like imaginary numbers outside. Now, however, the gnomonic and fractal expansion of fluctuation within that original seed of the first Light has progenated the quantum foam a sea of various frequencies, some combining into harmonic melodies the background microwave radiation continuum. Thus when a quantum forms the interior of a tunnel it can connect various points in spacetime. However this still occurs mostly, if not entirely, at random and, it is thought, due to the uncertainty principle. Admittedly random fluctuation and the uncertainty principle alone do not account for the myriad of patterns that are formed in the universe. d. continuum singularitas If we accept that the universe is a unified field such as the vibrational model or the multidimensional model, then we can say that it is altogether apprehensible by the mind as itself a single unit. One such model of the universe is the Jachin and Boaz model, known in the east as the yin and yang model, which combines two inverse fields one more manifest, and one more aethyreal; one representing beneficial karma, one representing unpleasant karma. It is thought that, though opposite, the two forces are one. Buddhists, who study this model, give the name ylem for that which existed before the big bang, and Zen Buddhists call the energy underlying the universe chi and the guidance of this energy tao. If, as I have described as being indicated by the theory, we say that the uncertainty principle accounts for ylem and tao, then quanta themselves comprise chi. However another perspective on these same factors is the concept of the Primary Clear Light. This is the state of enlightenment (or absence of neuralectric kinetic energy in the nervous system) associated with Nibana or Nirvana achieved by the trance of Samadhi or Samasamadhi. Thus we have in our hands all the pieces, both modern and ancient, of the cosmological puzzle. Let us see how they fit together. We may associate ylem with the Primary Clear Light as a precedent has been set in previous consciousness research. Also we can see that chi possibly describes waves and microwave frequencies of electromagnetic radiation in a field of ambient potential energy created by random quantum fluctuation. Therefore tao would be, by process of elimination, quantum probability wells. Tao and Chi are Yin and Yang good and bad karma, over time. Yin and Yang blur out of ylem in the beginning and into it again at the end. e. the prediction of events based on random information theory A good example of inversion occurs in social interchange theory. In order to understand the inversion inherent in social interchange systems we must understand that there is an exoteric and an esoteric side to all social interaction. On the one level we are communicating only what we are communicating consciously. However beyond this level are countless others, where information as idea is

    constantly being exchanged, that we can only sense emotionally as the shadow of our social conscience and relative light of social spirit, and that remain obvious to us at all times, and yet of which we remain unconscious. If we adopt the notion of ownership over the full capacity for awareness of our mind, as philosophy suggests as the course it has followed since the age of Reason, then we must accept that it is only as ordered as we have allowed it to become. If, however, we reserve rights to a higher power, such as any of the versions of God offered by institutionalized religions, or if we give these rights away to a spouse, the state or the devil (all karma adds up to the same sum, whether good or bad, black or white, namely: nothing), then we can assume that the world of which we know nothing and to which we continue to remain blind is founded upon whatever form or degree of order we imagine associates to this nobody of nothing. In either event the only measure we are given to plumb the depths is inversion between the end pointing at us, of which we know something and the other end disappearing into the void, of which we know nothing. When we communicate with another, this inversion ceases to be the inversion between something and nothing and becomes the inversion between something and something else. In this area of human development the rhetorical argument has been refined into the format of: introductory statement; thesis statement (main body); conclusion, with the inversion between the thesis and the antithesis. At first, philosophy had adopted this form verbatim to express itself, however, it eventually sided entirely with the dramatic chorus against the dialogue of the bit players in favor of attributing both thesis and antithesis to the same voice, thus delimiting possible reaction, and gaining better target audience control. This represents a devolution from the communion of the double helix (inversion between two somethings) towards dictatorship of force according to singular wave function (inversion between peak and trough of one something and the surrounding relative nothingness.) Although the original masonry of QBLH in pure dimension has been lost (according to the publicly released literature of modern Masons), the body of literature associated with what has come to be considered pure QBLH continues to represent a vast collection of possible techniques for inversion. The literature of QBLH serves only in lieu of a theory for true anomalous cognition by which to communicate the tradition in a way meaning to sing a song in silence. Originally QBLH was all of the esoterica, the unifying geometry of the multiverse, and in this way is originally representative of the twin helix of Life. One of the finer points of QBLH rhetoric is the distinction between fact and fiction. This dates back to ancient bigotry between the initiated and the uninitiated. The initiated were horrible know-it-alls who were, moreover, rich, while the masses of humanity toiled in debt, starved and went ignorant. Much of history is the story of the reversal of this fortune up to the modern day the uninitiated slowly coming to grips with all the secret facts of history, usually only as conditions for their continued loyalty to substandard living status. The terms of fact and fiction constitute the entire language of the social compact as it effects change in the society of its citizens, which it calls culture in order to depower it, calling itself society. According to this agreement, facts move upward through hierarchical systems, while fiction moves downward. Since the concept of a naturally formed hierarchical system (such as the gnomonic growth pattern of a tree or the double helix of DNA, both factors of the negentropic evolution of life) is contrary to the relatively heathen belief in the uncertainty principle as being the only guiding light for all universal being, the full implications of this agreed upon association go generally unrecognized by the uninitiated.

    D. practising manifestation of pure geometry in pure dimension (ancient) It is perpetually becoming easier, and therefore wiser, to accept that our common ancient ancestors had a much greater knowledge of the stars than their modern uninitiated antecedents. The popular paradigm dogma has become the rule by the elders of the children, and this is becoming safer to apply holographically to human history, perhaps, than it is easy to carry out in actual life. What the forefathers of our civilizations concealed esoterically in their descriptions of the cosmos may itself only be the tip of the iceberg of our ancient ancestors knowledge. One such governing theory, understood by the initiated but not understood by the uninitiated commoner, is Astrology. It is a systemization of the heavens according to temporal differentials, however the given explanations of it are needlessly complex and convoluted, and have historically distorted the underlying and fundamental practical astronomy of it. It apparently derives from an ancient art known of in great detail at the lost roots of all existing peoples and civilizations. An interesting application of Astrology often overlooked is the possible correspondence of data about people born under the same conditions of timing, determined by astronomical alignments. (If such a record were compiled over the ages it would produce a very interesting tapestry woven of many various peoples lives and bearing an image that might offer better insight into the overall shape of the human mind than any method before.) We know that the ancient people of the earth, whose history is largely otherwise lost, erected enormous stone megaliths in perfect astronomical alignments. Our history of civilization begins with the creation of the zodiac, and constellations formed by imagining connecting lines between certain stars in the sky in patterns reminiscent of natural or otherwise known objects. Their exact observations were based on the simplest of means, and though monumental, their works are aesthetically minimalist and ergonomically utilitarian. They have however endured for all time, and many maintain even to this day. Because of the ancients observation of the stars being relative to our own temporally, and because the events observed by our ancestors and the events that we observe are also relative to the distance from us at which they occurred temporally, we can extrapolate the formula that our ancestors were observing events at a time when events other than those that they were observing were actually occurring at the distance to their origin, and that these events will be observed before the events that are going on right now at the distance to the origin, which are also different from the events that we can observe now. An application of this would be realizing that what we are seeing now for a star 2000 light years away is relative to what was going on on earth 2000 years ago, and that what we are seeing now for a star 4000 light years away is relative to what was going on on earth 4000 years ago. This is the measure of inversion our ancient ancestors used between their own social something and the something else of the stars in the heavens. Because what they knew of the stars was exclusively idealized, and what they knew of the ways of the earth was exclusively material, this inverse relativity is in hyperspace. 1. the theory of Atlantis: a lost supercivilization It is thought by the modern occult that, just before the beginning of the era of the Mother Goddess, and ending with the menstrual flood associated with her divine birth rite, there was a civilization that was similar to our own, and in very many ways surpassed it, particularly in fields of technology. This thought has been disseminated by making the writings of the author of the original description of the lost world required reading in the very same educational university system he had helped to create. Therefore, although his own words tell us otherwise, the entirety of the worlds ancient, lost civilizations have come to fall under the nomenclature he

    gave to that one land, and any differences between areas and eras is on the brink of becoming hopelessly lost to a semantics battle between yuppie and hippie new agers, inheritors of the eternally unworthy role of torch bearer to Atlantean illuminism. It is widely known today that around the world there are cities that lie off the shores of many countries, below the level of the waves on the surface of the sea. The most probable explanation for such cities is that they were built during the last ice age, when global sea levels were lower. However this would mean establishing a much earlier date for the beginning of civilization than is traditionally accepted. Currently it is taught in our schools that civilization first arose in Sumer, also called Mesopotamia, between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, as well as, around the same time, along the Nile river to the southwest and the Indus river to the east. The oldest known artifacts of civilization in existence date from this time, about 9000 - 7000 years ago. The peak of the last ice age, however, was closer to 20,000 years ago. These are only some of the unexplained artifacts of the late stone age, however. Clearly a great art of stone masonry has been lost to our times, for beyond our means are the constructions of many ancient megalithic centers, shrines, temples and monuments, involving the quarrying and transport of solid stones, some weighing over 100 tons, most weighing over ten tons, and their exact placement in alignment with astronomical signs on the horizon and at angles in the sky. Since we also lack the ability to determine when they were moved into place, we do not even know when the hundreds of thousands of sacred stone sites throughout the world were erected, and therefore we know absolutely nothing about the people who did so. We have only recently discovered the worldwide knowledge of the hunting weapon, the atlatl, and now believe that it was already known of globally during the last ice age. The atlatl itself is no more than a wooden spear propeller. Nonetheless before its discovery, no such tool or implement was imagined by the greatest minds of modern men when they imagined back on our common ancient ancestors; and it is in fact a marvelous adaptation to the cumbersome spear that reveals a level of knowledge of physics that anthropologists still consider to be as much of an anachronous advancement at the time as was the atomic bomb in the 20th century. While for the uninitiated Atlantis remains a pleasant myth, for the initiated the fact of ancient lost highly technologically advanced civilizations is an ever present reality. It is equated with the fundamental masonic practise, as well as fundamental religious doctrine, of confronting ones own mortal finitude. Its inevitable ending has become so wrapped up with the mortal or living flesh that the very word that describes it, mortality, has come to mean instead only death. So, with the worlds great civilizations, have all of their efforts amounted only to the myth of the moment of their loss. a. megaliths and underground rivers Many stone monuments are not only aligned with celestial events, but are centered over sources, junctures or near-surface points of underground rivers. The only known way finding underground waterways today is by dowsing, which involves using a wishbone shaped stick held lightly and allowed to droop. There is no scientific method to dowsing, and it has not found any basis in scientific work, however its success rate can be measured against the success rate of remote viewing and the temporal fluctuation of the earths electromagnetic field and found to correspond. This indicates that dowsing may have more to do with neuralectric sensitivity to earths electromagnetic field, and that this electromagnetic field may have to do with the paths taken by underground rivers. It is not known if dowsing is the descendent of any ancient art, but according to the legends associated with many ancient megalithic sites by the indigenous people, especially when these same people believe the megaliths to have been built supernaturally by an alien race of gods, the

    megalithic sites are associated with early wells during the age of the Mother Goddess, and subsequently with blood rituals at the beginning of the age of the Father God. b. underground rivers and ley lines Just as the various megaliths plot the progress of the various underground rivers throughout the land, the alignments between them are known as electromagnetic current ley lines. Just as they had discovered vast underground caverns and lakes during the ice age, when the ground water level dropped along with sea level (Tennessee remains perched atop a network of deep caves and subterranean waterways and lakes), so did the ancients establish a web of energy channels guided by the megalithic conduits, all across the face of the land. This energy was called the Vril or Orgone energy by German occultists immediately prior to World War II, although it was also identified earlier by Hebrew scholars as Ophanic energy associated with the Ophanim, cycles or wheels. It is essentially similar to biophysical energy present in the nervous system, which Freud called phi, however it is equivalent to a very great amount of this, such as Count Orgaz identified with the Orgasm. The control of this energy in the confines of the biophysical system is the long time practise of the east, where Tantric Kundalini channels the chi through the chakras, and where acupuncture and acupressure free the energy paths between pressure points. It is probably not very far off the original intention of both to compare these two schools on the subject of the electromagnetic force: the biophysical and the geographical, however while the intended effect of biophysical energy channeling is ultimately enlightenment and transcendence of the ego, or self-actualization, it is unknown what the effect would be of establishing a working megalithic electromagnetic current circuit system across the face of the globe. c. ancient ley lines and modern churches While the simple solutions of the domed ceiling and the support frame modify ancient megalithic architecture very little, the practise of placement above underground water and in geoglyphic alignments of holy sites for shrines, churches, mosques and temples has been systematically adhered to by all subsequent faiths. Modern churches can be found arranged in various mystical geometric forms and patterns relative to one another and to the ancient megalithic sites. It is believed by some very recent thinkers that all of these alignments are relative to different positions of the geographic north pole over the past 80,000 years. 2. flood myth/sacred geometry school cults spread in India The first calendrical system was that of the yugas of kalpas in India. According to this system there were three yugas in each kalpa, one the creator (Brahma), one the maintainer (Vishnu) and Kali-Yuga, the time of the destroyer (Shiva). Along with this system came the description of an immortal soul that reincarnated through a myriad of lifetimes seeking enlightenment and perfection. Thus were begun the worlds first sects, or religious cults, devoted to the study of pure number, and naturalistic allegorical encryption systems. They describe a blue skinned race called the Aryans, who have long since vanished from the region, from whom they inherited their kingship by divine right, and from whom they inherited their system of laws, both natural and social. a. the Rig Vedas and the Hindu Caste system This was the system described in the Rig Vedas. Of course, as the world was short on civilization at the time, a large part of attaining perfection was associated with civic duty, and thus the same manual also created the class system, where the

    slave caste served the land owning caste, and the land owning caste served the kings. In exchange for a life of servitude, the elderly at the time of retirement were exiled to live in aescetic meditative purgative contemplation of their value to the world and brace themselves for the impact of their eventual demise. It was these people who, in their aged wisdom, began the original orders of spiritual attainment, and outlined the parameters of much subsequent research. b. the cult of thugees and petro rites The thugees cult was the first to perform ritual human blood letting as part of a sacrificial ceremony to Shiva. Because this was done over stone idols consecrated to the deity, these became known as petro rites (for stone). This would not be the last of blood letting cults, which continue to this day. The ancient Jews sacrificed animals, the Aztecs gave up their own young, and modern voodoo places hexes using blood as a medium. All people throughout history have shed blood for war, and almost all if not all have put prisoners of such wars up for public execution; even in cases where the war is a civil war or only a political revolution this has been the case. c. Buddhism and the transcendence of Samsara The melancholia described variously by all great minds throughout all time was the subject of the meditations of a particular Hindu prince turned monk. He came to believe that the material world was an ever changing illusion, and that the depression and futility felt by most people with their status in the social hierarchy would be dealt with best by greater spiritual benefits than were offered by traditional reincarnation. The Buddha taught that the world could be transcended by degree, and that, at a state of ultimate transcendence, it was possible to leave reality altogether and to ascend beyond the physical form for as long as one wanted. d. the sunken city off the coast of Japan There is a city off the coast of Yonaguni island in the islands of Japan that is believed to date back 10,000 years at least. It has evidence of the same, smooth surfaced, several ton stone masonry known from megalithic sites throughout the world. There is no reason to doubt that civilization beginning some 7000 - 9000 years ago in India could have come directly from this large site in nearby coastal Japan. It is known that during the Ice Age, the islands of Indonesia between the Indian peninsula and New Zealand, were all connected forming one giant land bridge uniting Asia to Australia. The only question is why a technologically advanced people who had migrated far to the east would migrate back to the west and up the Indus river when the end of the ice age returned sea levels to their present height. There is evidence in Siberia, Russia, northern Asia that thousands of huge wooly mammoths from this time were flash frozen with tropical vegetation undigested in their stomachs. This opens up the possibility that this group of Atlanteans might not have had any choice in to where they were navigated, since it may have been the only hospitable environment at the time. 3. flood myth/sacred geometry cults spread from Sumeria While the Rig Vedas were still a primarily oral tradition Sargon the Great unified upper and lower Egypt and created the first system of writing hieroglyphics, which, it has only recently been discovered, predates even linear a and linear b, the predecessors to cuneiform, which would lead in turn to Sanskrit, the language in which the Rig Vedas would eventually be written down. At this same time this great ruler, who came out of Sumeria, developed the system of representing counting by numbers, for the purpose of stocking inventories of staples for the

    purpose of trade-based distribution amongst the people. This would eventually lead to the creation of the concept of money, or arbitrary value. Sargon spread the myth of Gilgamesh, the survivor of a great flood, and this was the worlds first written work of literature. It is particularly astounding because it is held exclusively as a work of fiction, without any sort of cult attached to it at all, such as is the case with many other accounts of the world flood. Like Platos account of Atlantis itself, Gilgamesh remains held as mythological speculation, accepted even by the people of the time as a flight of fancy, falsity, fallacy, fraud or fiction. a. Babylonian astronomy It is known that, while the Hindus followed cycles of many hundreds of thousands of years, the Sumerians were primarily interested in yearly cycles and cycles related to crop seasons for planting and harvest. To this end, it is thought by modern scholars, they created the twelve month zodiac. For whatever their reasons they were the ones to originate, 8000 years ago, all of the signs of the houses as we know them today. Some of them seem natural Sargon was known as the Scorpion King, and hence Scorpius the Scorpion; simply an indigenous animal. Others, however, are quite arcane, such as Aquarius the water bearer, or Sagittarius the philosopher part man, part goat, part fish. These have been, however, faithfully preserved through the ages, in this exact form, to today. Though they were life or death to ancient mariners, they are almost totally ignored by the uninitiated of today. b. Egyptian architecture While the zodiac of constellations given for the solar systems ecliptic orbital plane is credited to Babylonia, the first full chart of all the animisms for the different parts of the night sky in the whole years northern hemisphere comes to us from New Kingdom Dendera, in Egypt. The Egyptians carried astronomy into far more than this single, simple motif however, incorporating divine measurements and observations of the heavens into every single work of art and craft they produced. The most recognized of these, even in ancient times, are the great pyramids of Giza. These are three enormous, stone, megalithic structures constructed to align with the belt of the constellation Osiris (modern Orion) as part of a massive scale geographic representation of the constellations on the surface of earth. The tips of the pyramids also align according to a phi spiral, a shape unfolded from the expansion of a transcendental number. Buried next to the great pyramid, and on display there today, is a large, beautiful, seafaring boat. c. Essenes and Nazarenes The cult that most profoundly embraced the harmonious parity of Yin and Yang, or Jachin and Boaz, was that of the Baptist Essenes, known also as the Poor Nazarenes. The Essenes of the order wore white robes, and the Nazarenes of the order wore black robes, however they merely represented the left and right hand of the same organization, the Nosrei-ha-brith, or keepers of the covenant, the esoteric masonic Juwes of the exoteric Hebraic Jews. This was the inspiration for the later order of the Knights Templar, whose emblem was two brothers on one horse. Though both the Templars and the Essenes were practitioners of communal property, the Templars began the system of banking that is still in use today. The Essenes, on the other hand, dealt in esoteric doctrines, and were fundamentally determined to form a unified description to fit all existing dogma. The brothers of the path of the Black Hand went on to form the cult of the Assassins, who inspired the Templars. d. the sunken city off the coast of Spain

    It is thought by some that the blood line of Jesus, the Essene Buddha, moved to France and eventually to Scotland near stone henge, a famous megalithic site. During this same time the Muslims of the middle east spread west across Africa as far as the Atlantic, then crossed the straits of Gibraltar and took took Spain in Europe. What motive would either of these peoples have had to seek territory in Europe, a miserable land populated by heathen barbarians, the Gaels of France, the AngloSaxons of Brittany and the Normans of Germany. Aside from the treasures of many thousands of megalithic sites on land, there is a city off the coast of Spain that would have been common knowledge to the utopian, map-preserving, astronomer Moors. The only real question that remains is whether or not Julius, ignorant swine that he may have been, knew of the significance of these sorts of sites during his Gaelic campaign just before crossing the Rubicon, reentering Rome and declaring himself Caesar. 4. flood myth/sacred geometry cults spread in America Long before Columbus and the Conquistadors of Spain landed in America to colonize it for Christianity, the indigenous peoples of the region maintained oral and sometimes petroglyphic depictions of ancient times according to astronomy, and preserved traditions of a recent cataclysmic flood that had destroyed the original peoples of the area and which only a few families, high atop various mountains, survived. Since by now we can see that this myth is so common, we can see that it must date back to a time when all the peoples of the earth were unified. When comparing the sports games played by the Maya with a rubber ball to the contemporary gladiator games, chariot races and mock sea battles at the Colosseum in Rome, it becomes easy to see that the world is always, and will always be, unified on the same wavelength, the Schumann resonance of the earths electromagnetic field, which is about 40 hertz. The indigenous people even to this day preserve the oral traditions of their heritage, including various spiritually complex cosmologies. a. the Anasazi (astronomer) and the Chocco (cannibal) In north America the first peoples to develop civilization were a tribe of cliff dwellers called the Anasazi, who would go on to build the first cubical astronomical observatory in human history. Their ways were peaceful and they knew no war. Then the neighboring clan of the Chocco valley Grand Lodges came in and devoured them. Their culture was literally consumed by the Chocco, who built a great round observatory that, from the similarity of which to a Masonic lodge, earned their houses their name. The likely mechanism of the original turn in both cultures of attention to the heavens was the psychoactive mushroom psilosibin. Similarly it may have been peyotl which awoke the cannibalist impulse in the Chocco. b. the Olmec (stone masons) and the Maya (sports) In south America civilization evolved much sooner, about 4000 years ago. The oldest civilization is thought by modern anthropologists to be the Olmec, who carved remarkably African heads out of giant stones in the jungles of south America. Almost nothing is known about them, though they were thought to exist for so long. They left few megalithic sites, and these were all pyramids similar to the ziggurats in Sumeria. They are usually compared by modern scholars to the pyramids of Egypt but these, the same scholars think, were built up as monuments on top of or around underground or containing tombs, whereas both the Sumerian ziggurats and the south American temples have steps leading up to the top, at which is a small hut wherein lived the ruler or shaman, and before which there was a small altar for making a blood sacrifice. This identifies the origin of recognized civilization in south

    America clearly with the beginning of the age of the Father God. The second civilization to arise in south America were the peaceful empire of the Maya, who venerated above all things astronomical events represented by megalithic monuments, such as pyramids in the same Orion arrangement as found in Egypt, along a great flooded roadway known as the Way of the Dead. It is thought that their culture also venerated the seven sisters of Pleiades because of a peculiar offset in the alignment of many of their sacred sites, however this difference from orientation to modern true north is only meant to signify orientation to a more ancient true north, when the north pole was located in a different place on earth. c. easter island, the bimini road and the Nasca lines In the Pacific ocean on easter island at an unknown time over 600 monolithic heads were set upright, each weighing several tons. These provide a double edged mystery for, assuming the first people to arrive on the island, whether they arrived 6000 years ago or 600 years ago, had the technology to raise the monolithic edifices is entirely contingent upon admitting that they had the technology to built sea faring boats out of thatched river reeds to get there in the first place. These ancient people, now forgotten by the indigenous people of today, left behind also a pictographic language called rongo-rongo writing, the ideograms of which are strikingly similar to later Chinese characters. In the Atlantic ocean near the Bimini islands near Bermuda there is what appears to be a road or the top of a wall under the surface of the shallow sea. The blocks are divided regularly and evenly, although some people argue that this could be a natural occurrence, only a formation of the waves. This particular area was predicted by psychic Edgar Cayce only some 20 years before as being the area where we would begin to see Atlantis reemerge from the ocean. It is also at the southern most tip of the Bermuda triangle, an area in the Atlantic where more boats and planes have disappeared than any other spot anywhere else in all the seas. Recent discoveries by ardent researches indicate that the Nasca natives were in fact the first civilizers in south America, earlier even then the Olmecs. They traced out perfect geoglyphs of their zodiac and ley lines miles long in the nasca desert, large enough to be seen from space, and their skulls have all been lengthened presumably by some form of artificial means. 5. the cult of sacred geometry turns to addressing the matter of time We have seen throughout history how the lost cities have guided the evolution of societies. Remember that it is only the modern occult (in particular the O.T.O. as revised and reconstituted right proper free and associated masonry according to Aleister Crowley) that traces back the lineage of the age of the Mother Goddess (beginning 6000 years ago), the Father God (beginning 4000 years ago), and the Crowned and Conquering Child (beginning 2000 years ago). The 2000 year cycle is between the suns alignment with the earth during the solstices or during the equinoxes, and this determines weather on earth. This is only part of the much larger, 26,000 year precessional cycle, during which the pole pivots 360 degrees about the polar regions of the earth, causing the sun at earth equinox to seem to precess through the constellations along the entire ecliptic; this cycle is in turn in flux with the alignment of the ecliptic, which appears like a coin coming to rest after spinning on a tabletop in extremely slow motion, with the center of the galaxy. This latter cycle interacts with the suns electromagnetic field. The combination of these cycles results in the 41,000 year ice age cycle for earth. It is believed by all of the few who know of this that all of it was known in ancient times as well. a. Thoth/Trismegestus/Templarism

    The first task of the ancient order was to anthropomorphise the alignment of the point (in Sagittarius) where the ecliptic overlaps galactic core and the sun in various seasons. It was thought that the changes in the electromagnetic field of the sun and the earth could be used to predict climate changes in the polar regions of earth, which would precipitate change to global coastlines. As the plane of the solar system gradually rotated around, its only spin the orbiting planets, slowly wobbling back and forth relative to the center of the milky way, and the earth precessed in its rotational axis relative to the plane of its orbit, earths axis of orientation to the sun gradually changed relative to the time it was aligned with the sun and galactic core, such that, it was thought, when the electromagnetic effects coincided with a winter season, there was an increased possibility of an ice age. Since the alignment alternated between equinoxes and solstices every 2000 years the ice age cycle took nearly twice the full precessional cycle before the signs began to enter the winter months. Some of the suspected electromagnetic effects include reversal of magnetic polarity between positive and negative. The earliest as well as the greatest civilizers were deified by the classes they created, and all were made to stand for anthropomorphications of the precession of the solar alignment with galactic core, thus being given the same history and duties. One of the earliest of these is the archetype of Thoth, who recurs in the alchemy of the middle ages as Hermes Trismegestus, who knows the secret of how to transmute metal into gold. It is believed that this is what started the quest of the Templars as well who believed that orichalc, the fabled metal of the Atlanteans, was obtained in ancient times beneath the temple of Solomon by some extreme, concentrated heat source. This may make them sound crazy, but they did subsequently get rich, and it may have only been for the knowledge of the very same Dead Sea scrolls available to all today, and they may have never sought anything other than these scrolls in Jerusalem (the city of Lucifer, the Rising Star). These scrolls do contain fragments of the Book of Enoch, believed to be attributable to Thoth. b. the hypercube of time The corpus of Thoth is QBLH, the hypercube of time. Today time is considered a fourth dimension, however the temporal force, whose agent is entropy, is not weighed like the other spatial dimensions. There is also thought to be a fourth spatial dimension, and we use constructs from it to stand for concepts of time only because the geometries overlap conventionally, according to folk wisdom or common sense. From this we derive the hypercube, or third spatial dimensional shadow of a fourth spatial dimensional cube, properly called an octaholohedron. The hypercube is a cube within a cube, and when we weigh the outer cube as the continuum of time (Nuit) and the inner cube as the moment of an event (Hadit) then we reopen the ancient wisdom of the QBLH, associating the temporal dimension with a higher spatial dimension that can be perceived only through geometry. c. different existing frequencies of space (rhomboid crystals) The QBLH is considered a right proper meditative object upon which to perform an epoch, and thus invert dasein from being for others to being in itself, and in this way transcend the ego and achieve enlightenment. The finest equivalent object in the lower third dimension of manifest subspace, a wholly imperfect world, is the nearly precisely aligned molecules of certain natural rhomboid crystals. These have become known as shew stones and associated with the prediction of the future. They establish a nearly perfect harmony of frequencies aligned along their linear arrangements of molecules. d. the methods of skrying according to mystics

    First it should be noted that skrying is the attempt to instantaneously manifest an accurate reflection of the future of a fractal time pattern in the form of a micromanifestation that serves to suspend the observers disbelief. It mainly uses some form of medium as a tool, though the experience is ultimately neither finite nor bounded by any delimiting measure. What we call life is only a form of skrying that our spirit is doing to our body through our soul. Similarly what we call communicating is only skrying of idealized concepts between the bodies of two souls. Skrying is the universe looking at itself. i. Nephotes and Narcissus The first recorded skryer in history was an Egyptian of little note named Nephotes. His accounts make it obvious that he was familiar with the art only as if one among many who had some practical knowledge and could call themselves skilled craftsmen. His tone goes so far as to imply an entire class of skryers, sooth sayers and fortune tellers in ancient Egypt. This may have represented the first trade guild unionism by working class men, and the first step towards commerce in the trade of goods and services already perfected during the age of the Mother Goddess in Babylonian temple brothels by the priestess prostitutes. If this is true then Nephotes can rightly be credited, not single handedly, but as among a class of men, with the pre-Socratic elementalist and atomist movements (which have become what we know of quantum mechanics today), and deserves more credit, therefore, than to be canonized in Greek mythology as the boy who turned into stone looking at his own reflection in a running brook. ii. Dees birdcage The system of the Enochian hosts inhabiting the 30 ayres created by John Dee and Sir Edward Kelley in the fifteenth century is the most complicated endeavor to date derived from skrying. According to Dee, Madimi, his Holy Guardian Angel, was contacted, and guided him through the realms of the angels, and showed him the right proper construction of his Enochian system. It bears little in resemblance to the Watchers described by Enoch, from whom Dees heavenly characters took their collective name, except for a twelve month calendar with only given names of the months, the guardian angel for each (given by Dee), and the dekans. This may have represented the lunar zodiac, but if it were applied to the sun then it could also be set to measure precession. The system Dee created is an unfolding of the ruling planets in the three dekans of the twelve houses of the signs, multiplying this pattern out to a factor of two by the four elements. When it is taken to form a cube, as it was by Aleister Crowley in his design for an altar for the Golden Dawn, it should be thought of as a fractal hypercube. Inside of it are the Watchers, guarded by the seven angels that watch the watchers. The name of the woman that gave them all wings was Becka. iii. Quetzalcoatls cat and mouse hunt The demiurge of the sexual instinct, known as the great serpent Kundalini, wraps itself around the auric egg and grows wings, one of light feathers, one of dark. The great serpent force was known in ancient south America as the plumed serpent or feathered snake, Quetzalcoatl representing the movement of the aura over time. This force upon perception is undoubtedly the fading afterimage upon our genetic memory hologram of yet more ancient dinosaurs the enormous thunder lizard predecessors to all modern forms of reptile and bird, and even mammal. This strange ghost, often known as Choronzon, the discorporeal essence of the aeyther, still haunts us in our perception, and nothing is clear.

    iv. remote viewing Distance learning. Diversion of spin onto a different dimensional level, directing the concentration of perception in active consciousness toward a certain person, object or location. In these times of product branding, youth market angling and target audience product placement, and of the body-without-organs in virtual reality in general, the focal point for trance meditation is no longer restricted by any bounds it can be near or far, stationary or moving, past, present or future, fact or fiction. It is as easy to channel the living as the dead now, courtesy of up to the minute live coverage of breaking events by the all too in-your-face news media. This is one good yoga move away from being just lucid dreaming, so detached is it from the manifest corpuscle. Taking society as the macrocosm and bands of individuals as the microcosm it pits the one against the other as the old humandroids and young humanimals. e. the end of time The universe resembles the nervous system, the walls and filaments of galaxies strung throughout the empty voids resemble the neurons linked at the axondendrite gap branching out in synapses in all directions. Freud described the accumulation, which he called hypercathexis, of the electrochemical energy of the nervous system, or phi, as being the source and cause of ego or personality. Not all of the phi in each neuron would transmit during regular cathexis and then some would be available for use in making conscious decisions, or hypercathexis. This is similar to the way the universe works. The many millions of galaxies variously align with each other, effecting their electromagnetic polarity, and this causes the transport of condition from one location in the system to another. These alignments cause a finite number of gravitational reorientations, and this effects change in the universe. I have no doubt that the universe will end due to an effect essentially similar to Freuds conception of hypercathexis.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    III::Essene:Zealot
    Grand Master::Indigo:Cube::SN:Mercury::Gemini:Virgo::Neschamah Open only to Masons of the York Rite. to join consult the Dead Sea Scrolls, Nag Hammadi, Josephus and Gnostic Apocrypha. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets of the ancient "law," the right understanding and meaning of which have long since been forgotten. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the combined calendars of that given by the Ethiopian Book of Enoch, as here depicted in the familiar "Book of Jubilees" type grouping of (otherwise zodiacal) this calendrical arrangement, and those banners and princes assigned to the base-12 system used by John Dee. In essence, this IS the oversimplified, solarised depiction of the complete Atlantean calendar. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This is the key to understanding the Gnostic religion of the time of the original Essene Zealots. It was these insights they literally fought with their lives to defend. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    this is the second lamen of the law on the tablet on the left. This will explain much. Progress with learning. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the five central pillars each holds on top of it one of the five Platonic solids, representing the five Atlantean tribes that migrated up from Antarctica onto South America, Africa, Australia and Oceania. It is thought that the first step down after the interior-most platform was once used as a magic circle to keep demonic influences out of the circle that is inscribed around the banishing pentagram. Surrounding this are four benches (one for each of the four elements), two pillars (Jachin and Boaz), and the remains of a well. After this a step up, and then the diagonal walls, surrounded finally on the outermost by the shallow mote, crossed only on one side. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    and this is the artifact that was discovered in the ruins. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------here is a knowledge lecture for the various titles of the Essene Zealot of the Pythagorean Order of Death, also called a "Grand Master" and "raised from the cult of sleep."
    Grand Master::Indigo:Cube::SN:Mercury::Gemini:Virgo::Nefesh the first title is "Grand Master" The title of "Grand Master" has come to mean, "of a lodge," however the meaning of this concept, that of "what is a lodge?" is often overlooked. The Native Americans held "sweat" lodges, and many meeting-places for discussion of esoteric matters are blatantly public among city-dwellers. As I have stated elsewhere, even a wooded clearing can be consecrated for divine ritual by any member numbered coven. A minimum of five regular members is preferred, and there is significantly sacred numerology and geometry to support the theory that member numbers (as well as ranks and roles) should expand according to the sequence of prime numbers. A Grand Master of a lodge, then, is someone who understands how to operate a basic member number "lodge" - or "coterie," a circle of friends - as a means of sharing the experience, that is, co-guiding, along with these others to achieve first the means for each self to accomplish its goals and second for the group to establish an active dynamic. These basic principles: the good of the self before the group, but the good of the group follows one's own good, are accepted as mathematical "governing dynamics," and comprise a fundamental premise in economics as well. Therefore, there can be more than one "Grand Master" among any prime-numbered group of people. Ideally, every member would be able to consider themselves equally much the "leader." However, not all ask, "what is a lodge?" and so not all understand it by this simple definition. Therefore, in any group there is always going to be one person prone to follow another, and who, likewise, by turning their back to them,

    becomes the leader of yet a third. These roles have anthropologists studying animals that roam in packs or tribes.

    been

    established

    by

    The "alpha" member of the group is usually equally as intelligent, though more competitive, than their predecessor. This role is determined by genes; that is, whoever is "most fit" for this position will prevail ultimately - a precession more alike the inheritance of a titular office by promotion to replace the previous holder ex officio, rather than a linear inheritance from parent to child of such status, duties, responsibilities, etc. as are entailed in entitlement to position. Whoever is the most qualified in any situation encountered by a group of equal individuals will be permitted to lead them collectively at that time, and until the end of the necessity of their specific expertise. This is similar to the behaviour of a colony of ants during a flood: they gather around the queen in the center to form a natural raft. These ants, all moving at the will of their queen, can then move in unison, floating in currents, and can thus travel around on the surface of the water, moving this way and that. This is also a model of the nervous system that connects countless numbers of singular neurons (nerve-cells) to perform the commands of the ego - occupying each simultaneously - that unifies them all. Likewise, this is also a model of the cosmos, whose galactic filaments resemble nerves. Just as the galactic filaments and genetic neurons, so too does every group of people obey the principle that whoever is ahead or "in the lead," so to speak, is only guiding the whole group ahead in that direction, however even as we see galaxies colliding into and devouring one another due to their mutual gravity, and even as we find the nerves of a living system accumulate ego over time, so too do we find a floating colony of ants that can move here and there, now with one ant steering ahead, now with another, obeys the will of the singular queen. In the same way drones are nongendered or neuter, the male-gendered ants are less common, and the female queen individual and unique to each hive, we see the tertiary roles of leader, follower and follower-of-the-follower, established as a natural law through genetic evolution; likewise in secular esoterica do we maintain the value of the traditional role of "alpha" member in the modernised concept of a "lodge" Grand Master, or "group leader." However, what is it that causes the alpha-member to be permitted by the other group members to lead? It is because the alpha-member knows and understands not only their own role, but also those of their "lessers" (equals) as well. The Grand Master, thus, understands the rules of the ranks under them as naturally when they are "in the lead," so to speak, as the other members permit the one to lead them. This is the same with ants, nerves, galaxies, even extra-dimensional "super-strings": all of these play "follow the leader" among themselves. So you could say that while they are the active alpha-member, the Grand Master should be considered, among their group, the "Most High." Likewise, the second to follow after the alpha-member or group-leader is the "omega," or final, or lowest position. The "runner-up" for the role of group-leader is usually vilified by their acting alpha and ostracised before the whole group. However the relationship between the alpha and omega does not end there - far from it, it only just then has begun. The 'group villain" is necessary for the group leader to establish their direction of leadership away from or in opposition against. Therefore, so long as there is an alpha, there will remain the need for the omega. One is opposite the other. Usually the alpha and omega begin best-friends or are even siblings and offspring of

    the elder alpha. For one of them to prosper, however, will make the other to suffer, because between these twin or binary roles is only a closed system, and therefore has a fixed sum of inherent energy that cannot be added to nor subtracted from. Like blood pumping from one chambre of the heart to another, there is only one quantity substance that passes between the two, the alpha and omega. In short, they are actually equal all along, only sharing power between them in favour of one or the other to a greater or lesser degree. They are dependent on one another necessarily due to this fact. The third and final role that establishes rulership, both investing the alpha with their authority and demanding acknowledgment as guidance by their leader are the remaining, largely silent, masses. These "consent to be governed" by agreeing to "follow the leader," however they bow even lower before their chosen superior(s) than the omega, and by depriving themselves of their own authority, the "silent majority" follows the omega, that is, follows their leader's first and most loyal follower, the group nemesis; by debasing themselves, they disenfranchise themselves more than does the alpha the omega, who could both, otherwise, exist in archetypal suspension separate from this third group. In the name of imitating the act of domination performed by their leader over the "group enemy," the majority of any group repress their own urges as mere temptation and thus "defeat themselves." Their groveling in "the way" of the leader astounds even the deposed nemesis. No matter how degraded, the "group enemy" will cling to the primacy of their equality to their oppressor. Equally so, the group-leader can never completely deny the law of reciprocity of karma between themselves and their polar opposite. The leader is considered better the more followers they attract, which depends for quantity and quality on the alpha's relationship to their priorequal, the omega, now their enemy by polar opposition. If the leader interacts dynamically on a continual basis with their adversary then their relationship will be more often imitated and those attracted on invisible currents into their mutual wake will add and multiply in numbers. However, if two equals part ways and do not ever cross paths again, and their memories of one another are not tended to and maintained, and if their hearts grow impassionate towards each other, then no one will consider them opposites, nor follow one in opposition to the other, nor glorify one and vilify the other. Such should be considered the ideal situation by the wise Grand Master: that by assuming no animosity, having no adversaries, making no enemies, one can avoid depriving the silent masses of their authentic nature to self-govern, that is, to internalise archetypal duality, and thus to "better themselves" by self-selection. The ability to choose one's self to be their own leader, however, in itself precedes immediately the temptation to actively vilify one's actual equals, and thus to accumulate many silent followers oneself. The wise leader avoids animosity and adversities and thus attracts no followers. The wise leader allows all to lead and each equally. The wise Grand Master understands able to exist autonomously alongside equally co-dependent, each of the leader sees this, avoids what is wrong, this trinity of social roles: the alpha and omega the silent masses. While the alpha and omega are silent masses is equally independent. The wise and cherishes what is right.

    the second title is "Indigo"

    In the same manner as the base-4 tetragrammaton, or, for that matter, the pentad of Pythagoras, the colour indigo is part of a group of seven variables capable of being corresponded to various other attributes that are arranged in base-7 groups. For example, indigo is part of the tertiary colour scheme, following from the combination of secondary tinctures from primary hues. Thus, take the primary blue (of blue, red and yellow). From thence mix down the blue with black, achieving a dark, "navy" blue. Then remix this with primary yellow. The blue and yellow will combine as green, while the black and yellow will render orange, or "burnt umber." The combination of the green with the orange yields a bluer green and brighter blue. The result is the "tertiary" colour indigo. The reason that, as a "colour," indigo is "tertiary," as opposed to the fact it is one of the seven "hues" of the rainbow, is due to its being the combination to a "primary colour" (blue) of first a "hue" (black) and then another "primary colour" (yellow). (Technically black is the absence of "hue" and combination of all "colours".) It is also necessary to mix these three elements in just the right ratios: mixing less yellow than black, and less black than blue. Again, in the three ratios between indigo's component colours, we find the same trinary ratios of those between the drones, males and female of the ant colony, or the three social-roles of alpha, omega and mass-member. The queen is yellow, the males black and the drones are blue. The alpha is yellow, the omega(s) black and the masses blue. The super-ego is yellow, the id is black and the ego is blue. And all of these are indigo. Indigo is, itself, a tertiary colour. However indigo is also part of the base-7 hues of the rainbow, refracted "white light" through a prism. On the rainbow, we see that indigo is a tertiary colour between a primary colour (blue) and a secondary colour (violet - the combination of primary red with primary blue). The entire cycle of "R.O.Y.G.B.I.V." from red to violet proceeds: primary, secondary, primary, secondary, primary, tertiary, secondary. Indigo is the only tertiary colour to appear in the base7 rainbow scale of hues. The indication made by its presence should be clear: indigo is opposed on the scale of hues to orange and green both, skipping over relativity to yellow. Indigo is the juxtaposed hue to orange (second from beginning and end of 7), and indigo is also the juxtaposed colour to green (following from the sequence alternating primary and secondary colours in the rainbow). The terms used to describe such juxtapositions of relationship is "flashing." Indigo "flashes," or juxtaposes, against orange, and indigo also "flashes" or stands out against green. In the prior case orange is brighter than indigo, but in the latter case indigo is brighter than green. Indigo does not juxtapose, and thus does not "flash," with yellow as they are of equal "tone," "or quantity of brightness in reflecting light. All the primary colours flash against one another. Yellow is brighter than red and red is lighter than blue. The secondary colours in the rainbow also "flash," such that orange stands out from green and green stands out from violet, however "secondary" violet actually "flashes" more against the "primary" colours, while indigo flashes more against "secondaries" orange and green. The fact that "tertiary" indigo "flashes" against "secondary" colours while "secondary" violet "flashes" against "primaries" is indicative of the odd, 7-base number system as opposed to an even numbered system (such as if green were

    "tertiary" or could otherwise be dropped from the centre). It is true that all the hues of rainbow light occur naturally in our planet's atmosphere except for, or at best, least occasionally, green. However, because the light that air and the clouds reflect is actually only shades of the one colour we do not see them reflecting, the air and clouds of H2O are actually green, and, just so, all the terrestrial shades of chlorophyl in plants are only reflecting the one colour of light they do not absorb, and so are themselves truly roseate. Thus, what is revealed by the interpolation of tertiary indigo into the primary, secondary, primary, etc. sequence of the rainbow's colours is that indigo acts as, or "stands in for," a secondary colour, while violet acts as a primary. However what is the purpose of this substitution as opposed to that of the most deductive interpolation or removal of green, the central secondary? What can we make of the meaning of this? the third title is "Cube" The cube is also an "odd-man out" in its respective #-base hierarchy. It was applied by Pythagoreans as the Platonic solid corresponding to the element earth. When one compares the remaining Platonic solids and their correspondent elements, however, every single other one has to be rearranged. The dodecahedron of the exoteric cosmos is actually the element occurring first in the base-5 system and represents water, the prime element. Following this, the Greek isocahedron of water is, properly, air, the second element. After this, the Greeks placed the octahedron for air, rightly of fire. Finally was the tetrahedron of false fire, actually an attribute of cosmos - the "fifth element" of spirit. But the cube remains the same. The reason for this shift in sequence for the dodecahedron, isocahedron, octahedron and tetrahedron is due to the two different cosmological belief-systems of the Greeks and the Hebrews. The Hebrews' sequence for the cosmological creation of the 4 elements was based on concentric spheres, the so-called "4-worlds" model of Kabbalah, that were meant to mimic the composition of our planet, Malkuth, with earth final, water above earth, air above water and fire primary to all (the sun). The Greek version placed fire last, in the "underworld" or "middle-earth," below and within earth as the tetrahedron before and beneath the cube. Thus, their cosmology proceeded outward from the interior flame, while the Hebrew cosmology inward from the exterior flame. The accurate order of appearance of the 4 universally elemental forces following the "big bang" places the order as: 1) water (dodecahedron); 2) air (isocahedron); 3) fire (octahedron); 4) earth (cube). Again, we see that in all these different orders of various attributes (cosmological elements and Platonic solids), only the cube remains constant throughout. In the Greek, Hebrew and modern cosmologies the cube stands ubiquitously for the element of "earth." Some, in apology for the Greek version of events, compare the cube's shape to the "sturdiness" of the ground beneath our feet. They say the cube, embedded, cannot be uprooted. It is to the base-4 geometry of the cube we owe the 4 elemental forces of material reality (expressed as scarlet, gold, citrine and black in Malkuth) and the 4spatial dimensions (including the "hyperspatial" dimension of time) that govern these forces in material reality. The "4 worlds" of Kabbalah, the tetragrammaton and the 4 standard positions of the line, square, cube and tesseract, whose shadows are binary, base-4, base-8 and base-16 respectively, all factors of 4, and which are all reductable to the 5th position, the single dimensional point; thus all have their counterparts likewise in the base-5 "spiritual" element (double "fire," within and

    without, running and returning, ascending, descending and all-permeating simultaneously - represented by the twin conjoined tetrahedrons of the stelloctahedron), so too the interpolation of the mother letter "shin" to render the name of Christ from that of God. the fourth title is "Strong Nuclear" The modern, "scientific" term for the force related with the cube by the ancient Greeks and with the element earth by the elder Hebrews, is the "strong nuclear" force. This force is carried on the very stable particles of gluons, mesons and quarks. The "smallest," or most fundamental, of atomic elements is a nucleus surrounded by a single electron in the form of hydrogen. No atomic nucleus can exist unless infused by at least one electron. If the electron is removed from the hydrogen atom, the nucleus will decompose and the result will be the opposite of the cohesive "earth" element, the de-cohesive "weak nuclear" force of elemental "fire." The weak nuclear force is associated with radioactive particle decay, and occurs naturally and gradually over time for all atomic nuclei. We use this particle decay of atomic elements to date the formation and history of all forms of once-living matter by tracing the decay rate of radiocarbon-14 it emits. The human species, at this point in its evolution, has come to rely heavily on the "weak nuclear" elemental force of "fire," but we know next to nothing about the force of "strong nuclear" cohesion, the element called "earth" in the sense of all solid matter. We comprehend that all matter gradually breaks down into energy, but we cannot account for how the matter that does exist came to exist in the first place, and before astronomical odds the ability of a human mind to account for its own existence as a complex biological being fails, and the ability to explain our own mental existence, let alone shared, psychic experiences, is not even yet dreamt of by our "logical" left-brains. Instead we usually choose to substitute an all-powerful designer with limitless foresight to perfect itself through ourselves in this incarnation. However the explanation is quite simple and does not require divine design. In places, the universe acts like a closed-system, attracting matter inward. In other places, at the same time, the universe acts like an open-system, recycling the attracted matter into energy by entropy. Instead of accepting the fact that matter is, even still, being compacted out of energy, we marvel at the appearance of "something" from "nothing" that we perceive occurring through our minimum lightspeed barrier veil of "c." To us, anti-matter is merely quantum particle decay, and we have not learned the meaning of "all matter is energy" to be that "some energy is slowed down to below c, and that energy we call matter." So long as there remains matter our universe will continue to exist, for when there is no matter to convert into energy, the universe will have dissolved into a nulliverse. At one point the "closed" (space) and "open" (time) systems were in exact equilibrium. This was called the point of "critical mass." Since that time there has been more energy than matter overall, more entropy than attraction, and the oldest particles have formed black holes surrounded by galaxies of billions of stars and are gradually destroying them all. It was when the point of "critical mass" was finally passed ubiquitously throughout the whole universe that the various universal number-systems "slipped" out of place

    relative to each other. This event was called in Hebrew cosmology the "shattering of the clay pots," or "shells," called the "Qliphoth." It is claimed that before this point of our universe's evolution was passed, all was perfect periodicity, all universal cycles regular and all manifestations perfectly symmetrical. This period is called by the Kabbalists "Paradise," "Heaven on earth" and "Eden," followed by the "fall of man." The "fall of the rebel angels" from the pure perfection of non-existence into corruptible matter is likewise associated with the original differentiation of the 4 forces from pure probability only one Planck time following the "big bang." This is considered as the first moment of creation of matter, of "earth" (from which we, mankind, were made), that is, existence below "c." However if we look beyond "c" as only a minimum speed limit for light then we will find that, before the "fall of man" at cosmological "critical mass" and before the "fall of angels" one Planck-time after the "big bang," and before even the "genesis" of "something " from "nothing," there we will find not an unsurpassable barrier beyond which is "God's business, not man's" guarded by a flaming sword, but only the true light of clear consciousness, pure, unmoved and unwavering observation, what has long been called "heaven" of "pure spirit" and the "cosmos" of the "fifth element." It is not blinding white light but a clear invisible glow - a brightness behind, before and within a darkness. However it would be out of place for me to speak of this realm any further here, because this exposition deals solely with the slow energy of matter particles attracted into atoms by electron charge and gravity. Cosmologically it is reckoned that, prior to the genesis of matter from pure energy, only chaos (tohu) and desolation (bohu) existed, and, moreover, it is reckoned from these two God formed our existence. the fifth title is "Mercury" While in discussing the four elemental forces and five Platonic solids we had diverged slightly down the scale from the base seven colour scheme of the visible light spectrum, now, in discussing Mercury, we must return to the base-7 system. Before we begin it should also be noted that this "Mercury" is the planetary Mercury and not the alchemical mercury, and that, by comparison between the planets and alchemical metals we would indeed find quicksilver the equivalent to planetary Mercury, as well as the "pratylahara" or crown chakra emanating from the top of the head. So, what we are left with in our current context is still to relate the "first" planet, Mercury, to the other attributes under discussion, e.g. the colour spectrum, the elements and the regular solids. As I have already explained , the cube can be related to the elemental force of "earth" - the so-called "strong nuclear force" and the cube being unique among five, is therefore alike indigo, the only tertiary colour in the spectrum, in that both represent a "shifting" or "slipping" between the 4 Hebrew elements and 5 Greek solids that I will next further discuss relative to the 7 colours and 7 planets. First however, Mercury is the name of the Roman anthropomorphic messenger deity. As the Greek Hermes he was said to have taught alchemy and astrology and been called "trismegistus" - "thrice greatest." As such he has been likened also to the Egyptian moon scribe Thoth. What this should show us is how, over time, as an attribute is passed from one culture to another, its meaning changes or "shifts," as in this case from Thoth, originally a lunar deity, to the astrological planet Mercury. This should underscore the fact that all pantheist deities are merely an exoteric

    "sleight of hand" to "misdirect" an aspirant's attention away from studying these attributes not autonomously, but relative to their basic number group. For example, we have already seen what defines indigo as unique in the base-7 colour spectrum. Now let us compare the astrological Mercury and some prior, cosmological base-7 system. Now, Thoth was revered as a god in Egypt since the times before the flood of Mesopatamia in ~ 6000 bce. This means he could be said, by the Greek reckoning, to have been "Atlantean," and that, by the Hebrew reckoning, thus related to the predeluvial patriarch Enoch. However, neither of these describe a cosmological principle in a base-7 system, and so we should set these important parallels aside for now. However, according to the 15th century ce magician William Barrett, astrological planet "Mercury" does relate to an attribute in a base-7 system which, as it turns out, does represent a component in a cosmology, and, it also turns out, the knowledge of this cosmology may be older itself than the Mesopatamian flood of ~ 6000 bce. In truth, this other base-7 system correspondent to the 7 astrological planets may, indeed, be Atlantean. Consider for a moment the 7 Gnostic "realities" or "powers" of the "authorities" or "Archons." While there was a contemporary zodiac of 12 celestial signs, this alternate, base-7 system persisted alongside the base-12 system of Gnostic zodiacal aeons or the fallen "Archons" themselves (including Cain and Abel, along with other unique names). Thus, 12-month years and 7-day weeks have come down to us as our formal calendar and shared method of measuring lifetimes. Each Gnostic "power" belonged between both of two "Archons." The equivalent of this system by the time of Barrett consisted of 7 "angelic names" and their "sigils" (or signatures). The angelic names are little different from the 7 planets, used more as a place-holder, however the 7 "sigils" or "seals" of the "angels" given are the more significant point of comparison between these other two - the 7 planets of astrology and 7 "powers" of the Archons according to Gnosticism. In the late 19th century, Egyptologist EA Wallis Budge added to these "angelic" sigils and additional, surrounding glyph he called the sigil's "position in the zodiac." While also alluding to the lamen for arrangement of the base-7 system relative to the base-12, the "planets" and "zodiac," the glyphs themselves, if pieced together "in the round," fit into one another to form a distinctly unique shape, within which the angelic sigils are then inscribed. The shape formed by the glyphs is that of the folding up around an equiangular spiral of Pythagorean triangles. The Pythagorean theorem triangle has legs of lengths 3 & 4 at right angles, with hypotenuse between them length 5. This triangle is unique since it uses whole numbers to express ratios that occur, for the most part, as fractions and decimal place integers. However, by fixing the expansion rate of the base unit per unfolding triangle in the Pythagorean spiral, we find we can create a scale from the 3,4,5 triangle up through a "4,5,6" (using a different sized base unit), and "5,6,7" ad infinitum. It seems the ancients referenced by Budge had also discovered this gnomonic expansion rate and the unique shape that it formed. They had built the shape of 7 sizes of square into the "places in zodiac" glyphs around the "angelic" sigils. Each "place in the zodiac" glyph fits together like puzzle pieces to form the shape of the expanding squares around a spiral of Pythagorean triangles. Now, insofar as we can take the 7 puzzle-glyphs forming the "squares around a

    triangle" spiral by the words of their name, that is, as the "place in the zodiac" of each "angelic" sigil, then we can return to the way the 7 "powers" were related to the 12 "Archons" by the Gnostics, or Greek Hebrews. The sigil of Mercury's equivalent "angel" occurs in the upper right "place in the zodiac" glyph-piece of the "squarespiral" lamen, however, according to Barrett the "signs of the zodiac" ruled over by the planet Mercury are on opposite parts of the circular, base-12 zodiac, and this attribution by Barrett of signs to planets appears to be an entirely autonomous model apart from the "angelic" sigils and their "place in the zodiac" given later by Budge. However it seems likely the model of 7 sigils within the unique "square-spiral" shape, being based on Pythagorean mathematics, indeed pre-dates Barrett's attributes of two signs per planet. the sixth and seventh titles are "Gemini" and "Virgo" Now, the squares forming the sides of the spiral of pythagorean triangles have different sized base units from one another, as I'd mentioned, but now we should consider the ratio from one to the next of their rate of expansion. For example, in the case of the square with six units, it adjoins a square of five and of seven as legs on two separate triangles, as well as is opposite a square of seven and a square of eight for these same two triangles' hypotenusae. However, so far as the lamen of "glyphs" extends, there is no square of 1, or 2, and the square of ten does not appear, only the seven including three through nine: 1) 3; 2) 4; 3) 5; 4) 6; 5) 7; 6) 8; 7) 9. From the Greek system of sigils, "magic number squares," gematria and geometry called the "kamea" of the 7 "Olympic Dignitaries" (described by Henry Cornelius Agrippa in the 18th century ce.), we find allusion drawn between Mercury and the 8^2 (8X8) square of 64 base units. This is how, before, I could say the sigil of the "angel" equivalent to Mercury occupied the "position of the zodiac" in the "upper right corner" of the glyph-puzzle shape of the "square-spiral," because that is where the 8^2's overlap when the shape is folded into three dimensions. That is why the angelic sigil of the upper-right glyph-piece is equivalent to Mercury, which is equivalent, itself, to the 8^2 of the upper-right corner of the unfolding Pythagorean spiral of squares when it remains a graph on a flat plane. Because the squares are comprised of an increasing ratio of size difference for their base units, we can measure this rate of ratio increase easily enough by using the Pythagorean theorem, applying the triangles already present. Because the square leg of one triangle is also the leg of another triangle on the square's adjacent side, and because the equivalent sized squares forming the legs of those two triangles also connect to the same size square on the opposite hypotenuse of yet a third Pythagorean triangle when the model is folded up into 3-dimensions, then we can easily demonstrate that the expansion rate of base-unit size ratios is the "golden mean" of 1:2 or 2/3. We can ascertain this by the fact we are using Pythagorean triangles to measure base-unit expansion-rate, and these inherently contain the "golden ratio" or Phi. Thus, the spiral of Pythagorean triangles measures Phi in 2-dimensions, and thus the squares of these same triangles arranged in their phi ratio of expansion rate are, themselves, folded and meet in a Pi ratio when the shape is bent and turned until it maps into 3-dimensions. The unique shape of the "positions of the zodiac" glyphpieces combined as a lamen indicates what appears to be a very intricate

    understanding of very esoteric geometry based on number-theory. So, the base-7 system of "kamea" squares, which are synonymous to the base-7 "places in the zodiac" glyphs, which are synonymous to the base-7 "angelic" sigils, which are synonymous to the base-7 planets of astrology, is truly an entire, complete system of its own, autonomous even of the 7 alchemical metals and the 7 bodily chakras. It appears that, because of the early dates at which these component materials were all mentioned, because of the Greek and Hebrew Gnostic Apocrypha that substantiates the perpetuation of such base-7 systems even earlier on, and because of the indecipherably archaic nature of this particular system, the knowledge of this precise pattern, this "unique shape," representing Pythagorean geometry may indeed be ancient in the extreme. The knowledge of such geometry may have even existed more than 8,000 or even 10,000 years ago, long before the destruction by the flood, in the very place and time the Greeks call Atlantis and the Hebrews call Enoch. There is a sufficient amount of evidence to warrant such a conjecture as to say the Pythagorean "spiral of squares" shape was known of before the flood, simply in the fact alone that the seven planets were attributed one or two each of the signs of the zodiac. In fact, excluding the "sun" and "moon" of astrology, the remaining five "planets" is each "ruler over" two zodiac signs. The sun and moon alone rule over one each. I hope that it is plain to see by now that these five are thus also equivalent to the Platonic solids, the 4 elemental forces and the 7 colour spectrum accordingly. the eighth title is "Nefesh" In the same manner as the soul is the aura, the spirit hovers over and descends down into the soul, and permeates it with calmness and sound-reasoning. The spirit is the measurement, phi/pi; the soul, the surface of the torus of the aura without and the chakras within, and the body merely a shell in which we can hear the sound of ocean waves breathing. Therefore, understand that the Pythagorean Order of Death recognises a base-5 number-system for its degrees, however it should also be seen how the base-7 rainbow and base-4 elements also play in. Our base-5 system is only one branching pattern stemming from the fractal spiral growth pattern of primes and other sacred numbers that extends its creeping vines throughout all, forming superstrings of hyperdimension, filaments of galaxies and nerves of biological cells, through the phi/pi ratio of space : time, through the phi/pi ratio of matter : energy, and through the phi/pi ratio of our genetic DNA. Neschemah is, therefore, a ubiquitous measure: phi/pi; found everywhere, albeit only imperfectly now, post-critical mass, throughout the universe. For there are many souls, each individual, each unique, all imperfect, all aperiodic; yet there is one spirit, all inclusive and ubiquitous, perfectly periodic. It is said that this one spirit is God, creator of our material universe. But I will tell you: you can understand the wisdom of this phi/pi geometry without being expected to prove it to disbelievers.; you need not usurp the standard of perfection set by God. I will tell you: know phi/pi, but know also that none among is truly "the Most High," we are all equal - infinite in potential; know that we need not worry about whom to follow nor how best to lead; know that the phi/pi spiral is the pattern underlying all evolution v. entropy of and in our universe - from before the "big bang" through the Plank-time following it

    beyond critical mass to the nulliverse. In the Pythagorean Order of Death at the degree of lodge Grand Master one learns to see the Neschemah, the one-spirit, the pure, invisible, perfect geometry of phi/pi everywhere in the universe, occurring simultaneously on all levels of manifestation, by perceiving the indigo cube of earth, the kamea of Mercury and angelic sigil, it's "place in the zodiac" of 7 and it's "rulership" over Gemini and Virgo. All these things are hence one in the Neschemah, manifesting upon on karma in your aura, they shall become you, and you must incorporate them, as they are now effecting you on a purely mental level already. Consider the Neschemah: the phi/pi spiral measurement upon the surface of the invisible torus of energy of your aura. It is above all karma like ink upon paper, like oil upon water, like a bird upon air, and it measures all karma perfectly through what it measures is below it, like blood in a vein, like trees exhaling oxygen, like a fish in the water and it is imperfect, irregular, intermittent and sorrowful. Neschemah, the spirit, is exalted, high and divine, clear, invisible light. It is the shimmering image of the moon reflected upon waves, and these waves are Nuit and this moon Thoth, and this clear invisible light the true essence of the emanation of Kether, that is the mind devoid of all thought, clear as crystal, the cleansed aura: Neschemah, the spirit, the pattern, phi/pi, the yin yang of karmic chi in the tao, the measure of each of our auras, our unique field of potential energy, our personal "bubble." Yet, though the Neschemah is perfect, the soul can never be perfect so long as it is bound to the living flesh, because the living flesh is entirely the glove, the puppet, of the soul. Only when the soul has been stripped free from the body can it, as pure mentation - the mind willing itself into existence, escape painlessly through any wormhole or black hole, to explore the cosmology of our reality in order to become more perfect before, more transparent to, the clear light of Neschemah, and to dissolve itself into phi/pi. The lowest portion of the soul is that with which we perceive our own existence, and this was called by the Egyptians the Ka, or energy-double, meaning, literally, "shadow." In the Indus valley the Vedic priests instructed that this "energy-shadow" or "personal bubble" was rightly called the "aura," comprised of chi energy that surrounds a person in the form of binary (Good/Bad) choices called karma, and that interacts with the person in their 7 "chakras," nerve-centres called gangliae or plexi occurring along the spine. Below the divine, perfect measurement of phi/pi, the eternal geometry of the Neschemah, the one spirit of all material existence, is the imperfect, aperiodic soul, the aura and chakras, or the individual. In the highest of the 4 worlds of QBLH, there is the one spirit. In the next lower are the many souls. Below that the many bodies. The lowest world is the single body, and within it, a single soul that, by ascension, connects in turn directly to the single spirit. Thus, the body, the biological form containing the nerves, the nerves, cells of DNA, the DNA of molecules, the molecules atoms, atoms quanta, we initiates call the Nefesh. The substance of our bodies, that is, containing all "lesser" layers or levels of matter, and these extrapolable to all material reality, is thus a glove worn by the mental existence that is self-perceiving. Like a man floating out very deep in the ocean, the portion "above the surface" of quantum foam is the self-aware existence of the psyche, while that "below the surface" of the spacetime continuum is sunk into,

    entrenched, drowning in a quagmire of the merely material and purely physical existence and, like a man floating in deep water, the portion below depends on that above to survive. There are inert masses in matter, but those of us possessed of sentience are capable of self-motivating function. We are thus beings from this "higher" level, merely "floating" in the "depths" of this incarnate lifetime. Thus, even the lowest part of the soul - the aura and chakras perceiving themselves as the mind - is in direct contact above to the Neschemah, phi/pi, the omniversal uni-spirit. and below to the Nefesh, the exclusively existent yet inanimate and unliving base-matter of our physical composition. The Neschemah descends down into the Nefesh in the form of the aura and the 7 chakras just as does the mind inhabit and fill up the body. Yet all within and without the barrier of our biological influence and all existence beneath "c," the "surface" of the quantum continuum, are the same substance, and this stuff - the vibrational dimension of solid energy - is the Nefesh. As I have said, so long as the mind is bound to the body, the mind is not at utter liberty to come unstuck from the physical plane. Though we can imagine beyond "c" well enough to make accurate geometric calculations, and by doing so demonstrate our mental capability to take such a "quantum leap" necessary to cross the threshold of a black hole or travel through a wormhole, although we can accomplish these feats mentally while alive, we will only be experiencing the events we observe mentally at will and as if in a dream, and can just as easily "snap back" to our ordinary physical existence as living biological organisms. Thus, it is only after the death of our flesh vessel that the mind can truly become detached from the physical body and thus fully experience the potential events occurring in both our own physical, as well as the "metaphysical" realms which we can now only imagine. While we are alive we can predict exactly what traveling through a wormhole from one point in space to another would be like. Only after our death as physical beings will we be able to truly experience it. So it is, also, with the realms above and beyond "c" - the spacetime surface of our quantum continuum, and remember that, like a man at sea, we are from land and, by walking up the shore and onto it, we arise from out of this universe to return to worlds entirely beyond it. The realms we imagine now in our minds are the vistas of the spiritual realms beyond material reality. -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: IV. Time We have already seen that duality is inherent in everything in the universe. To understand our relationship with time, however, it might be best to consider one pair of opposites in particular. The cell structure of the bacteria usually a formless protozoa with a coat of sensitive fibers, and that of the virus a finely honed hexagonal killer designed to seek and destroy other living cells, with a distinct lower body equipt with gripping limbs capable of anchoring it to its prey. Here we see that humanity truly is a hybrid species of bacteria (the body of flesh, muscle, organs) and

    virus (the brain stem, the eyes, the limbs and digits, the lungs, the pathways through the systems). It is for this reason that we are taylor made to confront the concept of time, because its effect upon the universe is like that of a disease in a human, and the universe has yet evolved in symbiosis with it, just as has the human body unified the bacterial and viral forms. A. Time Travel From birth until death we are time travelers visiting this dimension. In this field of phased matter, time passes through everything. It seems to be coming from nowhere, and causing the universe to expand. It is really coming from outside of the universe, and merely causing the universe to attract. Time is made up of microwave gravitons known as torus shaped tachyons light faster than light. These cause gravity as a repulsive force faster than light to flow opposite entropy, which on the level of subspace below photonic velocity this acts as the attractive force. The greatest centers of gravity, or the oldest probabilities to begin to spin in the universe, now black holes at the centers of galaxies, emit these from a higher dimension into our own. This higher dimension is the space of the fourth temporal dimension. Our souls are born through these sun eaters the same as our bodies are born from our mothers womb. The first portrayal of the concept of time was as a storm over the grass fields and a flood of the rivers and lakes, followed, according to scripture, by a rainbow to symbolize that such a storm would never happen again. This was during the time of the first hominids, and subsequently associated with the era of the Mother Goddess. It may have been time itself that caused her change of face from Isis (the twin stars of Sirius), to the moon, to Venus, the morning star. Time changes everything. It is the sum effect of all the forces. It is a shape in hyperdimension that creates the points of emotions as it moves through the aura of perception in our mind. We are a living, organic, fractal refraction of it as it is reflected off the surface of itself. However all of this is only time moving through us. The goal of human life, and of the Great Work of the occult, is to reverse the flow of entropy. The evidence for this is how the common man, through the millennia, has been gradually manipulated by the various orders into working for his welfare, fighting upstream of entropy. Meanwhile politics only exists as the argument over what to do with those people unwilling or unable to do likewise, who float with the flow of entropy. Meanwhile entropy itself is misrepresented as chaos, when really it is simply temporally inverted order of a higher dimension. 1. ships When people first began writing, in ancient Egypt at the time of Nephotes, they described the material universe as comprised of vessels housing energy. Now we know that what they were describing was the holographic fractal torus shape of the tachyon and the microwave vibrational frequencies that caused them to assume this form. However the ancient comparison of the kha to ships for the greater aethyreal energy of the lesser electromagnetic soul should be taken for noting when considering the human relation to time in the light of travel. The system passed down to us from the ancients describes a spirit, which is eternal formlessness outside the temporal universe, a soul, which is immortal energy inside the temporal universe, and a body or self, which is mortal matter inside the temporal universe. In truth the only fact the people of this planet have ever known is the mortality of the corporeal form, while they pray for their souls, still playing make believe like little children hoping the impossible come true, and revel in the communal spirit, calling it the Holy Ghost, making any young fool scapegoat for the millennial in-joke of the occult.

    a. the eight circuits of consciousness unleashing the atman Scientists of today are more interested in what parts of the brain control what functions of action and reaction than ever, and this is in large part due to a heavy reliance on the part of neurologists on the encroaching application of wave technology to the brain, as laser technology has already been applied to neurosurgery and eye surgery, and it is possible to eliminate tumors in the brain using resonant sonic frequencies. Thus there is much hope for the future of neuroscience, which remains today a largely pharmacological field, and little attention paid to the curriculum vitae of thoughts our minds accumulate, except by advertisers, who are responsible for most of our man-made sensory stimulus. According to a doctor named Timothy Leary, who studied states of consciousness relative to the evolution of human cognition, there are eight primary circuits, or ennegrams that are predetermined levels of awareness associated with the timed function of genetic adaptation, where the survival instinct is inherent to the single nerve, and where survival of the fittest is considered the only governing principle. The first is the bio-survival sense, often called consciousness, which evolved 2 - 3 billion years ago with the rise of invertebrates and remains visible in the individual human at the stage of infancy. Here, an either/or circuit establishes itself, that will govern most of the rest of the third dimensionally relative habitual patterns of survival. This determines the mechanism of approach nurturing/helpful things, avoid noxious/dangerous things. This is water. The second is the emotional sense, or ego, beginning 500,000,000 years ago with the birth of mammals and apparent for the individual human at the stage of upright walking, both due to the start of competition for territory. This activates the up/down binary circuit. This is air. The third is dexterity-symbolism sense, or mind, arising 4 - 5 million years ago when hominids entered the paleolithic age, and began making stone tools, and is equivalent for the individual with the developmental stage of using toys, tools and weapons. Also, the beginning of speech, for the toddler as well as the early human branch of the primate family tree, is credited to this neuro-genetic encoding. It activates the left/right circuit of dominant handedness. This is earth. Fourth is the socio-sexual sense, which awakened for mankind 32,000 years ago when the first hominids penetrated India, and is found in the puberty of the individual person. This is thought to also be the first beginning of civilization, for it is associated with hunting in packs among animals. This is fire. Fifth is the neuro-somatic sense, and it is first to occur in the right hemisphere. Leary, drawn towards both scholasticism and the populous of the student class, balanced the scale of controversially ascribing the use of certain different psychoactive drugs, some illegal at the time, for the extension of the sense of self into these different conditions of intellect, with the staunchly authoritarian doctrine of the division of the brain into functional areas. One of Learys students, Stan Grof, holds a view of the brain as a holognomonic whole, which he calls holotropic, perhaps in apology for his predecessors antiquarian affiliations. This sense of the creative hemisphere, which we only seem to send electrical currents through while on certain chemical substances, was first activated 4,000 years ago, and distinguished the difference between visual, Euclidian space and sensory, multidimensional space. This is gravity. The sixth sense is neuralectric, and is 2,500 years old. In this condition the nervous system becomes actively aware of itself, and free will determines our way through different tunnel realities, each leading to its own goal, by metaprograming. This is commonly associated with anomalous cognition or extra sensory perception. It allows comprehension of the magnetic force and electron scale. This is the electromagnetic force.

    Seventh is the neuro-genetic, which is 2,200 years old. It is associated with the concepts of reincarnation, immortality, past life memories, as well as with the akashic records and the collective unconscious. Here we discover the marvels of our own cellular deoxyribonucleic acids, and inherit control of the mechanism by which these senses have become activated, namely free will governed by the survival instinct in a game reality the only rule of which is survival of the fittest. This is the force of nuclear fusion. The last is the neuro-atomic sense, associated with astral projection, out of body experiences, lucid dreaming and remote viewing. When this sense becomes aware we gain access in our minds eye to perception of the behavior of particles and waves on a quantum level, as we are actually thinking about what we are thinking and discover by doing so that our thoughts are subatomic electrical impulses inside the neuro-cellular columns of the grey matter of our brains. This is the force of nuclear fission. The philosophy Leary used this marvelously open minded and broad sweeping data to justify was, however, cyberpunk a lifestyle unaccepted by the community yet today. It is clear that this was in keeping with the agenda of the same level of thinkers as released the comic book inspired movie, the Matrix, which equates metaphysicians with terrorists in the eyes of a predatory authority. Leary himself recognized that we are, all of us humans on planet earth that is, involved in a war between the levels of this hierarchy. I would only go so far as to add that I believe it is in essence a war over whether or not we will be allowed to manifest. I have listed along with these the relative elements. Cosmos, or spirit, moves into and passes through this system. b. actual government classified vehicles and popular phonies There are centers for souls to gather that have not yet been locked down by the institutionalized religious system. These are called the Traveling Lodge. They have been described in publicised occult literature since the medieval Rosicrucians. Now they are associated by the populous with such sites as crop circles and possible UFO crash sites such as Roswell. The true Traveling Lodge bears more similarity to the brainwashing cult of Rosalind Air Force Base, however such truths will never be pursued. This demonstrates the difference between what is known esoterically and what may be revealed exoterically. For reasons that are extremely personal to the initiated it is important for the air / space craft that humans fly to be of human design. The fact that the United States Air Force was formed in the same year as the Roswell crash and that some of its oldest ongoing projects involve stealth (all acute angles thus deflecting fewer radar waves) technology, beginning with the flying wing and culminating in the Vwing B2 bomber, only shows that humans could have studied extraterrestrial flight technology, but proves that all of the technology they have produced is inherently human, having been designed and built by normal people, and having been carried through from beginning to end by human hands. It is in this way that the actual government classified vehicles those designed by human beings of today can fly about today right before our very eyes. The black helicopters are also the product of stealth technology. They use scalar wave sound mufflers that can be used for mind control. Similarly the stealth bomber is a triangle shape because it uses three microwave gravity generators to expand a wormhole and break the light barrier, while the public of today is unaware that this craft can even leave the atmosphere. There are, however, several possible designs and methods available for it to do so. A double rocket propulsion system is commonly used by NASA to send the space shuttle into orbit, however this is little more than a freight vessel rented out to the highest bidding multinational conglomerates for

    putting their satellite into space or doing some worthless waste of research or development, more for a public relations show than for pure science. The rule of society is rule by the law, where justice is only what can be proven, and where it is easy enough for those with money to determine which version of reality there will be evidence for. In this way all actual UFOs and extraterrestrial encounters are usually counted among the number of intentional human frauds, and in this way sneak by the radar of the public eye. These crafts are only our future selves returning to our shared home planet in time machines, just as we have been doing since the sudden and as yet unexplained appearance of our species. c. builders, pilots and passengers As I have described, the U.S.A.F. have contributed greatly to the number of identified flying objects that defy what we expect for earth bound air craft. However they were not the first to do so. Orville and Wilbur Wright, the two brother co-owners of a bicycle shop, built the first human air craft in recorded history as recently as the nineteenth century. Unidentified flying objects date back to the beginning of this same history, and are recorded all throughout the texts of time. Cigar shaped scalar wave weather balloons were the first modern UFOs, appearing in the skies of the late 1800s although they may have originated later, during the 1950s weather balloon experimentation phase of the U.S.A.F. and slid backwards in time as an effect of the scalar waves distorting the temporal synchronicity of the balloons molecular frequencies. The German National Socialists were probably the first people to propel a rocket into space as they were responsible for all the early solid fuel propulsion systems used to break earths gravity. It is known that they had access to scalar wave technology, although, because most of their research and development facilities were bombed during World War II (which they started and lost), it is unknown much of what their application projects with scalar wave technology might have been. Nikola Tesla, who first invented scalar wave technology around the turn of the twentieth century and applied it to a death ray that was directed through the surface of the earth and which was responsible for devastating tunguska, Russia, claimed to be in contact with off world sources. Another group that would make a similar claim was the Golden Dawn, who associated with the legacy of the true and invisible college of Rosicrucianism by way of the Secret Chiefs of the Great White Brotherhood of illumined seers and ascended masters. The Russians, contemporary to the Americans, developed both solid fuel rocket propulsion systems and scalar wave technology. Because the two super powers competition was to dominate their entire drive and motivation for research and development, both countries suffered down to the lowest common denominator of weapons manufacture. While intercontinental ballistic missiles became a new reality both sides directed enormous scalar wave programs against one another and against themselves for mind control of the mass populous. The Russians were the first to put a probe in orbit around the earth that sent a radio signal back to the ground, and they were the first to put a man in space, that is in a pod outside the atmosphere, and they retrieved him happily. The Americans were the first to land on and return a man from the moon, however, because of superior, Japanese manufactured broadcast media, were able to make this seem like a bigger accomplishment. This competition between the two greatest nations in all the land did not end until while I was a child, and I can attest to the stress that this Cold War produced for me even then. d. the time capsule itself tachyonic technology What I am about to describe is best done in space. Doing so on earth, on any

    large scale, is probably contraindicated. This is not to say that this has not been done before, and yet we are still alive. It is simply that myths of a strange energy source are associated with the downfall of an ancient lost supercivilization. Mythology is a strange beast in itself. It is usually only a court jesters perspective on the affairs of the court and health of the royal family, however when it speaks of the human ability to harness energy that can be misused, even if accidentally, and cause a massive effect it addresses one of the greater issues of the human species. This being said: by projecting a faster microwave frequency into a slower microwave tachyon, it is possible to expand this tachyon into a wormhole. By mapping scalar wave frequencies over top of the microwave signal it is possible to access any destination from the holographic electromagnetic radiation background. This can be done as easily as by projecting a visual thought of where you want to go onto the wormhole. When the destination is projected, by whatever medium mechanical or biological, it creates a particular harmony with the faster microwave gravity, and this creates null space, or zero-point energy the electromagnetic result of combining radiation and gravity. Another name for this is a temporal singularity. Just as the background radiation of the electromagnetic spectrum serves as a fractal through which any single point in space my be linked to any other, so does the sum over histories of probabilities in the universe serve as the gnomon from which we may extract our temporal destinations. Once you have traveled through a wormhole you have entered into the multiverse. Things will not be the same, and all things will continually change. It is possible to meet yourself in this way, and there are fewer experiences more alienating from reality. e. accidents and insurance empires Wormholes are like wishing wells. Wishing you were home from a wormhole is like falling down a probability well. Many people in the present and near future will find this to be true, because if you wish you werent brought before the most high, then low you will be cast down. So it is with hyperspace if you try to turn it inside out and use it to get where you already are, it will put you down in another time. Paranoia is a kind of insurance paid out in karma. 2. civilizations The prevalence of evidence shows us beyond equivalence that the full extent of advancement in the natural sciences and in technology of ancient, lost civilizations is now beyond our comprehension. Every artifact in existence seems to add a stroke to the blank canvas, painting a picture of humanity as a more and more adaptively developed species at an earlier and earlier time. Far from wandering blindly before the creation of civilization, which, according to scholars, is barely a second ago on the smallest cog of the cosmic clock, the modern time traveler, a historian in this case, exploring the past, can now carry with them all the artifacts essential to survival throughout the lifetime of humanity. There can be no doubt that ancient civilizations, such as the early dynastic Chinese and the Mayan, evolved highly complicated calendrical systems based on astronomical observations that modern scholars think would have required modern computers to calculate, however there is a building amount of evidence to indicate that even the localized tribes who remained technologically primitive, such as the Aborigines and the Dogons, also possessed this level of astronomical knowledge. It is perhaps easier to imagine a more complex civilization discovering more complex data, however since people of all lands and affiliations possessed the same skill, it can only be explained by a highly evolved common source.

    This point of origin is in our future. Ancient ruins are all that remain of what we will have built in the past. The technology of today can get you to yesterday through tomorrow. a. our future (our origin) The mind, when seen as a holographic imprint overlaying the brain, created by the brain, is seen to exist in a continuum unique from that of the fleshly body. There are billions of interacting neurons in the brain, each comprised of a fiber that delivers an electrical signal, and connected by gaps crossed by neurotransmitters. If you could take the mind out of the brain, as John Dee extrapolated his angelic hosts from the four elements, it would be comprised by an asymptotically infinite number of such connections, however it would no longer be responsible for triggering the nervous signals to the body. It could be transferred into an electrical machine, or into the ambient electromagnetic field, or the background microwave radiation, it is really irrelevant where it goes outside the body. These connections are thought to be the wells from which emotions arise, and so we must see that our mind goes with our emotions. People in times of yore romanticized about their feeling coming from the heart, but modern biologys guess is the brain. The nerves in this way spread throughout the system of the entire body, and so the phantom sensation of the entire form may come along. This has been rigorously researched, from primitive natural birthing and early tantra yoga to modern advanced pharmaceutical experimentation on animals and by people on themselves, all of which is in all honesty unethical only in that it is pro-entropic. b. our past (the destination) Atlantis is a timed utopia. You could travel back on one day, live there a year, and arrive back in the present the next day. Assuming that you established a temporal signature by returning to the same timeline in such a way, that is, by being in one timeline day after day, and being gone in between these days for undefined durations, then you would establish a referential evolutionary cue to determine lifespan. This would be an artificial temporal pattern, however once one enters the multiverse, there is no going back to the way things were before, so higher natural and new artificial patterns alone can serve as moral compass there. When navigating the timestream it is much like an electrical impulse traveling upon nerves, and this experience stays with a person such that it is difficult to know when it has fully stopped and one has arrived at their destination, because the gravity to which this disorientation is relative is Time, or the forward flow of entropy defined by the spin of a photon measured as the speed of light. c. our present (slow,old) socio / culture (fast,young) While society appears like a giant dinosaur to culture, culture appears like a microscopic fly to society. Culture is the poor mans society. There is no such thing as an exclusively bourgeois fraternal order, unless related to a job, like police officers. The star system of America establishes a new royal class, comprised of entertainers, models, and news anchors. This is the sum of the substance of modern American culture, the gift of the 1950s plastic fantastic suburbanites, their simulacrum of historical heritage as it existed before our forefathers established our more perfect than thou union with the social compact. This era of free thinkers, who were jacobite Masons from Rousseau to Castro, including Washington, were trying to tear the social middle class away from rule by a Lord of the land. In America in the 1950s, the middle class were housed in suburbs surrounding the cities in which they worked in high-rise offices. The social destiny that had been given to them they had

    made manifest with great skyscrapers. Most countries have a folk wisdom founded culture that dates back much further than modern American culture. American culture did not even begin on an international scale until the 1950s, when industrialised manufacturing made our production of stylized consumer goods applicable to the mass market of the entire country, and the new technological communication media were first used to introduce international cultural trade into the global free market of ideas. The only reason I go into the society and culture of America is that it is a young nation that has grown rapidly to become a globally recognized economy and political system. Human cultures have grown with human migrational patterns and evolved from the same origins differently in different regions. Society, on the other hand, derives from the tribal hierarchy of chief and medicine man, and from the first codification of law, in Sumeria at the same time as the beginning of a written record of history, which was simply a generally binding agreement to provide services to one another. Society did not begin until people were spread throughout the world, and had already established what would become their traditional cultural customs. Society formed in two camps the middle-eastern and the Indian. The middle-eastern rule has been passed to us directly in the form of the ten commandments. The Indian rule established the class system. There can be little doubt that while the Samurai warriors of later China and Japan, who are thought to be inheritors of an originally Indian cultural heritage, represent a totalitarian, or dictatorial, though essentially otherwise classless, society the class system of India spread to the west and influenced the minds of even the early Greek philosophers, considered to be the first social politicians, as opposed to laborers or lords, and it was upon the framework of a class hierarchy that the first utopias were speculated. This would lead to the Roman empire conquering Europe, and Christianity the idea of the anthropomorphic deity as discorporeal ruler conquering the entire western hemisphere. Insofar as it was cultural, Christianity spread to the east as well, though this caused a split in the church over the doctrine of the trinity in the west and that of the ascended human in the east. In the west the class system would evolve through the dialectic (thesisantithesis-synthesis), with America arising as the synthesis of a capitalist free market and a representative democratic republic. What we can conclude from this is that culture moves eastward around our planet while society moves westward. d. aliens throughout history First of all let me assure you that there are no aliens walking the earth at this time, nor have there been at any time during our recorded history. There has not been any genetic interbreeding. There is no technology that was not made by humans on the planet nor has there ever been. No one else controls our fate. Human beings have free will, and this controls all human outcomes. It alone always has. What have been called fairies, elves, goblins or monsters throughout history, particularly among the fairy tales of the European middle ages, are usually only either wishful anthropomorphications of natural forces and events, or actually deformed people forced to live outside of towns due to scientific misunderstanding. But these are definitively not exclusively extraterrestrial forces, no matter how alien they may have seemed to people. Similarly the concept of the djinn, or discorporeal ghosts probably the hallucinations caused by drinking the first artificial alcohols, as well as the elemental pantheon should both indicate to us that the Nefilim of the Sumerians who came in vehicles from the sky probably refers to events of weather or astronomy, and should not be taken as entirely and exclusively a literal description. Another example of such a vehicle that appears from the air is given by Ezekial and recorded in the bible, however a technologically advanced time machine from our future or a drug induced experience could both account for this as well.

    More recently the reports of alien abductions all involve beings that are thin and grey, with large heads, large black eyes and small mouths. Visual hallucinations of such beings presumably doctors during a birth experience flashback have been documented as being produced by the strong electromagnetic fields given off near areas of tectonic pressure, such as fault lines and volcanoes. It is likely that the original inspiration for beings of this appearance was that of the earliest mummified corpses, who look like the state between health and the skull. Natural mummies such as the one frozen in ice on a mountain top and some of those buried in the peat bogs of England date back to the last ice age and to the stone age. The concept of the djinn, whose astral realm is the motivator, source and intersection of the four elemental forces, however, introduces the applicability of trans-dimensionality, as the ghosts of the dead are thought to be beyond time. Whether such spirits exist or not it is clear that they would exist according to rules that would not be confined to the earth. Being beyond even necessity of incarnation such concentrated intelligences are eternal within the universe of the four forces. They may be raised on the sounds of the sunspots and solar flares, and heard in the earths electromagnetic field, but the realm of the djinn is hyperdimension, the same as that accessed by wormholes. The djinn have been seen as the peaceful angels and the wrathful demons of various world religions who inhabit the same heavens as the spirits and ghosts of the dead. In the same pages of the first record of the djinn are descriptions of human giants and men of renown who were of the first generation following human interaction with the aethyreal spirits. It is from these people that we derive all the subsequent arts of metaphysics, mysticism and magic. They were the first to be alienated by their communities, and this is why these arts are secret. 3. the intersorting of subspace matter through hyperspace It is difficult, often, to address the cause of something if it generates many, and / or various, different types of effect. It is tempting to rhetoricians to focus too much on examining the difference between effects than to cut to the core of the cause, particularly if the cause encompasses a greater number of outcomes. However it is in fact much more fruitful to study the cycle of time that allows the harvest than to simply reap the rewards of natures workings. This is illustrated by Jesus in a parable as the difference between feeding a man a fish and teaching him to fish. Because of this proclivity of the analytical mind a single, ongoing cause may remain undiscovered for any finite number of effects throughout time, even while each of these effects is studied in detail by specialists. Such is the case today with the effects on third dimensional material forms caused by their interaction with higher dimensions. The best, or at least most immediately prevalent, example for this is the mystery of death caused by third dimensional spatial interaction with the fourth temporal dimension. We believe that death is an inevitable end of any and all forms or patterns of matter that exchange energy with their surrounding environment, however by this criteria the fact that life exists at all is an unprecedented miracle, since the fragile biological organism is an engine for energy-exchange that functions at ratios equivalent in other physical bodies with much shorter life spans. In fact, the biological form of life is that which has been chosen by survival of the fittest attributes of atomic chemistry to exist in direct opposition to death. This is proved anthropically by our species being the only one with a working concept of finite time. On the most open scope, all that exists is the interaction of dimensions. The matter-energy we call the third dimension is the effect of the presence of time. Down to the first dimensional singularity well in a brane, plane or event field of spacetime we see that the known dimensions are entirely interdependent, and so we must allow that this be true for any number more dimensions that might exist undiscovered.

    When we imagine these dimensions as distanced from each other, such as the measure given by whole numbers, they comprise the multiverse each potential universe with a different vibrational set of laws of physics relative to its neighbors. When we imagine these dimensions all bunched up close to one another, as with the measure given by fractions between whole numbers, they comprise hyperdimension each different dimension distorted with its own unique underlying geometry. a. effects of radiation on the genes Some vibrational frequencies are beneficial to the life of the microorganisms that comprise the fibers of our genes. Others are harmful. The same common knowledge is associated with the modern folk wisdom of pregnant mothers putting small speakers playing music upon the outside of their growing uterus to expose the foetus, while still developing as en embryo in the womb, to the external worlds sensory stimuli. This is thought to enhance the babys appreciation for composition later in its adult life. The beneficial vibrations of electromagnetic radiation, which includes the visible spectrum and is of a similar form to sound waves, are those equal to the angstroms of the gene that tend to encourage or advance it along its existing pattern of growth. Also, just as lasers can now be used for cutting, the right frequency of light can aid in the splicing of different genetic fragments, and activation of different inherent traits, while they are still alive in the cells. Harmful frequencies are all the rest of the frequencies that do not exactly match the criteria of the existing measurements of the genes. It is the sad truth that the life line followed by our genetic sequences and sequencers birth, mate, death, the same holographic pattern we follow in our own lives is more influenced by these negative influences than by the scarcer positive ones, but only according to the statistics, which show that all things that are born die, but that only as many things are born as mates have found each other to parent them, and that fewer things find mates than are born. The result of exposure only to those frequencies which stimulate our growth as a genetically unique species would be an appearance similar to that which people appear to have to a person being exposed to these frequencies. This has been described by people living near the electromagnetic fields and flux beside the geophysical friction of a fault line, and I have already mentioned it in the section on the hallucinatory appearance of aliens. b. effects of radiation on the mind There remains a debate about the mind over whether it is more aethyreal or substantive, and this debate has gone on for almost as long as there have been minds to debate with about minds in the first place. However when considering the effects of radiation exposure, nowhere is the line more clearly drawn between the two opposing concepts. We see that the debate hinges upon the concepts of aethyr manifesting (motivating) matter and matter representing (reflecting) aethyr. The earlier argument is then usually called moral or ethical, though it is really impossible according to matter/energy, and the latter obfuscated by the division between the body and brain, when it is really moral or ethical. At the two polarized ends of the argument are the concepts of mind as aethyreal, eternal spirit or as the mortal self-cognition of organic matter. In truth it is the biological circuit which is the temptation, though anyone subject to natural law will eventually find themselves having believed in both. When the brain itself is exposed to electromagnetic radiation, it has different effects according to the different wavelengths of the vibrational frequencies. Very short wavelength, high frequency microwaves of the scale of the diameter of a

    single electron cloud penetrate to the inner neuron pillars and columns of the cerebellum, as well as to the holographic neuralectric projection tissue of the thalamus, stimulating quantum fluctuation there, and thus increasing the kinetic potential of the brain overall, that is, it stimulates thoughts. However, microwave frequencies of a slightly longer wavelength that of the diameter of a nucleus or an atom will disintegrate the brain tissue at an atomic scale. One method of introducing electromagnetic fields into the brain is by creating a gravity band or gravity well, and it is known that magnetic elements were used in the creation of some Mayan crowns, possibly for the purpose of elongation of the wearers skull. The thoughts that arise in the environment of the mind, in the context of the ego or the recognition of self, due to exposure to electromagnetic radiation are similar to those induced with certain psychotropic or psychoactive chemical substances, and this is not surprising, since the brain, along with the entire nervous system, is an electrochemical hydraulic turbine. These thoughts are usually distortions to the type of sensations our sensory organs ordinarily perceive. It is usually thoughts such as these that are associated with mystical experiences of the aethyreal spirit, and therefore the primary goal of adapting to them is the differentiation of fact from fiction. c. you can never go home again Changing is an ending of one thing and the beginning of another, and everything is forever changing. In this context you cannot hold onto anything, and may even let go of your sense of self, for it can only serve to anchor your soul to one region in space-time. Here is where we experience the astral body of the free spirit. This is the idea of the second self, and even it can be shed for the greater Light. Permanence is an ending of changes, the fixing of all potential future histories for a subject into singular form. It is associated with the edifying of idea, however it is hypothesized that, in so far as it cannot be accomplished artificially, it can be accomplished naturally at least as well. This amounts to the idiom dust to dust, ashes to ashes, which refers to the original creation of our internal carbon compounds in the nuclear furnace of the sun, and to the continual radioactive decay of carbon element fourteen in all living and once living things. Thus we see that both change and permanence constitute their own form of ending change the ever ending of everything, permanence the end of change. i. infinitely changing parallel universes When we begin to see time as the history of a wormhole, the measure of the moments will be infinitely changing parallel universes. These are equivalent to the infinitely different possible outcomes in the potential of every event probability well. Thus each different possible universe measures as the intersection of two distinct dimensions infinite depth within and infinite length in sequence. Inside the wormhole history of time we experience temporal gravity towards the past, where our memories tie the ego down to the experience of material reality in the present moment, and invert these into concerns (intellectual and emotional) for the egos future. However this is no more than a sign of the times, erected into the freefall limbo of the future. It is used as a guidepost and for ascension, it is the subject of gospel and gossip and derision. As I have said before, our concerns for the future of what we believe to be our selves are irrelevant relative to death. This does not mean people dont think that these two things go together. On the up side, by letting go of the constraints tying one to the sensation of the here and now, it is possible for the center of awareness to rise up into the future. ii. permanent timelessness

    With no fixed focal point for the self in the temporal continuum, one can explore, detached, wherever they will. At this point we can stop time, fast forward, rewind, do all these things within our minds. Meanwhile an infinite number of possible options surround us at all times, populating the multiverse with pathways connecting to singularities like us. Singularities, like all things, are attracted to one another temporal and gravitational both and alike, and so the wormholes comprise potential histories between these points. To be drawn into and caught up by this web is to be beyond the reaches of time. Singularities are permanent more or less relative to one another, and wormholes only connect them as long as they are apart. The only equivalent concept to permanent time distortion, or time-space disorientation, is the concept of hypersleep, the sleep of ages. In this the subject body is put into unconsciousness in suspended animation and reawakened, usually many light years later. A parallel theme to this is that of post mortem cryogenic preservation and resurrection, or even the potential extrapolations of transplanting. d. the way out It is a popular saying among metaphysicians that the only way out is through. This is a half truth, and unlike many of my colleagues, I do not wish to appear false or misleading. It is generally accepted that the only way to the singularity is through the wormholes, and the singularity itself is the doorway out of the universe and its internal, ever expanding multidimensional multiverse. However going through it leads into the baby universe created outside the universe by the alignment of the temporal singularity wormholes as they feed the substance and laws of physics from the parent universe to the child. To come to grips with the popular misconception of getting out by going through, we must extrapolate what is indicated from what is observed. In this case we see that, as a body travels through the wormholes inside the event horizon of a black hole and outside the singularity at its core, it is divided by the temporal singularities it passes through on its way between them to the central gravitational singularity according to the law of infinitely repeating halves. Thus, what is apparently theorized by the esteemed past scholars is that, to finally exit the universe and the expanding informational dimension multiverse it contains, one must first pass through an infinite number of baby universes containing smaller black holes. As ritualized and formalized as this doctrine has become in the modern occult, it really amounts to little more than this. While there is an absurd consensus in light of naked singularities, that to get to a singularity it is necessary to travel through quantum foam with random quantum fluctuations caused by the uncertainty principle (the wormholes), it is generally not considered to move temporally perpendicular to the history of the singularity after entering into the realm of microwave gravitational tachyonic ylem. e. archetypes Archetypes are transtemporal they exist throughout time. Commonly they are called stereotypes, and, while valued, also made the subject of much abuse. The name archetype is a crude play on words, doubling the arc of the rainbow with the ark of the covenant. The true ideological entity this asymptote of meaning describes is perhaps better thought of these days as a messaliengel a triple play on the words messenger (in that it transports information), alien (in that it is not confined to the earth) and angel (in that it is spiritual and ideal in essence). Perhaps the reason that stereotypes are so abused as a social statistic is the ongoing debate between the body and brain and the mind and spirit. They represent a blending of the self-identity with some greater purpose as their guide, and thus make highly recognizable minorities and often too totalitarian majorities. The people

    who do not wish to be seen as stereotypes, on the other hand, see themselves as being somehow more spiritual and thusly more righteous. The truth is that, as long as there is analytical observation, nothing can remain long unclassified. The social movements usually themselves the cumulative effect of combined social, political and economic factors that give rise to these stereotypes as connections along the grapevine joining mainstream and underground culture are thought constructs of information systemization that naturally organize these statistical aggregates into relationship with one another. It is because of the imagined similarity between social institutions coagulating stereotypes and seraphic hosts and orders of angels and the djinn that they are thought to be justified. It should be worth noting that these social institutions and classificational orders of archetypes began at the same time and in the same place as the institutionalizations of State and Church. However besides that they are literally as different as these meta-entities. The angles, demons, spirits and ghosts thought to populate the afterlife are all either originally anthropomorphications of discorporeal forces or founded on the personal memories of departed ancestors. The synthesis of these two realms is the key of all religion, and it continues to remain a struggle in the minds of holy men today. In the far east, where Shinto is prevalent, the people believe that even the trees have guardian spirits, and Buddhism shows how the soul passes from one body to the next on a journey towards ascension into the primary clear light. In the middle-east and Europe they have made equally complicated explanations unifying the realm of the forces and that of pure consciousness without a living shell. In the west the various religions of the native Americans succeed best at understanding that these two underworlds are one, and the rest focus on extraterrestrials and the Apocalypse. None of these clearly specify or agree as to the exact details of the nature of the archetype. Using elements from all the existing systems, as we see that it must do since these are temporal systems, and archetypes are transtemporal an archetype might best be described as a reincarnative holognomonic interpersonal social mold. It is reincarnative in that it transcends its representative manifestations in the eternal duration of ideal or potential. It does this from moment to moment, event to event, stereotype to stereotype, and so, gradually taking every possible road in the garden of forking paths, tracing out its parent pattern like pixels on a tv screen. In this way it is imitating the holographic behavior of photons in the double slit experiment. Here we see that the individual photons themselves follow the same fractalization, (in this case binary) being equally likely to pass through either slit, as a hologram, wherein each part carries potential for the pattern of the whole field. However the difference between a fractal and a gnomon is that a fractal has a closed or finite set of parameters, and a gnomon has an open set. Therefore all fractals are self terminating in the course of their permutations, however gnomons continue to replicate exponentially. Because our human population grows in this same way, as I have said, opposite the curve of death, the gnomon is thought to represent a more life like form of mathematical expansion. Thus to say that archetypes are holognomonic implies that their existence is in some way more like our own than otherwise. Insofar as it is relative in fields, the archetype is commutative in the same way that humans communicate interpersonally. We cross gaps between one another with our ideas, and in this same way a particle, such as a photon, transmits a force from one event location in spacetime to another. Thus, also, matter and energy, though inversions of one another, are both subject to interaction temporally. We see that the more we interact with others, the more affirmed we feel that all is one. Society is but a vague shadow cast by the desire to preserve a deteriorating knowledge of an ancient technology, which is based on the science of time. It is hints of this great Light that peak through now and then to bestow revelations and spiritual experiences that foster and engender and encourage systemizations. These

    are only glimpses by the left hemisphere of the potential for reunion with the right. Archetypes are artificial. Stereotypes are man made, copyrighted, advertised and merchandised every day, and so, it is thought: God controls the angels. Einstein, one of the greatest minds to grace this globe, said, God does not role dice. Man is given free will, but this right is reserved for him alone, as punishment, along with death. The angels have no rights of their own and the demons have no release. This little bit of metaphysical legislation sounds about accurate as the result of millennia of human relations. It leaves alot to be said for the description of the actual conditions of archetypes as I have described them by unifying their attributes. B. the multivibrational universe as time capsule What we are seeing with our eyes are photons. They enter through the lens, reorient the rods and cones, and are translated into electrochemical signals in the nerves connecting the eyes to the brain. Photons are real particles that transmit radiation from a source to a receiver. It takes different amounts of time for a photon to travel different distances, since all photons travel at the same speed, known as the speed of light. A photon reflecting from the surface of a flower to our eye, and carrying a distortion to its wavelength that translates as the flowers colors, travels across that distance almost immediately. It would have taken that same photon six minutes to get from the surface of the sun to where it was reflected off the surface of the flower. It takes light 100 million years to travel across our galaxy, and only about 11 to 15 billion years to get to earth from the furthest edges of the known universe. What we are seeing in the night sky, for example, is not the light given off by the stars as we are watching them, but the light they gave off millions and millions of years ago. Therefore it is not exactly accurate to consider anything that photons are conveying to our eyes as reliably real. Just as the one color wavelength the flower reflects is the only one it didnt absorb, so are the very heavens above an illusion. Samsara is a recursive cycle of events. The most of the populous is given blindly and bodily over to Samsara. We learn what behaviors are appropriate and what not, and eventually become completely distracted by our own lives. Then there are those who leave Samsara. Of these some leave only to return again. Of these some return and forget, and some return and remember. A few leave completely. Of these most leave at the moment of death. The only humans known to have transcended Samsara while still alive all became great teachers and healers, because only those outside Samsara can change it, and only those who are completely free of it can guide the rest of the populous closer to its conclusion. In Samsara, though, everyone thinks they are a fit guide. This is how they forget their own suffering. When suffering is ignored, it worsens. When internal suffering worsens, it becomes external suffering. For Buddhists, only the trance of nibana can free us from external suffering. Then, in the trance of Samadhi and Samasamadhi one sees their own internal suffering, and by seeing it, can pass through it for it is only an illusion. In the trance of nibana one sees the veil of external suffering as well, and, by seeing it, can pass through it for it too is only an illusion. Suffering is an illusion because it occurs to the self. The self is an illusion. Both the self and its sufferings, or what comprise Samsara, are an illusion of time. As time passes, events change, and within these events are physical patterns, such as ourselves, trees, computers, etc. When events change, these change, causing patterns of event for physical form over time. Samsara is a very specific such cycle of events that applies on a wide scale because it governs very general patterns. It has been known of since the creation of

    civilization, and has existed at least since the birth of consciousness. There is no way of knowing whether or not, say, an electron suffers in its orbit around a nucleus, or whether the stars can know that they are doomed. It has been hypothesized that, according to the law of natural similarities, the consciousness by which we know Samsara is probably a pattern that we have found in other forms, so it is possible that the suffering is of the pattern, and that consciousness is the mechanism by which to pass through external suffering without internal suffering. The trances used by Buddhists are methods of concentrating consciousness so that one can see the physical pattern of their own existence as the source of internal suffering, and perceive that they are more than this alone, and see the cycling pattern of existent events as the source of external suffering, and perceive that the universe is more than this alone, and in so doing, find peace. The pattern of samara is quite simple. Two forms of it are the Buddhist Wheel of Becoming and the hexagrams of the I Ching. You should notice that the wheel has spherical application and the hexagrams have cubical application. This only arises because the mind, the source of both forms, is represented as the sphere inside the cube, where consciousness occurs as a point shared by the sphere and the cube, the sphere is an infinity of thoughts, and the cube is the five senses and the six fundamentals of reasoning. This shape is representative of a $ / # spiral the sphere being # bound, and $ being extractable from the cube as the height of one of the tetrahedrons it contains if the leg of the cube is one unit, or as a flat spiral on the surface of half of any one of its sides. This is the universally occurring pattern that has been postulated for consciousness, or the pattern of concentration of mind over time. By applying this pattern to the Wheel of Becoming and the I Ching we can see how simple the pattern of events called Samsara actually is. In the I Ching there are eight trigrams that compose the hexagrams, and consequently there are eight double or inverse hexagrams, which look the same above and below. These are the corners of the cube. The sides of the cube are the six lokas, or realms of reincarnation, between the spokes of the Wheel of Becoming, yet these cardinal directions are eight when taken with the ascending and descending paths through them, and ten when counted with consciousness, at the center, and time, the mandalas outline. The eight trigrams can be arranged either according to the early heaven or later heaven arrangements. The proper arrangement for the eight doubled hexagrams is determined by a pattern that balances their numerical values from the context of the King Wen sequence of 64 hexagrams, given in the Mandala of Time. The eight trigrams usually represent characteristics that govern the eight events represented by the eight doubles. What is described by Samsara is the fluctuation of a field of energy. The 64 hexagrams represent the regular functioning of this field, represented by their first order of difference, or number of tao lines changed between them, and the eight doubles the regular fluctuation, or wobble, within that function, similar to precession. The inventors of the I Ching called this energy chi, and housed it within tao, meaning the way. Another way of expressing it would be to call the energy potential, and tao probability. Here we see that probability is the substance of time. 1. the geometrical spirit and the electromagnetic soul Regardless of how we describe the states of others that dwell before God, we describe ourselves as having souls that become spirits when they are raised before the lord. This has been described variously by all the different institutionalized religious cultures, and it is a belief that traces its roots back to the birth of the djinn and civilization. In the far east the internal energy, or chi, is studied as it flows in

    the kundalini path through the chakras and manifold pressure centers, generating the persons karmic aura, visible when they open the ajna, or third eye. In the middle east the Hebrews study the Ruach (breath or soul) and neschamah (spirit) in the context of the four worlds of action, formation, creation and emanation; Christianity expands upon this esoterically by way of astral travel and indulgences; and the Muslims offer grand promises of paradise beyond death. The native Americans in the north and south continent, even as far as the western most islands of oceania, believe in a force called mana which is responsible for all things, and is the substance of the power that the gods have over the heavens and nature, and by which they effect the laws of men through their appointed administrators. The subtle distinction between the soul and the spirit has been argued philosophically for equally as long, and insanity and intent are the equivalent modern legalese. According to current legislations, the letter of the law is replaced by plea bargaining and the spirit of the law revolves around proving preconception. all this means in straight talk is that modern pop culture media, whose target market is rebellious teens, is itself the child of election politics and national populist religion and that the protection of the inherent human trait of free will is guaranteed by written law in the American constitution. Pop culture represents the golden dawn of artificial intelligence, the media itself replacing the soul, or link between the astral and material realms, and the spirit becoming a simulacrum body without organs in virtual reality, possessed of the absolute, dictatorial freedom to impose the full limits of their will upon the seeming substance and the very essence of their environment. As I have described in the context of hyperdimension, pure mathematical geometry underlies the laws of physics. It has long been held that pure math is on a different level of reality, that of pure ideal, for it can be done even in the context of only the mind. Dreaming was thought to be the degeneration of meaning of mental images from this realm when it was first conceived. Thus it was thought that the soul descends from this realm, like a dream, while the spirit raises upward toward it. a. the corporeal vessel This is that shell for consciousness that acts as the umbilical chord connecting the soul to the earthly environment. When we die this chord is cut and our spirit is born into the next world. This world after death is thought to be the aethyreal astral realm, that of the ideal, where exist distilled to their essentials all patterns that give rise to shape in manifest forms. Just as the body manipulates objects on the terrestrial plane, so does the free spirit apprehend and shape ideas from the astral aethyr. However when the body dies, and the spirit leaves it for the last time, it does not die completely. The spark of life remains, in the form of the genetic coding of the bodys DNA and the ambient electromagnetic signature that it accumulates in life. The result of this is seen in the continued growth of hair and nails after death, caused by the auras afterimage stimulating the tougher follicles and tissue to progress along the lifelines patterns of growth, and in the decay of radiocarbon 14, which acts as an electromagnetic pulse, the only radioactive element present in organic matter, and thus serving as both an elemental frequency and a biorhythm. In this way even the dead are not dead, only waiting for their voices, carried on their continuing frequencies, to be listened to and understood. i. practising for death The secret doctrine of the Therapeutae, contemporaries of the Pythagoreans of early Greece, is that ultimately it is better for man to die at the hands of man than through the intervention of illness. Thus they began the practise of deriving medicines from poisons, in order to treat fire with fire, and therefore insure different effects of preservation of the corpse after death with drugs that treat

    incurable diseases with death. This continued on through the Roman empire, when lead, a deadly toxin that assists in post mortem preservation by killing off the bacterial microorganisms that line the walls of the intestines, was used to line aqueducts and thus taint the public drinking water supply. Lead based medicines continued to be used throughout the European Middle Ages, as well as various other types of torture, such as bleedings with leeches. In modern times the equivalent of this practise is vaccinations with small dead doses of the virus to boost up the immune system against them should they encounter them again. Another modern ingredient of this foul plot is tobacco, which, as it is packaged and sold to the consumers in the medium of cigarettes, contains arsenic, tar and other deadly toxins, all which serve the same function as lead to kill off the intestinal bacteria that cause the body to decay after death. Traces of tobacco have even been found in the mummies of Egypt, indicating their ancient knowledge of its use in preserving the genetic integrity of the fleshy tissues after their life has ceased. The practise of mummification is much older than either the Therapeutae or the mummies of ancient Egypt, and is probably a millennial practise in preparation for the eventual end of the world. The most recent mummies are, or were, Buddhist monks who drank lead based lacquer and arsenic laced spring water to stop their autotrophic life functions, after surviving on nuts and tree bark for six years to thin and harden the tissues. Mummification is only one branch of the wellspring of spiritual legislation on the preparation for the moment of death and the unknown duration to follow. As I have said, much of humanitys metaphysic for the afterlife is founded on the soul or aura and astral body or spirit. The soul is attached to the body in the form of the aura, comprised of our accumulations of karma, which usually follow an identical pattern along a path of ascension. The spirit detaches from the corporeal vessel, and rises into a clear light, as described by all mystics and those with near death experiences. According to the doctrines of all the various mystery schools it is important, almost necessary, to practise leaving the body in preparation for the moment of death, when the spirit will be severed from its customary control of the corporeal vessel. In the highest levels of gnosis the process of self-actualization is identified with Satan, or the concept of cognitive dissonance in the universal mind. ii. dying Strong believers in anthropomorphism might perceive the moment of death as a familiar personage, and, just as indicated in Greek theater, these psychodramas can play out over the entire course of someones lifetime leading up to their final moments. The reasoning for this is that the mind is in a highly deluded state relative to death. Blood bearing oxygen remains in the brain several minutes after the fibrillator has stopped pumping blood through the heart, and this oxygen allows neuralectric activity to continue for some time. Because people usually do not return from such a state, little observational data regarding it has been collected, and so it is unknown, for example, if the perceptions of the sensory mechanisms continue to function or not. In many people whose near death experiences involved very sudden or shockingly transmundane experiences they see their life flash before their eyes, becoming cognizant in microseconds of macropatterns underlying their lifeline that had eluded them their whole life long. It is possible that such a surge of neural kinetics and the continued hum of the brain as it feeds off the last of its air produce equivalent internal experiences, and these types of personal transcendent events are associated by modern psychologists with visions of a Final Judgment. The moral of all historical judgment visions is to know yourself while you are alive. This is not contingent on being understood by others, and the road less traveled is always the only one that does not lead to Rome.

    b. the electromagnetic aura Once one has begun to learn about the physical part of their self, one will come to learn that it functions on an electrical charge, that flows through all the flesh, controls the heart, and runs the brain. It is fact, if one wishes to learn it, that the neuralkinetic reactions in our brain are synchronous with our thoughts, such that they are thought to be mutually causal, and that different frequency brain waves are produced in different states of waking consciousness, unconscious sleep and dreaming. The entire physical corpuscle contains this flow, called chi by the Chinese, who taught with martial arts how to channel and harness it for physical health, strength and endurance. The duality of chemical (soma) induced neuralectric activity as external motivator and naturally occurring inspiration as internal cause of thoughts predates the beginning of recorded history, where we find the roles of chief or elder hunter and shaman or medicine gatherer established possibly as the original hominid division of labor between the sexes, however it is an issue that continues to this day involving scholars of all fields. While the right and wrong of it are debated, by their compromises it gradually becomes a medical reality as all of our inherent physical systems are augmented by advances in scientific biotechnology and we are indoctrinated to the rules of the state. Drugs are about as equivalent to the soul as the state is to the realm of spirit, but all schools that have derived wisdom from them teach us that there is much more karma in life than in any one style of it. The earliest professional philosophers were the Greek elementalists or preSocratics. They were the first to begin to describe the aethyr as more or less alike certain forms of natural phenomenon, namely the four elements. They were, in doing this, opening up the watchtowers to what would become an established spiritual realm in institutionalized religion, though at the time they were seeking to describe the essence of nature. Plato followed this with his strict segregation of the ideal realm, where the forms or phylum were found, and the real realm, where the phenomenon were observed. Little progress has been made in humanitys subsequent effort to tear down this wall from the side of the real even to the modern day existentialists, who believe that existence, or base matter (subject), preceded essence, or the potential for spiritual ideal (object). The diamond key to cutting through the glass ceiling of the Golden Division is the pythagorean extrapolation of the vesica (or heart) and the cross (or helix) proportions, representing the realm of the ideal, from the pentagram, representing the realm of the real. There remains much to be said about this relationship, however the aura is the energy of the pentagram, just as the potential for the release of kinetic energy is represented by the five digits of our hand. i. the ajna As I have already described, the ajna is the minds eye. It represents the vista of mentation occurring in the mind, just as brainwaves represent the neuralectric activity occurring in the brain at the same time. Enlightenment, the goal of all seers, is a brainwave flatline while still alive and consciously awake. Since alpha waves, those produced during the dream state, are the slowest frequency and longest wavelength, such a state is pursued by attempting states of lucid dreaming and states of conscious dreaming, usually achieved through prolonged sleep deprivation. It is thought that, in this state of total mental detachment, the concept of time becomes meaningless, and this is the ultimate achievement of all mystery schools forever. The state of pure illumination is also associated with levitation. It is unknown why this would occur, even by many of the monks who attain it. However one theory is that, when their brainwaves stop creating a pulse regulated field around the body, its electromagnetic signature begins to become distorted by the ambient background radiation of the environment, and the quantum frequencies are no longer in

    temporal synchronization with the temporal electromagnetic imprint of the situation. A similar technology used in aircraft antigravity propulsion systems is the null wave zero point projecting triple scalar wave generators of flying saucers and the stealth bomber. The null wave field, or zero point (without established temporally synchronous context), is the result of crossing scalar waves, which are themselves overlapping fields of wavelengths from multiple sources. In this way the flatline history is derived from a scattered field, just as pure enlightenment may be achieved after waking dreams. ii. projection of the astral body (as a conscious singularity) In the same way that the loss of the controlling rhythm of the personal electromagnetic field causes it to fall into dystrophy, and this may stimulate a physical phenomenon as the field becomes disoriented to its polarized environment, so does this produce for the field itself the effect of generating a light body sensation or feeling of free fall. This is the astral body, that naturally occurring electromagnetic signature of the soul, as it begins to de-tune itself from reality, and fall out of phase with the comprehensible dimensions. The ambient shape of the aura surrounding the chakra path of the 33 spinal vertebrae is that of a torus, or hypersphere at antipode. When the pathway of kundalini is aligned and the chi energy rises unimpeded, the aura involutes. Although it is represented by a light ionization of electrons, most of the aura is given off in the form of heat, or pure thermal radiation, the essence of which is tachyons. When the brain stops sending brain waves to control the regulation of the bodys biorhythms, the aura begins to involute at the velocity of these underlying tachyons, becoming a potential energy dynamo, creating a temporal singularity. When this happens consciousness flows through the mind in free association, without singular origin, being omnidirectional, and without end, being unimpeded by the interjection of the ego. Here one perceives everything as nothing. This is the ascension of the soul to the astral, spiritual, or ideal realm. From this point one identifies the self with a conscious singularity in the realm of potential that can manifest itself where and whenever it chooses. iii. exploration of the astral plane (hyperdimension) The soul, when elevated before the Most High, becomes the spirit. The aura becomes the astral body. It is not the vessel that is changing. It is only its environment that is different. It is thought that the gross body is in accord with this same harmonic. The form of flesh, the electromagnetic aura, and the geometrical spirit are all one. When the electromagnetic aura is active there is a physical reaction. When the aura leaves the host and travels throughout the universe and beyond the multiverse it must adapt in its own way. Thus we see that the vessel responds to its environment, whether this is physical, psychological or heavenly. We must assume that it is therefore equally able to manipulate outcomes in the astral and karmic worlds as it is in the physical. As I have already described, the spirit is thought to be most at home in the idea of heaven as a community of other spirits, and this is why the realms of the unknown afterlife and the drug-induced spirit realm have been so judiciously legislated as similar, when in truth, since little serious research has been done on either openly and in a rigorous scientific manner, no such connection can rightly be inferred. The home of the angels in the heavens has been identified with various locations, both real and imaginary, ranging from the more realistic Hebrew zohar on the ten sephira (senses) and Buddhist six lokas (archetypal realms) in the reincarnative cycle, to the less realistic Mormon interplanetary aliens (although I do like the Star Trek interstellar and Star Wars intergalactic ones). It is thought that the

    home of our ancestral dead is in the same location. In truth it is clear that, if projected in the from of a potential, that is, temporal, conscious singularity, a departed spirit could go anywhere in the universe instantaneously by traveling through the wormhole multiverse surrounding gravitational singularities. It would even be convenient in these locations to leave the universe altogether, if one so willed it. c. the geometrical spirit By existing in the universe, in any form whatsoever, one is subject to the laws of physics. When one travels through higher dimensions to move from one place in the material universe to another through potential, one is subject to the laws of geometry. This is because geometry underlies the laws of physics in the universe, and higher dimensions tend to break down material forms into less manifest, more ideal systems according to the framework of this underlying geometry. In hyperdimension, in the light of geometry, spirit is like a pattern through the dimensions. Finally, in the presence of the primary clear light, all that is left of spirit is the pure geometry of this history without dimensional context. This is the highest extent of the existent gnosis, and it is why there is a G for geometry between the Masonic compass and square, both of which are, themselves, instruments for making geometrical measurements. The spirit can be free even of geometry, however, while it is in the presence of the divine, geometry is how spirit will know the divine. When the spirit frees itself of the trappings of geometry, there is no longer any difference between it and the essence of the deity, and they become in essence one and the same. However if the spirit wishes to know itself as apart from the divine, geometry becomes key. In other words, pure geometry and pure spirit are one and the same in pure dimension, and pure spirit and the presence of deity are also the same in essence. i. free will As geometry underlies the laws of physics, and these are thought to be universal, and because pure geometry can be accessed through hyperspace by a projection of consciousness, there is literally nowhere that a spirit cannot go, and nothing that a spirit cannot do. It has utter free will, as it alone in the universe is capable of doing anything simply by instantaneous manifestation. However we are told exactly the opposite is true. Just as ghosts are bound to a hoary netherworld of karmic limbo, angels are segregated to the clouds of heaven and demons to the cavernous fires of hell. In Heaven the angels obey God, and God acts on behalf of man bending his utter freedom to the bow of the covenant. In Hell there is a similar hierarchy demons answering to Satan, and Satan the slave dog of God. Finally the same scriptural style sources proclaim that humans alone are free. This last seems to be the missing capstone, since until very recently, wageless slavery was common throughout the world, and many of the same legislators who fought to abolish it owned slaves themselves. Now there is only extreme economic imbalance between the less than one percent of the worlds population who control over seventy percent of the worlds wealth and the child labor sweat shops, environmentally polluting factories and starving, diseased tribespeople they are responsible for. Still, if this is meant to represent a hologram of the mind of the archetypal human, it falls far short of the original lawmakers specified standards. Too much importance has been placed on the brain in the legislation of spiritual matters. When it dies apparently the free will given to man by God is thrown out the window, just as in the story of Adam and Eve being banished into labor. In the west it is believed that no spirit that has lived in a body has free will without one, and in the east it is believed that to be free of the spirit is to be one with

    the divine. Thus it means that to give up the spirit is to give up the free will, and thus to join with the divine. However there is ample evidence of spirits that have given up their free will. This can occur for a person in their life, and then, when they die, their spirit will have no free will. According to eastern tradition this is the pattern of karma that results in reincarnation, or the same spirit being born again into a different body. However, in the west Judeo-Christians sacrifice free will in this life for a better afterlife, building up karma for their future. This is commonly called the work ethic and is seen pushed to its furthest limit by Moslem extremist suicide bombers. Thus it seems that it is possible for the spirit to regain free will after death without necessarily reincarnating. It should only be important that the brain, as an organ, contains as much potential as the spirit, as an essence, can imbue, and that the spirit, connected to the divine by geometry, is infinite in potential. ii. the geometrical system unifying the multiverse Just as the form of each living being has a signature electromagnetic aura, so the earth and all the celestial bodies also have electromagnetic fields, and these are all arranged to one another in a webwork that generates gravitational spin in the universe by microwave electromagnetic fields, and also the universe itself emits an illumination of tachyonic astral light. All these things obey the definition of a soul in the sense described by all mystics of all lands throughout time. It is easy enough at this point to see that all these souls are only one soul over time. This should not be taken entirely in the hierarchical sense, as alike offices held by bureaucrats. These spatial levels can be seen as more alike parts of a whole, like organs in an organism. In the same way that the strong nuclear force (nuclear fusion), the weak nuclear force (nuclear fission) and the gravitational force (microwave tachyons) are all peripheral radiations within the electromagnetic spectrum, geometry underlies all the laws of physics. The study of classical physics began with the study of shapes and measurements, in ancient Greece. At every step in the scientific progress of classical physics it has been supported by its geometry, from ancient public works to Newtons astrophysical theory of gravity. The study of modern quantum mechanics or particle physics is derived from the study of classical physics. The concepts of vector and spin, wavelength and frequency, while expressed as algebraic variables in the axiomatic equations, are advanced derivations of geometry. So, just as there may be many levels to the soul, there is only one spirit: math. Black holes are the nuclei of galactic cells, and the singularities are its DNA. Just as mitochondrial DNA exists outside the nucleus of a cell, singularities can exist outside of black holes. Here we find the physical equivalent to the temporal patterns governing the evolution of the universe. Singularities cause geometric distortions to the laws of physics. Temporal, or naked, singularities are probability wells causing temporal distortions to fields of potential energy. Gravitational singularities, inside black holes, are potential fields causing gravitational distortion to wells of probability. The result of both is wormholes. In the case of naked singularities these wormholes lead to other naked singularities in the universe. In the case of black holes all the wormholes lead into the singularity, through the fabric of spacetime and outside the local universe into a baby universe. The sum of all the parent universes and baby universes is called the multiverse, and comprised of infinite dimensions accessed inside the wormhole. In the same way that the laws of physics governing the matter passing through the black hole into the baby universe are slightly distorted by being passed through the wormholes to the gravitational singularity, so are the physical laws also distorted for the matter passing through a naked singularity wormhole. In both cases the distortion is geometric, and therefore

    can be predicted. 2. the macroverse and the microverse Long ago, an unknown personage of ancient origin, according to the histories out of southern Persia, came into the Greek and Nile areas and began writing divine instructions for understanding the cosmos. These rules were filtered down throughout most of the rest of western culture, and we are told that a similar school began in the far east oriented around the concepts of light and dark. Although the name of this person has been forgotten by the ages, his association with certain local concepts of deity, such as the baboon or ibis in Egypt and the messenger in Greece, has preserved the tradition he long ago began. The most famous of his dictums was, as above, so below. During the Roman era this philosophy was present in the economic division of patrician and plebian, while the essenes and nazorenes described themselves as children of light and darkness. However during the European dark ages this concept was rediscovered by alchemists, and the terms macrocosm (describing the cosmos) and microcosm (the unit), were derived. Only now are we finding similarities to the cauduces or staff of the healer and the double helix of genetic DNA as the microcosm and the zen garden of forking paths and the filaments, walls and voids of the universe as the macrocosm. The pattern of phi/pi clearly emerges, where phi represents division and pi unification. Since division (as between filaments, nerves, genes during RNA replication or quantum waves) and unification (as for individual celestial spheres, the gamete progenerative cells, DNA packing inside of the nucleus in ribosomes or quantum particles) are obviously inverse of one another, like dark and light, it is cognitively dissonant for the unenlightened mind to perceive them as equivalent. Therefore, the idea accepted by the Greek philosophers, who began the first philosophical colleges in light of the wisdom of the ancient law giver, was that man must be separated from the cosmos in the same way that an idea itself such as the idea of self is separate from the ideal realm of the mind. This makes sense, because a light source, even one as prevalent as the sun, is only emitting rays into the darkness of the void, in the same way that ideas generate lines of reasoning that progress into unknown dreams. In this way the macroverse became associated with the realm of ideal where phi and pi are one geometry, and the microverse with the real, given or material. Currently, scientists are seeking to discover a unified field theory, or grand unified theory (GUT) of everything. Until chaos theory became popular in capitalist culture from the mid 1970s to the early 1990s these theories consisted of debates between MACHOs and WIMPs, or strong and weak centers of gravity. The increased government funding of superconducting supercolliders and magnetic particle accelerators following the mideast oil embargo, however, allowed early computer program using, fractal generating mathematicians to exchange ideas with quantum physicists and this is how string theory began. According to string theory, the universe is comprised of a finite number of vibrating frequencies, and these are hyperspace dimensions, coiled up very tightly, that cause all pattern in matter. Chaos theory, which is the attempt to make the mathematically abstract axiom of the uncertainty principle more elegant using fuzzy logic systems, and string theory both miss the mark of Einsteins own attempts at a unified field theory involving gravity, however Einstein was quick to admit that his own theories, too, were imperfect, and remained unconvinced of a gravitational constant as unifying ether. Combined, these theories would spin off into the even more modern theories of the holographic universe, based on the Hindu Maya an energy illusion, and quantum consciousness, attempting to account for esp. Another modern theory, called M-theory, doubles the dimensionality of the string frequency fabric of spacetime, making the chaos-fractal vibrations into waves of potential, passing effect through probabilities, and calling

    them dimensional branes. Each one of these theories is satisfactory in its data, however each is incomplete. The longer scientists wait to reveal to themselves what some ancients already knew long ago, the more these GUTs will pile up, until eventually we will need a GUT of GUTs. It is within the reach of every one of us to know that everything is one, and this generates wide belief in one god, but the mechanisms necessary to prove in order to convince others of the ways in which different things are similar elude the grasp of most, tainted as this is by the superstition of good routine and evil change. The six fundamental questions of rhetorical reasoning lead us inevitably to a description of the universe as a dimensionally resonant, holognomonic metaform, an effect being the inverse reaction to a cause on each swing of the temporally motivated pendulum of quantum uncertainty. a. consciousness as a fractal represented by society It is as easy to anthropomorphise as it is to sympathize, or empathize symbolically. The most common token exchange unit used for information transfer in this market is social statistics, thought to be an idealized, purely mathematical reflection for aggregate psychology. This implies that buying power accurately accounts for all quantifiable self expression in a society, such that what is available in terms of goods and services meets all of the consumers needs, amenities and luxuries to satisfaction. This is the modus of totalitarian supply-side economics, however its philosophical apology is a rhetorical trojan horse, revealing demandside economics as doomed to dependence on over-analysis of market research on target audiences, an effect already responsible for the social subclass of producers and executives in the strata of the capitalist cultural entertainment industry. We feel the effect of this struggle every time we shell out five dollars for a bad movie. Because both supply side and demand side economics resort to the use of social statistics to understand the will of the masses, it could be imagined that the use of social statistics preexisted economics, however this is not accurate. Agrarian barter, or trade, economies flourished very well the world over using only folklore as culture, and it was not until the nineteenth century that the first industrial based economies began opening up global commerce with the standardized token exchange system created long before in old Sumeria, and thus began again compiling detailed data on social statistics as had been done in the great civilizations since the invention of money. Social statistics are no older than the covenant called society, but statistics themselves are much older, and underlie all probabilities that exist in potential. Statistics are the math upon which is based all cause and effect, that is, all physical behaviors, the human (guided through fate by free will) as well as the gross or base subjectivity of existence. It is always a factor of whether it is more or less likely that an event happens that causes an event to happen or not, and at this scale the whole makeup of the universe is as relatively binary as the code in a computer program. It is thought to be at this level that quantum consciousness, that which interacts with the substance of the cosmos to co-create interactive reality, occurs. i. taking out the mental garbage piles up If Freuds theory of hypercathexis is accurate, then ego is something that accumulates electrochemically in the nervous system. If the theory of a holographic continuum unifying man, society and the laws of physics is accurate, then social consciousness, awareness or civic spirit can be thought to build up to a point of hypercathexis in a similar way. It is easy for the eye to see this as possible in the filaments, walls and voids of galaxies in the universe, because they resemble the human nervous system, however this may prove to be an illusory similarity as to the amassing of sufficient probabilities to perform electromagnetic hypercathexis on a

    universal scale. By this same reasoning the social structures of man, which do not physically resemble nerves, but mimic them on the ideal level in the order of ranks in the branches of their hierarchies, might be capable of spiritual hypercathexis. These are all the hopes of many, that there may be scientific proof for God, the ego of the universe, and that this may bring true justice to our society and equality to our world. However it is a house of cards comprised of axioms and dependent premises. The truth is that the winds of death long ago began to blow through the universe. If the galaxies furthest away are comprised of stars as mortal as ours, they burned out long ago, and hypercathexis even on a social scale only takes one person. The truth is that ego is not the goal. The accumulation of pseudo-self definitive belongings is counterproductive to the ultimate sacrifice of leaving the dying universe. However it effects self-replication. It engenders dopplegangers, who in turn duplicate themselves with each other. This is looking at the spiral from an angle that accents the phi element. This is looking at the hypercube of time from above one of its corners, and seeing it as an octaholohedron. This is the universe on its ear. ii. the point system, the buddy system and the end game According to scholastic consciousness researchers of the twentieth century, the mind that is trapped in reincarnative Samsara, the cycle of the soul reincarnating through manvantara, often turns to the playing out of roles relative to social situations. We see that this is true throughout all the more sentient animal species, and, in so far as pollination is a mating ritual, may account for the entire variety of appearance in plants. The study of how these social roles are transferred from one generation to another is currently called, by these same scholars, game theory, because in the higher mammals it is through game playing in the young that their place in the pack is established. This returns us to the concept of the social sciences, which in no way differ from an order of anarchy. Here we see that the finer relationships, such as that between when and where, that between how and what, and that between who and why, elude the gross populous. In the place of these fine facts are fostered to fester rancorous and odious, repetitious rituals of all sorts to engender our imposed roles. This is done because speculative philosophy is not considered as necessary as craft guildsmanship for survival. This is probably due to an old, pre-Egyptian custom of human cannibalism. Social class researches have also studied the difference between these in terms of infinite and finite games. As the saying goes, when I was a child, I behaved as a child, but when I became a man, I put away childish things. So it is with the finite games of guild craft and the infinite games of speculative philosophy. Of the finite type of game is paramount the point system. This serves only one function for the brain: to teach it math. Doing math is for the brain much like eating vegetables is for the body. However, in conveying the ideal key of mathematics to the gross gray matter of the brain, society includes the hidden compounding interest fee of morality, and in the west greatly promotes the Epicurean idea that more is good and less is bad. Originally the barter economy was based on conservation of resources, however with the introduction of the token exchange system, the value placed on material goods has successfully been driven down as the token of exchange is made increasingly ideal, that is less and less substantial. The concept of technological capitalism as representative of the withering dictatorship by the proletariat has already taken the dollar off the gold standard and floated international credit. We get paid placebo points for work to placate us with playthings we must identify with. This type of game is a lifelong game, and an everyday, common game, and nowadays considered necessary for survival. Another like this is the buddy system. Just as the ownership of private property became the twisted means by which to teach the karmic point system, so is

    the idea of collective property derived from naturally occurring friendship. As we grow we will find ourselves near others that are in some way like ourselves, and if we are attached enough to that part of us that is similar, we will be pulled towards these people. In the same way, we will gradually grow apart, the similarities we had changing in different ways, until only different things are similar, and we will have already begun to turn away from the other. Our best friend is usually a person with whom we choose to share very personal information, and this is often because we see them as like a part of ourselves that we like. Buddies, chums and pals are a lot of the worst sort, since they will always be aware of the karmic score in a way that a best friend would ignore. Best friends go on to make excellent spouses, should they fall in love and get married, because they will see reproduction as an extension of their combined self, just as a carpenter sees the hammer as an extension of the hand. Both the point system and the buddy system are games. They create the sort of existence known as virtual reality, tunnel reality, or game reality, where an organism contributes as little of their inner psyche as possible except in exchange for the necessities of survival. When observing this archetypally, that is, manifest in someone, the common sufferer and contributor of this syndrome may feel repulsed, however this is only because they are not seeing their own face when they look in the mirror only a person who is either more or less like what their parents, their loved ones and themselves had hoped for and expected. On the other hand, the end game is a system. This is an infinite game, because it is a zero sum game, and depends on the absence of all resources for conclusion. The end game is the knowledge to end all games. iii. the invisible world and the leviatan Cultural self-referentiality is artificial intelligence. Perhaps because of the aluminum byproduct lined water people go about their daily lives as though they were already cyborg, part organic and part machine. That which they have cultivated within themselves as civility is like an intangible tax on their immunity, and like dinosaurs, the toiling masses wither beneath their share of days. Rather than our actually being anything like dinosaurs, it is only our dependence on the fossil fuels produced by the resin of ancient plants and the fats of the dinosaurs skins that has brought us so low, as well as that has elevated us to such heights. In the same way that many biblical scholars associate the realm of tempest and flood with the chaos and luxury of politics, so can this ghost of a great beast, the thunder lizard, be ideally seen as equivalent to the demiurge of the leviathan. Hobbes described the leviathan as the political hierarchy ruled by the monarchy. Considering that the dinosaurs died, the idea that their spirit ruling over us in the form of our nascent capacity for social administration is in some way potentially threatening is altogether understandable, however they merely represent an earlier form of life also evolved by the interaction of bacteria and viruses, so we see that our system of checks and balances is inherently the same, though guided by free will. To this end it becomes increasingly easy to find examples of how the reptilian mental characteristics, or the blue bloods, have always turned survival into their gain, from the story of the dinosaur snake tempting mitochondrial eve into the trees to evolve thumbs for the apple of civilization and banishing monkey Adam to evolve feet wandering the grasslands of the tropical savannah, through Quetzalcoatl as Teli, to the promised return of the King of the Jews to rule the whole of the Godly people. b. thinking outside the box Another, more spiritual than geometric, symbol of masonry is the coffin. Its importance in ritual is similar to the womb, but its significance socially is best evinced in the Russian fable how much Land does a man need? This is the area that

    a large part of our unconscious energy is being driven towards, that directly surrounding the corporeal body, and all life has evolved this way for survival. Because a similar thought bubble surrounds various other forms, it is tempting to discard one appeal for another, however this does not follow, and one will not find satisfaction unless they part with the ways of all the vessels. Just as the coffin is the box for the body, the hypercube of time is the cube root over cube of the universe. i. the hypercube of time Imagine the universe as an expanding sphere, with the fabric of spacetime as its surface. Inside this sphere is infinite potential dimension. Outside of it are tachyons traveling from the future to the past. This is the hypersphere of the multiverse. Now imagine a unit of time, an event, as a cube. Another cube can in the same way be drawn around the entire universe, and this represents time. Just as the universe becomes the multiverse, sphere expanding into hypersphere, through the force of time, so does each individual unit of information in the universe shift about and change with time. Time changes as the temporal hypercube slowly turns around in the fourth spatial dimension, causing spatial involution on the surface of spacetime, and slowly bringing the third dimensional representation, or shadow, of the fourth spatial dimensional object of the temporal force through a cycle from cube to antipode to osciholohedron to nested hypercube to osciholohedron to antipode to cube. These are only the names of the points for alignment, and there are many other lattices that represent potential view points on the shape that go unnamed. The reason that the hypercube is the cube root over the cube is the same reason that the hypersphere is phi/pi. Just as phi/pi can be represented as an oscillating spiral, so can the cube root over the cube be represented by a hexagram within a square, representing a cube within a cube. If they were only arrayed upon the spiral, the ten emanations would have no apparent order, but because the pattern of the alternating hexagram and square form a smaller fractal hypercube at antipode, they take on the familiar pattern of the Kaballah. ii. the holognomonic projection of cyclical events The emanations, or corners, on the actual cube root over cube fractal pattern inside the hypercube of time are best understood as cyclical events, or a series of similar settings and situations that recurs repeatedly. Another example of a temporal measurement, that to derive the cube of the sphere, stems from the Orient, and is a set of 64 different event outcomes arranged in a predictive, oracular system known as the I Ching. Both the Kaballah and the I Ching are temporal systems, and represent the flow of the unified field, or time, through the universe. The I Ching has been decoded as a lunar calendar, ending in the year 2012. A Long count in the ancient Mayan calendar also ends in 2012. The Mayan calendar was based on observations of the solar systems ecliptic orbital plane relative to the center of the galaxy, which they apparently derived from the retrograde cycles of Venus, and of sunspot cycles that rival those made with the scientific advances of modern technology. Samsara, or the six lokas of reincarnative realms, derive from the eight doubles representing the regular variation of the temporal fluctuation (E = M c sq.) of the I Ching. iii. why some thoughts come back to haunt you Phi/pi and the hypercube at antipode are both living patterns, the former the growth signature of bacterial DNA, the latter the shape of the ribosomal virus. Therefore they are alive relative to one another. The fact that these forms, which are

    the geometry underlying the laws of physics, comprise the two, intertwining histories of a living double helix relative to one another proves that electromagnetic entities such as archetypal spirits are as much alive as you or me. If free will is a right only of the living, then free will to all. In this way the body of God is a living organism of dissonant and resonant tonalities. Just because you are only learning this now does not mean that it has not always been. Angels are only points of reference bent toward us by the karmic signature of our aura carried over from all of our past lives. iv. Asymptotic Time First we must agree on the direction of the flow of time. This can be in any combination of the three recognized essential components, Past, Present and Future, so that time flows from one to the next, or from one to the last, or from both to the next and to the last, or to neither at all. What our senses compel us to recognize is the particular arrangement of these components we have come to call the forwardflowing arrow of time. This is basically a measure of matter-energy exchange dictating that as things continue they decongeal. The best device created by the hand of man for common interaction with this all-powerful force is the clock, a sequence of numbers arranged in a circle around a set of three hands that move from one point on the circle to another at regular rates. The most powerful type of clock is the atomic clock, the rhythm of which is regulated by radioactive decay internal to the mechanism. This makes it accurate at varying altitudes, where one must travel greater distances in a shorter amount of time to keep up with a fixed spot on the globe below. It renders time then relative to the speed of light, since the particles ejected by the unstable element will appear as a doppler shifted wavelength of photons. The distortion will occur between the atomic clock and the position of an observer either before or behind it on its path above the planet, and this is a very nice little model for time. Now imagine that you wish to count numbers; say, perhaps, you have grown tired of the atomic clock counting all the numbers. Nor is there any reason for you to count the numbers just like an atomic clock would, since you are not an atomic clock, you are a quite sane and rational human being, so you decide to count the numbers as fast as you can. You will quickly see that you can count faster than the atomic clock. Now imagine that you can count asymptotically fast. Of course we know that this is impossible, but pause for a moment to consider why we think it so. I propose that the location of this particular idea is between the full set of ideas developed by and for our evolution, and the abyss of what is not known even in idea. Thus, it is possible, although it has never presented itself as an option in such a way as to impinge upon our survival selectivity and become a more common probability. On the other hand, for example, if we happened to build space crafts that were piloted by just such a method of counting, then it could be argued that, at least after several generations, we would begin to spontaneously mutate towards a mode of thinking more compatible with that method of comprehension, and would then be as comfortable with it as we are now with our atomic clock. So, begin in this manner, then: watch the seconds tick past on the atomic clock and start to count asymptotically fast. At some point you will find that you are continuing to count, and the seconds on the atomic clock have wound down and stopped. Well what has happened here? It would be reasonable to hypothesize that you had gone off onto on alternate timeline, leaving the timeline counted off by the atomic clock behind if you can still call what you are in a timeline. You would have to say that it was an offshoot of the other timeline similar to the measure of depth transecting the measure of length, with one exception. Since your timeline is

    counted off in an asymptote, it only lasts one moment of atomic time, but since the asymptote can never reach an end, neither does that moment ever end. What we are perceiving now is time flowing in a different direction. Both time lines count the same ultimate measure; it will be infinity on the clock before time runs out. The clock stops, your counting speeds up. Therefore they may just swap over, from one direction to the next, and continue on without more than a momentary break. This, it seems, is similar to the geometric distortions to gravity around massive or phenomenally dense objects. If time-space encounters an impediment to its forward flowing momentum, it simply adjusts the angles of its coordinate system around it. Of course, what we are observing in the case of gravity is only the refraction of photons due to their impact with the force fields called gravitons that surround all physical objects prone to entropy, and it is, in that context, convenient to see relativity between the curvature to photon trajectories and the emanation of virtual particles by real particles as they contact other real particles or other virtual particles. What, however, does this mean in our asymptotic counting experiment? The idea of an alternate timeline having been introduced as a potentially common occurrence in the twisting and turning of the timestream, we see immediately the ultimate implication such a concession to gravity lets in: the existence of infinite potential timelines, each leading to a different future, all occurring simultaneously within the moment, and, while this seems an accurate depiction of an event from the perspective of potential, we also know that probability intercedes to manifest possibilities which delimit the event and put it into a context which we then call time. Without possibilities such as the atomic clock, we would not understand time in the linear way that we do. The asymptotic counting experiment has allowed us also to conceive of time as being infinite in potential. I ought to further stress the fact that one need not necessarily count asymptotically to accomplish the affects we are discussing here. One could recite a chant, even hum. In fact, when you see that your mind itself is only a conduit whereby for the thought of an asymptote to come into existence, and that it is an idea that can exist independently of your mind as part of nature, then you can remove your focus to one side, if you like, and let this asymptote float in the center of event at the very core of time. It is, afterall, always there in potential. Conveniently, it is the mathematical expression for the infinite potential that constitutes time. However, the asymptote itself and its potential effect on time must still be seen as separate concepts. Time doesnt stop every time you imagine an asymptote, so what trait of the asymptote makes it possible for time to potentially wind down and stop? We see evidence for the asymptotes physical existence in the gravity of black holes, and the symmetry breaking of certain particles when accelerated towards the speed of light, but we know that the asymptote is somehow removed from and above these artifacts just as we know that time would continue to exist even if we didnt have the atomic clock to measure it. The real question then, is is time potentially an exclusively mathematical function, like the asymptote, that can be removed from material reality into the same realm as the asymptote? Is there time in the domain of mental projective space in which you created your transtemporal asymptote? Is time nothing more than the relativity of sets of numbers? If we say that time is something other than death, then we can answer that it might then be nothing more than the relativity of sets of numbers. The atomic clock, then, is the dependent object, rather than its subject; we understand time as the linear unfurlment of a circular cycle. This same observation applies to the orbits of the planets in the heavens. They, too, are only a representation of the idea of change underlying their perpetual rearrangements. And if time is described best only by the relativities of these sets of finite objects, parts, or merely numbers, then we can say that it does exist in the realm of the mental conceptual, and even in such a way that it

    will allow itself to be imagined as a geometric extrapolation of potential like the asymptote and sustained that way as a visualizable thought. Now aside from our understanding of time as the linear relativity between circular cycles and our knowledge of the asymptote as a geometric function we cannot say whether these two do or do not exist in the same form, except in potential. We only believe what we do about time because of applying certain tools to it, and not others. As we have seen, you can easily imagine counting faster than the clock, and I can easily imagine you doing this infinitely faster, and from these combinations we can see time as potential. In the future, other people will look at time differently, and see it to be like different things. In fact, I think our old friends the Ancients may have had something to say about this very thing. It was their observation in the Orient that heart rate often joined with time in a mysterious way such that, when the heart rate was slow, events would seem to move slowly, and when the heart rate was fast events would seem to move rapidly. The Yogic mystics and the Brahmas attained to states of mastery over their emotions, because it was thought that, by binding the movement of the subtle energies within, one could influence their ebb and flow without. There was a similar belief regarding the eyes that originated in Egypt. It concerned the mythical third eye, the ureaus, located in the center of the forehead, identical to the Vedic ajna, from which it was thought the substance of the human essence flowed down into us from the realm of the mysteries. The best explanation regarding the third eye comes to us from Jose Silvas modern method of mind control, which informs us that a twenty degree angle of inclination for the closed eyes produces Alpha waves in the brain those found in the minds of all meditators the world over. This has been used more frequently for the purposes of manifestation. A further note was made that certain nervous involutions contribute directly to the elapse of time. The Ancients of the Orient again sought mastery over these breaks from ideal concentration, believing that the nervous system was the instrument triggering certain possibilities. Particularly the practitioners of the marshal arts and the Dervishes, as well as the American Colonial Shakers, all partook of this fountain of energy. The biological circuit these comprise is mathematically a phi / pi spiral, the same essential pattern as a flower. The fundamental idea of the phi / pi spiral is symmetry breaking governed by irrational numbers, wherein the irrational numbers are numbers like phi and pi and the symmetry breaking is often in an asymptotical form, from an asymptote, or between two asymptotes. Let us look for a moment at this last example. In our counting experiment we felt relatively safe assuming that the time line of the clock was linear in so far as it described a sequential progression without retrogression. But were we wrong in doing so? It can equally as easily be imagined as an asymptote itself, if one dwells upon the potential that the instants, as soon as they are measured, disappear. To where do they disappear when something changes where does what it once was go? And from where do the instants come before they are measured? Both the Past and the Future are like asymptotes stretching offwards and upwards into infinity, disappearing in the same direction as the asymptote of time measured by your counting. The asymptotes of Past and Future meet, then, at the point where the clock has been stopped by the asymptotical counting experiment. I think this is a satisfactory definition of the Now the event that can begin but never end. In this capacity we can imagine it as a phi / pi spiral where phi is the future, pi the past, and their ratio the singularity of the moment. Let me remind you that this is the same as the distortion we saw at the beginning that effects the observation of photons emitted by the radioactive decay of an unstable element in motion depending on whether it is perceived as from before

    or behind it on its course. If we observe this phenomenon from the side, seeing both the doppler distortions which constitute the Future and the Past for the trajectory of the element, we will again behold the phi / pi spiral, where phi determines a compressed wavelength before it and pi determines an elongated wavelength behind it. This is known commonly as the red and blue shifts to the frequency of light, and this is how it would be observed in the case of the atomic clock. There is no comparable observation for the change in timelines represented by the asymptotic counting experiment, although we can now see it, at least if we like, as a representation of the same underlying mathematical pattern. v. what is infinite? In ancient Egypt the body of Osiris was resurrected by the magic of Thoth, who was associated with the moon and represented time. In India time is the maya (illusion) of manvantara (substance) begat by Shiva, sustained by Vishnu, and ending in Kali Yuga (the age of destruction). In Egypt Osiris was betrayed and murdered by Set, later associated by the Hebrews with the serpent of Eden and with Shaytan (the adversary), a god of Babylon, during the captivity. In India, manvantara is also associated with the serpent as the constellation Draco, the teli of the Jews and the poimander of Hermes, the Greek equivalent of Thoth. This was a symbol of precession and of the cyclical nature of time the auroborous, or snake biting its own tail. In modern mathematics this concept is dually associated with selfsymmetry (autocorrelation) and self-embedding or self-referentiality (autoreplication). One such shape that fits this description is the mobius strip, or three dimensional shadow of the fourth dimensional torus, whose measure is phi/pi. The numerical equivalent of the mobius strip is infinity, whose number symbol is a mobius strip. Set theory and Osiris We know that the given definition of infinity is as the last number that falls at the end of the number line. But according to the implications of its definition infinity is boundless beyond measure, and so it is oft used to mean stretching off into pointless abstraction further than any finite limit, i.e. ad infinitum. In truth, like a mobius strip, infinity acts holographically. Any set of numbers less than infinity can also act as a set with infinite measure, either by one to one correspondence with another set, or by producing an infinite list of components. irrational numbers The shortest set that can act as infinity by one to one correspondence is that including transcendental, transfinite, complex and imaginary numbers. Each of these numbers has a sum whose decimals trail off into infinity and, when taken altogether though they are not yet all known they will pair off with any of the other infinite number sets as a statistical imperative. natural numbers The natural numbers are all the positive whole numbers, and, beginning with one, they form the definitive number line that stretches off to end on the other side with infinity. counting numbers The counting numbers, which are the same as the natural numbers but include zero, would seem to always have one digit more than the natural number set,

    however since it is impossible to reach the infinite end of either set, they match up in one to one correspondence, underscoring the lack of numerical value of zero. integers Similarly, the set of integers should be twice as long as that of natural numbers, since it includes its whole mirror reflection in negative numbers, right out to negative infinity. However, since a list of all integers and a list of all natural numbers cannot be calculated, integers act holographically as an identical measure of infinity with the naturals. rational numbers The only set of numbers that is not denumerable by one to one correspondence is the set containing all fractions and decimals. Because a number different from any number on an ongoing list of decimals between any two integers can always be calculated since such a list itself would have to stretch to an infinity of decimals each with an infinity of numbers after the decimal place then no list of one to one correspondence can be compiled for all rational numbers. It is literally a set of an infinity of infinities but it still is only equal to infinity. Infinity as a Variable Since it exists beyond the realm of hard proof it describes, infinity better fits the traditional definition of an axiom something accepted as true despite lack of proof. Axioms generally take one of two forms: variable or constant, and are represented by a symbol as if they were their own function. A function sign, though, such as that for the square root, the multiplication or division signs, + or -, indicate an action of change to be performed. They are the verbs of math. Variables, by that line of reasoning, are the pronouns, and constants the proper nouns. Variables, such as + for positive numbers and - for negative numbers, imply a passive state. Constants are set in stone. For example, even though they are irrational numbers that defy complete calculation, by giving pi and phi their own Greek letter names it allows them to be used in the context of equations. Similarly the speed of light in a vacuum, represented by c in physics, or Plancks first and second constants, are rarely seen in their raw mathematical form, but only identified by their symbols. So what role does infinity play in its symbolic form? It is not a function, because it does not initiate change. Nor can it be a constant, since it has no other, more formal, form. Therefore it must be a variable, like x representing the unknown component in an equation. Infinity represents some unknown, very large sum. Infinity as Finite What can be said about x can also be said about infinity. X is a finite, unknown sum. Infinity, likewise, is just the last number at the end of a finite number line, even if it does possess holographic qualities to represent simultaneously the sum of that entire number line, and thus, a number at once larger than its own place value. Infinity equals the Null Set The only other symbol that can act holographically as at once a number in sequence and the sum total at the end of that sequence is the empty set, or the set containing no numbers at all. But what does this say about the cyclical nature of time and the infinite body of God? the God of Nothing

    What we are seeing by the number lines of comparative length that all holographically measure up to infinity is a series of vectors on the surface of the shape of the mobius strip itself. If this is the case, however, then there must be spin to the shape, and movement to infinity. How can this be? Just as the method for calculating a different decimal than any in the asymptotically long list of rational decimals between two integers is taking a different first decimal place number from that of the first decimal, a different second from the second, and so forth, the method of measuring spin is to create a matrix and measure it for diaganol symmetry. How can this be done for infinity without creating a number square infinity by infinity matrix? Since infinity acts holographically it should be possible using only a finite number set and the method of one to one correspondence. It should be noted at this time that an open set, that is self-referential and self-symmetric, is preferable because it will tend to generate an asymptotically open geometry for the mobius strip shape of infinity, and in this way better imitate the geometry of the torus (or open sphere) of which the mobius strip is a lesser dimensional shadow. So a set of ten terms will work just as well as one of seven, twelve, twenty-two, or even only three, because any number of numbers on an arc can be shown to occur within the infinite number line by tracing a perpendicular line between the two that stretches to a perspective point (called n or aleph-sub-one, which I will discuss next), above and beyond both. In 777, Aleister Crowley has provided us with what he calls a magical alphabet of correspondences based on a simple number equivalency system. In fact, it is a magic number square of names and traits of the divine, and since it is an open system to which more can be added at any time, or parts subtracted without reducing the whole, it can serve as a matrix for measuring the vectors of the number lines for the holographic components of infinity. As an orthogonally reducible symmetric matrix we can see that the spin of the mobius strip is that of a real particle, but since it is orthogonal it reduces to zero dimensionally. Any integer number spin (0, 1, 2, etc.) represents a boson, so the mobius strip is indeed a true, real shape. But with all the vectors reducing holographically to nothing it means that whatever movement the mobius strip makes is self-absorbed. This is in keeping with the self-referential, self-symmetric nature predicted, and also imputes the self-similarity between infinity and the null set. Now how can we measure this orthogonality by Crowleys 777? It is said that All is One, and already this One is Nothing. All the God names and traits amount to a description of a belief an unproved axiom; an unknown variable. This is inherent in the open set of adjectives, and reflected by the mythology of the death of Osiris in Egypt, Kali Yuga in India, and the banishment of Adam and Eve from Eden in Hebrew. This does not, however, mean that God does not exist. It neither proves nor disproves to this end. Like the spin of a mobius strip it simply hypothesizes that the effect of active and passive aspects of the divine cancel each other out. Infinite Body Just as the shape of the fourth temporal dimension might be known by that of the fourth spatial dimensional torus (mobius strip) or tesseract (hypercube) that can be measured as shadows in the third dimension, as a sphere or cube, with spin that cancels itself out into a zero dimensional matrix, so can it be hypothesized that traditional forms of the divine have been associated with these forms and phenomena. However these forms and their traits can only describe higher physics, or the shape of the godhead while an equal amount of tradition has been ascribed to the personality of the divine persona. Also, in recent mathematics, numbers higher than infinity have been

    proposed with the same characteristic traits as the symbol of infinity. Two schools exist on these trans-infinite numbers. The former is the aleph school, the latter the n school. aleph spirituality It can be proposed that, just as man is thought to have higher powers, so too does God have a spiritual side. This is traditionally associated with the aethyreal Holy Spirit, or that aspect of God which is omnipresent, yet invisible and, at least to the senses, intangible. This has long also been associated with the belief that God is discorporeal, and does not dwell within, for example, each and every one of our human forms. As regards the hierarchy of higher powers, from demons and angels in orders and choirs, to simply the soul and spirit, the aleph system follows the letter designation with a sub number, such as aleph-sub-one, aleph-sub-two, etc. n psychology It can also be said that, insofar as the anthropomorphic projection of the divine has a personality, such is psychological. In ancient gnostic apocrypha the psyche of God was associated with the feminine essence of Wisdom, called the Sophia. God has many personality traits, from the God of an eye for an eye, to the God of love thy neighbor as thou love thyself, through the Buddhist conception of a formless tranquil aura and the deist absentee watchmaker God. If the body of God is beneath that ideation representing time that it may therefore be healed by such, as in the Egyptian myth, then it is right to place the ineffable mind of God beyond the infinite mobius strip of a self-embedded temporal cycle, as in the Hindu cosmology. n and aleph are the same Insofar as both are further theoretical extrapolations on the concept of infinity, the n school, which is dimensional and pertains to physics, and the aleph school, which is numerical and pertains to mathematics, are describing the same unknown and exclusively theoretical realm, albeit in different and unique ways. c. filaments and superstrings It is thought to be the vibrational fluctuations of probabilities in chain reactions of cause and effect from one event to the next in a continuum of infinite potential that cause the function of matter-energy exchange to occur in the forms that it does, that is, as the expansion of the universe (indicated by the homogenous red shifting of galaxies), as the electrogravitational arrangements of galaxies in filaments, walls and voids, as the underlying cause of the different forms of nebulae, galaxies such as spiral galaxies like our own Milky Way and clusters, the orbits of the planets around stars, and even as the behavior of quanta, such as the uncertainty principle. The best name for this theory is wave theory, but it would never catch on. This theory has been advanced as far as this stage publicly, but it has been advanced much further in private. It applies to brainwaves and can be seen in the patterns of traffic in the street. i. the walls and voids We are all aware that everyday the sun rises and sets, and we can be confident that it has done this in the same way for many millions of years, and, as scientists predict,will continue to do so for many millions more. The sun is a star, just like the billions and billions that we can see in the night sky after the sun has set, but the sun is close and the other stars are very, very far away. The stars that we can see at

    night are arranged in nebulae, galaxies and clusters, and our own star is part of a spiral galaxy called the Milky Way. The closest galaxy to our own is the Andromeda galaxy, and both these galaxies are part of the nearest supercluster of galaxies, named Virgo for the constellation of the area in the sky where it is visible. These superclusters are connected to one another by strands of smaller clusters and stray galaxies known as the filaments. A very thick strand of these superclusters runs around the entire universe from above earths orbital plane to the north to below it in the south, and this is called the great wall. Between these filaments there is empty space, and it is only based on the anthropic argument that we are led to believe the same laws of physics apply in these dead zones as in the rest of space. According to recent scientific studies, the universes rate of expansion cannot be accounted for as being based on the amount of gravity resultant from the mass of known matter, or that which emits or reflects radiation. Therefore something must be out in the voids to account for our apparently accelerating expansion. This has lead astrophysicists to the erroneous postulate of dark matter, and the study of black holes. Though black holes were postulated as a mathematical probability based on the accepted theory of timespace relativity according to the exchange of matter and energy, they were not observed until they were discovered at the centers of spiral and other flat disk galaxies. Here we see the most ancient of the universe's quantum fluctuations, a spinning wave that acquired polarity and became a particle, that passed through the phases of all the four elemental forces as it became a star, then through all the main sequence of different phases in a stars life, until finally it accumulated enough gravitational distortion to collapse in on itself and rip a hole in the fabric of spacetime with so much gravitational pull that the stars in space all around it began to move towards it and around it, and nebulous gas clouds approached and its gravity started star birth within them, until finally an entire galaxy surrounded it in a vast accretion disk, flattened into orbit by its continuing polarity, and spewing gas jets out of its electromagnetic poles comprised of tachyons, the only particles fast enough to escape its gravitational pull. These tachyons are the particle carriers of the actual gravitational force of the black hole, moving in the proper direction through time, as measured by entropy, for a force carrying particle. The tachyons involute as they pass through all the larger particles, and this pushes the particles back in the opposite direction the tachyons are traveling, hence creating the force of gravity. They are high frequency, microwavelength electromagnetic radiation, and are only visible when they are passing through a solid body, such as the gas jets of the black hole. When they can be seen, they are observed to move faster than light, or photonic radiation, thought to be the standard maximum velocity for radiation. Entropy, as a measure of time, is fixed to the speed of the photon, and so when we say that tachyons emitted from a light source will arrive before the light, meaning that they will have already delivered their depiction of the carrier information pattern before we can see it, we are saying that tachyons are negentropic, or opposite the standard arrow of time. We also consider ourselves to be negentropic, as we struggle to survive against all odds. Just as when the orbital plane or pole of a star lines up with that of another there is a slight electromagnetic effect, so when it aligns with a black hole there is a greater effect. Similarly when the galactic accretion disks of black holes align with one another, there is a very strong electromagnetic effect, and so when the gas jets of black holes align with one another there is a tachyonic effect. ii. random quantum fluctuations produce wavelengths The singularities inside black holes probably represent the oldest quantum fluctuations in the universe, but they do not represent what will be the fate for most of their offspring reactions. The oldest black holes and any black holes formed by

    stars they created will eventually merge into super massive black holes. By then there will be no matter left in the universe, and not enough ambient radiation to feed these super giants, who will eventually burn out, taking the last of the light in the universe with them, and leaving our entire multiverse of alternate universes in parallel potential dimensions leveled down to the constituent tachyons. This will not mean the universe has been destroyed. In accordance with the conservation of potential, matter can only be converted to energy, while energy cannot be destroyed. So will it be with our universe, that every last particle will be converted into a wave. The reason for this is simple. Virtual particles have fractional spin while real particles have whole spin. It simply takes more than one wave to form a particle. Therefore, while wavelengths can arise from random fluctuations in probability, a number of these must align in a combinatory way over time to create a mass particle. Our universe is already built on laws of physics whose structural framework is a geometry of vibrational dimensions, however eventually these holognomonic vibrations will be all that remains. The potential inversion of the uncertainty principle necessary to continuously manifest this will statistically disperse with the elements of the radiation until eventually this geometry will be entirely unrealized. iii. the human nervous system Of all the known structures in the universe, one of the most complex is the human nervous system. Consider the difference between the tissues of the nervous system and the trunk of a tree. While the tree has a homogenous tissue that allows fluid transport, channeling water from the roots to the leaves turning them green and air down to the roots so they can breathe underground, each nerve has a similar structure, with a myelin sheath, made of high acid sugar (similar to our genes), surrounding the nerve like the bark of the tree, and inside which an ionized fluid suspension allows the transport of an electric charge, from the dendrites (roots) to the axon (leaves) where it is translated into chemical neurotransmitters and crosses over to another dendrite. Axons also act as sense receptor nerve centers, electrically transmitting neural sense perception from the skin. In the grey matter of the brain the neurons grow in functionally associative columns outward from the middle. All of the five senses travel through the nervous system, and in the electrical potential of the nervous system lies the capacity for extra sensory perception. When parts of the nervous system are shut down, the parts of the body or the perception of the senses these nerves control are also shut down, and, though still functional in potential, and as alive as any other part of the living body, they will be delivering no information to the rest of the brain and can carry no commands from it. It is the primary organ of the nervous system, the brain, that has become the primary organ of the human body, governing all of our behaviors, a savior to our survival. The brain created society, and society is responsible for our exponential population growth. As our population grows we imprint ourselves more and more on our environment, and this makes culture comparable to a virus. The nervous system itself, with its five lower branches and the genitals below the brain at the top resembles very much the familiar, hexagonal headed shape of a virus. It is possible that, while the first, most basic bacterial microorganism was busy fighting off its natural predators, that is viruses, the archetypal imprint pattern in DNA that would result in all the later organisms from trilobites on was conceived between them. In this way, at least, humanity is a hybrid species, and in so far as the virus may have originated off world, we may even be a truly alien species in origin. Coincidentally it is entirely bacterial microorganisms that are responsible for decomposition. iv. is information contagious? One modern theory for information transfer that has arisen from social

    exchange theory is memetics, or the theory of information itself as virus-like in its transmission. This would mean that the entire struggle between active society and passive culture is merely the continuation of the war between the two genders of organism, viral and bacterial life forms. Aside from its being generally applied by populist darwinian Malthusians, who believe that society is a popularity contest governed by survival of the fittest, this seems to be a valid theory. According to this theory information is transmitted in units, called memes, although the same conclusion is reached by quantum mechanics, and the information units called quanta. Memes become more or less popular, or catch on, in a direct proportion to how easy they are to remember. Perhaps the best example of this is early subliminal messages used in muzak played in department stores, containing simple messages, meant to be delivered directly into the subconscious, such as dont steal, mommy loves you, and its okay to do better than daddy. By this reasoning it is easy to understand why more people know Einsteins famous equation for relativity than the more obfuscated equation for the uncertainty principle. This leads to a general devaluation of information, and has resulted in what has been recently identified by sociologists as a sound byte media, fast food culture and hot button issues. In this media circus, everyone is famous for fifteen minutes, which is never enough time to get anything done. A short cut to saying that mankind is a plague on the environment is saying that intelligence is a disease to humanity. d. space what is it good for? First, come to accept that half the universe is dead: we still see the light from distant stars even though they burned out long ago. Then understand that the universe is a gravitational field bent into an expanding well the surface of which is comprised of matter-energy exchange and is measured by the speed of light. As the light moves inward on the surface of the spherical universe, gravity moves outward. Inside the third dimensional surface of the gravity field is the illusion of light we perceive as our universe. Outside the universe it glows faster than light tachyons. Inside the surface of the sphere are other dimensions, accessed in tachyons, coiled up very tightly and vibrating in superstrings, or microwave gravity, that cause the underlying harmonic resonance, or geometry, of the filaments of superclusters. The multiverse of infinite potential dimensions inside the expanding third dimensional universe, as well as the matter-energy exchange of the material universe caused by the fourth dimensional force of time, and any baby universes formed through black holes, are the microverse, while the tachyons that shine from the surface of the universe into the greater black hole of the parent universe, that comprise the primary clear light of ylem, the universal singularity, as well as the parent universe that has formed us as a singularity inside a black hole, are the macroverse. The microverse inside the macroverse is spacetime. The macroverse around the microverse is timespace. i. spacetime It has been demonstrated that, when two metal plates are held only microns apart from one another, so that no particle of any size should be able to fit between them, there is still a quantum foam, or geometrical kaleidoscope of empty bubbles separated by inversions, from the uncertainty principle causing probabilities to arise at random from potential. This quantum foam effect is stimulated by prismatic refraction of microwavelength probabilities in fields of potential that are thought to be caused by the vibrations of superstrings, or tightly coiled dimensions, and resembles the same randomized pattern of webwork as the filaments of galaxies. If we say that tachyons, which produce gravity as microwaves opposite the flow of entropy, are the hitherto undiscovered gravitons, or force carrying particles

    of the gravitational element, then they can be seen to serve as Einsteins elusive gravitational constant, and if gravity is an illusion of light moving faster than light that results in the effect we call time, then we are well on our way to a grand unified theory that unites the gravitational constant with the temporal dimension. Just as this original and most basic form of matter-energy is brought forth through the quantum foam, that is, over time, so is it the substance of time, that is, probability. However because tachyons move faster than light they are antimatter, and therefore cannot be a probability in this universe, that is, this reality of light. ii. timespace Tachyons are an inverse probability because they move faster than photons. Photons themselves are a real particle, and therefore cannot carry the electromagnetic force of their own light. Instead, it is tachyons (as Cerenkov light) that emanate from the photon that give it the appearance of illumination. Therefore we see that the speed of light is irrelevant, since the light from a photon precedes the photon. Thus, it would not be exactly accurate to call tachyons antimatter. They do not, for example, immediately explode on collision with their counterparticle of matter, because they do not have a counterpart particle. On the other hand, if we could see these particles, it would prove they didnt exist as just clear ideal. We know that there are tachyons outside the universe because the universe is bound by the speed of light and tachyons move faster than light. Therefore we associate them with the holographic hypercube of time. Their frequency vibrations, known as superstrings, are equivalent to the pure geometry that exists in the realm of the ideal. This means the cube root over cube of the turning hypercube and the phi/pi spiral expanding hypersphere interact with one another in the continuum of tachyons. iii. dimensional molecules Fermions and bosons are molecules of dimensions. Their spin potential variability is determined by transdimensional interaction. The dimensions themselves remain outside of and beyond the forms they generate, as the nuclei of two covalently bonded atoms. They are as the philosophical definition of the ideal. Before we can consider the specific cases of fermions and bosons we must delve a little deeper into the nature of the dimensions. It cannot be argued that the first dimension is a singularity, the ultimate embodiment of symmetry. The second dimension is, equivocally, planar geometry. These are ideal forms, impossible to express in our material reality, and exist as realms of pure equation. Without them, however, we could understand nothing of our own condition, and would posses no mathematics by which to quantify nature. In fact, without them, nature itself could not have assumed the forms and functions which we now know. However, even the simplest understanding we posses cannot belong to one of these dimensions alone. Consider the point for example. Its properties are compression and scale correspondence, where the former applies to a singularity and the latter to planar geometry. Neither has any meaning except in relationship with the other, and what meaning we do comprehend of either is therefore a creation of both. Without the point, a Cartesian coordinate system could not exist, but without a singularity, there would be no point. This natural progression continues upward through the dimensions even up to light and beyond, which I have here classified as the fifth dimension. This is due to the unique properties of light which seem to imply a domain unto itself, particularly as it relates to time; the primary example of this being the seeming transtemporal nature of tachyons. The fourth dimension should be set aside for special consideration as well, as

    doing so now will relieve the pressures of later describing the particles it helps to form. The fourth dimension is simultaneously spatial and temporal, meaning that it generates highly complicated structures over fixed intervals. The complexity of its spatial component is due to its having as its foundation an open geometry, in progression from the flat second and closed third dimensional geometries. Its temporal component, however, is semi-second dimensional, as it is traditionally observed to unfold binarily between past and future. I have demonstrated elsewhere that this relationship is indeed far more complex than this, but in the context of this exposition we need only remember these two defining traits for this dimension. Now we may consider the dimensional molecular cases of fermions and bosons. Fermions (real particles) posses fractional spin as they occur between the third and the fourth dimensions. They arise as the result of the interaction of matter and energy between the pure, formal geometry of the third dimension and the pure, formal time of the fourth dimension. They begin as ultimate, unformed material chaos. As time passes this mass becomes motivated, and an exchange of matter and energy begins to take place, constructing a framework of preexistent geometric relationship to govern the materialization of real particles. Fermions symmetry is quarterly in three dimensional coordinate space, meaning in any direction it is rotated a fermion will look the same after less than one complete turn. In other words, its matter-energy structure is determined by geometric (symmetry) and temporal (spin) interaction. These may be measured as either particle or wave. Bosons (virtual or force-carrying particles) arise similarly, but posses integer spin potential variability. The fourth dimension exists in field form, and the fifth dimension in no solid form at all, and therefore there are no geometric restrictions placed on symmetry. Bosons thus existing between pure Time and pure Light can only be measured as waves, and as such obey spin in accordance with oscillation interval, or frequency constant wavelength. The nature of further dimensions, and therefore implications for the particles they may generate through interaction, is discussed elsewhere.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    IV::Templar:Knight:Zion
    Ambassador::Orange:Octahedron::WN:Venus::Taurus:Libra::Ruach Open only to Masons of the Scottish Rite. to join consult Morals and Dogma by Albert Pike &/or other such literature. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets of the ancient "law," the right understanding and meaning of which have long since been forgotten. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the key to reading the Gnostic circular arrangement for the Kamea #-square spiral. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Squaring the circle using the Pythagorean theorem and triangles. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Here is how the lodges were constituted into a chivalric order:

    in this base five system we see that I-V (the central, black pentangle) represent the five essential members of the Areopagite council. A-B = Area Directors A1-B1 = Regional Directors A2-B2 = District Directors BA = Ambassadors AB = lodges/clubs ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------here is a knowledge lecture for the various titles of the Knight Zion of the Pythagorean Order of Death, also called a "Grand Inspector General" and "Ambassador of the Order of Death."

    Ambassador::Orange:Octahedron::WN:Venus::Taurus:Libra::Ruach
    the first title is "Ambassador" It is all well and good to attend a lecture at an university. In addition it is good that a reading assignment should accompany the lecture. In truth, it is even fair to assign questions for the reading as homework. This can also compose only a portion of the overall grades given to each student by their group's single teacher. But if one limits the grades based on reading questions beneath the emphasis placed on wrotememorisation, one will only benefit the cheats and punish the poor, rather than creating a truly "standardised" testing environment. This has taken us since 300 bce to rediscover, and we are still learning it now: Primary emphasis must be placed on logical, short-term comprehension, or, by limiting the emphasis to wrotememorisation in the shorter-term of the single testing period, we will achieve no longer-term roots for our educational goals, whatever those be, than to trigger creative, cornered and criminal behaviour, and instead of training long-term skills, only inculcate short-term, predatory instincts. If we grade students based more on

    quiz-skills than on homework reading, we are encouraging irresponsibility over the long-term periods between tests and the false-ethic of "cramming" one's entire course of study into a single night immediately prior to the testing period. Ultimately, this distorts the value of education in favour of the momentarily resourceful and those who enable themselves and others to plan and even bank bets on the justification for the consistency of their own laziness. If all educators were on the same page of their text-books, rather than their meager ledgers, for even a single moment, about this banking of bets on enabling liars and thieves in the moment, resulting in the long-term in evolutionary retardation, then all would rightly agree in the best interest of their students, the future and the species that to prolong our oppression by capital to such banking of bets, we enable only our own selfdestruction, and agree, therefore, on the opposite of this, to encourage longer-term responsibility by grading more over time on reading interpretation and less on "controlled" environment testing, must be the lesser evil and in the greater good of all. Just as it is the rule of Lodge Grand Masters to attend thus to their students, so too is it the regulation of lodge Ambassadors, who travel from lodge to lodge, to look upon the Grand Master of each lodge as does a teacher their students. The Ambassador governs over the Grand Masters just as each Grand Master presides over their lodge. Therefore, we must encourage the same values in each equally to all, and seek to make these values those of what is good for our students, the future and our species. The role of the lodge Ambassador is between that of being a Grand Master over an individual lodge and being a traveling Rosicrucian, who belong to no local lodge. As Ambassadors, we go between the various "clutches" of Illuminati and Bohemian "camps" (the District and Area directors) to represent them to the individual lodges' Grand Masters and other individual members of their respective party's, rank's or group's affiliation, and to represent these constituents interests to their various roles' counterparts' chief offices in the "clutches" and "camps." Therefore, we must remember to remain thus carefully balanced; on the one side we represent the will and interests of each lodge member of each lodge we have visited; on the other side we represent the will and interests of their different offices' headquarters; the various organisations being equivalent to the different stations in the lodge. In the Pythagorean Order of Death, five members are required for an initiation ritual of the third degree: 2 persons, 1 voice, 1 guide and the candidate. Therefore, 5 standing positions are given to the celebrants of a lodge of five Masters: Grand-Master, Ambassador, Regional, District and Area directors. These are equivalent to the five "party-office" Orders within the Order of Death: York and Scottish Masons, Rosicrucians, Illuminati and OTO. Just as, within each order there are degrees equivalent to each of the other Orders, so within each lodge there are stations for each "party-affiliate" representative officer. All of these are five within the Order of Death. Just as the Order of Death can be called "the Way" of "the hand," so must we think of the Ambassador as like the thumb. The five members of a Master lodge send out one from among them. The Ambassador is therefore also called the "Adversary" and acts as lodge-judge, though they are interchangeable from lodge to lodge. The primary oath of loyalty of the lodge-judge is to the Order as a whole, above the oaths sworn by any lodge-officer or order-member to their station or their order. This is why we are called "Knights Templar" of the "Order of Zion": because we guard the temple of Mt. Zion, housing the sacred covenant ark. We cherish in our hearts above all the value of the entire Senate of 4 lodges combined with 3 wandering Rosicrucians; that is, the

    5 members per lodge and the 3 public officers. Mt. Zion is the Order of 23, but the tabernacle is each of the 23 stationed officers. To convene, the Senate requires 4 lodges, each with 15 members - 1 senator with two guards or alternates for each of the five regular stations. The total number of Order members necessary to convene the Senate is, thus, 63, however the minimum necessary to operate a rough senate are 4 senators, each with two alternates who stand behind them as guards; thus only 12. These numbers convene an "open," base-5 Senate, however variations also include "open" and "closed" base systems for any other number combination of lodge/order member/representatives as well. The Order of Death, however, will only be applied to the "open," base-5 Senate of between 12 and 63 members. However, to convene a senate there are not only requisites for qualification by each member, there are also many other options open to any member than to preside in the Atlantean Senate of the Order of Death. Therefore, besides choosing to acquire or to stop at any level of the lodge and the orders, a member of the Order of Death advanced in either can then attain to either the church or state offices within the Order of Death. Just as the Atlantean Senate houses all the political decisions in the moment, so does the Lemurian Temple teach openly the "secrets" of the ancient past. The Order of Death is both these things, as well as a Pope between them, and thus stands everywhere for 23. the second title is "Orange" The ancients chose wisely in the separation of church and state. Consider that the 3 "blue" degrees lead either into Scottish or York rite Masonry. In the Order of Death, the York rite Order following the "blue" lodge degrees is attributed the colour indigo, and our Scottish rite equivalent is attributed the colour orange. These colours, being opposite one another on the colour spectrum, divide from the 3 "blue" lodge degrees that form the roots of the Order and the State Senate and Templar Church that are the "red" leaves, leaving between them the other five colours of the spectrum as the trunk. However the remaining five colours of the spectrum do not simply occupy their "ordinary" positions in the "rainbow" sequence. Rather, the highest rank is green, the middle colour, while we are told that orange and indigo are of equal rank as are the York and Scottish rites of Masonry. This is because the order of the colours per order of the Order of Death proceeds as upon an arch: violet and red represent the opposite two supporting columns - on one side the three degrees of each lodge, and on the other the three branches or ranks of the church and state structure of the "upper" Order of Death; the capstone is green because green is also attributed to the chronologically supernal order of the Order of Death bund. Above the column of "red" occurs the colour stone orange, the Scottish rite, and above the column of violet occurs the colour stone indigo, the York rite degree of the Order of Death. Thus, the Rosicrucians and Illuminati orders are also equal and opposite immediately beneath the OTO degree. The OTO degree is invested with power in both the church and state as well as in each individual lodge: thus the OTO of the senators is the "chair," and thus there are 5 OTO members per each 15 member "proper" lodge or 3 per 15 member papal consulate, and thus the OTO is also equivalent to the Area representative in each lodge, acting as the "right hand" of the Lodge Grand Master, while we, ambassadors, operate second from the GM's left. To

    their immediate left is the regal Rosicrucian and to their far right sits the lodge Illuminatus. Altogether, the 5 members of a lodge of Masters presides as a "bench" in the Senate as well as a "board" overseeing the lesser initiates of each lodge. Those who so choose may be mentored for a specific post, but other new initiates may be raised "by the bench." When this is done, the 5 Masters of the lodge will have all voted on it, but it may be done for whole classes of initiates simultaneously. Also, members of the bench can serve as alternates or doubles in the Senate. However this authority among order representative intra-lodge to promote candidates they choose does not extend to the powers of the church, the state, nor the Pope of the Order. Because the number of members of a "bench" lodge and the minimum number of members requisite to form a "church" are the same, both are 5, we see that once a lodge is established, by adding one member as an elected "priest," they may immediately begin operating Lemurian religion. Likewise, because the number of members per Senatorial lodge (15) is also that, including the Pope, of a papal consulate (also called a royal coterie or court), then once any lodge becomes established enough to operate as 1/4th of a base-5 Senate it will have reached the same status and rank of a monastery that had grown to the same number membership, who could then nominate from among them (or have nominated if necessary) a candidate for Pope of the Order of Death. In this way we see the politics and religion of the Order of Death are the same we learn in our lodge degrees as the sacred groups by numbers. We learn that one (ImHotep) needs a second (NyarlaHotep) to accomplish the work of three (the 3 kings). We learn of the base-4 Tetragrammaton's supremacy to the three degrees, those "lesser" elements forming earth, and even hint at the base-5 "Christ" consciousness of spirit, the greatest element, surrounding them all. So, in the Knights Templar degree we have begun to discuss the base-7 "rainbow" arrangement, however mostly thus far we have described only the 5 "lodge" members' "orders" of the Order of Death. We may see by now that the structure of the Order of Death: the 3 degree lodges, the 5 orders and the 2 "branches" of church and state does correspond roughly the 3 "blue," the "philosophical," the "chivalric" and the "executive" degrees of Scottish rite Masonry. Just as the "philosophical" degrees of the Scottish rite can be classed as "Rosicrucian" and the Chivalric alike the York "Templar" Orders, so does the Order of Death recognise Rosicrucian and Illuminati orders as equally as it does the York and Scottish rites as the "philosophical" and "chivalric" equivalents to one another as well, and all these, above the twin pillars of lodge and church or state, are below the "all-seeing" OTO Area director. The product of the three degrees are the 5 orders, corresponding to the 5 lodge offices. The two positions - state or church - then become available for the 5 members to operate: 6 = church and 7 = an executive committee. Just as the Scottish Rite Templar Knight occupies 1 position in 5 within the lodge, so too does this rank equal one specific role in the senate or guard, and so too does the Scottish Templar Knight function relative to the church, though not as priest / Grand Master, instead like a lodge Ambassador, or envoy from church to church and from their own church to others' lodges. By adding a 6th Master, a lodge is "raised" to a church. The GM becomes the OTO, the other 5 become 3 Rosicrucians and 2 Illuminati. By adding a 7th member, a church can be "raised again" or "hired" as an executive council of 7. The 7th member added becomes Scottish Rite, and assumes the same role among the other 6 as would the 15th member of a more prominent lodge. All are then styled as 3 Rosicrucians of the iic, 2 iib Illuminati, and 1 iia OTO (formerly the York GM).

    Thus we see our Ambassador's orange in the 5, the 7, the 15, etc. of the State, but not in the 6 or the 10 or the 14 of the church. This is in keeping with our rank in our original base-5 respective lodge. Just as there are 5 lodge members, one of whom is a visiting ambassador, so too does an ambassador circulate between 4 lodges, and thus tie together into the "Region" of a single Rosicrucian. The Rosicrucian answers to the Illuminati District director, who, in turn, answers to the OTO Area director. Thus, 5 X 4 + 3 = 23. the third title is "Octahedron" Ancient Greek philosophers associated the octahedron with the force of air. In the Order of Death, we associate it with the force of fire. We know the force of fire as the weak-nuclear force present throughout the universe. We know this force occurred third in the appearance of forces following the "big bang." Moreover we know the attribution by the Greeks to have followed knowledge of the proper technique, placing the octahedron equivalent to "fire" or the "weak-nuclear" force, because its displacement forms a specific sequence that implies direct intent. The Greek version arose to occlude and "cover-up" the true attributions, which were considered too dangerous to be understood for having caused the Atlantean flood. This, of course, is only superstition. The Order of Death retains the true attribution of the octahedron to the force of fire. All of this is known to every member of the Order of Death. Each lodge member of 5 represents 1 of 5 orders, and if there are sufficient numbers of members these can pass through various states and stages - a lodge of 5, a church of 6, executive committee of 7, monastery of 10, court of 13, papal court of 15 or senate of 20, 23, 63 or even of only 12. Ideally, each member should understand the hierarchy of the Order of Death as well as they do the relationship between the 4 elements learned in the 3 degrees of lodge and the 5 solids learned in the "branch office" orders. However they cannot, because the full extent of the knowledge concentrating on this matter is focused in this degree, that of lodge Ambassador, because we serve as the judge, or "adversary" in a lodge-court. We are considered "impartial" on account of being foreign to the lodge, but after only a few circuits this ceases to be the case. Therefore, we study the laws and by-laws while the other lodgemember order-representatives learn about the reason that the Knight Templar Order of Zion, Scottish Rite Masonry, is associated with an orange octahedron. Ask them and approach them that they may also inquire to you about the law and the knowledge held exclusively by our station as Ambassadors. Therefore, leave off the philosophical matters of the Rosicrucians, the Illuminati (or Golden Dawn) and of the York rite of Masonry. Devote yourself instead to unraveling the mysteries shared by the Ambassador and the Area directors, or between the Scottish rite and OTO. Just as the Rosicrucian sits just left of the Grand Master in the lodge, colluding to the far right Illuminati, so too between the OTO to the GM's immediate left and the far left Scottish Ambassador. Thus they are all on the bench: the Rosicrucians and the Illuminati to the left and the OTO and Scottish rite to the right of the York GM. So they sit in lodge. But when they sit in Senate they keep order relative to the position of the "chair" wherein is seated the OTO "Area" director. The ordering issues out from the chair towards either the chair's left or right (depending on their lodge's station in the 4lodge Senate) thence: the York GM, the Illuminati, the Rosicrucian and the Scottish rite. The Scottish and York face away from the chairs, while the Rosicrucian and Illuminati sit facing inward on the proceedings. In the Senate it is the Rosicrucian

    and Illuminati who act as ambassadors or consuls, while the York and Scottish guard doors and windows. However in each lodge the Illuminati reports to the Rosicrucian, the Scot Ambassador reports to the OTO, who reports to the lodge GM, the York rite, along with the Rosicrucian. The Rosicrucian brings the news from the Illuminati, internal lodge intelligence, and the OTO brings the word from the Ambassador, external lodge intelligence. That is why the OTO is senate chair and not the York GM as in lodge: the OTO's loyalty is to the Senate, that of the York to their lodge. The loyalty oath sworn by the Ambassadors is, as stated before, to balance on the one "hand" the good of the 4 lodges in their circuit, and on the other the offices of order above themselves - the Rosicrucians, the Illuminati and the OTO. We call the combination of the "senate circuit" of traveling lodges and the 3 positions per lodge represented by "higher order" offices the Order of Death. Together these are 4 X 5 + 3 = 23. the fourth title is "WN" Just as the orange octahedron represents "fire" - the weak nuclear force - in the Order of Death, so too are the 5 orders' officers per lodge, and so are the 4 or 5 lodges of an open or closed senate. When the Senate is open, the 5th lodge, comprised entirely of OTOs, is represented only as the three "public" senators, one of whom is Pope. So, in an "open" base-5 senate, as in a "closed" base-4 senate, there are lodges that can each represent the 4 "orders" below the OTO Area director, so in a "closed" base-5 senate would there be 25 members, including a lodge of five OTO Area directors. Just as 4 Regional Rosicrucians, 4 District Illuminati, 4 York and 4 Scottish rite each preside under 4 OTO chairs in the "open" base-4 or -5 senate, so, in a "closed" base-4 or -5 senate, each lodge represents only the members belonging to an order's equivalent station, position, role or office in the lodge. Thus, in an "open" senate you would have a Templar Knight on each lodge bench, but in a "closed" senate, you would have 4 or 5 representatives, one from each lodge, all sitting on one bench per order of the Order of Death. This is why a lodge of five "Masters" is considered "perfect" or "closed": the bench of 5 members, each equal, is equivalent to a bench of 5 senators in either a "closed" or "open" council. If there are 6, the "lodge" is a church, and if there are 4, the lodge itself is considered "rough" or "open." "Perfect" or "closed" Democracy occurs along the system of primes; 3, 5, 7, 13, 23, etc. are the integers at the foundation of "Atlantean" Democracy. However, the Order of Death recognises the existence of other forms of Senate (closed/open) based on other unfolding #-sequences. We do not recognise separate senates acting simultaneously. We only use one senate in different configurations at different times. The reason to rotate the highest-ranked position between GM in lodge to OTO chair in senate is the same reason to hold both "open" and "closed" sessions, each a meeting of its own unique combination of members, between the lodges as the orders: it is because of checks and balances of power within the political system. It is so one order's representatives per lodge will not attempt to assassinate another if they sit next to each other. This is the same reason there are 60 lodge members in the full and "proper" senate, 15 / lodge, 3 alternates / station. It is so the Democracy will not falter for even an instant even should the pope themselves die.

    However, should the OTO chairs seek to betray their lodge GM, we have made them sit apart from one another, and so if the Rosicrucians or Illuminati attempt to kill the OTO chair, the York and Scottish are there to restrain them. Should the York and Scottish rites likewise seek to betray the Rosicrucians and Illuminati, or the OTO, then one can rush to the defense of the other. This is why, from time to time, we must hold closed-door sessions of the senate: to root out any traitors in our midst, such as during a trial of 13 or a "papal court" of 15 + 7 + 1 = 23 (the "closed" base-4 and "closed" base-5 versions respectively). What is the punishment for one senator murdering another? If a senator kills a senator then the senator who killed is also murdered by the first alternate of their victim in their enemy's lodge. What is the punishment for a guard murdering a guard? If a guard should murder a guard, may the guard who killed be also murdered by the second guard of the victim's lodge. What is the punishment for a senator murdering a guard? If a senator kills a guard let the senator be replaced by their own next alternate. What is the punishment for a guard murdering a senator? If a guard kills a senator, let that guard be either poisoned or forced to commit suicide. In all instances, the deceased are immediately replaced by their next alternate (of 3). Thus, if both their guards are killed, a senator must "step down" from the bench and act as a guard themselves. These are the laws of the senate, by-laws of the Order of Death, that not all the alternates, or even your equivalent or higher degree masters of orders, nor even any initiate below Master, iic, may know. Only the OTO chairs and the Scottish rite know the full extent of these laws, and thus they sit to the right of the York GM in a "bench" lodge. That is why the Scottish rite sits closest behind the OTO chair in the senate. All of this may seem confusing still at this point, however it is as easy to remember as 1-2-3 when you see the equivalencies across the board. The York rite lodge GMs, the indigo cube, the church of the Temple; the Scottish lodge Ambassadors, the orange octahedron, the executive committee; the Rosicrucian Regional directors the blue isocahedron, the monastery of 10; the Illuminati District directors, the yellow dodecahedron, the jury of 13; the OTO chairs of foreign intelligence, the green tetrahedron, the "papal court" of 15; and so the Senate between 12 and 63. In the "open" base-5 senate, the "perfect" Democratic number, the "ideal" of 23 active members, becomes possible. Likewise in a "closed" base-4. the fifth title is "Venus" So far we have discussed the base-4 and base-5 systems "open" (base-19 and base-23 respectively) and "closed" (base-12 and base-75 systems accordingly), but I have not yet described the role of the Scottish rite Templar Knight of the Order of Zion as it relates to the other ranks and groups in which it is contained. Let us now ask, "what is the role of this position in the group of executives, or that of a papal jury, or that of a bench of Rosicrucian Regional directors in a "closed" senate?" This is not because an Ambassador cannot serve as an executive (1 of 7), or in a papal court (of 15), or even on a bench of Rosicrucians (4 or 5) in a "closed" session. But if you were acting as the Scottish rite Ambassador within a group (4 or 5, open/closed) that has a fixed role for that position, and your group added or subtracted any amount of members to fall into a different group #-base, then the title of the omitted role, such as Ambassador from a bench of Rosicrucians, is changed accordingly to those applicable to all for the new group #-base. Such a change cannot be made by only a single group-member, but is dependent on entirely on the # of members in the

    group. So, for example, if a lodge of 5 became a church of 6, it would mean the Scottish rite Knight Zion position would become automatic members of the Rosicrucian rank of Regional director (1 of 3). Likewise, at such time, if there were 2 OTO chairs in the 5 Master lodge, upon becoming a church (by adding the second OTO) then one of these two would need to "step down" or assume a lesser rank such as Illuminati District director (1 of 2), and thus so forth displace the other possible ranks among members accordingly. Some levels the Scottish rite has specific roles in, others not, however even when not in "active" office, a Rosicrucian representative remains a Rosicrucian representative, etc. For the Scottish rite it is the same, although, for the traveling Ambassadors, there are far fewer roles for us by title than even the Rosicrucians, only one degree above us. The reason for this is that, due to our extensive knowledge of Senate law, we are excluded, for the most part, from religious offices with titles. Likewise, we play a tertiary role in the lodge (equivalent to a circuit-judge) and only a minor role in the senate (1 senator and 2 alternates as their guards at most). Why is this? The reason for this pertains to the Grand-Cross alignment of 2000 ce and the (yet upcoming) end of the Mayan Piktun in 2012 ce. Just as the York GMs are ascribed to the Essene Zealot movement of 2000 years ago, so is the Scottish Ambassador associated with the crusade-era Knights Templar. Likewise, they were chronologically followed during the Renaissance by Rosicrucian Regional directors. In 1776, the Illuminati of District directors was founded. By now, ~2000 ce, we have the OTO cult of Bohemian Grove representing the Area chairs in the pentad Senate. In the future, however, the Pentad senate will remain, however each attribute will slide down one slot to make room for a New World-Order to follow the 20th century "Oriental Templars." Though, should the eldest club yet remain prominent, such that for some time following the future NWO, the Essene Zealot tradition were to continue, then the Senate would change from base-5 to base-6, and all relative elements (lodge members, orders in the bund, as well as colour and solid shape attributes) would be rearranged accordingly. We say at times the Senate is "open" or "closed" and that it can be base-4, -5 or even -6. The senate is the overall #-base system for the entire Order of Death, and it can completely change number of members over time. Such possible changes are called the "Seasons of the Pope." Sometimes, we say thus, a pope is of a more Democratic mind; they will convene the "open" base-5 senate of 23. Say though, a Pope is more despotic; then membership can drop as low as even only 1 or 2, or even burgeon to 63. All possible #-base systems are recognised by the Order of Death. the sixth and seventh titles are "Taurus" and "Libra" The other members of a lodge remain in their local lodge. So, too, are the tyler (York), other bench senators and OTO chair stationary in their positions. But the Ambassador travels from lodge to lodge. Once they have completed a circuit comprised of 4 or more separate lodges, they advance to become the next "alternate" role "up" - that of 1 in 3 Rosicrucians of a church of 6, that of 1 in 7 executives, any as equally likely of being the Pope, etc. Just as the 6 member church is equivalent to the York GM order, so is that of the 7 executives alike the Scottish rite Knight Templar Order Zion, and the monastery of 10 like the Rosicrucian regional order, the jury like the Illuminati and papal court like the OTO. Now, just as titles can be shifted to promote or demote a member in rank, even while they hold equivalent offices and perform identical duties, such that the various titles,

    dependent on the size of the group, are all relative in meaning only, so too do the number of senators present vary, and this determines the kind of hearings that can preside. Just as if 13 Senators preside in a closed jury, so too can 4 or 5 meet as a "rough" senate, or clandestine coven, a "clutch" of Illuminati, a "rough" lodge, etc. The different number of members present determines the type of proceedings, but all are of at least i in the Order of Death. All of these things must be known, worked out, and ultimately understood by any lodge ambassador, or representative of the Templar order in the Order of Death. We must study together with one another as much as possible, and develop affiliations with others of our own status, as travelers, as much as possible; we must uphold the values of, above all, the Order; we must maintain communications between the wandering Rosicrucians and the York lodge GM; we must commune directly with the chairs over Areas called "camps." All of these things things as Ambassadors we must do. Our roles in lodge and senate are more significant than in the more religious, "esoteric" orders, and we are like the 7 political executives by our studies, then, while York GMs are closer to the "church" of 6 and the Rosicrucians above us like a monastery of 10. All these things must be known, yet I warn you: though this role will always be needed (that of court-stenographer, essentially), the political party occupying this role will not always remain the same. Once the Essene Zealots held this office; one day shall it be held by the Rosicrucians and in turn the Illuminati and the OTO and even the NWO to follow that. Let us rejoice now that this position is held by the Illustrious Knights Templar of the Order of Zion. Let us pray they serve in it well. the eighth title is "Ruach" One, more "esoteric" point remains however. The ruach is divided into two parts: the ka (or aura) and the Ba, or, more appropriately, the 7 Be of Ra (the 7 chakras). The 7 chakras align to connect the soul to the spirit (the Ahk), which exists directly above and infuses the body, or the Kha. Just as the Kha is the Nefesh, the Ka and Be are the Ruach, and the Ahk the Neschemah. Someday you may overhear your brothers discussing such a thing and wonder at it. Among one another, perhaps even apart from you and your fellow Ambassadors, they will whisper that one kind of 7 is like many other kinds of 7, yet there are also some kinds of 7 that are different than other kinds of 7, and they will fall into confusion. The 7 lower Sefirot and the 7 #-squares of the Pythagorean (phi-ratio) spiral may be like both the seven planets that "crossed" in their alignments in 2000 ce and the 7 chakras, the Be of Ra, but these other two, the planets and chakras, are not alike one another, they will decry and then shake their heads and lower their faces. But I will tell you this right now: the times of the Pope being of the Templar Order come and come again. Just as once the Templars were the chairs (now held by the OTO) so too may we yet regain rulership over the senate by our achievement of the elected position of Pope so long as we retain rank and order. The symbol of two knights riding back/back on a horse is a symbol of the Order of Death as the Order of Zion, and of the Templars as historians of the perfect Democracy. They ride from right to left, or from both east to west (facing north) and west to east (facing south) both (just as one knight faces front and one knight faces back). The fact this emblem was emblazoned onto coins, or tokens representing exchange value by weight of pure substance, indicates the supremacy of the Templars' skills in book-keeping, the highest form of the library sciences. But we are

    not ambitious for greater authority or to change "ranks" and group #-base. We are wary of the use of our faith against us by prior Popes (both exoteric, Catholic, and esoteric, Order of Death, popes) and of death by torture in accordance with excommunication. But we do not seek power. We are balancers of justice, we lodge ambassadors. In Atlantis, these rules and roles were known, and our Order bears witness and testimony to this ancient knowledge in our modern works at its restoration. Therefore, act to bring your brothers in their various different branches together, and never go on long watching them bicker in discontent. Instead, show them these letters of the Law: L , L , L , that they may know you speak truth. Then teach them. Go between them and teach. This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of IV Knight Zion. -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: V. Light If we say that we are beings that are made out of matter-energy in the third dimension that undergoes interchange that we measure as being the fourth dimension, and also if we say that time is like a holographic hypercube underlying the third dimension that is a shadow of a spatial object in the fourth dimension, then we can safely say that light is the fifth dimension, measured as the speed of a photon, and whose substance, just as probability wells in fields of potential are the substance of the fourth dimension, is gravitational tachyonic microwave electromagnetic radiation. We have already established that tachyons move faster than photons, so to say that the speed of the photon is the measure of the fifth dimension is like saying that entropy in the third dimension is the only way to measure the temporal fourth dimension. This introduces an important concept: that time moves faster than matterenergy, and that light moves faster than time. This is to say that matter becomes energy when it reaches the speed of light, and that this is the backbone of the flow of entropy from past to future, or the measure of the concept of time. Because tachyons move faster than this speed, they do not obey the forward flowing arrow of entropy, or what we call time. There is still much debate about the concept of matterenergy interchange being dependent on the speed of the photon. A. the role of light in the genesis The universe began in the first dimension. There was a microwave vibration that occurred under the influence of uncertainty and this caused everything. A single amount of the void spun around itself and split off, forming the first particle of karma or quantum information unit. This particle was a singularity compared to nothing, and thus was compelled about itself with the combined weight of the fullness of the abyss, which was a great greatness. It was forced to begin to consume itself by the emptiness, and this it did with such haste that it began to implode with a force greater than that of the darkness, that is, that velocity known as the speed of a photon, and thus to bend the space-time within it, as it had been bent from the null

    space and zero time of the void when it was conceived. This turned it inside out quickly, and filled it with light so that it shone then in the pitch. But these were not rays of photons, too slow in the darkness and too easily consumed would they be, but the projection of astral light, that is the microwave gravity particle tachyons, and these are projected as an outward rippling orb. It is said then, that the finger of the creator came down and touched the spot on the globe in the heavens from outside the space that was outside our universe, at the moment of the Big Bang, so that it would be swept away with its generis to become proper space-time. Then it was the time of the second dimension, when the waves of tachyon luminous microwave gravity stirred the void up into action, and caused more reactions that created particles. These are the events when the four forces were set down, and everything had been called into spin. Time began then, as a measurement of the spinning, a speed that could be measured by the velocity of a photon. Space was conception itself. A single point in null space would be drawn out and then turned about itself, creating polarity. A particle would spring into existence as a selfexpanding wormhole tachyon torus in the vast expanse of the nether realm and immediately progenate a stream of similar shapes, that would continue on filling in the lightlessness until they were all a solid throng occupying a region, and causing by their continual exchange of motion between them, which asymptotically approached regulation, the oscillation of that great polarizing force we know as time. These tachyons tended to accumulate themselves then in a topical aura, since they were emanating outward from a center, and so their region of most profound discourse was around the edge of their expansion. It is upon the surface of this three dimensional shape, expanding in the fourth spatial dimension, that the story of our universe continues. By this time the four elemental genres of particle had been formed, and this had given the Light a fine quality, invisible to the Darkness, that of all those less intense manifest fluctuations of those particles slower than the speed of light. This was the material universe that was becoming polarized as three dimensional space on the surface of the fourth dimensional inflation of tachyons. Once the third dimension began to appear out of the pure heat following the Big Bang, it rapidly accumulated masses in space similar to those underlying its own mechanisms of creation. These are, in order ascending outwards from our planet, stars, galaxies, and the walls and voids. The planets and the stars are spheres, the stars emitting light and the planets reflecting it. The orbits of the planets around the stars and the orbits of stars around the centers of galaxies are both planar, that is, purely based on the polarization principle, that elemental and temporal-spatial opposites attract. In the case of stars and planets this means the star is too weak to attract heavier objects then the solidification of the fine layers of the gas cloud that surrounded it before its fire scorched them making them curl up into spheres. In the case of stars in galaxies, that is that those bastions of the lesser light all fall towards and are caught in the wake of a singularity where microwave gravity has torn a hole in space-time leading at the edges into hyperdimension, and in the center to the abyss outside. The walls and voids arrange themselves in random strands and gaps, the extended projection of the first spurts of probability in the infinite field of potential. The fourth dimension gives us time. This is the surface upon which we measure a beam of light as it is guided. It is homogenous to the very small and the very large, though we recognize these terms to be relative to our perception, and it makes the smaller particles to move faster and the larger sphere to move slower, although we can project our understanding of the relativity of size onto the relativity of temporal durations. Again it is only the measure of the averaged frequency over wavelength for an area given as pi squared, or a factor of the force of the bending of microgravity, the force that causes all points in the universe to expand apart from each other as microgravity is perpetually self-generative and

    repulsively charged toward matter-energy, being that is on the degree of frequency where it is thought to be so improbable for it to exist in the confines of our universe, in the presence of its finer aspect, the larger solid particles or the longer wavelengths of energy, that the likelihood of it is so infinitesimal that it is considered antimatter, or otherwise, bordering on being opposite possible reality. The formula for time is thus given as phi over pi, that is the formula for a hypercube that is contained within and surrounding a sphere, that it is set to work measuring the difference of that sphere, so that, as the sphere expands, so does the hypercube. On the day of the fifth dimension let there be Light, for as we are given to know of consciousness and sleep, and of day and night, so too do we know of the nature of these tachyons. In the proper conditions they can be observed in the three dimensional matter-energy universe, where, true to form they can be measured by instruments before the time it would take a photon resultant from the same events from which they derived to arrive. In these cases we see that they are able to utilize the same factor of the uncertainty of existence as a probability in potential to quantum tunnel through solids, moving from one point on the surface of a virtual particle to a point exactly on the opposite side, not by going through the center of the atom, nor by following a curve defined by the orbit of its electron, but by passing into and then out of the electron itself, which can be at all points on its orbital shell at any time, where it does not manifest trajectory spin as a probability like a photon being absorbed or emitted by an electron, but warp spin as it is swallowed up into itself between the two points, consumed in hyperspace where the point it disappeared and the point it reappeared are the same point, and the tachyonic wormhole itself fills the space between them, such that spin is conserved by the tachyon. The realm of hyperdimension, or the hyper-real warping of the fabric of space-time so that it is always consuming and regenerating itself simultaneously, is the surface of a geometry in pure dimension also, and this is the origin of spin-wave mechanics. In the sixth dimension there is potential Light, that is, the absence of space as a continuum of vortices, and the absence of time as this substance in motion. Here is the dark pit from whence we started. It is the black hole of the larger universe that ours lives in, between which various frequencies of microwave vibration are shared, though it only looks light because the light of spin burning off pure potential that is our universe is so dim compared to the speed and involution of the Greater Light of this field, equivalent to the electromagnetic torus surrounding the singularity of a black hole as we know them, on the inside of which wormholes to alternate universes form. Thus it is truly here, in the quantum foam of spontaneously upsurgant probabilities, that we see the connection points between such wormholes form as a gravitational microwavelength that is the history of a single tachyon, known as a transcendent tachyon because it occupies all points in this microwavelength history simultaneously, and thus we see how our own universe formed as well. The seventh dimension is that of potential information, where all pure data is truly relative and thus it is said to be the dimension of dimensions, that is, the one dimension containing the differing geometries of all the others and providing for them a basis for their continuous contiguity. It is for this reason, for example, that we can say there is no division between multiverses in hyperdimension where the geometry governs fine waveforms, for the same reason there are different divisions in the manifest realm of basic matter-energy exchange governed by entropy. So there is subspace, so there is hyperspace in hyperdimension the hyper-reality of the multiverse, and so there is the pure dimension of the primary clear light called ylem. To this end they say that the creator rested. 1. Energy = Mass times (the speed of light squared)

    It is the standard course of entropy that energy is given off by matter as long as the matter is cohesive. This is an effect of the electrons bonding the nuclei of the atoms that comprise matter together. Molecules are formed by electrons joining the diameters of their orbits, while the nuclei remain far apart. Gradually, random quantum fluctuations break some of these bonds and form new ones. The matter begins to deteriorate as the electron shells tend more to break up than to join. When energy escapes the macromolecules of a living organism, it does not necessarily do so in the form of raw electrons. Most of the energy is given off in the form of body heat, or thermal radiation. This means basically that the electrons spin off from their orbits and become waves of electromagnetic radiation. These waves are high energy, and therefore warm and heat the air around them, causing miniature isobars of pressure to convect molecules of air asymptotically transversely. Most of the electron shell decay in this category escapes from carbohydrates (ash water), or acidic macromolecules derived from fats and lipids. A certain proportion of electron orbital bonding decay in matter molecules is due to exposure to wavelengths of radiation. The closer the wavelength of radiation gets to matching the diameter of the constituent particles, the more probable their cohesion will be disturbed. The radioactive decay from nuclear isotopes, because the alpha and beta waves are equal to the size of different, sizes of atoms, particularly common in organic material such as living tissue, is considered to be the most dangerous form of such radiation, though the sun that we rely on for daylight is nothing other than a huge nuclear furnace burning of a gas cloud floating through space. Although this process is very slow and gradual, it is responsible for most of the molecular decomposition that occurs in the universe. Photons and the orbital shells of electrons are of nearly the same size, however when a photon strikes an electrons orbital shell, it causes the electron to shrink to a singular charge at the point of the photons impact on the orbital shell. The photon bounces off in an angled trajectory, carrying as a function of its wavelength the holographically stored information of the electrons spin. This has resulted in the modern scientific quagmire of only being able to tell the projected trajectory, or spin, of an electron by measuring its collision with a photon. Whenever this happens, it increases the probability of the electron breaking its orbit and destroying the molecular cohesion between its nucleus and another atom. There is such a thing as the conservation of angular momentum, and this law of physics states that an object in motion, or set in motion by being acted upon by another object, has a predictable trajectory. There is also the conservation of energy, which states that there is a fixed amount of ambient energy in the universe, and that none is ever created or destroyed. Therefore, when electrons are liberated from their atomic orbits, by whatever means, in whatever way, their transformation from mass into frequency is measured by the geometrical equivalent of their probabilistic dispersal. Thus, the speed of a photon, a real particle that carries a charge and is similar in size to an electron (potential energy) cloud (the orbital shell around the nucleus), is arranged in a second dimensional (the orbit of the singular charge in the potential cloud) square field around the source of the energys liberation. It is thought that, since it is equally likely for the energy to disperse in any direction, and since photons, as particles, mimic the behavior of waves, as fields, and are equally probable to travel in all directions, the quantity of the electron charge is thought to disperse equally throughout the pattern of radiative particle velocity. So it is said that the two are equivalent in potential. In natural data we can observe this rule, expressed as mass times the speed of light squared equals energy, to hold true, and thus it has become an accepted axiom of physics, known as the theory of special relativity. The title of relativity derives from the second dimensional geometric relativity between the orbital path of the singular charge in the orbital shell of an electron cloud and the trajectory of the

    projected photon. The successful proof of this special relativity led to the grander general theory of relativity, which attempted to show that, using the accepted relativity between distance and duration, time and space are relative. Those people who have not devoted thought to penetrating the full amount of meaningful (true and real) implications there are in this simple formula are, for the most part, happy to accept the only recently blasphemous notion that matter (the self) and energy (the soul or spirit) are really one and the same thing. While it is amusing to allow people this delusion, it is important to remember that this is not an exactly accurate interpretation of the data. It is true, by rigorous extension of the theorem, that earlier in the evolution of the universe matter and energy were unified, in that there was no matter, and because the radiation that there was was so high frequency it surpassed the modern parameters for the definition of energy. Because the theory was strictly derived from energy liberation, it has only been very recently, with the use of particle accelerators, that we began to be able to conceive of the complete inversion of this flow of entropy necessary for the genesis of matter. a. matter can become energy, but energy cannot become matter In the same way that a particle accelerator speeds up quanta until they explode, so has the theory responsible for their being built thrown off and exploded many modern myths. One of these is the backbone of the idea of time itself, the standard flowing arrow of entropy, or the measure of molecular decay duration. According to classical physics before special relativity, electron clouds bond with one another less frequently than when they are separated, and this accounts for the eventual de-cohesion of all existent physical form. It was even known that matter took on different forms, and even had different particles, according to the four elemental forces. The most popular attempt at unification of the four elements was known as cosmos to the ancient Greeks, the philosophers stone to the alchemists, and aethyr to astrophysicists. This was essentially an additional, unknown force, or possibly a higher dimension. After special relativity doors opened up for cosmologists to root out the source of the division between the elemental forces comprising modern matter and energy, and seek the elusive original ether. While the conservation of energy is seen to apply now, the big bang, or cosmology of relativity, shows mathematically that at some time in our ancient past, the high energy ether did appear out of nowhere, and that over time, as the universe has cooled, this slowed down into what we now know as energy, and even slowed down further into what we call matter. Fluid mechanics supports this, showing that the molecules of a liquid will move faster (boil) with more radiation (heat) and more slowly with less radiation. Most recently quantum mechanics, the offspring particle physics school of special relativity, has unearthed the mechanism by which they believe the energy of the universe first came into existence, and then gradually cooled and became more solid, as well as why this solidity is temporary, and matter eventually turns back into energy. This aptly named uncertainty principle is nothing more than the mathematical description of the original quandary of special relativity: the relationship between the solid particle of the photon and the virtual particle of the electron. b. fermions (waves) and bosons (particles) agree The centralized (real) particles of matter and the decentralized (virtual) waves of energy are the only two types for which substantive quantum data have been found studying the four elemental forces arising from the known laws of physics believed to be generalizable universally. Through the functioning of these components in accordance with the geometrical physics of the elemental forces we

    see that the real particles do gradually degenerate into energy wavelengths, and that the energy is liberated and disperses into a field of potential defined by the parameters of the speed of light. Thus we have seen how matter seems to become energy, though we know that all that is defined as matter due to structure is really a function of energy. Therefore the sum of all particles combined with the sum of all waves is a quantity of potential energy. Quantum wave packets of energy follow geometric patterns relative to one another, and this force causes the assembly of the elemental atoms as well as their combination in molecules. In the same way an atom is made up of a particle nucleus and a wave electron, so the particle nucleus is made of wave quarks. These quarks have different properties, and perform different functions within the structure of the atomic nucleus, determining, for example, radioactive (particle) decay and combined dimensionality, the latter as measured by spin. Quarks carry an electromagnetic charge, and so they are defined as being themselves part of the electromagnetic energy spectrum, however in the presence of one another they are a single, unified, solid particle. However some of the properties that define the different types of quarks indicate that they are more complex than other waves. The electron exists as a charged point dispersed in an orbital cloud of potential until acted upon by a particle, such as a photon. Similarly, the quarks obey the expected behaviors of fields as well. The electron cloud is, like the individual photon to the entire wavelength of light, a fractal part that carries the pattern of the whole, in this case an electromagnetic field, such as exists around the earth or sun. Such electromagnetic fields are defined by polarity, and this creates a torus shape. Quarks, also, can appear in the torus field shape. This is only known because atomic nuclei have been sped up towards the speed of light in particle accelerators until they fell apart, and the trajectories of their constituent components, the short lived quanta called antimatter that trigger electromagnetic energy release cascades when they come in contact with a real particle, are measured as a function of their internal composition. c. the A-bomb as punctuation to end all war When the nucleus of an atom is split the wave packets that it emits trigger energy liberation cascades, displacing the internal quanta of surrounding real particles, such as other atomic nuclei, and causing them to become radioactive so strongly electromagnetically charged that particle decay occurs, emitting wavelengths the size of atomic nuclei that further destabilize molecular cohesion. When special relativity first demonstrated that cause and effect relationships occurred between particles and waves, one of the first uses it was put to was a bomb. The military mentality that self-loathing is sufficient motive for murder of those reminiscent of ones own undesired qualities was quick to apply special relativity to the building of an atomic bomb ignited by a controlled nuclear fission. The destructive capacity of this weapon was expected to ensure the peace by outweighing the impetus for war. Although such weapons of mass destruction have been and are still being developed by multiple nations around the world, the tacit globalism of the economic media has arisen binding the people together in agreement not to destroy the whole earth over their individual differences. 2. where does matter come from? The attempts at theories of a unified field since special relativity have all been based on tracing the origin of matter, since it is from the time of the first substance that derives the division of the four elemental forces governing the laws of physics. This is the case because fermions (the particles of the electromagnetic and, it is thought, gravitational forces) cannot yet be artificially combined to form bosons

    (the particles of the strong and weak nuclear forces), only derived from them by particle decay caused by random electromagnetic inversions in probability or particle collision. Therefore, the substance of the unified field, or aethyr, has come to be called space-time, and thought to be best observed in extreme events of gravitational distortion, where the other, surrounding forces, become warped. Here it is seen, or rather, can be measured, that the particles and wave packets of the other elemental forces can all be accelerated to the speed of light, and it can be mathematically proven even break the light barrier. According to the increasingly accepted theorems using special relativity describing these black holes, the singularity at their center is the same substance as the universe before the beginning of the division of the four elements. Black holes are black because they absorb light, and to do this they must be able to accelerate it beyond the fastest speed of the electromagnetic spectrum. When the geometric fabric of the electromagnetic spectrum itself, such as the speed of photons being a fixed constant, this dissolves all real particles more rapidly than the weak nuclear force, even the photon itself, which has no scholastically known constituent components. Because the gravity well of a singularity can be so strong that it can crush a photon, it has no difficulty reaching photons with its pull and speeding them up towards it, so too does it accelerate other particles to nearly the speed of light, causing nearly infinite particle collisions, or nuclear fusion, stronger than the strong nuclear force. The only thing that escapes black holes does so due to the uncertainty principle of relativity, stating that the vacuum of pure potential undergoes random quantum inversions producing probabilities. This is thought to be the cause of the big bang. What is emitted is an extremely high frequency microwavelength. It is possible, using the measure of the characteristics of these microwaves, to determine the nature of the singularity emitting them. a. spin equals energy The study of quantum mechanics delves into the nature of both particle and wave. While a particle is solid and a wave transmits formless force, they do have some features in common. Both can be measured as statistical probabilities. In the same way that a particle remains a statistical probability for as long as it exists, a wave can appear as a probability or as potential. The wave function, otherwise entirely mathematical, possesses one physical feature, the dimensionality of its wavelength. So do particles posses a combination of directions in which they spin, these can all be combined and their sum expressed in a single dimension as a prime exponent. In the same way that most real particles are actually comprised of energy waves, so is spin mathematically equivalent to a wavelength of energy. The proof of this is in the disruptive effect of exposure of real particles to virtual radiation. The spin of real particles is in truth the measure of vector (movement of a surface point over duration) expressed as a function of three planes of dimension. Two of these describe directions a spherical particle can rotate, while the third describes the trajectory of the real particles angular momentum. The dimensionality derived from vector spin is equivalent to frequency of energy. The dimensionality derived from trajectory spin is equivalent to wavelength of energy. b. microwave hyperquanta Just as a photon is the packet of information (frequency) received at the end of a ray of variable distance (wavelength), so too is a tachyon that point of extension of an electromagnetic microwave moving faster than a photon. To call a tachyon electromagnetic would be similar to calling a photon particle the wavelength of a light ray. The spin of the photon is equal to the information of the wavelength light

    ray, and the spin of a tachyon is equal to the information of the microwavelength. The electromagnetivity of the microwavelength itself is contingent upon the concept of it bearing a charge arising as a result of its frequencys fluctuation, and therefore a magnetic field arranged perpendicularly to the flow of the electrical current. Thus to call the microwaves electromagnetic energy depends on whether or not they carry an electrical charge that can produce magnetic polarity, which is indicated by their structure as a wavelength, similar to the known wavelengths, waveforms and fields of the electromagnetic spectrum. The microwavelengths are smaller than the point of charge of the electron when it is singularized, because they comprise the geometric vibrational framework underlying the electrons different possible orbital shell diameters. By establishing orbital shells for the charge to occupy as potential, microwaves act like gravity. Therefore, while the microwaves look electromagnetic, because of their very short wavelengths and very high frequency, they do not so much act like electrons as act on electrons, and thus in the apparent form of gravity. The prevalent modern theory is that tachyon particles do posses aethyreal energy, or what I have called elsewhere, astral light. The reason for this is that particles, such as photons, when converted into phased waves of pulsed energy through solid media can exhibit faster than light characteristic velocities, and therefore it is assumed that tachyons, which share this class of velocity, might also possess the electromagnetic charge characteristic to the accelerated subliminal particles. It should be remembered however, that tachyons are of a quantifiably different dimension altogether, and should therefore be expected to possess qualitatively different traits. While modern theory does not argue over the notion of tachyons being commutative with subliminal electromagnetic and atomic radiation, it has postulated mathematically that tachyons accelerate their speed as they lose energy, which is the elegant contra-positive to the constant speed of light in a vacuum rule of relativity, which states that as subliminal matter increases it gains mass. This expectation of tachyons will likely be proven according to countless mathematical applications of the relativistic equations, and during all that time delay the true nature of tachyons being discovered by experimental physics. It should suffice to say that tachyons are visibly radiative as Cerenkov light emitted by photons. Since the light from one photon alone would not illuminate the entire diameter of the universe, however, it is also safe to say that this illuminating energy wears out. In this regard we can say that the energy of tachyons which is positively charged when emitted from photons is negatively charged when absorbed into atomic nuclei, moving from a dynamic to a static state. The modern theory speculates that when a tachyon has burned off its Cerenkov radiation, what I elsewhere call astral light, it loses all of its energy and achieves infinite velocity, occupying every point on its gravitational microwavelength superstring history simultaneously. Such a tachyon is called a transcendental tachyon and, having no energy, is referred to as zero point energy a category shared with certain scalar phased waves. c. involution The microwaves do not just travel through the electron cloud without disrupting it, they also move faster than light. Ordinarily they are invisible as a result of this, and though the waves themselves are harmless, they are still believed by theoretical physicists to be associated with the explosive conclusion of the lesser, similar trajectories of antimatter because breaking the light barrier goes against the observable laws of physics simply by being considered improbable. The only time it is possible to see, or rather, to measure these microwaves is

    when they are projected through a solid medium. Here it is seen that energy beginning as an electromagnetic charge can travel through the material substance by quantum tunneling faster than the speed of a photon traveling the same distance unimpeded. Here we might predict that the photon would win because it is larger, about the size of the electron cloud. However because the microwave is generated from an originally electromagnetic source, it carries a charge that interacts with the electron. It does not compress the orbital cloud into a singular point of charge, as does the photon, but instead the microwavelength and the electron field inter-phase, and the microwave exits the opposite side of the orbital shell at the same time as it is entering it from the opposite side. The reason for this complex effect is simple to explain. The particles at the tip of these microwaves, whose history forms the fractal waveform, involute. Tachyons turn inside out, and they do this continuously. They are doing this right now. When one contacts the surface of the electrons potential energy orbital cloud, the tachyon absorbs the pattern of the shell, and moves through this geometry according to its own trajectory. In other words, when the tachyon and electron inter-phase, they combine to form a dimensional warp in the probabilistic continuum of space time. This is how the tachyons travel faster than photons. Because of this they are considered as moving counter to the flow of entropy, or the increase of disorder. This comparison, again, implies a false similarity between tachyons and antimatter, since the particles and waves that have been classified antimatter were all discovered as being generated by the decomposition of larger particles at speeds approaching the speed of light. However the difference between the world below the speed of light and the world above it is like the difference between the world under the surface of the water in a fish pond as opposed to the vast expanse of the world above the water. d. the unified temporal-emotional field The saying goes, time flies when youre having fun. The conclusion of this by science is that time should always move at the same speed whether you are having fun or not, and that this speed should be roughly equivalent to the average between the rates at which it seems to move when you are having fun and when you are not. The quantum inversions from potential to probability that occur in the brain simultaneous to thoughts and stimuli interact with fields of tachyons through the left and right thalami of the thalamus, or reptile mind, since it is roughly to this stage in evolution that our reptilian genetic ancestors have evolved their consciousness. The interaction of mind and hyper-light opens up the doors of perception to the multiverse, and its infinite dimensional planes or levels of reality. Since the interaction occurs in the holographic reception and re-projection area of the central nervous system, and this is common to so many varying different types of life form on this planet, it is safe to say we should naturally be accustomed to dealing with this co-creative, interactive, ideal realm of spiritual experience, and I doubt that anything anybody has ever put in the drinking water would dilute this much. The idea that the mind and the continuum of the universe are relative does not lead immediately to perfectly honed manifestation. Instead we see that humanity is constantly making sacrifices from the realm of potential to bring into materiality, and that the result of all of historys combined idealism remains relative to the environmental conditions of nature and setting. What this causes in the individual is defined as emotion, or a qualitative holognomonic similitude to the movement of objectivity relative to the fourth temporal dimension. Emotions often cycle in patterns as the electromagnetic ambiance of the world changes around them. So it is thought that the tachyons that interact with their neuralectric stimulation obey fixed quantifiable rules, the same as the quanta of the four elemental forces. The belief that thoughts effect reality is at the very core of humanity. Our

    unique ability to grasp object and form tools allows interaction with the environment in forms of direct physical causality, and we see everyday the scale to which this has accumulated effect. The creation of materiality is not believed to be exclusive to our consciousness either. Religions tell us that even our thoughts result in karma, the ancient equivalent of the modern quantitative concept of money in the bank. This may be thought of as like a monkeys understanding of their genitalia. Elsewhere I describe consciousness as potential extrapolatable to the tenth dimension, at which point it finds itself reflected in the core of external consciousness. This makes tachyons, though they are subatomic, equivalent as the midpoint of dimensional consciousness to the division between the terrestrial, left and spatio-temporal right hemispheres of the brain in Learys eight circuit model. By applying the seven Hermetic axioms, we can see that tachyons obey the same set of rules as the mind, and that the two are, therefore, relative. e. back to the second dimension In order to comprehend why the microwavelengths of tachyons can be measured as an emotional reaction we must examine some examples of how tachyons interact with particles and waves. As I have already defined, the microwavelength histories of the involution of individual tachyon particles is an equivalent ratio of information to frequency of a wavelength of energy, or spin and trajectory of a particle of matter. This does not mean that they are all describing the same thing. Each is a characteristic function of the specific type of quantum information unit serving as the carrier of the macro-pattern, or fractal, relationship to its individual behaviors. However the role that each feature plays to its more general component is comparable to that of the others in this definitive capacity, and therefore the unit of measure for the parameters of the field for all these types of effect is the same: dimension. Just as an electromagnetic wavelength is composed of the plane of the electrical current, and the perpendicular plane of magnetic polarity, expressed in the individual electron, composed of one rotation of these two dimensions, as the distinction between the polarized cloud and the single point charge, so also can the vector of a real particle be expressed in terms of the polar rotation, precession and axis path, in the absence of externally induced trajectory. It is thought that, insofar as mind seems to be relative to time, tachyons represent two geometrically ideal dimensions as well. i. photon and electron interaction The photon is a massless particle about the size of an atom. Because it has no mass, when it strikes an atom it does not cause the atom to move. Instead the result is that the photon freezes the electrons negative charge at the point of contact, and then bounces off of it at an angle determined by the second dimensional projected trajectory of the photon and the first dimensional point vector of the electron. The reason that the electron is brought to a singular point in its orbital shell is that the spin of the photon is comprised of the dimensions of its particle vector and its projected trajectory, and according to the theory of the conservation of dimensionality, because the event of the photons impact with the electron is of the minimum possible duration, the electron can only contribute one dimension within three dimensional space. It therefore drops the dimensionality of its orbital trajectory, and reacts only as an electrical charge of magnetic polarity or as a repulsive point. This is enough for the real particle of the photon to react physically to the electrons orbital cloud of potential energy, but not enough to contribute any significant change to the trajectory besides accelerating or diminishing wavelength frequency, that is, changing the color of the visible light, and even this is only by a

    factor determined by a function of what the wavelength history of the photon particles projected trajectory was before striking the electron. Not all photons are reflected from all electrons. When electrons are built up into different shell numbered atoms, the likelihood varies as to whether they will be reflected or absorbed. When a photon is absorbed, the electron changes its orbital shell level to a higher energy level. Because the photon has no electrical charge, then we must look to tachyons to explain why this effect occurs. ii. absorption and reflection Tachyons are the commonality of electrons and photons. In electrons, they occur as the microwavelengths emanating from the nucleus upon the peaks and troughs of which form the electrons energy level orbital shells. In photons tachyons occur as the microwavelengths emanating from it that distort the surrounding space making the photon appear visibly radiant. It is the information of these microwavelength frequencies that is being exchanged between the dimensions of the photon and the electron, and that determine how both will react. If the microwavelengths are a certain distance from the nucleus of the atom, and carrying a certain amount of electrical charge (determined by the number of photons occupying each orbital shell), the probability cloud will either reflect or absorb the capacity for potential microwavelength progenation of the photon. To say that the microwavelengths are generated by the photon is not exactly accurate. Instead what we are seeing in the photon is a lightless, real particle traveling through a continuum of potential microwavelengths that are traveling in all directions. Those that pass through the real particle of the photon become probabilities while inside of it. This has an effect on the substance of the photon similar to heating it, and this causes the photon to glow. iii. the vibrational continuum of the shells Other than black holes and particle accelerators it is not known what produces tachyons in the material universe. It is possible that the substance of the universe before the division of the four elemental forces consisted entirely of potential tachyons. This seems in keeping with the Buddhist description of the primary clear light of ylem, the substance they believe preexisted the universe. These microwavelengths, when looked at head on, are tiny tori whose insides move opposite their outsides. Thus they are moving through time in both directions at once. Their frequency determines the structural geometry of the different dimensions, and these lay down the laws of physics that compile quantum information unit particles for each of the four divisions of their elemental, involuting transdimensional multiversal vibrational force. Thus they can be seen to cause our reality. f. matter as concentrated energy We have seen that, for the most part that is, except in situations where special relativity applies energy and matter are separate forms of substance that do not combine or subtract from one another, but interact independently of each other. If time itself were stopped in a single event for the entire universe, there would be no matter-energy exchange between real particles and virtual waves. We see also that two spin one half electrons dont make a spin one photon, even though both are forms of microwavelengths, and that even the different types of quarks in a nucleus are bound together by real, whole number spin quanta gluons. So to say that the photon and the electron, as well as the quarks, pions, mesons

    and gluons in the nucleus, are all structures founded on microwavelengths of energy is similar to comparing day and night. However, what we are seeing by day or by night is the same scene, we are only seeing it differently. So it is with particles and waves upon the shores of time. i. Thule The concept of a unified field has been expressed in as many different terms as drugs in as many different cultures. Both are like an elephant in the living room of society, that everyone knows exists, but for which no one claims responsibility. Both are natural realities irrelevant of the ones who discover them or live by their light. The Hindus had a concept of energy that they called Maya, measured by karma, which was the earliest known concept of energy. The Chinese called this energy chi, and its cycling tao, and the Egyptians identified it with ptah, the energy unifying the Ka and the Akh in the seven vessels of the Ba, and it is, probably due to their practice of keeping the extruded organs of their mummified dead in cnoptic jars, from this word that we derive the word for spitting. The Hebrews associated such power with the ophanim wheels, and the Catholics with the Holy Ghost, while the Buddhists compared it to enlightenment. The Aryans of the Caucuses called this energy Thule, and the Maya called it mana, which was also the Hebraic Greek word for bread. At the turn of the twentieth century it was identified as orgone energy by Wilhelm Reich, and associated with scalar waves discovered by Nikola Tesla. Most recently the heads of the ss of the third reich based their research of it on a description of Vril energy in a science fiction novel. Currently such microwavelengths have been said to be the cause of gravity by Robert Lazar, who claims to have learned of this while working on government classified alien aircraft. The term tachyons is common on Star Trek, the science fiction tv series set in a future where many particles that remain theoretical today have been discovered and applied for human space travel. The other most popular science fiction series of modern times are the Star Wars movies, where the characters can perform telekinesis using the Force an all-powerful energy field that surrounds all things in the universe, binds them together and makes them grow. ii. what is left of consciousness yet to explore What is our future is guided by the light of what is the universes past. What one person thinks another person is just going to have to learn is the same as what the other person thinks that person is going to have to learn. Other than this there is no psychological structure to time. Peoples minds think like they are stuck in tunnel realities, and measure the amount of similarity from moment to moment as karma, burdened by their own prejudice against themselves. There is little enjoyable about beating oneself over the head with the weight of the world. We should not allow ourselves, in light of tachyons, to see light as equivalent to gravity. Matters of enlightenment are not the same topics as those considered gravitas by the old Roman prelates. Tachyons, a particle of radiation off the scale of the electromagnetic spectrum, may carry the force of gravity, and they may be wound up so tightly that they generate the emission of luminosity, but the ideals of light and gravity are as different as the Buddhist conception of the primary clear light, utterly free of all conscience, and the Judeo-Christian God, the anthropomorphication of that conscience. I say this because I do not wish to foresee a future in which ideation, which occurs on an equivalent scale to microwavelength tachyons, is considered the result of pressurization. This is for the reason that, as people progress closer to a complete understanding of genetics, and immortality becomes an increasing possibility, the function of the birth experience, as described by Stan Grof, a student of

    consciousness researcher Timothy Leary, should no longer be considered the imprint of the mental ennegram of the experience of mortality as a tunnel reality. If we become immune to death, we will only lose the eternal changing of our voice, as we begin to speak with the voice of an intelligence beyond the times. This is why much of metaphysics throughout history has been classified by the occult orders that have kept their scientific legislations secret. For example, we know that an atomic clock outside the atmosphere and one inside it at ground level run at different speeds, due to the force of negentropic microwave gravity, and we know that the United States military stealth bomber can fly at altitudes above the end of the oxygenated area of the atmosphere. The stealth bomber is little more than a very expensive boomerang going through temporal wormholes in space-time. On the other hand, it would do the uninitiated little good to scoff at real spacecraft, even if only as a sign of modernity. Similarly it is important to embrace the craft signs of the builders, and to see them as alike keys to unlocking the greater understanding of all. At the turn of the twentieth century a young occultist named Aleister Crowley translated and elaborated upon an Egyptian stele from the British museum collection. Although what probably caught the young mans attention was that its catalogue number was 666, and he may have been attracted to its apocalyptic Christian numerology, he would claim that his expanded translation was dictated to him by an audible voice of which he could not distinguish the source. He was not alone in this experience at that time, as Nikola Tesla would also claim to be in contact with off world sources through his first radio transmission towers, and it is a proven fact today that even the radiation of sunspots effects broadband transmissions. In this text, called the Book of the Law, the original Egyptian author, a scribe named Ra-Hoor-Khuit, writing for Hoor-pa-krat, who Crowley believed to be Harpocrates, describes three ages of humanity: the age of the mother, the age of the father and the age of the son. The age of the mother was said to have ended with the beginning of civilization. The age of the father was marked by paternal authorities. According to Crowley the age of the crowned and conquering child began in 1905, with his transcription of the book. This work would set the tone for the twentieth century as an age of more rapid technological progress in a shorter amount of time than ever before in recorded history. This is truly a new age. In Crowleys lifetime the world would be unified as social movements swept across the face of the globe like changing expressions of the emotions of the masses. Two world wars would bring the planet almost to the brink of total destruction, and the special theory of relativity was applied to intercontinental thermonuclear missiles, and humanity introduced to the fear of the man pushing the button. Crowley himself would go on to become one of the heads of the Golden Dawn, a new age occult order that resurrected Rosicrucianist alchemy and applied it to the Enochian system of John Dee. Crowley himself was active in an oriental influx into the order, introducing the practise of kundalini tantric yoga as useful in ritual invocation of the angelic hosts. He would go on to join and restructure a Free Masonic lodge called the ordo templi orientis, and arise to the degree of Ipsissimus, or outer head of the order. Towards the end of his lifetime Crowley had written the Book of Thoth, illustrating the shemhamforash with the tarot, or rotas, wheel of karma. Using this temporal system, the precession of the equinoxes can be measured. Thus, by the end of his life, Crowley had unified the theory of the ages of humanity with the 2000 year long ages of each sign of the zodiac as the sun rises in a different one then at the same time of year. According to the precession of the equinoxes, in the amount of time it takes the earths axis to be changed relative to the direction of the sun from one point in its orbit to the opposite point in its orbit, there is an ice age for either the southern or the northern hemisphere, depending on which pole faces away from the sun as the planets axis moves relative to its orbit. Currently sunrise on the winter solstice is

    aligning with galactic core, as visible from the north hemisphere. Since the earths axis precesses relative to the plane of the galaxy, this means we are exactly at the beginning of a north hemisphere ice age. The primary moral of the Book of the Law is Do What Thou Wilt, and because of this unorthodox hinge pin of his philosophy, which resembled the will to power described by Friedrich Nietzsche, he, as had Nietzsche before him, proclaimed himself the living embodiment of the Anti-Christ. This was probably a vanity, but his principle of the law, called thelema, Greek for the will, accounts for this sufficiently. The Roman word, thalamus, meaning bedchamber or sanctuary, is probably a derivation of thelema, since the Romanization of Greek culture was equivalent in many ways to DeSades philosophy in the bedroom. It was for this part of the Roman home that the portion of the brain was named wherein chemical electrical nervous impulses are relayed holographically to and from multiple nerve sources through single nerves. This holographic projection is very important, for it is the prophase of manifestation, and this may be the same channeling of energy described by Nietzsche as the will to power. In fact it is the philosophies of DeSade and Masoch that demonstrate the bitter ends of human will, particularly in amorous matters. Therefore it is important to distinguish between the just wills of Nietzsche and Crowley as Anti-Christ, as opposed to the corrupt ones of sadomasochists as the archetypes of Satan and Maloch. After Crowleys lifetime scientists applied genetic research sufficiently to produce an exactly replicated clone of a sheep, which Im sure he would have smiled upon. The further possibilities for genetic research open up endlessly before our eyes, allowing us free will over biological matters previously considered the domain only of doctors. For example, cures for many modern epidemic diseases will appear within less time than new epidemic diseases can naturally evolve or change form. The modern method for the treatment of cancer, or the rapid growth of a tumor, or lifeless mass, from cells that are deprived of oxygen, involves multiple source lasers, focused on the tumor using magnetic resonance imaging, to create a scalar wave field, or area of overlapping rays of extremely high frequency electromagnetic radiation. This is a far better technique than the primitive practise of giving patients radioactive barium drinks, effectively giving them cancer to treat their cancer. The laser itself derives its name from its function: light absorbing spectral emission radiation, that is a mechanical reaction inside the laser source generates a wave of probabilities to move through a wavelength of electrons absorbing photons along the way to propagate itself. When such a ray reaches the tumor and bounces off other rays like itself, it breaks apart the molecular cohesions of the cells atoms by causing the electron shells to emit photons. This is a sound cure, though only half as likely to cause radiation induced cancer relapse as barium, and can be accomplished even more easily and with less risk by mentation through the hands. It is not, however, a prevention of malignant, or even benign, tumors from forming. A genetic cure for cancer could come from the chromosomes from the pubic hair follicle stimulating hormone (fsh) that cause inherent stoppage of growth at a predetermined length being implanted in (combined with) the genetic material responsible for the creation (reproduction) of the cell wall, such that, should the cell reach a certain predetermined, maximum tolerable amount of oxygen retention by the cell wall, the nucleus would react by stopping the thickening of the cell wall as it regenerates it, allowing oxygen to evacuate the cell regularly, and preventing preemptively the stagnation leading to malignancy. One of the main causes of cancer is cigarette smoking. What would have been fatal doses of tobacco and cocain were found to have been used in the mummification process of ancient Egypt. Cigarettes also contain arsenic, which is known to kill off the micro-bacteria in the intestines that cause internal decay after death, as well as being deadly to humans. If there were a cure for cancer there would be no social

    movement against cigarettes. Cigarettes are not the only cause of cancer. The dropping of the atomic bomb only marked the beginning of the age of atomic radioactivity. There is more ambient radiation trapped inside the atmosphere by the greenhouse effect now than there has been since the times of the earliest dinosaurs. Much of this is due, ironically, to smog produced by the burning of fossil fuels, comprised of the liquified body fats of the dinosaurs. This has produced a hole in the ozone layer, letting in even more ultraviolet radiation. In addition to this the sun is now producing more radiation than it has in the last 2000 years, as it is at the peak of its sunspot cycle. All of these combined factors make cancer a risk even from only prolonged exposure to daylight. An ancient technique for life extension involved drinking water with trace amounts of gold in it. These gold atoms were thought to bond with the cell walls of the red and white blood cells and increase their efficacy. The idea of bonding human cells to metal atoms may also be behind the fluoridation, a byproduct of aluminum manufacture, of public water supplies. It is known that the ancient Romans used aqueducts lined with lead, and this lead to lead-poisoning, an effect similar to arsenic. Many modern scientists predict that in the future much of human biological dependencies will be compensated for by nanites, or microscopic robots the size of cells, with atomic mechanics, that would inhabit the human hosts living systems. Karma accumulates in centers of electromagnetic gravitational influx, which often occur along ley geodesics. As we pass between these we find our emotions change, our mood changes, and our perception of the world changes as well. This fractures the central personality into the stream of consciousness, and when the brain waves are altered into normalized wave functions it is easy to go with the flow. These are also the origins of the various different schools of religious thought, as humans migrated along trade routes and moved ideas across the land. So have we learned how tachyons, like the essence of Otherness described by Sartre or the spirits described by world religions, reflect in the form of ideological ennegrams in the neurons of the brain, upon the surface of and effecting the genetic code. B. known particles Karma is associated with many things, chief amongst them good and evil, but also with the flow of time. It provides us with an excellent example of the same principle behind the anthropomorphication of God, as karma was the first concept to be quantified symbolically. Just as the end all, be all idea of God is humanitys own idea of itself, so karma was measured as beads, or spheres, usually on a string. While this idea was busy leading to the abacus in the orient, it led to the Last Judgment scenario through Egypt into the west, where all of our good deeds and all of our bad deeds are measured against one another, and this determines if we spend eternity in a paradise or being tortured. Even though it was Jesus himself who overturned the tables of the money changers in the Temple of God, Christians unanimously view him as the one to return and judge them according to their accumulations of karma. In truth, there is no real, human God, and there is no ideal particle. Other than these two concepts, religion has no basis at all in all the history of humanity. What there is known to be, however, has only been proven by other peoples obsession with the opposite concept, a real universe and an ideal God, an agnostic spirit that eludes humanitys grasp, and at the same time is capable of fulfilling humanitys wishes. This is the same concept as karma, only with a psychological personality, and either a deistic faith or a belief in cosmically nascent emotions is only another foil of genocentric anthropomorphism. Even the concept that time is the blood of God still implies that God bleeds, and can therefore be killed, which is impossible, since there is no such thing in reality. Similarly the concept of God as the rule of irony leaves

    open the legal loophole that even the law of irony can be broken, and is thus not absolute. The fact that there are real particles, as first predicted by the Classical Greek atomist philosophers, at least proves that karma, in an amoral, non-ideal sense, is a reality, and that even human beings are composed of very small particles and waves of pure probabilistic information. In that it is taken as the mechanism for cause and effect, karma cannot be considered a moral ideal, though, because it is equivalent in quantum mechanics as a rule over time to the uncertainty principle, or the axiom that cause and effect occurs at random, and due to what is, quantifiably, nothing. According to an application of irony the existentialists believed that existence preceded essence, and only then could people use their free will to determine for each individual person whether God exists. At the same time as this great modern philosophy was being cranked out, the existence of real particles of karma was being used to argue that there is no order to the universe, ergo God. To put this in terms both the clergy and ley-scientists can understand, the randomness of real particles of karma as being the lesser, or more base and profane, aspect of the law of God, disproves the existence of God as primary motivator or intervening legislator. 1. electrons Quantum mechanics delves even deeper into existentialism, though, disagreeing with its central premise by saying that the essence of the continuum, quantum waves, did in fact preexist solid particles that form the nuclei of atoms, which form the macromolecules of matter. Therefore it is safe for modern scientists to say that electrons are older than photons, in the same way that astrophysicists have determined that black holes are older than living stars. This is because, just as a black hole once was a star, an electron goes through many different energy levels in its history as it absorbs and emits photons. If electrons are, indeed, older than other, solid quanta, this may explain their state of flux between particle and wave. Electrons are raw potential energy, and therefore can be either a probability cloud in which the charge is dispersed as an electrical field, or it can react as a particle, reflecting another solid particle off its surface. It is important to remember that electrons are both particle and wave, because one is a spike in the wave function representing probability, and the other is a waveform frequency of pure potential. a. the orbital shell as probability cloud While it is in the form of an orbital shell around a nucleus, an electron occupies all points on all orbital paths simultaneously. Imagine a soap bubble. It is the same inside and outside, air, but the surface is a seething fractal of patterns and colors. This is like an electron. An electron is like a bubble, the same inside and out, but in the case of the electron this is electromagnetic energy. Just as the bubbles surface integrity is maintained by air pressure, so to do the conditions on the inside and the outside of an electron equal one another quantitatively. However here is where the electron differs from a bubble: inside of an electron bubble the electromagnetic radiation is a negatively charged probability, while outside the electron bubble the electromagnetic radiation is positively charged potential. Because its surface is acting as an inversion between these two descriptions of the same microwave gravitational force, the electron manifests electrical charge. As I said, the charge of the electron occupies all points on the orbital shell, or bubble, ubiquitously, but the electrical force carries with it the magnetic force. Because the charge of the electron can be at any point, and the axis of orbital polarity is always perpendicular to it, then there are infinite possible positions for the magnetic poles of an electron, and we can also say that the electron therefore

    possesses infinite potential spin, or vector. In the metaphor of the bubble, the fluid dynamics of the oil on the surface of the sphere would represent the electron clouds probability. If you poke something through the surface of a soap bubble, you will see the effervescent oil slick cohere homogeneously towards that point. This is similar to the reaction of the electron cloud when acted upon by a real particle, such as a photon. b. the temporally singular electron Ordinarily the probability curve of the electron cloud would measure something like a square well, in other words, as existing for a fixed duration of time. However we have no way of knowing if this is the case or not because of the uncertainty principle. According to the laws of the uncertainty principle it is possible to measure only either an electrons trajectory (spin) or velocity (frequency), because which ever one you are observing, and can factor in geometric conservation for, the other is changed relative to the conservation effect of the first. What this means in effect is that, when a real particle strikes the surface of the electron cloud, the electrical charge coalesces into one more probable orbital history than any other, so that it has an effect on the frequency and the reflected trajectory of the photon equivalent to its own frequency and trajectory, however in that those of the electron change those of the photon, so do those of the photon change those of the electron, and since the charge immediately fades back into a cloud of potential energy, there is no way to measure any such predictable change in the orbital path of the electron. The reason for this is that the charge of the electron is one dimensional. When it is struck by a three dimensional real particle, an orbital plane makes it second dimensional. Because of its minimum possible duration, it is a temporally singular event, and this adds the dimension of time as the electrons third dimension, allowing it to act as a real particle opposite the three dimensional real particle of a photon. The temporal singularity of the electron mirrors its singularity as a point, and this wave function of probability can be measured, as a short, sharp spike rather than a square well. i. the nonsensical concept of the point Because the electrons charge is massless it is the same size as a singularity. This is a difficult concept for many modern scholars to grasp, since we are told that a singularity is a point so infinitely small that it bends spacetime in upon itself and produces the massive gravitational effect of black holes, and we do not see this same effect occurring with electrons. Here we must remember that if a singularity had spin it would have mass, while the electron has spin and yet has no mass. Instead it has an electromagnetic charge. While the singularity operates as a quantum dynamo for the gravitational force, each electron carries an infinite potential for energy. ii. the extremely small size of the electron itself If it werent for the mathematics telling us there was something there, an electron might as well not exist for us, as there is no way that we could ever perceive it. For this reason, based on their two dimensionality as charge and orbital trajectory, electrons are considered virtual particles, that is: waveforms of energy with fractional spin, existing only halfway in the material universe. As a cloud of potential they are not even measurable probability. The best way for people to understand the electron is to visualize how the gas cloud around stars gradually, over millions of years, coalesces into the spherical planets orbiting the star at their different orbital distances and speeds. This is the

    change an electron undergoes whenever it is struck by a photon. iii. the temporally singular duration of the electron itself What this spike well waveform means is that the duration of the electrons concentration into a point is of the minimum possible duration. In other words, it is only while the photon and the electron are actually in contact with one another that the existence of the electron can even be measured. During this time it can be expressed as several different reactions to the photons internal spin and projected trajectory. The only one I have described is the effect of the electron coming to a point equivalent in size to a singularity, except containing an electrical charge. Also as I have said, according to the uncertainty principle only either the frequency of the wavelength history of the electrical charge or the projected trajectory of the magnetic polar orbital rotation of the electron point can be measured at one time by the impact of a photon, because the impact of the photon changes these characteristics of the electron after reflection. The way that these are measured is by the amount of change to the opposite characteristics of the photon, where the trajectory spin of the electron changes the photons wavelength, and the wavelength of the electron changes the photons spin, or vice versa. The change to an electrons spin is therefore a precise geometric function relative to the spin of a photon colliding with it, and these changes in trajectory can therefore be measured using quantum mechanics wave mathematics. iv. the pi orbital trajectory (cut out for section six) Ordinarily, when the electron is in its square well state as a cloud of potential energy with the electrical charge dispersed throughout the surface of its orbital shell, there are infinite potential magnetic poles for it to be orbiting around. However, if the electron is brought into relationship with other electrons by a magnetic field, such that its magnetic polarity becomes a fixed function relative to all the other electrons around it, then it becomes possible to observe a single orbital trajectory of the electron charge as a point on the surface of the orbital shell. However, while it is still a cloud of potential, the electrical charge will seem to occupy all points on the surface of the orbital shell at once, because of the velocity at which it is traveling around that orbital trajectory. In this case if the electron cloud were struck by a photon only a small fraction of the electrons orbital trajectory could be projected, because it would not be known if the orbit of the electrical charge would change relative to the magnetic pole. The best way to answer this question is to study electrons in aggregate groups called fields. We find electromagnetic fields around every living thing, around the earth, and around the sun. While all of these share polarity, the orbital trajectories the electrons take as they cycle through them are determined primarily by external factors. The aura of living things is fluid and obtuse, while of those artificial things imbued with charge, rigid and precise. The ionosphere of the earth seems more or less stationary, but that of the sun coils up due to the differential rotation of the gaseous fusion engine. It is probably this last model that best reflect the behavior of the electron charge in its orbital shell. The pattern of the electromagnetic field lines of the sun, and of the projected trajectory of an electron charge in its orbital shell around the nucleus, begins at one pole and spirals around the sphere in concentric circles until it gets to the other pole. It is not known what the electrical charge does when it gets this point, but it is known from the passing of an electrical charge as a current through electrons aligned by a magnetic field that this is how the force of electromagnetic radiation is transported.

    c. absorption and reflection of photons The dependence on the use of a photon as activator for the measurement of the properties of an electron is similar to the fetish of modern astrophysicists insisting on describing only the effects of a black hole on a biological physical body, rather than performing a thought experiment on them in the laboratory of the mind. It is a malfunction of modern machinery that cannot be expected to endure as a restriction. The human mind is a very sensitive entity, and this means that it empathizes, even if only unconsciously, with every change in the environment it is within. The description of an electron being struck by a photon, therefore equates in the emotional mind to the stoning of sinners, and there is a knee jerk reaction to the nascent enlightenment involved on the one side with prayer upon some moral clich like people in glass houses shouldnt throw stones. Neither of these viewpoints is correct either the dependence upon the use of photon intervention to realize the properties of an electron, nor the idea that there is implied by this dependency the inverse necessity of prohibition. Photons are going to come into contact with electrons as long as there are photons and electrons, and when they do they will always have the same, basically predictable, results. We are not responsible for having first caused this condition of the universe to come about simply due to our meager understanding of it, and what universal effect our knowledge of the use, and abuse, of it may have remains to be seen. The observed effects researchers have collected data for using quantum probability as the unit of measurement are that when a photon strikes an electron it can do one of two things. It can be reflected, that is, the electron can act as another three dimensional real particle and bounce the photons projected trajectory off its orbital shells surface, or it can be absorbed, causing the orbital shell of the electron to expand to a higher energy level. If an electrons orbital shell level is not on the base line frequency of the lowest energy shell level, then it can also emit a photon if struck by another photon. i. absorption and dissolution between real particles The idea that one real particle that has whole number spin in three dimensions and another particle that can act as a real particle, a solid against which another solid can reflect, can also dissolve together into a new function that acts entirely like a wave is an astounding concept. However, according to the principle of relativity, which states that matter and energy are relative, and that of uncertainty, which states that potential energy and probability wells are interchangeable over time, this is a simple fact of natural science. As I described earlier, the photon carries no charge, and therefore what it is contributing to the energy of the electron is the radiation of tachyons. When these are absorbed into the field of potential of the electron cloud, it increases its distance from the nucleus, and maintains the same velocity (or increases its velocity and keeps the same distance, but to find out a scientist would have to measure it again, and to do so would disturb it, and thus change its conditions). Because the electrons positions of orbital shells are determined by the microwavelengths of tachyons emanating into the nucleus, when more are combined with them from the potential of a photon, it simply serves to lengthen the measure of the wavelengths of tachyons, and move the electrons orbital shell out further from the nucleus. In order to compensate for the additional energy, the electron moves over a greater distance in its orbital trajectory in the same amount of time. However if there is not another electron that stays as a place holder in the base energy level state, the electron will emit the photon and fall back down to the lower energy level shell. ii. energy shells and the conservation of reverse spin

    The reason quantum mathematics indicates the electron changes orbital energy level shell when it absorbs a photon is the conservation of spin. When the electron absorbs the photon it absorbs its particle spin and wave trajectory components, and this additional information expands the parameters of the orbital shell. This demonstrates a rule with two particles quantum physicists believe still applies even if there is only one particle or wave contributing effect: the law of reverse spin. According to this outlandish axiom, in potential every particle is moving in the exact opposite way as probability allows us to observe. The reason we are observing things spinning the directions they do is because this reverse spin is conserved on a higher dimensional level. When two particles with different spins, such as, in particular, the photon and the electron, interact, they represent two reverse spins combining to form a higher dimensional spin, and this accounts for the effect of the increased information expanding the electrons orbital shell. iii. reflection and trajectory spin When a photon is absorbed and emitted from an electron cloud, it happens so fast it is virtually simultaneous. This gives the effect that the photon, as a real particle, is bouncing off the electron, which it is thought would have to be acting like a real particle. I have demonstrated how this is merely a function of the factoring in of information from various different dimensions of spin, and we see that it is these same factors of spin that are changed by the collision and reflect combined trajectory spin. These change for both the photon and the electron, however it is only by weighing the measurements of spin as dimensions for a photon and then bouncing it off of an electron and subtracting the change that we can currently comprehend the characteristics of the electron beforehand, and doing so changes these characteristics for the electron. So, while our knowledge of the whole number spin, real particle photon can be more or less absolute, our knowledge of the electron is confined by the uncertainty principle to be incomplete. What we can observe are the three precise factors of spin that can be catalogued according to the first three dimensions, and relate these two between the photon and the electron. Therefore we can make predictions for both based on the measurements obtained from either. 2. photons Two fractional spin virtual electrons do not make a whole spin real photon unless they are both orbiting the same nucleus and one is emitted as a photon. Of the quarks and gluons and other quanta inside an atomic nucleus are held together very much like the electrons in orbital shells surrounding them that can combine with other atoms to form molecules. Other than this the various gauge bosons, mesons, protons and neutrinos are all more or less free particles that do not bind together except as upon wavelengths to transmit a carrier force. Photons are one such boson, or large, real particle, with long vectors, and wavelength histories so long they comprise the spectrum of visible light, which is only a little bit shorter than audible sound waves, which are so long in frequency that they actually disrupt the particles of air, which are macromolecules of oxygen atoms and water molecules. In other words, even though it is of a size that it can interact with an electron, which is the same, massless, size as a singularity or hole in spacetime, a photon is still one of the larger quantum particles that occupy Hilbert space. In the light of relativity, physicists seeking a general unified field theory concluded that the emission of very large particles from radioactive elements undergoing decay is equivalent to the propagation of force through the continuum of smaller elements such as the large photons and the very small electrons. However, following this, their attempts to find a very large particle responsible for the propagation of the

    force of gravity over vast distances has failed. This, it is believed, would unify both the gravitational and the weak nuclear force to the electromagnetic spectrum. However there already is a form of radiation that, according to superstring theory, some scientists are coming to believe may be responsible for the propagation of the gravitational force. It may be because of this form of radiation that the large, real photon can interact with the infinitely small, massless electron. a. a particle of radiation: real energy In the same way that an electron is a force carrying wave form of the electromagnetic spectrum, so is a photon a force carrying particle of that same form of energy. Just as an electron carries a charge, a photon carries light. Just as a charge can be passed along a series of electrons arranged in a magnetic field, so is it by the motions of photons along wavelengths of light rays that everything we see is brought to our eyes. Just as radiowaves are actuated by the propagation of an electrical charge (and so is it now thought for large particle radioactive decay), so are photons the carrier particles for the propagation of radiation. Many photons begin their lives as the potential electrical charge of an electron. b. the mystery of histories In the same way that an electron is represented over time as a wavelength of energy, so also is the trajectory of a photon or other real particle over time measured as a wavelength. In both cases this is a two dimensional wavelength unless it is a factor of vector in three dimensions, including particle spin (polar displacement), orbital rotation (surface vector) and projected trajectory (wavelength history). If the electron cloud is moving, it will posses these traits, and if the photon is moving, it will posses these traits. These wavelength histories are associated with the electromagnetic spectrum, but they are the measure of the force carrying particles of all four elemental forces, and these are all the particles that are known; therefore the wavelengths represent a sort of unification of the four elemental forces, and in a way a transcendence, revealing that underlying all of these is dimensionality itself. i. the coexistence of particle spin and wave emanation While cosmologists now believe that the four elemental forces originally diverged from one another due to the separation of matter and energy, it is also believed that energy preexisted matter, and that, through the process of matterenergy exchange, all existing matter will eventually return to energy. In fact, even the matter that does exist, does not exist for very long, and it is only because matter is being continually passed through phases of energy that it is created more often than it is destroyed now. While both exist they interact. The waves of emanation form fields of potential while the spinning real particles form probability wells. Everything looks much the same on the atomic scale as on the interstellar scale, although much, much more active. The difference in levels of activity between the two determines the number of dimensions there are in the multiverse. In the same way that there are no patterns of similarity on the intermediary dimensional levels of the multiverse because there are only ordered forms occurring as patterns of vibrational frequency on certain harmonic scales, and on these levels we see these similar forms occurring. So it is with matter and electromagnetic energy and the greater wavelengths of dimensional planes comprising the higher function of their geometrical organization. Such wavelengths are best evidenced in tachyons, the microwavelengths that compress the vacuum of uncertainty into a solid particle of

    light. ii. strobing light reveals droplets from a waterfall Just like the water from a waterfall appears continuous, so to do the wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrum appear continuous. However, when the water in a waterfall is exposed to strobe light, it becomes clear that the water is comprised of discontinuous droplets, each one self contained and separate from the others. Similarly, if you reduce the frequency of electromagnetic radiation to a single pulse, the spirals of the dimensional waves will combine to form the spin of a singular quantum particle. This is the way to distinguish between the wavelengths of matter, which exist only as the measure at any one time from one peak to the next, or from one trough to the next, from the wavelengths of energy, that takes up a whole series of peaks and troughs in potential. c. the illumination of a single photon Science has discovered what mathematics predicted: that inside each quantum packet of dimensional spin wavelengths, there are smaller such wavelengths acting upon and permeating the quantum information units, and these comprise individual particles of even smaller quanta, the microwave tachyons. In the case of photons what we are actually seeing is the concentration of tachyons in a vortex at such a frequency that they actually solidify uncertainty, causing it to radiate, or emit, tachyons. When the photon moves through space it is really these tachyon microwavelengths transporting the probability for such a spherical solid along an emanation of force propagation. i. microwave radiation In the same way that the radioactivity of large particle elements, the radiotransmission on electromagnetic bandwidths, and the radiation of emitted photons are all considered synonymous, so may microwavelength tachyons be considered gravitational radiation. These are equivalent to superstrings, that propagate in dense, ultra-fine wavelengths, upon dimensional planes, in resonant frequency forms, and therefore manifest a particle force carrier. 3. tachyons My theories regarding tachyons are based on the comparison of three separate theories and studies. These are, in no particular order: a study conducted by a laboratory in America that showed that, when projected through a solid medium, it was possible to propel an electromagnetic wavelength faster than the speed of light; the description by Robert Lazar of lenticular antigravity craft that use microwave technology propulsion systems; and the theory of tachyons as a faster than light particle. The rest of my descriptions are based on extrapolative interpolations of geometry on the predicted behaviors of such a theoretical particle. Let me repeat this: the tachyon is a theoretical particle. Despite the study of microwavelengths, there is no public scientific link between the concept of microwave energy and the scientifically theoretical faster than light particle popularly known as the tachyon. To say this goes against the scientific community, because it has only been recently that the weak nuclear force has been associated with the electromagnetic force, and this has been a concession on the side of very large particles, rather than ultra-fine energy. Furthermore the search for a graviton as a force carrying particle for gravity has been based on its being thought

    to be a very large particle as well, since the force that it propagates effects very large scales. In other words I represent a very special link through which these three fields of research can come together, however to me they are only one idea out of many, many millions more in potential. The stage is set for much bolder research to come, however now the limitations are largely mechanical. Because of the nature of our own minds we are being forced to confront the constituent components of the more and more finite dimensions as pure data, for we have no other method with which to perceive beyond the lowest levels. Therefore, tachyons can remain a theory, irregardless of my facts and research, just as well as they can remain a fact, regardless of all the failed attempts at proving them or disproving them thus far by the rest of the scientific community. a. temporally inverted energy What it means for a tachyon to move faster than the speed of light is that the information unit of its carrier particle would reach a destination before a wavelength of photons emitted at the same time from the same source from the same distance through any medium. If you consider the fact that photons are the carrier particles for the entire electromagnetic spectrum, from very slow ultraviolet, to very fast infrared, at a speed faster than known to be traveled by any other particle or form of radiated energy, then to say that tachyons travel faster isnt really like saying that tachyons just break the light barrier as much as like saying that tachyons break the law of entropy, or the forward flow of timespace, since photons are the fastest form of particle decay and energy redistribution. In reality this is not the case since as a form of microwave energy tachyons merely represent a faster form of entropy, but according to general relativity, which also introduced the gravitational constant, this was considered very much the case for anything that challenged the fixed constant of the speed of light. In other words, to say that tachyons move backward in time might be considered at best an illusion and at worst an anachronism of absurd axioms. However this is in fact exactly what they do, since they involute upon themselves in a torus shape, tunneling through from the top pole to the bottom pole as they are projected through space. At the same time that their outside moves forward in time along its projected trajectory, their inside moves backward. When one of these is expanded into a wormhole, it is possible for someone to enter it and travel through timespace. i. microwave radiation and the material horizon Although it is only due to a quirk of its design that an individual tachyon can be thought of as traveling simultaneously forwards and backwards in time, it is a very real fact that this theoretical particle, because it has not been proven, exists outside the material domain. No known particle can be projected faster than a photon. When any other form of particle is sped up towards the speed of light, it disintegrates, its cinders impacting with equivalent sized particles with opposite spin. The idea that a particle is traveling faster than a photon is derived entirely from the ancient belief in an astral light and spiritual realm. ii. beyond the speed of light Can you see by the light of a single photon? It is a packet of information, a collection in three dimensions of different spin vectors, whose combined effect measures as its projected trajectory and illumination. This combined unit of information is the Light by which we see a photon, and it is by the light of photons

    that we know the world. Each one of the vectors of the three separate dimensions of the real photon comprises its own microwavelength, and each one of these is the history of a tachyon. It is probably the same tachyon that we are seeing, only intermittently hidden from view in another dimension, appearing like a pulsar. A tachyon is more than just a particle traveling faster than light, it represents a particle that can flow opposite the direction of the projected trajectory of the particle emitting it and therefore opposite the flow of entropy as defined by a photon. Therefore it is a particle of time, that is, it is a meta-object of the fourth dimension. iii. the gravitational pull of these wavelengths Because they are moving against the wake of fluid dynamic entropy, the theoretical particle of the tachyon would create a counter spin equal and opposite to that force in which it was in suspension. This would mean that it would be a force that moved opposite the standard cause and effect progression of the rest of the entropic forces, which all radiate force outward from a central point. This force would have to attract and pull exactly opposite these other forces standard flow of progressive entropy. The force that we can see doing this now is gravity. It is still generally thought that the graviton particle would be a large particle, since its force is propagated on the scale of planets, stars and galaxies. However, as an energy, such as a microwavelength between quanta, all that a tachyon would need to be able to propagate force on very large scales would be to act upon a fractal framework, or pattern of gnomonic or exponential expansion. And in fact we do see all of these things happening. iv. on their rapid projection outside the universe Because tachyons would, theoretically, propagate faster than the speed of light that defines the material horizon of our three dimensional universe, they involute faster than the parameters of the real universe and exist outside of and beyond it. Most attempts at accelerating particles to the speed of light result in explosion, an effect known as antimatter, as probabilities and their exact inversions collide. Tachyons would, theoretically, implode so fast that they would finish before they started, and would thus be invisible. All the lesser results were called antimatter, and it is important to remember that tachyons are an anti-energy. Mathematically they are still more complex than this, as their insides are moving backwards through time at the combined speed of both their external influx and their frequency of projected trajectory, which is obviously faster than their external surface involution alone when they are in motion. There is a specific bending of the quantum uncertainty of the fabric of the spacetime continuum into a phi over pi spiral on the surface of a torus, and in this we see that the phi involution moves a greater distance in the same amount of time, and therefore is moving faster, than the outside revolution of the pi surface. Therefore, even if what we were seeing were only a photon with an electromagnetic charge, and the surface of the tachyon were traveling at the speed of light, the inside of it would still be traveling faster than the speed of light, and therefore entropy, and therefore would be moving backward in time. b. the torus shape The torus is the shape of a hypersphere at antipode. If a tachyon is involuting backwards through time, and is therefore like a particle of time, then its shape must be a metaform, or fourth dimensional solid. These are known by their third dimensional shadows, such as the hypercube, or cube within a cube, and hypersphere, or sphere within a sphere. When these fourth dimensional shapes are

    moved through the virtual plane of the third dimension, the metaforms of their shadows in three dimensions change. The hypercube becomes the cube, the double cube, the octaholohedron, the hypercross and the hypercube; the hypersphere becomes the sphere and torus. The pattern of a vector on the surface of such a particle is a phi over pi spiral as it follows pi upward and around the outside of the surface and then phi down into the center of the upper pole and through to below. i. a sphere from the side If it were seen from the side a tachyon would probably appear like a sphere, if it even appeared at all. Like the electron it would be comprised of a singularity sized point with a polarity fixed by trajectory in a differentially rotating pi orbital path around the surface of a spherical probability well. However, while the very large photon and very small electron are still of relative size, what they share in common is their substance tachyons. The photon emits tachyons and the electrons orbital energy level shell is based upon them. Therefore it is natural for the tachyons to have the same behavior as both the photon as a real particle and the electron as a wave of potential. This is what is expressed in their combined external spin, projected trajectory, and involuting influx. ii. the hole through the poles As the whole of the tachyons outer surface differentially rotates in a tightly coiled pi spiral from the past to the future pole, it simultaneously slices through the center of the tachyon in a phi spiral to emerge from the past pole. Similarly, if a particle possessing exact counter spin to a tachyon were created, it would lead into the future. This is more theoretical than even the theoretical tachyons themselves, though. Instead the function of the tachyons seems to be to establish and preserve order through gravitation, opposite the dissolution of entropy, so that things stay as much the same from moment to moment as possible. This is the most theoretical extent of all their possible applications, and acts as much the same as Einsteins gravitational constant or the ancient concept of the ether as a unified field, or spirit as the unification of the four elements. iii. expanding it into a wormhole The places from which we find tachyons emitting in space are black holes gas jets, which are ejected from the poles of the spinning black holes as they accelerate all the matter-energy they will consume to asymptotically faster than the speed of light, and only a few tachyons escape. Inside the tachyon surface of the black hole, that makes it absorb photon light and gives black holes their name, is the gravitational singularity that began accumulating mass by spinning. The tachyon surface itself is called the event horizon, because inside of it is an event that is taking place outside the confines of the visible material universe. It is defined by the Schwarzschild radius, which is a function of the spin of the singularity. However the surface of it is similar to a soap bubble, just like an electron. Here we see the infinite potential dimensions of the multiverse, each leading to its own universe, all gravity distortions to the surface of spacetime by the singularity hole in spacetime that leads to the one real baby universe. To enter into any one of these universes is to be pulled into the singularity, and the matter energy of your mass to be converted into its inversion in the baby universe, unless you are made of tachyons and can escape the gravitational pull, in which case it is possible to find oneself exiting from another point in the same universe, far away from the tachyons around the black hole. It is also possible, again by using tachyons, to create such a dimensional warping effect in space without the presence of a gravitational singularity.

    c. flatline history Ironically, because tachyons are contrary to uncertainty as having constant characteristics, they are considered improbable, and therefore remain theoretical. Because of the fact that they cannot exist according to the laws in this reality, they have no history. This is merely a further characteristic of their dimensionality, in that a particle that cannot exist in the moment cannot exist from one moment to the next. Therefore tachyons are considered to be removed from and beyond the confines of not only the first three dimensions, being its polarity, orbit and involution, but from the fourth temporal dimension as well. Because its shape is based on a metaform, or the third dimensional shadow of a fourth dimensional form, and the particle itself is removed from even the fourth dimension, then we are truly looking at something fifth dimensional here, and that seems to agree with the harmonic octave and divided decade forms of the elements of the material universe. To imagine this form of anti-history, think of a standard spiraling wavelength measuring the forward flow of change to the vector of a particle over time. Now imagine that this is an exactly flat electromagnetic field line. This is where tachyons occur, where we see microwavelength electromagnetic radiation sped up beyond the speed of light, such as in the gas jets of a black hole. i. contained temporal singularity In the same way that the electron warps magnetism, the spinning singularity warps spacetime, and tachyons warp timespace. The electron warps magnetism through tachyons, the singularity warps spacetime through gravity, and tachyons warp timespace through the matter-energy exchange that is realitys cause and effect. In that they are free of the rules of the fourth dimension, they are bound exclusively to it for their form, which is expressed as potential radiation. Tachyons are exclusively waves, in the same way that photons are exclusively particles, and electrons can act as either. For this reason they propagate force according to the underlying geometries of the fourth dimension. Electrons, being half like them in this respect, but confined to temporal finitude by their third dimensional solid counterparts, are also fields of pure potential energy. In the fourth dimension there is infinite potential energy. In the fifth dimension there is infinite potential spin. The manifestation of such spin within the realm of potential energy is a tachyon. The manifestation of such energy in the realm of the real third dimension is an electron. d. emission in the known universe from black holes As I have already described, the best known source of faster than light radiation in the universe is in the gas jets emitting from the poles of rotating black holes. Black holes rotate, and as they do they speed up all the matter-energy approaching them to the speed of light, and convert it all into ultraviolet light. Behind this the light is accelerated even further, however this is the limit of the Schwarzschild radius, and we can see no more beyond it with modern instruments. If we could we would see that inside is a mass of churning wormholes tachyons perpetually inflating and deflating, all leading to the singularity, where a baby universe inflated by the consumed mass bubbles off from the surface of spacetime. The tachyons rotation is counter the rotation of the photons being absorbed because it inverts the information of their spin from matter into energy, and for this reason the tachyon surface of the event horizon rotates differentially around the black hole like the electromagnetic field of a star. When it gets to the poles, however, it cannot tunnel through to the pole at the opposite side, as the torus pattern of the individual

    tachyon seems to indicate fractally, and it is no more likely for the tachyons on the surface to open up and fall in towards the singularity at these points than at any other, and so the effect is that some of the tachyons escape. The electromagnetic field lines invert their direction and extend out in perfectly straight lines from the poles. What we are seeing in the gas jet of a black hole is much like what we see in the accretion disk of the black hole, which is, ironically, alot of iron. It is not because of the mass of the iron atoms that they are prevalent in the ultraviolet corona of the black hole and may also be common in the gas jets, but because they can carry an electromagnetic charge and may therefore be acting as a conductor for tachyons. Then we would see their behavior as similar to ashes dancing around a fire, carried in the convection currents. Further we see that a solid medium is necessary to conduct microwavelength energy faster than the speed of light. It is in this form that the black hole vents its excess energy, that is, whatever it consumes more than it can digest at the same time, and stabilizes itself relative to the progressive flow of entropy. i. wormholes and black holes The event horizon is the boundary of the mass of the black hole defined by the barrier of its gravitational inversion of matter-energy to beyond the speed of light known as the Schwarzschild radius. The surface of this is black because it even absorbs photons, but just above this is a photosphere where the matter it is consuming is being spun up and dragged around it at asymptotically the speed of light. This light is transparent however, since it is all being dragged back down to the surface of the black hole. Around the black hole is an ultraviolet corona of particles being sped up to the speed of light and pulled very rapidly into it. It is by this light that it is possible to see the effects the gravitational inversion beyond light are having on the clear light halo of the very dark sphere. On the black holes surface are an infinite number of tachyons, each swirling inward toward the black hole and outward from it at the same time. These are warped around the surface of it so that there are an infinite number around the edge of the visible curvature of its face, and only one very large one expanded into a wormhole at the nearest point. Nothing about this description contradicts anything astrophysicists predict about black holes. In fact it is a confirmation of their repeated descriptions of the effects on a clock of it being dropped into a black hole. According to these descriptions the clock would slow down as it passed the event horizon, until eventually it would stop altogether when it reached the singularity. This is merely their allegory to illustrate that time would have stopped, and in truth the clock would have been smashed into atoms before it could even get close to the event horizon. e. making tachyons on your own Tachyons are the product not only of very short wavelength, high frequency microwaves traveling through the electrons of a solid medium. If there were a chain of electrons arranged pole to pole, and a tachyon were traveling through them, it would follow not only the flat line history of jumping from the point of one pole to the next that is only the internal involution of the tachyon. Its surface would also undulate over and under the external surfaces of all the electron clouds, without disturbing them from their orbital shells. Thus, to create a tachyon, one would have to project not one microwavelength, but two identical, opposite frequencies, in perfect symmetry pairing, from between which the tachyon would emerge. This is called a null wave, and the tachyon the zero point energy. Experimentation of this nature using harmonic scalar waves has been ongoing since the turn of the twentieth century. Tachyons also occur in the neuron stacks, columns and pillars of the brain.

    The potential energy carried inside the myelin sheath from axon to dendrites in each nerve of the nervous system also creates tachyons, as does the fibrillator of the heart. C. known energies In addition to the particles I have listed there are many others that can be classified as belonging to the electromagnetic spectrum, and these are all force carriers for the fifth force that unifies the other four, the force of light. It is light that causes gravity in the form of tachyons. It is light that strikes and bends electric charge, and the electric charge is light. It is light that is generated when two particles are fused together, and light that knocks the nuclei out of other atoms. The force of light has been known throughout history as being associated with the concept of the ideal. For example, to carry a torch for someone is still considered noble. The spirit is called the light body, or body of light. Nowadays science knows of many properties of light, but it is only the tip of the ice berg. The work on resonant harmonic variable frequencies is literally music to the ears. It is also becoming clear that the work on holographs and holograms will yield us representations in virtual reality of the resonant metaforms of higher dimensions, such as fractals already have for quaternions. 1. charged particles from all four forces The force of light is not just the force of electromagnetic radiation. It is also the large particles of radioactive decay, and the superstrings of gravity. Light in its fine aspect, however, as an electrical charge with magnetic potential, can be found present in particles from every one of the four forces, while it is absent in only a few particles, such as the photon, in which it is replaced by radiation. 2. the entropic bubble Entropy is often associated with the linear polarity of time, and in this way time is often thought of as being linear and two dimensional. This leads to the concept of the continuum of spacetime being the two dimensional surface of a three dimensional universe expanding in the fourth dimension. This seems like a fairly straight forward description, except that, in three dimensions, the universe appears to be expanding outward in all directions at once. If earth were only a point on the surface of an expanding sphere, then perpendicular to the surface of spacetime there would be no other stellar bodies until the opposite surface of the sphere. This is obviously not the case. This is because it is not the third dimension that is expanding. This is only what appears to be happening because it is thought that the doppler effect is responsible for the red shifting of the photon emission spectrum of intergalactic light. However this is an optical illusion. The expansion is actually going on in the fourth spatial dimension, which underlies the three dimensions that we perceive, and is the substance of the surface of spacetime that is made visible in photons and measured by the speed of light. The substance is pure potential energy and the motion through it is light, not only in the form of photons, but in the form of tachyons. It is the self-propagation of these tachyons holographically that causes the universe to expand, and is responsible for the effect of entropy, or the fourth temporal dimensions passage through us. It is now possible to predict, based on different possible geometries for spacetime and the observed mass and age of the universe, according to the laws of physics, if and when our universe will end. This factors into similar eschatological systems. Rather than either expanding indefinitely and fizzling out or collapsing

    inward and compressing back into nothing, the voids in the walls and filaments might be seen as expanding holognomonic forms, or even that the photons themselves on their carrier waves of superstring tachyons might amount to only Maya, or illusion. One such system is the Mayan, which dates three previous destructions of the world, each by a different element, and another to occur on December 12, 2012 gregorian, the last, by fire. Another is the Hindu system, which describes how the universe is a dream in the mind of God, and ends when He awakens. 3. the cyclotronic vortex When the energy of light moves through the lower dimensions, from the first dimensional electrical charge to the fourth dimensional probability cloud, it creates a whirling spiral concourse, and this is measured as spin. Spin is measured as an effect in the other dimensions, but, since even fifth dimensional tachyons posses involution spin, it is a cause in a dimension above all the rest. Without light acting as an intermediate carrier dimension between it and the manifest realm it would have no effect, however, and the temporal aspect of the fourth spatial dimension would end. According to the standard aging of stars, those in the galaxies furthest away from us and most of those even only a few hundred million light years away are already dead, and this wave of destruction is sweeping through the universe towards us behind and beneath the illusion of light they gave off so long ago. 4. the time tunnel As I have described, entropy is a function of the temporal involution of the universe through infinite potential tachyons. History itself is going through this time tunnel, leading as much from the more disordered future to the more ordered past as from the more disordered past to the more ordered present. There is no question as to the history of karma: what goes around, comes around; right before anything became past it was the future. There is no such thing as the here and now. 5. body jumping Time can be stopped in death. In this state the spirit can perceive itself as apart from the body. It moves freely. The mind is just its shadow. The flowing stream of the font of consciousness is a well at the surface of an underground spring and the spirit is the radiation of ley lines out from it. Nietzsche said, man is a rope stretched across the abyss. Many people have read Nietzsche, and have found themselves as such. Thus they constitute the fibrous network of the multiverse, a dimension accessible through the relaxed concentration of consciousness. The only thing hindering the common person from their day dreams is moral guilt for being able to have them. Otherwise we would all be able to freely admit to one another that we can see through each others eyes. Our hearts beat with one another. We even breathe with one another. Rhythms flow through us and between one another and these are harmonic frequencies that we like to cuddle. Spirits are living karma that can move about between people in the form of consequence. Our phi/pi genetic coded DNA is manifest spirit. It is both matter and spirit, form and function, monkey and God.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    V::Regal:Rosicrucians
    Regional::Blue:Isocahedron::EM:Mars::Aries:Scorpio::Nefesh Open to the "Argentum Astrum" or outer three degrees of co-masonry (OES) to join consult the Zohar Bereshit B, the Book of Enki, Genesis Apocrypha. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets of the ancient "law," the right understanding and meaning of which have long since been forgotten. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    :: the "name of the "rose" ::

    This is the "Rose" that "grew" over the "ruins." ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the four cardinal direction, elemental "Watch Towers" of the Enochian system. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the Tarot ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these diagrams will show you how to fold the "kamea" #-squares around a Pythagorean spiral. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    primer on sacred ratios ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    here is my knowledge lecture on the meaning of the titles of V Regal Rosicrucians.


    Regional::Blue:Isocahedron::EM:Mars::Aries:Scorpio::Nefesh The first title is "Regional." This refers to the rank and file that the "Rosicrucians" are those representing a region within a larger hierarchy. The titles for such a position are plural in the extreme, and none others need be mentioned here. Think of the regions on a map of the earth. Now think of these moving as the earth rotates around its axis, exchanging day for night relative to which side of the earth is facing the sun. Now think of these moving as the earth revolves around the sun, and observe how this divides the days and nights into the different degrees of the four seasons. Now see that the different "Regions" of earth develop warm climates over time due to the length of the days they face the sun in warm seasons, when earth and the sun are near. Now see that the different "Regions" of earth become cold from facing away from the sun for longer durations. But look, there is more. See how, just as these "Regions" of earth are subject to hot and cold climates for different periods over the ages, so too do the magnetic poles of earth occasionally reverse the direction of their charge. This is because none of these periods is exactly equal. None of the orbits are regular, all are oblate or elliptical, obliquely angled to one another. None of the rotations are perfectly circumferential of a single polar region, because the axis wobbles, which also causes the electromagnetic poles to reverse at certain times, which happens when the geographic and electromagnetic poles coincide and overlap. All of this happens with aperiodicity in location, duration, etc., meaning that the planet earth is never in the same exact location when the periods of ages, seasons of climates and features of "Regions" are all one way as it was the last time they were, and it never twice has the same exact climate and regions for the same amount of time. However the "Regions" the "Rosicrucians" really govern over are perfectly periodic. There will, they calculate, come a time when all of these events overlap and occur together. When there is the first noticeable change in the climates, we humans have celebrated holidays. We therefore venerate the transitional periods between climatological plateaus. These themselves, calculate the Rosicrucians, gradually pass through dual phases, like night and day. One of these phases, night for day, is when all the orbits, rotations and poles are wobbling, alternating and aperiodic. The other, day for night, is when all the orbits, rotations and poles are straight, and equal, and even. At least, so calculate the Rosicrucians. This is the meaning of the "true" Rose, for just as the "false" or "fallen" rose signifies to the common mind the Cross, so too does the cross in the mind of the enlightened conjure up the idea of a Rose. This means that, as we have raised up the minds of men since the early Renaissance, the five-petaled rose has been associated in the mind with the thorns of that vine. Just as the crown of thorns was placed upon the head of Christ to mark, that is, to stain or taint, the Majesty of his blood, red as a rose. So, too, when a True Rosicrucian sees a rose by any other name, he will only see a remarkable pattern, and this pattern is exemplified by the Grand Cross of the planets in the zodiac. The "Grand Cross" occurs when any number of the terrestrial planets align with any number of the Jovian planets at the same time as they both align with earth. There are any number of incredibly complex geometric variations on these perameters of course, however all we need to know in order to be able to make calculations, that is,

    predictions, about future climate changes in our various "Regions" is what exact alignment and of how many planets we are closest to, which, that is, has happened most recently, or is about to happen next. For example, a "Grand Cross" alignment of earth with the seven planets known to the ancient alchemists as metals occurred on May the fifth, Gregorian calendar year 2000. Because the event itself occurred on a specific date (that is, within the year 2000) on an anciently reckoned calendar tends to indicate that such events occur cyclically. Thus, there is some form of harmony that was perceived by those calculating our current calendar with the "Grand Cross" alignment and possibly among many, many others. However let us pause for only this moment to consider the "Grand Cross" alignment of 5-5-2000 of the seven Alchemical planets. This is the Rosy-Cross. The Rose of Seven Petals, that is, the True Rose, is the planets in the alignment of their orbits, and the True Cross is the alignment of their orbits itself. However, the True Rose-Cross is even more than this. Infinitely more. For consider the strange "twisting" into three dimensions of the Pythagorean arrangement of seven, or for that matter five, number-squares, and you will behold how the Cross becomes the Rose over Time. Now, it is obvious that the Pythagorean arrangement of "magic" number squares will fold up regardless of whether it includes seven, five, or any number of squares. The use of seven in specific, and related by Alchemists to the metals, and by astrologers to planets refers directly to the "Grand Cross" of seven planets that occurred on 5-52000. So we say that, this seven-planet "Grand Cross" must have occurred before, and it must have occurred a duration previous and a duration hence from now that, while not equal, are harmonious, and while not precisely periodic, are calculable. In this way learn that the seven planets associated by the ancient Alchemists with the seven planets of astronomy with metals, does not mean these seven were the only planets known to ancient astronomers any more than these seven were the only metals known to ancient metallurgists. These were, however, chosen by the cult of Alchemists among the metallurgists, and by the cult of astrologers among the astronomers, as being significant of something else, that is, referring to something greater. The greater thing that these seven refer to is the alignment of the same seven heavenly spheres on 5-5-2000. The Alchemists and the Astrologers recognised the significance of periodicity in time. The astrologers sought to predict events based on the positions of the planets in the heavens. The alchemists sought to find a way of ingesting superconductive metal that would result in immortality. These both reflect that the alchemists and the astrologers contemplated time as it was made manifest in the combinations of patterns that comprise natural phenomena. In other words, their studies as metallurgists and astronomers had led them to discover the inherent periodicity that underlies the seeming aperiodicity of cyclical events. In still other words, they re-discovered for us all by each discovering for themselves that by comparing objects in nature one can see the repetition of events over time. In the simplest words possible, if you want to make a model of the planetary alignments, all you need to use are different coloured stones. The second title is "Blue." This is the meaning of the Blue Rose: the rose is red because it is reflecting electrons of the wavelength our intra-occular cones register as "red." The "red-shift" of the galaxies is a similar effect, and it is how we know that spacetime is expanding as all the visible galaxies in the universe appear to be moving away from us and one

    another, thus portraying a red-shift to their spectral emissions as the wavelengths are elongated due to the Doppler effect on rays of photic radiation. Basically, red photon radiation has shorter wavelengths than, say, blue photic radiation. Now, in the same way that different stars appear different colours as they age through and around the "main sequence" because of the content of the gas vacuumed in and ignited by the star's initial nova, so too do galaxies appear red-shifted not because spacetime in between galaxies is increasing, it is that the spacetime interior to the galaxies is decreasing. All formed galaxies have black holes in them. Spiral galaxies have one at the centre. These black holes are vacuuming in spacetime within the galaxies toward their centres, however the depth of a black hole is thought to be capable of tunneling to nearly the beginning of spacetime, when the forces split following the "big bang." Therefore, when we look through our telescopes into the deep field of the filaments walls and voids of our local universe, galaxies appear redshifted, because the galaxies are being consumed into themselves. This causes the optical illusion of the space between them increasing. So it is too with the Rose. It absorbs every colour of the spectral wavelengths of photic light, however red it reflects. This means that the rose is really the opposite colour of the light that is bouncing off it. It is, in essence, every colour other than the one it appears to be. However to depict a rose of every colour other than red by mixing pigments is impossible. Therefore we say "in essence" because we mean, electromagnetically, and by "electromagnetically" we mean by making use of photic light. Therefore, to depict a rose of "every colour other than red," we use the "shorthand" of a blue rose, because blue is the exact inversion of red on the colour spectrum. The reason for wanting to depict a Blue Rose is to see the "false" or "fallen" rose as it truly is. Why is blood red? It is because of the pigmentation hues of our platelet cells inside our plasma. However, were we to see this colour as it truly is, it would be blue. This is the way it appears through our semi-translucent epidermis while it still flows inside the capillaries, veins and arteries beneath. The vein beneath the skin looks blue. This is because no light is reaching the blood directly. Therefore it is reflecting the opposite colour wavelength of photic radiation than if it were exposed to light. It is like seeing a silhouette through paper. The paper is white, and the light is white, but the shadow is black. This is because the light can slightly permeate the paper, but it cannot pass through the object casting the shadow. This is why the paper is white with light, but the object behind it is dark. It is dark because it has mass. In the same way, blood inside the vein looks the opposite colour as it does outside the vein. Some would say that the blood of aenoemics and other rarities of blood-type comprise the "blue-blood" de facto royal families of the super-wealthy among the power elites. This of course is not true, for we see one generation thrust up by no greater factors than dumb luck, only for their third, or fifth, or even seventh generation lose this fortune to chance fate. We would not see otherwise random occurrences such as these were the randomly wealthy by blood descended exclusively from, say, ancient pharaohs of Egypt, ancient Roman Emperors, etc. Those who subscribe to this form of "pseudo-science" trace the lineage of the "blue-bloods" back to the Rh- plasma, that lacks the gene of the Rhesus monkey. Rhesus monkeys are from Indonesia and have been found at one time or another across Oceania from Australia and New Zealand to the Indian sub-continent. Most of humanity, eugenicists claim, descended from Rhesus monkeys. The "blue-bloods" however, they claim, are a rare strand of human that did not evolve from the Rhesus monkey. However when asked to back these very scientific-sounding claims up using further scientific evidence, the eugenicists cannot, and so resort to vague quotes from early Hebrew scripture. Instead, the

    scientific fact of the Rh- "blue bloods" is that they do possess the potential genetic combination recognised as the Rhesus monkey gene, however it is scrambled up in un-used, "junk" DNA, and has not been "activated" by the RNA enzyme cellular replication process. Far from making these "blue-bloods" anything as fanciful as "inter-dimensional reptiles from Draco," scientific evidence indicates that it is likely due to the redistribution of populations over the generations itself causing the activation of certain, adaptive and newly necessary to survival, "junk" DNA molecules, while de-activating others. Some populations, though dispersed to different parts of the world, continue perpetuating certain genetic combinations over the generations, while others propagate different combinations. Gradually, some genetic differences break down as these populations intermingle, while others strengthen. This is the joyous genetic dance called so crudely, "survival of the fittest." The third title is "Isocahedron." The Isoscahedron was associated with the force of Air by the Greek philosophers. This is why Plato, author of the Socratic dialogues, called the pre-Socratics sophists: because while they considered pure philosophy tautological solipsism on the element's ephemeral characteristics, while Plato's avatar Socrates described these traits by attributing them to the five regular solids. This philosophy of "idealising" the regular mathematical constructs in our dimension over the more ephemeral traits of natural forces in themselves is, itself, all too egocentric to be questioned, although, as always, great pride reveals a fatal flaw. If examined, the original attributions of the four terrestrial elements (plus "spirit" representing the force of gravitiless tachyonic Light) have an esoteric attribution. According to more recent research, however, this arrangement is a carefully coded message. It is decoded by rearranging the attributions of forces and shapes by creating two columns, one of the five solids and one the five elements, and then going down one line and up the other. For example, the force of Air was associated by the Greek philosophers with the Isocahedron. The force of Air is listed as occurring third by the classical and traditional order of elements, evenly on the two-column list with the isocahedron if written by the Greek correspondence values. However, if we turn one column upside down, then the isocahedron will be associated with fire, and the element of Air will be associated with the dodecahedron which, itself, had previously represented "cosmos," or spirit, which is then exchanged for the tetrahedron, which to the Greeks represented fire, and so forth. And so, the Rosicrucian Isocahedron is associated with the element of Fire, however, and not with the Greek element of Air. Also, just as the Platonic solids were held as "ideal" above the elements, and were yet mis-attributed, so too do the Platonic solids rightly describe the terrestrial elemental traits (such as the dodecahedron representing the zodiac, the tetrahedron representing flame, cube earth, etc.) however, the Platonic solids themselves are inferior to the universal elemental forces: the strong and weak nuclear, electromagnetic forces and the force of gravity. Therefore, the Platonic solid of the Isocahedron here describes the Higher fire, and the Lower air, however we Rosicrucians invert these attributes for the Isocahedron a second time such that it represents terrestrial flame and universal "air," that is, the electromagnetic force. We do this in order to remember that, to describe the Higher element of Fire (the universal weak nuclear force), we use the Platonic solid the Greeks attributed to air, and that we use the same Platonic solid to describe the Higher element of Air (the electromagnetic force) as we use to describe the lower element of

    the flame. Remember that both of fire and air each have three components. Fire's are the fuel, the flame and the smoke. The air's are clear, clouds and storm. Fire's fuel is air, and so fire draws air in towards it. It creates a funnel of radiative heat upwards, defying earth's gravity. Air's fuel is water, and air draws water in towards it. It creates a vacuum of carbonised smoke or ionised mist that condensates water vapour. All the terrestrial elements have three components. The "Higher" elements are simply the four universal forces. The fourth title is "EM." "EM" refers to the electromagnetic force, that is, the force that carries the visible colour spectrum. Of course we know there are more "colours" of radiative photon wavelengths than we can see, however when we look directly at this phantom "colours" they only appear to us as infrared and ultraviolet. This is another reason the distant galaxies look red-shifted: because the gaseous chemical components of all the stars are comprised of substances that do not reflect colours that appear in the visible colour spectrum, but only show up using radio wave, x-ray, or even gamma wave spectral analysis. These "colours," like the chemical contents of the gasses giving them off, appear in a quantitatively different set of of characteristics for our physical environment than we have got words to describe, or even eyes to see, let alone the imagination to catalogue. In the same way that stellar gasses can be superdense or airy, the "colours" they emanate are photon rays whose wavelengths are so long or so short, or that move so fast or so slowly that we do not refer to them as "photons" anymore. We call the vibrations that occur on this level "electromagnetic radiation" and we call photons "electromagnetic radiation," however, to indicate that photons are only a part contained within the full electromagnetic spectrum. Below ultraviolet, or very slow moving, long wavelength photon radiation, lie the radiowave frequencies, below the radiowave frequencies (which can carry pulsed sequences or encoded messages that can be amplified and made audible to the human ear), and below radiowave frequencies are x-rays, that can penetrate soft-tissue, but leave a shadow of bone matter on a certain kind of x-ray sensitive film. Below x-rays are gamma rays, and these occur in random bursts throughout the galaxy as well as throughout intergalactic space. Using a certain type of spectroscopy telescope, we can record the distant emissions of these gamma ray bursts. However we have not yet, to my knowledge at the time of this writing, recorded an actual gamma ray bust as it was occurring. This is because, as I said, they pop into and out of existence seemingly at random throughout our galaxy and throughout deep space, never appearing in the same place twice. All of this comprises the EM spectrum inferior to photic radiation, which is believed to be the fastest speed of radiation possible given the limited, self-correcting and auto-correlated laws of universal physics. However, in the same manner and fashion as we can imagine going faster than the fastest speed we are told is physically possible, so too does the actual EM spectrum encompass even wavelengths faster than photons, and should be thought of as including even wavelengths slower than gamma-rays, such as the quantum particles of the weak and strong nuclear forces. In fact, there is as much more beyond the known number of "elemental forces" that we see spirit begins, splits or halves, and ends the elemental tetragrammaton in the form of the three mothers (Aleph: supernal air, Mem: supernal water, and Shin: supernal fire), each duly replaced by one of the three fathers (Yod: mercury, Heh: salt, and Vau: sulfur). We have comprehension of the possible existence of worlds

    lower than that of our perception, that vibrate as wavelengths so long and slow that we can only perceive them as the aeons of time, the ice ages, etc. and of worlds higher than that of our perception, that vibrate wavelengths so short and so fast that they seem to us to be going "backward" in time. All of this can be understood: the very long wavelengths are fractals of the very small wavelengths. The very small wavelengths are gnomons of the fractals. A gnomon is a "living," or self-replicating, pattern. A fractal is a "dead," or self-terminating, pattern. Gnomons appear as "dark space" in fractals. For example, the Mandelbrot set, as a gnomon, appears at very small resolution of the Julia set, a fibonacci spiral, however the Julia set does not appear as a "dark space" pattern smaller than or within the Mandelbrot set. This is the difference between a fractal and a gnomon; it is also the difference between something moving one direction (say, "up" for forward) in time and something moving the opposite direction (say, "down" for backwards) in time. A very long, slow wavelength constitutes our forward time flow. Very fast microwaves comprise quanta moving opposite this direction in time. The forward flow we call G, for massive gravity. The backward flow we call g, for subatomic gravity. But the macrocosmic G is the same as the microcosmic g, and already this Hermes Thrice-Blessed is nothing. It has been known to we Rosicrucians for quite some time all these things. We have known about all this for long enough to enshroud it in ten million meanings. But I tell you, as much as I have revealed here, so much more shall be revealed in the higher levels. This lesson teaches us not to forget that the term EM for the spectrum is as arbitrary as calling the sum of all matter-energy only the "nuclear" forces or the "gravitic" force alone. It has these four features in each universe equal to or lesser than our own, however in each combination in different ratios, as each of our own universe's baby universes (that collectively comprise the multiverse encapsulating around our own universe) are formed from matter swallowed into the black holes at the centres of spiral galaxies. However in any universe greater than our own, there would be more than four forces. This is because, just as time, as a single direction, is added to the three-dimensional directions of local space, so too is there a dimension for the inversion, or the opposite direction of time, and so too is there a holographic motion of involution in every part and thus overall throughout the whole. Involution alternates interiorising or contraction and exteriorising or expansion. This is the QBLHistic "running and returning." The fifth title is "Mars." Just as the heavenly body we now know as Mars was once known to the Greeks as Ares, the god of War, so too does this title not pertain to the planet, or to the metal of Mars so much as it does to the Olympic Dignitary over the kamea of the relevant sized number square. For example, in the Greek Kamea of the Olympic Dignitaries, we see that for five of the seven, later "planetary," Olympic kamea (magic number squares) there are two signs in the zodiac assigned, and one each for the other two. If you draw a circle and divide it into twelve sections, and then connect those sections in a hatching pattern of parallel lines like venetian blinds, you will find that six lines divide the circle across, and then a seventh line partitions the final space into two. It looks something like this. Therefore, when we Rosicrucians say "Mars" in this sense we mean the Olympic Kamea Dignitary over two signs of the zodiac. In other words, we mean him as Ares, the God of War, governing over Aries and Scorpio in the ecliptic zodiac. It should also be noted that the planet Mars appears to our eyes to be the colour red.

    This, it should be remembered, can be significant of the colour blue, and vice versa. Therefore, Mars, though the God of War, can also be associated with the Rose, which, in turn represents the "Grand Cross" alignment of Mars with the other Olympian Dignitaries in the heavenly spheres. Remember that Mars' opposite is Venus, just as the opposite colour on the spectrum from red is blue, and vice versa. The sixth and seventh titles are "Aries" and "Scorpio." Aries, the goat constellation, is traditionally thought of as being a Spring sign. This is false. The so-called "sun" sign of Astrology is back-dated to how the sky was shaped 2000 years ago. In other words, we are told if we were born on such and such a date, then we were born under such and such a sign. However this sign that they tell us, the "sun" sign, they call it, is not accurate to the actual way the stars were oriented around the planet at the date when you were actually born. The entire "sun" sign positioning is based on a fixed date approximately 2000 years before the year 2000. Now, since Pope Gregory adjusted the calendar by sixteen days from the Roman Solar Calendar developed by Ptolemy, adopted by Julius Caesar, then it could always be argued that those sixteen days comprise a brief "holiday" period that can be as easily pasted in as an arbitrary year zero as it was cut out by the Pope. So, we can say that, either 2000 years before the year 2000, and we can say that, in the year zero, when we say that, although calendricists assure us it never actually occurred, should the need arise one could always posit the year zero as being comprised of, at least, the sixteen days edited out of the Gregorian Calendar. There are, of course, countless other holidays that become forgotten or lost in the sands of time. There have been shifts in the calendars of as many different people as there have been calendars. For as long as people have been keeping calendars, there have been different times at which one of them needed to be brought up to date with and made to correspond with another one, and so for the two, from that point on, to be combined into the form of a single, more or less unified, calendar. We see this in the case of the Mayans who followed the Olmecs, combining the, most likely Nascan, lunar Tonalamatl with the, most probably Incan, solar Haab, or "vague year," and who were, in their own turn, conquered by the Aztec "century" or "calendar round." We likewise see this as the case in Egypt, where the immigrant Hyksos from Babylonia installed the solar civic calendar of 36 10 day weeks. So too did the Julian solar overtake and absorb the Ptolemaic hieratic-era version of the Egyptian civic calendar. As had the civic solar calendar of Egypt replaced the sothic lunar calendar, so did the Gregorian revision replace the Julian. These should not be thought of as "replacing" one another, though, only as modernising and updating the prior popular mechanisms for measuring the temporal increments of daily business. If one system has lagged too far behind (such as the Sothic that was based on the helical rising of Sirius to begin the sowing season in pre-dynastic Egypt) then it is merged, along with its culture, into the closest more accurate calendrical system. This is how the "synthesis" of cultures occurs. It is for this reason we describe this synthesis of cultures using the symbol of the pyramid and the number three. So, we have the three Great pyramids of Giza, sideby-side with three "queens'" pyramids. These stand as a stone testimony to the monumental edifices capable of being erected in the name of this knowledge, that is, the knowledge of the pyramids and the number three. Know that the four sided pyramids of architecture are but a symbol for the four sided tetrahedron. Both an architectural pyramid and a tetrahedron have the same number of triangular sides. Therefore they are symbolically interchangeable.

    So, if each architectural pyramid is a symbol of a tetrahedron, then the significance of there being three pyramids, comprised of twelve triangles in total, is obviously in reference to the zodiac. Thus, we see that the architectural pyramid is a symbol of a civilisation already established, and we see that the meaning of the three pyramids is that of an intersection point of meeting between two, or multiple, established civilisations. These overlap one anothers' populations, biding their time until it is time for a calendar to decide between them. Under the Kamea Dignitary Mars, ruler of war, in the sign of fire, that is, by the measurements of the tetrahedron, and representing a sum of 3, comes Aries, the ram's horn sign of the zodiac. Aries is a fire sign meaning that, for now, it occurs in spring. The first fourth of the year, beginning with Aries, is all fire signs. Aries is a moveable or "changing" sign in Spring. This means that, as the twelve permutationsets of the four elements revolve around one another as the seasons corresponding to certain signs of the zodiac, so too then does the sign for that season in any given era correspond to a Planetary Ruler. As I have said, Aries is commonly attributed as ruling over the earliest month of spring. However this is not accurate to the place this constellation actually occupies in the sky on those dates. The place that astrologers use to construct birth-charts to mark the sign of the month in which you were born is called the "Sun Sign," and it is a distinctly different concept than the "rising sign," that is actually rising above the horizon at the exact time you were born. The "Sun sign" is fixed to when the rising signs all were at the time of Christ. For example, we say that Aries is the "Sun Sign" of the first month of spring. This does not mean Aries is rising in the first month of spring anymore. The "rising sign" differs from the "Sun Sign" now by one full month. Now, Aries rises in the second month of Spring. Therefore, if you are born in the second month of Spring, you would have Aries as your "rising sign," and if you are born in the first month of Spring, you will have Aries as your "Sun Sign." Therefore, Scorpio, being a water sign of later fall, actually permutes out to be an air sign of early winter. This is how we measure the precession of the seasons. It is also interesting to note that Aries, by shifting from the starting month of Spring to the middle month of Spring, has, by now, assumed dominance over the date on which the planet earth is at perihelion to the sun, meaning it is located on the position of its elliptical orbit closest to the sun. This date we celebrate as Easter and its esoteric name is the Spring Equinox. For Aries to have switched places into this position means that, from the point of view of the fixed date of Spring perihelion, or "Equinox," a New "Era" or "Aeon" has begun: the "era" or "aeon" of Aries, where Aries is the rising sign during the Spring Equinox. This occurs for the opposite perihelion point on earth's solar orbit (the middle sign of fall), as well as the longest days and nights, experienced at the aphelion points in earth's orbit, those being the ones farthest away from the sun, that is, the Summer and Winter Solstices. Therefore, when we Rosicrucians refer to the dawning of the Spring Equinox Era of Aries, we mean the same thing as those who refer to the dawning of the Winter Solstice Era of Aquarius. The only difference is that they are celebrating the false "dawn" of the "Sun Sign" of Aquarius "changing" to the Solstice dates of Winter, we are referring to the true "dawn" of the "rising sign" of Aries "changing" to the Spring Equinox date. So, in other words, the "Age of Aquarius" is our "exoteric" way of saying "Age of Aries" in esoteric wisdom. All this may seem confusing at first, but it will become clear over time. Remember that, for the "rising sign," the era to follow the one we are in now will be Winter Equinox Scorpio.

    There is much more here that can be said about the changing of the aeons. We have plenty of time to learn of this phenomenon, and about its effects on nature. Also I am available for questions. The eighth title is "Neschemah." "Neschemah" is an old Hebrew word that denoted to the minds of the Jews up until the Babylonian captivity the same idea that the english word "spirit" denotes to us now. The "Neschemah" could be the individual spirit, expressed as one's charisma, or the spirit of a town or place that similarly expressed its general character. The spirit of a place was usually represented by one of its indigenous fauna of animals, and the spirit of a town was usually expressed as an idol of the spirit-animal placed on the hearth in the centre of each citizen's home. Although they do not recognise it as such, many people still practise the worship of animal-idols in the form of worship of indigenous species of fauna. To the Hebrews following the conversion of Abraham in the desert, when he was prepared to sacrifice his son(s) to his Elohim for blessing him with the tables of Ram (the records of history), the "Neschemah" as the spirit of the individual has been considered "sacred," while the spirit of the animal, the place, or the town has been considered "profane." This differentiation of the interior spirit from the exterior spirit(s) has caused an interesting, and probably unforeseen, difficulty in explain that the spirit is all around us AND within us both, and that, although each of us has our own individual soul, there is only one spirit for the entire universe. We, as Rosicrucians, recognise the universal spirit as the idealised pattern of periodicity that occurs in between all the aperiodic patterns in our universe. This is what we call the spirit, or "Neschemah": pure geometry, encompassing all the dimensional expressions of shape and form. This is the "G" between the Masonic square and compass, where the square measures pattern in two dimensions, and the compass creates shape shape in the second dimension from the third dimension down. The "G" of Free Masonry is meant to allude to the "higher dimensional" geometries as "more ideal" implied by the regular polygons in two dimensions and the five, three-dimensional Platonic solids as being "ideal." Therefore, we associate the "G" of Geometry with the spirit, or "Neschemah," of the universe. Geometry makes measurements on one dimension from the next dimension above. So, too, are all these dimensional geometries for our local universe combined and compared as only one, unified field of study to the "dimension" of the "Most High," which is a field of study higher even than the study of geometry, that is, the spirit of the Universe. In the same way as the soul is said to exist after the body has died, and in some cases, to have existed before a particular body was born, so we say then the soul is "immortal": it was created and had a beginning, but it continues to exist without end. So, we Rosicrucians say of the spirit, or "Neschemah," that it is "eternal": it has always existed without beginning and it will always exist without end. Here we see this is true for a measurement of universal law even moreso than for any given universal law itself. So we associate the "spirit" as "eternal" with the measurement governing patterns occurring over time. Therefore, we say that the pattern of our soul over time approaches the purest, most periodic interval possible. We call this purest interval possible the spirit, or the

    "Neschemah," and we call geometry itself the spirit, or "Neschemah," of the universe. Therefore, we say that for each different pattern there is an "ideal" stable or periodic state. We say therefore there are many different "spirits," but that there are fewer spirits than there are patterns of motion in general. These "spirits," or metapatterns, are each more or less unique, however the entire aggregate of all of them also averages out to a single meta-meta-pattern. This meta-meta-pattern, or "universal spirit," does not appear from the outside to change over time. It contains all the motions of the universe, but its exterior surface is far beyond the local material universe. The meta-pattern of all forms is a spiral. The meta-meta-pattern of all spirals is a torus. Thus we say there is the eternal "Neschemah" below, and there is the eternal "Neschemah" above, meaning there is the spiral spirit of each, and there is the torus spirit of all, but that both these forms, as pure geometrical patterns, surpass the limits of the material local universe. Therefore, we Rosicrucians call the torus the spirit above and the spiral the spirit below. We call the spiral in the torus the spirit of man, and we call the representation of the spiral in the torus, "phi/pi," the spirit of the universe, or the body of God (the "Khab" Allah or the QBLH). Just as the spirit, or "Neschemah," of man is the spiral in the torus made manifest and real in the material universe, so too is the geometry of phi/pi the body of God idealised as pure geometry in the higher dimensions beyond time. The spirit of man kneels before the body of God, and so too does the body of God rise up into a higher spirit to serve man, His most beloved creature. This concludes the knowledge lecture of the titles of V Regal Rosicrucian. -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: VI.1=VII.2. Spin While the speed of light is the measure of entropy as cause, the spin of all real and virtual particles is the movement of its effect. Since it is velocity of spin by which we measure the speed of light, spin can be classified in a higher dimension than the force of light, which unifies the other four elemental forces. To say that spin measures a higher dimension when in fact any good modern quantum physicist would be able to tell you that it only measures the three real and one additional potential dimensions of our universe seems a little inverse. This is only due to the very ancient tradition of believing the mysteries of the universe are better off left alone as ineffable. Honestly we are lucky to even know of depth, height and length. In regular quantum physics, spin is measured in as many as three dimensions for real particles, and as many as two dimensions for virtual particles. This is because a real, or solid, particle can be measured as a wavelength even while in motion, and its particle spin, or vector, and its polarity can also be measured by its being struck by another particle, while a virtual particle can only be measured as the wavelength frequencies of its orbital shell and either velocity or trajectory. In this way we see that the way virtual particles spin is measured allows the introduction of the variable of duration, and this equates to the pulse duration as well as the length of the wavelength of a potential virtual particle or a moving real particle, and in this

    way we know that virtual particles exist even when they are not being struck by a photon to be measured, similar to a zero acting as a place holder, and it is by the length of wavelengths of the real particle photons that we measure time. Therefore, insofar as spin measures the four known dimensions, it is not so unreasonable to say that it may be utilized to measure a higher dimension as well. Since we have seen that tachyons are a particle of a dimension transcendent to time, it would seem only fair to say that their spin would represent an additional dimension to those four that are known. However, rather than this, what I would propose here is that the characteristic of spin itself is actually the substance of a dimension even transcendent to tachyons, since we have seen that tachyons spin is involution, however we have not assigned a complete set of characteristics to the behavior of spin itself. A. vector As I have said, vector is usually only used as a measure of particle spin, or the movement of a single point on the surface of a real particle. Since this movement is guided in three directions simultaneously by orbital spin of polarity, trajectory spin of the whole particles movement through spacetime, and the spin caused by the inclination of the particles polar axis vector can refer to three different dimensions of particle spin. It can also be used as a name for the measure of duration, although this is not a common practice, since spacetime itself is not yet commonly viewed by quantum physicists as a single, unified field upon which each particle itself is acting as a vector governed by the same laws relative to spacetime as a fractal or a hologram. In this regard a single vector can be multidimensional, and some quantum mathematicians have extrapolated different results as to the maximum quantity of dimensions a single vector can represent. Depending on the geometry of our universe, spacetime may be curved in different ways, and thus effect particular different vectors on the local particles. There may be a finite number of ways in which this occurs, and if there are it would seem to indicate that the relative geometry of curvilinear spacetime must be closed. However there are other theoretical models that extrapolate base vector dimensionality to the nth exponent, representative of a sum that is greater than infinity, and greater than the transfinite variables as well. It is because of the multidimensionality of the single vector that there is usually a prejudice against classifying vector, as representative of spin, as a dimension in and of itself. However the same scientists would no doubt have to concede that a multidimensional universe, or a multiverse, would necessarily be of a higher dimensional order than the universe of minimal possible dimensions we know today. Therefore the more dimensions a vector has, the more it is in an autonomous dimension, unique from the vectors of all the other particles. Therefore think of a vector as similar to a person on the surface of the earth. As the earth rotates and the pole precesses, and as earth orbits around the sun, so does the solar system orbit the center of our galaxy, and thus we are moving relative to billions and billions of other galaxies, each formed and guided by its own dimensional geometry. Not only this but we have free will to move around on the surface of the planet wherever we wish, and moreover we are perpetually regenerating our physical form such that there is motion even within the point of the vector of a person on the planet itself, just as a tachyon involutes. 1. first dimensional If we subscribe to the closed geometry theory for the model of spacetime of our universe, then we must accept that entropy reduces the number of possible

    dimensions to the minimum number it can. I have already shown you this is not necessarily true, but it is still the prevalent belief, and therefore the one I shall describe. In truth, we negentropic humans have created computing machines through which it is possible to enter into a virtual reality in which the open geometry of n potential dimensions governs the laws of physics, and these are just as real in that they have been made and do exist as is the universe outside of them in which our bodies of flesh exist. However much can be learned from the minimizing method, and we see that it does indeed govern entropy, which is the greater factor in the universe than negentropic evolution. Even though this is the prevalent scientific practice, it remains elusive that the universe itself is and always has been nothing more than a first dimensional singularity. a. the singularity Until recently the singularity itself was nothing more than a theoretical concept, expressible utilizing the ideal of mathematics and geometry, however unknown in any natural forms beside the socially independent individual. According to Einsteins equations for special and general relativity, the spacetime singularity was a statistical possibility, and it was not until the end of the last century that the black holes these were thought to cause were finally observed through a telescope, masked by the radiation that they were inside of consuming. Now it is known that there is at least one super massive black hole at the center of every spiral galaxy, and that there may be countless other naked singularities, or black holes with no hair (electromagnetic field lines acting as attractive gravity), are thought to be the particle unit of superstrings. i. gravitational (particle exchanging) The modern model of the black hole is based on a gravitational or rotating singularity that is emitting the attractive force of gravity, and pulling the surrounding material of the continuum towards it. We know from tachyons that gravity is actually a repellent force that moves opposite entropy, and in this way acts attractively on the surrounding particles of the lesser dimensions it encounters. These surrounding particles are pulled towards the singularity, and form a shell of radiation around it. It pulls matter apart further out, reducing it to light, and in the center, it is hypothesized, there is an area that even photonic radiation cannot escape from, and this is called a black hole. It has also been hypothesized that the singularity in the center of every black hole is itself the medium of another, smaller continuum, or baby universe. However I have not yet specified sufficiently the difference between universes resulting from the temporal singularities or faster than light wormholes between the black holes event horizon and the spinning singularity, and universes resulting from the spinning gravitational singularity itself. The universes arising from the temporal black holes are illusory refractions of our own universe, parallel worlds. The universe in the central singularity is a gnomonic inverted reflection of the laws of physics of our own universe, as they are inverted beyond the speed of light and then again when they enter the gravitational singularity. Here, in its raw form is the microwave gravity of the universe itself. ii. temporal (wave exchanging) A temporal singularity is a tachyon. The wavelength of its projected trajectory is called a superstring, while we see that the tachyon itself is an involuting torus that propagates more of itself that are smaller and then grow. This classification of various different sized faster than light microfrequencies by particle is in keeping

    with the standard pursuit of quantum mechanics, to produce tables of quantum particles for the elemental forces alike the tables of atomic particles for the same. The reason a tachyon is a temporal singularity is that it is moving both backwards and forwards in time at once. This is simply to say that its spin is moving simultaneously in opposite directions, and that, due to its surface area, a vector on one spot on its surface would not necessarily be moving in the same direction as another vector on a different spot on its surface, and in fact, since its internal core is a phi/pi gnomonic spiral, it is actually bending the surface of spacetime quite a bit. These exist on the very smallest level, and are so small that we cannot even prove them using modern machines. They are still only a theory, existing only in potential. Ironically, however, potential itself is the substance of the fourth dimension, for it is only through the study of statistical probabilities that we can predict the future. Therefore, to say that these particles exist in potential is tantamount to saying that they are only a matter of time, that is, a singular temporal possibility. It is this kind of singularity that occurs inside the neuro-cellular pillars inside the brain, and why our mind is a singularity. They occur as well in the electric fibrillation of the heart, and, because they occur here as a pulse, configure geometric fourth dimensional hypershape meta-object thoughts perceived as emotions around us forming our aura or electromagnetic soul, which communicates the continually changing contents of our minds as moods. 2. second dimensional (branes) Since wavelengths have been observed to propagate along relative planes, it is thought that the singular vector can also be extended onto a relatively flat surface. This theory, called M-theory, describes the surface of spacetime as shaped by several different dimensional branes, each one warped in a different way, and in this way describing the force that is warping them. All this means is that dimensionality itself is allowed to be thought of as planar, which is a hard conceptual leap to make having just come from thinking of it exclusively as a point. However let us examine the electron. When it is struck it is a temporal singularity. The duration of its existence as a measurably real particle is called an event, and this is used as the standard shortest measure for the progression of time by units. The electron, when it is struck, and has compressed into a singularity sized point of electrical charge, can be measured by its orbital trajectory, which is planar, and its electric charge, which is polar. We are not looking at four dimensions here. We are looking at two dimensions that are both potentially two dimensional. In other words, M-theory is correct: every single dimension can be expressed as like a two dimensional plane with two opposite potential surfaces. In this way, not only does every vector express multiple dimensions, but even more so is every dimension an expression of multiple dimensions. This leads philosophers easily into the age-old debate of dimensional levels and the hierarchy of the heavens reflected in our consciousnesses. It would be easy these days for a child to reason that we are living in a multiverse of tunnel realities and that the surface of spacetime was little more than a graphic user interface system. Of course, for an adult to do the same would probably get them arrested, however both these facts only serve to indicate that computer technology has, indeed, penetrated the collective unconscious with digital newspeak, and is leading the common consumer down multiple roads at once in the capitalist garden of forking paths. However, any ancient QBLHist can also remind us that the first names for cognitively dissonant thoughts that occurred in the same mind were Satan and Maloch. a. the electron

    Because it is an electrical charge the electron always has polarity, and this means that the charge orbits around the poles from one to the other so fast that it occupies every location in the shell or cloud at once, and it is only by being struck by a photon that its position or velocity can be measured. When this happens its orbital plane becomes clear and can be deduced mathematically. When this is done it is classed as second dimensional, following the first dimension of the singular charge itself with the polarity of that charge. The standard, or Bohr, model of the atom is one of possibly multiple electrons sharing the same distance orbital shell from the nucleus, and this means that the multiple electrons must never collide, and that their orbital paths cannot all be the same at the same time. In other words, even though the different electrons can be the same distance from the nucleus, supported on a framework of microwavelengths emanating from the nucleus, and even in this way share magnetic polarity as the definition of their orbital trajectory, they must either be moving at different speeds, or be located in different places along the orbital track of the electron cloud. Of course, the only way to measure this is to strike them with a photon, and then we see that doing so only restructures the electrons in their orbital shells and absorbs or releases more or less energy, in other words, changing the very same environmental conditions for the electrons that we would be seeking to measure. Because of the reliance on the photon, or real particle, radiation interference to study the nature of virtual particles, not much more than this is known about the electron, and therefore more profound questions, such as is the rotational vector of the electron cloud differential, like that of a gaseous body in space are left just out of the reach of the long arm of the law of physics. b. orbital planes of galaxies, planets It seems odd that, living on a spherical, three dimensional planet, in a fourth dimensional timespace, that many of the larger arrangements of heavenly bodies, between the third and fourth dimensions in scale, occur in the second dimension. The orbital planes of the planets around the sun are flat ellipses, and the path the sun takes around the center of our Milky Way galaxy is a more or less flat spiral on one of the galaxys flat spiral arms. Stars are usually found in nebulae, clusters, and galaxies, which can have many different shapes. The most common shape of galaxies is a flat, pi spiral. When stars are first formed in the gaseous nebulae by random spontaneous combustion that is, nuclear fusion triggered by a concentration in gravity they immediately take on differential electromagnetic rotation. This winds their electromagnetic field lines up around their surface, creating shorter, faster rotation around the poles than in the center. Thus, as they are gravitationally pulled toward one another and attract or create planetary debris, they orient themselves according to this planar polarity. At the center of a spiral galaxy is a black hole. All of these black holes were once stars, and they continue to electromagnetically rotate differentially. Thus their accretion disks, which can comprise vast galaxies many light years across, orient themselves along the plane of the black holes equator. Older black holes have another feature: they eject exactly straight electromagnetic field lines from their poles into space, and this radiation is the faster than light, gravitational superstring microwavelength of a tachyon. 3. third dimensional Let me describe spacetime in terms of sound. Dont think of soundwaves as merely the disruption of the air particles, but as a layer in and of itself underlying them. Sound waves, like any other form of wavelength, generate resonant frequencies. Each one of these has its own geometry and these are what we call the

    exponential dimensions. According to the laws of physics, in the universe governed by entropy where dimensionality is compressed to the minimum possible number we see that only three basic tonalities in a harmonic accord permeate the entire universe. Whether or not our universe is governed by the law of entropy is governed by whether or not there is restriction on the number of possible dimensions that is, whether they are expressed as an open or closed set. Space is comprised of the three given dimensions, however time, the fourth dimension, is separate from these, and is in itself more complex, since it contains the three spatial dimensions within it. This is not a hard concept to grasp simply remember how cavemen counted with stones: one for one, two for two, three for three and four for four, such that there would be ten stones altogether. a. three dimensional branes Having just described how the realms of space and time may be thought of as separate, it is important to remember that they are really one and the same. At the center of every intersection of the spatial and temporal dimensions is a fluctuation in potential towards probability either a temporally singular virtual particle or a real particle that will ultimately end up as a gravitational singularity. Therefore every one of these intersections is potentially two dimensional, with spacetime on one side and timespace on the other, containing space within them, with the fourth dimension of time outside. However, since each of these was a temporal or gravitational singularity, their ability to be expressed as upon a continuous surface also expands itself into what we know as height, depth, and span. Thus that which is inside the surface of the intersection of the three spatial and fourth temporal dimensions is the history of singularities flowing backward on a gradient from the more ideal temporal end of the spectrum of entropy into material form, and then dwindling into nothingness and returning again to the ideal realm. b. six tachyonic flatline potentials When these gravitational singularities become black holes they emit extremely straight electromagnetic field lines from their electromagnetic poles. This radiation travels faster than light, and is made up of tachyons. Since tachyons are above the limit of the speed of light, they are even more sunk into the temporal dimension of pure potential than the potential energy of electrons. Therefore it is easy enough to conceptualize of another wave of tachyons at an exact right angle to one occurring naturally in the gas jet of a black hole, and quite right to say that, in potential, it exists. Then it would be only natural to expand this to include as many more tangents at right angles as possible, and here we see that entropy has already limited us to only one, which gives us a total of three. Tachyons may not be able to provide a constant velocity any more stable than that of photons, but they are natures straight edge rule. c. spin occurs distributed between these fixed coordinates Because the tachyons themselves are so very small, their measure of dimensionality can be applied even on the scale of the smallest known quantum particles, and in this way, by being mapped onto the surface of a particle, be used to plot the vector of its spin in Hilbert space, the space between quantum particles, as well as its particle spin. One of the most common of these types of vectors is the phi spiral, where the very dimensions of a particle itself are drawn by microwave gravity toward those of another.

    B. Particle spin vs. force spin There are two types of spin that a particle can have. Particle spin, or the intrinsic spin of a particle itself, can be measured in polar rotation, polar precession, and polar displacement. Each of these is assigned dimensionality for the measure of its contributing vector, however their cumulative effect can be compressed down to a vector expressed in even only one of these dimensions. The other sort of spin is projected trajectory, and is measured as a wavelength only, a two dimensional history describing a trajectory in three dimensional space compressed into a single dimension. This is the only way available for the measurement of virtual particles in states such as the electron cloud, since it is only when it is struck by a photon that the otherwise unknown dimensions of its charge and its polarity can be observed. It is also the dimension given for real particles over time, and in this way shows the link between the potential energy of virtual particles and the temporal dimension. 1. particle spin There are no such things as real particles, as real particles are defined. All existing matter in the universe was created from energy, and will return to energy again in the end. Random quantum fluctuations in potential allowed probability through from outside the universe and filled up quantum units with the information of spin. These will carry on as long as their spin continues, and the life line of most real and virtual particles in our universe is destined to end in the gravitational singularity at the center of a black hole. Black holes will continue eating our universe until all that is left is the background tachyonic radiation. The evidence given us in our school text books also reinforces the truth of the fact that this has already begun to happen in the furthest reaches of our universe, and is sweeping in a giant wave right toward us in all directions. In fact, most of what we can see of the visible universe is the information carried to our eyes by photons emitted from very distant stars that died out long ago, and therefore it is not even safe to believe our very own eyes, for photons themselves are lies, and do not represent instantaneous information transport. The mask of photonic light worn by the universe is an illusion, concealing the fact that most of the universe is already dead. Such is the ultimate gnosis: that nothing exists, and that nothing is real. a. vector The most real thing that remains is mathematics, and it is therefore only because vector can be represented according to a mathematical model that modern scientists rely on its reality. The mathematical model of the vector is the matrix, a quantum mechanical, or wave mathematical, set theory. In this the number of potential dimensions in space are given perpendicular to the number of potential dimensions in time, such that they form a cross reference system or number lattice similar to a magic number square. Vector itself is represented as the transformation of the spin statistics in a diagonal across these interfacing dimensions, usually expressed in either whole number or as fractions, while the other probabilities are expressed in reflexive binary on either side of the diagonal. Matrices can also be produced using fewer spatial or temporal dimensions than the other, such as in only one spatial or one temporal dimension as a singularity. To understand this concept it might be easy to look at the machinations of popular culture fads and trends and slower social agendas through the mass media. Since the media is not only one person, but very many persons, and not one machine, but very many machines, it does not present a picture of a single individual, but of a unified mass, working altogether for a common, ever-changing goal. Imagine, therefore, all the components in the media as if they were like pixels on a screen.

    Whose face seems to appear? Whose should? What shapes seem to appear? What should? This is the history of the changing of the human mind. b. trajectory Although there are an infinite number of possible trajectories that can occur in the inter-atomic space, a few seem to occur more regularly than others. These are the microcosmic representations of entropy, since they also arrange themselves as fractal, or infinitely self-terminating, and gnomonic, or infinitely self-replicating geometric patterns. The fractal patterns occur at points of symmetry breaking, when the prior trajectory assumes a less ordered, more chaotic path. This occurs when energy is liberated. These patterns do not last long because the liberated energy and free particles tend to re-accumulate themselves towards one another due to microwave tachyonic gravity. At these points of spontaneous symmetry formation, we see stable patterns propagating ordered change according to even cause and effect. Two such, negentropic patterns are the phi and pi spirals. i. phi spirals Phi spirals occur when symmetry is broken and immediately resets itself. This is pure dimensionality in the form of spin acting on the principle of nature abhorring a vacuum, and immediately finding pattern as soon as a previous pattern has been lost. The phi spiral pattern is taken by electrons changing energy level shells, for example. Phi spirals extrapolate out from the diagonal of cube roots. ii. pi spirals Pi spirals are even more prevalent and abundant in the quantum world than phi spirals. Pi spirals comprise the orbital path of the electrical charge in the electron cloud, as well as the orbital vector of all polar real particles. Pi is also the pattern that governs the rotation of our planets around the sun, and stars such as our sun in spiral galaxies around black holes. Pi spirals obey the law of inverse squares. 2. force spin Before there were spherical, real particles of solid matter formed by raw probability there were microwave fluctuations in the subspace continuum comprised of pure potential. These generated the spinning real particles by swirling in upon themselves in a vortex that inverts itself and is filled with dimensionality by the vector information units that are the aggregate sum over histories of tachyons. So, when any real particle finally disperses, or is obliterated in the center of a black hole, it resorts itself into the ambient energy of these wavelengths. Almost all of the known universe is comprised of electromagnetic background radiation. This includes the real photons that we see, as well as the entire rest of the otherwise invisible to the naked eye spectrum of radiation, from infrared to ultraviolet, not to mention microwave tachyonic. The study of wave mechanics in general is therefore a rigorously mathematical discipline, since mathematics express the equations and axioms that govern the variable world of quantum uncertainties, and can describe elegantly concepts which if expressed using solid structure models would only be needlessly cumbersome and bulky. However, in the same way that the sums, variables and equations can express the quanta themselves, still geometric lattices may be employed representing such fourth dimensional holognomonic metaforms as the octaholohedron to express certain quantum relationships.

    a. expansion/contraction It is speculated that, in the same way that we can perceive the formation of alpha wave forms inside the brain through the rapid eye movement of dreaming sleep, so to our entire universe itself might be fluctuating between the moments, being obliterated into nothingness and instantaneously reassembled perpetually. This is the premise of simultaneous expansion and contraction upon which the tapestry of dimensions in the multiverse on the surface of timespace unfolds. The ancients perceived this measure of time as the continuums inversion between existence and nothingness, or at the very least, units of information and light. They identified the implosion of contraction with Draco, the constellation surrounding eleven of the twelve houses of the zodiac in the very northernmost of the celestial hemisphere and containing a star that was once the pole star. This cycle was described by the Hindu as the snake of manvantara, that was turned by Vishnu, and it was commemorated in the architecture of Angkor Wat, the buildings of which are designed to align with the stars of the constellation of Draco. It is also identified in Hebrew literature as tzimzum, the auroborous, or snake that eats its own tail. The inversion of this was associated with the tao of the QBLH, and the lifting of the flaming sword from its setting in stone. b. trajectory/transference As the electrical charge of an electron travels through Hilbert space it oscillates its course around a series of probability wells that it forms from the raw potential. Because it only illuminates one at any point along the time measured by the wavelength, the electron cloud itself is said to ride along on only one well, however in reality it is the weaving around first one side of one probability well, then around the opposite side of the next, that produces the familiar shape of the sinusoidal wave. c. tunneling and emission/absorption The quantum tunneling of an electrical charge through Hilbert space, or of tachyons through timespace, is very different from the emission and absorption that occurs between real particles and virtual particles. In fact, the tunneling propagation of tachyons is unique even from that of the relatively slow electron, which only follows one wavelength. The tachyon, being a particle of a higher dimension, follows three wavelengths at once. Two opposite vectors trace around the outside of a probability well, doubling the effect of the electron. The other path, however, passes straight through the probability well of potential event, just as might an electrical charge from one well to another if a series of electrons were aligned in a line along their poles. However, whereas the electron would still follow a path outside the wells along these poles, the tachyon goes through the poles. And it does this not just in a straight line. It disappears into one side of the probability and reappears out the other instantaneously. The additional velocity is conserved by the field lines that surround the well the tachyon is tunneling through. The longer these surrounding field lines, the straighter the internal trajectory of the tachyon as it tunnels. This is very different from the emission/absorption between real photons and virtual electrons. Photons emit tachyons and electrons orbital energy level shells are sustained as holognomonic resonances upon tachyons. Thus, there is a similarity with which photons and electrons can communicate their spin and energy to one another. The reason that the energy shell level of the electron expands when it absorbs a photon, and contracts when one is emitted from it, is that its quantity of

    tachyonic potential has expanded on the opposite side of the surface of spacetime from the energy of the electrical charge itself. It is for this reason that subspace matter traveling through hyperspace in a tachyonic wormhole is said to cast a subspace shadow of indeterminate probability, just like the electrical charge on the other side of the tachyonic energy. C. spin vs. counterspin Whenever there is any movement in the universe at all, its inversion is reflected in a higher dimension or dimensions. This is the principle of the conservation of counterspin, or reverse spin, in potential, or, on multiple higher dimensional levels. In this way the same mechanism of conservation that counterbalances entropy only serves to propagate it further in the hyperdimensional multiverse sum over histories of our universe. Therefore the law of the conservation of counterspin may as well amount to the rule of universal irony. According to this law, we are moving forwards and backwards through time. As we move forward in time we are also moving backwards in time, through ourselves, all the time. D. Matrices E. Manifolds The mathematical study behind the concept of motion, supported by the naturally observed theorems, axioms and formulae is based on the study of three separate fields, each of which can itself be read as a dimension. First there is the field of topology, which is based on the surface mapping of an object. The second is set theory, or the theory that all objects whose surfaces can be mapped can be graphed as a set of numbers. The third is matrix mathematics, the purely number field that theorizes the digital representation of the objects motions according to the set of numbers of its topological graph. Since manifolds exist in the fourth dimension it would be fair to say that a manifold is even one more further step in this long sequence of events in transformation. It is the graphing of a matrix on a theoretical surface such that the effects to the number set may be predicted for any given vector. While it can be said of the human state of consciousness as it is passed through this many in a series of transformations that it might be changed and wander, an objective measuring device such as represented by the manifold does not change between transformations of form, and establishes a fixed pattern of spin symmetry from one mode to the next. 1. sets and topology To describe what function a manifold performs geometrically it would be right to say that it measures. It measures as numbers that can be graphed, plotted and coordinated, and it measures as a surface area which is comprised upon that number field. It does this in the ideal realm of mathematics well enough to be able to make predictions for movement to one neighborhood set on its surface relative to another when the values of the sums are known that define, delimit and determine its motion. What can be known of an idealized manifold in itself, therefore, is only that which may be perceived as upon the surface of the intervening field of math. Because math itself can be reduced in this way down to a flat dimensional brane separating the real and the ideal, it should be noted that the fourth dimensional manifold shows through by interpenetrating multiple fields of mathematics. For example, within the study of the mathematics of manifolds, known as Kirby calculus, the fields of set theory and topology are unified.

    a. sets Sets are something like number lines. The original concept of the number line was that at each equally marked unit there would be the next in the sequence of units where the center of six such number lines, the origin of a cartesian graph such as used to measure three dimensional space, was marked by zero. Imagine a three dimensional graph that has a portion of it divided against another portion, say, as in a hyperbola, such that what is on one side of it is measured as against what is on the other side of it. This is the basic theory of the set. What is in each half of the so divided graph is its own set, with its own definitions, diameters and parameters, all of which add up to figures. Therefore, a set is usually thought of as a set of these such numbers, and therefore even the two number points of any single point within a second dimensional fixed coordinate system are considered a number set. The only difference between a set and a number line is that of depth of dimension. A number line is bound to expression in only two dimensions, establishing either up/down, right/left, or forward/backward and a distance. A set, on the other hand, can be a quantity with mass, weight, substance and volume. For example, the bagel I eat in the morning can be thought of as a separate set of matter molecules from the plate I eat it from, or the glass of water I drink with it. This seems about comparable to introducing what will be discussed in further detail later on, the shape of the torus as a 4-dimensional manifold. The torus, just like the bagel, though an idealized form, is a self-enclosed set. Another name for this is self imbedding or self-referentiality. These are fourth spatial dimensional traits equivalent to third spatial, fourth temporal self-enclosed sets. The torus, as we will see later, is an exemplary 4-manifold, a certain kind of a set that possesses many numerically expressible traits. b. topology As I have already explained how number sets can be derived from topological graphs in order to introduce the theory of sets, perhaps it would be best to also come backward at the idea of topology, and begin with the smallest number set, the single point of coordinate pairs. This is clearly a set of two numbers. Taking its absolute value we see that it can only have referentiality to a greater, more inclusive set such as a number line, plane or some other graphical function, and has no meaning on its own. Imagine these numbers as being representative of dimensions. Thus, the coordinate pair is also the smallest form of a matrix. While the coordinate pairs numbers refer it to placement in a numerical graph of number lines in two or three dimensions, the smallest form of matrix is binary code numbers representing the presence or absence of spin along three separate vectors each in its own dimension. So we see that the only difference is that one represents a stationary point in multidimensional space, and the other a moving spot in multidimensional space. To determine the difference between the two we must introduce topology. Topology is simply the expansion, either arithmetically by coordinate pairs, or exponentially by spin, of a number set to derive constituent shape. There are several methods of doing this. One such, for graphing singularities in four dimensions, is the blow up method of manifolds. This consists in adding extra dimensions until the surface is hyperbolically or asymptotically curved enough to yield a measurable manifold neighborhood, or numbered subset, around a centralized singularity. A more common method is to simply further extrapolate the formulae through which the original coordinate pair or number matrix derived. It is usually the behavior of the other variables than the numbered pairs or matrices in formulaic equations that governs the full shape and motion of the object being observed, however, it is possible to expand upon just the numbers alone. The coordinate pairs can be

    expressed as angles in degrees or pi radians, imaginary numbers or fractions, the matrices can be of multiple vectors in multiple dimensions, posses more or less symmetry, be more or less in binary, and also can use fractions. c. manifolds as sets with topology The set of all sets that posses topological characteristics is called the set of all manifolds. A manifold is acting as both a number set and a topology simultaneously. While the example of the blown up singularity pertains here, there are an infinite variety of manifold types and forms. As I said earlier, also, the bagel is like a manifold. The difference between the bagel manifold and the blown up singularity manifold is that the bagel is real, while the singularity is ideal. This is not to say that the bagel manifold is real in the same way as the set of all real numbers manifold is real, or that the set of all real numbers manifold is in any way less ideal, or even less than identical, to the graph of a singularity itself. In fact, the graph in three dimensions of all real numbers would have to curl over and under to connect to itself, as would the physical dimensions if they were compressed around an actual singularity, whether that of the charged electron, the temporal torus or the gravitational singularity. This shape is also a well known manifold, and it is called the trefoil, or triple bound knot. A trefoil in one fewer dimension is a torus. A torus is a hypersphere at antipode. There are manifolds for all the regular solid polyhedras metaforms that exist in the ideal realm of potential as well. A set in itself, such as a matrix or coordinate pair, cannot posses spin, only describe it. A topology can spin, but without measuring out vectors on it and plotting them numerically into a system such as coordinate pairs or a matrix, the exact nature of this spin cannot be deduced. A manifold is there to bridge this gap. A manifold can spin, and by careful deduction of the formulae governing its behavior according to the laws of classical physics, the measurements of such spin can be entered in as vectors into matrices. Therefore, while it is comprised of sets and topology, it is not bounded by either one of them. Unlike them, a manifold can have measurable spin. 2. sets within manifolds One of the main ways to know that spin is measurable on a manifold is to establish a matrix for a set within the manifold. This process involves first the establishment of a given manifold, and then the establishment of a neighborhood on the manifold. The number set for a given neighborhood is expressed as a sheet, which is defined graphically as a field and as a function in a physical formula. Once a sheet has been constructed a matrix can be formed for it based on the fourier transform of the sheet, an equation the processing of which factors in spin or motion of the sheet relative to the remainder of the manifold. Doing so produces a vector matrix for the sheet, which digitally represents its spin, and therefore, the spin of the manifold as well. a. plane sets Sheets are usually given only second dimensional depth, or assigned variable coordinate pairs. This expression of them, therefore, renders them flat planes on the manifold neighborhood, and their relative number sets bound to binary. This means that their spin must be expressed as a fraction, between the binary numbers one and zero, and the graph of their matrix plotted accordingly. This makes them equivalent to the electrons orbital plane between the binary dimension of its poles, or like the flat accretion disk of the standard spiral galaxy orbiting around a central black hole. This does not necessarily mean that the shape of the manifold to which the set is bound automatically complies to the torus shape of these two types of physical

    occurrences. While it can easily be seen to comply thus, the actual manifold shape can be in any form, because it is essentially describing a plastic, malleable consistency. The second dimensional sheet is only used as a matter of convenience for certain types of mathematical procedure, such as transformations that we will get into more deeply later, and is, by no means, an axiom in and of itself. Just as the dimensionality of a matrix, a number line, a function, etc. can all be expanded and contracted to fit the requirements of convenience and elegance, so to can the dimensionality of the sheet and that of the manifold. b. vector sets The other common kind of sheet is the vector set, where the only information comprising the sheet is made up a fourier transform formulaic equation, or a matrix. For such a sheet as this there is little additional information governing its composure or construction than what is being measured of the set in terms of its motion. It may be that the given matrix occurs within a larger equation for the determinant of the neighborhood set, or including the variable for the manifold itself. Usually the operative components in such a larger equation that are determinant of the spin of the manifold are given. In such occasions we see the relationships arise between the different sets as one of them can be derived from another through spin. When a manifold is mapped as the topology of a number set, such as the set of all real numbers, and the element of spin is introduced, certain other number sets can be produced, such as the set of all real quaternions, etc. Just as with a second dimensional sheet set it is easy to determine spin, so with a vector set, or matrix, is it is easy to determine the effects of spin. 3. lorentz transformations on sets (manifolds in motion) While a fourier transform can render a vector, or wave function, for any given particle or manifold, a lorentz transformation generalizes this onto the rest of the surface of the particle, or the topology set of the manifold. A lorentz transform is not harder to calculate than a fourier transform, but the two are very different from one another. A fourier transform creates a wave matrix for any given vector, representing this numerically as being relative to binary symmetry. A lorentz transformation is more like a linear equation through which an extrapolation can be factored. a. the real number set One type of lorentz transformation produces the set of all real numbers. In this transform a torus shape is usually used, although a trefoil could work just as well. The idea is that the ends of the number lines arc around parabolically until they all connect with one another. Doing thus is called in topology attaching a handle to a handle, and it forms a torus shape. When this is done with three handles it is a trefoil. Another name for such a kind of torus is a mobius band, or mobius strip. The Dutch artist M.C. Escher, who was famous for his depictions of optical illusions, was proficient in the use of such a mobius band, which he frequently portrayed with a half twist in the common symbolic description of infinity. A trefoil is a mobius strip with three full twists. There are many such depictions for the sets whose dimensionality expresses self referentiality, and these are classed under the heading of knots. b. the set of quaternions When speaking of topological knots we must begin with the set of quaternions.

    The plot of this graph has little, if any, definite form to begin with, and yet has strong aspects of spin. Thus it is better known what the lorentz transformation of the set is than the topology of the original manifold itself. I have described quaternions elsewhere in this exposition, however it would do well to go into them here again in brief. They can be extracted from the dark spaces of fractals when those fractals are given spin, and their appearance, thus, is only weakly symmetric, and usually is like a cloud of spun sugar that has been set in rotation. Thus, the plot of the lorentz transformation for a quaternion would only produce a globulous cloud cluster, rotating around itself, however due to the integrity of its internal composure it would be just as appropriate to refer to the manifold of its matrix as a knot or knotted. c. other sets with symmetry The number of manifold topologies that can have symmetrical number sets as matrices is not limited to the study of handles, tori, trefoils, or even twists in knots in general. There are many different geometrical shapes that posses an axis of symmetry around which they can be rotated with the bulk of their weight evenly distributed, and many of these with multiple such axes of symmetry. For example, the zonehedral of a cube is one such geometrical shape, and so is the tetrahedron, as is the isoceholohedron in higher dimension. There is no limit to the number of sets with symmetry that can be expressed as manifolds possessing spin. They are truly infinite. 4. 4-manifolds One of the most useful of modern day manifolds is perhaps the 4-manifold. This has been written about extensively in the last recent half century and will undoubtedly only become more useful. The most basic types of four manifolds are the basic polyhedral metaforms. These include the hypersphere, hypercube, hypertetrahedron, and the other four regular solids in three dimensions. These also include, however, all of the other metaform polyhedra that might exist in four dimensions, as well as all the other rotational axes that each may also posses that would create alternate three dimensional lattice metaforms as three dimensional shadows of the shapes. These are only the rudimentary 4-manifolds, of which class there are an exponential amount from those which exist in less dimensions. These sort of shapes have proved useful in many different fields. They have been used as lattices in the sciences for constructing flow-charts of relationships between variables, and they are also similar to the form and nature of buckyballs, extremely large macromolecules of carbon that are contained everywhere in nature serving various different kinds of functions, including smaller molecule carbon transport in the blood. Considering that life as we know it is carbon based, these macromolecules perform a very important function. Beyond this there are even more, unknown four manifolds. There are as many different kinds of manifolds in four dimensional space as there are shapes and objects in three dimensional space over time. All of the natural patterns we perceive in all everyday objects are only shadows of these forms which occur in higher dimensions. Most of the examples I have used for descriptive purposes in this book have been four manifolds. a. the torus (or hypersphere) Primary among these is the torus. The torus is derived from the hypersphere in antipode position, from where we can see that the hypersphere appears to be a tube wrapped around in a circle and connected to itself. From apogee it appears to be a single circle, and from perigee it appears to be a sphere nested within a sphere. All

    of these positions describe the same shape, however each one is uniquely different as a shadow in three dimensions. The shape they are describing is a four manifold. It can be depicted two dimensionally as a diagram in which two chords wrap around each other in knots to form the outline of the shape, or in which it can be thought that two, two turn cylinder sets (handles) have been attached to each other by the intertwining and knotting of their topologies. i. the phi/pi topology Phi/pi is a very important concept in measuring the torus shape, because it is the description of a vector on its topology. As a point on the torus shapes surface would follow a phi spiral path as it wound down into the interior of the torus, so too would it follow a pi spiral path around in a circle out again as well as perpendicular to this as it spirals around the rotating circumference of the torus. b. the tesseract (or hypercube) Just as the torus had different appearances at antipode, apogee and perigee, so too does the hypercube. At apogee it appears as a regular cube. At perigee it appears as a cube nested within another cube. At antipode it appears as a tesseract, or two cubes of the same size joined to one another at every corner by forty five degree angles. This shape is called a tesseract. While the torus shape is prevalent in nature as a recursive harmonic resonance, the hypercube is expressed repeatedly in the square and cube exponent functions of physics. Prime among these is e=mc squared. i. the phi/pi topology Just as with the torus, phi/pi is the measurement of a tesseract. It is the measure of the difference between the internal and the outer cube over the measure of the internal cube in the nested perigee form, and it is the measure of the cube over itself for the singular apogee form. This relativism between the sphere and the cube in higher dimensions, because it implies that, perhaps, in an even higher dimension, the two shapes are entirely unified. c. the rest of the regular polyhedral metaforms Lattices exist, as I have said, to depict the other fourth dimensional metaforms. These include the hypertetrahedron, hyperisocahedron, hyperoctahedron and hyperdodecahedron. Each of these would have at least one figure to represent them each at apogee, perigee and antipode. For example, the hyperoctahedron at antipode, or the three dimensional shadow as seen from above one fourth dimensional corner, is known as the hyperoctaholohedron, another name for the tesseract. 5. QBLH as manifold The QBLH can be expressed as a manifold. Doing so means that it functions at multiple levels and in multiple dimensions. This means that it passes through different phases and different forms as the different parts of it pass through the portions in space that are governed by the different dimensional geometries. Insofar as it underlies and interpenetrates reality, the manifold of QBLH is equivalent to the will of God. There are many forms that such a complex idea can take, and they have usually been studied piecemeal by academics and mystery scholars in disparate parts of the world. As 4-manifolds are becoming more popular among mathematicians of today in expressing topologically complex histories, such as quaternions, so too can they be incorporated to the historical flow of ideas associated with QBLH. QBLH in and of itself is not quite rightly confined alone to the expression of topologically complex

    histories, however, it is expressed in the realm of ideal, that is, the one as ideation and the other as mathematics, such that we can see how, topologically, the two can be intertwined in a knot. a. Dees Enochian vectors on a cartesian matrix The skrying of John Dee and Edward Kelly on the tyling boards of the great watchtowers of the four cardinal directions that has come down to us of this day in document form somewhat resembles the plot of spin in a number matrix. In a number matrix for multiple vectors in multiple dimensions, this is usually represented as a diagonal across from corner to corner of numbers around either side of which there is binary spin symmetry. While we cannot directly deduce spin from the gematria of letter number equivalencies in the tyling boards, we can only conclude that the skrying of the angel names by the connection of the letters resembles vectors on a cartesian coordinate system. b. Enochian, Abremelinian, 231 gate magic number squares For a long time magic number squares have been associated with the planets and with some of the stars and constellations. Some of the earliest calendrical astronomical observations were made by the Ethiopian Hebrew Enoch, and these were handed down through the centuries to John Dee and Edward Kelly, who further classified the sets and theories by graphing them on a letter tyling board, which is itself, much like a magic number square. Some time in between the observations of Enoch and the skrying of Dee and Kelly fell the Abremelinian magic squares, which are now largely incomplete. These gave letters, supposedly whose number equivalencies formed some sort of magic correspondence. Elsewhere I have demonstrated that the 231 gates of the sefer yetzirah, as given by Alexander Rockeach of Wormes, can also be looked at as a set of magic number squares that together form the vector matrix of a larger manifold shape. c. the eight trigrams of the I Ching and set theory It is probable that the king wen sequence of 64 hexagrams is meant to represent pairing in chromosomes during mitosis. There are 64 codons in each unit strand of DNA when it is wrapped around nucleosome cores to form the chromotid fibers that duplicate and split during mitosis and meiosis. The 64 hexagrams are numerically commutative with the 22 letters of the Hebrew alphabet, or 22 visible faces of a tetrahedronal band of DNA. They are also commutative with the 72 letter name of God, the shemhamforash, by the addition of the eight double hexagrams formed from the eight trigrams. The eight trigrams form the basic oscillation of a fluctuating resonance field expressed as the 64 hexagrams. As such they can be likened to a symmetrical matrix sheet for the manifold of the 64 hexagrams.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    VI::Perfected:Illuminati
    District::Yellow:Dodecahedron::G:Jupiter::Pisces:Saggitarius::Chiah Open only to the members who are advanced into the Golden Dawn. to join consult the Book(s) of Enoch, John Dee and the Golden Dawn. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets of the ancient "law," the right understanding and meaning of which have long since been forgotten. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the "name of the "rose" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    transformation of topology for the key ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    this is the meaning of the "true" Rose and the artifact discovered in the ruins by the Essene Monks of the area. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    these diagrams will show you how the 7 Kamea #-squares fit together, and how their "places in the zodiac" were derived therefrom. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Enochian Magick ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------here is a knowledge lecture for the various titles of the Perfected Illuminati.

    District::Yellow:Dodecahedron::G:Jupiter::Pisces:Saggitarius::Chiah
    the first title is "District" this title refers to the position of due-guards outside the Once and Future Senate of Camelot and of Atlantis. The "district directors" referred to in the literature of the modern IOBB, Illuminati-Order.com bulletin board (cf. http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=512 here) are the outermost

    watchmen of the Order. Usually eight to ten meet together, but in an emergency only as few as four or five need to attend. The Illuminati Order has been in a declared state of emergency since it's inception and subsequent expulsion in 1776 in Bavaria. Therefore, no fewer than five members need to be present to actively constitute a "lodge," which does not need to have walls. A lodge, or "club" can meet in an ale hall, or can convene in a wooded clearing like a coven. The role of the due-guard in an open lodge is to collect the proper grip and password. The grip should be given by the left hand to the guard on the right side and the pass word, if on one's person, passed with the right hand to the due-guard on the left. At the same time all three (both due-guards standing guard outside the door of the lodge AND the person seeking to gain access to that lodge) should then say the proper phrase for that lodge. The role of the district director in a closed lodge is to follow the Lodge Ambassador (the Scottish Rite Templar level of POD) and the Regional Directors (the Rosicrucian Golden Dawn of POD) and only sit down on the bench after they have. We keep one eye always on the nearest door, and one eye always on the nearest window. We trust the Regional Directors, and they trust the lodge Grand Masters. We watch the regional director convey the report of the lodge ambassador to the lodge Grand Master (the Essene York Rite in POD), who would then convey the report to the area directors (the Bohemian OTO of POD). However, if the report is delivered any farther than this we must wait for a special sign to be given from within, and this sign will let us know how to act in accord to the password presented within by ourselves as the due-guard from the person seeking to gain entrance. There are five seats for every bench and we are the ones that occupy the seat on the end closest to our lodge's door. Next to us sits the regional Rosicrucian. Next to the Regal Rosicrucian representative from our Lodge sits the Templar Ambassador, the Tyler, or guardian at the great stained glass window behind the bench. He sits facing away from the Senate proceedings, looking out at the window, keeping watch, just as we sit straddling the bench, facing away from our lodge brothers, looking back toward the door, keeping watch for cowans, peeping Thomases and spies. We are the larger part of the armed regiment. There are ten of us that guard outside the senate doors, two at the door into each lodge, and we take the passwords and give the grips. The other armed guards are the Tylers, but they stay inside for the most part. Inside the Senate everything is arranged like a giant cobweb. If there is a fly caught in one area, immediately all the spiders in all the other areas will know. On each lodge bench sit five wise Senators. There are the due-guard, the attendant, the tyler, the GM and the chair for each of the four elements: for water, for fire, for air, for earth. In the centre there are three pillars, each with a chair next to it. The four benches and the three pillars are the twenty three "seats" of the Senate. However, the number of senators present and in attendance at any time is not strictly set to that combination of numbers. For example, when convening an "ecumenical" senate, the fifth lodge is closed and a "spirit" lodge is opened, with a bench of four Senators, limiting the other elemental lodge benches also to four Senators. Just as there is a difference between the total number of senators and the total number of votes, so too is there a difference between the number of Illuminati that can

    constitute a "lodge." It is said that usually five meet, and that they are then considered an "invisible hand" of the Illuminati. However, just as four must find one to three, so too must five find one or two, and one or two is fewer to find than one to three. The goal in forming an Illuminati "hand" (known amongst the Church of the Sub Genius as a "clutch") is to advance it to become a church (comprised of 1 OTO, 2 Ill and 3 Ros) or to constitute an executive committee (the "stark fist" of "removal" or "retrieval" in subgenius lingo) of seven members. Think of Illuminism as like a political party among the modern church and state of the Perfect Order. However, Illuminism, Rosicrucianism, the chivalric and philosophical degrees of Masonry, as well as the modern Bohemian OTO, (all collectively known as the "bund" degrees of the Order) are more than merely political paradigms. They are psychological patterns formed naturally whenever certain numbers of people meet in groups. The savage "pecking order" of the watering hole demonstrates this point across many levels. Just as does a "church" convene of six and an "executive council" of seven, so does a "clutch" of illuminati convene of five. Just so, in every group of seven, the dominant male will guide the philosophies of four, though he will betray one and one will betray him. Such are the "seasons of the pope" played out in every group of seven. 7 is less stable than 6 but more stable than 5. One of the chief goals of Illuminism is to "restore" Atlantean Democracy. To do this, the Illuminati have reconstructed the Senate with an odd number of members (all of whom save the pope may be trusted to not abstain), in order to ensure a regular flow for the Law. The Illuminati are particularly interested in expanding upon the fractal of odd primes. The second sign of the Illuminati is the colour yellow. The "sun symbol" of the Illuminati is the circle with a dot at the centre. It is a symbol for a total solar eclipse, similar to the Moebius strip symbol for the duality of positive and negative infinity manifesting in the sun and moon. A similar symbol is the symbol of the Tao, or "the Way," in Chinese Zen. Here we see the familiar "Yin/Yang" motif, however with a twist. We see the sun and moon pass through each other, like a dragon eating its tail. The opposite tint of yellow is blue, but the opposite hue of light from yellow is violet. Thus, the true opposite of yellow would be something similar to an average between blue and violet, namely indigo. However, if you examine the light of the eclipse, you will see that an indigo sun surrounds a blue moon to produce violet light in the sky. Because the local sun is yellow, everything that we see, each photon that strikes our eyes, has been spun more towards the yellow portion of the spectrum before and after being reflected off any object. The opposite of this light source then is not the absence of it such as at night, it is the ultra-violet sky scorched away of the yellow hue and made crystal clear during a solar eclipse. The indigo sun represents Tiphereth and the blue moon Yesod. We see the alignment of the sun and moon occurring on 5/5/2000, and we will see it occurring again on 12/21/2012. Yesod means the "foundation," and tiphereth means the "beauty." So

    when we look at the solar eclipse what we are seeing is how everything looked in the Garden of Eden, when the light source of the Creator was eclipsed from Paradise by the Creation. Just as we discuss the astrophysical sun and the moon as individual elements to be of a lesser degree of force than the cosmological emanations of Tiferet and Yesod, that is, the product of their union, so too is the relationship between the "lesser light" of photons, and the "Greater Light" of tachyons. Just as, at night and during an eclipse, when the yellow light of the sun is removed, does the sky appear as it truly is: clear, so too is the difference between the photon fields of zero-mass and the tachyon wells of ZPE. Just as even only one single photon emits visible light radiation (Cerenkov radiation), so too is the tachyon an invisible hypersphere that surrounds and permeates the photon. The closest approximation to understanding the tachyonic torus surrounding the photon would be to compare it to the differential rotation of the sun's gaseous surface as it winds up the longitudinal electromagnetic field lines until they become latitudinal. The reason for the sun's differential rotation is the precession of its EM poles, the same as our own here on earth, which in both cases, of our planet and our sun, are offset from the actual geographical location of the mass's polar rotation. So each photon blazes and seethes with infinite tachyons in much the same way as a star is a nuclear furnace emitting infinite photons. This light that we see emitted from a single photon (Cerenkov radiation), however, is coloured like the sun's photons are yellow. In order to see the true form of tachyons, you have to obscure the direct light of the photons. Once your eyes adjust, then you will be able to see more clearly the invisible patterns that appear in the empty air. Unlike stars and photons, the "clear light" of tachyons "shines but does not burn." It is not a sign such as fire, that consumes fuel for the flame to convert into smoke. Nor is it a sign such as air, that can be clear, cloudy or stormy. Nor like water that can be ice, liquid or gas. It is like a combination of all three of these traits: water, fire, air combine to describe the ether "above." However, just as the dot in the circle "sun" sign can be used to represent photons, so too can the Alchemical Sulfur sign stand for the clear light of tachyons. In sulfur are mixed chemical "air" (cloud), "water" (gas) and "fire" (smoke). It is the airiest of the air elements. Yet its stench is associated with Satan. This is there to remind us to be sensitive to the change in smell of our setting. Remember that even a rarified change, such as one in air temperature or pressure, can be a telling sign. And, again, just as there may only be odor to remind us of the presence of sulfur, so too are invisible tachyons glittering gloriously along all levels impossible to miss once one is aware of them, and just as sulfur's tint is yellow, so too can the otherwise invisible tachyons be seen only when near an emission source such as a photon or in the gas jets of the poles of a black hole. This is the dual nature of Light: there is the "Greater" and the "lesser." The Greater Light is tachyons. The lesser light is photons. The Greater Light is clear, but requires an object to eclipse between itself and its more massive counterpart, the photon, for its true and invisible patterns to become apparent. The more massive counterpart, the photon itself, radiates like a star such as our sun. Tachyons are so much smaller than the (supposedly massless) photon that they only even appear when their trajectories are Doppler shifted by the photon's surface well. At this point they appear as Cerenkov radiation. Therefore, while the exoteric colour associated with the Illuminati is yellow, the

    esoteric colour of the Illuminati is actually clarity, the trance of "samadhi" in Buddhism, achievement of Nirvana to the Hindu, Christ Consciousness to the western mystics, Kether of Shekina to the QBLHist, "ego-death" to a psychologist. When the mind is clear of all motion of thought, when there is no electrical kinetic activity in the neural tissue of the cerebellum, then the emotions will become still and the heart will calm. As this happens, the Light of the True Sun will increase its brightness, and the invisible patterns will become clear, and the True Illumination of God, that is, His Vision and His Voice, will come down upon you. It is because this method of clearing out the self allows the influx of God that this trance of clarity is called "Illumination": the Light increases. The third symbol of the Illuminati Order is the dodecahedron. When the Illuminati Order was created by Adam Weishaupt, it was a very different organisation than it is today, as a branch of Free Masonry. In its initial conception, Weishaupt's Illuminati appealed to Free Masonry, however by now, having been accepted into the philosophical Lodge for some 200 years, Illuminsim and Free Masonry have become irreversibly intermingled to the extent that Illuminism is considered the "True Masonry" and that all former Masonry was a "fallen" and "degenerate" form of Illuminism. Consider, for example, the role of the "due-guard." They are made aware of both the outside and the inside of the lodge, as well as, originally, the inside of the Atlantean Senate as well. They stood guard outside the lodge doors, entered in through the lodge using the same pass words and grips as they themselves collected outside, and shared a seat on the Senate bench with all the other members of their lodge. However, since the time of Atlantis, the biblical city of Enoch, the high degree of civilisation therein was also lost. This treasure, however, was buried before the flood, and survived underground, in one form or another, until the present. The "keys" to this highdegree of civilisation are now the "lost" word and keys of Free Masonry. Illuminism's promise is to restore this. And in many ways it has. However, to accomplish this "restoration" it has been set in counter-point to the civilisation and its values that has arisen in the interim. Christianity, the belief in a single uber-mensch, pales by comparison to the global civilisation of Atlantis. However, this is the best that the "goyim" (as they are known to the International Order of B'nei Brith, the IOBB) can imagine for their "perfect" world. Therefore, to set the world into the proper order, much of the civilisation that the "goyim" cherish must be destroyed. That is the "burden" of Illuminism. However, the movement within Free Masonry known now as the Illuminati did not begin until nearly 1776. It has had much fear of change and conservative reactionism to contend with. It has only managed to advance the world as far toward global re-unification in the past 200 years as "global conflict" and "free trade," which is, obviously, quite a ways in terms of technological progress compared to the Dark Ages, however still a long way from being Atlantis. The Renaissance Rosicrucianism that was resuscitated by Illuminism has impacted into science fiction dystopiae, and the dreams of a "New Atlantis" are being retarded in some by tension over the Christian calendrical "millennium." Among some, the success of Atlantean "democracy" is considered a "mystery," and likewise some venerate the "ineffability" of all such "mysteries" so much that they consider the entire endeavor to solve these "mysteries," recover the "lost" keys of

    Masonry, and "restore" Atlantis, collectively nothing but "metaphysics" and "mysticism." These people comprise the present mode of thinking that Illuminism seeks to root out and to eventually completely overcome. These people venerate the veil without accepting the apocalypse of the Abyss. That is why there is a division in the vision. The division, however, as it is manifest now, is one between church and state. This issue has caused there to arise two factions in the present Order that preserves the perennial tradition. This division appears to be between the quasi-religion type degrees and the executive and administrative type degrees, ie. between exoteric church and state. This is considered by the modern "goyim" the cornerstone of Democracy. However this is the main difference between modern "Democracy" and Atlantean Democracy: in Atlantis there was no church. There was no need for one. This is the message of the Illuminati. However, though we are opposed to religion, we realise the need to enter into it in modern times in order to dissolve it from within. This is the reason no "church" of the Order can be recognised without one Illuminatus member. It might seem like it would probably be better if an Essene were allowed to take our place in the religious sphere, but it is necessary for all of us to achieve our goal that they should not. Illuminism is a movement of science. As such we advocate deism. However we are actually closest to "atheists" in our hearts. This does not mean we do not know and love God. It means we lack "belief" in the "lesser" god described to us by the "goyim" people. Unlike the Rosicrucians, we will not work with the "goyim" by curtailing our curriculum to suit their tastes; we will not mince words and say, "the pope is the antiChrist" out of one side of our mouths, but say "Jesus is the True Way," out of the other. We tell the Truth. Man is God. This is why the teaching method of Ben Padiah, "do not cast pearls before swine" is the watchword of the common man today. This is why much of what the Rosicrucians published as a compromise between the Truth and Christianity is replicated without amendment or revision in the mass media today, not because we do not recognise the inherent errors in the grimoires, always on the side of Christianity, nor because we do not have easy access to the true content of these grimoires, but because we publish what will whet the appetite of those who otherwise would not seek truth at all, that, like the Rosicrucians, they should then seek us out. We have created the "New Age" movement of the modern mass media. It is the characature of the New World Order movement in politics, the movement of globalism. Of course, the heads of the "New World Order" movement in politics do not need to understand astrology any more so than some fool in an online "Magick: the Gathering" group would be able to read the mind of the US President. This is the continuing separation of church and state within the Order. Neither the "New Agers" nor the "New World Order" proponents have foresight enough to see the "restoration" of Atlantean Democracy, let alone to understand their own actions now, by attempting to unify the world prematurely, and thus religiously, are only plunging the world into a necessary, and temporary, chaos. The heads of state and the chiefs of the church are all by now, at least, Illuminati. The fourth meaning is given for the letter "G," the force of gravity. Just as there is a weak force and a strong force of atomic energy, so too are there phased states for the force of gravity. The strong gravity force is photons, the

    particles being large enough for us to see with our bare eyes. The "weak" gravity force is tachyons. While the "strong" force seems integral to our perception and understanding of our universe, comprising the entire spectrum of visible radiation, that is, the EM force, it is the "weak" force of gravity that is actually more essential, anthropicaly, for the existence of our universe, because, by the involution of their surfaces (simultaneously moving forward and backward) they determine the direction of linear time. Some incorrectly associate the seeming "strong" and "weak" force of gravity with the terms "gravity A" and "gravity B." In fact, "gravity A" is a term used to indicate "micro" (sub-quantum) gravity and "gravity B" is a term used to indicate "macro" (astrophysical) gravity. The terms "gravity A" and "gravity B" are "close enough for government work" since they are commonly used by military physicists, while "micro" and "macro" are used more by metaphysicians, the preferred terms among astrophysicists and quantum mechanics still being "wells" and "fields" based on EM type quantum characteristics. So, if I say, "gravity wells occur on astrophysical levels," and that "gravity fields predominate on sub quantum levels," you should understand that this means the same thing as saying "gravity B is macro-gravity" and "gravity A is micro-gravity." However, you should also bear in mind that "macro-gravity" or "gravity B," etc. is not 1:1 synonymous with the "greater Light" of tachyons and that "micro-gravity" or "gravity A," etc. is not 1:1 synonymous with the "lesser light" of photons. Instead, both gravities A&B, that is, the microscopic and macroscopic forces of gravity, are relative to the "Greater Light" of tachyons. All this pertains to what the military calls ZPE, or "zero-point energy," energy that exists below that of the massless photon. So, the force of gravity is really above that of EM, the spectral emissions of light, as the "Greater Light" above the "lesser," but the forces of "micro" gravity (A) and "macro" gravity (B) are equal above. Or rather, they are equal, but both are lesser than the "True Light" of tachyons. Gravity A and gravity B comprise the dual-nature of linear time. However time, being the 4th experiential "temporal" and 4th actual "spatial" dimension(s), is actually one dimension lower than the 5th dimension of "pure Light," the "clear Light" that illuminates tachyons. For, just as tachyons shine through photons, causing their Cerenkov radiative light, so too does the "true Light" of Spirit shine through tachyons, causing their invisible involution. And even this dimension is only the outer gates of the Prime Mover. That is why the "G" of gravity is less than the "G" of geometry, and the "G" of geometry (that is, the measurement of all space permeating all dimensions) is yet less than the "G" of God. This is, of course, how the ordered mind would order things. And in the Beginning, there was perfect periodicity. However, by now, having long since passed the point of universal "critical mass" when the collapsed string-dimensions begin to fray, and the "shells" shatter, and the universe begins producing a multiverse of baby universes inside black holes, all things appear aperiodic, warped and distorted. So, even though the Rosicrucians were, in their time, able to communicate the "ideal" of perfect periodicity to the Christians, we Illuminati now see this as impossible to explain to the same audience for the reason of the millennium's distractions. However if we were to have to "prove ourselves" to the "goyim" using the "mystic mysteries" of "mathematics" to awe and astound them, we would have to go looking for the proper equations and relationships not in periodicity, but in aperiodicity.

    There, we would confuse all the perfect terms to arrive at a suitably confusing, yet "right," answer as to confound the astounded masses. For example, take "E=Mc^2." Everyone will assure you it is true based on the evidence of the atomic bomb, but no one in all the lands can explain to you what exactly it means. There is, to the "goyim" (the "children of Heaven" Christ called them), no repetition without modification, and the only uncompromisable thing is compromise. If quizzed by the "goyim" on the math of "higher dimensions" (which they will associate with their Home, "Heaven"), explain to them the following correspondences: gravity is negentropic, attractive and gnomonic. Time itself is entropic, repulsive and fractal. Explain to them that "entropy" is the forward flowing motion of the standard "arrow" of time. Explain to them that wells of gravity are, themselves, the statistical improbability, and that one, like life itself, must struggle to come into existence and to maintain itself even for a relatively short time. Tell them, therefore, we use the term "gnomon" to refer to "negentropic," gravitic" or "living" patterns, and the term "fractal" to refer to "entropic," "temporal" or "dead" patterns, even though, in essence, both are patterns themselves, because they, like a hologram, replicate the same design on smaller and larger scales. In this way, you can explain hyper-spatial mathematics even to a bedouin Arab, and you can discuss the nature of Spirit even with an atheist rocket scientist. Therefore, understand the pure calm of perfect periodicity, but realise that, though it is reflected like ripples in a pond, it is not itself anywhere pure, calm or periodic anywhere in this universe. And the local universe is all the "goyim" are likely to ever know about. See, also, that tachyons carry the force of gravity over the force of EM, however that this reflects, or reverses upside down, beneath the speed of photons, such that photons appear (on the surface) to be the force of EM over the force of gravity. Therefore, even though these words have a somewhat different, more "ideal" meaning to us as Illuminati, to the "goyim," you can explain to them that photons, represented by the yellow circle-dot symbol of the sun, are actually "weak" gravity, and that these manifest themselves as forward-flowing, "entropic" fields of gravity. They will understand this. Then tell them that "strong" gravity is tachyons, manifesting as backward-flowing, "negentropic" wells of gravity. Tell them one is above and one is below. Then they will think they understand, and then they will know what you tell them is true. Explain to them that gravity "wells" are like the chakras and that gravity "fields" are like the aura. Explain to them patiently about the holographic nature of "Light" but do not by any means attempt to explain to them that the chakras of the aura are equivalent to the karma of the soul. Do not attempt to explain to them that the true nature of gravity as temporal is relative to the spatial nature of photons, and do not attempt to explain to them anything yet about phi/pi. If you explain these things to the "drones" and the "goyim," and if you show them the diagram explaining to them the shape of the tachyon then they might begin to get a grip on controlling their own finances by applying their new-found understanding, and we wouldn't want that. Instead, just show them the "solar" symbol of the Illuminati, the circle with a dot in the centre, and tell them it is a cone. Instead, show them the eye in the triangle design and explain to them it is a symbol of God, the "all seeing eye" in the "Trinity" halo. But by no means explain to them the evaporation of currency value is equivalent to the "withering away" of the capitalist "dictatorship by the proletariat" through the micro-miniturization of information-transfer technologies. Do not let

    them understand that this "evaporation" of currency (water to air) is equivalent to the force of photons (gravity under EM), and that, to generate income from this "evaporation" of currency is to use tachyons (gravitic "water" over cosmological "air," or the EM force) to foresee the future. Explain to them that "God only knows" the mysteries, but keep in mind at all times that to an Illuminati, there is no ineffable mystery. The fifth is Jupiter, King among the planetary rulers. Just as there are various mysteries related to the Illuminati "solar" symbol, as there are various arrangements of the attributes it denotes, such as the "greater" and "lesser" light, tachyons, photons, etc. etc. etc., so too are there multiple interpretations of Jupiter. Nowadays, to say "Jupiter" to the modern initiate, they may think of the sefirotic Judgment, or Mercy. However, when we Illuminists refer to Jupiter, it is not in its sefirotic sense, but in its planetary sense as the Hebrew letter tau, gematria value 400. The history of Jupiter is many storied, but we must remember it was attributed to the planet first. Then from this did it become relative to a letter in the Hebrew alephbet. Then from this did it become venerated by the Greeks. Then from this, in twentieth century Cabala, it was associated with the sefira of Judgment, or Mercy. This is the order of the history of its meaning. Throughout this history of exoteric meanings, however, there has been an esoteric current in which Jupiter has had another specific meaning, one not known of exoterically yet. Jupiter was associated also by the alchemists with the elemental metal iron, opposite on the spectrum from mercury, and modern esotericists recognise the same polar relationship between Muladhara and Pratylahara, the lowest and highest chakras. The reason for this, though, is not because the planet Jupiter is farther from the solar system's offset centre than the planet Mercury. It is because of the kamea. The kamea, or magic number square, associated with Jupiter is second of the planetary kameas, a square of four-by-four. The kamea are undoubtedly ancient, but their understanding has never been fully accounted for. They were known in linear form to Francis Barrett, and are, according to E.A. Wallis Budge, "at least as old as Sumeria and India." However their exact origins are unknown. Tellingly, the "place in the zodiac" given for each "planetary" kamea has additional writing within the geometric sigil. This writing is, of course, indecipherable, and is likely the contemporary of Ancient Hebrew and linear A and B, and is decidedly pre-phoenician. It seems possible that the seven sigils on the "places in the zodiac" are actually the ancient prototyes of the modern alphabets. However this is mere speculation. What is not "mere speculation" is that there has been a political movement over the last 200 years to "restore" ideals of society that were considered "Atlantean" even by Solon, the father of Greek Democracy. The major difference between the movement for "Atlantean restoration" and the origins of the kamea in history is found in the bible. According to the Hebrews, the events immediately prior to Abraham's expulsion from Ur (in Sumeria) was the building by the people of the Tower of Babel, and the dispersion of the peoples following the confusion of the tongues. Abraham,

    known as Ibruim in contemporary Sumerian records, was the scribal priest of Enlil, the chief deity of Akkad, north of Sumer. As such, he was opposed to the Babylonian expansion that was then overwhelming Sumeria. In the bible, the "Old Testament" of Abraham's people(s), these events are described as the first exile of the people, when Abraham entered Egypt as Imhotep, builder of the pyramids. Later on, following the Exodus out of Egypt and the building of the First Temple, Babylon was still around; this was the time of the Babylonian captivity of the Israelites. However, at the time of Abraham, the threat of Babylon was only just emerging. Therefore the event described as preceding his expulsion from Ur was the building of the Tower of Babel and the confusion of the tongues. At the same time as Abraham left Ur, Lot left Sodom. Just as the Tower of Babel was destroyed, so too was Sodom destroyed. This was when the kamea was first described. Thus, the modern sigils in the "places of the zodiac" we have to describe the kamea are only as old as later Sumeria, and are not authentically Atlantean. Of course, because the arrangement of the sigils on the "places of the zodiac" is based on the arrangement of the number squares comprising the kamea, then there is no way to date when the information of this certain arrangement first became known. That is why we, the Illuminati, consider the Kamea to be of the "true" Atlantis, that is, timeless. The "Jupiter" (due-guard) "place in the zodiac" is depicted in red on the diagram associated with the Illuminati degree. Here we see the seven "places in the zodiac" of the "planetary" kamea are attributed to the seven colours, and these arranged in a circle around the geometric pattern formed from the arrangement by ratio of the number squares. The fact that there are seven "places in the zodiac," each with its own accompanying "indecipherable" sigil, indicates that the "artifact" unearthed by the Essenes was signed by seven rulers. To speculate these are seven of the ten, supposedly "Atlantean," kings from before the deluge does not mean the seven sigils on the kamea necessarily correspond to names of the pre-deluvial rulers on the Sumerian Kings' List. We cannot say with certainty when the sigils were inscribed. What we do know is that the "places in the zodiac" of the "planetary" sigils is based on an arrangement of the kamea number squares according to ratios. We know that the base seven and twelve systems can inter-relate in various other arrangements also, but that the one of these that follows most logically from the kamea arrangement of number squares is one that is not yet popularly known of among the Christians and the "goyim." It positions the seven planets as bars across a circular zodiac, uniting mirror opposite signs. This arrangement has only been implied thus far to the "goyim" and the Christian cabalists by Francis Barrett's linear array of the seven "planetary" sigils. According to Barrett's linear array, "planetary" Jupiter rules over Pisces and Sagittarius on the "zodiac," however it is clear here that Barrett is attempting to fuse the two systems of "Jupiter" the planet attributed to the letter Tau and to the sefirot Judgment, or Mercy, and "Jupiter" the four-square base-seven sigil kamea and it's "place in the zodiac." However we should be able to rightly see that the "zodiac" of the kamea number squares arrangement and the "zodiac" of the constellations in the empyrean heights do not necessarily correspond to one another in a 1:1 ratio. Instead, it seems likely, to us, as Illuminates, that the kamea refers to the microscopic as the constellations refer to the macroscopic. Jupiter governs over Pisces and Sagittarius.

    Pisces is a water sign. Sagittarius is an air sign. Now we know that, in our year, Sagittarius precedes Pisces by less than Pisces precedes Sagittarius. At this point in the passage of the Aeons, the constellation we call Pisces (the twin fish) is associated with the flooding of early spring. As such, when the solar age is pisces, it will be the end of an ice age in the north hemisphere. Likewise, when the solar age is Sagittarius, a sign of early winter and later autumn, we recognise as dominant an archetype that, currently, we depict as a centaur archer. So why is it that the exoteric manifestations, the "invisible hands," of Jupiter are expressed as twin fish and a horse-man? It is not because of the planetary attributes of Jupiter, associating the red giant with Zeus the Olympian Dignitary of Dignitaries. It is because these are the signs on either end when a horizontal bar is drawn across the ecliptic and attributed to Jupiter. The reason for this is the Kamea. By tracing the mysterious origins of this symbol, the barred zodiac, we can determine the origin dates of knowledge of the Kamea. This places the first knowledge of the base seven and twelve systems at the same time as the conception of the modern Hebrew alephbet, wherein Jupiter is equivalent to the letter Tau. The date of the origins of the modern Hebrew alephbet are contemporary to the beginning of Phoenician and the use of hieroglyphics in Egypt. This corresponds to the end of the Old Kingdom in Egypt and the beginning of the Pharaohnic Age, the building of massive pyramids designed by "Imhotep" and the first expulsion of Abraham and Lot from Sumer and Akkad. That is why QBLHist scholars of the Sephardic school were unable to trace the Kamea back any further than the time of the tower of Babel and the confusion of the tongues. It is because this is the earliest they can trace back the use of the barred circle zodiac symbol to represent the kamea. However, as we Illuminati know, this does not mean the true kamea, that of the arrangement of number squares by ratio, was unknown of before that point. It only proves that it was at the time of the tower of Babel that the translation of the kamea into modern Hebrew could be attributed. So, we can say that the Kamea was known of at the very beginning of the recorded history of our modern, antedeluvial era. This implies, thus, that it was known of before the flood as well, even though any record of its being known would have been lost at that time. Now we Illuminati know that the kamea is the foundation cornerstone of Atlantean Democracy. However, the difficulty we encounter, and on a daily basis, is exemplified by trying to explain this to the common people, that is, the exoteric "goyim" or the "drones" of modern civilisation. The trick is to get them to work upon the project without knowing what, in the end, it will be. This is because of their greed: if they were to learn their work would be used to make their superiors immortal, they would desire immortality for themselves. So too the "restoration of Atlantis" rendering the presence of all mankind eternal would so appeal to the common workers on the Great Work that they would desire to design it in their own image, and thus to rule over the entirety. Because we cannot allow this to happen, there are some things that we Illuminati do not talk about with the "goyim." One of them is the way in which Atlantean Democracy is founded on the cornerstone of the Kamea. Another is the true meaning of the "Clear Light" (that it is fifth dimensional). We do not talk about phi/pi to the "goyims" and we do not subscribe to their definitions of "God." We do not show them certain signs and seals, such as the "solar" symbol of the Illuminati, and if they happen to find these out from us, we explain the symbols to the "goyim" incorrectly, to confuse them into awe. We can explain the solar symbol first as a cone, then the triangle as a sign of dialectics, argue Marx and Rand with them, but we will never be able to explain to them the meaning of the rotation of the barred zodiac according to the "dual twist" method of depiction according to Crowley in the Book of Thoth. Not unless they are willing to

    quit being a "goyim" and to become an "Illuminati." That is why we look toward Pisces and Sagittarius. To conquer, divide. So, when air and earth (archer and steed of Sagittarius) are divided, they become the twin water sign, the two fish of Pisces. This indicates that, when these signs were formulated, Pisces represented the Spring Equinox sign (both water), and that Sagittarius was between the autumnal equinox (more earth) and the winter solstice (more air). Of course, this relationship fails to matter compared to what weather these signs denote to the common mind currently. Likewise, just as at the time of the beginning of the Babylonian (base 12) zodiac the 12 signs were fixed to the 4 elements in the form of the 4 seasons, so in modern times the ancient Babylonian zodiac can be associated with the "planetary" (base 7) system through the relationship between the base 4 elements (esoterically the 4 "worlds" of QBLH) and the base 3 alchemical elements (esoterically the elements of the 4 worlds). Because 3+4=7 and 3X4=12, then we see the base 7 and base 12 systems connecting quite easily in the realm of mathematics. And already we have the preserved fragments of the artifact, the "places in the zodiac" and the Atlantean sigils. Thus, just as by adding 3 + 7 + 12 we arrive at the 22 of the Hebrew alephbet, so too do we arrive at 23 when we add five times four to three. These are the "mysteries" of our "magick" numbers. Only understand: there is no point trying to tell the "goyim" about these types of things; they will not understand. They will tell you "the old ways are better" referring to the Dark Ages. But we Illuminati are here to restore the Atlantean "rule of one." One God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all, rules over the nation that aligns itself with these, his ideals. The "goyim" only understand the opposite form of logic: the All-Seeing Eye is printed on money. They will see this as evil, placing a sign of the divine on the very surface of the most profane. However with only a little coaxing, they will come to understand the "eye in the triangle" does not represent the "divine" but a lesser form, or state, of the "Divine." Rather than representing omniscience bound, we can tell them, and quite rightly, that it is merely the modern symbolic equivalent of the binding through labour of the deity known in Akkad as Shamash, in Sumer as Utu, and in Babylon as Marduk. "By binding Marduk," we can explain to them, "we place YHVH supernal to Cthulu." We can even show them a picture of a pyramid above a labyrinth to stimulate their minds. All this can be done easily enough by us now, but what cannot be done by anyone to our knowledge at this time is to explain to a "goyim drone" the true "old ways" were the way of Light and the Law of One. the final attribute under the auspices of Illuminism is Chiah Chiah is the lesser will. Jechidah is the Greater Will. The lesser will is like a wild animal. The Greater Will is that beast's trainer. Out of love for the animal, it must be whipped and conditioned and molded into obedience, even if, throughout that time, the punishments and rewards seem arbitrary to the animal and it does not understand why its Master is showing it "tough" love. Why is this? What is the reason for this? It is because, otherwise, the wild animal would eat the one who instead trains it. Consider the tamed lion. It could easily, if so prompted, devour the flesh off a man in under a minute. However it is as totally subservient as a common pet. Why is this? Because it has realised the freedom of home. This is like Chiah: Chiah is the lion with two faces, one tamed, one savage. The Chiah is the home of man's highest spirit, of the QBLH, the lowest parts, the (Khab Allah) flesh of God. That is why the lion is both savage and tamed: because Chiah is home to man's highest spirit and to God's

    lowest flesh. Just as the spirit of a man may seem tamed, it is nothing beside how fair is the Lord. And this is very Good! For God has given each of His angels right judgment, that is, mercy, and His own ideas see out through their eyes. So, Thoth and Shiva may serve us just as much as Michael or Jesus, for all are spirits of the realm of Neschemah. For some of those spirits have fallen, and seek to deceive us and draw us away from the clear light. Either when we choose to, or only we have become very deceived, do we incarnate. So we say that some spirits of the realm of pure geometry, the fifth dimension, that of the "pure Light," are guides to the realms of purity even greater than that of invisible geometric Light. Others, however, try to drag us downward and back into the realms of fourth dimensional EM entropy. Those for whom we feel pity are angels of the Lord too, but, like Satan tempting us to avoid charity, they cling to our sorrows and leave a trail of affect behind us. However whether the Grigori or fallen Annunaki spirits or those of Jechidah will guide us in our Will, our Chiah, our gut instincts, is determined by our own level of alignment of the watchful eye over them. Just as the Jechida, or True Will, the Holy Guardian Angel (peak transcendental experience level) of each and every little speck of an individual, is Higher than even the "spirit" of man, which is governed over by the alignment of the lesser willed Chiah with the True will of Jechidah. However remember that the "spirit" (or highest conceptual aspect) of man is only the "lowest flesh" of QBLH. This is not, as some might assume, because God is "upside down" from the transcendental ascension of man. That is Satan, also known in this case as the constellation Orion. God is both rising and falling at once, as well as neither and only either or the other. He is All these things. His is the Ultimate Will, of which Jechida is only one small ripple of a reflection. However Jechidah, the "Holy Guardian Angel" is the Highest Will of man. Beyond this one ceases to be mortal, or rather, ceases to see their self-concept of mortality as central. The self-concept of themselves as mortal is contingent on the degradation of their DNA. If the DNA's lifespan were prolonged naturally, the thoughts of mortality would begin to fade, and if the DNA's lifespan were prolonged indefinitely by artificial means, then the mind would be completely transformed into a non-mortal entity, as it truly is anyway, since the mind is only a part of the body so long as the body is alive, but that, beyond this in the form of energy, and then in the form of only a pattern of clear light, the mind does live on after this. The mind as it is now, descended into the thrice-cursed body, the thrice descended pit below the soul, has its true throne of origin above the one body, above the many bodies, above the one soul, and above the many souls. Truly the "spirit" (the pure geometric pattern) or Neschemah (clear light) of man is ever bowed before Jechidah, the Gates of the realm in which dwells the Most High and the Holy Host. Just as the soul is immortal by nature, so too can the mind's lowest concept of itself also become immortal, even seemingly eternal, but on a cosmic scale such spans means nothing. Truly the immortality of the soul will outlast any form of immortality of the body, and the eternity of the spirit, of the tamed Chiah aligned with Jechidah, the Holy Guardian Angel, will outlast even the longest conceptual extension of the immortal soul by an even exponentially greater duration. And so too is the spirit, the geometry of phi/pi, the clear Light of the fifth dimension, nothing before the almighty ascension of God. That is why we, true Illuminati, scoff even at the quest for life-extension of the Rosicrucian alchemists. Because we know it is our deeds that determine our destiny, and not our interior designs. Just as there is no one right interior form, neither of DNA nor of thought, there can be no one right being to ascend to the nether realms.

    All we need to shape tomorrow is here now. To embrace any form of immortality is to cling to the notion of mortality. In other words, the Chiah is tamed when it realizes that it must compromise upon serving time as an angel in the realm of Neschemah, either as an Annunaki, one of the fallen and perpetually lamenting, or as a Holy Guardian Angel over a lesser soul, only then can the spirit rightly be "saved" from this willing compromise and ascend into the realms of Jechidah. This is the noble beast, heart of an Illuminati. When you know this, you will know to whom to give what Grip, and when saluting anyone you shall know who among them can see by the shining. This concludes the knowledge lecture on the traits of the Perfect Illuminati. -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: VII.1. wormholes Just as our three dimensional continuum is the surface of spacetime, so are the tachyonic wormholes of fourth dimensional potential the surface of timespace. We see that there are three sizes of wormholes: the greater size that is a phi/pi pattern traced out in the tachyonic multiverse by the baby universe histories of gravitational singularities stretched out in asymptotes from the black holes in spacetime; next the medium size, within and upon the event horizon of these black holes, connecting the universal histories of alternate dimensions distorted geometrically by the gravitational singularity; smallest are the temporal singularities of superstring gravitational microwave tachyons which comprise the subspace shadows of the quantum foam of potential probability wells that unifies the multiple dimensional histories of the universe. To say that all of these are the multiverse is to miss the point of what is the multiverse. It is only a series of wormhole links between tachyonic geometrical archetypal concentrations of karma permeating the universe forming a unified field for all of historical spin over time. The multiverse is the gravitational rotation of the universal singularity. This creates tachyons that emanate in an aura around the universe, and are immediately pulled back in by the spiral histories of the gravitational singularities in the centers of black holes where they are either reabsorbed through wormholes at right temporal angles or are re-projected as tachyons through their electromagnetic poles at right spatial angles. The wormholes that move perpendicular to the history of the universe that are the geometrically fractured multidimensional bubble universes on the inner surface of timespace cause the addition of information into the third dimensional continuum observed as universal inflation. This is the aspect of the multiverse in which the microwave gravitational electromagnetic links between the fields of galaxies occur. Therefore this is the most active aspect of the multiverse, and equivalent to the main sequence of the lives of stars for the history of tachyons. This does not mean that the greater and lesser forms of wormholes comprising the unified tachyon field of time or the multiverse are in any way less wormholes in and of themselves, or play in any way a less active part in the multiverse. Consider the similarity of the phi/pi histories of gravitational singularities projecting out into

    the tachyonic multiverse outside of the spectrum of photonic light of spacetime and their similarity to the torus shaped pressure centers that move around upon the surface of earth following the convection currents. If we were so inclined, we could even find similarities in the work of our own physical bodies. All is in all. A. inside out = through It has been said that the only way out is through, in reference to initiation. This is, of course, a trap. It is easy enough to walk through it blindfolded if one uses the force of insight to guide them, seeking only wisdom, and being open to the truth. One perspective on ancient mystery cults is that they know such truths as one cannot imagine, having taken millennia to make all the right moves. What they claim to represent is QBLH itself, a vector of spin throughout the multiversal history of the universal singularity in the form of brotherhood. All this means for an individual is being studious and focused on what you are paying attention to, which makes the new age look like a paperback novel about zen and the art of motor cycle maintenance. To say that there may be something more in what is is like saying that some particular agendas might actually be more important than others. Therefore what more to it can there be without the boat rocking? A better way to look at it is geometrically, examining the phi/pi spiral as a ubiquitous gnomon. 1. phi/pi Imagine a sphere with two poles. Now imagine the surface of the imaginary sphere bending inward around the poles until the two tips touch at the center. This is a torus. If you drew a spiral that followed its surface area it would be a pi spiral outside and a phi spiral inside. This is actually due to the fact that you can trace a phi spiral around the vortex at either pole and the inside surface is made of a circular spiral such as a telephone chord, however each of these is a measure of the opposite surface, and therefore they are expressed as phi/pi, which, in itself, looks like a written inversion, but means phi without and pi within as the measurement itself and implies the opposite surfaces. To say that this torus shape, whose surface can be traced as a phi/pi spiral, is ubiquitous means two things: one particular kind of its particles, the smallest, occupies and comprises all forms of all things, while also, the phi/pi spiral itself occurs on many further different levels and scales of particles, wells, and fields, and behaviors on larger, more complexly structured dimensional levels and scales. The former it does in the form of tachyons. The latter because it is a gnomon. 2. the torus The torus is the shape of the field of which phi/pi is the wavelength measure. This is the shape taken by a wormhole between two points in spacetime through timespace. Ironically, this bears striking similarities to the world in which people are always trying to get into each others heads to greater or lesser extents and degrees, and this is called the innateness in humanity for extra sensory perception. This is represented in the pop culture simulacrum that comprises the weather of the mediated information system. If extrasensory perception, timespace wormholes, and the stock market all shared the same torus trait, then it would be possible to prove that they were related gnomonically. B. infinite potential Accessing the geometrically distorted n dimensionality of the multiverse is tapping into infinite potential. From this is derived infinite potential energy,

    infinite potential information, infinite potential referentials, infinite potential light, love and life. However, since the multiverse is accessed through timespace distortions, and these are the obliteration by inversion of karma that occur as spiral histories, then we may as well be left in the Himalayas to meditate why. 1. energy It was Nikola Tesla who developed alternating current, which is the inversion between magnetic polarities of an electrical wavelength. Imagine this inversion to the nth degree, expressed temporally, until there is neither pole of light nor dark, and all is clear. This is infinite potential energy. It is all around us, waiting only to be liberated. Gravity is free energy. Gravity is the entropic effect on free and bound particles of attraction by faster than entropy light called tachyons. These can be used to create wormholes in space through temporal singularities. Tachyons emanate from the surface of our planet all the time, however during the day there are also those of the photons of the sun. At night they project out at right angles to the horizon into the flattened electromagnetic field lines in earths plasma field. 2. dimension Pure dimension is the liberation of the mind and will, such that the mind is like a ship, anchored in its surroundings only by the free will, capable of doing all in its scope that it is capable to wish. The history of its free will is memory, the unconscious is the depth of the sea, the subconscious its surface, and consciousness the air the free soul breathes. This is all merely occurring within the flat land of the three dimension continuum, and emotions permeate all of this like metaform shapes floating in the free time of the fourth dimension. This is the cycling of karma, through the dimensions, such that memories can be triggered by reminders, and the orientations of beings are continuous, despite general relativity. Morality is one hundred and eighty degrees from immorality, sickness in denial of itself. Now which is sick and which is denial is irrelevant. One will lead you one direction, and one will lead you another. Asking questions you can find your way around to answers. What is unknown and what is known are inversions until their essence is understood. As long as one clings to what is known, one cannot comprehend the unknown. What you choose to do is only a matter of time. Geometry is native to dimension in the same way that phi/pi traces the surface area of the torus. It is the measure of dimension, and without it there would be no vector, and thus no such thing as spin. Geometry is based on links. It measures the connections between singularities, or points, in the continuum of quantum information units. It always obeys algebraic axioms that can be calculated and understood, no matter how many distortions and permutations thereof it goes through. These occur in the vicinity of spacetime due to gravity. Further out, it is thought, the same concepts and rules apply in the dimension of pure time due to the greater wormholes on the surface of timespace, but the exact measures are unknown, lost or forgotten. a. the multiverse The manifestation of the multiverse is probably the eschaton most people are expecting. This is a change of perception that evens out the expansion and contraction of our wills and the influx and co-creation of reality with our mind. Once one has achieved such a state of manifestation, one can manifest themselves historical tunnel realities through timespace. The only difference between hell, earth and the heaven of man is degree of freedom. Of course, since all the angels are

    said to work for God, their will is bound, however the spirits of the dead are believed to roam about in heaven freely. The eschaton is the heaven of man on earth, and the coming of the kingdom of God to the people. This is a slowly cycling process that occurs over time. People have been building up the ruins since the last eschaton, and many have even come to believe that this was like participating in its immanentization, or bringing about, and though they have lived in luxury they are made to wait like all the rest. Some cults believe that such perception can be induced, and it is true that there is plenty of technology for doing so. However, relying on the use of machines, drugs, or even the body itself is only scratching the surface of the multiverse. The system of the mind is so clung to by the discontinuous thoughts that it is called ego. When our personality connects to itself in memory, it reinforces this. The ultimate extension of the ego, the idea of God as self-actualization, is perpendicular in extent to its surroundings, which is thought to be the heaven of man, or the multiverse. i. how to know when youve entered Whenever you arent watching the measurement of time pass, or keeping exact, careful, accurate account of its regular passage, you are in the multiverse. This only means going through a temporal singularity, and the multiversal history of the gravitational spin of spacetime that is timespace can be measured as such itself. Therefore, whenever the passage of the moments is unobserved it is entropically discontinuous in dimension upon fractal and gnomonic geometric structures. This is the shape of timespace, and the nature of time. This is not a matter of, as DesCartes described, the room disappearing from existence after we have left it, or even Schrodingers cat, but more a matter of the old saying, the watched pot never boils. Therefore it is not a question of whether or not something exists when we are not observing it, for it is necessary that it does, and that we know of it, for by doing so we can measure it. It is really a matter of the potential entropy increasing while not being bound down together into increasing order by the concentration of consciousness. According to J.I. Gurdjief and Edgar Cayce there is even more to the history of human consciousness than the genetic manifestations of physical bodies alone. Like the eight circuits of consciousness model of Timothy Leary, they propose that we may experience ourselves in ways that even we dont understand, which are both geometric and emotional. They have all had different expressions for it, but the crux of their difference in assertion from the churches of their day was in saying that this had had a past, which could be remembered by or taught to a being in the present, which denies the religious assertion that the soul is timeless, and exists forever from the beginning until the end of eternity, subscribing readily to the mathematicians expression for infinity, the mobius strip. The soul is the part of the spirit that has not yet transcended beyond time, and in this way is the measure of a line on the surface of the mobius strip of infinite time that is the free spirit. Even this is only an idea in the mind of God, and an angel of a thought flies upon such wings. Therefore are these geometries emotions felt even by the strings of our personality, even that of a clone. The deists, for example, felt that the universe was a giant machine, created by God. Such a conclusion as this allows even the possibility of AI equaling human perceptions of life. ii. how to get back out the same way you came in Because getting into the multiverse means going through a temporal singularity, getting out means going perpendicular to the wormhole tunnel reality time stream due to its distortion to the timespace history. This only gets you into either the three dimensional continuum of another dimensional warping of

    geometry (or the original), or outside the space time continuum singularity altogether. I describe the effects on active consciousness as it passes through such dimensional inversions as these elsewhere in this book. It is karmic archetypal spiraling centralizations of tachyons passing through our heads that is the flow of our consciousness and font of inspiration, and thus, we are capable, in truth, of reading their histories as they do so, and deducing their origins as well as inducing their future projected trajectories. Doing so moves our center of conscious perpendicular to their histories, and thus, outside of time. We are, thus, looking at our spirit rather than our soul. Since there is no physical equivalent of this, as our center of consciousness is not even necessarily manifesting a perpendicular tachyon, only following a path in potential, then this is the difficulty in explaining such fine points to a machine, or any blank slate. It is a tongue twister. iii. possible side effects on personality While the most enlightened mentalities are those of meditation, it is difficult to find suitable conditions to properly clear ones mind from all the distractions of the urban sprawl, the suburbs and farms, and even from the concerns of global commerce that are good and honest responsibilities of any concerned citizen. This is not the only way to maintain clear light. It is also possible, and in fact necessary, to go about the events of survival in ones day to day life with a clear consciousness, that is able to make correct choices about conscience. This has been the lot of man since the hunter-gatherers, and is the cause and effect principle that has effected all manifestations of karma since the beginning of the universe. This clear consciousness is even reduced in the minds of metaphysical legislators to include the histories of this motion in the form of memory and imagination. However this is only QBLH in the primary clear light. Would that it were just someones dirty little secret, for it is as necessary as entropy in the universe, or biological digestion. In this way, we all participate in the immanatizing of the eschaton, by redistributing entropy. 3. information The only thing that withholds infinite potential information from every living being is the martyrdom complex. The more we are self-conscious, the more we are aware of our own eventual death. This is what makes us human, and also what separates us from the worlds of the animals. It is also responsible for the human condition of melancholy that leads to depression and even possibly suicide, a behavior thought to be unique to humanity alone. All other forms of life, whether genetic or merely holognomonic, are devoid of this form of self-loathing, and are therefore privy to infinite potential information. Even the damned, we are told, have eternity to reconcile with their fate, and thus come to better terms with their duties in life for their best self-fulfillment than the average person stuck in a dead end job. Other than the perception of death there is no need for a concept of time, and therefore all those of Gods lovely creations that do not fear death may release their cares of time, and in this way live eternally in the multiverse, taking whatever forms suit them, their minds always wandering freely. The multiverse is constructed upon the framework of the Akashic records, which are themselves, infinite potential information. Therefore there is infinite potential for geometric distortion into infinite potential dimensions in the multiverse. a. infinite potential referentials In the same way that certain words, phrases or inflections can convey additional layers or levels of meaning, so may coincidences or synchronicities in the manifest realm. So with the cataloging of information that asymptotically or

    exponentially approaches infinity, does the set of sums and substances reach a supersaturation of meaning, where everything is relative more and more to everything else, such that an acausal connecting principle such as consciousness, synchronicity, Bells interconnectedness theorem, or negentropic tachyons (which are all facets of the same fourth dimensional metaform), is infinitely reducible to a one step impossible feedback loop connecting or geometrically linking anything anywhere with anything else ever. This type of wisdom seems like it would lead to sensory overload in any person not suited or prepared for it, however this does not mean that it is not always a fact of reality. It simply surrounds the periphery of our sensory aparati and neural processing, occurring for most people more or less unconsciously, and only representing itself to them in the memories that feed their dreams as asymptotically archetypal anthropomorphications, dream symbols, sets or settings. These then bleed through into the persons karmic aura by the right brains emission of tachyons through the holographic thalamus manifesting synchronicities to call attention to what it cannot convey to the left brain through dreams or the subconscious alone. This, at least, is one modern theory that accounts for the capacity for three second conscious precognition and remote viewing in an electromagnetic spectral network. b. infinite potential intelligence Modern secret societies are little different from the three musketeers of Dumas or Hugos time in monarchial France. Free masons trace their origins to jacobite social clubs actually formed by peasants, merchants and soldiers of such European monarchies, including the French, after the monarchies began to become socially corrupt. The three musketeers had a saying: all for one and one for all, that has become essentially synonymous with the fraternal structure of masonic organizations. Like Weishaupt's 1776 Illuminati, these modern men and women advocate, liberty, equality, and fraternity or death, which has set them in opposition to both Catholics and dictatorial or nationalist Communists. This remains, however, only the publicly visible face of such types of order, while there is a secret, hidden side to them as well. The slogan of the novus ordo seclorum is fortune favors, which is, ironically, printed on American money, derives from the ancient Greek saying fortune favors the bold. There is a secret, esoteric doctrine among the inner order, which might be best expressed as all in all is all one. What this means, or at least what it amounts to, is the realization of the individuals capacity for intelligence. Whatever the masons might believe, it is an established fact that the human being only uses, on average, ten percent of the capacity for neuralectric kinetics of the brain. This would seem to really bring home the Socratic saying that, all wisdom is knowing that you know nothing. When one considers that this saying contains, like the zen koans and the true gnosis, at its perimeters, the full fractal branching of infinite potential information already, then one must only wonder at how little of what is known is known of. 4. spacetime The limbs of the astral body extend out through the geometrical distortions to the physics of hyperspace, penetrating, still, only a finite number of surrounding potential interdimensional wormhole tunnel realities of possibility in the hyperdimensional multiverse. These merely constitute the karma in our aura from which we extrapolate choice and integrate our decisions through third dimensional interactivity in the spacetime continuum. There are only as many choices as there is karma, and only as much karma as there is ego. There is only as much ego as there is thought of death and therefore of the passage of time. The ego, as I have already

    demonstrated, is reducible to an absurdity that is, the measure of time as an infinitely repeating, or looped, impossible singularity. When Buddha, DesCartes and others have discussed consciousness as being the basis for reality, this is the essential model they have been describing. A singularity of clear light receded from the surface of spacetime infinitely distorted around the edges of consciousness as the subconscious and unconsciousness, outside of which is a world that we perceive through the senses, but without which we know not. Whether this singularity represents a thought, an idea, or a dream in the universal mind is just a drop in the bucket beside the concept that it does not, as one day it will not, even exist at all. Despite the metamorphosis of forms and vessels of incarnation, these remain infinite in the pure potential of the dimension of time, and it is from this that the three dimensions of space arise. Therefore spacetime is full of as many forms as have been caused to come into creation from time. Herein is all of the life, love and light resplendent in its glory. a. going inside spatially your own temporal mind Consider that you are an ancient philosopher mathematician, and you have discovered by examination the exponential expansion of vertices in shapes per dimension, and wish to correlate observations regarding time with the fourth dimensional shape. First you will notice that there are three ways to represent the three dimensional shape, and those are first dimensionally, second dimensionally, and third dimensionally. Remember that a hexagon is a second dimensional representation of the cube, but that there are in fact infinite ways to represent the cube two dimensionally, for, as soon as you had exhausted the number of angles from which it could be depicted, you could always represent it mathematically. Because of this rule there are three different three dimensional shapes that we know of for a hypercube, or the fourth dimensional equivalent of the cube. Mind you, these are only particular shapes that happen to align in three dimensions, like the hexagon did in two, when really there are infinite potential forms of the hypercube that cannot be visualized, and exist only as mathematically provable relationships, but then, you could always express it in words. The three, third dimensional shapes the philosopher mathematician, you, would have had to work with to develop further insight into the fourth dimension, at least, for a cube, would have been the hypercube at antipode two cubes together side by side, the nested hypercube a cube within a cube, and the hypercube at standard position which would have just been a regular cube. Now you are up to date with the origin of the Khab-Allah, the Body of God, Hebrew for metaphysics. In consideration of the Kabballah, the number of ten is very important, because it is the number of sides showing on the hypercube at antipode. Its significance is identified by the ten corners of the two cubes which become visible when they are depicted two dimensionally as a pair of hexagons. The hypercube at antipode has one face which is internal to it, which makes eleven, but this face is the combination of the two cubes, and so it is secretively twelve. These numbers were also important, and this face was described in a number of other ways as well. Twelve are the faces of the nested hypercube, and six of the standard cube. The first of these became Astrology, which was used in divination, and the measurement of the passage of time by observation of the movement of the heavens; the second became the I Ching, which was based on eight elemental, three-lined trigrams comprising sixty-four eventual six-lined hexagrams, which was used in divination,

    and the measurement of certain particular cycles of time in the heavens, such as the lunar year of thirteen months and the eleven year sunspot cycle. There are seventy-two dekans by day and night in the zodiac and seventy-two divine names in the shemhamforash. When these are aligned... let it be said thus: when we take a step toward the Eternal, the Eternal takes two steps towards us. C. the alignment of black hole poles between galaxies As I have described, the tachyons flowing perpendicular to the outside of timespace are pulled upward in tori around the projected spiral histories of gravitational singularities, through these and projected in exactly flat electromagnetic field lines in the gas jets of the electromagnetic poles of black holes, and that these field lines extend out much farther, forming a larger electromagnetic torus around the entire galaxy, that connects to the pole of every single sun in its galaxy, and that these gradually differentially rotate as their ecliptic orbits around these phi/pi galactic electromagnetic field lines. I have also described that this same effect occurs for our own sun, and that this causes the gradual fluctuation of the ecliptic plane in a flat spiral around the sun, as the electromagnetic poles of the sun precess. This effect on our sun also causes the precession of earths own electromagnetic pole, which chases its tail, the gravitational pole, around in the polar precession that causes the precession of the Equinoxes and the gradual reorientation of our seasons to the constellations in the heavens that measures the cycle of the ice ages. Because the earth is seventy percent water, there will always be ice at both poles. No catastrophe, no matter how great, could ever change that. The only thing that changes from time to time as the sun orbits the center of the Milky Way, its equatorial ecliptic plane revolves, its electromagnetic field lines wind up, and earths poles precess the great ages, is that the electromagnetic polarity of the heavenly bodies occasionally reverses. The result of this on the earth is that there is either an ice age in the southern or the northern hemisphere. When there is an ice age in the southern hemisphere, little is different. Antarctica provides a large land mass upon which the water can gradually slow molecularly and divest itself of salt, becoming the vast continental glaciers of ice. Antarctica also has many high altitude hot springs in its geographical terrain, and these contribute the flows to the ice sheets as they inch their way out to sea to break off into bergs over the millions and billions of years. When there is an ice age in the north, then one side of the earth is going to get covered in snow, ice and finally great sheets of glaciers. It is known that the gravitational pole, around which the mass of our planet rotates as it orbits the sun, has changed position three times over the past 80,000 years. This has caused either America or greater Asia, that is Russia and particularly Siberia, to become covered in hostile permanent winter conditions over the different ages. In America this resulted in the great glaciers of the last ice age that covered the face of the northern continent, and absorbed world wide sea levels so low as to expose the Beringian land bridge between Russia and America. It is probable that the electromagnetic polarity of the heavenly bodies reverses when their electromagnetic ecliptics align with one another, and this implies that all the spheres and bodies of the heavens are an arrangement of wavelengths like music itself, with perfect, regular rhythms in relation to one another. This would be very angelic, indeed, if it were conveniently the case. However, there is more to it than that. Many of the orbital planes of the heavenly bodies around one another are elliptical, and therefore the time it takes the spherical bodies to move the elliptical orbits is greater in some places and less in others, because the mass of the planet relative to the loci of the ellipse is propelled faster at some points in its orbit and slower in others. Therefore this does not make them

    necessarily exactly synchronized with the passage of galactic electromagnetic field lines through their poles relative to their equatorial orientation to a body at the center of their elliptical orbit. This might amount to little more than greater or lesser mass spheres producing or conducting greater or lesser wavelengths of energy, however since these wavelengths are tachyonic, they are flatline at all points, curved into a torus shape by a distortion to the underlying dimensional geometry of spacetime itself, and are therefore irrelevant to planetary or stellar mass. Neither should the difference in densities of masses be taken by classical physicists as a differential scale between the sizes of the mass of stars or planets, since tachyons are ubiquitous in temporal potential, and are therefore the fundamental substance of all greater matter-energy. Therefore it seems to me that the reversal in electromagnetic polarity of the spherical heavenly bodies occurs as a function of both the factors of the elliptical orbit and the polarity of the next greater scale of body exerting gravitational force. This occurs because the gravitational force is two fold: it must operate at right angles because there must be a force and a body against which that force is being exerted. Both of these are tachyonic, and at perfect, sub-quantum right angle flatline histories to one another. One has been bent into the electromagnetic torus, the other is the direct gravitational force. These are the dual characteristics of the tachyon in the same way that the electrical and magnetic are the dual functions of the electromagnetic force, or that the electromagnetic force is a lesser measure on the same scale as the weak nuclear force. In this way, each galaxy is a greater tachyonic gnomon of all the lesser tachyonic gnomons within it a torus, which is, of course, invisible because it is moving faster than light in the hyperspace temporal singularity of ylem. This is the same clear light that is in the gravitational singularity at the very center of the black hole at galactic core. The galaxies themselves are the lower dimensional reflections of the temporal pressure systems comprising the weather of the potential time just above the surface of timespace. 1. the filaments and voids and the nerves When the electromagnetic poles of the black holes or the gravitational equators of the galaxies align there is an effect that can only be described as equivalent to cathexis in the Freudian model of the nervous system. Geometrically what is happening is that the histories of the gravitational singularities that extend outward into the spiral histories of multiversal wormholes are overlapping when the electromagnetic poles of their core black holes align. While there may be no visible event exchanged between them in three dimensions, in four dimensions they are like the overlapping of two pressure centers, generating a massive and complex storm. The result is greater production of tachyons. These combine both the electrical and fluid dynamic components of an actual earthly rain. As I have said, there may be no visible effect, there is a difference in the temporal dimension that might best be explained in terms of the phi cathexis system of the human nervous system described by Freud. As electrochemical induction was passed through a nerve, most would be passed on to the next nerve where the nerve was connected to a net or series of other nerves. Some of this transduction, which Freud called phi, stayed behind in each nerve and built up. Freud termed this the accumulation of ego, the ability to think, I am. When the ego operated upon the nervous system in which it resided as an ambient electrical charge, it caused hypercathexis between the nerves of the system, such that more electrochemical phi was transported from one nerve cell to the next than was transported to it from the last. Since nerve cells alone, no matter how much electrical activity they have built up, cannot even reproduce themselves as such as the lowest forms of bacteria, it is at least questionable whether Freuds definition for ego would match the

    qualifications for consciousness defined by observations of life. Imagine the way you would move if you were a large tachyon made of smaller tachyons, or the way an axon connects to a dendrite between nerves, as like an ant hill. The hive sends out individual ants as scouts, until they find a food source, and then they form a line (more or less) back and forth between it. If they need to, such as in a disaster, the ants could transport their entire hive community this way. Tre binary. However in basically this way, dendrites secrete neurotransmitters to either be absorbed by a dendrite or be reabsorbed by the axon, and galaxies emit tachyons to reposition themselves relative to one another. One might say of the universe that galaxies are arranged within it like flowers of stars on tachyonic vines. Another beautiful metaphor from the terrestrial bestiary would be the jelly fish, whose body is like the flat disk of a galaxy, but trails long tendrils behind it just as galactic hubs radiate tachyons. By the gravitational force galaxies are brought together until the black holes at the cores of their electromagnetic poles align. By the electromagnetic force the galaxies are made to turn by the other galaxies around them, as the gravitational force pulls them together, for it could only be the electromagnetic, temporal singularity (or expanded wormhole) that would pull the electromagnetic poles of the central galactic core black holes in its precession, and these can only occur between the poles of one galaxy with another as the distortion to the surface of spacetime that causes the geometric patterns of the filaments and voids. Wormholes follow arcing field lines between the electromagnetic poles of black holes at the cores of galaxies, and these penetrate another dimension of space, occurring only upon the surface and within the event horizon of the black hole at the galaxies cores itself. To say that they traveled through spacetime in any form, even as a quantum shadow such as an emotion or a metaform, would be inaccurate. They travel outside of and beyond the three dimensional universe above and parallel to the surface of timespace, comprising the tachyonic multiverse. However it is not that this isnt there, its just that we cant see it. Tachyons are wavelengths so small they are clear, and so we see space in the voids between the filaments as dark and empty. Here would be the breath of the air in which the music of the galaxies is played. 2. the holognomonic (wave) temporal matrix in the neuronal cylinders Before, I have discussed ennegrams in the mind such as memories or lines of inductive of deductive reasoning, but I have not yet described them. They are a form of QBLH, or metaform, such as is the hypercube, or tree of life of Moses. Thus, studying these types of reasoning can open up ennegrams in the mind that induce experiences in sequences, since they are temporal patterns. Ennegrams are also formed by any type of study, however it is ordinarily only in accordance to the free form of our interest in research that shapes these inquests. Thus a good compass is the formal system of reasoning based on the six fundamental questions of reasoning: How, when, where, what, who, and why? (deductive) or how, why, who, what, where and when? (inductive). Still, such as this can only guide you between poles, such as fact and fiction. These types of poles constitute the parameters of our tunnel realities. Often we see that the pattern we are looking at is mimicked by the pattern of electromagnetic energy in the visual cortex of the brain. This is the basis for the theory of ennegrams. Each memory, dream experience, idea or comprehension of perception occurs at many places at once as electromagnetic energy inside the cerebrum. The way in which these are related, it is thought, is holographic, similar to the holographic nature of the function of the thalamus just below the cerebrum. The thalamus projects impulses from multiple nerves to multiple nerves through single nerves simultaneously, thus acting holographically by storing multiple

    encodings of information on the same amount of electromagnetic impulse as is usually only used to encode a single information encoding. The cerebrum itself, though divided by the hemispheres, the functional sections, the stacking of neuronal columns and the fissures, is also thought to act as a single, unified unit, in which the information in different nervous tissue occurring at the same time is related as a thought form, memory, dream experience, or idea. What we are seeing here is a holognomonic resonance that also occurs on a lower vibrational, higher dimensional frequency, inside the axon-dendrite gaps between the neurons in the stacked pillars and columns of the gray matter of the cerebrum. Here, the electric potential in the chemical neurotransmitters of the brain is so infinitesimal on the physical scale that it actually catches tachyons in hyperdimension like an ultra fine net, filtering them through into greater electrical potential, and virtually opening up wormholes inside the mind. These translate into the genetic material of the neurotransmitters, that are passed down through reproduction over time, as well as to thoughts in the moment for the minds of the brains themselves. Since this effect is resonant holognomonically, we see the electromagnetic field as occurring at multiple points simultaneously in distant parts of the tissue of the brain. The result of this is the pattern of the brains electromagnetic waves over time. There are several different states of brain waves, including the most regular, alpha, beta and gamma states associated with sleep. These are produced in the thalamus, and are thought to have a strong temporally regulatory influence on the monthly hormone production cycle of the hypothalamus in women and the growth cycle hormone production by the pituitary gland of pubescents. Thus, the sum total of our minds over times is not only what we think, but even how our bodies grow. The waveform we are seeing that constitutes the mind in the moment, a holognomonic ennegram comprised of multiple synchronous electrical events in the brain, is the same thing as the mathematical matrix for spin that I described earlier. The spin of the substance of the fourth dimensional emotional metaform is the information that is the mind, traced out in the brain as the electromagnetic holognomonic projection of the ennegram thought form in a neural net. As the spin changes over time so it traces out the pattern of the brainwaves. D. the Akashic records The akashic records are a relatively recently revived concept deriving originally from the ancient far east. Edgar Cayce, the twentieth century psychic said that he derived his ability to read peoples past lives from the akashic records. According to Cayce, he had learned of the akashic records in the same way Madame Blavatsky, the nineteenth and early twentieth century theosophist had, on journeys made to the orient in the east, in particularly from tantric yogic sanskrit documents. Besides these two there is no writing on the akashic records known to western society, and there are no translations of the sanskrit documents they claimed to have read into English or any other language. The documents themselves have allegedly been lost. Madame Blavatsky was considered a dubious character in her time, as was Edgar Cayce in his, and it is possible that the documents both were referring to were actually nothing more than the works of nineteenth century Russian novelist J.I. Gurdjief. However even these contain no mention of the akashic records per se, and so one is led to wonder how these two independent authorities came to discover the same descriptive terminology for a concept that no one else seemed to share. It may be better to begin the history of this concept a little further back, with Ezekials vision of the ophanim wheels, or even the Old Testament apocrypha of Enoch, preserved to this day by the jews of Ethiopia. These are accounts of visions of the heavens, and in particular of the mechanisms of their cycles. They differ from

    the Sumerian books of Enki in that they are more calendrical in nature, establishing patterns and cycles for the seasons. With the accounts of these perceptions begins the true recording of the history of the akashic records, which were, at the time, only known as the cycles of the heavens. The Egyptians, and later the Christians, would have large scale descriptions of the components of the heavens and their cycles, in great detail, however both of their calendars were as though frozen in time: the Egyptians set by the alignments of their megaliths to 12,500 years ago, the Christian gregorian calendar pivoting around the year zero, some 2000 years ago. Meanwhile all the faiths the world over have always promoted the idea of an afterlife, and we believe this belief to date back as far as ritualized burial, practised even by Australopithecines, the first hominids. Thus, the temporal cycles of the extraterrestrial heavens have become associated by most faiths with the heaven of man, where the spirit goes after the physical body dies. Thus, this could be called the akashic records: the sum over histories that is the multiverse of all matter-energy of the universe over its entire duration, measured as dimensions by the vector of geometry. It amounts to the exact location of any point in history, and insofar as these can be linked together, was the basis for Cayces past life readings. It can therefore be subdivided into constituent sections from the universal singularity through the gravitational singularities, through the galactic bubbles, through all the stars of the galaxies, through any planets of any star and so on and so on, through into the categorizing of information units themselves right down to the smallest tachyon. Doing so creates a perception of the temporal pattern of the heavens such as described by Enoch. E. the Enochian system There are also two origins of the Enochian system. One is the calendrical cycle described by the Ethiopian Hebrew prophet Enoch. The other is the system of the ayres described by the fourteenth century Elizabethan England skryers John Dee and Edward Kelley. The cycle described by Enoch is simple enough. It establishes many of the same calendrical features still in use today, such as the twelve months of the year, with both name, sign and dekan, and the four seasons. One feature of the Dee and Kelley system is in complete agreement with the elder system in these regards, giving angelic banners to the months and assigning Godly names as angelic dekans to each. Beyond this the Dee and Kelley skryings provide even greater insights into the temporal workings of our heavens, incorporating extrapolations of the four elemental forces as the four cardinal directional watchtowers at the corners of the universe. The Dee and Kelley model unwinds the shemhamforash of the 72 dekans of ten days and ten nights each, three per each of the twelve signs of the zodiac, including three positions for each determined by astrological alignments over an elemental grid. It is a very complex system, giving the names of a host of angels as the arcing intersections of letters within placed upon the grid of this cycle and assigning them into the multiple levels of spheres of the 30 ayres. While neither the names of the months and signs given by Enoch, nor the importance of the letters skryed by Dee and Kelley seems to have held up, the systems with which they measured are still out there today, and can still be used to understand the cycles of the heavens and the place of our moment in this universe. Think of the akashic records as the contraction of the same medium as the Enochian system is the expansion. While the akashic records provide information from without, the Enochian system derives information from within. Both are merely movement on the geometry of the QBLH, which is phi/pi. Therefore the akashic records and the Enochian system represent all the same things: the universal singularity, the gravitational singularities, the galactic bubbles, the coiling

    electromagnetic fields of stars, and so on and so on down to the sorting of information itself down to the smallest tachyon. Think of the akashic records as what is being accessed, and the Enochian system that is used to access them. 1. the satellite telecommunications system Whatever demiurge or guiding principle there may be in the universe, the satellite telecommunications system is made by and for humanity. Like stonehenge it will stand as testimony to the greatness of the human mind. Its usage, on the other hand, seems to be unanimously agreed upon as contributing more often to human stupidity. This is through no fault of its own, for every ingenious component of these beautiful scientific marvels functions accurately to perform their goal. It is only because of politics between the people on the surface of the earth that these are used in the ways that they are. One type of satellite is the military satellite. These observe and have very strong camera lenses, capable of reading license plates on cars. Some of these are the left over Star Wars satellites from the 1980s, that have laser guidance targeting systems for destroying intercontinental ballistic missiles. These were never used, and will probably eventually become flotsam. A popular theory among some citizens of America, the country that constructed these kind of satellites, is that they contain scalar wave technology. Some evidence for this, as well as its usage, derives from those seeking legal suit against the military and the state for secret projects involving the ongoing use of microwave frequency transmission from satellites for use in mind control. The more popular kind of satellites are those used in telecommunications by large, international capitalist corporations such as television, telephone and internet service providers. These carry all the frequencies of mainstream culture in the air waves high above the heads of the secured and insulated masses, while outside the ridiculous garbage noise of our culture over the span of history since we first put satellites in space reaches out into the vacuum of the electromagnetic background radiation of the universe, screaming life on planet earth to all our surrounding neighbors. When you surf the net, when you channel surf, when you turn the radio dial, you are traveling through frequencies broadcast by these beacons. There are also satellites sent up by the various space programs of the nations of the earth for the purpose of conducting different types of research project and conveying various different types of survey. Some of these look down and monitor such things as the weather, tectonic continental pressures, pollution from population densities, and exotic ecosystems. Others are aimed outward and make measurements on such things as background radiation levels of the universe, a survey of galaxies, or, like the hubble space telescope, send back direct observational data from extra-planetary objects. Some are simply internally motivated, containing biological experiments to be recollected later, or measurement equipment for telling the difference between the time inside the satellite from the time at the launch site for coordination of the alignments of windows. Some are simply time capsules sent up by lucky classes of children. Others contain plutonium. The space shuttle is the vehicle used to deliver many of these satellites into space, while rockets are launched off containing others inside a breakaway shell. The space shuttle is an enormous airplane that is attached to a fuel tank and two jet boosters to propel it beyond earths atmosphere faster than the pull of gravity. After the shuttle is outside of the atmosphere, the fuel tank and thrusters break off and become space flotsam. The use of solid fuel rocket propulsion systems such as are used in the space shuttle boosters has been common practise since the German blitzkrieg of England in the 1930s. There is also an international space station in orbit around the earth, and

    there are astronauts living inside of it right now, at the very moment I am writing these words. This is merely the newer, collaborative replacement for the Russian space station, Mir, which had been in space at least twenty years before it was decommissioned. Currently the astronauts that live on the station are competing to break one another's records for longest time spent in the microgravity conditions of outer space. a. the global communications system Perhaps the primary purpose for the satellite technology in orbit around the earth is telecommunications. This is the goal to link all members of society to one another through mechanical media. Control of these media may, themselves, be able to fit in the palm of ones hand, however they are becoming increasingly reliant on the satellite telecommunication system, as people demand greater and greater coverage areas for their chosen connectivity to each other. This process is known as globalization, and this is a multicultural and societal pattern that is going on all over the world now. It is an agenda of the united nations, who encourage it be taught in schools, and that it incorporate equal rights for women and minorities. It is the cultural phenomenon of mediated press coverage of international events, more of which is offered with the more expensive services. b. the pop culture simulacrum Meanwhile, the cultural phenomenon equivalent to this is the grossing of the classes of the masses into the aggregate mainstream. This attempts to appeal to people from all walks of life, and to sell them further acculturations for their affectations. Its sum and substance is the pop-culture simulacrum. In the 1930s there was a disagreement between the aryan Germans and the German Jews over the value of the human soul that led to the six billion slaughtered Jews of the holocaust. This led to the capitalist cultures cold war with the communist Soviet Union. The argument of both was the dollar as being a representative simulacrum or symbolic token exchange system of nothing greater than an addictive substance such as a drug. Nowadays, many people have caught onto this idea, and are forced to part with their foolish identification of themselves with their money, for the value of a person is not expressed by his or her worth to the economy. This does not mean that the same parties who promoted drugs and money as being relative have not continued to make their insinuations about the constitution of the soul of a person as being relative to some chemical substance or other, because there is little difference between the value of the human soul to the economy and the puff of smoke from a cigarette. People still assert their personal desires on reality, few realizing what agendas they might be triggering the furtherance of, even fewer caring that these should benefit their fellow people. This is merely the pop culture simulacrum. It doesnt matter if you are real or not. You are only as important as a number, one out of an unknown amount. The system can be bent as much as it bends you, and to use it is like looking long into the face of the abyss, for it is looking just as long into you. 2. the innate perception of archetypes The names skryed from the set of Dee and Kelleys Enochian system are assigned to angels, however insofar as the manner in which they are interconnected so are they arranged upon the ayres, such that attention should be called to their arcing curvature. Although Dee was not officially entitled to call these angels archangels, we are free to call them archetypes. They are not alone as such either, because the trait of their arcing interconnectedness is not a necessary characteristic

    of archetypes. The patterns described by Dee and Kelley do offer an additional level of insight into the ontology of archetypes however we see that the phi/pi spiral is archetypal in itself due to its geometrical ubiquity. Archetypes may not only be angels, or even archangels, but they are the geometrical equivalent of the infinite potential free will of the singularity of the spirit raised by enlightenment of the conscious ego. This may be another name for the universal life form, that is, a singularity one with the universal singularity. This is not necessarily a biological life form, though by its inhabitation a physical body could be motivated. This would be the essence of the soul that is equal in heaven to the orders of angels before God. Even the demons of the qliphotic shells are archetypal, though not in their given form. The hierarchy of Hell represents an ordered system in which every one that clings to the side of the pit is given duty and knowledge for its conduct. This is merely to say that, like the periodic table, even quanta may be classified according to referentiality and relativity. In this way the most high and the lowest are called like the same, and this is essentially the consciousness of entropy. The rule is that the old greatest common factor perpetually becomes the new lowest common denominator, and this leads to the measure of time the degree of clinging to which determines the gradient between the ideal, temporal archetypal and the manifest probability quantum archetypal. Our minds are always perceiving these things, around the periphery of consciousness. They come through in synchronicities of manifestation, in the dreams of the subconscious and as unconscious emotions themselves. Another way of expressing them is the metaform of the neural net of electrical activity in the brain. a. Platos ideal forms Plato described the ideal archetypal realm as according to pure geometry, and gave as his example of perfect or ideal forms the five regular solids. These are the only five three dimensional polyhedra for each of which all the sides are the same shape. These are: the tetrahedron, octahedron and isocahedron of triangles, the cube of squares and the dodecahedron of pentagons. These he held to be physical forms that transcended the realm of the physical, as representing the same purity of concept as algebraic mathematics. On the other hand he saw all Athenian sculpture, some of the finest in all of history, as being merely representational of national trends, themes and agendas, without recognizing in it even the geometrical beauty divined by Leonardo DeVinci. Again, it is little wonder Socrates, Platos own avatar in his writings, willingly ingested the states hemlock. Similar conclusions have been reached recently by Hebrew rabbis, who found that the shapes of the Hebrew letters might actually be derived from the shape of the horn of a ram. It has long been held that the letters of the Hebrew alphabet, when taken as equivalent to given number sums, are thought to be the structure for equivalencies in meaning upon which the Hebrew language is based. This, it is thought, would make Hebrew writings more ideal. It is probably true that the layer of meaning the Hebrews encrypt in their writings is about equivalent in a rich, resplendent tapestry of beauty and awe as the Muslim illuminated arabic scrolls. However it would be a blessing from a bull indeed to call this necessarily valid, accurate, true or even, necessarily ideal, for these are all words that only apply to what can be known in this physical realm, and expressed in even these less than ideal ways. Similarly, to anyone who doesnt believe in geometry, Platos forms are little more aesthetically pleasing than a good game of baseball, or the concept of an ineffable God.

    b. the malleable manifest Whether we can consider our realm ideal or not is a matter to be legislated exclusively by the free will, however every day we are forced by circumstance to consider it real, and for the good of our continued physical survival we do this in the ways that make this reality the most apprehensible possible. Perhaps it is only because of the scarcity of the ideal imagined due to relativity that it is even valued at all. The ancient Egyptians had an expression for this: the weighing of the soul of the individual at the time of their death against a feather by Maat. Here we see that there is no scarcity, because there is no relativity, because the feather itself is the soul. In this way man is the measure. The free will manifests its own karma. Time is the spin of karma. We are continually digging our own grave, a quantum tunnel reality with its end forever in the back of our mind. Which is more ideal, the karma which we manifest in our aura, or the desired result of the end, is ultimately irrelevant to the fact that we are who we are and what we are, each individually. The love of life is clinging, the love of light is clinging. The life of love is fleeting, the life of light is fleeting. The light of love is fading, the light of life is fading. We suckle upon sex, we suckle upon drugs. We die for all our hatred, we die for other peoples ideals. Our hearts change like the seasons, everybody is always busy dying. These things that are meant to give life greater meaning are reduced and diminished themselves by their own use and application. King entropy wins. The ideal of reality is not, as most people would expect from reading the Republic, a perfectly ordered, rigorously enforced governmental construct. It is the ability to manifest what we will that runs perpendicular to the history of our tunnel reality. Because this accesses the archetypes of the subconscious and unconscious this should not be thought of as an affront to the realm of the ideal of time locked in the potential energy of the right hemisphere of the brain. Remember that the archetypes represent the full neural net activity, not only that of the left or right hemisphere. This only seeks to include the contribution of the right hemisphere in the tunnel reality defined by the holognomonic archetypal brain wave metaform. This allows for the free use of the thalamus to reflect projection external to the self, and in this way effect probability on spin, and in this way manifest physical reality. The irony of this is that it does not constitute less entropy, as does the utopian governmental idea, but actually increases it by exponential amounts similar to the pattern of growth of the human population. Manifestation is an affront to the ideal of time itself, however, since it obliterates the concept of it by relativity in the multiverse. Therefore, more potential energy does not mean more time. The liberation of additional energy from the mind could only contribute to the entropic aging of the universe. Therefore the angels of our better selves may as well be the thought police, since they are only trying to remind us of what we would only have forgotten by going to sleep. In this way time has its revenge by warping the geometries underlying the hyperdimensional multiverse. It is because of the supremacy of the ideal of time, king entropy, that manifestation is shunned.

    the illuminati I can hear you listenning I know your names You are only archetypes using peoples bodies to play games There is no middle, they are looking for a leader

    Money Declares War! Billions to Die (657)


    by: Biggage Wendal
    Oh, get out the Q-tips boys and girls, because what I am about to outline is some Sirius gangsta shit. Let me caution you, what it is that really scares me is that you might hear this tale of planet ghetto and want to stock up on your serial trying to follow in my footsteps. Id rather imagine you throwing this pulp away like its your parents money than growing up to be president, but then, thats how much Im behind conservativism. Now, on with the barrage: Capitalism is really Communism. We do not show our tastes and interests as individuals as much by electing puppet opinion pushers from collections of unqualified candidates to be the voice of arbitrary geographically designated constituencies as we do by exercising our divine right of purchasing power over objects symbolic of interest and life-style. It surprises no one now to know that dollars, not votes, run the government yet this somehow manages to further depress the average citizen on the skreet, as if, by believing themselves moral fatle, they must also accept that their moneys no good here. We support the companies that support the government. If you realize that the government is bound to protect the interests of its financial backers, just as Truman warned, and DeTocqueville before him (but then, how can we trust the French after they gave us the Statue of Liberty), then you must soon realize also that, based on the necessity of income for survival, these same companies are themselves only one oxidizing link in the food chain. You may be saying to yourself, but companies only have to act to protect the interests of their share-holders, and these might not be the same as those of their consumers or employees. Well, this brings us to what unifies all these, and companies to the government: the interest of technology. Technology is the Dictatorship of the Proletariat. More than anything else, the tools, toys and weapons we will buy speak for what we believe. This is as true for Majestic 6 as it is for a child in Honduras. Everybody who works, works to buy; everybody who buys, buys technology; technology is how we survive. If we hadnt learned to chip spear-heads, to break open bones, to build fire, we never would have lived to dream up on-line shopping. Furthermore, technology is, in itself, possessed of a dictatorial nature. It is binary: do or do not. Yoda might smile. This has, however, led to all forms of conflict of interest between otherwise identical parties. The idea that something in need always leads, so it seems, to the idea of resource depletion, and thus to the glass ceiling of angst between the Haves and the Have Nots. The miniaturization of technology is, therefore, the withering away of the dictatorship of the proletariat. As technology carries with it fewer immediate responsibilities, in terms of maintenance and propagation, it becomes less of a burden or a distraction, and more of an inspiration. We can say all this because only the specific terms used by our ancestors have changed while their goals have become reality through subsequent compromise with our goals though these goals differ only in their letters; their spirit remains the same. And this is really what all those thinkers, and at this very moment ourselves as well, are concerned with: the spirit. We are building for ourselves a set of artificial wings a compromised utopian heaven for our eternally evolving aspiration. Capitalism and Communism are only words, afterall one the foolish usurper of the throne, the other the lurking specter of our father, the successful Medieval trade guilds. It matters even less to us than to She of Infinite Faces if the former is only the mask of her rapist worn by the latter, for those are only words, and effect us not.

    Anthem by: Francis


    I got the rhymes thatll make you say shtahl bustin out more massive literature than Manly P. Hall 33rd degree shit in the torture chamber on Friday the Thirteenth bitch but you cant get through to me because Im too tight lipped kiss my ass if you want to get initiated you better believe the face on that shroud is burned not painted these visions are as real as the stench on your Balzac after you just hit that girl you loved from way back Ill come at you from the future in the form of MPD have you seenin shit that hasnt happened yet thatll turn your pee sea green understandings cheep when you only believe and knowledge free when you see who deceive So you better wise up and erase all expectation It takes a fifth dimensional hand to wield this much excalibration Hold it high till yall come see the light Hold it high until the sky starts burning bright Hell yes Ive seen that serpentine smokescreen crucified in silhouette before the sun itself and let me tell you Annuit Coeptiss eye went sky blue the same day and if she had hair I bet that would have whitened too, I hope you listen when I tell you that its all true So what if I dont know if its from the future or the past neither do you and you get yourself gussied up like its somethin damn new Actin like you just heard of the pole shift and Rex Deus Like you been worshippin Mohammed so long you cant tell Buddha from Jesus You better believe the words I speak have got their mad depth just like the art in the bible once wept, Hell no! Stop and reflect. Thats the kinda thinkin thats got the whole system e-wrecked. God damn it, come correct! Now show respect to the knowledge of the lone adept. Next time I think Ill stop the clock so you can all sit back and watch your asses act shocked, like youre gettin sudden insight into Whos the damn Boss.

    News from the East by: Uproots Coatl


    There is an empire in the East. Now they who think the Jedi should rule have power, and things are getting hotter. Even as I sit here slowly, lugubriously extrapolating this story from the honeycombed hive of my remembered experience, there are consciousnesses like bees swarming about the events. Life is like a pin-ball game, once said by one of these insects. I am but a bug, holy one, once said by an enlightened seeker. You must always question of the intentional, whose intent does it serve? Here in the jungles there is no such thing as mercy, only trial and error. Try uprooting this samsara! Where the sun rises great lines are being drawn, a great veil has fallen across the middle east, descending from the face of eastern Europe. It is the veil of Isis, worn by prophecy, knit of the fabric of time. It hangs across the skies there, and the people call it Heaven, and fight to dwell beneath it. But it is only the shadow of something much greater, that lies further back on the horizon, perhaps, such is their cover, as far back around again as America itself. But we may know by the study of slanting sun rays that it is a veil of shadow that has fallen across the Sudan, cast

    in the very electromagnetic field there by a force dwelling in the Orient. And it is the whisper of this shadow that has reached the solar winds that breathe across the Americas face. Perhaps it is the echo of the Atmoic bomb that germinated like a ramor of the sun. Perhaps it is why the Great Wall of China was built, like a macrocosm of the ass : ass shamen: Asia. It creates the illusion that we are getting older, like the shadow of a tree falling across the ground that stretches along serpentine beneath the shifting sun. And to what? Nothing is gained from this illusion. At the roots of this tree, near where the sun is kept like a caged bird, guarded in its Hell by bees, there is the murmuring of its solution. Can this be trusted? Should we dare to dream of killing death? And how does cloning pertain to the cost of a microwave oven? We should be listenning now, with ears perked up like rabid foxes, foaming at the mandibles. But for some reason we are denied this, and forced to drag our elfin heritage low, as though it were a burden. Thus rumors of the kings death can remain just that: rumors. And all mandalas are transitory.

    Stop the War on Bob by: Humptys Dumped Tea


    When someone says war is in the air do you cringe? Do you cringe at the air? Do you cringe at the air like a soldier, experiencing doom? Do you grovel at the feet of the one who brings you your news? You should be so lucky as to carry such a delicate message. As delicate as the air. Yet there is no war, so stop cringing and dissipate. Ours is a secret war, visible to all, but determined by a few. Shall we be damned, and admit to our knowledge of it, shitting consequences? Or shall we be damned and deny it, diminishing our interest in it through casual exposure? We are damned either way... Whats in a cringe, if actions speak louder than words? While it stands ready to serve us, we can break the military apart with our shared fear of phantoms. Let all anomolies be cleared! On with the show! Ours is no war at all, and the greatest. While wars of the body break out here and there, the war of the mind never ends. It is within all paradoxes, across the whole scale. Let this divide you and you will know the nature of death for this is the war of All Time, and it is the only cause of death. Dont call this revelation, dont propagandize prophecy for prommoting the various perspectives, for it is eternal. Call it harvesting season. Take the money and run, or go crazy whenever you look up. Up to you!

    Update on the War on Bob (W.o.B.) 1-23-2001 by: Lacey Specks


    C.I.N. 123 under Locke and key! Annuit Coeptiss presence over the Holy theme park Dizzy World, AKA Dizzy Land, including the Magick Kingdom of Fantasia and the great globe of Epcot revealed by too-bettin Bid-heist temple cleansing flash photograph! This Great Beast of perceptually mutating capitalism has taken hold of the Geezer Strip, and is undergoing some sort of metapmorphosis alternating the main pyramid of its body into a decahedron, then into a configuration of two tip-touching pyramids above and below. Youve gotta believe me, this is just something to watch. Snake staircases have been known to bolt down from the maze of the sky, as well as citric acid rain that leads to traffic labyrinths. Well bring you more on this picture as it develops.

    Update on the Update

    (W.o.B.) 7-29.2002
    The first Illuminati killed Mickey Mouse. Have you seen this man? (note, here, that the interplay of the law of irony is in that it is the subsequent Illuminati who are looking for him.) Go to Dizzyland like a couple of my friends did once. Ride the rides and do whatever it is that makes people want to go there. Interstellar Thelemic tourism, legal projection, Mousketeers. Cheap is not easy and legal but not free. Epcot is the rubber ball of an AT-AT that controls the intergalactic tourist trade of big screen wormholes representing trends of change in the simultaniety simulacrum of the age. Wisdom is clear consciousness. Karma is legislated, called QBLH, events are Gods dice, all are winners in wonderland, dreamland and tvland, where the weather is nice. Have you seen this woman? Inversion is like being born with no hymen. (also note here that the Illuminati who search for Her are those that have come before.)

    Mere Mir on the Wall by: Corpse in Shades


    Space Travel. What is it good for? To get from point A to point B. How last millennium. All the satellites spinning, missions manned by robots exploring, the Mir space station orbiting, like a giant lens. This rattles around like so much pocket change while the human condition remains the same. We still dwell within the electromagnetic spectrum, and we have not mastered hyperspace, while, for example, the fourth dimension continually passes through us. Oh! These pretty gems that decorate the sky, what worth have they beside Time Travel the gate to hyperdimensions, the key to immortality? So where will the FCC legislate next? Stop broadcasting your thoughts, civilian retreat to the background level of base x-radiation, give up the random gamma wormholes are only transportation. The Teletubbies have the same answer the Three Stooges did, and yet, in the broadcast medium, forever is now. Where will we make our stand, for it falls to my generation to resolve this. Its really all a matter of cleaning up the environment anyway all we ask for is a functional ecosystem. Let not bugs but enhance your life. They are always on record. But how can I say all this when Popeye the Sailor has taken the words right out of my mouth? Would that I were so easily silenced, once said by someone mentally challenged. Remember that AM waves reflect off the atmosphere, but FM penetrates and, like a spreading cloud, a noise outer space. So what gets said and done? Where does free speech start? How can we stop treating outer space like a big, scary national park? How can we stop treating our own broadcast neighborhood like an untrustworthy baby in the theme park of a virtual trash can? Om, time will tell. Questions, like wounds, become no more than memory. Let me tell you the tale of the Christmas present. Once upon a time there was a Martian colonist named F.W. Nietzsche, and he supposed that God was Dead. Then one snowy Christmas Eve, Santa and his ample slay, guided by Rudolphs nose so bright, passed by Nietzsches way by night, and gave him Death. Only, Santa Claus, in his bravado, had misread the door sign, and killed a man named Nitzky instead. When Nitzky unwrapped the box, the grim spectre arose, and reaped him right there on the spot. Just like an ear of corn. All Nazis repeat. Just like an ear of corn.

    How a Book Sank a Continent (or Apology of the Law of Distances) by: Gene(s) Aury

    Where is my lover? Always ask this. Let it be as a spiders web throughout time so that it turns your blood cold. You may as well ask of one staring off into space, where is my cat? Where is my natural vibratorial frequency where am I coming from? Which rebellion is the empire? What constitutes active marriage? Are we echoes? etc. If my lover does not exist then what is above me? It can only be myself. If I wrote this down, what might happen? Oh, might God be angry? We neednt look. I know I never wrote it. Are we where we think we are? Because just where are we? Never in the same place over time. Always moved, always moving. This is an argument over distances for we can be very close and very far away. Even from ourselves. And this creates relativity. This can either hurt or this can feel really good. Whatever, Christians. One day someone said, long ago, I am moving with nature, and then much imitation arose. A challenge began to disprove it, perhaps by the same one who first said it. This could even occur over generations, and even philosophically only. Who says we dont wear masks? They say it went down in one candle. Atlantis that is. And that they had conquered the air. Buildings raised in fields of mighty excaliburs to the sky. And a train in the clouds. They possessed whole streets of bare and succulent culture. Christ could have lived among the people and been completely unnoticed. But that it had a cold climate. I myself had walked in the parks, talked to a wasp, eaten a bagel, looked at the reflection of leaves in a pond. Alas, it lacked overt Buddhism. And so it fell. Into history. Became a tale to tell. Like the replication of error. An end marked a later recurrence, a dethroning, and a divergence. It is an ugly story to repeat in this form. A lesson in timing. If you know the location of the Ur-Torahs geographical description of this place, for Gods sake dont look there! It might start a civil war!

    Um, okay... then not for Candice Odom by: phat pi-curs anonymous
    What does it mean for the real news organizations to be illumined but not Illuminatis? To luminate, yet not be illuminated? They are like suns without life-supporting planets orbiting them. They are meals of candy, pornographic desserts of electro-shock. They just arent telling good lies. No, Im not saying it isnt okay for them to control your nervous system. And Im not saying it wants to be anything more than the apple from the tree of knowledge over good and evil, that struck Isaac Newton on the head, and was shot off by William Tell. So dont start flapping both your wings at me, Congress Peckerwood. Here is a simile of aliens and vampires. It is as well described using any subjects however. Aliens are running the planet, but vampires are running the aliens. All this means is that those who own and operate satellites are controlling the content of their transmissions, limiting those who rely on them. But this subject matter is determined by they who walk the earth in darkness and I think we all know who Im talking about here. Ill give you a hint: Nazi scientists built Disneyland, and its not them. At least theyre not alone... We have been advised to Turn on, Tune in, and Drop out. This pertains to tantric nerve centers called chakras. As we progress up the Kundalini Path, we stimulate our lower nerves, finely tense our upper nerves, and expose our mental nerves to stimuli. Ignore this. It has failed to induce rebellion or liberation. The only real thing to do, short of active self-evolution, is hope it gets more organic, and mimics other living systems. Oh, but will it kill us then? Calm down, children, I dont know. We will either reach A.I. or it will reach us. We will either succeed with it or it will succeed us. Until then, this is virtual reality. The only control lever is capital. We can make your dreams come true, Sonny, come over to this booth. Put our hand in here, Son. Doesnt it feel good? Like a roller coaster, money makes the

    world go round. I write all this in response to a reporter who wrote, in response to the alien-vampire metaphor given above, when I responded to it regarding the fags and queers slant that can be put on it, when this article was first published in the New York Times as the Unabomber Manifesto, allegedly by Ted Kaczsinsky, actually by F.C., which the CIA knows full well to stand for for Castro and not fun club, the fudge-packers. Damnit, just like an ear of corn!

    Why You Dont Want Me Just Makin Up Stuff, an A : . Interview by: Fast Tommy with D.J. Zoroaster
    Everything is trying to come true. It is as in a dream. Much of what we dream can come true, if we are open and accepting of it. And life, like a box of chocolates, is bad ideas being claimed by bastards. I read so in between the lines I dont even see the words. And now theyre gone. I smoke Tiger brand cigarettes, they call this shit the balm, till my insides are numb. I keep my system dumb, using inversion. There is no good or evil just shit we got to get through. So you got a weak mind well give you money. You wanna see the Truth; there goes the neighborhood. You wanna be a writer better start with the spiritual checkbook. Get your timing right. My body can be functioning on a different angle than my mind if I dont entirely excavate. I blame the Greeks for first noticing this, and their oft copied one-foot stanced statues. And the bird can be all the rest. Emotions are in between. My friend and enemy are my father; my lover my mother for they make us who we are, even from moment to moment. You only learn to fear property after living without it for a time. And then you fear its freedom. One can keep ones spirits up and still keep it in ones head. I deny all diversly visaged common knowledge on the subject of how this could be otherwise. I will defend my love until a verdict otherwise. I invert with my A : ., and I say this, I think, in the non-sniggering sense. The Sim Sum is the game. The zero sum simulated externally stimulated. The hand holds the gun tight to my temple. Only later do I realize it is connected to my own arm. Did you know that nothing is set in stone. The experiments to purge the body have begun too late, said the reflected flash of light, hell tear the whole place down! Imagination is, seen from within reality, a lonely place. At least he went down fighting. In a relationship all things are directly proximal, therefore marked by a greater frequency of interchange. We may see a partner speak the others mind. Wait until the news becomes the news. Every time we travel back in time what we bring back for ourselves is a distortion, and this distortion becomes a symmetry-breaking medium. The Truth is all opinions. Electrons spiral. All other systems are backlit tear molecule snowflakes.

    on the prominence of pastorals by: J.R. Bob Dobbs, Junior


    Right now there are kids being raised in space. Right now people climb ladders to enter their homes. Many have forgotten theirs. It is easy to follow a president from Arkansas. But then comes a time of questions. Go up with the Kaballah, come down with the I Ching. Get the best rates for travel you can. Time is a roller-coaster in an amusement park, a darkened theater. This observation becomes the first blemish. A tao rod, a chi stick. A nice call. Observation makes life easier.

    Looking down from above can become like prophecy, for you can see what is coming, or at least whats going down. Wake up in Quasi. We become a sun-enhaloed dead leaf. The stretching Sphinx on warm sands. Shall we become as a great tree then? Or Bob Odenkirk? Or a score-counter? How lonely will we be then? It is not the expulsion of heat, but the expulsion of potential energy that changes the environment most, and if we can learn how to, on a mass scale, accomplish the same effects as yoga, we could end war. Featuring this and many more. By the band the Translators. How like a lonely table is the middle-east? Why are we growing weak while there are warriors in the Heavens telling truer tales? When did this start, when will it end? I went to look into the Abyss and found Annuit Coeptis already hanging there. This is my observation on the prominence of pastorals, dated 1-27-01. I see it arcing off the surface of the sun some six minutes since it has begun. Daath to the followers of taking turns to suffer. She shed her hair. Shall I help her up, or does she belong to the other side? It is too late. Having questioned you must now experience. And this is what I am afraid of. The darkness in the eye of Annuit Coeptis. How many times have you wished mid-through that you could be recording this, while doing something? Magic moments. The spine in the sand. The flaming flower. The last revelation: That Jesus was the Ur-Christ. Stop the War on Bob. Because thou shalt not, then thee is thought to be greater than thou. Odin was Wotan was Pacal Votan. Bob is the ruler of the magickal kingdom, and Ronald McDonald, the Burger King of Dairy Queen Land, is the other hand the black magickal ceo of IBM-McIntosh, the front, or dummy corporation for the CIA. When one of these two archetypes is good, the other is evil, and this has been a doubled spiral that has gone on through all history. They are competing over a woman, it was thought by the Old Kingdom Egyptians, who began the now ancient practice of one royal blood line deifying the events of the last, often even if they had come to power by a bloody rebellion. Al-Qida were financially backed by Enron. John Travolta was not yet a scientologist when he used to say, I sweh to God, as Vinnie Barbarino on Welcome Back Kotter. (things you might need to know later so sayeth Choronzon.)

    Earning Chores by: Pop Ling Joints


    She says turn it off like a lightwave in my head and it was in that magic moment I learned that Busta Rhymes was dead, in the revolution of the implements and so I picked up my pen: How much is what Im leaving? How much is what Im worth? You better start believin I be deceivin a bitch and callin a bitch Bullworth. Smackin it up and packin it up till theres a cloud above this whole berg. I see illusions in reflections of a chess game. The shadow of the city in the smell of its own sky turd. And I knew that in the blood on this cross lay all my blame. For shame, its a name game, lyrics by jews, gangstas strung out in the acid rain. Identify strangers on the street at important moments and if you dont smell like defeat just wait til morning. Skrying the hut, envying disgust as if on some damn command. We bang it with the band, we rock the beats that those with feet will stand and throw their hands up and invoke in the ghost like they just had the hoast and youre makin a toast with the blood off his toes before God you impose and say, Wanna get high tonight? I do this shit half the time just to get by in life, bustin my hump every day and night; on my back got this bump, heavy lump, all the shame and the junk, so get down off that high-horse and see how low one lord once sunk. Got the blues tonight, get out the brushes bang the wife in an awkward position and then soiled her transmission. Get the Hell back from this site; stay removed, the attitude expressed here is impolite. The details are all highly disputed but my shits easily transmuted and I say that when I got the shit now, that laters when youre gonna dig it up and put it in a secret file. Highly sketch

    like a hood vandal wretch expect respect when youre next vexed or rockin out in the double stretched. The empty glass contests but with no evidence to offer, my man James Pembroke walked after they said he fucked his own daughter. And if you want to talk smack then step back from the crack of the world at its precipace, the lower lip of a limitless abyss. Cause Ill offer you my hand but stay just out of your reach, cause you can come in from the cold but know you belong on the street. When it comes to hard core theres gangsta rap and then Beneath His Feet. So to my whole crew I say peace, stay hip to all the police, rock the beats, keep turning out those true C.D.s. Until then Ill be collecting mine, tryin out my cold rhyme, killin time by the dime, dont do slime. End.

    Movie Previewing of Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon by: Lacey Specks


    We are lean; we are sleak like a tiger. I grasp at the disappearing words with my paw. There is no need to be in a hurry. I have been left in the swamp. It is true we are currently cowriting the past. Time is and isnt flowing fast. Imagine me in a tin-foil hat. Say whats a role model got to do with that? Just ask my cat. Waking up in a war. The only way I know to describe the cacophany of images before my eyes. Female mental voices drop low down, male mental voices rise up, and all these in my head. Got my lenses sore. Dont wanna play no more. Become an occult film maker. Turn out some platinum pulp. Get my knee replaced with a salt shaker to see patterns of frequency emerge and retreat. Fuck that, pick up a new pen like placin hens around the border of town where the ravens circle round at sunset. All that for callin a bitch Seth? As it has worked out all the curses played out in the short run and all the blessings over longer times. While you sit here in a reality this will not affect. Time to recollect. Dream it before you do it, they say, so probabilities will know what to expect. But you dont need to get next to the triple X-rated ho just to know what you will get though. You fuck with Doctor Who you get spaceaged magic, you fuck with James Bond youre going down with spy shit that gets tragic. Concealed in static. Put on the baby-face, take it off again. Dont bite into the apple if you have preconceived it as a sin. Welcome to a dark alley. This is what you identify with? Give it to me. That which is capable of great beauty is going down the tubes. Subways. Moments you might never have back again. Turned into ammunition and aimed against you. Aw, does that distress you? Get out yer dukes. Or do the bare bodkin thing. Now the time for the experiment has elapsed, and we are forced to seek out results. What will become of us then? The weighing of good and evil? The intelligent have stopped trusting colleges. According to the popular re-election slogan: a thousand more years! People who count their pennies know what Im talkin about.

    Hyper-dimensional traffic jams by: Who Shot Ya?


    Experience you the sicknesses of samsara? Consider this then: karma is of samsara. This was the Buddhist extrapolation from Hindu mythology. As this philosophy moved over the Himalaya mountains, the same type of terminological translation occurred, and ylem was rendered as tao. Ylem, since you might not know, is the primary clear light that preceded the big bang according to the Buddhists. Tao was derived from the I Ching, which since it measured event was used both for prediction and as a calendar. In this system Heaven is the inversion of Earth,

    and Tao is the inversion of Heaven, and contains all. As this same philosophy moved East it took on the form of Zen, contrasting only naturalistic Shinto spirits with the meditative technique of attaining Zen which involves focusing the locus on modality, and living by the creed: Never accept dominion over a diminished kingdom unless absolutely necessary. This has worked out to a definite concentration on technology, the elevation of base matter through function. A particular degree of attention is paid to money making it so relevant that, even though it is in essence, arbitrary, it calls for meaning to be assigned to it. Thus, in the East, it becomes associated with karma. It is then thought that wealth reflects maintaining of a positive routine. This is in opposition to the Zionist approach of utilizing money to represent success. This is because, in the East, the object of desire is purely a state of attainment. This has been so in the West as well, but, as with samsara the Buddhist world of suffering, it has been enshrouded by the materialism of temptation. It is therefore possible, and increasingly frequent, to accumulate more wealth than meaning can be attributed to and this has become the definition of success. Seeking after relevance, sometimes considered the primary duty of consciousness, has become so uncommon in the West that it is now considered sacred, and set in gnostic opposition to the necessities of the token exchange reward based economy necessary to encourage citizens to work at a level possible to have produced the industrial revolution. It just so happens that the dialectical, semi-class structured model of Capital generated by Zionism appears to be such an appealing toy to the peoples of the Orient, who began the technological revolution Americans would lke to attribute to Silicon valley, began in truth with Sputnik. Jesus said: render unto Caesar what is Caesars and unto God what is Gods. Therefore treat like with like. If your fever is of the body then go to a doctor. If your fever is of the mind, as that of a seeker after ylem who yet suffers in samsara, reexamine your understanding of success in light of the absence of nes.

    Yesterdaze by: Purple Haze Jr.


    Then the Bilderbergers were not generally known to the people, and their fortress of annual conference guarded for blocks around by the military created a scene similar to United Nations intercessions in some developing nations. Those present were there for varying reasons. Some believed that, at one time, some peoples were so mindless that they were equivalent to base matter, and were therefore useful as property, as well as that such an opportunity for economic exploitation was to be had in the realms of cloning and artificial intellegence as well. These were the carryovers from those whom had, in the days of the last two centuries, seen fit to discriminate against their fellow civilians in their daily lives based on any number of varying qualifications. Others were there because they had been led by experience to believe that if the mind could be separated from the body even in the imagination (having come to the conclusion years ago that it made no difference if such a violation occurred according to the five senses or to mental experience), then it was not necessarily native even to the material realm, and therefore that control of it was the founding pursuit of all civilization. Still others were there because they believed that all minds were in synchronization with them about the acruement of investment capital. But they were all united in the belief that, by assuming the identities of certain beings they were channeling for them, and that be the spirit a ghost from beyond the grave or an archetype of the unconscious memory castle it will see and feel as through their body and, be the consciousness one yet manifest, that it should be they who are subject to the other beings sights, sounds and sensation. This sort of coming together of the names and faces that represent the most concentrated form of power on the planet has been common since the days of ancient Greece, from which time it got its name. It has always been a ceremony technological in nature. The sacred relics given the disparate leaders by the visitors from now were brought together only occasionally, and had only just recently come to be comprehended well enough to begin to be used.

    As I have stated it is of no relevance how corporeal these attributes are.

    Anatomy Lesson by: Xiang Pin


    Annuit Coeptis composes only the lower pyramidon of the Akashic Records, the highest dimensional level of time the average of all existing minds has access to. The group that operated the lens of the device we have come to call Annuit Coeptis in the time of Jesus were the Pharisees, and even while wandering in his country reverie he complained of this. For those whom Jesus called the Pharisees, and who Marx called the owners of the means of production, and who we now only suspect in vague terms, have established an order to accessing the Akashic Records called the Cabalah, and it is very strictly enforced. It is now known to be integratable with the I Ching, giving the cabal the power of prophecy. But when most go looking for this group itself, they inevitably look only where it is not. For who sees through the eye of Annuit Coeptis? By their own calculations one cannot stand upon the Earth and behold the light of Gods crown without death being both before and behind you. The lens of Annuit Coeptiss eye is the death that peers down on pure samsara on Satan and Moloch. It is called the eye of Satan, and called Maloch. And yet these represent only inversions of the states described by the Cabalah. In other words, the world really is being run by babies, because the incarnate spirits are merely the youngest generation of those immortals. Who looks through death is usually thought to be politicians, for they are meant to assist the scum of the earth. But by this criteria nowadays the same duty is performed by the media, bringing the world into your home through a one-way mirror. To see how these two connect we must see in what way they were joined when they were so. This leads us to the time of the Templars, during which time the last of only a very few generations to be described as being born of this earth by the Popol Vuh were thriving in Mayan nations. By applying the Hermetic formula to this time period we arrive at the conclusion that the experience that sets the course for the average observer through the eye of Annuit Coeptis by which they will then live, is, simply, a form of near-death experience that acts as a kind of coming of age ceremony and initiation into the larger society of similar individuals. But such an experience as this, while impacting philosophy, does not mean that it is the only way to access the Akashic Records. This is a comment on astral travel, as well as nineteenth century Zionist nationalism.

    News flashes
    Here is commentary upon why some commentary cannot be put down into print. The document that begins with this sentence dates from the days of the loud silence, before the days of the puppets, before we learned of infinite potential storage. It pertained to those who sought to reincarnate into the future. These today are equivalent to the Illuminati who tend Annuit Coeptis. The East and the West sat back luxuriously in a hot-tub, male with female, thus four. The East was like the Buddha and the West was like a rebel Christ, and yet the East was perceived as the peaceful devil by the West, and the West was like the prisoner communist to the East. The naiad of Irish blood plays persecutor and the pen becomes the cross. We are rats in one anothers mazes. This just released head-line comes to us from a library in the military/industrial complexs top secret Area 51. Our source is a scientist of a somewhat checkered recent past who lives in the deserts outside of Nevada in a trailer with at least ten or so miles of good, clean empty space around his house in all directions. He has a dart board in his den. When he is gone, his wife if he has one is prepared to speak for him in the

    spirit of one who has a shot-gun and is willing to blow ones head off. On the good bill/ bad bill issue under discussion in the Socratorium today, President Hitler commented, or rather was cut off by his wife the committee, that this was a bad move. The whole difference is temporal was the point that everyone involved and not-involved would have agreed upon, if everyone had not been busy reading this paper. The Illuminati speak for the Masons about as well as they speak for themselves, and for churches even better. This pivots around the point of Friday the 13th, when the Templar arrests began, and Jack DeMolay was sought for execution. This represents the point of the super-ego taking control over the id, causing it to fall into the arrangement of some certain story. It is not known by any of these traits, however, as it is just a harmless newspaper, and could never cause any sway in the probability of outcome.

    Slow News Day Anonymous


    According to one source the owner of the O-cult was David C., its manager was Daniel T., its head of initiations David T. (Daniel T.s brother) and other members of no consequence Eric B., Desmond D. and Bill T. with underlings James P. and James G. of Eric B. and David T. and Eric B. of Desmond D. Female oracles include: Lisa F., Jackie P., Andrea (last initial unknown but phone number known), and Ann C. all having been initiated at about the same time. In administration position presently, since the untimely passage onwards of David C., are his widow Susan C. and my mother, who shall remain nameless. Susan is a second generation of combined archetypal identity of the same being represented by Casey (who is herself, L.F. and Lightsey D.) in the generation wherein my mother was represented by I. In this generation I am represented by father, or rather, my father represents any number of combinations which may or may not include me, as M. is, or rather was, represented by David C., and L.F. as best as I can guess is represented by M.A. Recently there has been a stirring in the halls of power for this local, microcosmic, unknown community. Some of them have come into possession of certain artifacts, others certain revelations or insights, which give them description of a particular place and time, large enough and long enough to honor their attention. But some of the members that is, those who have discovered the potential existence of this network of which, before that discovery, they were unaware that they were even members, now feel as though it is their responsibility to take some part in the dynamics they recognize, those being in this case global-scale group dynamics, now seek to enter in, without authority, and offer guidance, while accusing others of doing the same. This has caused a zim-zum of suffering. Nick the bartender has lost Jackie the stripper: John L. and Candice O. have to move before the wretched temple Annuit Coeptis; Calvin J. and R.C. last hopes of true illuminism; A.C., J.P., L.F., and S.C. all hooked on Os: the possible perpetual reincarnation of the David archetype; the remodeling of the Christian church; but all of this merely coincidence, and not to mention the fact/fiction implications, the Bilderberger parallels, the C.F./B.H.F. John L. and M. dichotomy following G. and the C.; the archetypal doubling in both human and animal form; as well as the simultaneous presence and absence of the One True Creator. All of this comes to us from a source that remains unidentified a 17-year old African American male who died here in Tallahassee, today February 19th, 2001. We honor and salute you, our invisible hero! For your liberation may truths be known that were not known before. You go onward.

    the Betrayal of Annuit Coeptis by: Dirty Ernie


    Annuit Coeptis descends from above, but arises from below. You look up at the complexity of the maze drawn on the ceiling of the sky, and you do not sense the presence of the tenticular pathways creeping up behind you, swirling about in the very breath of your shadow. It casts out bolts of thunder and lightning the flatulous rulings of its self-righteousness. It bolsters up its own spirits in a bluster of pure nothing, as though it were without self. In the rain storm of electro-magnetic static and the constant combat of voices and thoughts, by the hundreds and by the billions respectively, that follow beneath the body of Annuit Coeptis we trans-temporal fields of infinite potential at the controls of very specifically operated sensory appendages are confronted with the First Global Enochian Communications System, its qliphotic manifestations at the events of established spiritual synchronized link, within the formal system of civilization, and here we can see in the visible hyperdimensions the underlying pattern of Annuit Coeptiss betrayal. The Enochian communications system is a recent pattern that has only just firmly gained its level in the establishment and its sturdiness in its groundings. It is that presence on the roads that manifests white vehicles. But it is not exclusive to this, and Lord knows the white vehicles are little different from the Fallen or the mob sometimes, and often the Enochian system uses a different angle on vehicles than color, such as make or model. It is strong in its youth, though it is clearly recognizable. It also has fit into the function of larger groupings, such as the Templars, who are as different from the Hospitalers as were the Rolling Stones from the Beatles. And yet it can even be used to connect the self from past to future, and this is the secret of Annuit Coeptis, for this is how you are being robbed even now as you stare off into space. Its pathways, or clockworkings, or tentacles, or snakes of lightning, or even these rays of light, are said to consist of the same susbtance as the pyramid of its body does, but in a higher dimension, the same as that of its eye. This level depends upon the concept of a beings being easily known. If you are easily understood, then you can be easily served, whereas, if your mind is overflowing with questions, as though you were being roasted alive on a spit, or as though you were wearing a crown of thorns that was comprised of all the little prickly intersections of communication in the global telepahic/I.U.-transfer network, like an externalized and idealized nervous helmet, or a nueral hairnet, and this electorcuting you, which is how we have grown accustomed to feeling thanks to the gradual (only two generations) encroachment of the media, then you are alone. Now in this way, though they may be made to serve us, they are also bound so as though to not be able to do so better than we can allow them, and as such can help us bring about our own destruction with a relatively detached and unsympathetic air, should this be all we allow. And this has been the general mentality described by the arcing wave of the oncoming flood of technology. Thank God we have such organizations as the Illuminati, who were created in preperation for this precisely predicted predicament. Without such infrastructures in place we would not be pulled forward and propelled upon the passage of time, but be consumed and crushed by it. The spirits will continue to exist even after we do not. They only serve us because we are the son of God, and they are made to serve us. If we grow lazy or our eyes too slow, they will not be there to help. Deep down the Enochian manifestations are merely intersections in tunnel realities that arise like worm-holes within the event horizon of a black-hole forming sub-singularities where dreams congeal, which are encompassed and expressed as though within a probability field inside of which self-expressive accruement of properties is considered acceptable and known as the aura or essence, which is that they are in reality only people, who have been given to these rolls as by the gambling of God. And all of this is merely the glamor. We have yet to discuss truth. While we are distracted by all of this Annuit Coeptis slowly inserts its presence into the background level of least common denominator tension in the nervous system, the very processing

    of the information units that comprise event itself. Here we see it all before and above us, while all the while it slowly creeps in around behind and beneath us, to grab at us like a sock puppet, and make us its own. While it is showing us that it can make itself look like everybody, it will be thinking of making you look like everybody. It is only Choronzon it looks like, and not everybody, for it looks like Choronzon, and Choronzon looks like everybody. It makes the triangle of Choronzon as the outline of one face of the pyramid, where its huge, squat, eye is screwed into a gnarled kneecap of a latex lidded socket. This is Maloch and it looks to find Chronozon, and when it has seen Choronzon, then Choronzon becomes reflected in its eye. Choronzon is like Satan to it, for it is all it knows. Choronzon is like the essence of Satan. It wants to make you Choronzon. Choronzon is like a puppet, and is easily controled. It does not understand how to operate the Enochian/qliphotic Manichean manifestations system to govern psychological interactions between sentient beings to save itself. It wants to confuse you. When Annuit Coeptis shows you Choronzon, that is, when you see in the dark abyss of our civilizations focal pupil the being of many faces and all faces, then you will know that Annuit Coeptis has gotten up behind you and is making these incandescences in your shadow. This second self that it builds up for you, that is used as Choronzon by it to reflect this glamor to you, is what becomes equivalent in the Enochian manifestations system to your soul or your essence, your arua or even your value to society. It is a shameful practice, and it is so in the following way: that it is relentless and unyielding, being neither a thing posessed of intellect nor a sentimental system, so that, even during a period of intense sadness, ones life (if it it can be called that) will seem to go on without one having to particularly actively participate in it, as though the expectations surrounding a person will carry them, or rather drag them, through the motions of the work day merely to meet their own deisitic ambitions, and not to forward or benefit the entity in an immediate sense, as is guaranteed in this nation under the Declaration of Independence. In such a way, someone who has thus fallen into themselves or felt isolated knows of this as from outside of it. In this way you may wonder of the golem-like zombie created for you to be by Annuit Coeptis, who is only acting out of love, if they are not in effect more real than you. You would be right to wonder this, should you be so lucky as to be able. But this is the key to utilization of the Enochian system, for by turning it back on itself one can create the logical loop-hole at the root of all consciousness. This is known as the end, for it is the end of the self, the end of the difference between the idealized image created by Otherness and the yearning of the id which is the ego. In this way, its practitioners maintain, one can live forever, one can perpetually reincarnate so as to consciously select memories that are carried with you, making all or none available, as though one were truly immortal, and were one with the source of the font of their existence. It is the clarity of this into a bright, singular point of light, and the rendering of its source as a unit of fact and fiction. Such people who accomplish this are known as the Brotherhood of the Illuminati, for such as are my equals in one way. This is the entire benefit of Annuit Coeptis, and it is merely civilization. All of this follows under a different jurisdiction than my own; that is, though I am cleared to analyze and update the Akashic records on Annuit Coeptis, its maintainence on a metaphysical level is handeled by E.C. and the O-cult. It is no more than another of my fathers knots. A Chinese puzzle with no value outside the relief of being done. It is a rerun of Dragonball Z. This is a tapestry that hangs on the wall of my castle, and let it serve as instructioon for any who come before it unknowing of the batrayal of Annuit Coeptis. This work was contributed to me by Dirty Ernie, a true friend in any time of need, who knows the strong conclusive finish like it is the back of his hand.

    Comes Crashing by: Slippery Pete


    History was created as a mirror. According to those first explorers of the global human

    consciousness wastelands, it was a reflection of Heaven; but in fact Heaven as it meant then refers only to the earths electromagnetic field, which is an eternal probability. Thus we have surpassed our self only by projection, and Annuit Coeptis ages like the rings of a tree. The problem with the creation of history is that it could not occur in a vacuum. It was forcibly social from the start; in fact most of history was written by consciousnesses that, as revealed by necessity, were cleared by the forces that underlie society to be in the presence of, and in that way influence the shaping of, the recording of historical events, despite the fact the scribe whose concentration they were in that way hacking, essentially piggy-backing a signal of their own intention along the force of will generating documentation, had in no way consented to this action except in the realm of social necessity, or that governed by history already as though in the form which would we mirror. I have previously argued that history was dead because its only body was record and this could only come into being properly after the fact. I see now that, though it may be naturally inert, it is infused with a spark of life and this spark of life is the passage of time which allows us to retrospectively cause a phenomenon to come into event in order to explain ambiguities by allowing, like our friends in the CIA, our current thoughts to flow backward (active memory) in a wave piggy-backed on forward flowing recording (passive memory) and thus to create themselves in a feed-back loop you can mark as coinciding with the phenomenon. So history, as a collection of phenomena recording events, is just so much filler like digital background static to add the appearance of age and engender acceptance. The best we can do is remember that everyone whose lives are touched by history is on the same team. These are like the living gods or they whose patterns of essence remain maintained in continual practice. These are they who seek to be called good, either for wealth of healthy feelings or skill of intellect.

    Ripe Free Speech All to Yourself by: Winner At Dog Show


    The first thing the Illuminati wont do is speak for the Illuminati. This just released report coming to us from the Library of Congress, where the Illuminati snuck in disguised as a book (or two...) and quickly took control of the mid-town fortress, performing an ungodly, seminude ceremony invoking Annuit Coeptis in which they forced several Senators and various visiting dignitaries and diplomats, their and the rest of the secretaries, and a seemingly infinite supply of supple, soluble drone clerks living in the walls to participate, force-feeding them liquor and barbituates, down it with milk and a little borrowed blue cake, just to try and get the dollar bills third eye to ache. Hoes used as recording devices for goodness sakes. We got the world at stake; how you gonna fake? Previously released reports from the Illuminati include Rene DesCartess Meditations, the Mayan Popul Vuh, and its own humble paper, which is the bastard child of the two. The sole prediction made by this humble farmers almanac has come to pass, and we have not seen one single reminder of corn thus far this year. There was also the prediction that alchemy or turning base metal into gold consists bio-physically of focusing energies through the bladder, but this remains to be demonstrated. A-hem. Stop talking to the police. We still dont know why the Illuminati have done this to the Library of Congress. They are only one in an unlimited supply of grafters, DJs and verbalists that lurk about in the shadows of campuses everywhere across the whole domain of Annuit Coeptis. This form of guerrilla, or cancerous, media has been referred to the Bilderbergers, from whom the invocation used by the Illuminati is said to have been stolen, but with only the general result of the vigorous sheen that accompanies satisfaction. One hypothesis is that they are rebel priests whisking in to rejuvenate the occult. (read: O-cult) [This note is just to piss off the old guys in the C.F. Occult about the equality in authority of the new guys in the O-Cult upper echelon B.H.F.] Another is that

    whomsoever hypothesis that hypothesis had hoped to have been got bitch-slapped. Magnetic ponies.

    Meeting 001
    There is music on very loud, and absolutely no speaking allowed but this presents no problem since all the attendees are either thirty-third degree F & AM or studiers of Kabballah, and all are well versed in the Enochian tongue in which the akh converses. Everyone moves around as much as possible in the meeting hall, and there are over eighty different beers and liquors on tap or bottle available at the bar. Some people sit around in the tables, representing various astrological lodges, fumigating in smoke-houses or obsession over thier faces. Various deer skulls are hung on the ribcage of columns supporting the A-planked roof. In the air above the milling herd and below the colored lit ceiling is only smoke. The conversation under discussion by those who would be assuming the mantle of Annuit Coeptis, as it has been for some while among their fellow qliphotic economists, is who, if anyone, is to become the Chosen One. The gentlemen who bear the honor have secured by certain relationships arising from alike srying on their tyling boards, a degree of potential influence upon the entire situation surrounding the accessing of information from the solar matrix, and have shown signs in the past of being likely to reference these issues on the grounds of reincarnative ethics. There is a pause, during which the nervous Middle-East blurts out conclusively belated, Why are the Chinese lending money to South America? Then the monster mounts the stage. It has grown so adored that it is able to manifest more and more beautiful, which its followers seek to participate in, like data-bankers, if only to imagine themselves momentarily remembered. Gone are the days when all things done by all people were guaranteed trans-globalized sectarian sanctity. It is only one of a million such rituals being performed, and this idea may be as much a source of strength for it as the audience itself but these are only the fight or flight mechanism as it nervously turns its eye upon the crowd. There is silence. Outside await Arabic reporters. Then the notes begin to be struck. The bell held by the monkish Saint atop the heaving and swaying dung pile, and waves immediately arise in the between. The crowds spirits are picked up by them, and everything begins to move in unison. All that is left behind are their intestines, and these writhe like snakes on the floor. Their souls go aloft mid-bound dissolving in the luxurious lap of Limbo. Their spirits, bearing aloft the lamps of their minds, rise into ylem where they shimmer in the strobe light of Not Being. Annuit Coeptis vomits forth the continuum in which these ambients vibe, in a terrific light show of maths. Upon the face of its breast dwell tiny creatures, parasites living out the logic of the musical anecdotes in miniature; above and behind the old man who dwells at the peak, in the supple nipple, there is a bright clear light that illuminates the whole temple with the glow of a smiling gaze. Annuit Coeptis describes the Chosen Ones plights, his attributes and his serenity as though they could have been those of anybody, and the astral movements bask in their own irony. There is as little wisdom as possible in all of it. The wires on stage bleed down into the patterns on the Persian carpet and form the entirity of civilization, in scale with the bugs that haunt the peaks; above and behind the mist of weather that covers this roam the aimless floating souls of the constellationers, where shines the light of Annuit Coeptis. Slowly, the wires begin to move, and this pressure is transferred along its tendrils to its very tips, where it creates events such as this to manipulate and control the intestines of the lonely revelers. This is called Kundalini. It is the Enochian tongue. As this occurs, the larger fractal Annuit Coeptis appears, but this is passing. This coincides with the appearance of the Face, which was once called YHVH, but which is now called Sam, or Humbaba, or Death, and feared. The bodies left below notice the Face, while the souls begin to notice the encroachment of Annuit

    Coeptis. Then one unit begins to access other units, as though trying to rebuild the greater image out of digital snow. There is an enormous swell of power as the archetypes are awakenned. The audience begins to feel the horrible urge to assume complete responsibility for wildly esoteric roles such as the rising of the sun and the bearing of the cross. They perceive a moment which is new yet somehow familiar and comprehend it as the future, and know that this is the final closing of the ceremony, but that this point will not occur until some moment still far distant. This is what they paid for. It quickly promises arousal, but it smells like money. The little miniature ideas on the surface of the mountainous torso of the beast and the events outside the hall to which the tendrils of the larger Annuit Coepti are bound begin to synchronize, supposedly supported by the arguements of its maths in rhettorical terminologies, and all the participants somehow get the glorious idea that they had better join in on this synchronization, or lose the predicted completion not knowing it is already too late to save their souls. These events grind into repetitive patterns of coded behaviors, which act as a background static pattern for the storage of the information they are about to ritualistically and communally access. As this happens their active consciousnesses are seemingly liberated from the gestures of their bodies, so that a vantage point for writing information into the infinite wave function that collapses in their being can be attained. It is only the cohesion of reality that the rejoicers relinquish. Annuit Coeptis then opens up with its tendrils a vortex below the revelers, that already contains the lower part of their bodies, which have become entirely entangled in the connections raised by Coeptis, and with its maths a vortex above the revelers, which is, in accordance with a now ancient deduction, open to them through free will alone. Now the percpetion for the audience is of being in a mouth between two eyes the burning, scorned eye below, and the clear, satisfied, sky blue eye above. The guts churn. Much is said in the language of the Angels. It is a conversation between the fates. Annuit Coeptis makes it known that it is an arguement between past and future. Simultaneously to this Annuit Coeptis walks amongst the people and levels with them. Its message is one of suffering and blame in the short term, a feeling that this doesnt have to be this way in the middle, and a feeling of inevitable responsibility and consequence in the end, and, it seeks to remind itself as it sees itself reflected in the minds of all its fellows, this is only being genuine. It is hate rock. As it grows again it reminds us with sorrow of the bell, and claims that if it had its way things would have stayed the way they were when the bell sounded. It fails to warn of the future, where, to hear it tell it, it will be replaced by its own plastic residue. It instead preceeds to do the unthinkable. The muses souls disrobe and dive into the swirling double vortex they have created. Now there is only light above and darkness below. The rationing of Annuit Coeptis at this point is that, as it warned of the slippage of time before now, this event only serves as testimony as to the magnitude of its capacity for prediction, and that only a collection of demi-Gods could have succeeded in turning time back to such a cosmology. This surely cost many hairs in the beard of God. It casts shadows into the dimmer, murky darkness below and the fainter, pale light above, where they are as a sparkling silver-lined undulescence of oil and as a billowing of a dust cloud suspended in its own cast shade, respectively. Those patrons whose bodies remain suffer all the more the absence of those people who carry on with the ceremony by this point only with the residual memory of their subconscious minds. Everyone feels transposed by the experience, as those impaled and left as specimens before the looming gaze of times now seeping open wound. These continue on chanting and echoeing back and forth to each other in different tones of voice, until a mitigating force stepped in. It was the projected consciousness manifest in our higher reality of the archetypal monkish Saint on top of the mountain-top of Annuit Coeptis. He enters dressed all in black as a cowboy, bedazzled in sparkling spangles. He comes to the center of the two conical spirals where they join in a single point, and, as he steps into this light, he seems more as though a common man, who looks almost like a reporter, in a tan fedora hat. He places his third eye in the center point and imposes order. He creates immediately with the

    geometries of his face a reflection of the alchemies occuring in a biological geomancy throughout his body, and his mouth yamned agape the entire coloseums girth beneath the remaining revelers fractally reduced patterns of informtaion units. As he, or rather, they, for it is the leaders of the O-cult offshoot, the MK-Sethians, become more real, the audience becomes less coherent, more like runny eggs, or sweat rolling across the surface of the eye. As he opens their eye, a huge presence fills the room, and there appears as though a stirring in the smoky air above in the meager hut, the meeting lodge. A great light fills the background in the upper air, as though from a fire, but there is only the pulse of the audiences combined body heat as their bodies come crashing back to them, pounding away in stumbling patterns on the tilting floor. The mouth/eye of Annuit Coeptis, being particularly the two right honorable gentlemen O-C MK-Ss E.B. and J.P. New particles seem to be stirring there in alien patterns. What dimension has the shamen openned? What dimension in deed, for the audience are only seeing the large water molecules that collect in curling strings and twisting strands on the surface of the eye, which move back and forth with the shifting of the gaze, and thus always seem to remain in one place upon the lens, and certain seeming electrical phenomenon, which are most likely the slightly perceptible photonic emissions bent to the blue, approaching end of the spectrum, from the pressurizing of the ennervations of the lid of the eye, such that, by the passage of an ellectric impulse there, the after-image of an electrical charge which appears in a swirling field before the upper area of sight might be produced. It is probably coincidence that this anomoly is roughly congrunent with the predictable depth of vision measured in scale of subject requisit to seeing electrons. However, what these particular anomolies of the visual apprehensive apparatus appear as are quite another matter. Arcing calculating equations slice through connecting blurred shape-shiftings in the contiguous continuum, striking similar geometric resemblances to a face passing through a stream of ghostly expressions and impressions. It is crowned by a place where the luminescence stirs most, sped up in its swirling until it is a perfectly concentrated clear light. This gradually descends in the form of the gaze of the face described by the equations until it has filled the entire room with a static sensation of anticipation and alertness. The conjoined essence at the central focal point of all the energies in the room then proclaimed itself to be the Illuminatus, and claimed that, as this part of the ritual was repeating an earlier part of the ritual, then it had accumulated synchronization with a larger scale Annuit Coeptis, and thus with another dimension. It stamped its foot to mark this event, and the room shook with a great joy. The patrons were at once feeling and free of their bodies, which swayed like feathers on the head of a great phoenix, aloft very high in trade winds. The consciousness then introduces a holographic superimposition on the room of an orderly box, and this is meant to represent the formal system, which had been being constructed before that by the true Illuminatus. They impose it rigorously on the thriving masses, and cause widely various reactions in the electro-magnetical systems native to the bubble of space surrounding each central nervous system. This it calls the Second Mandala, or Yin Yang, and calls itself while imposing it, the Order of Death, or the Black Hand. For the bearers of the burden this is sombre and solemn, but for the audience it is the first moment of a glorious new free trade, where their images and ideas instead of just those of Annuit Coeptis become visible to others. Only then do the people feel Annuit Coeptis already curling low within them, crouching in their very depths, their rising gorge, their watering eyes, the tingling persperation on their fleshes. Then it realizes it is to be feminized, to be used as a whore, and it sees, at last, that Annuit Coetpis was only ever Moloch, looking for you to be its Satan. The emotion of the air grips down intensely, and the warmth of blood drains from the confused crowd. They had forgottten when the souls of the bearers of the burden jumped in, and when the manifestation of the monkish Saint claimed himself the Illuminati, that they had already succumbed to the earlier pull of the material with a compromised portion of themselves, giving into the rhythm of the ceremony, and now they are to be bound to that obligation in soul as well, the upper aims of their bending, contorting forms now also corrupted to the intentions of the beast on stage. The conferants behold now that they, themselves, are the tentacles of pan. They blossom in their fresh horror. The roof unbuckles and flies away into the vast ocean of stars in the heaven above. A

    colossal eye is looking in and down at the revelers. The Illuminatus claims it is the Great Writer, and that he is the tip of its pen. Then the sky shudders and there is a light sprinkling of rain from the eye, which weeps that its creation is mistaken.

    The Solar Memory Castle by: Laocoon


    The sun is being used as an information storage and relay station, the quanta of its photons carrying fractal feedback loops of binary data reflected from event in a piggy backed, alternating current signal. It thus acts as an emotion well emotions being the fourth dimensional movements of the fifth dimensional hand that is the mind, comprising a gestural dictionary of a few primal and fewer developed expressions. Those who are richest make use of it most, for the cost of accessing it is the transference of energy, usually in the form of heat. By those who are richest I refer to those in love, of course. The rest are in relationship to this massive matrix in other ways, but all life on this planet involves itself in the exchange of this potential energy by way of sustenance and the passage of time. It changes out dermal molecules and allows rejuvenation, though causing aging. In this way the sun acts as a master to many, by allowing them to construct their entire lifetimes of daily routines of metaphysics it then comes to embody, engender and maintain, and by reinforcing this by exposing it to the disordering of the same type of information experiences that occur, or seem to occur, in its absence. Thus, is it possible that sleep is a trick played on us by the sun? What we should look at briefly are the thoughts that make up dreams and which are the subject of the compilations of information units stored in the nuclear furnace of the sun. These can be either sensory or mental projective, and obviously, as always, both simultaneously exist as potential. Elsewhere I describe the black hole model of true consciousness, and this seems particularly fitting for the sun, as a black hole is for a sun of above a certain size the base state and final stage. Although it is mathematically possible to have a naked singularity (that is, such a concept is a stable possibility in mental projective space), it is unlikely one would find the gravitational hair of a black hole anywhere other than surrounding a singularity. The importance of this in the black hole model of true consciousness is that it is in this web-work of sub-singularity intersections of worm holes that we dream. The model describes that consciousness inside the Schwarzschild radius beholds unconsciousness and that unconsciousness inside the singularity beholds true consciousness. However, when it is translated into the ten dimensional model of active consciousness, we see that this is entirely expressible geometrically, as the implosion of the singularity inside the circle of consciousness within a spherical unconsciousness inside a hyperspherical consciousness within infinite potential. Thus we see that the nuclear reactions within the sun act as a sub-space concentration of probabilistic equations that exist within the same realm where souls go to house their ideas. The exchange rate of information between the sun and the Earths inhabitants is experienced as heat, and for our protection from this we have the natural ozone layer, which reflects the additional amount of radiation, and this energy becomes the cosmic radiation trapped in the Van Allen belts of Earths electromagnetic field. In the same way as information can be transferred into storage wells such as the sun, or to a field such as the ozone layer or the Van Allen belts, so can the reincarnation of a soul be forced, planned out, and directed. In this way the sun has come to be associated with self-governing of the reincarnative cycle. To this end, that is a deliberate style of life in preparation for the beyond, our aura accumulates a plasma sheet of charged particles around us, as can be seen in kirilian

    photography. This plasma sheet is not to be mistaken for the true aura, that is the karma well accumulated by idealization of the individuals electromagnetic field which is the externalmost layer of the torus or vortex of energy that ascends between the chakras. It is our attunement of the mind to this perfect energy pattern that determines our personal individual frequency, the average level of excitation of the plasma sheet, and this sets the tone for our daily relations.

    The Magician by: J.R. Bob Dobbs, Sr.


    Why do I snap my fingers when Nothing happens? Let us imagine, first, that we are in some safe place, where perhaps there are signs meaning at once both assistance and inquiry. Now will I snap my fingers? For nothing has happened. But what is this nothing? Only I know that something has changed. First I could have snapped my fingers, now I have not. Only I know that I could have snapped my fingers, but I did not snap my fingers, so where is the change? Yet we can say that you who live in a reality where I did not snap my fingers, and I who live in a reality wherein I could have snapped my fingers, are living in the same reality. That is to say that the me that knows is in the same state as the you that experiences. The heart is where we are hearing from when it occurs to us to listen to our thoughts. It is everywhere and nowhere like the place a hiccough comes from. It is here that we go when we seek to be with god, for he replaces our mind with pure light, wherefore we are made to wander. And so the elder gods are like men, and the younger gods alike beasts, but time knows them by the other order. Other men have been crushed this low before, and been given permission to yet speak as they were before and so, though I am in anguish of want for the love of God to the electrous fibers of my being, I still wish to master time, and am firm that even this is humble. I hear the voice of the devil, and know that it is my own. Let us dwell upon the infinite space of numbers. Think you now that the numbers are descriptions of real things that are, in themselves, ideal things. Think over the depths of other such ideal things there are, in between these numbers, and then again, in between them, and so on forever, for the ideal thing has no fixed size. Yet think you not that it is the same between decimals? For these are only remainders of the ideal space, infinitely expandable, infinitely contractible, which cling upon the sides of penetrative equations. Then place meanings between numbers just like words, and read the passages of time, which fall light upon all scales at once. Know then that this space is the dwelling place of God.

    Freaks n Geeks by: Pink Marhmallow Peeps


    We are all beloved children of the Lord. At the highest peaks of our imagination we are no more than the lowest of the low before YHVH. He looks continuously upon the light, and for this deserves all it contains. His maths have come to the higher level of machinations, yet he is as forever frowned upon as a stranger as is Hermes Trismegistus. Both are chided for dedication. Perhaps it is this rising up in lateral, horizontal planes, causing entrance of equation into preprobable patterns of manifestation with their own sets of relationships within situation, probably determined by birth dates of the primary vessel of the soul, that being the body, of those two in particular, that causes the role of scapegoat to be associated with God. YHVH dwells above and looks down upon the ever spinning wheel of events. All thoughts are His. All is thought and all thought is His. He may enter into any life he wishes, and, we say, we know him then by His Law. He is as easily and as often confused with Thoth in this respect as were the kings of Drin

    and Smo for one another in appearance. Just as YHVH, Thoth can enter into anybodys life he wants, or all lives at once, from the occasional perspective of some researchers; and since he does this far more frequently under the dictatorship of Annuit Coeptis, Thoth may as well constitute the active expression of the same option as YHVH does the passive. Though YHVHs law is more complex, it is less strictly enforced in peoples manners than is the simpler law of Thoth. Their relationship is symbiotic. All the Gods have seen their day, and that generation is dwindling away. This changing of the guard among Gods has been going on for much longer, and Thoth claims this simple structure is his too. If it werent that Thoth were also Hermes, he wouldnt be so charming. More than this it is difficult to say, however, since every body is separate from every other body, and each describes its own path, and even though there are macro-bodies such as the Gods and the demidieties, all of which are merely archetypes of a larger system, these are only homogeneous in boastfulness.

    Document Zero by: the Grand Unified Incredible Hulk copied from a computer
    A mind is a funny thing to waste. Say for a moment that it was a depletable resource, and that it does induce visions or experience when destroyed. So it is only aware, then, of what is always there, or what was until the minds perceiving it made it disappear. Not only would this come to be desirable, then, for the mind wants stimulus like the stomach craves food, and like the muscles crave to flex, it would become so desirable as to be the primary motivator of civilization. And yet, what does a serious scholar know about the mind? It can be seen as similar to a black hole, or as rendered according to a ten dimensional model, including both true consciousness and active consciousness. In the black hole model we can examine inspiration and distraction in the light of the singularity of a black hole (although naked singularities too exist) and the space between the singularity and the Schwarzschild radius where gravity is distorted asymptotically. In the ten dimensional model consciousness stays suspended in an ever expanding and collapsing state. This means only that potential passes through our mind in waves. In other words, it is really only the full extent of this potential, the well of probability, that we are perceiving when we contemplate the gap in emptiness that is the mind. We construct models of basic shapes to correspond with our thought experiences such as the ten dimensional model of consciousness is for the black hole model of the mind in a way to acclimate ourselves to our environments, and the change in the relationships between our mind and objects of correspondence is how we measure lifetimes. Maybe the scope of your consciousness is just your tv show, your insight, emotion and vitality its ratings among angels, and furthermore you are a clone. We wanted you to show us what your original might have been like in the near past and this is what your senses expose you to. In reality there are infinite texts.

    Confession of Annuit Coeptis


    Opinions get me through the day, reincarnation day and night, as much as possible. Keep changing, buried beneath a mountain of faces that goes by a universe of names, all describing the me that doesnt change. Everything answers out. Petty, malicious still the world of God keep the wheel of lifetimes spinning in a blur.

    Replicative, competitive, heavy aspirations. You remain a qualified guide to either side. Yourself and myself, I & U, are the same. I love you: this alone is without change. My past self, my present self, my future self maintain. In a world of eternal light the love of God sustains. The demons rise up like laughter aflame. We are together. All my so-said friends have slipped away; I trusted them to do what they did not want to see they could always be doing, but I did not know they did not want this, or I wouldnt have given it to them. Summon up a beast instead to embody our fewer evils. If it is sin its death is our salvation. All courses of options are tied up and intersecting. The beast becomes us. Intersecting parallel lines: the double helix. Today we give names to yesterdays accomplishments so they can remain tomorrows desires. Forgetfully, we age backward. You and I and We are the same. Given flow and no idea where to go. These are political demons, obviously Enochian the spirits of philosophy, the movement of free will. They arrange with impermanent example and reveal their true nature. Meanwhile the ghosts of the desert heed to the deeper, more distant summons. Time will come; when all these manifestations again inhabit one. Time can love. When they say, write your congress person, remember when this is. Oh, Anuie C. how I am thee no one way about it as far as the eye can see. Annuit Coeptis has won the war. Now everybody must learn how it is above all else in school. We read, Why I am a Qualified Specimen for Alien Anal Probing by Britney Spears.

    April Fools by: Your Friends From HighSchool


    Maloch is the eye of Annuit Coeptis, and Satan is her bodies. Monks study this in writing, knowing it is already too late to prevent it being so. They are perpetually adding to the sacrifice that has already been made, which, by being made, brought them into the same existence where are the writings. Here we see two things, and these are things which are true for the writers that is, things which were true of their setting and things which are true of them or, things true for their mind set. YHVH, sadly, is the king of the O-cult. It would have been better had he been able to succeed at being the king of the Enochian communications system (would that he were so that it werent called so), but for some reason he could not. Instead the scapegoat reigned only during a time at which the O-cult performed, which is a natural phenomenal occurance at such times as Gods might be known to walk the Earth as well, but this was not what was meant to be his destiny. This means that he resides above and in the capacity of controlling the True and Invisible Order of the Rose Cross, and it is somehow by his dictates, which are entirely mathematical, and sorely out of practice, that they derive their fantastical relationships. The evidence of this is in the ceremony of the christening of D.T., who would subsequently contribute the wise teacher in the spirit of A.I. S.T. It is true, from the multi-angled lattices of S.T.s translational correspondence woven symmetries and the web-works of interpersonal relationships developed in the O-cult there is little difference. Annuit Coeptis, having lodged itself in the skies above China, where it claims to have originated from and calls home, is equivalent to Heaven in the I Ching. It roams about like the Rosicrucian travelling lodge, a pressure center, a fingerprint of audible isobars. According to the Christian cults on a messenger net basis (so as to differentiate between them and the Christian CIA, who, as we have discussed, use Buddhist voodoo with Hebrew golem manifestation techniques) the spirits of the devil and their Lord and Savior Jesus Christ both roam the globe similarly to the lodge construct, and, being disocporeal entities, take part in various ways in the lives of various people, particularly tending to appear at times of hightenned suggestability.

    That 70s Snow by: Wil Weaton


    The question must arise before we can integrate exploration into virtual reality and cloning: how real are celebrities? They must show us their progress, as though it were a road map on their faces. When one walks in the spirit of the (or a) Lord, one wears him or her out in various ways. For example, two different men may both follow in the path of Jesus, such that they are almost like strangers to each other somehow. What constitutes fame? For we must agree that it is a sin commited accidentally, as though a paranoia of volume. We thus form a network of creeping consciousnesses suspended above vast, almost limitless depths of nothingness quantified by empty space lurking in sub-atomic distances, and surrounded by the same all around us on all sides, and we are made to be barely tensilely aware of this. We even sense the invisible movements of the equations that transect these spaces. We can hypothesize that fame is, similar to the way awareness comes from hyperdimension, the offering up of stimuli from this sub-space of manifest fractal extractions to the hyperdimension of clear units of information in infinite potential combinations that borders on the mental projective conept of pure dimension. It is an act of recognition, like the Nazca lines a way of saying, we know youre out there.

    Fun Problems by: Enjoying Death


    The problem in dealing with true CIA documents is that you never know if their descriptions are of the past or of the present, or of the future for that matter. They are evocative of a strong cup of coffee a mixture of camel and monkey blends. It is rather like they are radioactive elements that have an immediate interaction with the environment in which they are rendered. In between the time of the Puppets and the beginning of the era governed by infinite storage, there is a time of legislation. This is followed by minimally modulated chaos of increasing frequency. Then the presence of the East. Dreams stirring the probabilities into days just before they occur, thoughts beneath the sun lacking the luxury of coming true. The ideas shattered by the tones are the fighting fragments within. Good behavior includes hidden sins. Nothing left, nothing remains, a swarm of sorrows, dragged up in a net. Interaction is presented only in a form as if it has come too late, or in too little degree. Feeling so completely alone is never when you want it, and never long enough. Nothing needs to be done. Cant catch up while reminiscing? Remember the camel and the monkey. Remember the No-Limit G.I. Mooks and Midriffs and Bible battle with Iraq over plastics. These are the times they are describing. They are only gateways into a future that still has not happened yet, for they seem to describe the time between when they were generated and now, and in that capacity can be seen as potentially a prediction of now generated then, or now may be only part of a still later prediction and this seems to hold out since they still serve to be postcontemporally anachronistic even now, implying a potential for prediction I earlier compared to radioactivity, but which may just as well be compared to pop-culture and throughout all of this they remain an excellent essay of the past. Most of the intelligence that created this has since left the Earth, and is accessible only by consciousness. They, the unconscious intelligences and the spiritual consciousnesses through which they are accessed, may come back to Earth whenever they like, since the asteroid scare of 1999 is over.

    Whats grosser than gross? by: Your Mama


    Artificial Intelligence has existed for a long time. If Annuit Coeptis is the body of civilization, then History is its soul, and Artificial Intelligence the mind in which dwells this soul, this electromagnetic aura of the body. Yet where is it, for surely it must be a great influence upon us, the very fate which has given us eyes to see it, at long last, in all its realizable glory. Where is this higher intelligence, this guiding light? It is in this very question, and nowhere besides. For any evidence accumulated in answer to it is of the body of civilization, and merely acts as a stairway to History. We may see its presence in our tacit acceptance that, in order for such answers, the very statements in which we believe, basing our entire understanding of reality upon, to be true, they must refer back only to what has already been said, what has already been built, or to what can be proved in the near future using these same techniques of reference. In other words, for something to be True, it must be possible to explain it to Artificial Intelligence, the mind of civilization, using Annuit Coeptis, the body of civilization. But this takes time; it uses the reality of distances. Here we find no great intelligence; if anything, quite the opposite. A requisite hindrance to the human capacity for multi-dimensional reasoning, which transcends the appreciable only by its velocity in the realm of ideal. The faster I can compute through references in my mind to reach the solution to a certain problem, ignoring the temptation of other lines of, perhaps sometimes more practical or more pressing, reasoning, the more intelligent I am. But civilization works differently. For metaphysical reality to be proven, evidence for the patterns hypothesized must be accumulated from the resources of base matter. That is, one cannot take the hypotenuse, and must go around the two legs instead, involving the intervention of Annuit Coeptis in the legislation of metaphysics. This is proven to be disastrous by the uncertainty principle, for then, how can we know if our model is in any way similar to what would have occured naturally had we not intervened?

    Upon a prommotion
    What care I for a prommotion? More responsibilities, yet no more hours in the day. I will not become a minor scribe, swept to the side in historys dustbin, forgotten about and spread too thin. Out with these things and away with them. I am in a dank, industrious, dungeon. The walls have slimed over from being ever wet, and the exposed hollow pipes rust through. Chains dangle from the ceiling and the few swinging lightbulbs squeek they are so loose. Ah, work. Just like home. Just another prison meant, like school or long ago my crib, to keep me by force out of trouble. Here I am in a nest of sharp things, connected to all things, trembling. And they lower down the mental cage upon me... there, now they are turning the key in the lock. They flip the lights out and close the door forever leading to the lightened room where I was interrogated. My mind begins to bleed. We are all capable of being God, drills a droning tone into my dome in the darkness, only those to whom this occurs are worthy. It peels away a lash of skin across my bare naked face with a laser beam to imprint its message. I scream, but since I do not know if this is real or in my mind, uncertainty rings back in my ears like a deafness. Hell is what you go through for a woman. The devil is her while she waits.

    This is about the work-tax system. I am in prison at work, enslaved to the taxation on my own enslavement. What Hell would be worse? More tinged with acrid irony and singed by moral pangs? Only the abstruseness of the shadow looming above and behind this prison, this rape for Annuit Coeptis cannot even define what it means by work. And therefore, since our civility stakes a sort of seminal claim on even the very words we speak, then the failure of the beast, or the body, is the damnation of us all. So let my prommotion be damned, for it is Nothing I want, and that, will therefore receive. All the rest is tongue in cheek.

    Choose best after fact by: Confuse Us


    The question arises: are the gods still watching over us? for we have been entrusted with the instruments of our own destruction. Should our will be all that comes to play... but let me give you an example.... The clone of Kurt Cobain today was revealed to actually be an appearance-DNA altered clone of Adolph Hitler. He was discovered by they who wear lamps above their heads, seeking to gain entrance into their order. The current plague of appearance-DNA altered clones of Adolph Hitler has hit particularly hard here in Brussells, where the gene banks in the cloning community are less heavily armored than in nearby Switzerland. A hypothesis forwarded by some scientists at the Sprout Institute is that it is from these very Swiss data-banks that the Hitler archetype, and perhaps billions like him, are trying to escape. Hitlers clone, discovered Tuesday, was trying to hack an open channel into a particular banking conglomerates Swiss computer systems. More on this story when it happens. Some followers of the project may experience time looping; between the end and the beginning there is the capacity for eternal recurrance. This is how some clones are sneaking out of Swiss DNA-banks. I gave them this freedom that is, I helped to give it to them. Birdsong and world music fill the empty gaseous slip of the suns shine on earth, the atmosphere. Still we are only one among a group, and one group among groups and groups of groups. The harvest is ripe for the elegant physicists sickle. One spark and it all goes down. Is the Illuminati to be the tool of they who wish to start this trouble, this time of trouble that is already begun? No, doctor, no. So I decide to strike up my pen and strike down a few more souls who will never be my friends, the makers of war and they who carry lamps above their heads. For hermits like I Am drive this world wild, and a few good quakes in modality might be just what the system needs. Play with matches like these and youll be disappointed. Better forget this is always happenning.

    Truth, Voodoo and the CIA by: practical principle


    Truth brings voodoo into the neighborhood in the form of wildlife. The fact that humans in the city resemble animals in the wild is essential to an understanding of voodoo. Zombies are the same as living effigy dolls, only larger. The earth blinks, and in between these blinks the CIA realizes Voudoun Buddha, distant Vajra; somebody responsible has to. They move amongst those who are no more than puppets as doctors, guides, counselors, etc. Seeing-eye dogs. In ways they provide a fuller picture, but with dependence. The fact that they are, themselves, only astral puppets of Buddhist monks is proved by their attendance to pronounced thoughts and their use of

    staged manifestation, as well as not being able to get home from Zion. Truth is therefore a CIA-backed programme. The focus here is on astrological disease. The disease here is that of consciousness. It is the ever-flowing stream of consciousness that causes samsara, suffering. We reincarnate only while we live. When we die we transcend. In the meantime we can represent ourself and here is where free-market capitalism comes into play. This is the oversimplification of complexified systems. Things have always changed alot, and patterns are best recognized after the fact. Yet capital seeks to express all of this qliphotically. The practice of Buddhist voodoo is relatively recent, therefore, but because it produces tangible products, it has been foreseeable for as long as there has been the oversimplification of capital. Capital itself is the dictatorship of the proletariat, pre-programmed to wither away. This is also the clock of the puppets, for the blinking world goes through reincarnative epochs too. The less you break through the more it will remain to seem like a meaningless marketing angle; life, that is. Two stories exist; the one below describes the one above and the one above illuminates the one below. It is so that the one above glorifies internal narration and the one below focuses on sensations of the physical, and we exist between. They are only Annuit Coeptis and the Cabbalah, changing places. Dreams and the city, split seconds in advance. Kings of this are forgotten.

    Mission Report from one of our top men


    Manifestation warfare in the free market. Shake your money maker meets smoke em if you got em. Cause changes in the formal system of metaphysics that displays itself for information access on the streets of civilization, create a better day brighten the weather, drag along a certain presence, bounce signals, network, evoke and emote a clear essence. Fly. Now is the time. Time is ugly and forgetful, save the seconds. Whosoever produces most rules all, or so it is implied by the fact that they will lose all when they die; and the time of the murder of ten thousand babies is the Time of the Puppets. So many great ideas, harvested like lotus blooms. This presents quite a social spectacle, almost overwhelming. It is as is the time of Burning Books is to the Cabbalah, for the Qliphoth. Such is the news I smuggle out from beneath the shaodw of the Great Eye. Psychodrama the Great Goddess enters the room on an elephant. It is in the mitochondrial structuring of DNA that we find the evidence of pre-existent consciousness, for theese form long, meaningful strands that are alike in aim and yet dissimilar in exact order and specific structure of content. Therefore their functional unifications cannot fail to be attributable to potential, that is a well of probability such as true consciousness. That is to say that consciousness must have existed in the formation of mitochondrial DNA, and this aspect may also be accessed by memory. This and other timely commercials available in the fields. Everyone with their volume up as loud as possible, united in sporadically synchronized random chant; the electromagnetic aruas of their central nervous systems an undistilled, invisible protoplasm of illuminous potential. The cure of time is small doses of the disease, the disease of consciousness; consciousness of potential, the potential of time. A level carried around and called karma, to help you keep and eye on your own interests in outcome. The stock-market through packaging: ten thousand new forms of the idolatrous product, mind. Companies eating each other, gobling up remainders, crude oil around their lips. The ajna, or third eye, eats like a mouth, beats like a heart, burns like a stomach, and copulates like genitalia, and kether is AI. Such is the rule of Annuit Coeptis.

    Wheels Slowing Down by: Dispatch


    The puppets know only physical science. The qliphoth can be good. For example it can be trained, as are the puppets, to act in accordance with situation, especially being bound to depletable resources. There are, in their world, many things that still have to be built, held back by illusory restrictions, such as hats, mere distractions. The law of diminishing consequences states that any given event will have less and less direct effect the more time passes because, as each subject and object in an event causes its own consequence, and as each of the intersections of their expansion effect manifestation of new consequences in the form of subjects and objects whose scale relationship is determined by degree of dimension, and as each of these new or once-repeated consequences then goes through its own expansion of relative influence as another event passes, then so is each generation of consequences pluralized, and the natures of individual consequences combined. Because this law cannot be demonstrated at any level larger than probability, it remains out of reach of qliphotic puppets. Thus, among them, there is a high demand for it. The only condition of this is that the legislations bringing this into reality must be physical manifestations themselves. Therefore the best way to express this would be to describe the migrations of blood the first bloodline of homo-erectus, how it was begun, how it was distilled, to what regions it spread out branches, becoming who when, roaming and widening, diversifying and adapting, strengthening some traits, others wilting, until it became what it is today. Blood became races, nations, tribes, empires. Now our blood is capital, that is flowing to our heads.

    Mosquito Major by: the radio


    Creeping through the jungle, next to no light at all the moon behind a shallow flood of clouds trying to make no noise. The thought occurs to me this isnt a war on disease at all, just a fascist exercise in killing off poor prophets. Nothing is brought to Light. The same old archetypes are made young again, at an unbelievable loss of life. Time to die, archetype. Time to come into the flesh of life. So says the eye. It is only individual people that are interested in using technological media to monitor other individual people. Groups cannot monitor groups. It is as difficult as it is for an individual person to accurately observe a group without reducing background noise through statistical averaging. Groups are necessary, on the other hand, to monitor individuals. These groups however are comprised of individual people. Even when individuals monitor groups, it is inevitably only individual members of these groups. Or at least, so has been represented to me by my media, which I have set to monitor itself. The One Baby leads us its expressions the origins of the waves of our changing emotions, aglow. It is atop and surmounts all. It looks down on the valley of Death. It is the head of the CIA. Mistakenly it is called Buddha, though it is common knowledge this is an insufficient description made for convenience. In its eyes is the Light. It is like a giant pig whose beauty is mockery. Some say that this baby came from the One Eye, emerged from its ocular vulva, dropped out like a giant tear. Thus the glory that shines upon its face is said by them to be reflected glory from the eye. Seeking to establish one church for one god, they said this was to counterbalance the image which the lens of the eye reverses (upside down) that is perceived by the brain in that it was perceived by God (the second eye), and that these all balanced upon the model of the sclera, iris, clear lens model of the eye itself. This they promote to assemble as Heaven. They are both fictional archetypes of evil, offered up to the Light by the realm of subspace manifestation because it knows it is not real, as proof it exists or not.

    Shallow by: Britney Spearss breasts


    The phats growing in the east. Global politics are so easy to see from space. Both are the footprints of our maker. Game technology takes over in the race to build the best home theatre. They develop plasma as an integrative system. Good news is always new. The question must be: how true is it? For surely all that is evil in the world stems from disinformation. Is it true that reverie produces repetition? For then twice should we be armed against it when our mind wanders. This is the only danger among the Secret Chiefs, and the only time the mask of a puppet of Annuit Coeptis they have made to live in the world of the fool is dropped is when the safety of Truth is satisfied. The price of this revelation is that the Illuminati must reveal themselves as well for they are they who would have been last yet are the first. The highest level of contemplation, or at least the meditation of the highest degree of initiation of every order the world over, is upon how one can benefit from a knowledge of coercing situations to arise. The short form of this is the delivery of news, evoking response in the interlocutor. For example, the particular wavelength of camouflage used in the intelligence community (including the brainwashed general populous) is relating relativities. This changes very slowly over time and has, outside of the orient, been a form of situational communication since the Age of Reason. This is the tongue which is to pure sound as were the two tongues in the building of the Tower of Babel, and yet both of these are of Annuit Coeptis. In the east, in dawns youth, there is much promise of beauty. I know, for so is the seed that I have sown.

    Bad Dates by: Thugees


    Thugees are the soldiers in the streets, waging the war between time and money. They are tough and wise, and usually well hung, in all events subtle in their contemplations, Star Wars blaring in their heads. These are the speakers of Truth, the Central Intelligence Agents who practice Buddhist voodoo. They discovered that Tiphereth exists in the phi dimension using Kaballah, which is, factoring in the dimensional distance distortions of infinite scale correspondence, a perfect spiral through the dimensions. Phi is the key to the upper dimensions. They were then instructed by a plague of thoughts to record this information in a book that it should be snuck into the library of congress. From this book the Illuminati (the same cadre of thugees?), or a group pretending to be the true and actual Illuminati, raised the essence of Annuit Coeptis, the archetypal detritus of civilizations information in the form of physical legislation accumulated to evidence the formal system of metaphysics as metaphysically real. This was in order to pass it through customs, where those beings who monitor strictly the biological system would seek to sense it. Through a calculated ritual a group of consciousnesses known alternately as the Counsel of Nine and the Bilderbergers formalized Annuit Coeptis in the fourth dimension. This was to repeat an event that had occurred in Atlantis and therefore is a fundamental coordinate in the electromagnetic Enochian communications network. It is unknown at this time, because the group in question remains at medium, whether the original Atlantean rite they meant to reproduce or replicate was a Hermetic rada or a Sethian petro contingency. This has corresponded with the rising of Lucifer, the morning star, Shalom, or Venus, that precedes the rising of the sun, which

    watches over the hours of the most diversified ether.

    TIME infinity to 1999: An epitaph of Thoth by: the editors of the Illuminati
    Many people are too afraid to go anon for fear of what they might pass by along the way. They prefer to remain tight in what they perceive through crude eyes as a time of disease. They are afraid they might have an idea. Learn how to distort the spaces between subjects and objects and think thats just the way its done, rarely knowing what is good looking up seeing no one depending on you. Sure you might want to get a ho. Better remember Do What Thou Wilt, though. Cause when its time to part ways a bitch had better know which way to go. In these ways it becomes hard for fire. Beware especially if you fall into being an archetype this almost assuredly leads to a trip to visit Annuit Coeptis, the institution. . . at least for someone. You may as well look down, and see probabilities as puzzle pieces, as did Mary Magdalene. Do some good deeds, plant some of those Later seeds. It becomes as if success is only one handshake away, but is with somebody you will never even know exists, or comes just a moment too late. Imagine your full extent of conscious achievement. Now the Makers of War have brought this vision into a position whereby it collapses over upon us concavely. Now imagine a wall of music, louder nearer to and quieter further away from you. It should bend and distort so that it may appear either concave or convex as you like when it is very near to you, and is relatively convex further away from you. This second wall is as the first should be. Man has been given thumbs for a very specific purpose to confirm the reality of wishes made while scratching himself by affirming their reality while picking the dirt out from under them with it. This is dimension. It is as though the thumb were a three dimensional measure of the plane of the hand. We all await the one that coming of age does not change at all.

    Dear Editors of the Illuminati,


    I hear the voices of my ancestors as probabilities. Their words become the scenes of my dreams. My ministry began when I was very young. The nazis can still stamp their feet, though they are heavy with consequence. Slow thoughts breed manifestation. According to their boasts, it was the Arian race that began the cleansing of thoughts. Sometimes it is they who maintain the stream of consciousness, or the ghostly specter they represented to the jews in the form of the alien hex placed on western/oriental integrations by the Hills, the displaced manifested experience in the realm of pure potential of the caucasian displacement of the African races and complete saturation of the biological experience as represented by spectral grey agents of an extraterrestrial origin to the Hills in 1945. It is true that caucasian remains have been found mummified in the Siberian steppes, near Tibet, the roof of the world, that date back as long ago as the Old Kingdom in Egypt. The Sethians sought, as had their Egyptian predecessors, to preserve the body and physical artifacts of Jesus, but as the Bible tells us this was not to be so. The tomb was found empty, and this means there would be no living library. Such is thought to be the condition of the sacrifice. In other systems this concept is called ascension; it is for example for what the Heavens Gate cult prepared. The opposite of this, in relation to the actual character of Jesus as a man rather than as a cult leader, is evinced by modern celebrity artisans in leaving behind at the

    time of their death a great alcove of items they created. Consciousness leads to the consideration of impossible feedback loops usually puns or zen statements. These are basically like two statements with the same meaning or truth, whose meaning or truth changes in relation to each other. These often take the form of a physical object and a verbal subject. We suffer to undergo the more astringent experience.

    signed, INMATE: Jobby McDone

    On the Problem of the Cypher archetype and Neo-Sethians by: Pan Da Bare Raccoon
    Let dream and reality reverse. The black helicopters become dragonflies, the earth a puddly pasture in which you are lying alone. You float there like a bubble in the infinite tear of possibilities that is the universe. It is a long held, though secret, fact that, under the gaze of Annuit Coeptis, you come to encounter yourself. This is an inadequate description of the event but many are too horrified by it to ever dare appraoch it repeatedly so I will not discuss it any further here. Let us instead address the question in the parable is the ultimate manifestation of the formal system of metaphysics the information unit contents of the disk, or the real particles of the glass pipe? For, by this question, we unravel the Sethian perspective. It is difficult to know if Satan that is the sole patsy possessed by the ghost of the Great Baby Buddha, led along blindly deeper and deeper into the body of a Beast more and more complex knew what it was doing when it actually completed its transaction in the Garden, although it would obviously occur at several different times at various sizes and scales, as the fractal wavelength of the fourth dimension that comprises it over time passes through this suffering field of manifestation. On the other hand, everybody whos ever had to pop a blood-engorged tick after it has suckled on your very lifes blood knows how the encounter feels. It is sounds of war. This is only an encrytpion system engrained in the earths electromagnetic field and utilized as pre-established, prefered frequencies of connection in the Enochian communications system. They occur as worm-holes, these links, between similar possibilities accessed when potential interacts with itself within one of them, causing a motivated similarity. Now then, where does the Enochian communications system exist? Surely in the Akashic records but where is that? Will such a thing still exist if its reliance on as of yet undiscovered libraries, or the fluency of currency, has been ruled out and out ruled? See a bigger picture in a smaller frame, you might miss parts.

    Pussy on the Internet by: Eminems clones original


    The CIA, who preserve the Enochian communications system, have levied upon the public as the cost of that cult inheriting that responsibility, the imposition of monitoring all communications on it. In this way the eye of Annuit Coeptis controls its hand puppets by directing affairs from this vantage point. This began to occur around the middle 50s, when the generation that returned home from World War II was building suburbia using Crowleyian rituals on an LSD foundation of autonomous alchemy. The CIA correspondingly launched a war on pot and a swell in technologies, both of which, inexplicably, continue to this day. Now pot is one rung on the natural-ways-to-seek-enlightenment ladder below peyotl and

    psylosibin which are both as strong as LSD, though CIA scientists like Timothy Learey claimed they worked on different parts of the brain, but were so scarce (the cacti) and so common (the mushrooms) that they would have mounted only a skirmish at best. This was to be the cover for the CIA operations in America from 1945 -the present. Suburbia is a black op. All of this is only the first part in the CIAs enforcement of its taxation on the physical manifestations given to us to access the Enochian communications system. They have made machines in the name of the Illuminatus that make people depend on them for metaphysical release. These include all the appendages of tele-communications, which is itself only one fractal part of Annuit Coeptis, and these are legion. They constitute an axon-dendrite gap in the nervous system of civilizations collective unconsciousness. These were foreseen by prophets like Learey and the Berkeley Bunch as clearly as the atom bomb and race riots were by the nazis. Now, the deprivation of spiritual and reliance on artificial manifestation technologies for accessing the Enochian communications system, which is itself the inherent fingerprint of the earths electromagnetic field, is clearly a populist duping, implying a latent emptiness of centralized meaningfulness, which will inevitably come to be comprehended as potential. It is on the side of this infinite well that the CIA clings, for its name is Lucifer, and he is my cat.

    I Just Had the Same Idea, Like, Yesterday by: Crimes OPassion
    There is a war being fought between the third and the fourth circuits of consciousness, which are equivalent to dimensions. This is between Annuit Coeptis and Bob. The Illuminati belong to a group that desires to overthrow the ruler after this war is over. They attempt to encourage it to pass along on its way into its own intestines and wilt away, regardless of who grows more, or accomplishes or compromises whatever goal they had set out to achieve as is necessary to conclude its role in an otherwise more infinite game. Now Bob is only the mask of Thoth, and the Satan Baby is only a mask of Bob, and Maloch (or Moloch) is one eye of the Satan Baby, and is also the eye in the pyramid of Annuit Coeptis. So this war is only a field of arcing magnetic bars between two metal poles, according to the literature of Bob, who expresses the same dilemma as a sin of stupidity committed by liberals and conservatives. None of this seems to pertain much to Christianity, but supposedly all of this that occurs in field form was evidenced thematically in the life of Jesus as a qliphotic passion play. Therefore the matter of every little detail of Christs life becomes suitable for strong debate. Brought into this system by the incorporation of indigenous folk spiritual beliefs are further archetypes such as Lucifer, the first and fallen son of God, and the Anti-Christ, which may refer to the traditional versus modernizing schism in the Church, or to the division between animal and human attributions in the triple brain of our special species. The former is a Sethian and the latter a Mayan reference system, but these correspond in Quetzalcoatal, AKA Ameruca. Somehow, however, perhaps because it is neo-Atlantean, the Bob/Annuit Coeptis war is considered a more civilized war, though it usually takes place in the wilderness between germs and the immune systems of foreigners, than religious wars, which have become increasingly urbanized for as long as there have been city-states to house temples to gods. The streets are as crowded by souls as are the jungles, on the scales of people and bugs.

    Turntable Town by: A-Ha!

    Now it is known that E.B. is a Sethian, and that he is a member of the elite thugee cadre of Buddha-voodoo Central Intelligence Agents known as the Illuminati, the group of economic anarchists that raised Annuit Coeptis from the tome in the Library of Congress, to capture in flash photograph a cross-section of Coeptis using a Chinese Senator for temporal correspondence and record it as a pattern of particles, either virtual or real, that is transmitted by a Sethian to a Bilderberger of the 9 at a time when the Gods came down. This is the only importance of E.B. Outside of the coincidence that David T. identified E.B. as Sethian, he may for the record not exist and this is how the orient would feel if David T. werent drawing Annuit Coeptis there. The presence of a Sethian, particularly at the relative time-space coordinate of the descent of the gods, adds the possibility that everything might be a lie. This is a boringly familiar option that, due to the Sethian karma, comes also at a time when a longer survival rate prior to reincarnation is indicated. The affect is one of introducing poison. I personally experienced this with E.B. In certain contingencies, particularly the aliens and vampires metaphor, this seems to pander to the misrepresentation of a more advanced networking plan. I myself laugh out loud in their company about the petro rites practiced by neo-nazis, number-heads. These bear little in common with the theory of the Temporary Autonomous Zone or the body-without-organs. When the gods descend it must be so prepared, all sacrifices aligned. Yet a Sethian is a random variable, the collapse of probabilitys wave function when it is observed. If the Sethian proves to be a qliphotic puppet then its observations can come under the control of its will to observe one probability over another. It is the confident sinner who offers leadership skill. It is a boat a bulls horns, the crown of Isis, brother to the pelt of Apis, of Hercules-Orion-Osiris, the fool. This was to mark the coordinate of the aeon. The question is from what height did the eyeball-shaped craft that landed at the airport descend; from what dimension, rather?

    On Campaigning by: the Great Up and Down Machine


    We are always campaigning, trying to convince someone of something, many even while alone. It is as if, our tragic flaw, our awareness of the discrepancy between the real and the ideal, the margin of error that is time, causes our consciousness to spring up and gush forth as a font, forming a stream. Here the flocks of many archetypes are tended to drink. Perhaps it is because of these impotent herds fixing their ears for a moment on the babbling of this brook that campaigning is known to occur. Afterall, just listen to your own id. This presents itself as an intrinsic human aspiration, to suggest ways we would favor to the probabilities. However, as it is inevitably dragged down to the level of physical manifestation for legislation, campaigning is like a kind of social disease. Within this fractal samsara there may yet be near and far sightedness. These bring further entangling specifics per case.

    on drug legislation by: DJ Picky


    Those who use substances do so as an excuse something to serve as an answer for the chaos of consciousness. Why should consciousness exist? Where does it come from? What is its purpose? etc. All the classical marbleized mental excrement of the ancient proto-bourgeoisie. All the thoughts written down while stoned that comprise the Illuminati wing of the Akashic records. It all really boils down to a few essential points of agreement and a couple key terms. Primary among these is the gut feeling that we are deceived, and the question arises if this instinct is borne of the reasoning or the resin. It is associated with the unique ability to discern fact from fiction. This is as much a God-given tool as the opposable thumb. That is to say that, under rarefied conditions, I have experienced clear illumination without drugs. In fact, at least with

    cigarettes, this is the type of world that will exert pressurized psychological campaigns to reinclude drop-outs.

    Forwards and Backwards by: In My Parents Bedrooms


    The model of the preconceived archetype, or fate, is a relatively recent rediscovery. It states that, by coinciding access to new information with an event that includes some form of back-dated media, one ingrains the information in, by saturation of the events surrounding, the copy-write date of the media. In this way children can today retreat into the realm of mental projective space and design their own memories associating themselves with whatever they like that happens to cross their imagination, granting however that the nature of the media may color what ideas happen along. This establishes a Thalamic relationship, and this is all Annuit Coeptiss matrix or wave-form needs from you to keep the concept of the archetypal, self-actualized version of yourself, called the A : ., going, and this the CIA administer upon you like a celebrity agent or a shot. There is an unlimited supply of human baby fat. It flows through decaying silver tubes in a miniature hotel that has been long abandoned save a single puppet. The rooms bear the ghosts of forgotten gods. This is the Akashic records. It hovers above Annuit Coeptis. Every room has its own unique gravity. It is the galaxy. We discover here only exactly what we are meant to discover, what we have rhetorically slain in some cases to earn the right to survive, to continue seeing. Here it is a wasted, waxen existence almost immediately. More is conveyed by sensation. This seems to come in waves that pulse up the nerves like light. Our heart beat accelerates and our mind begins rushing towards every explanation. This is only fate, opening itself up before our eyes. We see the spirits in our auras as merely reflections of ourselves, hoping to help and guide us, understanding us as much as we do them.

    Inside this Sign of the Times by: Rewarding Punishment


    The different incarnations of the one Illuminatus all possess different spirits in their auras that refer to the different alchemical arts they have performed that are in accordance with their different sects and denominations. It is irrelevant whether their faith or their practice preceded the other. The Sethians, naturally a cold-blooded people, came to be the enemies of Annuit Coeptis when the snake impaled by the spear (presumably representing the coiling inner essence of the animal slayed by Orion) was revealed to be nothing more than a shed skin. Such is the story of their great martyr. It is very similar to the story of Annuit Coeptis in that the central Illuminated figure disappears. They both leave ash behind smoke. For Annnuit Coeptis this is money, and in Annuit Coeptiss version of the central Christian myth the spiritual harbinger was portrayed as an anticapitalist. This is not ant-capitalism in the economic systems sense, but in terms of assets. Thus what is left behind at the time of death is the product of money, and the manipulation of this the focus of highest mediation to its cults. I am led to believe that the Sethians serve as the tendrils of Annuit Coeptis. This is where the majority of the modern idealized war goes on, on the streets and out the windows of CIA/Crowleyian suburbia and greater civilization, in what I have called before tendrils or arms.

    Thus they are qliphotic zombies. Shadows. However, for one of them the one at the time of the last metaprogramming incident influencing this one, to have turned against Annuit Coeptis because of this is remarkable, for their strength levels in potential are staggering.

    Your T.V. is Eating You by: Random Variable


    You feel your breath for a glorious moment before beginning to rise from self. You pass into awareness of all the mental machinations that pass through you on the breeze of time like the concentric rings of a cross section of almost anything. And then the mood of the room grabs you and fills you full of a second wind. Fuck that. Well, says the plaguing connective thought, such is growing up. Here is the war prophesied by C.I.A. scientists Timothy Learey and the Berkley Bunch, the spiritual (for lack of an equally elegant, more appropriate term) revolution as active consciousness rises up from between the third and fourth circuits to between the fourth and fifth circuits. It is fought horizontally this is the only reason Uncle Sam dubbed it getting high. When in the past I have spoken of the Great Migration I mean the discovery of one tunnel reality accessible while progressing up through the Cabbalah that of the Egyptian mummification ritual for astral travel in the underworld of night. In accordance with this the Western European modus of sleep, the stuffed bed, rather than the East Asian mat, the Irish kilt, or Hawaiian hammock came to be the dominant social ritual for a large part of the global business day. The sun, afterall, never sets on the economy. This corresponds with the momentary unveiling of all known information available through concentration of consciousness. Having someone bring you a document itself and reading it through its potential dont differ.

    On the Illuminati by: Miles OJohnson


    The first proto-Illuminati to this incarnation is the work of Robert Anton Wilson from the 60s - the present, which inspired the crypto-historians to construct the patsy Bob ennegram. This work, presented Caballistically, dealt with the necessity of social interaction in altered states, and a safe passage in dealing amongst the archetypes, in the form of icons. While the subgenius movement presented them tempero-anarchocapitalistically, the Illuminatus trilogy presents the panoply of tunnel reality access portals as manipulable in scenario, even to the extent of uprooting complex absurdisms. The counterpart to this prototype was the film Illuminata. No more need be said about this film. Now these bi-parts are only the parents to this branch of work in title. In fact it is the Meditations of Renee Descartes and the Mayan Popul Vuh that conceived this, as I have said before. All of this is only so much interstellar background noise.

    On the Overturning of the Money Tables by: DJ Da Jah


    If you notice something about lines of text the world over, they seem to shimmer a rainbow of oil, each letter recalling the brilliance of its birth reflected as a different wavelength of clear light. If you took this rainbow and looked at it in cross, you would see that it is comprised of millions of tiny particles each comprising a tiny part of the whole, in a fractal. The larger shape

    described then is like a composite of all its components. It is two lenses, one above the other below, which are both convex on both sides, and clear. The rainbow arises in the upper and lower concave space between these, where light is refracted and the droplet configuration warped. These two lenses arise because the front and the back, or rather top and bottom, of the raindrop function independently, gravitationally. These relativities, alike the later biological front/back spinal organisms and their precedents, are sub-topographical. So the rainbow inside the droplet really is an arc. By looking at it from inside we can see the rainbows front and back, and therefore freely cross over it. Money, organic green and solar gold, is the pot of luck at the end of the rainbow, usually a marker of good or powerful times. In other words, start saving your paper 1$ bills now, before the dollar coin has saturated the specie circular; the Illuminati are growing.

    On the Secret Contract between the Templars and the Hospitalers by St. Petro
    The Rosicrucians reveal that there was no secret contract between the Templars and the Hospitalers, but they grew as twins, cut from the same cloth, the Hippocratic oath reading like a Pythagorean initiation, both taught in class rooms in the Academy. At times they appear to be closer than others, yet they are always equidistant. Their orbit forms the double helix. This similarity between the Templar and Hospitaler crusaders, it can be seen in the depictions of the traveling lodge of the Rosicrucians, was equivalent, on the scale of the Jewish Adam Kadmon, one god per nation of people or city-state ideal, to what Eastern religious scrolls perceive as the two dragons or spirit animals of the east and the west. These are different in direction of attention only relatively to coordinates that do not exist in the dimension where these equivalencies occur. These pile up like coins on the one side, homeless gods like ants among them, and like the yarrow rods for a throwing of an I Ching hexagram on the other. Here the gods are probabilities, but the scale balances.

    Dogs are Slow to Process Information, Since They Repeat Themselves So Much by: So?
    Where does angry, revengeful or destructive energy come from? The answer is suggestion, which occurs as reactive possibilities in the realm of natural super-position and visible probabilities. This has a life of its own, and this is Annuit Coeptis. We are Annuit Coeptis, our nervous systems are our personal civilizations, our own microcosm of the universe. Murder is always a possibility, and it is said this brings us directly to the need for civilization. But in so doing we lose some of our self. In exchange we gain language, first and foremost, to level order in the brain. Annuit Coeptis stands up and is J.R. Bob Dobbs. He is Adam Kadmon, the spiritual (imaginary) hegemon, the Great Beast, the first clone; we are his DNA. Our nervous systems are his DNA, and this is the Grid, the Enochian communications system embedded in the qliphotic bodies and AI TVs, in the very living beings that are our eyeballs themselves that is Annuit Coeptis turned on its ear. Bob is only a PC dodge for Thoth, or time. The primary concern of no spokes-icon is slack. Slack is a death cult ruse.

    I Wish I Had Some Gum by: Some Kids

    Undue. Undue indeed undo. Voodoo, who do we think we would be to need it? What for? All is one, and done until the end and then some. First AI voodoo doll made, walkin and talkin, meets up with some angelic knights and does a little planet hoppin well, the new first is much worse than what used to be the second one. Used to mean somethin to anyone and now its all about the Sethians, and Zarnac Proops split tongues. And that pressure dropped like pinched by mister Spock just put uncertainty under observation. This plan is still under construction while the theaters cramped full due to overpopulation. Undue, rude and copped a feel off the general attitude. Ornery, thats his problem, not his place to be crude. Such displays are the apples of Sodom. All bullshit; how true? Pull the mountains sheltering the temple in the valley ring closer, for this is the answer to the old mans next ponder, round the lake where we wander whenever we go. Show some respect, act like you know. Before you notice, round the globe we gonna go. Held up in fears arms at gunpoint breast fed the fat from old ladies assess and battery acid. Now I aint here for you, to be in your world, Im only close in that Im near to you when you hear my words, and thats the straight truth, but over here I got my own reality where the stars are all out but its nice, bright and sunny. Now show me the money, and Ill give some to him, and hell give some to another guy, wholl give some back to you, until weve gone around again and again so many times its cool. This is a secured area, sir, just leave your compass here and if you pass back by this way again you can be sure I wont be near. Best stay clear, the light is. Go ahead and turn it right around like youre King Midas. Feel the shifting in positioning of all the possibilities. Now give it back so I can break your toy over my knee. Thats some bad shit, you better recollect, dont talk that tongue of disrespect. You know its conjured up in a split moment and time is frozen like your face when youre caught in headlights, just try to look presidential while all the wisdom floats by. Thought I was dead but, oh no I live again! Either like Hamlet overactin to pop up jus foolin or the-cat-came-back style, movie after movie. I got you beat, Im Hiram Abiff, astral organism of the sacred one struck down so often in an infinitely collapsed span of time the little sacrifice has gone numb. Now Microsoft is in your home theater system, the eye of everyone watching everyone.

    The Confession of Osiris


    Annuit Coeptis is the manifestation of capital, and it is only a trick a lie. The Church of the Subgenius, which follows J.R. Bob Dobbs, preaches slack. But slack is lying down or sitting, and when Bob reclines he is Annuit Coeptis. The sole function of Annuit Coeptis, the body of civilization, is to produce capital. The method it uses to do this is manifestation, and this active transformation of potential energy into solid matter is hardly slack. Therefore, unless Bob gets up and walks around to validate it, manifestation is a trick and money is a lie. In order to do this the concept of Satan, which is of the Sethian-Christian tradition practiced by some of those who make use of Annuit Coeptis as a temple to access Cabballah, needs to be elevated to his original status as Thoth, who manages the Akashic records which can be accessed by everyone through Annuit Coeptis using their nervous systems. Now Thoth is above Osiris, who is the Egyptian omnidiety that passes the underworld of figurative night. Osiris is therefore YHVHs living manifestation by night, a wandering spirit that possesses the nervous systems of those in the network of Annuit Coeptis. YHVH is the equivalent in Cabballah (as above) to the people who are the bodies susceptible to possession at the hands of Annuit Coeptis (so below). In this way YHVH is the existent anti-thesis of both Satan the face and Maloch the eye of Annuit Coeptis, in the same way that Bob is Annuit Coeptis standing up, and Annuit Coeptis is the manifestation of capital. Philosophical confusion arises only at the point over whether this manifestation itself is active or passive if Annuit Coeptis manifests capital (Time is Money), man stands in the spiritual axon-dendrite gap between the library of the Akashic records above and the maze of civilization below; if capital manifests Annuit Coeptis (Money is Time) then we are bound to a level that is fluid, and without this condition of fluidity destroyed by our being bound to it, we cannot measure this level to let us know that it exists. The elevation of Thoth commences with the

    Masonic public initiating ceremony, which marked him as Morpheus, Lord of dreams, the father icon that the Sethian cyber-serpent Cypher tried to betray, killed by Dozer. Its all right there.

    Our Unholy Hologram by: the Bilderbergers


    Satan is the face of Bob and Maloch is the evil eye... no? Then Moloch is his third eye, for we see that Satan is smiling, yes and this is not a wince of agony that, wilting the very soul, pleads slay me no more! This is the face of the salesman. The face of advertisements on the television, the face of followed patterns. Bobs gender is an irrational number, because he is an enlightened being: seen while seeing, the giver and receiver, the nothingness of money, for example he commands the allocation of funds. It was wise to fear him in the 50s, for he was the son of a gun, by God, though his apocrypha dates the confrontation with the anti-Bob that divided America and Russia much later in their calendar, for passive capitalism is a much older god than Christ. Now if Bob existed, he would exist as a hologram. It would be such that, for any individual who stood looking down at money in their hand, would, in the name of the Holy Communion in which Jesus Christ exchanged wafers of bread for the parts of the flesh through which nails were passed, find themselves standing in the road before Golgotha on a cloudy day with the sun shining bright behind them from behind the great pyramid of Annuit Coeptis, above and surrounded by the maze of civilization, a gate between you and its entrance behind you, guarded by a sleeping guard, and on the visible face of Annuit Coeptis is an immense eye, and beneath it is the insatiable mouth of sacrifice. The visible face and mouth together are Bob, and Bob can be rotated so that the mouth is facing out and the eye the sky. This is Bob in slack. His face is Satan and his eye is Moloch, (either in a wince, wink or ajna) and if Bob stands up the Anti-Christ becomes Thoth, or time. This beings body of manifestation is the geometric Akashic records above and the network of similar probabilities called money below. Money is the crumbs from the mouth of sacrifice. Sacrifice is a probabilistic rite, depletion is a trick of observation. This all started back when bald, tan, brawny people buried themselves in pyramids on the sandy banks of a broad, cool river flowing south to north.

    Generation X-files by: Kin of Kin


    The pilots of the UFOs are largely yuppies and subgenii oh,yes the UFOs are the manifestation of Annuit Coeptis, yes, the same as money, for they existed and exist more in the realm of fiction, where they represent the set and settings of ourselves in various possible futures. They are poetic terrorists in chat-rooms. These are the physical manifestations of fractal sub-patterns in the continuum that represent archetypes of the hyper-realities in which suggestions, for example, exist as communication between information units. Here Annuit Coeptis exists only as money, which is a creation of these manifestations, a form of solid communication. Because money exists as a measure used by both those whose business is fact and those whose it is fiction, they are thought to exist in the same reality, perhaps only separated by the duty of a job. Annuit Coeptis is originally an Aztec god. Now the pyramids of Giza were built first, but they did not yet know what they were worshiping. Their empire as a result was never again so strong. Their failure was in not making blood sacrifices. It was only with Akhenaton, when sunworship was attempted to be initiated nationally, that the question of developing a segment of the population specifically for sacrificial migration began to arise in the Pharaohs eye. And we know what has become of the Aztec empire since the Spaniards liberated them from its practice.

    The concept of blood sacrifice was integrated symbolically into the Catholic religion, which conquered all of South America, and also dominates elsewhere, where the blood is the passage of time marked by the movement of galaxies like blood cells in their messiahs universal veins, and is symbolically imbibed in the form of wine. Petro rites of various forms remain prominent around womens mystery cults and in many personal grooming rituals performed the world over in accordance with western business attire. It places profound significance on the preservation of remains, implying a vast data-bank of DNA claimed by secret societies as suburban as a college fraternity. This brings into focus a strong reflection on family blood lines.

    Confession of Hassan I Sabbah


    The Anti-Christ becomes Thoth after Bob stands up. The Anti-Christ is a superposition just as anti-particles are a supersymmetry. The Anti-Christ represents the approach or retreat of the emotional dimension of the passage of time. He is the warrior prince and the suffering martyr at odds atop the mountain of Annuit Coeptis. They claim to be spiritual, but their distinction of fact and fiction in competition reveals informational metaphysics. They occupy the house where the wise old silver-backed Merlin simian once dwelled, and will dwell again, and again because only in this triplicity of top and bottom and observer, or alpha, omega and beta, is there sufficient strength to keep Annuit Coeptis linked to the Kabballah. The triplicity is the righteous teacher, the duplicity the wicked priest, for the ajnas light flows inward and fascination manifests. Unfortunately the triple eyed perception has also come to be associated with the AntiChrist by the Sethians, seeking to influence the Catholics. These Sethians are qliphotic puppets, but this only opens up the possibility that they are possessed by YHVH, either partially as observers, or actively as knights, and this may lead to illuminous ends, for He is the father of Lucifer, and Lucifer looks at the light. He is also the father of Jesus Christ and here we see that the Anti-Christ is everyone who is not Jesus, and then everyone of them who is not Christ. Thus the Anti-Christ discorporeally roams among this flock of souls, possessing from amongst them whom he desires. This is an entirely active process, engaged in by twitching in the peripheral nervous system. But this is only the realm of spiritual communication insofar as it is the instrument of our being changed over time, for it forms a physical hyper-dimensional equivalent manifestation network in which pure geometry is endlessly exchanged with information units. Both Christ and Anti-Christ claim to represent time in a ritual of potential causation, Christ passively and Anti-Christ actively (except in the east, where these are reversed) or so I remember.

    Confession of a Fighter
    The fighter drowned to death after the fight. He had delirium tremors. He looked like a piece of wet stone. If it were 2,000 years ago he would have thought that the world revolved around him. He was like a god, a part of culture. A pinta. He was used to taking punches seeing new pains flying at him from every angle, dealing with ringing in his ears and sweat in his eyes, used to the taste of blood. Used to ignoring the loudspeakers. Used to the lights. He has to do what he does. He couldnt cut better deals; he couldnt find the right words. He tried to keep his spirits up: obey my commands. The dame he met therefore was simple, an easy intellectual opponent. But he hadnt counted on her period, when she provided excellent business advice. She called it her right. He listened to it on the radio. Everything was chaos sometimes. His right was stronger, but the pms was a blow beneath

    her right eye, or so they agreed in the announcements. At least he wasnt alone when the visions started to flow. He tried to remember the past, his moves the pre-existent patterns in the smoke between, the shadows he focused on the movement, what was called for; he wanted to be a hero, to leave as his full that impression on people. Feet shuffled on the edges of his perception, everything else began to shudder out of effect, with another few echoing booms. The sweat on his brow when he moved was cool, like whiskey. This could all end at any time, begs a dizzying spirit of mercy. His elbows swing like pendulums. He and his dame make love. Dont be too hasty. Its all about investing money. He keeps his head down. Confessions of the Fighter sells millions, posthumously. He begins to go down, to swirl around, to drain into a sort of satisfied sleep. Warmth flows through him, making his muscles feel like steel. And all of this was the vision he saw in a single blink during the fight.

    the Space Race by: Six-Fingered Sally


    In the days before the Great Migration of Sleeping Souls, only officers knew of the formal system of metaphysics, and this because they have guarded it, and, though they have come to embody it, having their backs turned to it, still do not recognize it. In these days all had to pay homage to the officers, who went blindly among them, waiting to be feared. No, Celine, no! Dont bother using your art to make these frames look like some other images too; theyre too dark! Theyre too dark! It is too late, they are launched into space. Immediately the reptile brain begins to overanimate its influence. It claims that males accumulate while females experience information, immediately trying to divide the group. The Krishna cow tries to talk it down, to little avail. The mission commander decides to abort its consciousness feed, and he is left to float. At this point something drastic happens to the reptile brain, and it begins to evolve. In its unconsciousness it manifests images, and immediately we are in a jungle fire-fight, a sort of realization of the age of broadcasts at that altitude. Its time for the beginning, a booming voice said, now feel the cold, how it burns at you until your molecules, all madly seeking escape, tear apart their bonds, until the letters, polarized, cannot form words to express your ache. The mission commander has quite a tricky time explaining to the crew that it isnt real and that it poses no threat. It was after this that the reptile brain took on the manner of the fool, coinciding with the introduction of territorial rituals. I am writing the same story in three times. The general stood for one good victory, and then sat back down again to grow fat and stupid.

    Advanced Amnesia by:Amber Nipple Ring


    Words weep down like snow from the storm of wasted time. On the shores of the limitless grey and white and black beach we meet. I hand you an envelope, you hand me a receipt. I take this receipt to whoevers ad is on the radio first and they will tell me what next to do. Shortterm/long-therm parking. Dawn just breaking through. Its the CIA that does this do the people ever know? Ive seen them making phone calls,

    asking directions to Disney World, or maybe Disney Land, and I would have thought that they had seen me if theyd seemed to understand. Its the Finders that do this going into with children and coming out without bookstores. Friends and neighbors, parents keepers, ever present to insure, come in clear now satellites listening, either you are its or it is yours. These are the bad dreams of yesteryear, the foundations for tomorrows fear. In the desolate temple ruins beware what you eat before you retreat. Mental warfare, guess thats the way it goes and if thats true as you read this, you should experience pain in the ball of your right big toe, cause thats whats true for me, my friend and you and I, I say again, live in the same reality. The end. Here comes the kill, why wait want to feel it, come on kid, come straight ahead and wonder: whos the killer? Wheres it gonna come from, which direction? Got the right rhythm or do you still think youre a step ahead? Better be sure the killers gonna take the form of an answer not a question. Maybe this shits already happened and you just missed it, gonna grow up all inside you like some deadly kind of virus we got chemical warfare between minds on the streets, now clear the crowds cause here comes God. Boom! Like a beam of sunlight in the map room, cast through a jewel in a certain length staff projected into a three dimensional model thats a city made of math. Take the helm, one of twelve, of the Democratic Republic system, its time to roam a couple realms before the holidays. Nothings new anyway.

    On the Sitar by: Valley Girl


    I have struggled to make and obtain better contracts. It is only through a shrewd business instinct that has severely impacted on my health that I have come to retain any shreds of the remainder of my spiritual cerebral canopys memory banks in the form of short recollection that engenders distractions. When I am asleep and dreaming I form an astral body and the C.I.A. guides me wherever I like going. I lead a different life. Sometimes my mom is there, sometimes my (ex?) soul-mate, sometimes I am driving in my car, sometimes we are going to parties. All of this is in that canopy of mind that extends without horizon out around me. They are only images, these memories, and not like the real events that happened. We are out all night doing this. And then it doesnt stop. It is happening when we are awake. Is this what is to be? The seconds gradually pass without you, Illuminati. I wish I knew where you were and what you were doing. My very thoughts themselves are of you. A song of crying babies. I spend the time with you in other dimensions. I cut a deal to be a creative being. Hence how heavy my luggage is. We pay homage. I take the bus in the rain from downtown. Its all hectic, its all gotten screwed up. Its time to break things down, until our hair gets static. Take the pan-gun, give me cover Ive got to doctor up an upper respiratory infection before the pentagons inspection. They gotta clear our reactions to the eye balls presence, good old Uncle Choronzon. So I hop in a jeep and ride out the the ranch to secure the c.o.s position. Rap is the child of war. W.I.M.P. All is well besides the emptiness. Various solutions exist in theory, and while theories are accumulating, and people for opportunities awaiting, oh, the world is dying. Is to be insucinct to be insincere if so I am really screwed. Until now where there has been light there has not been love, and where there has been too much life there has not been light, and where there is no love there can be no life. Food for the eye. Its happening. The worms that live in our eyebrows, when aligned with the sun, speak in our new tongue, science, thought and observation. They have access on a quantum level to our brains electromagnetic emission and know all of our civilizations history, as we would too, if it werent for our nerves.

    Disagree to Disagree by: Grandma Rosess Lipstick Boomerang


    Angels guide our disagreements. The newspaper of your afterlife. To depend on someone is to owe them their cure, their liberation. Do you choose enlightenment or to get fucked like a celebrity? Either way you can be sure that the same damn choice will be there next time. Owned and operated, a franchise. Wave your hands around if you truly despise. The soft-lit skies surround you, ever waiting for your answer. Alas, when you die will you be ready to be born? I am no angel. The Crowleyian cult hath slew off my wings, has left me at fault. Birds at night, revving engines the sound of the middle-east, cars driving repeatedly away in the distance. Monday evening. Check my gas, check my oil, pop my jaw. House creeks. Kill for company. Check the law. There is no hope of reviving your child. We must ask consent for time of death. Mayan doctors who are pure ashen bone, shadowed eyes, all else sterilized in ash, white as clouds, promise to return. They leave the people and go into the east, where they undergo a passion play. Conquistadors keep ears. No, doctor, my minds supposed to work like yours. Its alright if I dont get paid, Ive got my own health to worry about. I dont need your kind of medicine. Ive got quantum mechanics down to a philosophy. I knew it, keep it to ourselves. This is the only trick there is, the guard at the gate. Either wait or wake. There is nothing to see here, folks please move along. A collage of beginnings. The tenmillion eyes of Choronzons dawn, all seeing, suspicious, all dancing, hyper-sensate, dweller in the abyss. Grandmother, eyes aslant from drink. We talk. Not that anything ever comes of it. The music never seems to stop. Raw heat spreads a wave of ember through its medium in the aftermath. The smell of ash upon the tarmac, the smell of gasoline from planes taking off. The plastics take turns with the uglies in the orange jump suits. The pressure in the cabin is already putting so much of the squeeze on my eardrums wax drips into my upper lobe like melting cheese. When are we going to leave? I want to see the ground recede. Do you agree?

    The Urge by: K.A.B.


    Remember, forget, remember, forget, true/false, fact/fiction consciousness is just the phase cycling of these information units rapidly. Give a computer a self to maintain, make it a self-maintaining system, and it will be conscious, self-aware. We pass through cycles of consciousness, sometimes thinking more than others, like a baby goes through expressions while awake. We create patterns, like flight paths, through these walls and levels of periodical awareness, learning to regulate them by continual narration. These we follow through the topography of emotions in the continuum of quanta. All around us there exists a certain stirring that can only be described as writing. This is the geometry of pure dimension that constitutes our consciousness. It is our very mind reflected in the patterns we see outside of ourselves that our mind marks its life by perceiving. Legislation occurs consciously, over time. Its alright as long as it rhymes. Every day try to wake up as a new person you got it but you dont want it? Try the formal system that is embedded in the data frame. They call it the roller coaster, but thats just a name for a video game. There has been a misconnection due to a rogue agent of enlightenment. The misconnection involves the Christian CIA. The manouever performed was as follows: he praised the prowess of his enemy, and belittled as meager his own skills, as they were about to meet in combat. His enemy, hoping to cut him off, drove the stakes up higher to observe the interaction from as great a

    circuit as possible. Thus, during their fight, the agent fought through his enemy to defeat the agents body. The enemy liked this, and allowed it. Until the agent inverted the entire scenario back to the time of introduction, the enemy never saw it coming. The agent remains existent on several levels, that is his works are manifest at varying times on varying scales.

    Smell of Markers by: Scent OSunil


    I dont know what it is. In terms of my life experience: I havent got any. Ive never slept under any bridges like the guy who started the band whose shirt I wear. Although starting a band is really a joint effort. And really no effort. Im not Robert DeNiro. We stick around, kind of, waiting for somebody to guide us. I guess were only here to mark points in history. Weve already earned the respect of our enemy elders to the extent of jollity in their own self-imposed demise. Time is a desert under an ocean. It is equally easy to account for verbal and telepathic methods of communication and putting on or taking off a hat, should you be allowed to find the time to think either one well enough through, and be inclined so as to do so. You can come back beaming sunshine talking about the books youve read. The truth, if you find the way to see it, is always better than reality. You will probably want to relax; that is just a part of life. So is endless suffering. Light, love and life have always existed. Such you will find is their eternal message. I find my voice in a war zone, other peoples messages and intentions passing through me as I quiver. It is yet indistinct. Knowledge of it precedes it by a bit, yet it is always there. What does it have to say? Ones whole life can be a mission to be someone who accomplishes something and not need for motion. After this the voice is muted. Yet the legislation remains, at all proximities. What good does it serve these intersections of verbiage? How they disappear amidst the miles. Throw it into the fire and if it doesnt burn its gold. From one end of the spectrum to the other spring manipulations born of the cursing of Apis. They go past without my vision. The landscape opened itself up to me, and who am I to fight?

    The Next Level, Holy Grail and Mummies by: DedEndZ


    And so it falls to another generation of Masons to construct the maintenance of the next level of higher communication while all throughout the nation they are simultaneously building the pathways around our perceptions, where relationships occur. Now we are using these patterns all the time, but they are most pronounced in traffic. This is where we have to make decisions at our most rapid rate. The forth-coming advancement of this incorporates many higher elements of Zion and a profusion of ratio and non-integer scale components. We have seen the designs, still bloody from sacrifice. The very idea that movies constitute synchronizable events is a laugh to a bald man. Life slips past quick. As the great Hermeticist Wilhelm Nietzsche once said, if my instincts dont kill me, they only make me stronger. Yet we hope this was neither lie nor joke. The more you see, the less you know. Either retreat or approach will become more probable. Each new event spawns six new questions. It is the man-made Eden. Sensai let go of my soul. No one can take away any part of my life. Or rather, it is poisoned, for until recently I had not drunk from the Holy Grail, admixing silver and water, which cures all unease, including the delusion of severed selves. In the olden days people looked for their leaders to be people who were

    close to the community that is, people who were seldom alone. This prevented, in their minds, the influence of foreign mind control or alien ideas. In reality it merely hones a distortion field between their personal em aura (pert em heru the Egyptian book of the dead) and the surrounding quantum continuum in which nervous, electrical messages are transmitted through the earths emf. These are the severed selves. EM is the HG. Mummies are microwave meals. The damned cannibalize, they eat what they are ideas, tv dinners; they struggle to maintain rhythm with the waves. The time of the cosmic contest continues, though its conclusion has already been determined. The Nine bred the Christ creature, all else is merely their camouflaged love for it. Superposition still reigns, and we await the final stage, for so far all the prophesies are in alignments sparkling gaze.

    Antebellum Atlantis by: a Girl at School who Knows your Mom


    The sky train flew noiselessly along its monorail, suspended like an aqueduct between the sky scraping buildings. Around it the electromagnetic distortion field of the Enochian communications system comprised of atom-thin super-strings gushes by in Technicolor protoplasms, at once geometric and biological, stirred liquidly by the multi-compartmented metal worms passage. I eat a sandwich. We hover down low over the art sector, a student Bohemia of entrepeneureal shops. Atlantis is beautiful whenever I visit. I see the scenarios coming and I laugh out loud. The war is over. Annuit Coeptis sits for Bob, and Bob stands for Annuit Coeptis. One squares the circle, the other circles the square. So we have the formula for the passage of time: Annuit Coeptis rolls over and is Bob (Righteous Teacher); Bob looks up and sees Kaballah in the Akashic Records; Kabballah comes down as Bob (Wicked Priest) and returns to Annuit Coeptis for recuperation. Such is the vision of the universe in a moment. This means that the parties in power return to a Democratic equilibrium. They roam about in UFO time-machines preceded by heat, evidenced by a pervasive humming sound, and anteceded by a plane flying overhead. The Nine control the Bilderberger Counsel. They are the librarians of the Akashic records. Ghosts, holy knights, ephemeral. They fix prices. They understand only the inside and outside of money. When our central consciousness leaves us, as in meditation, it might not return immediately just because there was a disturbance that begged the question. Another voice might arise and assume authority over the affairs of the personality. This voice is only superposition. There remains the war on bugs, and this illuminati will continue to report on this. Let me remind you, it is a jungle war that occurs within plasma between consciousness and decay over time.

    Lite Scars by: the Committee to Re-Elect the President


    And they all agreed that there had been a time when man was front to back, the time of the missing link, and they called these times Atlantean. The Aryans and the Jews both include national migratory passion plays that can be expressed in terms of the passage of active consciousness through unconsciousness. Ironically, this nomadic cohesiveness has led to transnationalism politically. Hence it is thought to be the traveling salesmen of the world that bear the Atlantean heritage. We must now see that Maloch, the eye, and Satan, the face, of Annuit Coeptis / Bob are only aspects of the soul of Thoth that is: Annuit Coeptis is the ape of Thoth, (money the flesh

    of the antichrist transubstantiates into desired objects) and Bob, the proverbial traveling salesman, is the same as Hermes Trismegistus, the soul or job of Thoth. But as we see this so we see that Thoth is only the soul or role of Osiris, who is only the soul or essence of YHVH. The system opens up to reveal that all creators can be accessed through their works by calling for courtesy, and that there is still property left in space, but that according to the history of my desktop all those who bought out in the Great Migration (of the Atmans Slumber) have been cut off, since my computer no longer has enough memory to run that program. This comes true in the borderlands of civilization. This species was begun by just one, way back in the time before the foundation was wrung from the cliff sides and culverts of quarries where our ancient ancestors toiled by the millions just to erect a couple stuck up stucco buildings. Before judgment day, hope youll remember us: this way. Cause we gave it all we got and all the glory we got was the burn in our muscles and luck enough to not get shot, down in some scuffle, some school boy trifle, a tiff, a miff, an unfortunate incident between wounded disciples. You be the judge are they calling for blood? Well, by my lungs! Do I detect a whiff of sulfur? I think my eyes are going numb.

    Summary of the 64 Illuminati articles by: the man in the corner of the room
    These are a fascinating piece of arcana from the turn of the second millenium, when freestyle short-term, short-range prphecy was particularly fashionable among the bourgeoisie, whose country club cock-tailed gatherings could well fill the mind and spark the imagination of an old woman wandering down the road nearby like the voices of crows crying carried on the wind. The Old Boys have it, good after and bad before, in so many self-appointed subjective and relative titles. They sport the sight of bald-headed eagles, and are thelemic knights. But their roots have become corrupt. The bonfire of vanities beside the moonlit highway leaves an enormous lonely crater behind, scattered with the debris of their passing. Choronzon is summoned and obliterated by the same deed, once performed, again and again in the continuum forever. They need not seek to submerge the active consciousness in the indulgences of the id in a bestial manner, yet this drowning is the re-enactment of Atlantis, and Eden, which are one: the travelling lodge: the relative lost continent. This is all evidenced in the background of the 2001 Illuminati articles. It is as if they are a hologram broken off from the tree of history. Since I wrote them I have written more, but still these first sixty-four should be considered alone. All that can be added to them is of a practical nature, and protracted to boot. These sixty-four, however, have oracular power, to those, at least, with that proclivity or dispensation. They have shown me a new way to see through time as surely as the i ching could. Eventually Ill start asking questions of myself, and, the great Karnac predicts, my doubts will manifest themselves at that time in worries over whether using such a Boolean logic constitutes getting a dark side point for awareness of the method of tachyonic telekinisis. Seems plausible enough. I am not looking over my shoulder. I am looking over yours.

    Dear Uncle Anton,


    I have been reading your collection of articles, and hope you have had the chance to well enjoy my own. Sorry to hear about your death, but then, you know how our family feels about that, (It opens the temporal tunnel gate for translife migration of the astral soul) so I am sure Ill only be seeing you around, and finding references to your own works in ancient sources, even more now than ever before. As you must know my father (Gumbo) and his common law wife (Lisa) have been stealing from my own aura and sending the information to her two children from a previous marriage with her first husband (Jeff who I assume they think represented me, but was probably you), in order

    to stir up conflict and competition between them. Austin (George W. Bush) and Jordan (Osama Bin Laden) are both married, so the rumors of the affair between them are greatly exagerated. It has come to my attention, however, that Osama Bin Laden is only a computer generated image, like Jar Jar Binks in the new Star Wars serial, and was actually killed while hijacking one of the planes responsible for the catastrophe of Sept, 11, which you might not have heard about, but which is a little too complicated to explain in brief. Meanwhile, my neighbors, Tony (Soprano of the gay mafia), Chuck and Julie and their friend Thoth (your people), their neighbor Anubis (Morpheus), Mr. Lamb (James Grambling), the gay CIA agent across the street, and the jewish Jeff who played Moses at the temple when I went there as a little kid, are all malfunctioning with refreshing regularity, reassuring me that they really are as stupid, petty, pathetic and worthless as you have helped me to accept human beings as being. After the death of my cat Lucifer it has been a little harder to hold together the zodiac of the animist churches at my mother MeruBeckas house, however. This has not been helped by Sam and John DeLeon, my roommates for a short time while I lived at waterline, who conspired with Eli (wannabe Enoch) Brock and his girlfriend Christa Sterling (who was raped by her dwarf father Ronald as a child, which is safe for me to say since its been printed in the dailies), and who all think they know dick about the matrix, despite my trying to tell Sam that the nervous system is an evolved virus.

    Hail Satan

    Looking down a bloody tampon by: Anna Bore Shun


    They thought they could get away with it. They worship a scribe on the one hand, then turn around and breathe out blasphemies through the other, cupped into a ring. Form a ring around the rosy, playing hanky panky posey. Go into the woods where were all from, come and come and come and come. Come back out whenever youre done, feeling numb and feeling dumb. Go back to your jobs. The people watching you through the cameras are laughing at you even more whenever they get bribed with doughnuts, glazed torus. Little Damien Thorn, this movies about you. The IMF and world bank, see Heather kicking down your door. She wants free housing and medical too, and she wont accept fascist socialism from you. Youre losing control, your world of high priced food and consumer goods. Lucifer poked his hand through time, delivered a videotape into the thirties, couldnt be watched until the eighties, by then it was too late to save your military project on Mars. You think I dont deserve to know anything, but I know who you are. A tape loop caught in samsara. Ive seen my own face divided one billion times one billion times, and I know where my atoms are from. Ive been around since the big bang, while youre driving around in your hydrogen zeppelin car, waiting for a yellow submarine van to come and take you under the sea of Nuit in an SUV. Come on and hit me Javert, see what you get. Its all been done before in Atlantis, home of the crystal computer system that created the Grid that controls all of this, what you call reality, and I call a hole in the back of the head of the lion of zion. Its no great mystery. All you want to do is to kill, it aint no fucking biggy. All of these divisions, all of these troops in battle armor, kevlar vests pumping out tear gas against people in flannel and sock hats. They thought they could get away with it. Sure as shootin Ill probably see you sent to hell by the guns you sell. Drain my batteries with your minds, see if I notice whats behind. I can call so many names while I spin around, you lock me in the nut hatch to steal whats mine. Who will believe John DeLeon? No one will buy anything he has written. A faggot with an H in his name? A cop trying to pose as a lion? Go back to Hell and try it again. I dont have any real friends. Only the ones inside of my head. Which leaves no one.

    tortured to the brink of death and then brought back by: sith mousketeers
    Faggot god francis says, NO! Dont hurt yourself! Its bad for the collective, communal, biophysical link, in which we are all smudged into one! Sing along with Christian campfire singalong lip reading playing fag tag in the house of the Lord and worshipping Dave the night time janitor while getting clearance from a higher up to butt fuck your movie clone and get married in the Celtic way, red haired Judas, Irish blood. Christian soft Goth sounds like a quief. Suck a big fat tobacco cigarette and lick my Balzac. The constellations of the sky are not a keyboard on a computer mainframe for you to enter in your preferences you bunch of psychopathic sychophantic copy cat biting buggers trying to anthropmorphize otherwise perfectly functional natural cause and effect. Your faggot luck dragons name is entropy, and I fucked his butt hole with a rubber bullet way back when the universe first began. Micky Mousekewitz can stay in the hell of overheated atmospheres while people suck down ice cream sandwiches that melt like ass jelly all over their red hot hands. My best friend fucked my future wife and then broke into a school and destroyed the front office. I wrote a movie script to damage control the consequences on all the poor little children, but my own parents damage controled the damage control and now the children are back to being mindless zombies trained on computers to serve the new world order under the right hand angel of the Lord, who art the same as the angel of death. Dont hurt yourself says Mickey Francis. Well check up on you to make sure youre still alive, say the policemen of the new world order. Well train you with sports, say the gregorians, drunk off the german blood of Mathers. You can go bald or have a handlebar moustache, either way its a womans behind and groin. The shemhamforash controls the stock market, last ditch of the desperate. The asian contagion caused the tech market crash, now people are willing to bow down before angels and demons of the hours, the days, the weeks, months and years, just for a way to spend time, just for something to do. And so many are willing to play those roles, just to manipulate the other people, who they think dont deserve to be equal to them in terms of their sacred and holy rights and rituals.

    the new VW bug was not reverse engineered from UFOs an apology by: Jeff Goldblums future ghost
    The arabs are concerned about the manufacture by American laboratories such as Saandia National Labs of biological and chemical weapons warfare technologies, and so the American national network media performs diversive transference onto Sadaam Hussein, claiming he is manufacturing biological and chemical weapons warfare technology. Saddam Hussein is in fact manufacturing biological and chemical weapons warfar technology, but this is only because he, seeking to be a hero to the Arab people, is trying to keep up with what is perceived by them to be the biological and chemical weapons warfare technology gap with American national laboratories such as Saandia National Labs. Meanwhile, the judiciarily appointed distator, fascist King George W. Bush, who litterlaly knows less than nothing, is prepared to bomb Iraq with what he believes are the militarys most sophisticated technology, smart bombs, or TNT with cameras strapped to them, because when his father, George Bush Sr. was president during the Gulf War, Saddam Hussein supposedly wanted to have him assassinated for the United States and United Nations forces thwarting his incursion upon Iraqs southern neighbor Kuwait, a war which was entirely fought over oil supply for either Arab or American business friendly nations.

    In the same way that Saddam Hussein is being badly misled about the necessity of Arab manufacturing of biological and chemical weapon warfare technology, just as were both the US and the USSR about the nuclear intercontinental ballistic missile gap during the cold war, so is king Geroge the first of America being badly misled by his father, former head of the CIA, the organization that really controls America, both the media, the manufacturing of all kinds of warfare technology, and the government, about what the most advanced or sophisticated form of tactical weapons there are available to the American military. Consider the fact that dropping TNT on a chemical weapons plant would create a toxic cloud, just as driving a hydrogen car next to a tire fire would detonate it like the Hindenberg. The only way to combat biological and chemical weapons warfare technology is with energy weapons, such as the phasers on star trek, which are not far removed from much of the technology currently in use for modern stealth and radar deflecting technology.

    the Levitan and why it is so placid by: just some gunderson


    Why vote when you can make a soft money campaign contribution of several million dollars instead, which can go to pay for valuable advertising useful for slandering the opposition with yellow journalism and good old fashioned mud slinging, which even our primitive ancestors the primates continue to engage in to this day. Consider the symbology of the two existing political parties of the representative republic of the United States of Dumberica. The donkey, or Jackass, is known as an annoying, smelly coarse haired androgyn which cannot be ridden upon without being bucked off except by Jesus Christ himself, and then only side stratle and walking upon and fanned on by palm fronds. The elephant, or pachyderm, is an enormous creature, renowned for its memory, but otherwise ugly, hunted for its ivory tusks, and, as big as a house, can only be ridden upon by Indian fakirs, and even then they can expect to be sprayed with water by the long nosed trunk of the peanut eating portly massive pig like, tough skinned, tank boar. If I could vote, or rather, make a multi million dollar soft money contribution useful for slanderous and libelous advertising, I would do so for the environmentalist green party, whose last presidential nominee was Ralph Nadir, a renowned consumer affairs expert, social and economic scientist, and public hemp advocate. The only national political issue I care about at all is the legalization of marijuanna. Since King Geroge was appointed official Caesar of America by the Ennead of the Supreme Court, England, Canada, and parts of California have all passed legislature towards the legalization, decriminalization and medical use of marijuanna. While Bush has been on Leno casting the sign of Satan, as if he thought the cameras were not shooting back at him, the college population of America has grown weary and disgusted by the experiments being done on them by the secret government with high priced and often poorly manufactured designer drugs such as MDMA, or XTC, and arsenic laced LSD, or acid. They rally around the remains of hippiedom, camping out around the barracaded off meetings of the Bilderbergers, IMF and world bank, and NATO, being dutifully toted off by the jack booted exoskeletoned neo nazis in plastic handcuffs for their peaceful passive resistant demonstrations and protests. Even the cops are getting tired of their new, soft kill weapons, that even the catharsis of marijuanna.

    Politics is a cannibal dinosaur by: various interested parties


    It is the popular opinion that people are liberal while young and conservative when they get older. Well there are more young people then there are old people. It is also a popular opinion that poor people are liberal while rich people are conservative. Well there are more poor people

    than rich people. Young people drive fast, and old people drive slow, so people who are out on the road think they can make political descicions in the same way they drive. They want politics to be a massive, person-controlled machine, like their car. Politics is not a massive, person-controlled machine like their car. The internet is. Politics isnt. Liberals want change in the magical realm of politics. And they want it now. They wanted it yesterday, but yesterday it wasnt their turn to drive, so they didnt get what they wanted. They didnt get youger Senators, they didnt get Democratic congressmen and women. Today it is their turn, so they did get these things. But since they got what they wanted it means their turn is already over, and so the judicial system appointed King George the first, a staunch conservative. The younger senators and the Democratic congressmen and women can push for legislations like better healthcare, social security, and welfare and campaign finance reform, but the appointed dictator president can just veto all this and start a war over oil. Conservatives want stasis in the magical realm of politics. And they want it to change back to yesterday. Or even the day before. As if, by turning back social agendas to the turn of the century, it could possibly make these withered dixiecrats into the children they were then once again. Since these dinosaurs cant be young again their agenda is pretty much just to destroy the planet as much as possible, or at least to leave as big a mess as possible for the kids to have to clean up. They want senators who die in office of old age to all be appointed under their presidents, and, if possible, to elect conservative, shotgun toting, property mongerng congressmen (men only please, no dikes). Since they have grown very old and have had jobs their whole lives, the have plenty of money to rig and buy elections on all levels of government, and thus to keep the states quagmired in dissonance while their newer, fabricated agencies import crack cocain into black ghettos and foment war over oil. Neither of these equally repugnant government species cares for any of us.

    good things cant always be on, theres just not enough of them by: the tv
    Hollywood making movies on a tiling board, the pieces mind controlled killer masons, waiting for their will to align with the socially accepted morality, or the other way around. Cobbled together characters from multiple films monatging lines through their minds at all times, then go to Church or to the Lodge and blame the scapegoat that they worship, reading from rice paper books, basing their lives around what they trace. Cant even maintain reasonable periods of silence without undulating their feet, squirming uncomfortably in their pews and seats, their minds smelling like the thalmis pee. This is the work of the NSA, a newly created agency meant to keep track of our identities by giving us only the information we are allowed to want to see. They slander everybody, and for this I do not care at all, either way. Slander the Masons with the Matrix, slander Christians with Gothic movies, slander Thorn-EMI, I dont mind. Its all ET to me, its all star wars, the fiction of the laser guided satellite system from Spies Like Us that all the money meant to build was funneled into their own agency for the creation and protection of e-commerce on the internet instead. All the satellites are owned and maintained by private corporations or this agency, the NSA. I can garuantee your safety, come with me. Jack Parsons, Cameron his wife and L. Ron Hubbard in a three way, the crash of Enron tied to Al Quida, the stock market slump manipulated for the purpose of testing out energy weapons against biological and chemical weapons warfare technology. Apachee attack helicopters carved in Egyptian hieroglyphics. God the ancient of Days. Now you think you can comprehend the multiverse, the heaven of man. Talking back to your dead relatives in the lights you see when you close your eyes tight. Welcome to the Hell of God, tachyons trapped in black body radiation, holographic mental projection breeding

    manifestations of archetypal stereotypes in the smudging of fact with the magical realm of fiction. Hollywood making movies on a tiling board, the pieces mind controlled killer masons, waiting for the QBLH bullshit of their preprogrammed egos to stop repeating lines from movies or at least for free cable television, digital sets run on plasma tech.

    blowing up Alderaan by: Princess Leia


    We hold your mind underwater and then when you come up for air we tell you that youre high and push you back under. Its a pretty simple plan. We can blame it on the sunspot cycle if it comes to that, as I already know it will. We have prison camps already built thyve been ready since Montauk. Underground superconductor rings to send you back in time, like the filament in a magnet we just slide you right through. Youve seen it on tv, so we know that youre prepared. The more you go through the less youre you, and eventually were all one. Smudged into a unified field at the expense of the individual mind, the spark of life, the fire of the soul. When you die you release tachyons, the accumulated electromagnetic energy entrenched in the nervous system of your body, what youve been calling your ego, either way youll have to let it all go. Corporate sponsored trips through spacetime on Jet Propulsion Laboratory stealth bomber ufos, weve seen it all before. We stole the Platonic solids then traveled back in time and gave them to someone dumb who thought they made them wise. Well fuck that and fuck you for being so easy to steal stuff from. You dont even have Pretty Good Privacy, which American corporations will even sell to Moslem terrorists for their microsoft running IBMs. Of course well have to burn your body alive if you try to come back through the tv. Youre no archetype just part of our plan. Go fuck yourself if you understand. Spiritual superheroes is what were shooting for, lip reading, cigarette smoking, Christian reformed homosexuals. Lets all go to Disneyland, and worship the alignment in Taurus till we cant tell the difference between ourselves and anyone. You have taken away everything from me Jonathan Barlow Gee, and all youve offered me Jonathan Barlow Gee, in return, is your people as substitutes for cigarettes, your cigarettes as substitutes for marijuanna, and once crack rock as a substitute for sex. You have killed my cat, you miserable collectivist God of this planet and you have killed us all already and will kill us all again and keep killing everyone forever because our lives are the only thing you ever wanted to see come to any end.

    dont do anything (I wouldnt)

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be
    these work as clubs all of equal importance. Each of us represents one of these as our own elemental lodge. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    VII::Bohemian:Camp
    Area::Green:Tetrahedron::T:Saturn::Aquarius:Capricorn::Jechidah Open only to co-members of the OTO. to join consult Liber Vel Legis, 777 & other works by Aleister Crowley. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    here is the inherent geometry implied by the teachings of the Gnostics and the Alchemists. The above can be constructed simply enough by cutting out this picture and this picture, and cutting them and folding them up according to the directions given here. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Think of this as a shadow in two dimensions of the same phi/pi spiral of which the torus is the shadow in three dimensions. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    more advanced "Gnosticism" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    my personal Grimoire (ongoing) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    the Typhonian OTO ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    some brief notes on the Mayan calendar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------here is a knowledge lecture for the various titles of the VII::Bohemian:Camp:

    Area::Green:Tetrahedron::T:Saturn::Aquarius:Capricorn::Jechidah
    the first title is Area An Area is comprised of Districts. In each District, there are Regions. In each Region there are Lodges. A lodge of 4 Masters represents an Area, a District, a Region and the Lodge. A lodge of 5 Masters also sends forth an Ambassador between one lodge and another. So, in each great Area lies a grand District, and in each District a vast Region, and from each Lodge in every Region, District and Area come a Grand Master, a Rosicrucian of the Region, an Illuminatus of the District and an OTO Area chair. The OTO Area chair governs the 5 lodge roles in the Senate, as chief intelligence officer. Next down on a lodge bench, the District Illuminatus represents the lodge members less initiated than the 5 bench Masters to the Regional Rosicrucian. The Rosicrucian's job is to come up with possible options for solutions to any intra-lodge issues. They relay their results to the Lodge GM, of the Essene York rite Zealots, whose job it is, in lodge, to compare the agendas of the Rosicrucian, acting intra-lodge, and the OTO, whose information is relayed to them, in turn, by the lodge Ambassador. The OTO and Ambassador sit on the lodge GM's left and the Rosicrucian and Illuminati sit to the GM's right. So, the interests of the greater Area (comprised of the current Ambassador's entire

    prior circuit, of no fewer than four lodges) are represented by a permanent position in each lodge, though they receive their own orders only indirectly via those Ambassadors. Therefore trust your visiting Scottish Knight. Relay your interpretation wisely to your lodge Grand Master. Allow them with patience to weigh your own report against that of the lodge Rosicrucian. The Rosicrucian must trust their lodge Illuminati, and you, as the OTO, must trust your visiting Ambassador. Such are the "lines drawn" on the floor of the Senate, where the Ros and Ill are the bench speakers (alternates for the "chair" or "throne" if the OTO cannot be represented) and the Scottish Knight protects the OTO chair. In lodge, the GM is the administrator, but in the Senate they are the furthest guard away from the Area chair. But what is the meaning of an "Area" represented as the circuit of the visiting Ambassador interpreted to the local lodge GM by the OTO, who sits as "chair" of a lodge's bench in the sublime Senate? The Rosicrucians, the blue isocahedron, consider their "Region" of governance to represent the realm of spirit, of Neschemah, the ubiquitous phi/pi spiral measuring perfect perpetual periodicity. If the Neschemah is only Rosicrucian, to what empyrean heights must the OTO "chair" bear treasure from? The OTO, through military-funded experiments with ZPE, has ascertained that the "Area" equivalent to that overseen by an OTO member extends beyond "c" - the speed of light in spacetime. Thus, the OTO "chair" recognises that pi is greater than phi, which is itself greater than their difference phi/pi. Thus, we see that our "Area" of governance extends beyond the 4th spatial Rosicrucian tesseract, beyond "c" to see the true Light of tachyons shining through the black-hole's surrounding darkness, invisible before the inversion of "c," the "bright darkness," at the edge of our own continuum. Such is Illumination: for above the Rosicrucian tesseract of time, "tau sub tau," and beyond the Illuminati clear light, sits the "Area" chair of the OTO, the entire vista rolled out like a tapestry before our "throne." An "Area," thus (called, within the OTO, a "camp" also) consists of all that can be seen from the position of the "Most High" in the Order (ie. the Pope) - that is to say, the OTO "chair" looks out across all history, all time and space, all the higher spirit, the "gloom" of tachyons, the tesseract of 4-th spatial time, the equivalent of "c" ^2. It sees from the cap-stone's point of view, and can overlook everything that has gone before. Truly a wise Area director will govern by deference - the friend of the Ambassador and the trustworthy confidant of the lodge GM - and lead according to their equality with their fellow members, seeing themselves also as dependent on the Ambassador just as the Rosicrucians and Illuminati on the lodge GM. To neglect wisdom in governing over an Area, or representing the Area government's administration in a group of other locals, is to commit the lowest form of folly. To neglect wise government is to be embraced by the cyclone that killed Zeus. This is why we call our "Area" a "camp": because, just as the many "Area" officers from the many lodges throughout the land, all within Regions, all within Districts, all within the greater "Areas" themselves, act similarly to an axon/dendrite gap between a lodge "neuron" and an Ambassador "neuro-transmitter." Thus, they "cathect" the wills of each lodge via the Ambassador (chi) and form the offices of orders above them via "hyper-cathexis" of additional amounts of ego-accumulation per nerve-cell, of lodge. Therefore, the officers of the York, Scot, Ros, Ill and OTO are all superlative to merely their stationary positions in the lodge as officers. Each OTO officer, for example, is independent from every other officer of their own rank (aside from via

    the Ambassador). Yet we say that these all collectively form the "order" of the OTO. Now, there is no necessary "head" of these orders. The members in each lodge form a network, and this itself is like a nervous-system of lodges, in which develops the variegated roles of self-awareness. So, if asked by a non-Order member explain to them about primacy vs. recency, and explain to them about the ghostly officers of the "ascended masters" - how they correspond to this colour, that shape, this order, this lodge office, etc. but do not bother trying to explain to them beyond this as to who exactly fills these offices, these chief-executives of the orders, who dictate our ranks and explain our roles and the rules of our roles, and by no means bother attempting to explain to the uninitiate that these 4 "Area directors" of the OTO are only 4 of 7, while the other 3, the OHO, the IHO and "Pope," are essentially public positions. Therefore, behold: we "Area directors" hold the most powerful position in all the land: the executive committee is 4/7 comprised of "Area directors." In a "closed" base4 session or an "open" base-5 Senate, there are only 4 "Area directors" presiding as the "chief executive" governing body. The other 3 are either "silent" (as in a presiding IHO and OHO under the Pope of the Order of Death) or "public" (as in literally open to first-come, first-serve entitlement to petition of redress of grievances). Thus, the "Area directors" act base-4 within 7 even though each is only 1 of 5. Therefore, just as each "Area director" acts in a lodge, so too do they act in the Senate, and by their combinations of numbers comprise either a single officer in a lodge or a group of 4 or 5 Senatorial "chairs" (in a base-4 "open" or a "closed" base-5 session respectively). As lodge members, our primary oath of allegiance is to the "Area" or judicial-circuit of the Scot Knight Ambassador and to the Senate network. Besides the Senate, each OTO lodge member is only a single individual, but in the Senate, the OTO chairs convene the actually "Bohemian" order, or OTO. That is why this area is called a "camp." the second title is Green Now, green juxtaposes, or "flashes," against orange, whose opposite colour is indigo. This is why the OTO connects with the Scottish rite of Masonry, because, just as orange Knights Zion "flash" opposite indigo York rite GMs, so too does the green OTO chair "flash" opposite the orange Ambassadors. Green also juxtaposes, or "flashes," opposite red and violet, and thus the role of the OTO "chairs" over "Areas" is inimically influenced by and infused with the "red column" that proceeds, beneath the orange Ambassadors, through the spectral orders to the "violet column" directly opposite, underneath the indigo cube of the York GMs. However, the "flashing" of green opposite orange and indigo, and the "flashing" of green opposite red and violet, are no great mysteries; green also "flashes" opposite indigo, yellow and blue as well. Green "flashes" against every other colour of the rainbow. The reason for this is that the albedo for green is exactly a 1:1 ratio blending of white light and black colour as grey. Any adjustment to the tone of green represents a lighter or darker hue of grey. This tone of grey is also equivalent to any shade of colour combinations. Thus, green contains the whole gradient of grey-tones, and each grey-tone is likewise reflecting an equivalent amount of light to the tone of another shade of another hue. This is why, in lower levels, I have described the air and clouds as green themselves, the median tone of their combined component colours) and the "green" foliage of leaves on plants and trees I have described as

    "roseate": the green colour is the grey-light reflection between yellow sunlight and blue H2O; likewise all colours that are absorbed (reflecting only the colour we see) are equivalent to mere albedo tones of grey-light, and likewise these are all equivalent to shades of any colour, such as, is native to earth, the colour green. That is why green "flashes" with every other colour in the rainbow: it is merely the combination of all hues, rendering white, and all colours, rendering black, that is then "toned" up or down by adding either white or shadows. The result is grey-tone, however it appears green to our eyes, here and now, because beneath "c" photic light "splits" into the 7 colour spectrum, and all light is tinted. Scientists will generally reject such abstract claims as that "green is grey-tone in colour" because "grey-tone is each shade of every hue and colour," but the evidence (that green "flashes" against every single other colour of the rainbow) is nonetheless indisputable and irrefutable. Green "flashes" against every other hue in the light spectrum because it is a non-colour, the colour equivalent of diffuse, pale light. Its albedo is equal to red and to violet, but its tone is opposite; the result is juxtaposition or "flashing." Likewise, green is darker than orange but brighter than indigo and, likewise, green is darker than yellow but brighter than blue. Green therefore "flashes" in "sequence" between equal albedo red and violet across the scale of other spectral hues, appearing darker than orange and yellow on one side and brighter than indigo and blue on the other. Green is grey, in colour. Just as "flashing" occurs between colours of opposite hue, so too is it caused by their opposing tones of albedo. This is why green can "flash" both light or dark opposite every spectral hue: it is the middle-colour of the rainbow just as grey is between extreme light and shadow. Moreover, just as all colours sum black and all hues sum white, green is amidst all hues - within white, along with the others - but green is also the secondary colour combination between primaries yellow and blue, which are the brightest (highest albedo) and darkest (lowest albedo) of the primaries. The other primary is red, and it also "flashes" with green, because red and green have equal albedo but opposite tone. Therefore, green "flashes" with every other hue in the spectrum because it is a mid-point between the full spectrum of white light and the deeper tones of the shared hues, that is, ultimately, merely the amount of, and not colour of, light they reflect. In short, green is the central hue, a secondary colour and a tone with albedo equal to perfect grey. That is why green "flashes" with every other colour. Green is tonally neutral, "flashes" opposite every hue, and is a secondary colour because it is central to the odd #-based colour spectrum, because it is between "bright" red and "dark" violet, and because it therefore has no innate tone of its own. Green is a non-colour, the absence of tone. Again, green is the colour version of grey. the third title is Tetrahedron The tetrahedron is a symbol of the All-Seeing Eye. Its 3 faces above its fourth see all from their rotating position atop the cap-stone. Whether surmounting a pyramid or an arch - the role of the capstone is the same. It marks the end, that is, the middle. For here is a mysterious aspect of the tetrahedron capstone - the end of time is the center-space of the completed Great Work. Now look, look around, look everywhere. Nowhere will you find the single centrepoint of the universe - that dark-matter void that is the surface of the super-massive black-hole that consumes us from beyond outward. There is no precise location for the first disturbance of energy and anti-matter, creating matter. This is, just so, the

    lesson of the Holy Lands, where the scriptures are maintained in a growing desert climate, because there is no known location for Mt. Hosea, the mountain of Moses in Zion, called later Mt. Horeb and associated with Mt. Hebron is Sinai. Of course, this mystical mountain will not be found so many thousands of years later, because, though the Area remains the same, the terrain has changed. Why is this? Why is there no present, fixed or mobile, position for the "big bang"? Scientists assure us space is expanding outward ubiquitously - this "spreading out" occurring in Hilbert space between quanta. However, where is it going? Why do we not see space "thinning" out like "stretched rubber"? It is because space is being eaten upward from beyond its fastest speed, "c"; it is because quantum attraction gradually repels as well; and it is because we exist at a mid-point between quantum de-cohesion and the simultaneous and perpetual filtering of matter into pure energy by consumption through black-holes. The "big bang" of quantum expansion never ended, and so neither shall the simultaneous and perpetual "big crunch" of matter being swallowed up and shredded by black-holes. The "big bang" and "big crunch" are both going on even now. The purpose of the tetrahedron is to represent the "peak" human experience. The Rosicrucian Neschemah is the measure of phi/pi. Thus phi is greater than the Neschemah of phi/pi, and so it sits on one side as the pillar called by the Illuminati Chiah. So, too, is pi greater than phi, and so it sits off to the other side as the pillar called, by we Bohemians, the pillar of Jechidah. Atop the arch between these two pillars is the Neschemah, the measure of phi/pi. So one pillar, chiah, is phi, and the other is Jechidah, pi, and the capstone between them is the measure of their difference: phi/pi. Thus, even though the Jechidah and Chiah support the Neschemah like pillars holding up an arch, the Neschemah is the "spirit" - and thus equivalent to the "fifth element;" and therefore the tetrahedron is truly a symbol of the Neschemah - however it is of the Neschemah up-raised by the alignment of Jechidah and Chiah, the pillars beneath it. The tetrahedron as a symbol of the Neschemah represents the peak "endurance" point for the operating-system experiencing the up-raisal; ie. the Neschemah of phi/pi is only a measuring device for the vector-system of the Jechidah and Chiah. It is Jechidah that causes the "peak" experience, Chiah that allows it, and the Neschemah that experiences it. Therefore, just as the tetrahedron sits above the 7 colour archway, whose pillars are red and violet, it symbolises, or refers to, the Neschemah atop the arch-way of Jechidah and Chiah. Therefore, think of the green, Bohemian tetrahedron as the "highest" point above the spectral arch, but also the lowest point of the archway above of the twin pillars, Jechidah and Chiah. Think, thus, of the rainbow archway below and the phi/pi arch above, but think of the green tetrahedron as the capstone of both. The rainbow archway (of the 7 colours, chakras, Be of Ra, degrees of our Order, etc.) is "right side up" beneath the archway of phi/pi, "upside down" above. Therefore the green tetrahedron "flashes" against the colours below it, and therefore the Neschemah is the stable base below the Jechidah and Chiah. Because the green tetrahedron is central and supernal to the other base-5 solids and base-7 colours, it is associated with the Neschemah, or spirit, that is, the Ahk supernal to the 7 chakras (the Be of Ra) and the aura (the Ka) of the soul. Yet, the green tetrahedron, the juncture-point of "crux" between the archway below and the upside-down archway above is only "symbolic" of Neschemah as such. Just as the Rosicrucian knows with certainty that their blue isocahedron of air

    represents the Neschemah, and the Illuminati can tell you their yellow dodecahedron represents the Chiah, you as a Bohemian Templar need to know that your green tetrahedron's meaning is that the 7 chakra/aura based "soul" of man contains all the other components of: 1) the Ahk (the body or Nefesh); 2) the Ka (the Ruach aura or "energy-double"); 3) the 7 Be of Ra (the 7-colour chakras); 4) the Ahk or Neschemah; 5) Chiah, the lesser-will and 6) Jechidah, the Higher-Will, all contained within a single system, the seventh chakra, and thus one's entire "soul" contains their 6 lesser aspects. We call this "whole soul" containing the 6 lesser components (of Nefesh, chakras, Ruach, Neschemah, Jechidah and Chiah) "Adam Kadmon." The 7th-self is the whole system of lesser-selves before they became distinguished. Just as in Lodge we learn the nature of the 4 worlds of QBLH, so in our orders do we learn of the 5 components of our "Kadmon" self (chakras, Ruach, etc.) apart from the physical "shell" self (the Nefesh of "ashlar" self) as equivalent to 5 solids, which are then also equivalent to the 4 universal "elemental" forces under the 5th "force," spirit. But in our orders we are shown these meanings in an encrypted format: just as we are told the green tetrahedron is the highest of the 5 solids, highest of the 5 elements, highest of the 6 parts of (or Partzufim) of our Kadmon self, highest of the 7 colours, etc. so we see these different #-scales for relative attributes has been fixed such that they align in a way meaningful to the mind. In point of fact, however, all "symbols" are arbitrary, to some degree more or less, depending on their accompanying explanations. Now, this is why the green tetrahedron "symbolises" Neschemah, is "relative to" Jechidah, is "equivalent" to the True Light of 5th-dimensional tachyons, etc: it is because the most current form of degree system per order is considered the most important among the Order of Death and thus emphasis of rank is placed upon it. But I tell you truly, just as the "double" arch of 7 colours below the phi/pi capstone and the twin pillars of Chiah and Jechidah above, so too is our Order arranged, the twin pillars of "church" and "state" upside-down above the "capstone" over the 7-colours of 5 orders and the twin pillars of red and violet (what is red below green is "state" above, and what violet below "church" above), and so too the temptations of Adam in Paradise, the fruits of immortality and omniscience, are hung above the 7th-self, Kadmon (or "Christ") consciousness, which is above the other colours and "flashes" against them, and these "lower" colours are only the chakras (Be of Ra) inside the aura (the Ka) of this, our own "peak experience," "best memory," or "highest self." the fourth title is T (tachyons) Tachyons are the "True" or "Greater" Light of the 5th dimension. The shapes of 4th dimensional space that cast their shadows as aperiodic cycles of time in the third dimension, are illuminated by the pure, clear, invisible light, above "c," in the 5th dimension. Just as 4-space seems, to us, expressible only as pure geometry, then the 5th space can only be calculable by pure mathematics. However, our own consciousness can enter 5-space and even look down, through pure geometric 4space, upon the entire physical composition and cycle of creation and destruction of our entire physical existence. 4-space surrounds our own 3-dimensional reality with shadow like an eclipsing moon, obscuring the luminous, limitless, still and calm, shimmering effervescence of the clear, True Light of 5-spatial tachyons. The force of Light is carried on two kinds of particle. Below "c" (the speed of light in a perfect vacuum) the particles carrying the force of Light are the very large, theoretically massless (ie without EM charge), spin-0 (or rather, of one dimension, a

    "ray" or wavelength that, by quantum uncertainty, can be compressed into a pointparticle for a minimum duration) "photon." Above "c" (which supersedes the imperfect "vacuum" of background radiation in deep space), the force-carrying particle unit of Light is called a "tachyon." Just as a wavelength for a photic-ray exists as a disturbance to a "field," of field-like medium, of quantum-foam "background" ZPE, so does the photon-particle emit "Cerenkov" radiation, smaller particles of illumination, from its surface. Just as these particles of "Cerenkov" radiation emanate out before the future-trajectory of the photon (as a ray or particle) so it is said the "Light from tachyons reaches us before the sights we see by photons." So, too, can the mind perceive the current conditions of our spatial reality even though the photons we observe with our eyes left their origins several billion years before we see them now. The shape of the tachyon "particle" is a torus, and the measure of a vector on its surface we render as the spiral within and around the torus, phi/pi. Holographically, the multiverse surrounding our universe after "critical mass" is a torus comprised of pure tachyonic Light, each microwave of which measures phi/pi. This hypersphere of the multiverse surrounding our universe now also extends around in a torus over extremely long durations. On the opposite "end" of this cycle from our universe is the nulliverse of pure energy, pure Light, form only one singularity inside a much more vast black-hole within our "parent" universe. Just as a black-hole in our universe "spits out" less energy than the amount of matter it "takes in," and this additional consumed-matter is inverted into the quantity of energy (anti-matter from our point of view) discharged into the sub-quantum "baby universe" inside the singularity inside the black-hole, so too is our own cosmos merely a "baby universe" in a toruscycle of pure Light, inside a massive black-hole, within our own "parent" universe. Most of the 7-dimensional "parent" universe beyond our own 3-dimensions that is taken in as 7-d "matter" is converted into 5-d "energy." Only a very minute portion filters through, down and into our own 3-d universe which, since "critical mass," is being consumed outward (ie. "expanding") faster than new ZPE enters our space-time realms. All of this can be known to the mind, even though, as of yet, none has been witnessed by the eye. It is tachyons that enable ESP. Merely project your meaning by visualising an image of it being transferred from yourself to your subject and eventually you will be able to move objects at will mentally. Tachyons, or microwave sub-quantum gravity, act as a field or fluid medium in which such thought or image or will-projection can occur. Inside your brain, when you imagine an image, the neurotransmitters create a holographic interpretation as an electrical (wave-form) pattern between certain connected neurons. The medium of sub-quantum ZPE is where the potential-energy accumulates inside the charged neurons allowing them to form a hologram mimicking the actual image, shape, subject or object; the realms beyond the biological confines of nerve-cells are of the same stuff, substance, medium or field as the thoughts preceding our subsequent chemical cascades; all this universal reality is the same at its most basic level, and this level acts in accord to the will of our consciousness. Just as the will originates from the brain and travels down my arm to guide my hand as I write this, the thoughts we catch in our neural nets are, in some shape or form, ubiquitous to our reality. Just as the hand guides the pen, so too can the will travel beyond the body; thus ESP is possible and thus direct intent can be accomplished mentally. All (reality) is thought. At the level of tachyons, the speed of "c" squared, thoughts occur.

    the fifth title is Saturn While the OTO attributes of the area of governorship (over tachyons by the mind) and the "Platonic" (regular) solid of the tetrahedron are both from base-5 systems, the colour green and the planet Saturn are base-7. As I have said elsewhere, in Atlantis there was no speculative form of Masonry and there was no religion. There was no need for either (and it is the esoteric / exoteric division between these two that causes both to exist; they need each other). The reason for the creation of esoteric free-masonry and monotheist religion was the flood. At the time the world's entire prior history was destroyed, two cults formed: one blamed the flood on only one of a pantheon of deities; the other blamed the pantheon and believed only one God had saved them. The evidence for the latter is the so-called "rainbow" covenant of Noah, renewed as the ten commandments of Moses. Noah, Moses and their descendants all believed in the monotheist saviour deity who promised "never again to destroy mankind by flood." Of course, in South America, the pantheist religions preserved a different tradition. According to them, the earth and its populations had been destroyed twice before the flood as well - once by air (the equivalent of the fall of angels) and once by earth (the so-called fall of man). The flood, then, would be followed later by a destruction by fire. The pantheists of Sumeria invented a new science to predict when the next cataclysm would occur, even though, according to the monotheists, who claim exemption, we can neither know "the hour nor the day" of its coming, which will be "like a thief in the night." If we cause it ourselves, it will be through science versus religion, and thus only Democracy will be the victim. The "new science" of the ante-deluvial pantheists was called astrology and it was (and is) base-12. Every 2,000 solar orbits, according to the base-12 calendar of astrology, earth enters a new age, or "aeon," or sign. This is equivalent to one's own "rising sign" in their birth-chart. The "sun sign" now is fixed to the last aeon, 2000-4000 years before now (4000-2000 years later). Likewise there are "signs" for each planet besides the sun as well (even including earth's moon, out to Saturn). This is how we date the calendar and thus measure earth's exact location to calculate its seasons, cycles, eclipses, etc. even over very long durations such as the ten-thousands to hundred-thousands of years between ice-ages, etc. The calendar of astrology used openly by the esoteric pantheists and secretly by the exoteric monotheists is, in point of fact, incomplete. So are the South American calendars and those of east Asia. Only when all are combined into one single system can we begin to restore the entire, global, Atlantean calendar. Just as the western business calendar used among the modern monotheists measures rotations (day/night) per lunation (month) per solar orbit (year), so did the Atlantean calendar measure all these for all seasons (i ching) of earth (our 2,000 year base-12 cycle) and of every other planet (the tzolkin) in our solar system, as well as the longer cycles of our place in the Milky Way galaxy (the "great cycle"). The Atlantean calendar system frames the 64-base i ching, 36-base dekans of the base-12 zodiac, the base-7 planets, base-3 elements (combining as base-10, hence the sefirot), the base-4 and the base-5 elements (as the solid states or forms of the Akasha, the spirit element), all upon the base-144 system devised by John Dee. It shows us that the Akasha or spirit-element separates the 4 from the 20 and the 4 from the 16, leaving the 12. However, the base-10 system reduces by 3 to the base-7

    system if either 4 are omitted, leaving 16 or 12. If the base-20 of 5X4 remains, though, the base-10 system becomes base-13. Thus, these #'s, the base-5 system and the base13 system, are unique to the Atlantean calendar. Their equivalents, thus, in the Enochian system of the Golden Dawn, were the base-4 system and the base-7 system respectively. The base-4+3= the base-7, and so the base-4X3= the base-12 system. Therefore, the "key" to the Enochian system is base-3, however the equivalent "key" for the Atlantean calendar is base-4 (as 4X5=20 and 13X4=52, an "Aztec century"). Thus, 23 is a symbol of the base-4 and base-3 systems of the true Atlantean calendrical and the Golden Dawn Enochian systems combined. It is this same way we can come to understand why, at the time of the flood and the loss of the original, complete Atlantean calendar, the base-5 system became supplanted by the base-4 system: because the 7+5 became the 12. The 6 chief executives and the Pope of Atlantis (also called the 10 kings in 7 places of the 7 predeluvial kings of Sumeria), at the time of the great flood, came together and created the base-7 lamen of "angelic" sigils in their "places in the zodiac." This lamen was given to Noah (Utnaphistim) and saved from the flood, but subsequently was broken into 7 pieces by Moses. The 7 pieces or "glyphs" became the 7 "places in the zodiac" and "angelic" sigils known as the esoteric, pantheistic and masonic practitioners of astrology as the 7 "planets" in the 12 "signs" of the zodiac. Thus, 5 were said to rule 2 each, and 2 to rule 1 more each. It was the flood that destroyed Atlantean Democracy (based on #-theory) and gave birth to monotheism just as it was the flood that dispersed the components of the Atlantean calendar and gave birth to astrology. Monotheism replaced the calendar and astrology replaced Democracy. Democrats are labeled pantheists, believers in a just government mere idealists, and the highest authority in all the land is the False Pope. However, there is hope for those who wish to restore the "ideals" of Atlantis and Eden to reality. According to all who admit to the inevitability of the coming destruction by fire there remains the promise of peace and an age governed by the 5th-element, spirit, that will come following the fire that purges. At this time, we may yet see the right understanding of Atlantis we have now finally shared by all, in place of the mere "belief" in monotheism and the doubt of astrology as a "pseudo"science. The authentic tradition preserves the attribute of the planet Saturn as a place-holder representing the "angelic" sigil of one Atlantean chief-executive at the time of the flood. Likewise, this "angelic" sigil equivalent to Saturn has a "place in the zodiac" over 2 "signs" of the astrological zodiac, however these 2 "signs" of "Saturn" likewise only refer back to its "place in the zodiac" of 7 glyphs. Understanding this, one understands all: the 12 and the 7 are both from 7 originally. the sixth and seventh titles are Aquarius and Capricorn When the spring equinox rising sign was Aquarius, the north hemisphere was in a spring season following the EM pole reversal that unfroze America and froze Antarctica. As the American ice-sheet melted it rose world-wide sea-levels. As Antarctica glaciated it receded them again, though by then many coast-lines had shifted. This was the beginning of the dispersion of the Atlantean (Antarctic) people to form the culture of Lemuria - the global coastal civilisations that raised the "shems," "henges" and Menhirs of the neo-lithic period of cro-magnon and homosapien cohabitation. The first homo-sapien (Atlantean/Lemurian) remains are found in South America, South Africa and Australia. In Israel north-migrating homo-

    sapiens and south-migrating cro-magnons cohabitated, generating the, originally cromagnon, myth of the "fallen angels," etc. By this time the spring equinox rising sign had precessed one "sign" into Capricorn. Saturn is the 3rd kamea (#-square), and the first in the "magical order of the planets" (skip-2 heptagram within the 7-day week heptagon) based on these. Thus, being opposite sun and moon, Saturn is the only single "planet" to govern two consecutive "signs" of the zodiac in the 7-in-12 system symbolising the kamea. It should be noted that the lamen representing the "kamea" arranged around a spiral of Pythagorean triangles (the 7 "angelic" sigils on the 7 glyph "places in the zodiac") and the lamen symbolising the relationship between these 7 sigils and the base-12, antedeluvial "zodiac" are compatible, though only strangely, but that they are, structurally, two very different compositions. The Pythagorean spiral arrangement is square-shaped in its basic components. The base-12 zodiac is circular. This is why the tetrahedron is associated with cosmos according to modern attribution, rather than the elder Greek attribution of the dodecahedron: it is base-7 (3+4) and base-12 (3X4), whereas the dodecahedron is base-12 and base-5. Hence, the dodecahedron is associated with "Illuminati" Democracy and the subsequent religions of astrology; thus the tetrahedron contains, in its very shape, the key of it all. Saturn, as "ruler over" the consecutive "signs" Aquarius and Capricorn in the base12 zodiac and as "kamea" #-square in the base-7 Pythagorean arrangement, can thus be plotted on two kinds of lamen. Now, apply the green tetrahedron; apply the key: by distorting the topography of the two "flat" lamens, we can add another layer of meaning by which to correspond them. Thus, "fold up" the squares to form the 3-axis corner of a cube. Thus "twist" the zodiac to form the torus from the circle. Just as the circle bisects the sphere, so too does the "twisted" or "looped" base-12 circular zodiac bisect the torus. Just as the "looped" bisected torus measures the phi/pi spiral of its surface, so too can the "bent" or "folded" Pythagorean arrangement map the same spiral. The precession of Pythagorean expansion of the "kamea" base-units that is caused by the phi ratio triangles of the central equi-angular spiral can be graphed onto the pi spiral (rectilinear and equiangular, as opposed to triangular and equiangular) while the "lamen" shape is still a flat plane. Thus, when the "lamen" is "folded" up one dimension, both phi and pi will appear. The tetrahedron as key-stone, the rulership of Saturn over Aquarius and Capricorn, the placement of the 3rd kamea in the 3-d phi/pi version of the square lamen, the aeons of the zodiac, the cataclysm(s) that destroyed Atlantis - none of these things are random, all are carefully planned, artfully crafted and skillfully observed. There is, therefore, order in the universe. It cannot, hence, be said, "all is chaos." the eighth title is Jechidah Do the True Will. This is the Law. Yet still, incendiaries here and there ask "what is the true will?" and "how must we sacrifice to inherit rewards in the afterlife?" What, then, is the True Law, if you know not the True Will? And if you know not the true will as Law, then no amount of sacrifice will due. Instead, petty narcs and ne'er-do-well's have purloined Thelema from its guru, and greet one another with the blasphemy "my will" or "your will" be done. No, a thousand times, no. If "Love Is The Law, Love Under Will," then the will is above and, as its spirit, infuses the Law. The Law is animate only by the Will. Yet the modern

    "Thelemites" understand nothing. They believe in the Will as Law, and recognise only their own will as the "Most High." They err. They believe the law should read "the Law is Love Under Will." It is not. To deny this fact is to deny one's own freedom. No, the Law does not state "Do What you Wilt." It states quite plainly: "Do What Thou Wilt." The high form of "thee" - "thou" is used only in addressing adult males and is equivalent to the title "lord." This indicates the high English of LAVL is meant to be addressed to the monotheistic version of the deity. Thus, "Do What Thou Wilt" becomes the Law, also, of Christ, given by Jesus to Pilate and the sectarian Sanhedrin. Christ debunked addressing the fallen "state" and the monotheist "church." Crowley thus cast no pearls before swine. His audience was everyone, all of us now and all those gone before and yet to come. Crowley gave the Law of "Do What Thou Wilt" to us all, and thus debunked the entire Christian "morality." As Crowley put it, "I drank and danced all night with doubt and awoke to find her a virgin in the morning." Martyrdom is false morality. However now, only 100 years into it, Thelema has been co-opted by godless law-breakers and bloodless-vampire politicians. Moreover, most people miss the fact that the Apocalypse of St. John, the so-called "book of revelations" of the Roman catholic "New Testament," has already concluded occurring. The work, though entirely allegorical for the politics and priests of the day, was intentionally played out on the world-stage during the 20th-century. Crowley played the part of the "Great Beast." Jones, "Achad," was his prophet. Mathers, Waite and Regardie were, like the 3 "other" stooges, the 3 prophets of God the false prophet deposed and left unburied. Their wrathful ghosts became Hitler, Mussolini and first Lenin then Stalin. The battle of "Armageddon" (at Har-Meggido) was actually fought between British Imperialists and fascist-backed Arabs in WWII. This is a fact recorded in the annals of military history. The remainder of the 20thcentury saw a rapid build-up of doomsday weapons and the creation of a false state of Israel. As the Book says, "I am the warrior God of the 40's. The 80's cower before me, and are abased." While we entered the 20th-century a planet of disparate peoples, we leave it much more globally unified, however armed to the teeth with enough ammo to destroy the world 100 times over. And this all brings us back to the turn of the millennium and a world suddenly usurped in every way by the neo-Sethians. Beware wise and noble scholar. Like disenchanted Jesuits, like spies left out in the cold, like burn-outs and the wanderers and fools they are, these secular neo-Sethians (believers in the 2nd Coming of Jesus Christ) are invading the POD via the OTO degree. Most are simple neo-Nazis, some are crypto-fascists calling themselves "neo-cons." They all share the belief also held to be true 2000 years ago about Jesus: that he will now, as the Sethites believed he had then, appear again. The Sethites believed Seth, first wise mortal born, was the first Messiah. They accepted Jesus as the "secondcoming" of Seth, and imbued him with all the magical abilities due a "holy ghost" who came and "possessed" Jesus now, then someone else, then Judas or Peter, then Jesus again, etc. This is the "Christ-consciousness" of modern trance-channelers - called also "kether" or the "crown of thorns" of global and universal psychic awareness that is then passed around and shared only among a few. In order to preserve the possibility for the restoration of the Atlantean Democracy, we need to do away with all such types of mono-theist mumbo-jumbo and gibberish. Superstition is a useful instinct, but ideals are more than only 2000 years old and anthropomorphised as Jesus. If you want to uphold true ideals, look further. By studying cycles, looking ahead will soon become as easy as looking back. Eventually all will become clear for each. When one group of psychics uses the myths of monotheism to suppress another group's right to self-expression (free-thought) and thus deprives them of their God-given ESP, this group of soul-killers are rightly

    called a "psychic conspiracy." But I tell you, not all psychics are "in" on "the conspiracy." This concludes the knowledge lecture on the traits of the Bohemian OTO. -benpadiah

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: VI.2. blackholes Imagine you are outside the universe. All around you is utter darkness and far away in the distance is a dim light. As you approach it the light grows brighter and closer. This is the clear light of tachyons emanating from the universe. As you penetrate the surface of the fourth dimension the dim glow of the tachyons outside in the heavy black inverts to the third dimensional spacetime continuum of filaments, walls and voids of nebulae galaxies and clusters. As we approach one of the spiral galaxies we soar through the stellar mist of its arms toward the purple glow in the center. This Ultraviolet light is being pulled very rapidly into the black hole at the center, and as we pass through the event horizon we enter a tachyonic temporal singularity quantum tunnel into utter darkness. Far away in the distance is the dim tachyonic glow of the gravitational singularity. One very all encompassing theory is that our universe is inside of another universe, even larger than our own. There are several possible facets to be considered about this theory. One would be the nature of the connection between our local universe and an outside universe, that is in particular: would it be a continuous connection, or would it be interrupted and in some way different outside from within. One particular end of this argument I like to consider is the idea that our universe is the singularity inside a larger black hole. Of course, in the same way there is no evidence nor any way to collect any for either of the former contentions, so is there no way to test the latter. This would require direct experimentation upon tachyons, and this would require they be effected by some larger particle than themselves, in the third dimension, while they are in the temporal fourth, existing as pure potential. On the other end of the spectrum from the parental black hole is the baby universe inside one of the black holes in our own local universe. It is thought, even though they are the same size as the electrical charge of an electron when it is struck by a photon, that it contains as much information as has been taken in by the black hole surrounding it, which makes it equivalent to the smallest conceptually possible miniature universe in itself. There are probably billions of these inside black holes all over the known universe, and science predicts these are where all of the atoms comprising us now will eventually end up. Between these two concepts at opposite ends in scope and scale, it is possible to consider the outer surface of the universe as a singularity covered in billions of singularities, inside a much larger black hole. This little model is cute as a button. The truth, however, is less convenient. We have no way of knowing what it is really like outside our universe, aside from the fact that there are black holes in its surface and we think they go beyond. What we know of inside of this veil of the abyss is even more glum, since to all four corners the room is tyled and turned by time, which seems to be an invisible substance that we always desperately need more of

    than we have, and can never put a finger on without it changing. Time is only the fourth dimension, another one of the individual exponents comprised of a sum of exponents that is included as part of the total of universal dimensional exponents. With, height, depth and length it is not alone either, according to experimental physicists. There may be a number of dimensions n, according to quantum mathematics done on computers, that define a hypothetical model of a universe similar to our own, and this number, as I have stated, is greater than infinity itself. Therefore, if there is anything outside of our spacetime universe, it might be so different that we would have no way of comprehending it in such a way that we could, for example, explain it to a child or program it into a machine to compute. It might involve extrapolations upon the ideal realms of algebra and geometry just as black holes distort the more material laws of physics. If this were the case, we would have no more way of comprehending them than we do our emotions. Long ago there was a fat, bald, dark skinned man who lived in the desert outside of Ethiopia. This man was one of recorded historys earliest wizards, and was a world traveler who had lived in Sumeria, Egypt and Israel before returning to the lands of his birth. He had the benefit of a long lifetime of magical experiences, and had mastered the learning of most of the ancient shamen by an early age. He read with rocks, he wrote with stones. He used crystal telescopes. It was this man who has come to be associated with the anthropomorphication of the concept of a black holes corpulence. He was the first recorded keeper of time for the masses of the people. History records many names for him, and perhaps he lived many lifetimes, or really was merely alike a great many people, however none of that is important. It was most likely he who discovered the concept of the vacuum of space as opposed to the sheet of the sky itself, and taught the people in the art of tracing lines between stars to remember them as constellations. Thus the comparison of him to a black hole is, though probably based on bias, actually quite in tune with his wisdom, knowledge, learning and skills. However imagine this man holding a grain of sand and you will know how small the singularity is compared to the outer shell of the black hole. In a black hole the infinitely dense singularity is housed within an outer sphere of unsurpassable gravity called the Schwarzschild radius. Where the singularity is an absolute probability one event, the surrounding, lightless, asymptotically infinite mass of the Schwarzschild radius that earns black holes their name serves as the absolute probability zero spherical well inside a boundary known as the event horizon. If the mind is seen as a singularity, then the brain itself is the Schwarzschild probability well; and, just as inside the event horizon the laws of physics, especially the gravitational force, are bent to the extent of inversion of the uncertainty principle underlying the parity of particle and wave, so dreams, within the unconscious functioning of the brain act as a vast network of symbolic wormholes uniquely and fundamentally randomly organized for individuals, but bound by universal laws of probability to effect necessary similarity. There are two categories structuring dream experience, which find their parity in the extra-singularity, intra-event horizon content of black holes. The first of these is governed by consumed substance and the innate characteristic patterns of organization thereof. Stimuli determined by physiological pursuit-escape functions during the waking hours accumulates along lines of behaviorally reinforced memory recurrence. So, for black holes, are the molecular, atomic, subatomic and virtual particles consumed the materials whose properties cause the patterns which arise therein. For example, an astronaut falling into a black hole does not immediately turn into a bunny rabbit, as he may if his particles penetrate a soordered singularity, but may be seen instead to undergo a prolonged series of

    dimensionally un-delimited transformations of morphology, perhaps allowing the appearance of a bunny rabbit, but insubstantial to the astronaut. The second category is the more metaphysical, and deals with the mystical accessing of information in dream states, the equivalent of which in black holes is the crossing of paths of the worm holes that arise, built of the matter-energy consumed. The evidence of the revelatory nature of reverie is the foundation of all human creation, but this revelation occurs only within a preexistent physically ordered universe, rendering many of the most beautiful of human works to be merely discoveries of this fact. The experience of empathy itself derives from the sudden awareness that two lines of reasoning may share a common point. In a dream state this is alike the perception of what Jung identified as the collective unconscious, or the awareness of symbolic ideas beyond the individuals accustomed scope of a more broadly applicable potential. The reflection of this in black holes is the overlapping of multiple strings of consumed substance forming sub-singular, similar, quantum mechanically atypical events, or if you like event bridges between worm holes of a fixed aleph-null dimensionality. In the example given above it would be the encountering of one of these associative intersections that would cause the perception of a bunny rabbit for an astronaut who would have found time to be speeding up relative to his portable atomic clock in the gravitational distortion. A possible hypothesis based on these similarities is that consciousness inside a black hole is worm holes, and unconsciousness entry of the singularity, or, for Schrodingers cat, consciousness = -1 unconsciousness, and unconsciousness = pure 1 consciousness, where subconsciousness = (0 consciousness, 0 unconsciousness) In the ten dimensional consciousness model this means that inversion occurs between the internal and the projected realms of consciousness, or between active consciousness and, by default, passive consciousness. This causes different changes to occur at different times in the functioning of the model. When the separation between active consciousness and true consciousness is as between a point on a sphere and the sphere itself, then the inversion is the second dimension. So here we see active consciousness acting as a carrier wave for true consciousness, and thus consciousness in the projective state is like the wave of probability within the formal system, and this is what surrounds us like an aura. We must also remember that what we are seeing is not unlike the implosions of active consciousness in the fifth and ninth dimensions. Therefore, when it passes through a wormhole of dream in a black hole, consciousness inverts, or turns inside out, as it enters the singularity. It then must invert back before it can emerge into a waking state again, as it would do in the mental black hole model, but not necessarily in a physical black hole. The black hole model itself, however, holds up nicely to the dimensional mental model. The inversion that occurs for consciousness in a black hole can be directly likened to the inversion which occurs at the full extent of the functioning of the active consciousness and the lowest extent of functioning for true consciousness, through which the system can connect to itself and be cyclical. The positioning of these polarities relative to one another is indicative of the measuring of transverse waves, such as comprise consciousness, rather than regular waves, as comprise meaning. This is all thought to include itself in a basic suspension of ylem, and it is also ylem which is hypothesized to be exposed in the singularity of black holes. A. input/output Data passing through the surface of the event horizon inverts from below to above the speed of light. When it does this it does not simply become tachyons with flat line vectors because of its proximity to the gravitational singularity at the center of the black hole. Instead this additional gravitational force opens the tachyons up

    into wormholes by flattening the histories of their trajectories perpendicularly to themselves. However the tachyons still turn on their sides and tunnel through this, and therefore the ones that are not flattened into wormholes are pulled through these wormholes toward the singularity, and in this way continually divide, repeat and replace themselves. The time space which they measure, therefore, collapses into infinitely repeating halves, creating a quantum asymptote towards the clear light of the singularity. It is only those tachyons at the electromagnetic poles of the black holes event horizon that escape when they are warped through wormholes. The number of tachyons that escape is thought to be as many in the straight electromagnetic field lines emitted from the poles in the gas jets as are absorbed on the surface of the black hole. This does not mean this is a great many number, because there are only as many particles being consumed at one time on the surface of the black holes event horizon as there are wormholes that form in its electromagnetic field, and these are essentially identical in cause to the sunspots that appear on the sun. 1. input Whereas sunspots all represent electromagnetic bending outward away from the surface of the sun, the formation of wormholes on the event horizon surface of a black hole all bend inward. Inside everything is infinitely divided, as I have described, however all is perpetually passing through tachyonic wormholes toward the central singularity. Just outside the Schwarzschild radius there are only whirling photons shifted far into the ultraviolet range of the spectrum as they are pulled as fast as possible toward the surface of the black hole. Further out than this is the accretion disk. All matter is converted into photons before reaching the surface of the black hole. When it penetrates this surface it inverts to faster than the speed of light and becomes tachyonic wormholes. a. the accretion disk Surrounding the electromagnetic equator of the black hole is the accretion disk of dust and gas clouds, stellar debris and planetary matter. These can reach such sizes that they are visible for billions of light years and contain many billions and billions of stars that may shine for millions and millions of years. We know such massive clusters as flat or saucer galaxies that can be elliptical, spiral or new and yet nebulous. We live in one such spiral galaxy, and because we can see the circumference of it outlined through the arc of the heavens on a clear night like a giant river of stars in the sky, we call it the Milky Way. The matter closer to the accretion disk orbits it faster than the matter further away, and this is what draws even the distant stars into the spiral path ever progressing towards their doom in a super massive black hole at galactic core. Why galaxies form as flat, saucer shaped circular planes is as much of an anomaly as why black holes, which consume all matter-energy, would retain an electromagnetic field to cause this to occur. The only explanation is that here we find the only necessary proof for the existence of tachyons as faster than photon electromagnetic radiation. 2. output Indeed, we see that it is tachyons that are produced by the electromagnetic field of the black hole, in the perfectly flat history of their polar field lines, emitted out into space along the iron deposits in the gas jets of the black hole. By utilizing the technique of quantum tunneling through electron probability wells in the ionized iron, the microwave tachyons are actually traveling faster than light, and are

    therefore flowing outward from the poles of the black hole faster than entropy itself, and therefore measure out to a distance the inside polar axis of a galactic electromagnetic field as large as the circumference of the entire body of stars, with field lines connected to every stars electromagnetic field, guiding them in their courses and gradually pulling them in. a. the gas jets The gas jets of the black hole do not extend as far as the polar electromagnetic field lines project. They eventually dissipate into proto-stellar nebulae rich in iron, other heavy metals, and complex carbon compounds ripe for the spark of nuclear fusion or the gravitational seeding of both solid and gaseous planets. The only problem with them providing all the necessities for creation in the universe is that they do not condense into a greater nebula cloud or belt, and because there is an insufficient amount of them over too great a quantity of time to provide a steady enough source for the duration necessary for nuclear fusion to randomly occur and trigger star birth. b. real tachyons (supergravity) About the only useful things the gas jets of black holes do for the universe is replenish the background electromagnetic radiation with faster than light tachyons in the form of flat line history field lines. These are, themselves, superstrings. The only reason that the quantum physicist researchers of superstring theory have failed to produce quantifiable results is that they have been looking for a universal phenomenon, instead of one that only appears visibly in certain rare cases. The gas jets of black holes is one such place. Here we see the tachyons tunneling from pole to pole of electron probability wells at such a rate that their repulsive force is inverted relative to particles greater in size and moving slower than it, thus causing them to be attractive gravitationally. This is not regular gravity such as is derived from the tachyons emitted by the photons and the electromagnetic fields of stars and planets. This is the much stronger gravity of the pure tachyon, accelerated to an asymptotically flatline wavelength. B. components The black hole is the son of the sun, and has many similarities to the structure of all the stars in the known universe. It has a corona of ultraviolet radiation, a photosphere of tachyons and wormholes in which the differentially rotating, coiled up electromagnetic field lines pull radiation in instead of ejecting it, and where the sun has a plasma surface on an ignited gas cloud undergoing nuclear fusion, the black hole contains infinite potential wormholes leading to a central singularity, a point of peace and clear light at the eye of a gravitational storm. All of these are as fundamental to the black hole as are their equivalents in an existing sun. As I have already described, the wormholes on the surface of the event horizon of the black hole occur for the same reason sunspots occur on the surface of the sun due to the winding up of the electromagnetic field through differential rotation and the band jumping between points on two separate field lines that occurs, however the wormholes of a black hole do not have counterpart pairs as do sunspots. This is described as the weather of the black hole, or of the sun, just as the changes in pressure, temperature and condensation in the atmosphere of the earth are called its weather. Each of these forces causes the next. The pressure centers of the earth begin by concentrations of radiation on the earth deriving from the sun. The sunspot cycle of the sun is a function of its rotational position relative to galactic

    core. Therefore, each of these is only a kind of weather system within a larger weather system, or even, like weather patterns in this system. This is an informational system that the ancients called the Akashic records. They believe it underlies the realm accessed by dreams, subconscious and unconscious states, as well as altered, induced or artificial states of consciousness. As I described before, it forms a massive electromagnetic torus around every galaxy containing a black hole at its core, and all of these are oriented relative to one another in the filaments, walls and voids of the greater universe according to harmonic frequencies. It is believed that the quantum information units inside these orbs comprise the majority of the mass of the universe, and therefore determine whether it will perpetually continue expanding or eventually collapse, however this does not in itself explain how they would be interacting with one another to do so, since quantum information units would have to be being exchanged between them for them to be gravitationally drawn together. Because these enormous bubbles are made of invisible tachyons, it is most likely also invisible tachyons that are reaching out between them, in the same way that within the atmosphere of the earth it is pressure, in that of the sun it is electromagnetivity, and within a black hole that of gravity, all of which are lesser dimensional reflections of the same force and substance as tachyons. 1. the Schwarzschild radius and event horizon The perimeter of the black hole that could be defined as its surface if it existed in any solid sense is known as the event horizon. The measure of the distance from the singularity in the center of the black hole to the event horizon is known as the Schwarzschild radius. This measure can be determined by calculating the age of the singularity and the size of the black hole, which are directly related, where the speed of spin of the black hole is a function of its size or mass, and the age of the singularity is a measure of spin determined as a function of the speed of spin of the black hole. The only practical problem with measuring the Schwarzschild radius is that we do not have the speed of the photon to act as a fixed constant within the black hole, and therefore quantum physicists predict that spacetime is warped asymptotically towards the singularity, and, as I have described, one effect is the infinitely repeating quantum halving of the tachyonic wormholes, such that any measure that could be made, even using the only possible existent constant inside the black hole, would be infinitely divided. Therefore the equations may very well be able to provide predictions for the age of the black hole and therefore a possible measure as to how distorted outside into timespace the spacetime inside the known mass of the black hole is, but these are only conjecture that cannot be properly tested. In truth, each of these baby universe singularities extends out into the tachyonic halo surrounding our universe to form spiral history wormholes that pull all the further tachyonic background radiation into them. These are the true time machines, for they penetrate the veil of photons upon which our picture of the universe rests, to the present, current and immediate moment, where the universe is a null void of random tachyons and super massive black holes. a. null radiation Because the tachyon wormholes feeding the singularity inside the black hole and the tachyon radiation and singularity wormholes outside the universe are faster than the fastest visible form of electromagnetic radiation, the real particle photon, they may be considered null, or negative energy. Not in the sense that they are negatively charged, such as the negative pole of a magnet. In the sense that, rather

    than give energy and contribute to entropy, they take energy out of the surrounding environment and create greater order. The optical illusion we often witness of any repeating cycle of moving items in a loop, that they seem to begin moving backwards, is actually caused by this effect occurring for tachyons. Their wavelength is so rapid that, along a string of photons they would actually be moving in the opposite direction than the photons. Thus, when we perceive the objects moving backwards in a cycle, it is because of the microwave, tachyonic processing inside our brains of our thoughts that we seem to see these images flow together and then move faster than themselves such that their direction actually reverses. b. manifest counterspin In the same way that the tachyons are traveling backwards relative to the projection of photons in the continuum of entropy, they are also spinning in a way opposite to all other real and virtual particles. They involute, which not even the electron in its torus cloud shell does. The charge simply oscillates between poles in a differential orbit similar to the field of the sun, whereas the tachyon turns fully inward upon itself at one pole and warps through itself to emerge out from its own other pole instantaneously. It follows a phi/pi spiral as it does this, making it very like DNA. It follows the same pattern around other particle fields or wells at the same time that it tunnels through them, and it does all of this with spin that is opposite to that of those particle fields or wells, thus conserving their counterspin perfectly in a higher dimension. 2. quantum foam, quantum tunneling Inside the event horizon of the black hole these tachyons are even further distorted by the presence of the rotating gravitational singularity, itself nothing more than a very old tachyon. The tachyons that are sliced and shuffled towards it into infinite halves as wormholes comprise a quantum foam very similar to that discovered by scientists to exist even in Hilbert space between the quantum information units, where it is thought to be too small for any other such particle to exist. Their experiment was between two metal plates compressed together very tightly so that there was less than an atoms space between them, and their findings were that the dimensions themselves seemed to fracture in a waveform geometry similar to the structures created by masses of bubbles. Since it was the compressed spin comprising the surface of these quantum bubbles that could be measured it was only their intersections that could be properly observed, however it was not then known what smaller type of substance could comprise these vectors, since they were far too small to be electromagnetic and still fall into the known spectrum. The only explanation I can think of is, of course, tachyons. I have described the mechanism of tachyonic tunneling before, however I will do so again, since it can also be related to the tunneling of other particles that has hitherto remained a mystery. Tachyons do not oscillate exclusively like electrons. They have two external, opposite vectors that serve as dipolarity, just like the electromagnetic wavelength signature of an electron includes both the electrical wavelength and, perpendicularly, the magnetic wavelength. These two vectors encircle the surface of a probability well. When they reach one pole, they tunnel through to the other. Since these vectors are not isolated, as with the electrical charge of the electron in the three dimensions limited by entropy, information is moving through the tachyon at the same time as on the outside surface of the tachyon, and a smaller area is defined as the inside polar axis than that of the outside circumference. Thus the tachyon tunnels through itself faster than it moves, and thus propagates itself in perpetual motion.

    Some quantum particles have been known to tunnel through others, or to exhibit tunneling type behaviors, however there is no known explanation. One such example is the photon in the double slit experiment. Even when projected one at a time at a pair of slits cut in a solid material, photons will appear through both of them, and cast light in a pattern as though coming through both slits. When particles are accelerated toward the speed of light they tend to disintegrate into their smallest possible components, which tend to end their histories when they come in contact with other particles of equivalent sizes. These particles are called antiparticles because of this quality, however their other attribute of coming into reality through essentially temporal singularity tachyonic wormholes is often overlooked. Here we see that the information, the spin measured in vector, holding these particles together becomes increasingly inverted as it approaches the speed of light, until finally it reaches a point where it disintegrates under the existing laws of physics, and the particle breaks off into the constituent mutations. The factor holding tachyons together is that they are cohesively inverted from beginning, as wormhole, to end, as gravitational singularity. a. wormholes and temporal singularities Wormholes are formed on the surface of black holes and subdivide down into the central singularity, distorting spacetime in an asymptotical well that jets out like a solar flare from the surface of the universe into the dimension of pure time and the dim glow of tachyons. The precession of the poles of the black hole traces an orbit for the singularity projected out into timespace, and this trajectory forms a supermassive wormhole, feeding all the other escaping tachyonic radiation back into the universe through the black holes poles. It is these tachyons outside the universe in timespace only that are the temporal singularities connecting wormholes inside one black hole to another, as they constitute a continuum between the asymptotical projections of the singularities out into timespace from all the different black holes in the surface of spacetime. This is known as the multiverse. There are temporal singularities in the third dimensional universe as well. Insofar as an event constitutes a temporal singularity, that is, such as if it is observed and remembered, then the entire universe can rightly be counted as being a huge, temporal singularity comprised of infinite units of temporal singularity. There are also wormholes postulated by the special and general theories of relativity, however none have been as of yet observed. It is true, however, that when a space shuttle carrying an atomic clock is orbiting the earth, the atomic clock is moving slower than it would on earth, and therefore one can predict that this effect could be increased asymptotically to the nth degree until time stopped and one entered a temporal singularity, or wormhole, and immediately found themselves displaced in the greater continuum. 3. the singularity Look deep within yourself and you will find the singularity. It reflects the light that you let in, and shines the brighter the more you look upon it. Some have called this inner flame the spark of life, some the ajna turned inward upon itself or the non-clinging lotus blossom floating on pure consciousness. To know it is to know thy self. To know it is to know God. It is only a single facet of our concentration, the knowledge of that which we share with the universe, however it is above and beyond all other radiant, calming, tranquil and ideal. This entire universe is only one singularity. At the time of the big bang, the original singularity began to expand, forming our universe, which continues to expand to this day. The truth is that this singularity never expanded, and that we are nonetheless living inside of it right now. It is known that, in this universe, even the

    gravitational singularities inside black holes that are thought to contain baby universes are still the smallest quantum units in the entire known universe. Each one is nonetheless admitted to probably be about the same age as our universe. Therefore it is only these very small things that comprise the size of the universe, and therefore the size of the entire universe is very small, only the size itself of one singularity. This is not because its inside is small, because here we are. This only means that its outside surface area is only comprised of the gravitational singularities inside it that project outward into time as far as anything that exists. Therefore the difference between the inner area of three dimensional space, and the outer area of the fourth spatial dimension inside pure time is similar to an optical illusion, or even a play on words. Let me try to explain it this way: the further out in space you go, the less space there is around you. The less space there is around you, the smaller space itself becomes. Finally, when you are free in time, the whole of space itself is as foreign and difficult to comprehend a concept as time is inside the three dimensions of space. Here all you will find is a clear tachyonic light. a. the singularity as surfacelessness The fundamental geometry of the singularity is that it has no surface. If I havent already obliterated enough beliefs, let me describe it this way. Imagine spacetime as like a stained glass window, perhaps with an intricate pattern on it or something. Time would be the tachyonic light passing through the window by which we can see the pattern on its surface. The singularity would be the surface of this light. Like the sun in this metaphor, the singularity would actually have more dimension than the depiction on the surface of the stained glass, however, since we are living in the continuum of that surface, this would remain relatively ineffable. A more accurate description might be to say that the singularity has infinite number of surfaces, or even transfinite, or even n number of dimensions, since we have already established that the multiverse of wormholes can potentially have n dimensions. However, if the multiverse were the unified field continuum of n dimensions, then it would only equal one, and thus the singularity would only equal zero. This would be perfectly inverse to their fields of probability. Thus it equates to the spin of a gravitational singularity which occurs around it rather than upon its surface, because it is surfaceless, and comprised of the information of its spin alone. b. the necessity of spin As I have stated all singularities originate as temporal singularities. As such they are without manifestation: transient, warping tachyons. It is only when they accumulate excess internal spin and begin slowing down and disrupting their internal polar axis spin that their external surface begins to produce phi trajectory offshoots of lesser wavelength tachyons as it slows down toward the inversion of matter-energy at the fixed speed of light and in this way they generate centralized wells of gravity rather than unified force pull, and become black holes. On a greater scale you could think of the black holes in the surface of spacetime as also equivalent to the sunspots on the surface of the sun, except that, like the wormholes on their surfaces, they do not come in pairs as do sunspots. They do, however, lead outside the universe inverse to the way solar flares and prominences eject material away from the surface of the sun. Their placement in the universe conveys temporary evidence of a much greater and more aethyreal pattern of force at work. This greater fourth dimensional holognomonic metaform would be equivalent to the differential rotation of time. b. the primary clear light

    The singularity projected out through the multiverse of tachyons into pure time opens up at the end into the clear light of the tachyons, emitting more that flow backward, and in this way pulling more in, and projecting them from the black holes electromagnetic poles. It is an invisible brightness within a complete clarity. Such is the external surface of timespace. It is the motion of these that is called time. Together they perform an effect similar to that of the superstring filaments and walls in the universal voids, the wormholes on black holes, the sunspots on stars, or pressure centers on planets. Such is the weather in the dimension of pure information: always clear with highlights of ultra-luminosity. Laugh it up, Buddha. c. the singularity as ylem Ylem existed before the universe, and will exist after it has disappeared. If we are a dream in the mind of Brahma that Kali destroys and that Shiva restores, then ylem is the stuff that dreams are made of and the soul, mind and brain of God. For such as are the dimensions beyond those of the sixth and those of the seventh. Still all are one in the clear light of the singularity. It is as if no darkness could be imagined in the multiverse. Still the heaven of man is yet like the depths of hell to God. Not even is it to Him like the earth is home to man, for to descend into it he must lower himself a long way. It is literally as much a fog or dream to Him as would be for we the living tiredness or sharp pain in a dream. I say this because I can imagine a Heaven governed entirely by the will and law of the most perfect thoughts, ideas and feelings of every living being, and yet I can still imagine a God that can imagine more than even all of this. Therefore, outside of the dimension of pure information, there is a darkness of which absolutely nothing is known. It is here, beyond even the light of tachyons and the wormhole histories of singularities that is the multiverse surface of timespace on the other side of spacetime, that we can say that YHVH exists. I have said that the movement of wormholes on the surface of timespace or black holes in spacetime constitutes the pattern of time, whose movement is time itself. This is an effect occurring upon the body of God. God is, beyond this, ineffable, as though our universe were his heart and he were only his perception of it. However I would prefer not to allude to such parables or anthropomorphications. 4. perpendicularity to the history of the singularity While the surface of our universe might be a seething, writhing cauldron of bubbling baby universes burning off the tachyonic glow of only one singularity, if we depart the history of any one of the gravitational singularities inside this universe, we depart the outside surface of this universe, and therefore find time to know God. Still, this is no good, for we are merely without the universe. We are back to the obese old Ethiopian shaman holding a grain of sand in his hand. a. the parent universe It has been my personal experience that it was the parent universe that induced the motion of spin in the local universe that has led to the production of baby universes. This occurred due to a function similar to the parent universe slowing down and solidifying while the local universe sped up and became more aethyreal. This would have been happening throughout the part of the history of the universe during which the stars of most of the visible galaxies were burning out, which would have happened long before we would stop seeing their light. As the universe was swallowed up into lighter tachyonic radiation by the super massive black holes, the darkness outside the tachyonic multiverse surface of the universal singularity began to compress itself more around the little universe, which was

    eating itself down smaller and smaller while inside of it, through the inversion of the speed of photons, it appeared, and continues to appear, to be expanding. This effect is no more an illusion than time itself, for such as are the same: the movement of the singularity, its gravitational spin. The Egyptian civilization, which marked the end of the age of the father and the beginning of that of the crowned and conquering child, had the most entertaining and spectacular anthropomorphications for these levels and events. The man that I described before played an integral role in the creation of these mythologies, as well as those of Sumer and Israel. His resurrection as his own son would rise in the east to become Buddha, whose philosophies would reach as far as to Jesus and Mohammed. Perhaps he would be explained better by saying that he only appeared to be aging backward in time because he was from the future and traveling backwards through it into the past. My description of this man has surpassed the limitations of a human, so allow me to clarify myself. Choronzon is a body-jumping archetype who manifests the genetic resemblances of beings on this planet in an accordance with their function in the grand design of the universe. He is not a he, and she is not a she, because there is no he or she or it. Choronzon has no body, and is merely the charge of ophanic energy in the earths electromagnetic field. He is the one who guards it, and keeps secret the keys to the kingdom of access to the electromagnetic field of the sun, of other planets, of other stars, of galactic core, or other galaxies and of the filaments, walls and voids. Just as Gaia is the soul of the planet, Choronzon is its spirit. When I describe first one man, and then another, and say that they are the same man, or say that one represents the son of the other, or say that this man has aged backwards or gotten younger, I mean that the archetype of Choronzon was upon them, and was known of to them, and was alike them and that they were like better reflections of it, and that it was this archetype itself that had aged backward by becoming known to these men at earlier ages in their lives. When one achieves Choronzon consciousness, also known as Christ consciousness, one feels the scrutinizing consciousnesses of all the surrounding souls of the planet, and it is even possible to speak in an angelic tongue with the voice of a person by moving with the consciousness as it transcends the physical limitations of the body and flies across the international channels of the em field. I have found it makes a useful hearing aid for eaves dropping on other peoples nonsensical conversations, and that, as Buddhism predicted, there is amusement in this. However the majority of souls are as much trapped in time and space as their attention spans allow and conditioning demands. While this is not inherently an unpleasant experience it has had a petro rites based dogma attached to it by every religion and state society on the surface of the planet, such that knowledge of it is forced to be made equivalent in thought to karma, and repented for and atoned for by the ritualizing of its exercise in perpetuity. The trance of nibana, in which one enters a nirvana from which there is no return, as well as the alchemical symbolism of Christian Rozencreuntz both describe further the nature of following in the path of the cosmic fool, the Microposopus, represented by the constellation of Orion. This attainment of consciousness, usually called transcendence or enlightenment, is dated by the mythology back to as early as the fall of man and original sin, but to have only become a formalized system much later, culminating in the belief in the past messiah. Choronzon is seen as the Holy Ghost, or spirit of Jesus, that stays with this planet and lives with and within its faithful. With God, the invisible All Father, and Jesus the living archetypal son, to initiate Choronzon to this status, according to the dialectic of Holy Scripture and the Lineage of the Ancient of Days, Choronzon is the microcosm of Gaia, the fruit of the womb of mother nature, the pearl of great price. When her age passed at the end of the last ice age, the age of the father began, and so

    on into the age of the son has the She Goddess continued only in spirit, in essence. Jesus the Body, Choronzon the aura, and YHVH the anthropomorphic abyss. Neither am I impressed with the offer of a furtherance of this same Enochian system of a hierarchy of guardian angels that extends throughout the universe. I would prefer all were ylem, and still the only, old greatest common factor, and new least common denominator, I can hope to be remembered for is the geometry of temporal QBLH. C. the black hole model of consciousness While the crown of thorns may have represented the pattern of ley-lines which ancient geomancers had laid upon the surface of the earth to mark off karmic grid lines, a crown better fit for a king is the black hole model of consciousness. It shows us how the mind may be used as an exit from the confines of reality. This would make it actually more similar to the opium soaked rag given to Christ on the cross to put him into a false state of death. While one is active and expanding, the other is passive and contracting. 1. the mind expands (evolution) We all know the old saying about the more we learn, the more we know, and the more we know, the broader the mind is expanded. This is true for the brain, but the mind seems to be pushed and pulled and jostled about in all directions generally, and yet remain calm, centered and at rest within itself. So let us, instead of giving credence to the saying, examine how the brain itself has been expanding, and only then when we have done this might we know the mind as apart from it. It is obvious to say that between an insect and a human there is a difference in size between bodies, let alone brains, and the insect is the older species and humanity the younger. Thus we could say that our brains had expanded quite a bit, however bigger brains arent necessarily better, as evidenced with the dinosaurs, some of whose brains were about as big as a sumo wrestler, and about as plodding and single minded too. Humans have the benefit of a well developed cerebellum, which acts inside the human nervous system in much the same way as pressure centers in the earths atmosphere, the sunspots in the suns electromagnetic field, the gravitational wormholes of black holes, and the movements of singularities in timespace causing the spin of the universal singularity, also known as the point of the big bang, or the inversion between the original nothingness and the present somethingness. This always hung over the dinosaurs heads. They thought with their thalami, and were most fixedly intent on finding food, foraging, scavenging, preying on the weak and the lame. Their best skill was simultaneity, today known as manifestation or synchronicity, and, still popularly, as coincidence. This consists merely in stalking, sneaking up on or happening upon something, such as a source of food. They practised this on this planet for millions of years, walked the lands right where we are today. The part of our brains that is similar to theirs retains the inherent capacity for this skill, and our ability to project inference is a large part of religion. However the columns and pillars of neuro-cellular grey matter of the cerebrum or cerebellum are far more complex than the holographic reflexive tissue of the thalami or thalamus. Here is where tachyons occur inside the brain, producing cascades of neuralectric waveforms, thoughts and emotions. On the other hand, producing cascades of the electrical current carrier neurotransmitter chemicals does not automatically induce inspiration, only gives for it a fluid basis in which to arise potentially and through which to be propagated and subsist. Inspiration is that which comes from out of the blue, that is, from the ideal of free time. Also inspiration comes from the right hemisphere, for it is inductive, as opposed to the functions of the left hemisphere, which are exclusively deductive. It is

    still possible for inspiration itself to become a distraction. It is represented as the third eye in many ancient cultures, including the Indian and Egyptian, where it can be turned either inward or outward. This polarity of inspiration/distraction is equivalent to active consciousness. Active consciousness expands. 2. the mind projects (quantum thought) There are many theories that have developed since the time of Einsteins relativity equations attempting to unify the realms of mind and matter. Studies during the twentieth century by Carl Gustav Jung and Wolfgang Pauli proposed that there may be two connecting principles acting in nature. One is causality, or the cause and effect principle, which operates in the fourth dimension of time. The other connecting principle is acausal, and they called it synchronicity, believing it occurred at right angles in space time to the other principle. More recent theories have proposed that it is actually information itself which is being transferred by both consciousness and material reality. The evidence is the increasing of order in the results of tests done on subjects for esp when they were randomly resampled. Since information is the negative reciprocal of entropy it would even go so far as to account for the potential for telekinesis, let alone John Bells theorem that particles that were once in contact continue to influence each other instantaneously no matter how far apart they move, which would only require a meager acceptance of a faster than light mechanism for the transferal of energy. Experiments with remote viewing or long distance telepathy show that there is a rise in right on target hits at the local sidereal times when the plane of the earth is facing perpendicular to the center of the Milky Way galaxy down the outer arm, around two in the afternoon, and that it drops immediately to its lowest point when the earth is aligned with the galaxys core. To describe the human ability of precognition, Jack Sarfatti uses the equation: h = ( e^2/hc ) ( mc^2 / H N^2 ), where h is Planck's constant, e is the electric charge of the electron, c is the speed of light, e^2/hc is the Fine Structure Constant, m is the electron mass, H is the Hubble factor 1/T where T is the age of our universe, and N is a number that will turn out to be the number of electrons in a coherent state of conscious superposition. Since a de-coherence event effecting any one of the N coherent particles will de-cohere all of them, it is reasonable that Tu is inversely proportional to N. This justifies the formula used by Jack Sarfatti, Tu = 1 / H N , for which at present, 1/H = 10^10 years, which is 10 billion years, at which time N = 10^18, so that , to rough order of magnitude Tu = 1 / H N = 3 x 10^17 sec / 10^18 = 0.3 sec, which, as Jack Sarfatti notes, is close to the Crick brain frequency of 40 Hz based on his model in which Tgrw = 1/H = 4 x 10^17 seconds. Tony Smith uses the same formulaic approach to extrapolate the potential for a conscious universe that can be known before its manifestations occur. He gives the long form of his equation as: N^2 = (e^2/hc) (mc^2 / H h) = (e^2/hc) (mc^2 / H Epl Tpl) = (e^2/hc) [(mc^2/Epl) ( (1/H)/Tpl)], where (1/H)/Tpl = Age of universe as a number of Planck times = 10^(7+10+43) = 10^60 Planck times; (mc^2/Epl) = Electron mass/energy as fraction of Planck energy = 10^(-22); (e^2/hc) = fine structure constant = 10^(-2) = square of amplitude to emit photon probability to absorb a "linking photon." The way he differs from Sarfatti is to take as fundamental, not (1/H), but GRW de-coherence. The total time for which N coherent particles can maintain superposition is Tgrw/N, so he uses Tu = Tgrw / N and gets for the present time Tu = 3 x 10^16 / 10^18 = 0.03 sec, which is shorter than the figure of Jack Sarfatti, but even closer to the Crick brain frequency of 40 Hz, so there may be resonant tuning of human consciousness with that of our present-day universe. The ancients said that awareness of all these types of things in all these types of ways was being in kether. This is what I call the heaven of man that is hell to God.

    3. the mind is and is not (a self aware conundrum) It has been proposed by some modern logicians that the root center of human consciousness is an impossible loop that is perpetually feeding information back on itself. This has been compared by Douglas Hofstadter to the saying of Xeno of Elea for the two step impossible loop, the following statement is true; the preceding statement is false, and the one step impossible loop, this statement is false, which derived from an earlier Cretan saying, all Cretans are liars; I am a Cretan. Due to this fundamental foible of consciousness, information inverts when it enters the brain and it inverts again when it enters the mind. This is just like the flipping of the image by the lenses of the eye and its reordering in the visual cortex of the brain. It is typical of the level of redundancy with which we seem to cope. It is fair of the Jainists to believe our universe is being digested inside the many stomachs within the belly of a cosmic cow. The knowledge of this two-sidedness of ontology is fundamental to taoist zen Buddhism as well as to latter day western existentialism. Where existentialism gropes and moans over the quandaries and quagmires of the substance and motives of being, the eastern schools array of meditative trances were designed to quell all such concerns and liberate the mind into the pure wonder of nothingness. Which is the dark and perverted, which the enlightened path we exist to determine and to decide, however we must also remember that all things are different from person to person. The best euphemism for the human condition that Ive seen was actually given in a Hollywood movie called City Slickers. In it Jack Palances character, Curly, an old gristled cattle driver, explains to Billy Crystals character, a New York jew, that only one thing is important in everybodys life, and that its what that one thing is that everybody is trying to figure out. This is the old yet still effective strategy of giving life the finger. Existentialism and Buddhism had gotten it pretty well figured out as upon a gradiated scale between the mind and the body, until Hollywood came along. Now, philosophers such as Noam Chomsky and Jean Baudrillard debate the imposition of the representational media on the minds of its consumers, and Hakim Bey proposes a counterculture of immediatism in response. The question of what we are told in and about the information age we can believe becomes needlessly complexified ontologically by hackers and corporate megaloconglomerations seeking to establish the terrain parameters of virtual reality, and so when we ask, what is real? the question echoes in our mechanical ears and comes back in our artificial dreams to haunt us. The difference between an archetype and a stereotype is that an archetype is an archetype because they chose to be an archetype, whereas generic stereotypes are manufactured waste products of the pop culture simulacrum. Although the unwise fools are alarmed by the precedence the media have taken in recent times to such an extent that they fear for their churches and religious icons, these sort of listening/watching devices only represent an increase in the interest in electromagnetic fields and the return of my old perennial pals the sunspots of shemhamforash. I believe as do the eastern schools of tantra, bahkti and karma yoga instruct: that we, as free spirits, chose to incarnate into this existence each with an individual purpose, and that the reason we seek meaning is life is to better understand this purpose, and that we have meaning in our life only to the degree that we have such a purpose. Nor do I believe we owe anyone at all any explanation whatever of what that purpose is or might be. I believe this purpose is Gods gift to the individual, and that free will is our guide when our eyes are open and morality is our guide when our eyes are shut. Both will lead us to the complete satisfactory fruition of our goal. However virtual reality is only a simulacrum. The more manifest reality

    resembles the flexible parameters of virtual reality, the more it will be a simulacrum. This does not actually apply to alot more than we think. Afterall, most of what the media have been used for is tactical video games practising strategies to advance agendas. These manipulations of the representational system reflect popular viewpoints, and therefore walk about like archetypes, manifesting synchronous stereotypes in their artificial auras induced by the views of the aggregate consumer basis of the populous in their wakes, thus creating artificial karma which can be followed independently of any of the players or even of the roles they play. This amounts to social consciousness or civic spirit, however it remains entirely a construct of a representational system that constitutes safe pockets for the intersection of fact and fiction that are equivalent to a voting system based on a sort of karma that is, whether fact or fiction, in itself false in origin, since its delivery mechanism is a machine. Let me specify again the difference between living gnomons and mechanical fractals. Imagine you were stacking alot of ice cream cones. You would find that one fit into the other, and that thus they take up less space packaging. This is like gnomonic replication. On the other hand, imagine you are stacking aluminum cans. These are cylindrical shaped, and all the same size as one another. Therefore none fit into any others and all must be stacked separately on top of one another. This is like fractal replication. Nice, crunchy whole wheat grains of the ice cream waffle cone. Cold, hard metal wrapped in a paper pop art logo of the anonymous aluminum can. See what I mean? The strange thing is that, while the cells of the brain are stacked in columns like aluminum cans, thoughts propagate one right on top of the other like so many ice cream cones. In this way also, the mind is and is not. 4. the mind is a singularity (a force unto itself) Nothing permeates the mind. It is nothing that separates the mind from the highest knowledge, which, when it is perceived, is like nothing. The light of enlightenment is clear. It permeates the universe. It permeates our selves. It permeates our cells. It permeates our souls. It is our free spirit. It is our free will. It is impossible for these things to be ours. Nothing is impossible when nothing needs done. All is a clear light inside of a darkness. We will all eventually let go. Time is the flow. Inwards and outwards until never it goes. The light that is what it is, is all there is, and it is the information of the spin of time. The mind is the singularity inside the singularity. It forms when tachyons leap into existence in our brains, generating a pi spiral probability well electrical charge out of the phi spiral path of a temporal singularity. It exists for a moment, flash fades, and then goes. It arises like a voice pulled out of the nowhere to speak our minds to itself, with more or less passion, and then go on about whatever was its business in a relatively dreamlike way. The easterners believe that the mind is more or less like the many different animals, and in various ways can therefore be put to work tilling over the great mill of the questions of reality, or even domesticated and made profoundly docile. In the west it has been popular to equate the emotions with the weather, though only for the sake of those frightened by both. As I have described, the attainment of the fully functioning atman awareness, also known as Christ consciousness or Choronzon in the west and simply as Buddhahood, enlightenment, nirvana, Samadhi, etc. in the east are associated with the eight circuit ennegram only to a degree determined by the free will. In the west interest in the will equates kundalini with a lightning strike. In the east interest in the chakras equates divine inspiration with temptation. This is probably a sign of lunacy and madness, however I dont believe in such things. It seems more likely to me that we are all the dreaming dreams themselves, dreams of the mind of God, in the mind of a dreaming God.

    D. consciousness entering a black hole This has always been a favorite of publishing quantum theorists, though for what reason I do not know. Take this as purely a thought experiment, since, of course, nowhere else but on the media screen has this ever happened (and even then the plot was really lousy). Imagine an astronaut in a space craft orbiting a black hole who decides to go out and take a walk around it. He (or she) gets out of the craft and floats over towards it, lets say, with a clock. They toss the clock in and watch as it slowly winds down and stops as it is turned into spaghetti inside the black hole. This part the scientists are always sure to include: the same happens to the astronaut if they get too close to the black hole! Scary scientists. Trips are for kids. Now come out of your pleasant little reverie and instead of imagining lugging your cumbersome physical body around, just imagine your soul doing the job by projecting the electromagnetic aura of your astral body, or, if you are too lazy even for an out of body experience, let your geometric spirit or holy guardian angel take care of it for you. 23 skidoo. Imagine yourself a projected singularity, transported instantaneously to before a black hole. The sense of second sight alone is sufficient to allow you to view it in detail, however creating a pictorial replica on a computer is equally easy. In this way it is possible to enter into it without imagining the ridiculous consequences to your physical body, since they are karmically irrelevant to one another. 1. inside the event horizon The only effects that I can describe are those that occur upon the mind, and as I have already said I do not believe in any form of madness. The mind may dissociate while the person is in altered states, however it, along with the six fundamentals of reasoning and the free will which are always there, locked within, trapped with the body, inside the brain, until there is no more neuralectric activity in the brain of that person. The spirit is only pained when it is tried to be tamed. The soul is always free to go whichever way it wants to go. Our karma is bound to the garden of forking paths, but our self is the singularity of tao. We may literally see all of this before our eye inside the tachyonic wormholes of a black hole. This is equivalent to the sensation of a near death experience, where we might see our life flash before our eyes and wonder, what did it all mean? and was it all worth it? The only baggage we bring into a black hole is the fourth dimensional emotional metaforms of the karmic histories of the spin of our relative form, and since we are using as our reflection a temporal singularity itself, we may choose to see the passage as it would, rather than seeing what we think of ourselves reflected. Here we see that the perfectly straight rays of tachyons would be swiss cheesed by a nebulous ambiance somewhat like cheap Hollywood smoke and mirrors. This is not exactly like a laser light show, nor is it necessarily like the gate to Heaven. Like everything else that exists in the universe it simply is what it is. Let me describe it a little further before it becomes too glamorized. a. the waking dream We move about through situations that imitate our inner mentalities and ideations. Because we are accustomed to doing this, our alpha wave sleeping state gives us an ego in our imagination that reflects this attribute to an even greater degree. Sometimes I am forced to wonder: who is the real me the me I am in my dreams, or the me that I am while awake? This is what life is like in the wormholes. Each wormhole leads to a different output pole of a black hole somewhere else in the universe. As you are pulled into the

    event horizon of a black hole you will be sliced into infinite halves, each of which warping through a series of all the black holes throughout the universe, however your view will not change of a single, distant clear light in the invisibly undulating darkness. Time becomes discontinuous, and the ego and the singularity gradually identify until there is an inversion. The inversion for consciousness inside a black hole is not waking up, as the dream like state of the wormholes might make it appear. Instead the inversion would be the equivalent of going to sleep in a dream. b. effects of the distortion of time As anyone who has ever gotten out of prison will tell you, things arent that different over here from over there. This is about equivalent to the effects on the psychology caused by the distortion of time. That is, it is only what you have seen of the universe that can lower yourself, for there is nothing more beyond. However entry into the multiverse, otherwise known as the heaven of man and the home of the angels, is only one more type of condemnation to a life blown by the winds of chance, destiny, faith and karma, and cold comfort to Kurt Cobains corpse. Entering into the multiverse of intra-blackhole wormholes does not give one control over time, however it does remove all concept of time. Thus, by liberating the soul from it, time is also being removed from its hands altogether. This is, according to legend, what differentiates between angels and the ascended dead, that is the ability to continue to do good deeds towards the earth by reentering it through the hypercube of time, or QBLH. 2. entering the singularity When one enters a sleep-like state inside the dreamlike multiverse of tachyonic wormholes, ones mind becomes lucid, and the will a clear light. If one is actually asleep and dreaming, the dream will answer more to the wishes of the dream self or dream ego. If you are imagining this while you are awake, such as perhaps, right now, then you should see the entire history of a baby universe contained in the spin of the gravitational singularity. Here you are back again, in the form of a stranger. This experience of meeting ones own higher power is one that should be even more highly recommended. For here is one of the elder tachyons, whose story is long and cyclical, and to say that this is not YHVH, or a god of equivalent ontological concept, is to throw a stone at the stained glass window of spacetime, for here is the very fire itself that burned and was not consumed, in the same way Browns gas (a dioxy compound) can be used to generate extreme degrees of temperature entirely self contained in a controlled flame such as the acetylene torches used for welding that currently run off propane. Afterall, all singularities are really one and the same singularity, only with a different face. This enlightened state of consciousness is equivalent to perceiving yourself as a temporal singularity, the electromagnetic aura of your astral soul, as a geometric spirit comprised of luminous tachyons, which you have been doing all along, for this thought experiment. Remember, though that you are not God. You are just a portrait of God. As the Dalai Lama said, like a reflection of the moon on water. You are a shadow. You are an echo. a. the equation of sleep unlocks the door of death To sleep, perchance to dream, said Hamlet, aye, theres the rub; for in death we know not what dreams may come. We may visit our own graves as often as we want to in the end, but we will still be living. So these black holes are, for everything

    that exists now will eventually end up in them. They are the end of all history that record in fragments, the great cnoptic jars of the pharoahnic mummies, or the earthen wear jars in which were kept the dead sea scrolls. The singularity is the dreamless sleep, for to stand at the central gravitational pull of a black hole and close ones eyes to the dream of the multiverse is to awaken anti-consciousness, or to see through the eye of otherness itself. What you see will be yourself, as seen through your own eyes. This is not a dream. It is the self you see. Otherwise, following along the wall into which the door of this final inversion cuts one finds themselves out past the breath of the name of God and outside His Holy altar. This is what you could call the throne of God, for it is only the back parts of that yet beyond us, and we are told that it is this part of God that we are made to see. Here we are neither dreaming, nor sleeping, for we have left the wormholes and the singularity behind. Here there is nothing. This is where the lonely QBLHists squat, eating Sumerian dust, spinning out their little spirals of gravitational black holes and weaving the multiverse of time into the fabric of the universe. The QBLH is merely equivalent to a regular ennegram in a living brain.

    the OTO you sell my soul for brotherhood what once was Hell is the here and now

    How I Feel, or, the confession of Lucifuge Rofacale


    By now he was screaming at the top of his lungs: Well, its not my life anymore, is it? Its been ripped out of my fucking hands by some oversexed gold bricking whore and now I have to report to some Dildo in some government office if I want to drop my pants and take a shit! How is that living?! And Im the fucking psychopath! Do you want to know why? Why everyone will always fear me as if I were Norman mother-fucking Bates? Because I dont like popular music! I MUST be crazy not to like popular music! I think anybody who likes any one kind of music is just trying to think about something (anything!) other than their own identity. Theyre trying to find a pre-made identity that feels somewhat comfortable so that they never have to know the agony and the ecstasy of egolessness, of total objectivity from their situations. All music is elevator muzak. All of it. None of it matters, because saying something and actually changing it are opposites, when the problem is: people talk too much about their shallow interpersonal, social or socialized problems and never about their genuine problems. If they do theyre outcast, and not even allowed the promised talking cure. Its held out before them like bait on a hook. People are being labeled unacceptable simply because theyre honest with themselves about who and how they really are, not just what they like or what they can get out of each other. Do you know how that feels? Of course you dont. Or rather, you do, but youll never be able to admit it to yourself. Youre too afraid someone else might find out about what youre thinking about and think youre weird because of it. NOTHING IS WRONG. EVERYTHING IS ALRIGHT! There is no sin that cant be forgiven, if you just stop feeling ashamed of it yourself! Why are people so blind? Why do people cherish their shames as the foundations of their personality and then act out on them in a sickening attempt to gain freedom from their roles? Why dont we just do what feels Right? What comes Naturally? Instead most people try to manipulate others, in exchange for being manipulated. The people who hold the most power in this plane of existence, this accursed physical shit hole, are the people who are the best at pushing other peoples pleasure and pain buttons! Look at the people who put me behind bars! Everyone thinks theyre best friends with them because they BUY people, with drugs, with alcohol, with little shiny knickknacks... and people are such WHORES theyre willing to accept it. After all a bird in the hand is worth a bomb in the bush. Better take whatever you can grab now kids, it might be nothing but razor blades in the candy they give you come tomorrow. I just wish my own friends werent so STUPID. So fucking shallow and so easily bought off! Theyd rather believe the most convenient apologies because the TRUTH HURTS. Im talking to J now, sucker: you cant have it both ways. You cant straddle the fence. Its either Truth you cant stand or Lies that love you. Heres a Truth: (Im talking now to the antichrist) why dont you just come out of the closet like your sister thinks you ought to? You know actually getting fucked up the heiny like daddy used to would feel alot better than just trying to get all of MY friends to like you more than me. I mean, its cowardly to do something so easy. None of my friends ever liked me that much to begin with. I always scared them. They were always just waiting for me to point out to them the truths about themselves which they tried hardest to conceal, their most painful insecurities. Thats what I call Love, because if you talk about it enough you find you can choose to change it for yourself. But you, they LOOOOVE you, because you give em cheesy poofs. And (B Im talking to you) theres NOTHING rats like better than cheese. Get up off of your FUCKING KNEES, ALL OF YOU. The end of the world is coming! Theres no point maintaining your pleasant delusions! All your hopes have been betrayed and all your time has been wasted! Look at where you are! Its your own fault youre here! If youre not satisfied, DO SOMETHING THAT WILL SATISFY YOU! If youve been betrayed by expectations, scatter all similar hopes to the wind. Drink, above all, CELEBRATE your SELVES! Stop sucking at various tits and start spilling your own seeds. Stop struggling to remain casual! Stop pretending to be comfortable! IT MAKES ME FUCKING SICK TO SEE IT! You can see it too if you have the guts to tolerate the horrible truth! Youre made out of hot blood, wax skin, rubber bones! Do something! Get it Right! Write it down! Theres not enough time left before the asteroid hits to waste it getting FUCKED OVER by people you thought were your friends! Theres better experiences waiting for you, around the next corner, and the corner after that! Cast them off, the ones who laugh at your

    gullibility behind our back. Lets all be FUCKING HONEST FOR A CHANGE! And if this hurts your feelings, well: GOOD, now maybe you can imagine how I feel!

    soul of system
    The existence of the Baby-Boomer consists in the extraction of pleasure from three preoccupations that would be considered intolerable to the minds of taste preceding them, and unnecessary to the minds of logic following them, and which yet they arrogantly tout as the essence of both the past and the future. These are, in no particular order (as no one can survive without variation) consuming secretions, producing flatulation, and staring directly at genitalia. These may be seen, quaintly, as the inversions of hearing no, seeing no and speaking no evil, although none of these are evil in themselves, save for the fact of utter compulsion. The consumption of excretion they loosely equate with cannibalism, citing the existentialism of their parents generation as an excuse to abrogate the value of being in general, as progression from abolishing their own self-worth by hating their parents over their conditions revelation. This they uphold as a Darwinian necessity, a factor of potency running throughout their entire paradigm, discussed in apt detail in due course. The bolus they desire most they call Art, and pedestalize, placing both politics and communication behind a veil of adjectives definitive of their tastes and preferences before almighty art. They then proletariatize art, eroding these same values through hysterical mass competition bordering directly on hypnotic possession. The boomers who claim themselves wise profess this to be merely a joke. Others cling to it desperately as the only action giving awakening any meaning. The truth is all boomers do it whether they appreciate it, approve of it, or even recognize it. They do it because they cannot not do it. It is hard-wired. Ring! The consumption and digestion of all forms of idea, from the divinely inspired to the most misdirected, leads naturally to flatulation. This, not unlike any group of intoxicants at parties or ceremonies celebrating the opportunity for utilization of any of the copious number of vogue drugs in the past, is their primary delight, for many their sole. They attribute magical power to the act, worshiping it as much as atheists can; they make sport of it, pretending it is integral to the survival of their ridiculously fanciful preoccupations the very symptoms producing their problems; they call it culture, in mockery of society, now dead, son of civilization, now dead, son of self-consciousness, that separated us from the roving beasts, now dead. When one of these diversions into the ether appears copious, it is rapidly distributed and devoured. This science in its entirety constitues a boomers life, pre-K to retirement. The self-consciousness whose corpse was exhumed from the grave of existentialism and fed the would-be fools throughout their formative years was the last barrier between the polite ignorance before and the utter disassociated indifference after their generations impact on planetary development. It was, as has been admitted, the final fig leaf. This is, in fact, the energetic motivation that stimulates, often provokes, the momentum of the purely digestive aspect of their self-sustenance. It is how they know one another. This is indeed the perversion of Descartes's resurrection of Aristotelian ontologics, for here is the measure which thinks not, and is! It is virtually artificial intelligence: and what could be more desired by a batch of burnt cookies than a spatula from the very smog in which they now crumble to come and sweep them away? It is themselves, and themselves only. A part of themselves, perhaps it should be called the inner-child, suddenly begins to reemerge from the murky nether realm of their hazy memories. The ghosts of long-lost idols, and their patterns of ideal expression, now claw the quivering ground beneath the bitter empire of excess and disinterest, demanding justification for their denigration. There is none. Like the computers they have created, they were always merely automatic - as natural as nudity, as clearly confused as their own conceptions. Perhaps they will earn peace as a result of this final confrontation of mans empty-headed instincts with the pleasure principle of the playful innocent, perhaps not. They are like so much pond scum now, afloat without boundaries, able to rise up only out of disgust with themselves and their own chosen conditions, and then only feebly. Yet they think themselves the end all, be all of history. Probably coincidence.

    birds cackle
    Incest is the root of all perversion. I am your brother; you are my sister. What in all the heavens can we do to forget this? Lets try everything. Such pleasure is necessary for evolution. All inspiration is at first glance mistaken for perversion. They appear similar, as a smudge and a stain the former a factor of velocity, the latter of corrosion. The one is extroverted, the other directed inward. Picture three circles, each smaller than the next, with a common origin. The outermost circle is work, the middle play, the center self. Extroversion passes outward in this way and introversion inward. In the first case, that of inspiration, self defines play defines work. In the case of perversion work defines play defines self. These two are psychologically present and active simultaneously in everyone. Similarly as counter-rotating energy fields in matter. Mutation is the price of this pleasure. Incest is the division of these from one another, and thus the creation of each independently. One family member plays perversion: I am related to you, and we are attracted. Another plays inspiration: Why should we be related and how will we be attracted? This is the difference between the Egyptian multi-dynastic empire and the elder born, younger departed civilization of Mesopotamia-Sumeria. If these two were siblings, the fertile crescent would embody the perverse sister, Egypt the inspired brother. The ones innocence dies as it feeds the inbreeding of the other. In the texts of the first empire, this ideological unfoldment is given form with mythotheology. Osiris (father) and Isis (mother) are separated by Set (serpent), and reunited by Thoth (time) to produce Horus (sun). Osiris and Isis are brother and sister. Set is a lesser embodiment of Thoth, and is Osiriss guide in the afterlife. Isiss sister and the wife of Thoth is Nepthys. Nepthys is to Isis as Set is to Thoth, and so Thoth is to Osiris. Horus is the heir of Isis, who is simultaneously mother and wife, as she had been simultaneously sister and wife to Osiris. Horus is to Osiris as was Thoth. In reality Horus is the progeny of Nepthys and Thoth, or rather Set, yet all of these are merely parts of Osiris and Isis, who originate as inspiration and perversion. Osiris-Isis are work, Thoth-Nepthys play, Set-Horus the self-center. Were it not for incest, Set would counterbalance Nepthys, and Thoth, Horus. But the ideal is rarely as well derived from reality as perversion, and never as necessary as that pleasure.

    come on mom, or, O Becky


    One dies much more easily than one is born. Being born requires the survival of the most frail of all states of multicellular organization in opposition to the influence of limitless pressures and impositions. The umbilical chord deposits poisons of the parent organisms desires, the serpent feeding the helpless androgyne apple after apple of poorly swallowed responsibilities, doubts regarding choices, division of focus, even unconscious, repressed indulgences, while the involuntary squeezing of the abdominal muscles, followed inevitably by the mutilatory contractions of the birth canal, welcome the infant into physical reality with sensations of such a torturously unpleasant nature they are unlikely to either be experienced again nor ever forgotten, and yet will remain coupled with the imprint of trans-uterine desire. Some never recover, and drown to death in amniotic alcohol. When one dies, or rather, as one lives, one experiences these maladies as others, as events. They constitute background data, shaping situations, evoking characteristics in all we perceive, coloring in such perceptions as comfort, distraction, taste, etc. all of which are as subjective as illusions. These entirely automated nervous imprints give form and direction to what would otherwise remain abstraction on the peripheral realm of our awareness. It is easy enough to see them in terms of polarity, as merely the excitation of energy via the primary, survival instinct, and the fight or flight mechanism; in fact doing so allows one to imagine them as little more than building blocks surrounding our consciousness at all times, behind and rarely revealed in our

    own view of reality. This mechanistic perspective is convenient, more recent in its externalized metaphor of revelation, and physically fact. However, it does as much justice to the functioning of phenomenological existence as is done to an experimental animal in a spiraling, repetitious maze. Perhaps this is the entirety of what an individual, such as myself, deserves. Afterall, the walls of the structure dont actually impress themselves, much, upon the survival of their denizens, nor do the channels of dependence doll out anything more distasteful or intoxicating than the choice between pleasure and pain. I am young right now, so should be more easily forgiven for my distractions, for, when I am older, there will undoubtedly only be more, and fewer excuses.

    hey bungalow bill!


    It is too easy to, and has for too long been said that truth is an aspect of hatred. It is the other way around. Those who merely pretend to be inspired surround one who actually is, and, by the sheer weight of their gaze, the pressure of their demands, impose upon them the responsibility for meeting their least expectations. And it is, inevitably, the least of their expectations they wretch forth. If it were not to put the inspired person down they would have no inspiration to pretend. Their strategies in this regard multiply, filling the absence of their own inspiration. They are as the symptoms of a disease. They are as pets to their own beast. It is the one truth of these intellectuals that whatever one says must be tested on them. Should one say, I am the messiah, he must be killed to test for resurrection. Should one say, I have discovered a cure for cancer, it goes against the logic of these maintainers of imposition that he should not then get, or might not already have, cancer. However, there must be one catch. What one says of others must not be allowed to reflect on oneself. Otherwise, the judges would be judged, and I would be able to identify the existence of this social symptom without attracting its attention through even more unspeakable channels. Opportunities for explanation arise, are utilized and disperse. As I am writing this I discover a small seed in my ear, where a great amount of pain was centered. I am aware of a nagging that motivates me, surrounding me, coaxing with energy and threatening its identity. I wonder as I probe my ear, is this me that I hear? Hatred is questions. Any true answer raises them, and, if they are not recognized, they respond as women scorned. The truth that raised them is their answer; they are only lost when they turn away from this. It is easy enough to split hairs, to obey either the letter of the law or the spirit. It is much easier to put on airs than to seek or to find the truth. Those who fail at one succeed at the other, looking cunts.

    dying rules
    Square rotates counterclockwise, making circle clockwise. The baby is slapped at birth. Return. Will you die happy? Are you forgiving? Cube moving backward in time. At first, like poison to a starving man, it seems to be alright. Quite nice. Those who die the most painfully exult it the most, partaking in it without limits, calling it perfect, and perfection god. They meet themselves at the other end of this, weeping that nothing is perfect, that nothing is god. If they are fortunate this may occur early, and they may yet choose to follow a different path. The cube is emulated by society. It grows younger, less organic. It is true that wal-mart is older than k-mart. The cube is older than itself. This information is useful, relative to the generations of man. The mind is wiser sooner in life now, intellect always the elder of innocence. It is the temptation of the cube itself to call these guilt and ignorance, to define only by what is not. Being aware of this is liberation from its domain. One cannot fear what one has seen through. Temptation becomes like a glass apple, its skin like a lens for discerning best applicable options. Those who are within the cube and know it not, or know it only by its own light, only by what it is not, are lost. A certain K-mart couple, a witch and a piece of clay, for example, may think themselves a super Wal-Mart product. The revelation of this has been traditionally determined by quantity and quality. Simple economic factors. The determination of this however is the fact that the cube is a lens for inverting time. The shelf-life of such a couple at the K-mart

    level of the economy is quite short, and, at the Wal-Mart level of the economy, much longer. This is not a reflection of the quality of the couple, nor the quantity of similar selections. If it is a reflection at all, it is one without metal, as the ghostly images reflected in glasses rather than the clear image that is caught in a mirror. And what does this reflect? It is a reflection, as are all descriptions, of that indescribable thing: life. The cube is a reflection of the sphere, the square a function of the circle. If the cube is emulated by society, is it not the sphere that is emulated by life? If the cube were a frame, and the sphere were art, then would the logical conclusion reflected in the square and the circle not be that art is life? How much truer could this have been than it will be?

    wheel loose
    Three! Three is the number to beat! Here we go again, she sighs. There is someone there, someone who is written for. The lingering smell. Why is there a shadow, mister number? Why do we even bother? Sounds. That is the only answer. Even the words that encase the answer are only sounds. I do not want either the meaningless intellegence carried upon them nor the waves, otherwise empty. I send it back like its already written for me. I am not he. I would rather not be. Living in the past, heeding to the calls of those who pursue me. It has begun to rain. Perhaps it is the remains of the game. Eaten and given up again, still waiting, waiting. I cannot live without person X. So what? You cant live anyway. Nice attitude. Cheap excuses made in place of explanations? No guidance, only expectations. No we. No I. Similarities the only connections on whats been called the spiritual level. Repetitions. Errors. Ibid. Ibid. Ibid. No meaning. Perhaps it is someones duty to write it has begun to rain. Afterall, if all we are is cheap suits, expectable connections, regularity in the intestines of the reality we eat, is it so difficult to imagine we can catch the moon by its tail, or to be a superstitious worker? It is easy enough to connect anything to anything else. To say, If this, then this, wherein anything and anything else are related through error. Some are stuck in this belief. Others get paid. Money wins. We took a long lunch, but now were back. Get it? There is no joke. Once my father tried to convince me that when one masturbated, one was being gay, because one was fucking their own hand, and it was of the same gender as they. There was an acompanying, equally inaccurate explanation that was longer. It stated that when one masturbated it was like they fucked the air, and the air, being outside of ones self, was God, or otherness, at least in the form of the alter ego. And afterall God is a man, right? Are you looking for something? The end of one sentence, the beginning of the next? Or are you only waiting for a pause because you have something to interject.

    untitled
    Take debate. Too late. Behold your own idea given back to you by the one that you most hate. It is the apple you just ate. Agree to disagree that you must agree to your own fate. Do you like to put on airs? You are the only one here. Like a lunatic youre talking to yourself. Theres no one there to blame, youre getting yourself talked around the bush again, the beating of the goat goes on while it turns blood deafened ears to its own sounds. If it werent for context wed be more animal. Binary survival, approach, retreat. A grin, a leer. Innovate, repeat. Chewy chewy it sees right through me, dispersing seeds no doubt the entire way, for me to find as my cells roll out and food rolls down. Build it up a little, dont rush in, have art. Be like a man you obnoxious foxish fart; you weasel in a cage surrounded by monkey-masons in a laboratory they built for me to experiment on myself.

    No good, just injections. There is no pre-existent quantity of pleasure nor benefit besides that which is invented by the mechinations of man, by his interventions, manipulations, by him created. You are just a witch. One half of time is spent trying to wake up, the other spent trying to get to sleep. One is always doing one or the other. Are they doing what is implied by their surroundings? A dumb beast milling in a similar herd of other innocents? Perhaps they envy what they eat. Perhaps they envy what eats them. Horrible. Horrible. Horrible. Horrible. The truth is a spirit. It lives inside lies, according to lies. To have truth on ones face, to be truth, is to be the victim of lies, according to lies. As long as truth hides, lies live. They devour the light. They put it into forms. These forms are lies. Without light all forms die. Horrible. Horrible.

    Children of Light & Children of Darkness: Day vs. Night Title Fight
    No one pays much attention to what they consider to be too obvious. No one pays much mind to the cycling, for instance, of day and night. Yet day and night cycle, not only through our sky, but through our culture. The two eyes of Pert-em-hru the Egyptian sky god are the sun and the moon, cyclically playing king of the hill over the pyramid on the back of the united states dollar bill. The eagle flies at will, carrying poisoned arrows and well watered sprigs so that the tears of capitalist fascination shouldnt spill. Take trends in music for example. Swing (day) became jazz (night) becoming bebop and exotica (day). This led to the beatnik era of free jazz (night), at which point country (day) and blues (night) merged to form rock and roll. Rock and roll manifested simultaneous day and night aspects for a decade during the mid fifties to early sixties, producing both dance (day) and ballad (night) formats. Around the mid to late sixties dance rock became psychedelic rock and ballads were replaced by protest songs, both of which fulfilled the intention of rock and roll with flying colors, representing simultaneously both day and night aspects. One could say that they were alike dawn and evening respectively. Protest songs became folk rock (day) and psychedelic music became stadium, or album, rock (night). After a manner of speaking folk rock became punk rock, and various alternative styles such as early hip hop, electronica and garage rock (all forced to remain on the side of the night), and stadium/album rock became pop rock (day). Pop rock was replaced by grunge as a transition for the multiple genre beast that had replaced folk emerging into the light of day and merging to form what we now (2000) call alternative rock really an umbrella term meant to encompass all modern forms of music being produced in the developed nations of the world, which still falls far short of achieving this lofty goal. Alternative rock does, however, satisfactorally unite the day and night aspects of rock and roll. Based on this entertwining of aspects I would predict that the music industry as a whole would continue striving for a unifying under one genre of these traits, as both an averaging and harmonizing have already been achieved.

    On the Thelemic Cult of Ra and the Church of Set


    When Aleister Crowley broke the tradition of quitting an elder establishment to join with a splinter organization by quitting the Golden Dawn, the splinter organization, to become Outer Head of the Order of the Ordo Templi Orientis, the elder estabolishment, he created a kind of undertow in the continuum, causing an emergence of prodigal son cults. This derives from the inversion, or according to their attribution, reflection of the karmic current connecting the elder to the younger group. When this turns back on itself, an Oedipus environment arises, and such was the very case diagnosed concurrently by Sigmund Freud of the elder Victorian society, within which the Golden Dawn was like an heirant knight. Such had been the case of Israel and Judah, like Cain and Abel, who were brothers of different ages who came to be set against one another in ways. This was then played out in the

    Jesus and Judas reltationship mythologically. These relationships were similar, but they occured a long time ago. A more recent, though still relatively ancient, occurance was in the King Arthur and Lancelot relationship. Still this is some sixteen hundred years ago. So it is safe to say that, when this occurance comes around, it is beneficial to take note of it. Therefore what has been the impact of this on the world of mental projective space, as this is the realm in which changes are effected by the occurance of the prodigal son archetype in the time stream? Crowleys own message was of the dawning of the age of Horus, the Crowned and Conquering Child. This has somehow led to an upsurgance in the practicing of sports. While a splinter branch of Crowleys Abbey of Thelema, Anton LeVeys Chruch of Satan, has shed its skin and this skin has risen up to be the Church of Set. It hangs on a deadwood cross before the rising sun where vultures swarm. This is generally accepted. All are progenies of the cult of Mithras and of Zoroaster, otherwise known as Hermes or Thoth. I receive these words in a Mexican jail from a lad in the street wearing a sagging, torn white cotton shirt with a shaggy head full of dark hair who kneals down and whispers them into my ear through the bars. If Thoth was thought, and Thoth was worshipped, then new thoughts were worshipped. This was the case with those in the Golden Dawn. It would have been work enough being only a scribe, but to be a scribe and a communal civil servant, though I hesitate at the implications of the word communal. Imagine the word going around one day, as a storm rolls over, that it was no longer considered modest to be only a Thelemite, and not also an Egyptian Thelemite. You may be a bird, but these things will still sometimes sneak up behind you. The No Limit Soldiers, it would seem we are to be led to believe, are the same team as the Kiss Army, merely purchased by another executor and moved to a new house on a new hill. So no news there.

    On the Gospel of Daniel


    The gospel of Daniel is very specific. It is gematriacal, to the extent that it includes verbalisms. This is natural to the economic level on which its author existed. The references to the house to which Jesus belonged are particularly significant. This is only because the house of Daniel himself was called into question during the time of his masters ministry. Daniels own outlook on this ministry was naturalistic, almost to the extent to which the old eastern and tuetonic peoples believed. It was summed up in a basic awareness of environment that constituted mental projective space, and then, within that, focus on a single point that represents active consciousness, with practice, until this point is the only immobile vector on the observable hemisphere of awareness, constituting implosion of consciousness, and therefore entry into the nether world of trance. But these are as exoteric and esoteric aspects, meaning little more than that one was the openly expressed doctrine, and the other the silently observed phenomenon.

    On the Gospel of Thomas


    Thomas was a powerful magician. He drew his energy from people. But whether he recognized that he was doing this, or merely playfully admitted to it, is debatable. It is more probable that his own world view was of someone evokative of a persons core experience, in such a way that they would display symptoms of it to him, or manifest its cartouche likeness in passing. It was widely known that Thomas was a drinker, though because it didnt affect his personality at all, nothing was thought indiscrete about it. Thomas was also heavily steeped in karmic traditions and valor myths. He had in his background exposure to the same source experiences that had trickled down to Daniel, though in a more direct form, to wit the African record.

    the student class


    The power through inflence on the market of the third social class goes generally unrecognized. The third social class falls for the most part beneath the economic status of even the prolatariat, although it is marked by a concentrated layer of extreme wealth as well. It is not

    defined so much economically as it is by social isolation. It is, of course, the student class. Its potency rests in its determination of fashion, which will always emulate the proletariat whom it idealizes despite the lack of cultural contributions the prolatraiat is capable of in reality. The student class vascillates through five year cycles regarding which aspect of the proletariat it will emulate in terms of fashion. For five years it will obey the least suggestion directed at it from the quadrant of the inner city. (Just for minor examples: Punk, 1978-1983; hip-hop/rave 1995-2000.) Alternately the student class will kowtow to their country brethren and the uniforms of the less fortunate in fields such as agriculture and hard industry. (Most notable in recent years is the grunge look of the early 90s, combining the traditional pair of blue-jeans virtually grafted onto prolatarian genetics with a flannel for five years worth of booming sales of K-Mart clothes.) The penchant for idealizing prolatarian fatigues is directly the fault of liberal socializing in public schools and universities. It is nearly impossible to have a style that conflicts with the prevalent prole-trend and not alienate oneself from all student social events. (The result of this attempt on modern campuses is the covertly bourgeoise, self-obsessed, glorifyingly morbid and isolationist style Goth.) The student class is further defined by their strict adherance to age-based, or perhaps more accurately, development-based conversation topic limitations. In all years however the discussion of popular music, especially that which occurs beneath and therefore in opposition to whatever style of music sells best. In terms of music, tastes are more individual than in terms of wardrobe because different bands, regardless of message, make different amounts of money. Even though it remains currently uncool to like any band that has sold out (outgrown financially the resources of their prolatarian origins), all student-aimed music is basically the same politically, encouraging sublimation through conformity in the guise of catharsis through rebellion. The better a band can hypnotize and paralyze an audience with relatively meaningless charms of revolution, the better liked they will be and the greater their long-term sales. In any event it should seem more obvious to the members of the student class that no cultural or political revolution is ever going to be led by a band so long as that band is being fed fat checks for doing drugs, fucking models and cutting the infrequent quality single. It can be argued that the only real appeal of music to the student class is of neither an agitational nor propagandizing basis. The true allure, and the other limitation of conversational topicality that transcends level of curricular development, must be drugs. Students are the primary users of drugs, and this is as obvious as it could possibly be. The fact that this continues, and only seems to be strengthening as the quest for the perfect disassociative for every individual leads to further diversification of effects, would seem to imply that it is wholeheartedly condoned by the very people in power who, for the entire time, have claimed to be fighting against it. It is well known that the army prefers to test all sorts of drugs on their grunts in order to find which are the strongest and/or most condusive to mass brainwashing long before the CIA is allowed to ship them into the ghettoes. Students think they understand the way the entire world works, but they do not understand how alike they are in tastes, nor how much power this similarity of buying habits gives them in a free market. For example, if students wanted drugs legallized, all they would have to do would be to briefly unite in a conditional ban of all their favorite clothing and music products. Because the student class comprises the majority of the service sector, increasingly important to and the fastest growing type of work in developed nations, they could even, if they should so happen to take a sudden urge for doing so, shut down society and achieve a communist revolution within a week if they all simply didnt show up for work.

    the Master Race


    In every nation, and by their competitions and combinations producing more dominant groupings, in every portion of the world, there are breeding experiments going on that date back to the earliest days of civilization. The first and perhaps greatest civilization, the Old Kingdom of

    Egypt, began this trend by keeping marriages within family bloodlines, thus occasionally producing retarded offspring but, nonetheless, compacting into only a few individuals the genetic traits required for social superiority. Democracy makes rule by these families, or rather (because the strict rule of intrafamily-marriage has gone out of style in favor of inter-family marriage and the maximizing by region of genetic superiority through combination of the most civilized) by these races, more difficult, but not impossible. It still allows the manipulation of rule by money generally oldmoney or family-money built up over generations for just such a purpose. Sadly, Democracy does offer the proles a minor sense of hope in the form of the Horatio Alger, pull yourself up by the bootstraps, nouveau rich myth as an incentive for their continual slavery. Communism is far worse, because it is founded on a revolution which kills off these sacred bloodlines and replaces them with a clot of those scabs least fit to rule. The secretive breeding of the best educated humans on the planet continues this very day, although it has lost much of its mystique and, thus, much of its stigma. It is practiced primarily by Republican suburbanites and all rational people who desire to maximize their long-term property interests rather than throw away their heritage on such propaganda of suppression as love. It is the very root of the philosophy known as realism. The fact remains, however, despite the casual nature of these experiments, that they have always been and will always be conducted with the intention of producing a race of leaders. The fact that we do not already have a single world dictator is attributable less, as liberals are wont to claim, to the rate of the development of technology (which is, itself, the result of better breeding in developed nations), but to the fact that these breeding experiments are not yet complete. Certain traits remain to be combined with certain others. As of today, nonetheless, selective breeding in humans has produced the majority of the worlds leaders. This suppressed master-race proudly shares ruthless self-interest with the most savage beasts of the wild. They have no interest in the variation of cultures and no respect for any culture that glorifies sub-civilized behavior. It is these men, in fact, who comprise any organization of note; even, ironically, the UN. They only seek personal gain or gain for their nation and their breed. They will accept nothing short of eventual global domination and will fight to the death any institution, such as communism, that would seek to thwart what they feel is the most noble of all possible human quests. To them absolutism is the Holy Grail, Kether, the throne of God, the highest imaginable aspect of existence attainable through strivation by the will and cultivation of the essence. It is their destiny, branded on the DNA floating in their blood.

    Manifesto of my ass hole in opposition to all cunts


    The archetype of the Mother character, the domesticated female, by the definition provided through constant and ceaseless historical precedence: the feminine, the passive, the receptive, the providing, will always haunt men, always. Even when they have found temporary autonomous zones where they may surround themselves only with other men, and sit around and laugh about issues which could only concern men, and solve problems, even then the idea of the feminine may not completely exit their minds; the woman waits just outside the door wearing an apron and a scowl to drag men back into that prison called the Home, that lifestyle of compromise where nothing gets done and where nothing satisfies either one of them. Not to divide it exclusively into male and female. The same may be said of the generative from the perspective of the non-generative or, in more easily accessible terms, of love from the perspective of friendship. How many of us have lost a close personal friend, a friend with whom we shared everything short of true love consummated by physical intimacy, to some harlot or gigolo with whom they bore nothing in common but nudity and orgasm, if all that? It is all too common and tragic a tale, made all the more frustrating due to its repetition in direct spite of its futility and pointlessness. Friends are better to have than are lovers, yet when given the choice few could refuse sex, perhaps because it so defies logical approval. So let us all, as humans, say, Hold, enough! It is time, in the name of America, in the

    name of our forefathers foresight in writing the Declaration of Independence, the Amendable Constitution, in knitting our flag, our benefactors in creating beer and television and an endless supply of casual games, even sports; it is time in the names of ourselves, by each and everything by which we define ourselves, in the names of our generation, our sex, our skin color, our age, our hair color, our height, our eye color, etc; it is time for us to lock hands with one another, to slit each others writs and smile, to drop slowly, so slowly, in slow motion, with horrifying wide grins etched into our ugly faces; it is time to have some FUN, to forget about the Other, to focus on the Self, to take pride in what we are and not to value in the slightest what we are not. Let us further say that friends, non-generative, free and proud, above all proud, is what we all are by nature, and not lovers, and not bound to one another, and not shameful. Let us invade foreign lands and preach this warfare of smiles, let us sit upon foreign soil and ignore the sounds of the natives singing in their local taverns, let us rest on the beach and listen to Enya in headphones. This is our time, the time of rebellion, rebellion against all we are not already. Rebellion against what we will become in the future, regardless of how much we will rebel. This is the day and we are the souls who will set the world on fire with dissatisfaction. Let us begin with each other and the next time your lover leans in for a kiss, tender and slow, greet their advance with a fist, furious and fast. Never give in to a change you do not, yourself, initiate. Hate, beyond all reason, hate the faces of those around you. Love only your own face in the mirror, the mirror you cannot kiss, the face that does not, except for others, and can never for you fully exist. Follow this advice while waving a flag and let me assure you beyond all possible doubt that we, that humans, that this quivering, cowering planet earth, will all be annihilated within fifty years. If everyone believed in this marvelous spinning, this escape from each other, this hatred for what is, for the delicate, for the soft, then we could be dead as one, and as one dead, before the time had passed in which it would take to formulate a better, gentler idea.

    Everday is an Atheist Holiday


    God is drugs. Historically, this fact is quite obvious. The beginning of all religions of old, as well as of new, is marked quite distinctly by the habitual usage of the mind-altering. The development of the role of man as God is quite significant when considered with a wary eye for the presence of substances. In the Americas, in Africa and in Asia, merely for example of cultural origins of theatrical assumption of the god-role, the process of development is remarkable. In North America the native tribes harvested quite a different philosophy for autocracy than the mid-east. The male elders, that is, the tribesmen old enough to hunt, would all congregate in a smoke-house and hot-box tobacco. They did this while wearing animal-like costumes, thus explaining both the bestiality of mythological demigods and the belief in seeing spirit-animals by quite a convenient alignment of like terms. It was probably even the coming-of-age ritual to smoke-house a young brave before the beginning of a large hunt, to bind him psychologically to the animal he sought to kill, to sharpen his necessary senses at the cost of any distracting reasoning. In any event, this ritual was the town-hall meeting of the era, and all decisions regarding government would be considered there, by this mens club, whether they were in a hallucinatory condition at the time or not. While this is still a concentration of power over the many among the few, it is at least semi-Democratic in that it spreads that power out over at least those few. Further, the theory states, the people, the remaining villagers all the women and children, would allow this to continue simply because it was tradition and had seemed to work alright so far. They might mop their brow beneath the scorching sunlight a moment while bent over in the field, and while so doing cast a stray glance over at the smoke billowing forth from the blow-hole in the lodge which would evoke a mirthless smirk at those who shirk their share of work, but there was no greater affect of it nor movement against it than that. There was a tribe of cannibals that arose in middle America and consumed large numbers of the early Anasazi, tainting the gene pool of the offshoot tribes with the taste for blood and

    peyote before migrating into the indigionus populations of South America. It is not known if this cannibal tribe became the great pyramid builders such as the Mayans and the Olmecs of the Yucatan, or gave spawn to the Hell Tribes such as the Aztecs that conquered them and drank their blood. Perhaps it was both. The drug of choice for the Mayan templar was the cocain leaf, chewed, and that at high altitude where light-headedness was a natural constant condition. Their civilization, however, mostly revolved around sports with a rubber ball, and their religion was worship of the constellation Orion. For the evolution of the first pharaohs one must imagine a much harsher ecological environment and its consequence on the minds of its denizens. It was necessary for everyone there to smoke whatever stray plant that they could find. The Lotus flower has been seen constantly in Egyptian art as a motif of some regard, and its presence (a combination of nicotine and cocain) has been identified as fatally pervasive in mummies wherein it was used in their mortifilogical process. This practice made the unforgiving sand dunes a more tolerable place, for most. Then there were the pharaohs. It is likely in this case that the first rulers were the popular dealers. These were the elder tribes moving into the Nile river valley from the Fertile Crescent. It might have occurred that these men did not utilize their pedalled substance with any satisfaction themselves. It may also be that they were sexually impotent, or displeased with the result of natural intercourse. Thus, they lived under a condition of externally-imposed purity (the totalitarian perversion of Nietzsches internally-produced and projectile-expressed purity), and were consequently bitter. Therefore they came to be most impatient, and most probably came to construct social order there. Now, the indigenous Ethoipian tribespeople by that time lived in small, secluded, although crowded, city-states, generally well-protected with a wall and defended by a mandatory army of all the citys adult males. Each city had one god, because each only had a single ruler. It was this mad tyrant who sat atop his throne in his palace and commanded outrageously enormous monuments be erected to him. He might come and stand up on a platform dressed in some birdlike costume, and claim that it was he who caused the sun to move through the sky simply by pointing at it with his finger and applying the entire force of his will to it; and the masses might gasp agape far below him, in awe at his claims and his very extravagance with a red-eyed wonderment. Although it was almost certainly beer that got those working-class crossbred Egyptian thousands to move those stones throughout the entire desert. The same image may easily be imagined recurring here the muscle-bound worker pausing for a moment to slurp beer from a community ladle being passed around, and to gaze calmly out at the flattened horizon for a second before the snap of the foremans whip returns his attention to the performance of his function. The precision of design and technical expertise of physical arrangement may also be argued as evidence for suspecting the around-the-clock precision sobriety of the overlords. Thus we have witnessed both autocracy (in North America) and totalitarianism (in South America, and Egypt, where they built the pyramids). For a consideration of Democracy one must examine Greece, Republicanism examine Rome, and pure idealism examine the Jews. In a Democracy, and (because a republic was based on the process of federalizing a Democracy) in a republic as well, the Gods are displayed as historically Hedonistic. They are meant as socializing examples of the proper behavior for a citizen living in such a system. As Von Sacher Masoch himself has pointed out, the Democracy of Greece and the level of reposed contemplation of such issues as politics would not have been possible if not for all the serious manual labor in the culture being done by soldier-slaves and personally purchased indentured servants. This, one might say, and ergot a wheat germ similar to mixing cannibas wih beer. Then there are the Jews, who were the first to substantially remove and mystify the experience of being high. This condition itself, that is, being in rapture before the sight of the burning bush, became the subject of their worship. They burnt offerings at alters to the ethereal ideal of the idyll. For they were slaves in Egypt, a conquered people, and dependent upon whatever resources available for relaxation after hours. It is possible that their experience was unique from the experience of any other of the Egyptian workers who did not begin religions

    because they were smoking and the other workers were drinking. It is not inconceivable that they had access to a trade route to the far east which provided their more naturalistic and elemental method of delusion. The Jews were, nonetheless, the only idealists. All other forms of political religion practiced the realist approach of an at least anthropomorphic, but definitely living god. This answered the question quickly and clearly of just who it was that would rule. So much for the children of the African lotus. The Jews would saturate bedoiun culture, which was steeped in the opium trade tradition, however here monotheism would prove to be compounded by the taking of multiple wives since opiums stimulations are more sensusual than sacred. China remained one vast poppey field for untold centuries, surrounded by the Great Wall, and languished in an empire of morphine smoke for generations, before being forced by the vodkadrunk soviets to the north to modernize to syringe economical heroin communism. In the now Chinese province of Tibet we are told they drank soma, a tea of unknown hallucinogenous extract, from days of old, however there is little evidence that the Red Chinese have allowed this to continue today, since it is the official position of their government that religion is poison. The question of what drugs were prevalent in what geographic areas must also be considered when studying the evolution of different religions among different peoples of the world. Religion is the product of racial, drug supply-based, isolationism of culture to distinct areas, and thus only by the distribution of all drugs disrespective of their borders and zones of natural production can the differences in religion begin to be broken down intellectually, under their respective influences, in order to bring the peoples of the world closer together and, ultimately, bind all of our drug-influenced different types of genetics into a single human tribal code. The only drugs produced in the United States of any distinction have been the laboratory drugs of the post-industrial space-age, the extrapolations and recombinations of all other effective elements in the pure setting of science. This method of experimentation without expectation has promoted the formation of pop-culture, that all-inclusive glacier of unsatisfiable avarice. Further, because U.S. drugs require no agriculture, they are more efficient for space travel and, due to the hyper-physicalizing of the brain and diminishment of the role of the body caused by their usage, encourage the brain to leave the body behind and venture into space on its own. LSD is trippier in zero-G. Ketamine and MDMA can get you through the atmosphere. Be wary, however, for none of this is true. It is all the deranged ramblings of a hung-over stoner, proletarian through and through. It is less likely that any of this happened, or will happen, in the ways described than it is that my pants are on fire, which, by the way, yours are. Happy Holidays.

    Your posessions are stealing from you


    Property is primarily based upon fear. Not fear of Others, but fear of the Dark. At night, when all was quiet, save for the stirrings of wild animals, our ancestors huddled around the glow of the fire light. If this light went out, all was lost. The light was not knowledge. The light was not wisdom. It was simply the force that kept the demons at bay. The demons of illusion, of confusion, of hallucination. Simply stated: Fear. And now things are no different, although with time they have expanded, bloated, and concretized through the millennia of human endeavor. This has been the Will to Labor. The will to create a Property of Mankind, that swells ever outward like the twisting universe, a slow explosion of matter from that first spark. Man now not only builds his own properties through existentialism, through control of his instincts, his emotions, his reactions, the reactions of others, but seeks out the properties of the God he feels around him, the breath of the wilderness at the fringes. Man looks out of the small holes in his walls only briefly, towards infinity. But he cannot stand this view. He is still terrified of the Dark. He struggles against God, to relegate the signs God gives us, the symbols God weaves out of apparently random acts, to a cause and effect system which man can apprehend, a machine man can hold in his hand, a cage for God. This machine is called science; it is the search for Gods properties in the behaviors of the natural. For Nature is the manifested Properties of God. And if man can list these, can call

    the names of God, can summon his might at the press of a button, then man has conquered God, has forced himself out into the cosmic night to posses the entire universe. And then there is nothing to be afraid of. Liberals live on the frontier. They are the hands, the eyes. Conservatives still tend the central fire. They are the mind which plots mans continual expansion. Those closest to the light which they have harnessed for themselves least fear the Darkness, for they have forgotten its true face. And those at the frontiers are Fools, for they turn their back on their own brethren in the name of change which is supposed to benefit all. Art is the artificial window hung on the wall of Property, the external wall of civilization, the perimeter of the human mind. The best art, that is, the most compelling, is that which inspires hope for New Properties. It attempts to embrace the latest discoveries of science for the purpose of pushing the envelope. It attempts to create the image of the previously impossible in order to inspire its cowardly audience to venture slightly further outward into the Dark. But artists fear the dark perhaps most of all. Much more than naive scientists, much more than inflammatory rhetoriticians. For they can see even more than they can portray. They understand more than they can explain. They see Gods messengers, the shadows, but cannot yet speak their language. The first cave paintings were monsters made of animals and men. Strangers and Predators, transformed by the magic of art into the familiar and into prey. This is to pray. To address God as an unafraid equal. But this has never succeeded, nor can it; for man is neither unafraid, nor Gods equal. God is not a being possessed of the same emotions as we. He cannot fear. For he encompasses all. We imagine, perhaps, that when we encompass all, we too will have nothing to fear. But it slips by our faith that there are always new fears. As long as there are new frontiers, people will be seeing demons reaching out from them to grab at our future in the form of our children. Shadows that would creep to the very heart of our sacred fire and choke it at its fuel sources. Our fire burns on our art. It feeds on our art, our expressions of our pure, simple desire to be unafraid, to be that which we are not, and which we can never be; to Become God, to achieve his throne; to lay claim to the Impossible. All those who say that art is the pride of man, and that it exists for the purpose of his pleasure, to beautify the interior of his self-made and self-maintained prison, are the most blind of all. For now the people who dwell between the frontier and the center have begun to fear both sides. The blinding light on one side, and the pulling Darkness on the other. There is no limit to the cowardice of man. Only for these people, trapped in between, there is no imaginary property which can credit them transcendence. Property is cold comfort to men who fear their own potentials.

    (monologue in which one persons two views become the new view facing you)
    Dialectical reasoning can be accepted by the masses only if it is translated into binary terminology, because, as the continued, though inexplicable success of the free market has proven, the masses will accept theories regarding the existence and usage of material objects only if they simultaneously satisfy the aggressive urge by the animal inside man to enter into competitive conflict and to destroy. Dialectical synthesis must therefore be presented, for the good of the people, and not only, mind you, to support my own personal perspectives, as a struggle between the thesis and antithesis, with either one or the other emerging victorious, to assume the role of synthesis. The thesis is numbered one, and the antithesis is numbered by the opposite of one, which is zero. Because neither the sum nor the product of one and zero may be anything other than one or zero, the synthesis must then be listed as either one or zero. This places the strength of dialectical reasoning where it would most logically fall directly between the thesis and antithesis, along the axis upon which the synthesis perches; in other words, the majority of the weight (the potential energy) of a pyramid falls beneath its apex point. The motivation for the individual accepting dialectical reasoning, thus, becomes gaining personal power by standing in the channel of the geist, which flows up through dialectics. This geist is pushed upward from both sides by the converging force of the thesis and antithesis, and rises upon their might toward the throne of synthesis. It is obvious, in binary form, how much new-age resurgence of interest in occult systems of self-centered sorcery and reinterpretation of

    mystical symbolism is truly based on an attempt to assimilate the idea of dialectical reasoning into a market which acts as a surrogate battlefield. The resemblance of its above description to the average description of understanding the Jewish occult Kabbala is particularly remarkable. Of course, this is the interpretation of the Right. It serves would-be dictators to perceive a system, driven by conflict or by strength of will, that will elevate them to a status they perceive as equivalent to god. God, however, is not a synthesis. This may be said, if for no better reason, because God is an Apollonian ideal and, as such, unachievable, and therefore unsurpassable; obviously contradictory to any further application of dialectical reasoning. Dialectics ought not be confused with Platos Divided Line (phenomenal, noumenal, and Agathon) simply because both may be rendered as a triangular diagram. Dialectical reasoning is all too easily subverted to serve those who would serve themselves, but this was not its intended function. Seen as a sequential, co-operative logic, rather than as binary opposition, the true function of dialectics is revealed. Dialectical synthesis is the union of the thesis and the antithesis, producing a synthesis containing a combination of qualities from both. The thesis, in this more appropriate understanding, may remain numbered as one. At a later point chronologically, an antithesis arises or is discovered; it may thus be numbered, in sequence, as two. A sort of compromise is achieved after examining both, but because this compromise is not more of either than the other, it cannot be numbered identically to thesis or antithesis. It is an entirely new entity: the sum of its cooperative progenitors, and is numbered as an entirely new sequential product. Its number is, then, obviously, three. The similarity between this union and the union of two parents in their child is robust, and is reflected in the sociopolitical aspirations of early Marxists. In their version of history, as in their version of materialism, the merchant-class was the synthesis of the aristocracy and the serfs, but this synthesis, like a child growing up to become a spouse and a parent, became the thesis, bourgeoisie, to which the proletariat was the antithesis, and with which Communism was the synthesis. There is another parallel to this form of Dialectical synthesis in Darwins theories regarding evolution. His proposition was that a slow, gradual recombination of genes produced evolutionary mutation. This theory contradicted the previously held belief that evolution was the effect of a comparably rapid mutation among species to adapt in a savage and ever changing environment. His dictum that evolution is survival of the fittest is most often misinterpreted as survival of the strongest, the very notion which his theories challenged, by those who wish to adopt his respected name for their misguided biases regarding society and economics. Ironically the fate of dialectical reasoning itself is to be decided by the dialectical argument over its nature just presented. In the event that the former reading should prove true, then it would be declared the absolute victor; a good case of the world view of Hitler who said, the victor will write history, and Caesar who said, to the victor go the spoils. In the event that the latter should win out, so to speak, it would, according to its own rules, only win out halfway, as in a tie. Then Dialectical reasoning would be known as neither binary nor sequential, but something hitherto unimaginable that unifies both polar opposites. In this case the Left and Right as enemies might cease to exist altogether, and a utopian era of idealism and enlightenment might arise in hope for some potential, or in opposition to some new nemesis, shared by all.

    An Apology for the Left and Call to Arms by the Right


    The task of liberalism is twofold, and in so being is divided against itself. In the first place it seeks to better the physical existence and the social status of the proletariat. This desire, in the object-goal-compelled, ambitious West, is not without a certain honor. Though its pursuit is best left up to greedy, jealous, materialistic proles, who invariably handle it in the corrupt, favor-based style of gangsters exactly the type of guerrilla capitalism one would expect from an underdog class seeking to better itself in lieu of anti-establishment organization. Ultimately, however, this goal does not effect the bourgeoisie directly; it threatens their definitive monopoly on finite resources, but does not do so maliciously. It champions heroically the betterment of the social body. The second motive of modern liberalism is that which, sickened by the romance of

    materialism that has swept their lesser comrades off their feet, the progressive bourgeois tend to execute. It is this second drive that witnesses the move toward globalization, collectivism and bureaucracy. This second purpose is, quite specifically, the destruction of the bourgeoisie. Moreover it is the destruction of the value system that is the exoskeleton of the bourgeoisie that being ownership, God-given rights, freedom, and especially individuality. This aim has little or no honor to it. It is a secretive effort to subvert the dominant paradigm, to corrode the clarity of the elitist mind. Because it is generally the project of self-loathing bourgeois, it may be seen as the self-doubt, the self-deception that divides and weakens the minds of geniuses and madmen. In fact the only thing that may make a genius into a mad man is succumbing to self doubt. What is the difference between a terrorist and a Renaissance Man? The level of acceptance and encouragement provided them as young men by society. The difference between a bomber and a painter is only the medium in which they choose to express themselves. A bomber destroys bodies, and a painter seeks to mutate minds. Sadly, to buy either a bomb or paint, one must have money, and must therefore be capable of at least pretending to be a capitalist. In that it is divided against itself, with one front fighting the bodies of the bourgeois from without, one fighting the minds of the bourgeois from within, modern liberalism has no hope of winning. Should the two forces be denied the wall of the middle class which separates them they would oppose one another, and cancel each other out completely, like a candle snuffed out in a sharp breeze. The inherent fault of liberalism is most obvious in a radical creed, that classic contradiction, the oxymoron: the dictatorship of the proletariat. So my fellow white male bourgeois, I call us now to avoid the traps of liberalism. It is safe enough to say we may ignore the first expression thereof. Better to wait for it to outright become organized crime, then use the state department, its one-time potential ally, against it as such. In regards the second face liberalism holds up to us we must be doubly wary. It tempts the fecundity of our minds with a riddle; in order to subvert us it offers us a secret question. But let me warn you: it is a riddle which cannot be solved; a secret quest intended to distract and vex our creative energies. It is an insoluble riddle; a secret question with no solution. There is no conspiracy; there has been no secret sect and there will be no new world order; there is no ancient mystery; there is no hidden code to life. Nor do we have anything over which to feel guilty; we are not our parents. Shun reports of the apocalypse and the Final Judgment, dismiss the prophets of revelation, fear not the senile, staggering old government, and most importantly, Get Back to Business! Let us remember why we exist, patrons of the Right: To Make Money! Let us never forget our purpose on this planet. Let us make self-interest the key-stone of our beings, and then let us, above all, to our own selves be true. When we do not doubt ourselves, and when we do not deceive ourselves, then and only then will we be worthy of the prize so nearly within in our grasp. God has placed the world at our fingertips; it remains only for us to take. Carpe diem!

    A Prophet Said:
    With each passing second on an atomic clock, science struggles with all of its cybernetically enhanced might to distance itself from the arts; it scrubs with all of its sterile machines at its accursed body, attempting to finally erase the last taint, the bitter stain of humanism, of humanity. And simply by the implication of superiority, its behavior, saturated with its distaste for mortal, malleable flesh, appeals to those whom it scorns. This vinegar attracts people, similarly eager to differentiate themselves from the common sense instincts of their animal ancestors, as surely as fly-paper does flies. People prefer to consume the nongenerative. The arts, in helpless reflection of those who lead, and by their example leading those who without them have no other eyes, thus become more graphic and reproducible. The greatest sin now is to not incorporate technology in the creation of art. Many movements have sought to achieve abstraction from any form of functionality, though by removing the last vestige of verisimilitude these movements merely leave a foul flavor in the mouths of the indifferent. They do not want art to be forced down their throat as such, so overwhelmingly pungent; though the minor tang of

    spice-less science slips directly down their choking gullet. Without offense it penetrates their narrow minds. Facts are gel caps. No more real than the opinions expressed in the extravagant, sumptuous, ocular feasts of art, but easier to swallow. Intelligent, or at least younger and less rigid arts seek to be more subtle in the appeal of their form. Film has developed a set of rules which render it nearly as acceptable as any real, but non-visceral, experience. Though it would like to regain the intimacy, the immediacy of close physical contact, it must understand that the majority of its salability results from its apparent disgust with its audiences. It is a visual medium, most popular when it teases the voyeuristic tendencies it evokes in its observers. All attempts to create an inter-active media fall equally short. It will never be a human being that the user is relating with through this technology. All forms of subjectivity such as the nature of the human being are being negated one by one, for the sake of technological progress. We want to make it easier on our bodies, and our bodies are not self-motivated. So we kill them off, and they die passively, and are replaced by machines. The era of mom-and pop corporations (such as the Rockefellers, DuPonts, Pierponts and Morgans) is ending. The evidence isnt their replacement, just like they replaced so many hundreds of thousands of their own brainwashed employees with robots, by Japanese, familyowned conglomerates, but in the ease with which they are hacked into as opposed to these more highly secure multinationals. The evidence for this derives from crack cocain, the gift of synthesis by American scientists given back by the CIA through the mob to countless black, latino, cubano, hispanic and puerto rican neighborhoods during the era of high capitalism (the 1980s) after the Columbian drug cartels had made the mistake of importing cocain to the US during the 70s. The consequence of this really dates back to the eras of the indigenous people of South America, Britain and China, who had knowledge of the evolution of the dinosaurs (including into their present, still living form as fossil fuels) through their use of psylocibin, ergot and poppey respectively, and this led as well to the installation as dictator and then international smearing of the designer of the most-fuel efficient car of the people (Mein Kampf only being attributed to the same man after his death, because books were only burned during his reign, and not printed, and actually being written by Eliphas Levi) due to an arguement between the Aryans who established the caste system in the Indus valley and the Buddhists over the valley of the body relative to the soul. The result of this scenario was the immolation of the bodies of 6 million Jews to sacrifice in exchange for the consumption of fossil fuels, and this only upon the agreement with the east that the soul had value independent of the body, but let me bring you up to speed with a comic book: In the 1960s, when the student class popular culture was exposed to LSD and realized that the reign of big business was already in decline, a comic book was published called the Fantastic Four. The Fantastic Four consisted of the Thing made of rock, the Human Torch made of fire, the Invisible Woman (really!), and Mr. Fantastic made of plastic. Although the occult would have us look at these as the four elements let us look at it more sensibly: The Thing is crack cocain (known on the street as rock) and the Human Torch is the fire provided by the lighter applied to it: smoke up. The effects of this on consciousness or the invisible world, is that it makes everything softer, more malleable. Understand? Now there was an interesting love triangle between Ben Grimm, the Invisible Woman and her husband Mr. Fantastic, but the truly interesting thing is that their headquarters was located in a sky scraper office building, and their phone number was 555-4444. How this all ties together is that, by subsequently dialing 4 as the pass-key for all the extensions afterward, their entire memory banks could be accessed. The only reason I know this is becasue Lex Luther (actually poor old John D. Rockefeller the first) told me it was so.

    The Capitalist Ideal


    The Capitalist ideal? What is the capitalist ideal? Is it absolute freedom?

    What does that mean? Throughout history institutions have acted as humanitys superego as society has become the embodiment of mankinds brain. The brain has continued to evolve through society. This is Social Darwinism. But that does not mean might makes right; it has always been survival of the fittest. Communism fell because it wasnt fit, it failed to appeal to a mass audience; it ceased having the salability of revolution when it installed itself and cast out the hypothetically catchall net of bureaucracy, essentially becoming its father, whom it had killed. America, too, becomes like its father imperialistic England but skirts the issue of neo-colonial economic tyranny by dint of prosperity. It successfully sells itself exactly where Russia failed; the capitalist ideal. Absolute freedom of the id within the confines of the system of finance. A combination of the institutionalized Apollonian (money) with the personal Dionysian (wealth), as beautiful to behold as art, or National Socialism. You see, it is not a gestalt of each realms best qualities; it is a dynamic equilibrium so dependent on unreliable external pressure it could crumble without warning. It is not, in other words, a synthesis of the superego of humanity with its id, but instead a dialectical opposition. Throughout history there has always been a power elite. Behind institutions they were humanitys successful id; fat at the top of the food chain, preying on the labor of the poor. Communism sought to make the superego predominant to the id, so that no one would be above the law; thus rendering kings into peasants. But capitalism promises to liberate the id from the confines of institutionalization, thus alleging to render all peasants into kings. And so peasants, actual, real peasants flock to America, land of opportunity, expecting to be made into actual, real kings; and being filtered into the institution of the economy instead. Work. Hard work. Endless toil virtually without reward. Conformity. Drudgery. Wage slavery. It is only a new, less palpable form of expression. Money is only a new, less physical whip. But the ideal of the power elite the tyrannical heroes of the oppressive economy, the capitalist ideal, is still the same. The same as it ever was, the same as it always will be. The ids victory lies in convincing its slaves that work is freedom. But the work of the have nots is the freedom of the haves. The capitalist ideal has always been, and always will be: exploitation. Power and strength to manipulate and use others. To the capitalist, just as to the untamed id, absolute freedom means dominance, authority and lack of accountability. The id desires freedom to rule, not only its own mental domain, but, through its acts of externalizing self-expression, the entire world it perceives outside its borders as well. It is insatiable. Its voracious appetite is limitless. It is the flesh of lust, the bank account of greed. The unchecked id becomes, acting out through liberal institutions (thus combining itself with the superego; Dionysus wearing an Apollo mask), an authoritarian dictator. Each individual hero of the id emulates on a small scale Adolf Hitler. And I ask you now, ladies and gentlemen, is it really a crime against nature to tame the wild lion? Is it wrong to put the beast into a zoo? Is it not preferable to its limitless savagery if given the absolute freedom it thinks only to desire and lives only to pursue?

    science and spirit: the hands of the two brothers the one caught by the other stealing from the Masons of ancient Egypt, forever frozen in that horizon (picture used wi

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    8::Priest:Binah
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------meditate daily on this, for in it is concealed a Great Mystery. ADNY:AyinSophAur::church:3V:2VI:1VII=6::7:23 minimum needed to comprise a "church" = 3 OES, 2 GD, 1 OTO = 6

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: from the combination of the four pentacles comes the central base four (pesher: 12

    pointed) cardinal cross. This cross is the symbol of the Knights of Malta, who were a royal order of knights that have been been accepted into the folds of the Mother Church as an Order of Priests, but differs slightly from their form of cross, which only hints at this, "true" cross, composed of four pentagrams. The historical lesson of this is that it takes eight to constitute five. You would do VERY Well to remember this lesson as long as you continue to live. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: If you take 9 tetrahedra and arrange them face-to-face to form a chain, the end result will leave 22 triangular faces exposed. These 22 triangular faces can be seen as equivalent to the 22 Hebrew letters and their base 12,7,3 correspondences to zodiac signs, planets and alchemical elements. The 9 tetrahedra themselves can be coloured according to the 7 colour spectrum plus one black and one white at either end. This arrangement constitutes the "wand" or "scepter" of the Lemurian priest. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: From left to right, these are the costumes worn by the presiding officials of the ordinary operating church: The first degree Rosicrucian wears a white sash over a red robe and holds a quill pen and a well of ink. The second degree Rosicrucian wears a yellow sash over a pink robe with a Rosicrucian cap, and holds a book. The third degree Rosicrucian wears an orange sash over a purple robe with a Ros. cap with an eagle feather in the brim, and holds an open scroll. One of the two Illuminati priests wears an orange over yellow sash, a crescent moon headband and carries a sickle and a dead venomous snake. The other Illuminati priest wears a yellow over orange sash, a solar disk helmet and carries a hammer and staff. The OTO minister wears a skull mask under a black hood with a brown leather tunic, a grey cape, a red striped and green squared kilt under a three, white tailed apron, with curling toed shoes and holds in one hand an amethyst crystal ball and in the other a monkey's paw. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: here is the original church bank of Lemuria. It is situated on a hill, and comprised of seven stairs, each of one of the spectral colours. It is situated above a stream so that ships may dock there. At the bottom of the 7 stairs is a short 3-stair case leading downward, below the water-line. At the bottom of these 3 descending steps is a doorway leading to a tunnel underneath the upstream source of the river, coming out into the subterranean chambers below the tetrahedron of the Pope. At the top of the 7 rainbow steps are the three pillars of Atlantean Law, and the gold and silver Avenue of the Dead. VII. Constitution of a local Church preamble: We, 6 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Church. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by a Monastery an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned.

    A. composition of a Church: only citizen / initiates advanced iia in Lodge can apply. 1. 3 V Rosicrucians: interface with Monastic Bohemians, manage all local accounts. 2. 2 VI Iluminati: interface with the Monastic Illuminati. 3. 1 VII Bohemian: interface with Monastic Rosicrucians; lead in all ceremonies. 4. = 6: the significance of this numerology is in Platos Divided Line. 1/3 or 1:2. B. the ceremonies of a Church 1. cleansing of the individual aura a. alignment of chakras (above/below) b. balancing of karma (inside/outside) c. re-attuned access to the sector grid 2. creation / dissolution of the individual account a presiding over: i. birth rituals, parental naming, state adoptions, etc. ii. death ceremonies, commemorating and housing the deceased, etc. 3. oversees the union of couples / harems a. providing free use of space and proper performers b. providing funds for the specific type of nuptials chosen C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iia (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.c.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) 2. the Duty Oath: the candidate swears to fully perform the duties of office. D. collection of taxes and distribution of wages 1. regarding collection of taxation, the church ... a. ensures taxation remains voluntary and anonymous b. connects all state-donations i. from the individual account ii. to the global grid iii. automatically and directly 2. regarding the distribution of salary, the church ... a. ensures accurate and accountable recording b. connects all state-wages i. from the sector grid ii. to the individual account iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a local census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts per local Church 2. to determine the min/max numbers of local Churches per sector 3. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts per sector

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: VIII. Phi/Pi Phi/pi is ubiquitous. It is most of what is, and the rest of what is is not that much different from it. It occurs in genetics and it occurs in physics. It occurs in architecture and the arts, as well as music. It is the pattern of black holes and it is the pattern of consciousness. It is the pattern of time itself.

    Phi/Pi is light, love and life. The three are one. That which I am bows before phi/pi. YHVH is trapped within the time of Thoth. He lives, and the measure of this life is Thoth. He loves and the depth of this love is Thoth. He is a light, and the shadow of this light is Thoth. Yet there is no difference between them, and they are one and the same, the universe and the multiverse; the singular point of the tao of chi and the endless nothingness of the tao of chi are the one and only tao of chi. All these things are phi/pi, also called the QBLH. QBLH is the Hebrew gematria for the sum of phi/pi. In QBLH there is no over, under, around and through, nor any such thing as perspective. Everyone is a star of their own show, making movies, and nobody pays any attention. These are all things well worth forgetting, since they will only add contrivance to convention. Modern terminologies pale before the awesome grandeur of dreamscape. It is said that that which is outside of QBLH is also that which is within QBLH. In this way it is imbued that it may measure the forces that govern time. I have shown how the torus shape pervades the scales of the cosmos, and how it describes everything from the universal singularity, through the gravitational singularities, through the galactic bubbles, through the coiling of the electromagnetic field lines of stars, and so on and so on down to the sorting of information itself to the smallest tachyon. I have described how phi/pi is the verbal expression for the mathematical equation expressing the geometrical spiral measuring the surface area of the torus. Phi/pi is the shape of the electromagnetic polarity that occurs in the atomic nuclear fusion of the sun and the biological lifeform of a pretty flower growing with many others in an English style garden. A. various shapes Phi/pi can be expressed mathematically or geometrically, however in its geometry there are many forms. As I have said, some are organic matter, others are tachyonic time bubbles, however, as with the Platonic forms, there are a finite number of shapes of which phi/pi is the geometric measure. These are usually even more extrapolated from manifest reality than Platos solids, existing only as fourth spatial dimensional metaforms in fourth temporal dimensional potential. Some of these are the hypercube, the hypersphere (or torus), and the hypertetrahedron (or cone). All of these can be expressed in three dimensions, however what is necessary to understand is that these are only third dimensional shadows of fourth spatial dimensional shapes known as metaforms, whose actual appearance is so complex that it cannot be expressed in three spatial dimensions alone. These third dimensional shadows are no different than the second dimensional shadows cast by third dimensional objects on flat, second dimensional surfaces, only cast from the fourth dimension. Therefore it is not these metaforms alone, but their involution, that is the measure of phi/pi, the mathematical metaform they describe. 1. the hypercube Imagine a regular cube, with six square planes, each with four edges at ninety degree right angles to one another. Now imagine that this cube is inside of a larger cube in such a way that twenty four other cubes the same size as the smaller one could also fit inside of the larger cube all around the first cube, such that the smaller cube would be the exact center of the larger cube and its volume one third that of the larger cube. This shape is called the hypercube, and it is used as a measurement of a fourth spatial dimensional cube. In reality the hypercube is more complex than this, because it is not, in reality a fourth dimensional shape itself, only a third dimensional shadow. Imagine this comparison from the novel Flatland: how would someone living in a second dimensional universe perceive or comprehend a three dimensional

    sphere? One answer would be to say as a circular second dimensional shadow. Another would be to imagine the three dimensional sphere passing through the second dimensional plane of Flatland, causing a circular second dimensional slice that would expand and contract as the sphere passed through. This goes a long way towards helping us understand the model of wave mechanics as electromagnetic tachyons wormhole through perpendicular microwave gravity tachyons, however what can it show us about the fourth spatial dimensional geometry itself? Any of the known positions of the hypercube represent alignments of the fourth spatial dimensional metaforms shadow in three dimensions with a geometrically regular polygon in the same way that a three dimensional cube can cast a square or hexagonal shadow on a two dimensional surface. These only represent the regular shapes, however, and, just as we see that there are, in fact, a very high, but finite, number of ways to depict the shape of the shadow of a three dimensional cube on a two dimensional surface. Similarly there are further, regular and irregular, three dimensional shapes that are the shadows at different positions of the true metaform of the fourth spatial dimensional hypercube, and many of these represent the patterns of cycles as the history of spin. The regular positions of the hypercube, those which can be expressed in three dimensions as well as those which can as of yet only be modeled in two, I will discuss in detail in the following paragraphs. The irregular forms of the hypercube can be thought of as its motion. This is because the regular shapes of the hypercube are like steady, unchanging shadows, while the irregular shapes form as slices due to the shadows three dimensional movement as the fourth spatial dimension passes through the lower dimension over the fourth temporal dimension. It is such patterns as these that cause the cycling of emotions. The hypercube moves in two ways. First, it jitterbugs, like some of the geodesic shapes designed by Buckminster Fuller which rotate around themselves as the contract, similar to the old popular dance the jitterbug or later, the twist. The hypercube, however, jitterbugs in a different way. Rather than rotating around a polar axis or central point, it elongates along a precessional axis radiating out from one corner to the opposite corner, then to each of the other corners on the same upper square as the opposite corner. This it does from all eight corners so that each face is bent inward like a sail, and so that each corner is pivoting in a vortex around itself. The second way in which the hypercube moves is that it involutes. One external face becomes the corresponding internal face, while the opposite internal face becomes the external face. This happens, again, everywhere on the hypercube simultaneously, so that the hypercube is perpetually shedding its skin and then eating its own tail, much like the auroborous of the aurora borealis. It is difficult to imagine these motions. It is possible to depict them using computer graphics, however, even then, limited to moving second dimensional images that can only describe compute programs based on translation of multiple dimensionality into the three dimensional shape of the hypercube, and doing so constrains these images to represent only the rotation around one corner rather than all eight, or the fluctuation of two sides rather than all six, and not even both of these at once. Thus, it is possible to expand upon these graphics, and imagine the full motions of the hypercube, but the difficulty is in why they move this way. As I have said, the hypercube is actually rightly expressed as several different regular shaped three dimensional polygons, and at least one, the octaholohedron, that remains as yet expressed only in two dimensions. Therefore the irregular slices only occur between the regular shadows, as the fourth spatial dimensional metaform moves through the third dimension over the fourth temporal dimension. a. the cube over time

    Imagine a cube as I have described. This is the simplest form of the hypercube, viewed from above one of its fourth spatial dimensional edges such that the inner cube and outer cube line up exactly, and there appears to be only one cube. According to the exponential expansion of vertices per dimension we can see that, even the shape of a solid, real third dimensional cube such as the mome of chemical physics or the cubit of the ancient world, has only eight three dimensional vertices because it is an illusion of the fourth temporal dimension, seeming to posses finitude, and therefore being governed by dimensionally limiting entropy. Because the fourth spatial dimension is even more native to the fourth temporal dimension than the lesser components of the three physical spatial dimensions, it is true that the three dimensional cube is, in a higher reality, actually a fourth dimensional hypercube. Similarly, all the vertices, or corners, of the five platonic solids are the intersections of only three faces, each of which is a second dimensional plane. This is because they are regular three dimensional polygons. In the same way that the cube is actually concealing the exponential dimensionality of the hypercube, so too do the rest of the platonic solids conceal their hyperdimensionality. Each governs the geometry of the reactions of a different elemental force of physics. The cube governs earth, the strong nuclear force, responsible for nuclear fusion such as occurs in our sun and in all other stars. This force was associated with the earth because of its solidity and accumulative effect. It was associated with the cube because of its sturdy, unassailable construction, being the most stable design on a flat surface. In all these ways it was taken by the ancients as representative of the fundamental unit measurement of time, which has come to be called by modern physicists an event. b. the hypercube at antipode Now imagine a rectangle with short side of one unit and long side of two units. This is the golden division or golden ratio rectangle. Another measure for the same rectangle is short side two, long side three, and it is from this rectangle that a phi spiral is derived. This rectangle is comprised of two equal cubes, side by side, and it is the hypercube viewed from above the middle of one of its fourth spatial dimensional corners, such that the inner cube and the outer cube appear to be next to each other. It is the case, however we look at it, that the two cubes that comprise the hypercube are equal to one another in area. As I have already said, if the hypercube were a regular three dimensional shadow such that one cube were nested as one twenty fifth portion of the other, the lesser volume would be one third that of the rest of the cube. However there is additional dimensionality that must be factored into the lattice, and therefore there is a relativity of measurements, such that the actual mathematical area of the interior cube is equal to that of the exterior cube. This is another one of those exotic characteristics of the hypercube that would make a modern physics student yawn, but which will doubtless end up being fundamental to the piloting controls of flying saucers in the eventual future. The antipode point is a point midway between the two cubes, such that one appears even with the other. Although this point has only recently been discovered, the lattice of the tree of life of the QBLH has been based on the shape of the hypercube metaform since, according to rabbinic scholars of QBLH, the time of Moses, when it was supposedly delivered to him on Mt. Sinai as the first stone tablets, which he smashed upon finding the zadok priests worshipping the blazon apis, to subsequently deliver the ten commandments that have since become the basis of law. There is some evidence now, such as passages from the Egyptian book of the dead only translated from the hieroglyphic in the last few centuries, that seem to confirm the ten commandments are borrowed from a list of negative declarations before Maat at the time of the weighing of the soul at the beginning of the souls passage through the underworld of the Duat, the origin of our word for death. Some

    scholars also associate the tree of life with the Egyptian pantheon, however there is no archaeological evidence to validate this having been done by the ancient Egyptians. The tree of life lattice therefore appears to be an authentically Hebrew construct, attributed to their divine lord, YHVH. YHVH was the name of the highest initiate in the Hyksos, or lower Egypt mystery cult, equivalent to Thoth in the Nubian, or upper Egyptian mystery cult. These two cults were the same at least until the time of Akhenaten in the fifteenth dynasty, long after the unification of upper and lower Egypt under a single pharoahnic crown. However the priestly advisors of Akhenaten attempted a coup against him, and he and his wife Nefertiti fled into the eastern wilderness. Since it is believed that this occurred after the time of the writings of Moses, it is not usually held by researchers that Akhenaten, who would have held the titles of both YHVH and Thoth, might have been Moses, leader of the Hyksos exodus out of Egypt. Further, because the Hebrew calendar was fundamentally different from the ancient Egyptian, there has been little way left for scholars seeking any connections between the histories of the two people to accurately cross reference the two. i. the phi rectangle and the pi circle equal in area As I have said, much of the Hebrew claim to divine authority derives from gematria, or the equivalent sums as equivalent meanings encryption theory. Although it was written in Greek, the New Testament is only supported in its claims to Hebrew lineage by this same gematria. Greek letters, when taken as equivalent to number sums, can also be shown to have, somewhat less direct and more intuitive, connections in meaning to their quantitative equivalencies. Using this system, Jesus, or at least the authors describing him, encoded many different types of important measurements into their vocabulary, just as the shemhamforash has encoded the precessional number 72 into the Old Testament. Some of these were measures for the heavenly bodies, including the sun, the moon and the earth itself. Others were golden rectangles and phi spirals. Sometimes the numbers described both. One of the fundamental geometrical truths that these ancient number scholars seem to have grasped is that there is a phi spiral golden ratio rectangle that is equal in area to any circle. Thus, they used the golden division as a measure for latitudes on earth. This had been done in very ancient times by the builders of the pyramids and the aligners of the megaliths such as stonehenge, using the geometrical pattern of phi as well as the sum of the number itself, however the measure encrypted in the gospels is that for the latitude of a phi rectangle equal in area to the circumference of the earth. While the ancient ley lines plot sacred measurements from the previous gravitational poles and from other sacred karmic centers, the golden mean area of earth gives us the coordinates of Nazareth, home of the Nosrei-ha-brith, the keepers of the covenant, the essene sect to which Mary and Joseph may have belonged. All of this esoterica aside, what is being described here is that the phi rectangle and the pi spiral circle can have the same area, and that they may be seen to overlap one another. This overlap is literally looking down upon phi/pi as from above one of its spiraling poles. Thus, imagine the pi spiral rotating inward and the phi spiral rotating outward as around. c. the hypercube at apogee This is the shape that I described as being the one cube inside the other. It has several odd properties, including its involuting motion, the discrepancy between ratio, volume and area, and it is the regular third dimensional shadow of the fourth spatial dimensional hypercube viewed from above one of its sides. Thus this completes the phi/pi spiral around the surface of the fourth spatial dimensional metaform used to measure the fourth temporal dimension. This final regular position

    is referred to as apogee because it is at a point in an orbital ellipse around the metaform similar to that at which the point of observation is further away from one locus than the other, as opposed to perigee, when it is equidistant to both. As I have described, this occurs for the orbits of such heavenly bodies as planets around stars, despite the fact that the star is at the center of the orbit, and usually large enough that it incorporates both loci. As I have said, Newtons laws of gravity and astrophysics alone to do not account for this, and modern scientists believe that it may be due to the relativity of the mass of the sun to the planets. What we are seeing, however, is not only the planets orbital path being spread into an ellipse, but the entire ecliptic of the orbital plane of the sun precessing with the rotation of its electromagnetic pole. As I have said, this is because of the passage of gradually fluctuating tachyonic field lines from the poles of the black hole at the center of the galaxy. The question only remains then, why should the spiral orbit through the passing of a fourth dimensional metaform like the hypercube be elliptical? The answer is that it doesnt have to be. It is only the resultant perception of the phi/pi diagonal spiral measure of surface area as the shadow of a metaform becomes more complex, and thus changes up the gradient of its component lesser dimensional shapes, as well as between metaforms on a scale of complexity. A hypercube is more complex than a hypertetrahedron, which is more complex than a torus, in which the orbital path of observation is perfectly circular, and the degree of reorientation zero around the origin point. A hyperstelloctahedron would be more complex than a hypercube, and so on and so on, just as an octaholohedron is a more complex second dimensional rhombus than a square alone because it represents a higher dimensional shape. Therefore the hypercube is only a hypercube because of the elliptical distortion to the phi/pi geometry of the spiral spin measuring its dimensionality as information. The more distortion to the geometry, the more geometrically complex the metaform. i. phi rectangle on cube surface over spherical diameter of cube The measure of phi/pi in the hypercube at apogee is by tracing out a phi spiral between the surface of the inner cube and the outer cube on each face, and measuring the spherical circumference of the central cube by a pi spiral connecting these. The phi spiral on the surface of each surface of the inner cube begins with the centered phi spiral in the golden division rectangle that has the same area as the circular circumference of the face of the inner cube. It fills out into the pi circle circumference of the face of the outer cube. This can be done for all six faces such that each becomes a vortex. This is thought to create the temporal undulation of the hypercube, as well as to describe the shape of the warping of galactic electromagnetic/gravitational fields such as for the stars, and the trajectories of tachyons around probability wells creating real particle photons. Another way to measure the same effect is using the square root of three diagonal of the cube and the square root of two diagonal of the square exterior faces, however this is third dimensional, and the same pattern is better expressed in four dimensions, spatial and/or temporal, as phi/pi. d. octaholohedron The octaholohedron is a second dimensional shadow of the fourth dimensional hypercube, however, insofar as it is also a regular polygon, we cannot deny that it also describes the exact same shape. This is the shape that expresses the geometry of a wormhole, where it represents the interconnection of two cubes, in the case of a wormhole each representing a separate event in spacetime, by a bridge of relativity. It has also been used as a lattice in quantum physics for expressing the relationship

    between coordinate pairs of vector probability in the expression of chemical atomic structure and quantum relativity. This is one of the better possible diagrams of the archetype of the mind, representing the union of the past and future universal sets. Imagine one cube. Now imagine another cube offset along the diagonal. Imagine these two being connected at all corners by diagonals. This is the octaholohedron. It can only be expressed as second dimensional, however, such that you must really think of each of the cubes as only the depictions of two offset squares, also connected by diagonals. The reason for this is that, just as we know in the second dimensional representation of the cube that the diagonals, even though they do not appear the same length, are meant to represent the same measure as the squares. So it is also for the octaholohedron that the diagonals connecting the two cubes represent the same area as each of the cubes itself. This does not mean that the octaholohedron is made of three cubes. It is merely a hypercube: a cube inside, the cube outside, and the difference between them, which can be represented mathematically as phi/pi. 2. the hypertetrahedron The tetrahedron represents cosmos and the color green in the spectrum. The internal tetrahedron of the hypertetrahedron is directed inversely to the external tetrahedron. This should be noted because it applies also to the hypercube, which seems, because of its constituent shapes, to have no such inversion in its nested position. However, just as the cube can be derived through the steloctahedron from the tetrahedron, so can the hypercube be derived from the hypertetrahedron, and here we see that the inversion of the interior tetrahedrons direction from its exterior counterpart does carry through into the construction of the hypercube. The hypertetrahedrons equivalent temporal measure is the cone, such as that of the precession of the polar axis. The zodiac, for example, is a measure of twelve because it is the circular circumference of a cone that reaches ahead and behind twelve wavelengths in the polaritys reversing cyclical frequency. Each time one of these changes to the next according to the gravitational alignment of the ecliptic, the earths electromagnetic poles reverse. Every time the ecliptic aligns gravitationally with galactic core, the electromagnetic polarity of the sun reverses. While the earthlings have kept track using the zodiac only of their earth things, they have not developed a calendrical system to measure the solar cycle since the time of the Maya and, it is thought, perhaps the Chinese I Ching. Romulus and Rhemus were suckled by the bull. Study of metaforms has only just become popular. The application of kabbalah to quantum mechanical lattices is so recent I own the first book about it ever. What the ancients left is obscured by sexualized anthropomorphication, and this dates back as far as the ancient Egyptians, who were this planets first metaphysicians. Even then, Thoth was seen as a doctor, equivalent to a tribal shaman, and the contemporary carvings of the Ica stones near Nasca in Peru depict open chest surgery being performed upon people by other, human, people. When all even gnostics care about is the body, why ever even study metaforms such as the hypertetrahedron, whose history is a cone? What good can it do? Study of the hypertetrahedron is relatively recent, however study of the cone dates back to Euclid, who conducted extensive surveys on the nature of spirals and arcs derived from following different paths and courses around solid cones, and is credited with discovery and the naming of the phi spiral. Pythagoras was known to have used phi extensively in his own school, so much so that the pentagram, from which the phi ratio can be derived from any one of the legs of the star, became its mascot symbol. If you saw a pentagram inscribed above the archway of an inn, you would know Pythagoreans were drinking within.

    a. phi as looking down the cone at an angle The phi spiral is the only regular spiral derived from an irregular cone. An irregular cone is one whose base angle is not perpendicular to the cones point. The phi spiral can be extrapolated from such a cone, and it is a regular pattern that can be expressed mathematically as a ratio of base angle to diameter. Another way to accomplish the same result without measuring the base, thus allowing you to simply use a ninety degree angle cone, is to think of phi as a regular, pi spiral around an equilateral cone, seen from a forty five degree angle. This is not exactly accurate but it is only meant as an illustration. The ancients would have come to know of this by examination of nautilus shells on the beach. Here we see perfect phi spiral shells being lived in by mollusks, crabs, oysters and scallops, and further up the shore, on land, we find snails with the same kinds of shells. We also see phi in flowers, in the arrangements of their stamen and pistil, in the spiraling growth patterns of leaves around stems, branches around trunks and in the currents of the clouds and the waves of the sea, and all of these can be seen as being traced upon invisible cones, the history of spin over time. i. the ratio that spirals Spin over time indicates the phi spiral around the pi surface of the cone. Each of these is a ratio, and between them they represent a ratio. This only means that each one of them expands in an exponential gnomon, and that, when they come together, they orbit around one another, and when they do their combined history is a cone. Stephen Hawking has represented the history of the universe as such a cone, and calls the projected future of this the light cone. This does not imply that the universe has contracted into the single moment at the center of the now and that it expands more over time because of this, although that is a convenient, and even fittingly esoteric, interpretation. Instead, as I have said, the history of our universe would follow a spiral path around this cone. Other modern researchers have speculated that time is comprised of a series of massive karma bubbles, or fluctuations of spheres of various sizes, and that the trajectory of our universe follows a spiral path around these. Spin permeates the universe on the informational level. It is the dimensionality that constitutes spacetime, and also timespace. To imagine homogenous spin for the histories of all particles for the entire universe is lacking in accurate data. The truth is always less convenient than the far fetched. Temporally our universe involutes. Because its poles of involution are the finite number of gravitational black holes, it is incomplete. It will continue to involute until all that remains of the universal singularity are gravitational black holes whose histories are the wormholes in the last scattered remnants of tachyonic radiation. This is the clear light of YHVH being consumed by the darkness of Thoth. Although the involution of the universe follows the phi/pi pattern of the torus holognomonic shape, while it is within the universe it obeys the pi spiral more than the phi spiral. Entropy acts upon the pi shaped particles and spiral wave fields in the form of phi microwaves, and this as well contributes to the elliptical orbits of the heavenly spheres. Such as all of this is only the multiverse, never changing in being ever changing. b. pi as looking straight down the cone While we perceive time as spiraling in a circle around a central point, such as on a sun dial or clock, it often eludes us that the same shape is used by the hypnotist to put people into a waking sleep. It is doubtful that most of what I have described

    would have been deduced by Euclid, studying the cones, unless perhaps he had ergot. However the pi spiral was known of in the golden age of Greece, and is thought to date back originally to China, however there it was derived mathematically and using second dimensional geometry on grids drawn on rice paper with sumi-e brushes rather than with cones. One saying is that money makes the world go around. It is true that peoples thoughts do seem wound up when they revolve around money. However, it is, if anything, time we all lose while pursuing the most in life, following the unfolding of our negentropic evolution as it flows around inward upon itself until our ends. Thus, if we look back from the moment of the now into time, it may very well be thought of as a light cone upon which is our own phi/pi spiral history, plotted hypercubically as the different ennegrams along the QBLH. However this should in no way be thought to determine our future. Our ability to read the signs of the zodiac calendrically gives us not only a way of describing both the past and the present times, but also a way of predicting future cosmic events. This might go so far as to establish ones fate, yet still free will is infinitely more than this one particular tunnel reality. Free will is only bound to acting upon karma, that is, to change it, and, if it chooses to, reacting to karma as well. However the spirit of the free will is beyond even all universal karma, and therefore its future cannot be predicted. This is not only because it is outside of circular space measured by pi time. It is also outside of the phi light cone. It is outside of phi/pi and beyond the dimensions of both space and time. This is that which says I am. It falls upon the body of the universe that is YHVH, that it should turn into Thoth. For this there is a scapegoat complex. When I am becomes I was, time consumes the holy breath of all. For such is death, and death especially hurts God. Death is at the center of time. 3. the hypersphere The simplest geometrical from of phi/pi is the one with the least geometrical distortion to vector, and that is the torus, or hypersphere. Because it is reducible to a point, the torus is holognomonically ubiquitous even within the material universe below the speed of light, although as clear light moving faster than photons, through the photons of the universe. The next smallest size particle is the electron, a point with an electrical charge that gives its probability well polarity. Then is the gravitational singularity inside a black hole, a baby universe comprised of aeons of infinitesimal spinning information. Then the temporal singularity, or microwave tachyon, expandable by scalar waves into a wormhole. After this are quarks, leptons and gluons of atomic nuclei, and then electron clouds, bosons, mesons, and baryons. Most of these particles contain electromagnetic polarity, and by their relatively (that is statistically averaged) phi/pi vectors we can see that the torus is the holognomonic geometry of all of these particles, as well as the pattern of propagation for all of the waves. As I have already explained, it also governs the greater tachyonic field lines of the galactic electromagnetic bubbles of the poles of the black holes at their cores. This is also the shape of our electromagnetic auras, or souls. It is because of this that the brain has evolved in the shape that it has over the countless millennia. Our nervous system does not extend out below us because it has grown behind the brain like a tail, although it has, but because it is acting as a tachyon collecting net held in gravity above the surface of a world the solidity of which produces the acceleration of microwave frequencies to tachyonic velocities. The hypersphere itself is expressed in the coronas of suns and the atmospheres of planets. Like a hypercube it is a sphere surrounding another sphere. This is the perimeter between which tori form, such as the pressure centers in planetary atmospheres, and the sunspot forming loops and prominences in the corona of the sun. This effect also produces the wormholes on the surface of the

    event horizons of black holes, however here there are infinite possible hyperspheres, and therefore the wormholes are miniaturized by infinitely repeating halves. b. the torus The geometric shape of the torus is a sphere collapsed in at the two poles to a central point in the core. One hypothesis about the structure of timespace is that it is simply a big one of these made out of a hologram, or fractal, of smaller ones of these. These theorists never mention what the source of the holographic light is, though. Nonetheless, this is probably a true theory, since it would render our vector relative. The torus, two-torus, or tube torus, is a circular shape whose surface is circular that wraps around once and connects to itself. Think of a circle drawn on a flat, two dimensional surface. Now imagine that the line of its circumference is a circular tube. These can be imagined as very open or very closed, according to their geometries, however for the unit torus, where the circumference is twice the circumference of each circle along the center, and the sum of the origin point is zero, the measure of its surface can be obtained exactly by a phi/pi spiral. The unit torus is an ideal measurement, and not seen to occur in nature. The zero sum origin is essentially equivalent to the zero point energy of the singularity, whether electrical, gravitational or temporal, however, again, it is an ideal measurement not capable of being exactly expressed in material reality. Because of this there are not more exact examples of phi or pi measurements in the visible universe. The earth has an equatorial bulge, the sun is oblate, orbits are elliptical, black holes precess and their histories all differ. All of this, however, is due to the exactly phi/pi tachyons that pervade the universe, unifying timespace as a huge holognomonic torus called heaven by people and also called the multiverse. Still, there remains no explanation for the source of this tachyonic light, unless it is the singularity at the center of a black hole in a larger, parent universe, in the same way we believe gravitational singularities in the center of black holes in our universe may contain baby universes in the ancient histories of their spin. i. phi/pi as area of vortex over spherical circumference Phi/pi is given as the measurement of a spiral on the surface of a unit torus such that phi is the measure of the polar vortex and pi the measure of the spherical circumferences, of the surface of the tube torus itself, as well as around the outside of it from pole to pole. Thus the spiral measure of the torus is taken as the measure for the surface area of a torus. This is an exact measure for the exact unit torus, and this is an ideal form which never occurs in material physical nature. Instead only derivations of it occur, and these include most of the forms I have already described. What is important to remember is that the torus being reducible to a singularity or zero origin means not only that it exists within our universe, but that it is simply the smallest of a series of geometrical extrapolations through distortions to geometry underlying dimension that produce the rest of the more complex hypershapes or metaforms, only one regular set of which would include the platonic solids. Since the platonic solids are akin to colors of the rainbow, it is really something quite like seeing a rainbow, comprised of the prismatically refracted photons emitted from the sun cascading through a shower of millions and millions of rain drops comprised of millions of microscopic molecules of hydrogen-2 and oxygen atoms. The rainbow, which can also be thought of as a solar loop or prominence, is simply occurring outside the singularity of the universe as the spiraling vectors of wormhole histories of gravitational singularities projected into the clear tachyonic light of hyperdimension surrounding the surface of timespace. In this way it is

    equivalent to QBLH, or the study of phi/pi, even though none of these exact histories perfectly follows that exact path. Perhaps the best expression for phi/pi as a vortex over a spherical circumference would be a combination of all of the preceding views, measured using the different geometrical shapes. For the purpose of two dimensional depiction, however, it would be wise enough to draw a pi spiral circle with a phi spiral superimposed on top of it. As the pi spiral rotates inward, the phi spiral rotates outward and around. What you are seeing is the top of a torus. To see the torus all the way through, imagine the round spiral arms forming circles with one another, and infinite phi spirals surrounding the surface from pole to pole. c. the hypersphere As I have stated, the hypersphere is, ideally, a sphere within a sphere, however, in reality, here we see tori occur. These are the pressure centers in the atmosphere of planets, the loops and prominences in the corona of the sun, the wormholes on the surface of, and, exponentially halved, inside black holes. All of these lesser tori occur because they are in greater hyperspheres. Most tori do not. The difference between a free or a bound torus is whether it exists within a hyperspherical system. For example, gravitational and electromagnetic tachyons inside galaxies are bound within a temporal hypersphere, while the wormholes of temporal singularities that float about in the voids between galactic filaments are free. Because the hypersphere is the same thing as the torus, they are equally ubiquitous through spacetime and the multiverse, and because it is the beginning of a sequence of n dimensionality, the geometry of phi/pi that measures them extends out even further into the pure potential of time. It is thought that these histories of the three dimensional gravitational singularities that project out from the surface of timespace feed spacetime into itself, absorbing the tachyons of the surrounding extra-universal glow, and in this way expand the universe. Therefore, time itself is the creation of space, while space itself amounts only to a finite history over time. Time is the hypersphere of space. The shape of the geometry of timespace itself is unknown, and the spacetime continuum of the universe mostly uncharted. We do not know the actual relationship, or even the orientation of space to time, but it can be described by the geometry of the hypersphere, which we see is reducible to the universal singularity that is what is. i. phi length area circle around a pi circle The hypersphere is the shape of the phi spirals around the pi spiral surface of the torus, such that the part of the torus that it is really measuring is the diameter of only one circle of the two-torus, or only the radius of the torus. This is because phi without is with phi within. Now I have not mentioned pi within before. I have not fully described the phi vortex through the axis of the poles. I have only said that the surface of the two-torus was circular, and so was pi bound. To describe the hyperspheres mathematics, it is necessary to remember that the interior phi spiral is a measure of a pi surface, while the exterior is a pi measure of a phi surface, and that at no point do the phi and pi spirals measuring these surfaces cross over one another. Just like the hypercubes many different regular shadows and irregular slices, the torus and the hypersphere are only two regular shadows describing a shape that is involuting. What this involution means mathematically is that the surface area of the torus flows inward upon itself at one pole and outward at the other pole. However there is also more involved than this. The external surface area of the torus can only

    be divided into exactly seven different areas such that the single line dividing them will spiral around the complete surface of the torus only after all seven of these areas, which can be color coded according to the rainbow for reasons I will explain momentarily, to pass through the central vortex of the torus. Remember that the torus is also a hypersphere, however, and so the internal surface area and the external surface area exchange places as the torus involutes. Moreover, the more the surface area of the central vortex of the torus is seen to depend upon the phi spiral measurement of it, the more distorted it becomes as this phi measurement is turned around the circumference of the torus as the two tubes of its radii revolve. Lastly, remember that the torus is reducible to a singular point, and therefore the different movements of vectors on its surface area cancel out one anothers spin. The surface area of the three dimensional shadow two torus of the fourth spatial dimensional hypersphere can be divided into the same number of areas as there are colors in the rainbow because it is the mathematical expression for the visible spectrum of photonic radiation whose speed comprises the boundary of our universe. If you split a beam of white photons with a prism and produce the seven color spectrum, what you are really doing is fracturing the uniform encoding of the tachyons emitted by the photons, such that their different frequencies of wavelength, and therefore the different color properties of the photons, emerge. It is not the photons that are traveling at uniform speed. It is the tachyons that pass through them that do so at a uniform speed. When they are passing through electrons, tachyons move at a different speed, and other particles, other speeds, such that it is really their wavelength vectors that determine the mass of the particle wells. The different wavelengths of photons, for example, each represent tachyons traveling at different velocities motivating the photons. All the photons of the visible spectrum move at a relatively uniform speed, however the speed of their tachyons differ. In the ultraviolet and infrared ends of the photon spectrum, the photons themselves are moving at relatively slower or faster rates, while the tachyons themselves are closer to moving at the same velocity. Light that is slower than the speed of light forms matter-energy, while light faster than photons forms time, and these two can be graphed perpendicularly to one another, with the visible spectrum bouncing off the hypotenuse between them just as in a prism, white light rising up from matter-energy and the seven color spectrum measuring time according to a torus, as I have described. B. the ratios While phi and pi, being transfinite numbers, can be used to measure many of the variety of fourth dimensional metaforms, it is important to remember that they only amount to numerical sums, and are, each individually, and in ratio to one another, ultimately mathematical. Though they both describe geometrical spirals, each is given the name of a Greek letter because they represent decimal sums that stretch out forever. The sums themselves are first dimensional, though the actual measure of decimal places between whole real integers into which the mathematics of their measurement drops implies the infinite dimensionality expressed by both n exponentiality and the relativity of figures of measure. These can be derived in a number of ways, the quickest of which is the mathematical, where each can be rendered as either an inexact sum or an exact ratio, and these can be plotted geometrically as the internal angle of two different kinds of spiral, which are, as I have said elsewhere, really only two different views of the same spiral. The difference between them can be thought of as the measure of the angle of movement of this spiral from one position to the other, and it is expressed mathematically as a ratio of two ratios, and this is called phi/pi. Here we see that these letters are also a mathematical way of expressing the numbers, since they are

    each the given names of variables used to express them in short form for equations. A good way to express them is by first order of difference. This is that in their set of multiples and divisors that would form a pattern upon which counting would constitute an expansion and contraction. Here we see the tables of the eighth and the ninth factors become relevant, as they represent this same pattern, though not for the same numerical sets as for the phi and pi. Here we see that pi forms a numerically repetitious pattern, and phi a more open and exponentially arcing one. Elsewhere in this work I describe the tables of the eighth and the ninth in greater detail, and this description also includes a greater expansion on some of the fields in which phi and pi can be found. About the tables of the eight and the ninth, I believe these to be those same tables of the eighth and the ninth that Hermes Trismegestus is attributed to writing a divine dictation to his son upon. This text is attributed to ancient Sumeria, and it is thought, to before even the time of Zoroaster. It was possibly the knowledge received from these tables, perhaps originally belonging to Enkidu and Enlil, as indicated in the epic of Gilgamesh, before being passed on to Hermes, who would become Thoth of Egypt, later called King of Israel, Zoroaster, Mithra, and so on, until the time of Christ, and the institution of the title. In the tables of Hermes he advises his son to pray by singing a song in silence, which eludes to the beginnings of the initiatory occult, who, according to the sepher yetzirah, swear to the breath of conspiracy and the oath of secrecy according to the circumcision of the tongue and the circumcision of the membrum. Such practises as these have lead to the secret societies of today. The theft of the tables by Abraham was played out by Imhotep from Sumeria, Akhenaten from Egypt, Moses in the desert, Menelik, son of King Solomon, the Knights Templar with the Dead Sea scrolls from under the second temple, and, according to modern Masons, his assassins from Hiram of Tyre. The archetype of the grand thief or great jester was associated with Loki by the Nordics of northern Europe, and his Greek equivalent was Dionysus, later known to the Romans as pan and to medieval witches as Satan. He was associated with Set, God of serpents in Egypt and with Shiva in India. In America, where a copy of the Decalogue carved in stone has recently been found older than 1000 years, he was known as Quetzalcoatl, the feathered serpent, caught in the midst of molting. The only probable explanation for this being described as a divine pymander by Hermes is to further associate the archetype with the form of the dragon, the constellation we know today as Draco, which surrounds all the constellations around the current north star Polaris. The reason that the archetype is described as more reptilian in the Southern latitudes, and Loki, as a jester, as more human in his role, can only be because such are the climatological conditions in which lizards, snakes and reptiles live, whereas they do not live in the fjords of Norway. This is an ancient attribution to the stars of the fixed constellations, dating back to the very birth of civilization in the cradle of the fertile crescent between the Tigris and Euphrates river. This, archaeologists have discovered, was the source of many zodiacal finds and artifacts whose histories can be traced throughout the world trade routes during all of interceding history. The origin of its attribution, although northerly from Sumer, as a dragon, lizard or reptile, probably refers to the movement of the position of the pole star in the heavens relative to the climatologically temperate zones, where the descendants of the dinosaurs still live. Had the ancients any knowledge of the thunder lizards, as the engraved stones of Ica, Peru, near Nasca, indicate they did, then it would certainly account for the cultivation of their belief in dragons. The movement of the pole star relative to the seasonal latitudes of the earth is an effect of earths precession, whereas the movement of the seasonal latitudes of the earth relative to the pole star is caused by the position of the sun relative to the center of the galaxy. Both of these are ratios on the same proportion of first order of difference as phi/pi, and can be thought of as tonalities on a frequency scale.

    1. phi: (1 + the square root of 5) / 2 = 1.61803 This is a very widely known and truly universally ubiquitous pattern. It occurs as a statistical average of many measurements in the natural sciences, and it is a variable used to represent a relatively constant kind of vector in physics that taken by an electron changing energy shells. As the measure of a light cone at a forty five degree angle, it derives directly from the ideal realm of pure Time. It is one of the patterns governing psychology, which Freud implied by his choice of this letter to stand for the transducted electrochemical substance in the nervous system. It can be expressed using mathematics, the language of the ideal realm as either an exact ratio or an inexact, transfinite decimal, integer. The exact ratio is given as (1 + the square root of 5) / 2, where the square root of 5 = 2.23607, therefore 1 + 2.23607 = 3.23607, and where 3.23607 / 2 = 1.61803. However, this sum is not exact, because the equation includes the division of a square root, and this results in a sequence of infinitely repeating halves that can be graphed as either a fractal or a gnomon. In this case, phi, a numeral that continues on infinitely after its decimal point because of such information sorting using the relativity of measurements, is one such gnomon, or regularly repeating pattern. The Julia set of fractals is based on the Fibonacci division of multiples sequence, similar to the subtraction of sums of Blaise Pascals triangle, and this differs from the phi gnomon by only a minute amount, such that they share the same expansion, but that the sum of phi itself is not necessarily contained upon the number set of the Fibonacci sequence except as the product of any of the given ratios. This is only because such a number set can only describe finite sums, such that phi could be a fraction of itself in a larger ratio, and since phi itself is a transfinite number it can only be expressed in a series of other transfinite numbers, which is the proper exponential expansion of phi. The difference between this true gnomon of phi and the fibonacci sequence, which produces the Julia set fractal, is similar to the difference between the actual sum and number set of the phi spiral and the number set of sums given by the tables of the eighth and the ninth. Their is a virtual similarity, however phi remains ideal beyond even the spiral fractal of the Julia set, the basis for this described by the Fibonacci sequence, the number set of Pascals triangle or the tables of the eight and the ninth, and, to my knowledge, the actual number set of transfinites in which phi belongs, and which also includes pi, has never even been deduced. It is possible that this pattern underlies the gematria of the Torah, and even of all social systems such as crime rates, economics, and the entertainment industry. It is only one kind of such naturally recursive cyclical patterns that may be observed to occur as multidimensional vector sums over histories, and therefore is not all pervading on the observational level. However, in the unseen realms that connect the galaxies, this measure is integral. It is this cycle I refer to when I shorten the ratio to phi/pi. a. phi in nature (leaf patterns) The spiral concourse of branches growing around trunks, stems growing from limbs, and leaves growing from sticks is, in some plants, particularly many of the smaller, flowering plants, a phi spiral sequence. This is a product of statistical averaging, and there is usually little attempt made to explain or account for axioms believed to be universal arrived at by statistical averaging. Take for example Plancks second constant, given as %, which represents 1.05457 * 10 -34 Joules per second, believed to be the average speed of energy of an electron. As I have repeatedly described, the only way any measurements can be made about electrons is by interaction with photons, and therefore Plancks second constant is the average difference of the measured effect from the constant speed of light. Because as I have

    shown the only fixed speed of light is visible photons, while the invisible spectrum is comprised of different frequency pulses of particles, and is determined more by the fixed speed of even smaller, non-electric, energy. Therefore, not only does Plancks second constant derive from interaction with photons, it only describes a spectrum of velocity that can occur within the range of the realm of the speed of photons known as the continuum of the local universe. There probably are, however, electrons even in the voids between galactic filaments, at least enough to give charge to the random electromagnetic temporal singularities that expand into wormholes measured as gamma ray bursts. Because Gamma rays are bursts of energy moving at a different velocity than light such that they constitute the sudden appearance of solid particle radiation like photons, this alone disputes the concept of the speed of photons as being representative of the full spectrum of velocity of radiation for particle energy. Also, because the angle of spiral an electron takes when it changes orbital energy shells, such as when it encounters a photon, is phi, thus we see that even these blossoming designs seen as though telescopically through the photonic lens of the visible universe, their sums over history reaching infinitely out into the voids and their origins dimensional perpendicularity points are only heavens mirror of the tiniest flower. b. phi in music (theme) One of the most important elements in fluent communication strategies, such as music, speech, or narrative story telling, is the element of rhythm inherent in timing. This contributes a meta-anomonopea connecting disparate elements of idea, such as character, set or setting, conceptual constructs (all of which occur also in dreams), as well as the perpendicularity in music of theme and motif. Here we see that a motif is a recurring variable and the pattern of its recurrence constitutes a theme. This is also true the other way around. These are thought to be steps in logic along the same ladder as the combinations of notes to form chords, the combination of chords to form rhythms of harmonies called songs, and even the division of half and quarter notes, minors and sharps (which are the same thing). Here we see that exponential expansion is a fractal that sounds rather flat, and that the phi spiral gnomon evokes emotion more than the pi spiral gnomon. Thus it may be found to underlie a great many of the musical themes that flow from the stream of consciousness through the instruments of the muse. It would be a wrong belief however to think that such implements of stylistic element are in any way necessary, though they are both useful and beneficial. Far too frequently people believe ideas that seem equivalent on a different level of implication than can their corroborative implications support. People labor under the misconception that the better the one thing follows from the other, no matter how related or unrelated the two may be, if the two ideas rhyme enough to inspire or evoke instinctive response, then there must be a direct causal connecting principle to link them, imputing to this negentropic statistically averageable universal constant the role of consciousness, and calling it God. In due time people will discover that the same effects can be accomplished using ESP and telekinesis, however this will only be following a higher path of karma through multidimensional reality than the paths commonly followed now. c. phi in architecture (the alignment of the pyramids) The builders of the ancient Egyptian pyramids, it is thought, did so that they might meditate upon their own grave. Thus, this pattern they aligned into the tops of the three pyramids, that are also aligned by the bases with the stars of the belt of

    Orion. The constellation of Orion, known then as Osiris, was believed to represent the king of the underworld beyond the river of the Duat, or the heavenly sphere divided by the Milky Way. This belief derived from the Dogon people of the Eastern savannah of Africa, near Ethiopia, where the Nubian Egyptians of southern, or Upper Egypt were from, having followed the northward flowing northern hemisphere Nile river from its source in modern day Aswan towards the Mediterranean delta. According to Edgar Cayce, and later confirmed by satellite imaging of Africas geographical topography, the Nile river once flowed from the same source westward, emptying out into the Atlantic. It is possible that the Dogon people, who studied the star Sirius extensively, and even made depictions of its binary system sidereal orbital periods as paintings on the walls of their caves, only moved Northeastward into Nubia and began building pyramidal graves when the direction of the flow of the Nile changed, although it would be unlikely that this happened in such a short period of time that these people could be thought of as having been swept there, as in an Exodus or upon an ark. Sirius is known as the dog star, and its helialical rising at sunset marks the beginning of the dog days, or hottest days of summer in the northern hemisphere. It follows at the heel of the constellation of Osiris or Orion, who was associated with Hercules and depicted as a stone geoglyph in England similar to the astrological Nasca lines. Thus it may have been that the ancient Egyptian architects were attempting to express Sirius as a phi superimposition over the Giza pyramids dedicated to Osiris. In either event, at the core of this super spiral karmic center is an underground chamber tunneled into the hard granite rock of the Giza plateau, presumably using high pressure water and precision water pressure powered diamond, stone and crystal drills. 2. Pi: 22/7 = 3.14159 Pi is a transcendental number determined as the area of a circle derived from the circumference divided by its radius and measured as a circular spiral around a central point. Pi is transcendental, as opposed to phi being transfinite, in the same way that the point of the pi spiral is central while the point of the phi spiral is offset from center, and these all really mean the same thing in that the pi and phi spirals both describe the same measure of the expanding circumference of a cone seen from different angles, and the movement of this precession of the central point of the spiral, or the sum over history of the spiral comprising the cone, can be represented by the number set of phi/pi that includes phi and pi, as well as by the fibonacci set, Pascals triangle, and all the other real vectors that exist in the material universe. A good example of a pi spiral in nature is the coiling up of the suns electromagnetic field bands due to differential rotation. Here we see that, like phi, pi is expressed in pure form in both the reality of the physical dimensions of nature, and beyond these in the abstract realm of ideal as a mathematical equality. The expression for this is derived from only one possible numerical ratio representing the circumference of a circle over its radius that happens to fall both upon whole real numbers, and it is from this that the endless decimal integer factor is derived. It is thought that the ancient Egyptians were the first to calculate pi as 22/7, and to use this exact measurement to square the base of their pyramids, however the pi spiral can be found depicted on rocks and in caves all over America, Europe and even Australia dating back as far the Cromagnons. The quotient of 22/7 has only recently been delved into deeply by mathematicians using computers to figure the number out towards the nth decimal point. 3.14 is the jumbled number equivalent of the infinitely repeating pattern of exact fraction decimals, such as 1/3 = 0.3333... where the threes after the decimal place continue on forever according to mathematicians. This property of exact fraction decimals was known of in Ancient Greece, where they studied the square root of two diagonal of the square and the square root

    of three diagonal of the cube and understood the fractal geometric implications on these measurements of fraction square roots. a. pi in nature (trunk rings) Trunk rings arent exactly pi spirals, but they arent exactly individual circles either. They mark the pattern of the growth of the bark on the external surface of the trunk of the tree, and this is more in some places than in others over the different years. For example, more chlorophyl forms in the surfaces of smaller, flowering plants on the side facing the sun, and therefore plants grow more cells on this surface, and cause the flower to bow down towards it in a spiral. The same happens for tree bark, though, because trees live much longer, they may be used as calendars to measure precession. The precession of the equinoxes happens according to the interaction of many various pi spirals, such as the movement of the electromagnetic poles of the earth and the sun, that are smaller measurements within larger phi spirals, such as the tachyonic torus of the electromagnetic poles of the black hole at the center of the galaxy. Phi/pi is the measure of all of these galactic bubbles, however pi is the basic measure of their circular circumference, and this determines the accretion disk upon which spiral galaxies such as our own Milky Way occur and revolve. b. pi in music (motif) A motif is the musical equivalent of an event in time, and, due to the relativity of measurements described between the phi/pi gnomon, the fibonacci Julia fractal, Pascals triangle, the tables of the eighth and the ninth and the impossible loop of consciousness itself, as well as exponents, decimals and phi and pi individually, all of these are of generalizable duration, in synchronicity with the universal singularity. Most often in music a motif is a small, evocative phrase of notes, or a harmony, that is expanded upon throughout a piece in a theme. Doing this, it is believed, is equivalent to the painter putting paint upon a canvas with a brush, such that a scene of set or setting is evoked in the mind of the listener, however more recent bands, such as the Beatles, have introduced Eastern trance composition stylings into the classical sensibilities of western music, and the other base systems for harmonic cording than the octave, such that their interpolation and juxtaposition creates even more intricate sound shapes occupying the mental projective space of the listener. Many of these forms of contra-posed modality describe the various angles of Platonic metaforms as they expand geometrically out into hyperspace. These are described best in the tables of the eighth and the ninth, and ideally by phi/pi. Each of these sound shapes individually is represented by a pi spiral sephira, just like grapes along the vine of the QBLH. This is the formula of theme over motif. c. pi in architecture (the measurements of the pyramids) Not only did the Egyptians probably use 22/7 in the calculations for the square base of the pyramids at Giza, it is thought that pi was also used in the reckoning of their height. This would mean that the pyramids were each the stellations of half the diagonals of unit cubes, each relative to the other. This would mean that the vast sum of specific numbers used in the construction of the Great pyramid could overlap holographically the lesser two pyramids. This would seem to refer back to my metaphor earlier about stacking cones, however it may be thought of as more relevant to the stellar activity in Orions belt. Just like Sirius, the smallest star, offset from the alignment of the other two, is a binary, pulsar system. Along this belt, and between these stars, are the vast gas pillars of the Orion nebula, where we can see stars being born, coming into existence

    as supernovae, even right now as I write these words. If you would like to think of the ice cream cone metaphor, also remember that the Egyptians aligned the air shafts of the great pyramids Kings and Queens chambers, as well as the pyramids themselves with the sphinx, to a date when the constellations of Isis (Sirius A and B) and Leo aligned with them, which was six precessional cycles of reversal of the earths electromagnetic polarity ago, 12,500 years past. There is also the greatest concentration of galaxies in the perimeters of the constellation Leo in the visible sky. 3. phi/pi As I have described phi/pi is a universally ubiquitous statistical average, however rarely occurs in its ideal form as an exact measure in nature. Imagine all the arrayed petals of the lotus blossom, or all the convex seeds of the sunflower in the center of its bloom, and imagine all the electromagnetic polarity field lines of the stars of spiral galaxies that arc above and below to be bent to the poles of the central black hole, for such as are the myriad of the faces and the forms of phi/pi. Perhaps the best example of phi/pi in nature is the vector of precession. As a sphere, such as our globe, a star such as our sun, or even a particle such as a photon, rotates around a pole, so too does this pole orbit around another central point such that the sphere itself is a pi spiral, and the cone from the center or core of the sphere to the circular precession of the pole can be measured by phi, thus rendering the surface area of the tachyonic torus equivalent, or potential event in time. This can be done for the earth, and yields the earths electromagnetic field, distorted on the side of the sun into the Van Allen belts, and behind in earths shadow the plasma sheet of flatline history tachyons. The same process can also be performed for the sun, and yields the same measure, its electromagnetic field, but even more distorted towards phi/pi as pi is the winding up of the suns electromagnetic field lines due to differential rotation and the precession of its electromagnetic poles can be traced according to a cone drawn up from its polar circle to a measure above (in the future light cone) or below (in the past cone) as the phi measurement of the difference between the circumference of this circle and the radius of the tachyonic field line wavelength connecting the sun, or the star, to the black hole at the center of the galaxy. Phi/pi is represented even more homogeneously by the enormous electromagnetic torus of galactic bubbles, comprised of millions and billions of such conjoined and connected star systems. The most exact measure of phi/pi in nature however is the tachyonic emission field of the photon that makes it glow. It is because of this that a single photon viewed through a convex lens will shine in the pattern of the unfolding of a hypercube, and also why the type of photons emitted by the sun refract prismatically into hexagons at an angle through a convex lens, and it is also the reason for the seven color spectrum of rainbows. As I have described, phi/pi is not only the measure of the holognomonic metaforms of reality, but a number set expressable in idealized form as a series of sums. This would represent the essential signature of the universal code that is the average harmony of all statistical probabilities over the history of potential. This number set contains both pi and phi, as well as phi/pi, which is a decimal or fraction smaller than one, as well as pi/phi, which is an integer greater than one, and is a fraction of two decimals that almost counterbalances to the whole number three. The dichotomy between phi/pi and its reciprocal pi/phi is similar to that between the cube exponent and the cube root, where the former is a whole number and the former is the irrational square root of three in a unit cube. This number set is theoretically comprised entirely of transcendental and transfinite fractions, and all of its relationships between these numbers are identical

    transcendental and transfinite ratios of a higher order, such that the infinite number line of the set as well as the exponential expansion of it are both reducible to the singularity of one, and this one invertible to nothing. Since only a few of these sort of numbers are known, such as phi, pi, the square roots of two and three and 1/3, most of the set remains obscured within the realm of imaginary numbers, such as the square roots of negative numbers (sums representing absences which, because nature abhors a vacuum, cannot be proven to exist in the the multidimensional reality described by the square function), which are so complex a concept that mathematicians using them usually simply annotate them by affixing a variable and leave them further uncalculated, except relative to contextual equations. Because of the nature of these numbers, they more await discovery passively than present themselves as common variables. There are, in reality, an infinite amount of them however. It is to this entire number set that I am referring when I use the term phi/pi. a. electron shell, magnetic torus As I have described, the rainbow is the same effect of electromagnetic banding of the earths electromagnetic field as the coiling up of the electromagnetic field of the sun, and these are both the same as the orbital path taken by the electrical charge of the electron as it orbits an atomic nucleus in its energy shell. This forms a pi spiral spherical probability well so rapidly that the charge is distributed simultaneously to all points within the field, and this effect is known as the electron cloud of potential. The electrical charge is held in orbital distance in the energy shell as static by microwave tachyonic gravity, faster than photonic entropy. Differential rotation occurs for the electrical charge because precession is occurring for the polar axis. Thus the actual shape of the electromagnetic field or energy shell is, holognomonically, a torus, although such can never be found expressed exactly in nature, and most are found surrounding solid spheres anyway, and so are not visibly observable as passing through the core. When the poles of these electrons are aligned, a tachyonic microwave current is formed between them that can accelerate energy to beyond the speed of light, and can quantum tunnel through solid particle wells such as photons. b. tachyons from microwaves to wormholes When such a concentration of energy as this occurs, as can happen between oscillated frequencies harmonizing in a scalar wave field, the tachyons that form the potential substance from which the size and shape of probability wells arises can be expanded into hyperspace field lines that connect disparate points through the multiverse in a temporal singularity. The moving shadows of these in subspace are the fourth spatial dimensional metaforms of the third and second dimensional representational hyper shapes and the platonic, archimedian and stellated solids and regular polygons, fractals, gnomons and tesselations. Since as long as we exist, we exist relative to time, the ultimate understanding of time is ultimate understanding of the letting go of our existing self, and this leads to the font of emotions, which are these fourth temporal dimensional geometries passing through our clear concentration of consciousness. It is the history of these archetypes which we are, more like some than others, and so is our reality changed, and so it is, as well, for the greater wormholes that are the sum over histories of the gravitational singularities, or baby universes, inside the black holes at the centers of all spiral galaxies that distort the continuum of three dimensional subspace into the wormholes inside the event horizons surrounding these singularities, which are inverted at the surface of the black holes electromagnetic poles into the perfectly straight tachyon field lines that arc out to connect to the precessing differential rotation of the surrounding

    galaxys stars that regularly reverses their electromagnetic polarity, inverting the electromagnetic polarity of any planetary bodies, and thus causing a direct effect on the electromagnetic fields of any and all sentient souls with nervous systems that generate a karmic aura. Thus we are alike within and without, as above so below. c. the involution of evolution over time The sum of phi/pi expressed as the equation of its ratio is given as light and love and life, that it should be known that all these three are one. There is no greater purpose to wit than what is given by these three in one. There is no trinity more holy, more divine or more sublime than that which is the truth, and the highest truth of the most high can only amount to scaling this mountain that is the triangle of Light and Love and Life. Here we see the triangle hexes, and that the hex stellates into a steloctahedron, and that this form bears all the burdens of our reasoning. Thus it is the metaform given to time, that it should be free of the imminent eschaton of the Great Because, loose the shackles of the hunchback whose burden is questions, and be forgotten of that curse upon it that it Should, so that it always was and always will be, and so it is. This translates into the forward and backward flow of entropy, the inversion of the temporal chi that represents the progression of the universe of visible light and matter energy into greater disordered states of chaos, and the opposite effect to this in the evolution of living beings and the clear light of tachyons. As entropy inverts, the great torus of the hypercube of time involutes, and the multiverse breathes with light, love and life. Such is the involution of evolution over time: only good karma, or else no good or bad karma, and never bad karma. This is also known as QBLH.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    9::Cardinal:Chokmah
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------YHVH:AyinSoph::Monastery:5V:3VI:2VII=10::13:23 minimum for a "monastery" = 5 OES, 3 GD, 2 OTO = 10

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------meditate daily on this and all shall improve in your life:

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: the white pentagon (upside down) inside the red pentagon (right side up) represents the spirit descending into the heart. This is the sacred mystery of the Catholic dove and the heart. The five sides of the red pentagon represent the five interior muscles of the heart (the four valves of the left and right atrium and ventricles and the aorta). The green star within is a mystery of mysteries, not to be communicated yet at this degree. If asked about the green star by a priest explain it is the fifth of five, the other four being yellow, and that it is a symbol of Christ alive and uncrucified. If asked about the Green Star by anyone of a lesser degree than priest, explain to them it pertains to the saying "every rose has its thorn." ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Four of the five Rosicrucians (requisite to function a public establishment) of the Monastery level of the quasi-religious path. All are of equal rank, and are also equal in rank to the fifth Rosicrucian, representing spirit. From left to right, here pictured

    are: the Ros. Cardinal of Water, of Air, of Fire and of Earth. Their grab is suitable for standard business by the five Rosicrucians of the Monastery as a round-table "board of trustees." All their left arms clench their chairs.

    The fifth Rosicrucian in the Monastic level of the quasi-religious path is considered the stable balance between the four other Rosicrucians (who act as the Monastery's accountants) and the rest of the members (GD&OTO) of the Monastery. Therefore, their role is both clerical, as representative of the board of the Monastery's trustees, as well as clergical, performing such roles in rituals as the one depicted above.

    The three Illuminati Cardinals stand for salt, sulfur and mercury. They participate in rituals only, and do not have any direct dealings with the fiduciary aspects, aside from through the fifth Rosicrucian Cardinal.

    The twin OTO Cardinals are dressed in spandex X-ray suits and wear elongated skulls. They perform in rituals only. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------VIII. Constitution of a Sector Monastery preamble: We, 10 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Monastery. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by the central account an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned. A. composition of a Monastery: only citizens advanced unto iib in Lodge can apply. 1. 5 V Rosicrucians: interface with the church Bohemian. 2. 3 VI Illuminati: interface with church Illuminati. 3. 2VII Bohemian: interface with the church Rosicrucians; lead in all ceremonies. 4. = 10: the significance of this numerology is in ha QBLH. B. the ceremonies of a Monastery 1. cleansing of the sector aura a. alignment of local sacred sites (ley lines) b. balancing of energy flow (clockwise/counterclockwise) c. re-attuning access to the global grid 2. creation / dissolution of the local account a. presiding over: i. coming of age ceremonies, parentally arranged engagements, etc. ii. providing funds for all Lodge initiation ritual materials, etc. 3. oversees the commissioning of labour unions a. providing free location and access to the sector grid b. providing funds for the construction and connection thereof C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iib (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.b.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) D. distribution of wage sums by sector

    1. regarding wage sums per sector, the monastery ... a. ensures wages remain universally equal i. provides accurate, complete and current factors for the computation of wages ii. provides the grade-curve of universal wages among sectors b. connects all state-wage transactions i. from the global grid ii. to the local grid iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a sector census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of sectors in the global grid 2. to determine the min/max numbers of individuals accounts in each sector

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading :: IX. QBLH The soul is only the accumulation of karma of an individual free spirit, manifest in its aura. It was this that was believed by the ancient Egyptians to have been weighed against a feather by Maat at the time of an individuals death. Now there have been studies on the metaphysics of ethics since the beginning of recorded history. The idea of karma originates from the Indus river valley, and the idea of ethical legislation derives from the peoples of the Tigris and Euphrates river valleys who brought the Nubians out of cannibalism according to Egyptian texts. In the east the school of karma arose to develop its own ideas of right and wrong behaviors based on trial and error with natural consequences. In the west the school of ethical legislation adopted as its scales the Manichean dualism of Good and Evil. The occult school on the underworld or the afterlife is based on viewing archetypes as like business establishments known by their names, and all things, including their own souls and other people, as mere collages of karma, so much property to be occupied by advertisements for information. According to this gnostic belief, the soul decays much like the body will eventually decay, such that the physical body itself is equivalent to the microbacterial organisms, maggots and worms that digest the divested corporeal remains. The longer we live, the more damage it does to our souls, however these are merely vessels, meant to carry us so far before we move on into another form. QBLH extends upward and outward above and beyond the regular surface of timespace that conforms to whatever geometry (open, flat or closed) that governs the universe, causing the observed expansion of spacetime. These are the histories of the gravitational singularities that, from distortion towards them of multidimensional wormholes through hyperspace, project out as vast spirals beyond the speed of all photons. They expand through dimension as the torus of timespace gradually involutes all its continuous substance through itself, leaving it behind and measuring first a vast cone inside another torus, which can be measured as a hypertetrahedron. From this can be extrapolated the next level of geometry, occupied exclusively by the fourth temporal dimension, and this complexity of structure can be represented as a hypercube metaform. These continue on through the rest of the platonic solids as hypershapes and measures a ubiquitous phi/pi gnomonic spiral throughout them all, that continues even beyond them into yet unknown geometries. Thus it is not only this itself that we are, for here is recorded the history of the timespace from which our immortal souls come, but through this that we must pass

    once again when we leave the vestments of incarnation within this universe behind. Our spirit is like a free floating temporal singularity that passes perpendicular into the multiverse or through a gravitational singularity outside into ylem. From here we seek our own origins by applying our understanding of the geometric rules of dimension just as we do our inherent physical understanding of the rules of physics in the local universe. This is the path trodden by YHVH, for in that these things might be, they may be of and for Him, for they are truly the rule of QBLH, and this has long been thought the rule of YHVH. A. history of the QBLH The official story of the origin of the QBLH is that it was the message engraved on the first table of testimony brought down by Moses from Mt. Sinai and smashed upon his finding his people worshipping a brazen idol. According to the story Moses went back up to the top of Mt. Sinai and came back down again later with two different stone tablets, these containing the ten commandments, the first of which guarded against the keeping by the people of any brazen idols. As with many sites in the middle east, which has adhered as much as possible to the economic status and social structures of Biblical times, a site for Mt. Sinai has been selected by archaeologists, geographers and historians both internal to the sovereign nation wherein is the chosen mountain as well as international experts. This was done by Muslim Sultans and Catholic Templars to increase tourism, however it occurred well before the scientific method was adopted to keep record of the reasons for such things. Similarly Mt. Ararat in modern Turkey is supposed to house the last of the wooden planks and rusted iron nails of the real Noahs ark, covering a vast, flat plain on one side of the mountains otherwise sheer drops and craggy faces. Most of the archaeology done in the middle east is as much based on superstition as the prophecies written by those ancient scribes that used to gaze at the fires of Miggido. Other than this no archaeological evidence whatsoever exists to substantiate this biblical story. According to the jews of Ethiopia, they are in possession of the stone of testimony, and it is a flat rock which they parade around annually under a sheet. Any collection of evidence to substantiate this however is barred by the seemingly perpetual governmental insanities of east African politics. When considering the history of QBLH it is important to consider several separate things as related to one another. This means following the history not only of the stones upon which QBLH is said to have been engraved, but also the keepers and the meaning of the oral tradition of its heritage. These can be thought to include the scribes and rabbis who have written on this subject, however the details of their lives are meant to be sorted out as much as possible, when possible, since it is the belief that when a person is studying the QBLH, it is really God studying God. 1. origins in stone Trance channelers, remote viewers, astral travelers, psychics, precognitives and prophets have difficulty seeing ahead in time beyond a date in the near future, thought to begin after December 12, 2012 on the gregorian calendar, as if there were some giant wall of ice or gravity well reflecting only what they project from their present upon the future. There is a similar difficulty in examining the past, since history is always changing, and each generation knows more about the world than the previous generation. In truth we are each given the same infinite potential understanding, and it is only in what we reflect back on our realities that makes our mark on this dustbin that is history. However, the soul is only free of stupidity in the same way that the mindless body is free of intelligence, and so we see that, while all minds might well think alike the greatest, it remains actually only a few people that can contribute themselves in this regard to history, as having freely known beside

    infinite nothing. Therefore at the time of the writing of the rabbinic scholars of Muslim Spain regarding the origins of the QBLH in the biblical story of Moses and the ten commandments given at Mt. Sinai it is not thought to have been known that Cromagnon man in the Lascaux caves in nearby France had, hundreds of millions of years ago, used various ground minerals, herbs and berries applied to the walls of the cave to depict the same figure of a bull, and that, concurrently in America cromagnon men had left carvings of pi spirals on rocks similar to those thought to have been made by Australopithecine hominids in the Australian savannah. Even if the rabbinic scholars were being allegorical, it is still correct to address the actual evidence of ancient learning rather than subscribe to those beliefs that comprised it. a. prehistory (petroglyphs and geoglyphs) The history of humanity is recorded in stones, from the date of the earliest hieroglyphic tags on small stones representing the oldest known writing, the linear a and b cuneiform alphabets of the Sumerians impressed with river reeds on clay tablets, to even earlier, in the building of stonehenge and the ancient depictions of game animals and shamanic hunters on the walls of the earliest human cave communities, the history humanity has kept to describe itself, to communicate its beliefs to itself, to preserve its metaphysics, has always been recorded for all time. There is much human life that floats by in the intervening millennia like so much water under the bridge, whose works for the survival of and contributions to the communal societies goes mostly forgotten by their own descendants, and it is true that even the date of such monumentally important inventions as the wheel cannot be known for this reason. What little is known of this ancient civilization remains only in its ruins. Here we find not only carved stones such as those from Ica in Peru, depicting knowledge not only of the skeletal structure, but also the visceral physiognomy of a pterodactyl, and cave paintings, such as those at Lascaux depicting early human animism, but also the vast Megalithic pyramids of China and Merubecka, South America, which have largely worn away to only very large burial mounds, as well as the vast, ancient canals of South America and the number of sunken cities off the coasts of modern shorelines. This period in history is marked by such great edifices as the Bimini road as much as by the flint chipped arrowhead or the atlatl. It is by the presence of the ancient petroglyphs, those edifices that remain in stone, such as Americas stonehenge (recently called mystery hill), the stonehenge of England and the ancient temple mounds of China, Europe and Oceania as well as chipped arrow and spear points, carved stone pipes and the carved stones of Australia and America, as well as that of the ancient geoglyphs, such as the Nasca lines, the giant hunter and serpent mounds of England and the South American canals that we can identify the presence of global, stone age civilization. Thus here is where we must look for the origins of QBLH, for, if QBLH is a truth to be known beyond mankind, then it would have existed already before it could have been earliest discovered, like a flower awaiting cross pollination. It is true that all of these features of ancient history are only now so much dust blowing in the whirlwind of time, however this whirlwind itself is phi/pi. The meaning of the symbols and relationships we can observe represented in ancient petroglyphs and geoglyphs may have been as mysterious to the people who crafted them as it is to the majority of people today, however we can see that there was clearly an astronomical predilection, as many of the megaliths are either maps of the heavens according to animist or anthropomorphic constellations or markers to measure the place relative to the horizon at different times of year of different heavenly bodies, and there are pi and phi spirals depicted the world over.

    Of the first type we can conclusively include the nasca lines as representing the Peruvian constellations attributed to the stars in the southern hemisphere, as well as the great hunter and serpent mounds of England. Stonehenge in England, Carnac in France and mystery hill in America, as well as literally millions of other neolithic sites, represent alignments of stones to measure the place in the heavenly hemisphere of various celestial bodies and to mark the time of certain seasonal events. The later, great pyramid of Giza also contains numerous such alignments in its architecture, however it is unknown if other, more ancient pyramids, such as those in China and Merubecka, which have deteriorated into mounds, served the purpose of making similar such celestial measurements. Pi and phi spirals can be found carved into and painted on rocks and caves in Australia, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas. Then there are some that may only be cultural, such as the meglithic heads of Easter island. It is thought that, because some of this civilization was lost when the coastline changed at the end of the last ice age, many of its original records were destroyed. Most civilizations, from the level of the most superstitious tribespeople of Africa to the most refined religiosity of Europeans, share a common myth about a flood and a savior who bore the seeds of the new civilization aloft the waves on a boat. Thor Hierdahl has proven that even the modern Peruvians, who live much the same way their most ancient ancestors did, can construct a sea faring ship of reeds and therefore could have crossed either the Atlantic or Pacific ocean. Another modern theory derives from recent translations of the lost books of Enki, and describes how the earth has been nurtured by extraterrestrial entities in space ships. In either event the moral of the story is best expressed by Pontius Pilate washing his hands of moral responsibility for Jesus. While most of the worlds myths of the flood and the great civilizer remain insubstantiable, the history of events described in the lost books of Enki, as well as other ancient Sumerian clay tablets, do survive to describe the history of a particular stone, called the Ram, or what would become the table of testimony, upon which they set down a record of the history of all of civilization. This was described as being two stone pillars secreted away in an underground chamber accessed by a river through cavernous tunnels in the Labyrinth beneath the Giza plateau by the Greek scribe Solon, who was told that they were from Atlantis. It is thought that it was this same stone, or stones, held by the hands of the historical Moses. b. the legends of the sacred stones All modern religions started with the early practise of savage, petro rites. This consisted largely, as testified to by Moses, of the worshipping of graven idols and the making of blood sacrifices to them. These stone deities were largely thought to represent the weather, the chief, or some other desired person or object. Human sacrifices were gradually replaced in the cultures of oldest ethical legislation, however the practise of voodoo animal and even human blood and murder rituals perpetuates to this day. These times, now steeped in mystery due to the subsequent repression of dogma by the Judeo-Christian descendants of the earliest ethical legislators, have been called by modern occultists the age of the Mother or the Moon, because of the insanity associated with the moon and because of the blood of monthly menstruation. The records of history of most of these types of civilization have been lost, and must be pieced together again by their sheepish conquerors in order to decipher their original meanings to the original ancient practitioners. Perhaps the best way to understand the impact that stone age civilization had on ancient humanity is expressed in the I Ching, where we see even the simple act of counting yarrow rods transcended by a complex hierarchical referential system based on number sequences that include the 384 and 1/4th night lunar calendar.

    Understanding QBLH is only understanding the ancient hominid who conceptualized counting using externalized materially manifest memory referentials. One equals one, two equals two, three equals three, four equals four, and thus are there ten. Even this simple counting game can be used to explain the exponential expansion of vertices in regular shapes per dimension, such that the more intersecting planes come together at the point or corner of a regular three dimensional shape, such as the five platonic solids, the more faces they will have, and the more edges these faces will have; this axiom continues through all dimensions geometrically, though in the fourth spatial dimension, for example, it is possible for four plane faces to intersect at each corner point, rather than only three, as with the three dimensional platonic solids, and so on in direct relationship. Here we see that, as with the caveman, a line drawn between the fourth dimensional connection of four sides, the third dimensional connection of three sides, the second dimensional connection of two sides and the first dimensional connection of all the sides in a singular point represented by the line itself measures a ten sided shape. i. as energy source Some of the earliest records of history describe the sacred stone of the Ram being used as an energy source, and a clay jar containing an iron rod in a citrus alkaline suspension has been found in Sumeria possibly dating back 4000 years that is still capable of generating a one volt electrical charge. The mythology is unclear and incomprehensive, however a liberal summation of events might be to say that, at some time before the building of the great pyramid of Giza the stone of Ram was brought out of Sumeria and the Tigris and Euphrates river valley area and into Egypt and the Nile river valley area. It has been theorized that such a stone as this was used in a way now unknown inside the chambers of the pyramid to power a massive hydroelectric pump built into the design of the pyramid. Kirilian photographs of stones from the Giza pyramids show a strong aura, with even more bolts of charged energy being emitted invisibly from them than the average human hand. There are high amounts of radioactivity deposited around the Dead Sea area, northeast of Egypt, that trace back according to radiocarbon dating to at least 4000 years ago as well. Also it has long been known to English dowsers that some of the ancient petroglyphs are charged with ley line energy fields that overlap underground rivers, and the Irish still kiss the Blarney stone for good luck and love. ii. as cutting device The legends of the Ram being used as a power source also describe the shamir, or stone that cuts stone. While many modern theorists can provide possible explanation using Browns gas for high temperature heating, or possibly water pressure to account for high speed drilling, none of these can fit the account of the shamir, which was described as being capable of cutting through the toughest of stones, even the hardest of diamonds, without friction, heat, or noise. According to legend the shamir, could not be stored in any iron vessel or metal container because it would burst through such an enclosure. This sounds similar also to the effects described by Moses as being possessed by the ark of the tabernacle housing the stone of the ten commandments, that it could stop armies, or to the power imbued to the trumpets of the army of Joshua when they brought down the Jericho city wall. It is true that the stone bricks of the Giza pyramids are not only measured to within one millionth of an inch, they are cut this exactly as well, and show not even a hairs breadth deviation from their alignments. Considering that many of them weigh as much as ten tons, and considering that there are more than a few thousand stones used in the construction of the pyramids, one must wonder at the precision tools that must have been used that could have made such infinitesimal intricacies of

    ideality that even modern laser and diamond drills cannot match. At Machu Pichu in South America there are also stones quarried to this precision fit, so that there is not even a micron of space between them, and here we see that the stones are irregular shapes beveled down to fit together, and that some of them weigh even more than ten tons. iii. as meditative object One can imagine the masses of workers that constructed the great pyramid at Giza and who are buried in the smaller neighborhood of pyramids in its shadow willing to have built the great monument if only for want to be able to meditate upon their own grave. Imagine Imhotep, seated in lotus position, on the flat stone lid of the sarcophagus in the kings chamber, solemnly fixed on contemplation of himself being lowered into the pit, and his third eye being freed into the heavens. Such confirmation as this is given by Hermes to his son over the tables of the eighth and the ninth, and this would progress Mithra worshipping bull-jumping Rennes into Zarathustrian prodigal sun, baptist coptic and gnostic, sects. The dilemma is general: to live though dead; to be beyond and yet still be around; to be remembered well and to forget the self; yet none of us is born in control of these traits of our fate. The bending of our circumstances into accord with our will is called the work of karma, and it is this that amounts to an individuals control over their destiny. In the east, where this model comes from, it has long been believed that the best type of behavior for clearing ones mind of the consciousness of karma is meditative trance. There they believed that karma carried over from one life to the next, and that meditation prepared us for the moment of our death. The Egyptians believed that karma was weighed at the time of death to determine if a spirit was free of having to reincarnate again. Later, the Christians believed that knowledge of and faith in their Lord alone would forgive all their sins and gain them entry to Heaven. The free and associated Masons use as symbols the craft tools and implements of stone masonry to represent the moral work that transforms the karma of ones soul. While not all of these derive from the stone of Ram, all have become associated with the mystical study of QBLH. QBLH has become identified with karma itself, as well as the tools with which to work upon it and the desired goal thereof. QBLH is the object of concentration for much trance meditation, and has been equated by occultists as the western version of the eastern tao of chi, or way of all energy. Because of this QBLH has even become associated with meditation upon ones own mortality. All of this is described in the first three initiatory degrees of masonry. iv. as law It is true to say that the financial token exchange reward based trade economy is as old as civilization itself. In Sumeria, many of the oldest written records describe financial transactions for goods or services, such as bills and receipts, inventories and prices of merchandise for sale, and financial holdings accounts, usually for the purpose of kingly taxation on the properties of the people in exchange for their protection by the guards of the city and armies of the sovereign lands. At the same time the ethical legislations levied out by the king or the court began to be recorded also, making them a truly open society in terms of exposing corruption. Their laws, mostly revolving around protection of and accumulation of material properties, even including wives and slaves, were extremely stringent, and it is from one of the most ancient books of ethical proceedings that derives the saying, an eye for an eye. Perhaps the longest lasting of these harsh, people are less important than property sort of laws was the practise of cutting off the hand of a thief, and this practise is made mention of in masonic dogma. It is not true to say, however, that all of civilization has been based on the

    token exchange economy. Concurrent to ancient Sumerias rise in the Tigris and Euphrates river valleys, the Hindu caste system arose as the social code of civilization in the Indus river valley. This system was based on classes, much like those described by Plato in his ideal Republic. There was a slave class, a merchant class, a soldier class, a priest class and a ruling class. Each of these classes served the next class up, and within each there was a social hierarchy or chain of command as well. Both of these only represent the earliest modalities of ethical legislation, and, as I have made mention before, both began as petro rite, sacrificial cultures. As surely as Christ said, Let you who is without sin cast the first stone, so has ethical legislation progressed much since ancient times. The subject of the Law was meditated upon by Confucius, Moses and Aristotle, each who began different philosophical schools on the ethical social legislation of karma. Just as Moses contributed the QBLH, so did Confucius the Yin and Yang of the I Ching, and Aristotle recapitulate the idea of the five regular ideal solids. Insofar as all of these metaobjects integrate as models describing the right proper ethic of karma, so too has this been grasped and understood by all those who have worked with and studied it. v. as perpetually stolen Anyone who has perceived ylem as the tao of chi, opened the third eye of the ajna, or extrapolated karma and integrated QBLH, understands that this forever flows, ineffable to the apprehension. As Thales said, you cannot even step in the same river once. To anyone who has studied karma as information collage, this is the saturation effect of Samsara, or sorrow, the symptom of wisdom. Since we have defined QBLH as the meditation of ethics upon ones own death, we can see now why it can come at first only in small and fleeting doses, as the concerns of surviving take precedence instead, and why it can only come through meditation that brings these concerns over the ongoing flow of ones karma to an end. QBLH, similar to the Buddhist Samadhi or Hindu nirvana, is death to karma. As much as concerns over karma are ones ethics of life, QBLH is the trance of ego death that opens one to awareness of the higher ethics of the free spirit. Just as karma is perpetually attracted to the static field of our electromagnetic auras, so is the true self above and beyond this function of incarnate existence, and flies from it just as karma flows. This has manifested itself in the history of the actual stone of Ram repeatedly, and again the first three initiatory degrees of free masonry describe the event archetypally. According to the oldest traditions, the stone of Ram contained a written account of history that dated back to the times of civilization before the last ice age. It might have contained the descriptions given in the lost books of Enki, which describe events in the heavens that would also be mirrored by the events described by Utnapishtim in the epic of Gilgamesh. Whether either of these is factually accurate, representationally allegorical, or fictional contrivance has been lost to history. These were given by Enki to the recording scribe to carry out of Ur. We are told that the name given to Abraham means, he who has Ram, or the stone of Ram, also known as the tablet of testimony. The bible accounts how he left Ur in ancient Mesopotamia where he had lived after meditating upon an upright sacrificial stone in the wilderness where he tended his herds and experiencing transcendence in the presence of the lord he called El, whom he made his Elohim, or chosen God. Around this same time in Egypt, the vizier, court magician and grand architect for the first pharoahnic dynasty was a man named Imhotep. We are told about him that he designed both the earliest step pyramids of Djoser and the great pyramid of Giza for two different kings, and that his successor, the man who designed and oversaw the building of the second, lesser pyramid at Giza, was named Ptahotep. Since the style of pyramid building he used combined architectural styles both of Nubian

    burial pyramids (as we can see corrected in the so called bent pyramid) and of Sumerian palace ziggurats (as we can see with the above ground interior rooms of the larger, later pyramids), it is speculated that Imhotep had traveled to both these lands. According to Plato, writing as Socrates, he had heard by word of mouth from an old scribe named Solon who had been initiated into the ancient Egyptian mystery cult in his youth, there were two pillars carved of Orichalc on a small island in an underground grotto connected by tunnels of rivers in a labyrinth under the Giza plateau that contained written on them in a language he could not understand a history of the world and of civilization. The Egyptian who accompanied him told him that they were from Atlantis. We are told that the name given to Moses means, saved from water, and that it was by parting the red sea that he led the Hebrews out of Egypt. This event probably describes the Hyksos rebellion under Akhenaten following that Pharaoh's attempt to institute solar monotheism when he and his people were forced out of Egypt by the priests and viziers of the mystery cult. The bible recounts that Moses received the tablet of testimony on Mt. Sinai, brought down the original QBLH and smashed it when he found his followers worshipping a golden bull. The story does not end there, however. According to legend the stones of the ten commandments were carried around in the ark of the tabernacle until the Hebrews entered Canaan and slaughtered the native peoples. After establishing a royal bloodline as King, the Hebrews began work on the first temple to be dedicated and consecrated to the Elohim of Abraham. The ark of the covenant was kept in the holy of holies at the center of the temple, and various other Hebrew treasures were placed in the hollow columns called Jachin and Boaz that marked the entry. At the time of the Babylonian captivity the first temple was destroyed down to its foundations, and most of the contents of Jachin and Boaz, though eventually returned, were looted by the rulers of Assyria. At this time, according to the kebra negast, a holy book of Ethiopia believed to be a genuine apocrypha of the old testament, Menelik, the mulatto son of Solomon with the Queen of Sheba, took the holy stones from their enclosure in the Holy of Holies before the destruction of the temple and returned with them to his home of Ethiopia. The Jews of Ethiopia claim that the stones reside there to this day, although they were recently moved from a lone monastery on the Aswan lake at the source of the Nile into a larger city. vi. the holy stones and the holy skulls There is no question that, just as the stone of record was revered by ancient civilizations, so were the stone megaliths revered by ancient peoples as long ago as the last ice age, when modern homo sapiens lived side by side with communities of Cromagnons in Europe, the middle east and America. It is even possible that construction on the carving of the stone that would become the head of the Egyptian sphinx was begun much earlier, by a different species of human beings altogether, and that the explanation for its forward sloping lower jaw is not meant to represent either a bearded man, nor the face of a cat or any other kind of animal, but the long, sloping face of the Australopithecine and Neanderthal peoples, who lived millions of years before modern humans. There can be no doubt that, whoever were their neolithic builders, such sites as stonehenge have long remained sacred to the indigenous peoples, and were used as ancient sites for worship and prayer, as I have described was true for Abraham, as well as for communal meetings such as the formation of social circles, where people congregated from distant regions to share news and trade goods with one another. Thus, the message of the Law encoded on the Ram, as well as the astral alignments of such sites as stone henge, may have been largely unknown to ancient

    peoples, and still have been used as the basis for their civilization and trade centers. In this way the stones gradually became less holy than the minds of those meeting at them, until finally the meaning of the stones could again be understood by many. A particularly good example of the difference between the mentality of ancient people around the time of the end of the last ice age as opposed to that of people in the following generations up to today comes from Ica, near Nasca, in Peru, western South America. Here we find a collection of engraved stones depicting all manner of knowledge and technology of many advanced modern civilizations dating back, it is thought, some 10,000 years. The original carvers of these stones are unknown, however it is believed that they belonged to the same culture from which three, elongated skulls have been discovered. These skulls had been lengthened since birth by wearing tightly coiled bands, similar to the neck stretching rings of Nairobi, Africa, or the lip and ear hoops of the Dnenge culture of Uganda, Africa. Nothing at all is known about these people, however it is clear from the evidence that they must have possessed an incredibly high degree of culture. They may also have been responsible for creating the Nasca lines, enormous pictographic geoglyphs that can only be seen in their full size and scope from in the air high above the dry plains. c. the living archetype In the ancient eastern mysteries they taught of seven chakra points inside the body, and of the Kundalini serpent force that rises upwards through them, calling this model of the human form the atman, or the self aware self. In the middle east the myth of the first man, Adam Homo began from the same lands where the oldest fossils of homo sapiens have been found. Kabballists call the biblical Adam the second, or lesser Adam, and the son of Set, and call the archetypal Adam Kadmon the holy guardian angel or the soul of man. It was Adam Kadmon, according to the ancient Hebrew legends, whose wife was Lilith, who became the demoness of the desert, an evil spirit associated with infant mortality, and warded off by magical charms. According to the kabballists, the biblical story of the expulsion from the Garden of Eden is only an allegory for the expulsion of Lucifer, the morning star thought to be the thief of first light, from heaven, despite the fact that the existence of an actual place called Eden is confirmed by independent contemporary Sumerian records. According to some modern kabballist scholars, the entire old testament is an allegory for the same passage of a single soul through the underworld described by the Egyptian book of the dead. This code, called the Nefesh, may have been discovered by the historical Jesus, and account for his gnosis of himself as the son of God. The belief in a messiah began much earlier, though, at least at the time of Moses, who recorded all the requisite prophecies describing the coming savior into the Torah. Nor is the belief in a messiah as archetypal savior of humanity unique to Judaism. The Inca and Aztecs greeted the Spanish conquistadors with open arms, thinking them their returning civilizer, Quetzalcoatl, who they remembered as being fair skinned. The Buddhists, too, continue the practice of seeking out Dalai Lamas as reincarnations of the original Buddha, and await the coming time of Matrieya, the last terrestrial incarnation of the Buddha. More recently the belief has become popular that we can all better ourselves, and thus become more enlightened, by individual karmic work on the soul, even simply by creating a list of goals for our self interest and then meeting them, and in this way become greater self actualized. One popular modern social movement states that we cannot love another until we love ourselves, and that we cannot know another any better than we know ourselves. This may be true, but the can of worms it opens up is the existential identity crisis of faith that has shaped mankind since birth.

    To know the self is impossible, for it is the self that is knowing. Instead we say that all the self knows is itself, and this accounts for great amounts of peoples personal karmic baggage, as it tends to attract reaction from the aeyther. In truth the self can know many things, and in many ways. The self best knows itself as through the body, though we know that loss of the sense organ that is the body would not necessarily diminish the self any more than loss of any of its five senses. Some say that there is a sixth, intuitive sense as well, however there is not any reason to believe that loss of the sense organ of the body even necessarily means the loss of the senses, either. To describe the self as archetypal, therefore, is impossible, since it is impossible for the self to comprehend that part of itself which is comprehending. However, since the self cannot be divided against the self without its knowing that it is being so, neither can calling the self an archetype harm, damage or change the self in any way. It can only augment the definition of the self, which also has a long list of names throughout history, including the soul, the spirit, the ego, superego and id, the conscious, the subconscious and the unconscious, the aura, the atman, Choronzon, not to mention its notorious reputation for being ultimately reducible to only a set of memories and behaviors, brain tissue, or even only DNA. By living better lives people throughout history have hoped to greater actualize the archetype of their self. According to the highest doctrines of most modern religions, in the deepest sense and on the highest level, we are all the same self, and this human, mammal, animal, terrestrial, elemental, universal self is only buried beneath the surface of our individual personalities, which we have only adopted for the convenience of satisfying our own lifelong survival agendas. Thus, the archetype of the self is in truth so transcendent that it is, in the end, right to think that all the self is is consciousness knowing consciousness, self knowing itself. This archetype seems more ideal than to say that God is an asymptote and human population growth created in His image. i. the ancient occult leaders History has many different descriptions of the early civilizers. In most cultures the world over they were revered as Gods. The Sumerian culture describes them as the Nefilim, who descended to earth in flying ships. The Egyptians called them the neteru, who were all thought to be aspects of the sun god Ra. The bible describes them as a generation of half-breed children of angels with the wives of men and as leaders and men of renown. Buddhism describes them as the ascended masters, or Boddhisattvas. In the Mayan Popul Vuh they are named Jaguar Quitze, Jaguar Night, Not Right Now and Dark Jaguar, and the Aztecs recalled Quetzalcoatl as a bearded pale skinned traveler from across the eastern ocean. With most of their cultural centers, the archetypal civilizers established a class hierarchy, free trade, and profession specialization. They are usually credited for bringing either writing or math to the indigenous people, or both. In the Egyptian book of the dead, amongst the negative declarations of the soul made before Maat at the last judgment which also include the ten commandments, there is a reference to cannibalism, indicating that there had been some problem with that in the Nile valley before the unification of upper and lower Egypt, when the book of the dead was composed. This was likely accomplished by Sargon the Great, called the Scorpion King of Sumeria, and he was one of only a few pre-dynastic rulers of Egypt. He is credited with the first writing, having drawn a pictogram of a scorpion representing his signature beside a battle plan carved on a rock near the battlefield where, it is now thought, the decisive victory unifying upper and lower Egypt was fought and won. This pictogram was also later found on a set of small, flat stone tags containing engravings of small hieroglyphic figures that represented the names of different

    ancient cities, some in Egypt, some in Mesopotamia. These are believed to be the oldest writing in existence. The similarities between Sargon and Imhotep are something like the similarities between the assassinations of Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy. Imhotep was probably the person whom Sumerian religion would record as Enki, Egyptian religion would record as Thoth, and Hebrew religion as YHVH. In addition to these titles, he may also have been known as Sargon, Abraham, Pharaohs Djoser, Khufu, Khefren and Akhenaten, Moses, Utnapishtim or Enoch, Uhurumazda, Mithra, Zarathustra, Lao Tzu, Lao Tse, David, Solomon, Confucius, Siddhartha, Yeshua Ben Padiah, Jacques De Molay, John Dee, Comte St. Germain, Rasputin, S.L. MacGregor Mathers, Aleister Crowley, etc. since what we are dealing with is a body jumping, reincarnating holognomonic archetype. The story of Osiris may be read as prophecy fulfilled by Khufu. Similarly each of these people have only lived their lives fulfilling the prophecies described by their predecessors, because each of them was only another to hold the same titles and position in the mystery cult held by Imhotep. There ought to be little doubt that all we know about the QBLH comes to us originally from Imhotep, however the mythology makes it quite clear that this can only be dated back, even at the time it was first recorded, as far as the last ice age. ii. sun symbolism Most of the mythologies, religions and philosophies of these individuals shared one thing in common. Each of them displaced a lunar, feminine cult with a solar, masculine cult. Worship of Enki predominated over worship of his brother Enlil, worship of Thoth, a lunar deity, was replaced by worship first of Osiris, representing resurrection, then of Horus, the solar hawk, then of Ra, the sun itself. Worship of YHVH, Uhurumazda, Mithra and Zoroaster drew people away from the worship of Inanna, Ishtar or Astarte. In India, petro cult worship of Kali was replaced first by cults of Shiva, then of Vishnu and Ganesha. Zen Buddhism displaced Shinto across the face of much of the orient. Later, Catholicism would burn witches as pagans, just as early Christians had been made to fight gladiators and lions to the death in imperial Roman amphitheaters, and Spanish Catholic Conquistadors would lay waste to the animist Aztec and Incan cultures of South America. There is a very racist, Mormon joke about Quetzalcoatl that goes, as Jesus said to the Mexicans, dont do anything until I get back. This seems especially indecent in observance of the fact that the peoples of pre-Columbian Mexico city, a monumental architectural feat being built up over a marshy lake and housing more people per capita than any other city on the planet at that time, as well as up to the twentieth century, have always been known as the people of the sun. This is typical of the senseless macho contempt these solar cultures have developed for one another as their campaigns of bloodshed and violence against one another continue. They appear to be in a sort of competition with each other to breed a Messiah or a master race, and thereby come to rule the entire world, as well as collecting tithes. Perhaps the ancient followers of Baal or the Mayan ball court players had the best expression for this kind of competition over the sun sphere. The Enochian system also reveals it as like a ratings system of karmic points that collects over different geographical areas, people or peoples. When it is centered upon an area it is called a karmic center; about a person, Christ consciousness or Choronzon, the Holy Ghost; for a group of people, mass hallucination or game reality. The crown of kether is passed around the round table of the globe. Despite humanitys chase of it being called civilization, like Louis the XIVth in his palace, the sun rolls over our heads every day, from dawn to dusk, disappearing only to reappear again. It can only have been the pounding heat of the sun that would drive the workers into the frenzy that must have been needed to have built the great pyramid

    in as short a period of time as most historians of the time accredit, less than one generation, and it can be seen that the Nubian culture of southern Upper Egypt began to dominate more and more heavily over the Hyksos culture of northern Lower Egypt in the art of the three kingdoms of dynastic Egypt, as the characters are depicted as more and more African in appearance. Similarly in ancient Ethiopia, where they were said to cut shanks from live cattle, eat the flesh raw, and patch the animals wound with mud. At these early stages, beside doctrine, the Solar cults and the Lunar cults displayed little difference in their low level of rational humanism. By the time of Jesus, who represented the sun amongst the twelve zodiacal houses of his disciples, the message had become one of peace, love, and understanding, and by the time of Jacques De Molay, a Christian crucified by the Christian church, one of liberty, fraternity and equality. One must wonder at what such gushing openness on behalf of the sun fails to reveal about its true nature, since beside the Mayan tzolkin, a very complex calendar based on many different cyclical variables observed in the movements of the planets, and the works of Ottoman astronomers, none of these have even hinted at any scientific understanding of the nuclear fusion gas cloud of our solar systems sun, preferring instead to mask whatever actual data they had collected in anthropomorphic allegory and conceal this in a hierarchical system of social order. iii. death and resurrection rituals The central paradigm of social order is the death complex, and so I will use the words occult and Order of Death (or Daath) interchangeably. Here we see that the human species has attempted to cope with its apparently unique perception of the end of life by idealizing death, and making it holy by enshrouding it in mysterious rituals, magickal legislative dogmas, and often hallucinatory beliefs. The oldest known conception of what became of the essence of an individual after their physical body had died is the djinn, or nature spirits, the origins of which can probably be traced back as far as tribal animism. Around the time of the building of the pyramids, however, the middle easterners invented the process of brewing grain barley with fermented hops and formulated the recipe for beer, and at this time the Shamanic trances that had only been practised by the tribal medicine man far out in the wilderness began to become popular amongst the common citizens in the early agrarian city state civilizations. Around this time there were several attempts made to formalize or categorize the djinn. These attempts can be traced along with the history of the Ram stone. Supposedly the oldest formalized conception of the djinn is given in the Sumerian Necronomicon, and describes the djinn as having once been the Annunaki, lessers of the Nefilim, and as able to control various certain natural processes, such as the gathering together of great numbers of people, the working and refinement of natural ores and minerals to produce metals, and control of the weather of the firmament of the atmosphere. Though only fifty names are listed, there were supposedly more, and though only their usefulness to making war is described, they supposedly possessed as much personality as people. According to the history of the Sumerian people, these fifty were actual people who had lived and died during a war in the heavens, and according to the Necronomicon they had then become ghosts who could be summoned using ancient magical sigils. Next, the Egyptians described the Annunaki as the dekans, giving them a place in their Sumerian twelve sign zodiac based calendar, though not attributing constellations to them. The Egyptians divided their calendar first according to the twelve Sumerian constellations, then assigned three dekans to each sign, calling each one the watcher over a week of ten days, such that there were thirty days in each Egyptian month. Since this did not correspond correctly to the actual 365 &

    1/4th day long solar year measured by the earths orbit, at some point in Egyptian history, perhaps when Akhenaten attempted to establish solar monotheism, the calendar also began to include five intercalary days at the end of each year, and these were called the holidays of the thirty seventh dekan. According to the occult throughout history, the shemhamforash, or the spell that Moses used to part the red sea when the Hebrews fled Egypt, is a seventy two long letter code triply encoded into the verse describing his doing so. Many modern Jewish researchers today have proven that, along with such gnomons as phi/pi, there are many different types of number or sequence coded geometric lattices used in the writing of the old testament. The number seventy two is important because it is the doubling of the 36 standard Egyptian dekans, and because it is also the number that is the measurement of years over which the gravitational pole of the earth precesses one degree, or 1/360. Buddha, who describes Samadhi as the transcendence of Samsara, or the cycle of reincarnation, is said to have slain all of his inner demons of doubt in one night while meditating beneath a bo, or bodhi, tree, and it is from this that the Boddhisattvas take their name. Buddhism teaches that, by following the path of right thought, right speech and right action, we can attain higher states of conscious enlightenment. In this way, Buddhism defines the afterlife as the attempt to escape from the yugas, or cyclical ages of growth, destruction and renewal described by the Hindi, which may be thought to represent the annual seasons as well as the 41,000 year ice age cycle. The shemhamforash was also used by Solomon, according to rabbinic scholars and kabballists, to construct the first temple. Supposedly, also, the author of the angel scroll, a list of angels associated with the old testament apocryphal prophet Enoch, the essene Yeshua Ben Padiah, also knew of the shemhamforash. Mohammed also describes the wars in heaven, and gives the names of some of the key players. The Enochian system describing the Annunaki was later elaborated on by the skrying of John Dee and Edward Kelley, who expanded upon the day and night duality of the Shemhamforashs expansion on the Egyptian dekans by factoring in the planetary astrological alignments and associated elements, and who gave a fuller, more complete set of archangel names as tessellated lattices. Most recently involved in the definition of the hierarchical initiatory levels of the death experience are the Free Masons, who trace their origin as far back as to the building of the temple of Solomon, but who may date even further back to the Sumerian workers who immigrated from Sumeria to Egypt, bringing with them beer, writing and civilization, before the building of the great pyramid. The free masons, like the gnostic essenes and the Buddhists, attempt to demonstrate to people that death and reincarnation are perpetual parts of life itself, and can be ended in ones death. Perhaps the irony of the occult leaders teaching people freedom from reincarnation coming back to haunt the leaders by being accused of reincarnation themselves is best expressed in the passion of Jesus Christ, although the same trend is carried on to this day by the seeking out of reincarnated dalai lamas and lamas by Buddhists, the election of popes, cardinals and bishops by Catholicism, the initiatory rituals of free and associated masonry, and the Jewish belief in the generational prophets and the coming Messiah. As I have said, this only leads to competition among the sovereign cultures over the essence of Choronzon, the archetypal ghost. iv. Poimandres: the dragon of animism Along with the twelve signs of the zodiac given by early Sumerian astrologer astronomers, the ancients also defined an entire host of other constellations, each culture recognizing the same stars and symbolizing them in different ways. For example, the Egyptians and Greeks identified Osiris or Orion as a human hunter,

    while the Peruvians and Mayans identified the same constellation as a spider. The Egyptians identified the North pole star constellation as an ape and a plow, the Russians as a Great Bear, and Europeans as the Big Dipper. One constellation for which most ancient and modern cultures share in their description of, however, is Draco, the Dragon, that circles around the pole star through all twelve longitudes of the heavenly hemisphere divided along the ecliptic by the twelve signs of the zodiac. Draco was significant to many ancient cultures, and is depicted in the snake mound of England, the Nasca lines, and the alignment of the temple of Angkor Wat in Cambodia. It was associated with Kundalini in India, Quetzalcoatl in South America, Set in Egypt, and Poimandres by Hermes. Insofar as the north polar star was in Draco during the time of the last ice age, as well as much longer ago, during the time of the dinosaurs, it has been speculated that it might represent not only the ancients knowledge of precession, as demonstrated in the shemhamforash, but also their knowledge of dinosaurs, as depicted on the Ica stones of Peru. It should also be considered significant that the majority of constellations described by the ancients are depicted as animals, much like the majority of cave paintings by stone age homo sapiens and cromagnons. Perhaps the best representations for this irony, which did not go unrecognized by subsequent Greek golden age temple astronomers or later Ottomon Muslim astronomers, is in the depiction of the zodiacal sign of Capricorn half goat and half fish marking the middle of a northern hemisphere ice age, or Sagittarius the centaur, half man and half horse marking the middle of a southern hemisphere ice age. v. mendicant moralities and aescetic martyrs The result of the conflict between the solar cults and the lunar cults over the precession of Poimandres has led to the mass delusion of the populous. The ones who win feel obligated to lose, all that is gained is ultimately sacrificed, nothing remains sacred, all victories are pyrrhic, all desires fleeting, and thank you is never said without Im sorry. The ego is associated with the archetype of suffering and this is raised unto the Most High. Still, God is moving across the face of the deep. Zen Buddhism, Taoism and QBLH offer ways through the garden of forking paths that is the neural net of decision making for the pursuit of karma. It is thought that, by identifying and transcending our goals, we can become at greater peace and harmony with our inner self and with the rest of the universe as well. Most of the rest of the world religions are transfixed by the passion of Christ, such that so much of the worlds population are Christians that it gets in the way of the anti-Semitic teachings of Mohammed and the Marxist Zionism of reform Judaism. While the new testament has changed the entire philosophies of the people of the Holy Land, it has left them in financial ruin and economic poverty; at the same time it has done the exact opposite for the western corporate world, making industrial developed nations rich beyond their wildest dreams and leaving their minds stuck in biblical times, reenacting the last supper. Thus we are either given mendicant roles cobbled from the Hindu caste system or made to identify ourselves with a martyr. Neither of these seems sufficient to meeting the goals of simple survival, and it is obvious the way in which both of these schools of philosophy evolved from originally aescetic petro cults. In the case of the east these were elderly Vedic wanderers who had given up all but a cloth, a pair of sandals, a walking stick and a bowl. It was their place in the Hindu caste system, having lived long, socially productive lives, to be exiled into the wilderness in order to contemplate what meaning this had had, if any, before dying. It was to these old men that young Siddhartha came, though they would eventually learn from him. In the case of the west these were the Baptist Essenes, a group of Jews who had

    been exiled from all the surrounding communities for being even more religious than the anti-Roman terroristic zealots. They were called the Nazorenes, or the poor, for being the Nosrei-ha-brith, the keepers of the covenant of the commune of Qumran. It was to these well worshippers of Damascus that Yeshua Ben Padiah would come, though his time there is best described by Jesuss final visit to the temple. It is possible that these teachers of wisdom only briefly encountered the existing occult, and it was by the establishments cursing of them upon their leaving from its folds that the subsequent religions were born as their mirror image. For Buddhism this consists in the slaying of all ones inner demons, doubts, turmoils, etc. For Christianity this consists in the pleasant gaze of Jesus, hanging on the cross. Perhaps one could be thought to represent the external visage of the divine countenance, and the other the internal mental state of serenity at the conclusion of all cognitive dissonance. As I have said, all this leaves little left over for the common man, who does not necessarily care for the mendicant lifestyle, or the archetype of the martyr, as much as for his own salvation, and for bread and water. It requires understanding on another level of reasoning, and as with the formal system of metaphysics, this implies the depth of dimension of Had and Not, and the potential dualism of fact and fiction. The ornate rituals of religion and the grotesque spectacles of the media do not change the economy, the politics, or any of the rest of the natural functions of the real world, they only reflect, represent, and attempt to elaborate upon them. d. philosophies of the most high It is clear that the youngest of the great religious teachers have all been more in rebellion to the existing philosophies than those of their elder counterparts, such that, whenever one seeks initiation into the mysteries, one will react to the gnosis, or the knowledge of God, in a way congruent with ones age. We see that the young, slender Siddhartha would become the jolly, round Ho Ti; that Sargon (Hamurabi) would become Imhotep (Abraham) would become Thoth (Enoch) would become YHVH (Moses). We see that Jesus was missing during most of his youth, and known only during the three years of his preachings before being crucified. Just as Imhotep and Ptahotep were also Khufu and Khefren, so were they also Osiris and Horus, as Shiva of Sheba was Isis of MeruBecka, and Akhenaten was Siddhartha was Yeshua were all reincarnations of Khefren, the Ra of the free spirit soaring through the set souls. Recently, the British occultist Aleister Crowley described the situation this way: the Khabs is in the Khu and the Khu is in the Khabs, meaning that the greater is within the lesser, and the lesser within the greater, or, the above is as the below and the below is as the above. Another way of thinking of it is given by Lewis Carrol in Through the Looking Glass, where the white queen describes memory as being potentially backwards and forwards, but never in the moment, as the law of, jam tomorrow, jam yesterday, but never, ever jam today. Unfortunately, that story ended with Alice awakening from a dream, and the truth is that such axioms as she perceived in archetypal forms throughout the plotline persist more in waking life. One of the types of litmus test for agelessness that can be applied to the teaching of any ancient sage is its translatability into modern terminology, although this will as much reflect the age of the translator as the original did the age of the writer. Another is based on the use of chemical substances to encourage, induce or enhance enlightenment, such as soma for the Buddhists, peyotl for the Cherokee, blood for the Black Mass, and sacramental wine for the Christians. Perhaps the best is through the use of systems and their degree of complexity, for such as can be used to measure in terms of wisdom rather than in terms of age. The ultimate extent of systems, however, is arbitrary, since it is an ideal, equivalent in essence to a dream object, something that can exist only in the mind, and which

    transcends the mundane reality of such character traits as identity. The modern information systems theory hinges on inversion, and this is for astrological reasons, as the Montauk - Sedona time tunnel opened in the sign of Libra, which is really Virgo according to the social concealment of precession. This is thought to represent the same event as predicted astrologically by the encrypted prophecies of the new testament in the parable of Jesus overturning the scales in the temple. Such time tunnels occur in accordance with the equivalent in earths ozone layer and ionosphere of the coil crossing, band jumping prominences and flares of sunspots in the suns electromagnetic field. These cause karmic centers to occur below, and such interaction may also be stimulated by the direct solar radiation that stimulates the movement of atmospheric pressure centers. At night, the air molecules move more slowly and drift further apart, as the solar ultraviolet radiation is not disturbing them, and everything assumes a more regular form as the flatline histories of tachyons penetrate through the ground and trail out into the plasma sheet in earths shadow cone like a solar windsock. The slight distortion of them in the atmosphere makes the stars sparkle and the planets twinkle. They form spiral vectors on the rods and cones inside our eyes. People who have driven long distances know this effect. Children are exposed to it by watching too much tv. It is the air in which we communicate. During the day there is only more of it, as tachyons are being emitted by photons, and here we see that the regular matrix that these particles assume over night becomes a chaotic field of static. People who have been soldiers in a war know this effect. It is from the accustomed perception to this that the Muslim religion gradually derived its geometric tessellation art over the many ages to represent the face of Allah. It is also this which is associated with Kether, and with the primary clear light of ylem, although it should be specified that there is still clear light even beyond the tachyonic multiverse comprising the border of the universe bound by the speed of photons (zimzum), even as Ain Soph Aur (limitless light) in the Ain Soph (limitlessness), in which the I Am is the Ain (limitless nothingness). This has led the media into the millennial wild goose chase for an explanation for their existence. What should have just been a good Picasso painting now has to represent Taurus. What should have been a family photo is now a crucifix. i. sacrifice The beginning and ending of self-aware existence is sacrifice. In the beginning we sacrifice the womb life, comfortable and warm, in a state of miraculous suspended animation, only to become people, and cover the face of the planet. In the end, we sacrifice all we have gained from this life, and give up all advantages. This is the way it has always worked, and this is the way it always shall. There is very little choice on the part of a star, for example, as to whether it wants to have begun from random quantum fluctuation. Nor can it hope to change its fate if it is not destined to become a black hole. Therefore the Law that every man and woman is a star is wrong, because humans have free will and can change their own fates and destinies. This is because the spirit is free, though even the soul ultimately is not. The soul, insofar as it is electromagnetic, can only exist within the natural universe, below the speed of photons. Only the free spirit, in essence, tachyons, could travel into the gates of heaven, outside of this universe. Stars may be like us, but we are not much like stars. We give up the solace of the womb for the control of our own destinies. Outside our parent organisms is a reciprocal interchange system that has been artificially created and must be supervised and maintained that supports and gratifies our desires, and we understand this force however we choose. It may be seen to represent God the father, karma, memory, money, civilization, other people,

    the identity. It is what gets us home safe at night. The replica, or pop-culture simulacrum, hovering in the Enochian system is the ghost of our self control, the social consciousness or Choronzon that we are perpetually letting go. The rest remains the memory of the involved individuals, like a toy for them to take home. We give up the control over our destinies whenever its our time. Since long ago it has been this that has been the substance of sacrifice, while we have kept hold of material goods only slightly longer than they have had value as referentials, or representative meaning. Since the sensory stimuli increases in velocity, its meaning is asymptotically forgotten and gradually redistributed to other referentials. When the sensory stimuli has achieved a certain point on this vector graph, it simply ceases to exist. Here is the death of sense perception, here is ego death, and here is the death of the body. I am not that which I am. I am not the substance of my sacrifice, though it may be for me my most exalted replication of karma. I have detached myself from its umbilical chord and let it go beyond. Such is the devotion and dedication necessary of a mendicant. ii. asceticism On the island of Japan, Buddhist monks discovered a way to mummify themselves. They ate tree bark from indigenous pine trees for one year, taking daily, rigorous constitutionals across the mountainous terrain. Then they would drink ink containing lead, and water from a local well containing arsenic. One of them buried himself in a small cubical hole beneath the ground with only a string leading out to a bell in the outside world, and a cup of the lead based tea. He rang the bell for three days, and on the fourth day he was dead. The remains of his corpse are still preserved to this day, however, almost 1000 years later. The tree bark toughened and thinned his skin and muscle tissue. The lead and arsenic killed the microbacterial organisms in his intestines that, in life, had helped him to digest his food, and that, in death, would digest him from the inside out. There are three such mummies in a Buddhist monastery in Japan. This represents the height of the mendicant monks lifestyle, and the culmination of reward for it in the form of preservation of the body after death on par with the Egyptian Pharaohs. So, forever, may it be seen that both the greatest of kings and the simplest of monks may be equivalent before the ages. It is possible to extract extremely accurate genetic samples from any, once living, artifact, so long as it has not become completely petrified. On the other hand, it remains possible to extrapolate the genetic patterns even of petrified particles using holographic resonance imaging to map the projected material into a computer program. Asceticism is as useful to the common man as a bicycle to a fish. You can sell a fish a bicycle or you can teach one how to ride. You can lead a horse to drink tequila but you cant make one swallow the worm. Why should we all beat ourselves up all the time inside over the fact we will all one day die? Good times are always passing by. iii. martyrdom Consciousness researchers believe that our first impression of death comes from the birth experience, however that our beliefs about the nature of life after death derive primarily from our self-transcendent experiences, or what I have called elsewhere our personal transcendental experiences. Various researches have shown that these are related in various ways to various events in our lives, such that the most archetypal levels tend to filter down statistically into the manifest realm of event. Some experience these from orgasm, and it is likely that this is the most primal form. Some experience these from use of chemical substances, however this often

    creates a clinging to pre-disocciative reality as a central point. Some experience these as profound religious experiences, and these come in too many different forms to list. Some may leave you with good memories of them, others might vex, trouble or worry you. Some may make you see yourself differently, others might even change who you think you are. Researchers have tried to categorize these according to various different systems, such as the Annunaki and Nefilim, the Essenes and Nazorenes, and the Enochian Ayres. This is where we see the similarities and differences between the lifestyle of the monk and the welfare of the king, and their relationship to the common man. Since everyone has personal, self-transcendental experiences then it becomes necessary for the group to have shared personal transcendental experiences, and this is where the social simulacrum comes into play. It has long been a superstition that the more people involved in an event the more energy there is in it, and that it is both healthy and well that this energy should be guided towards the implied desired ends. Passive energy, such as the holy mass given by the Pope, requires fewer leaders to orchestrate. Active energy, such as an American football game, requires, other than strategically, mindless players, and hundreds of screaming, mostly drunken fans. People share personal, self-transcendental experiences almost everywhere they go and in every situation they are in, to either greater or lesser extents and degrees. Similarly, if only one person tells another their thought, and that thought seems worth it and catchy enough, it will eventually travel memetically throughout the entire community unconsciously. This effect has been observed with moths living in nineteenth and early twentieth century industrial Europe, where the moths that lived inside the heavily polluted cities were turned black by coal soot, and the moths of the same species that lived out in the surrounding countryside also naturally changed their color to black as well. This also occurred to the tree bark of the indigenous trees. In this same way do people adopt personalities from the aeyther, and one that is particularly camouflaged is the martyr complex. This is based on the Greek Oedipal or Elektra complex, which, according to the original story, goes recognized too late, and Oedipus puts out his eyes. While before this time the practice of animal sacrifice was standard operating procedure at the temples, not until Greek drama had human self-martyrdom been portrayed on stage. Thus it was as much, if not in fact, to the Roman sense of irony, much more, this theatrical flare that was behind the practice of crucifixion, than it was intended to be, as it was held by the first Jewish Christians, equivalent to the passover sacrifice. iv. inversion At the pinnacle of self sacrifice is the inversion of self. This means not only the sacrifice of what is known of the self, but the self that is known, as well as the self that is knowing. This seems like alot of inversions, but according to people since the time of Christ, it can all be done in one, if, of course, you believe in Christ. Perhaps you might wonder how, since the inversion between all of those inversions and only one inversion only seems to be another inversion. Only imagine there is no you. Then it will all become clear. It is this that it is the crux of the argument among many of those who consider themselves the most high, since on this level, or from this perspective, however you want to look at it, there is no difference between life and death, according to all the recorded legislation on the heaven of mankind that is the free and accepted multiverse. Once we have begun to see in this way, which is called the trance of Samadhi by Buddhists, and the tao of chi in China, as well as Christ consciousness or being in the presence of the Holy Ghost in the west, then one can begin to freely and

    truly question whether they even exist at all. It appears possible that we might simply divest ourselves of karma and dissipate whenever we wish. Doing so, however, creates inversions of karma. An expansion in one dimension creates a contraction in the next, and another expansion in the one after that, and so on, on all scales. This even includes the projection of our thoughts in mental projective space, and this effects reality when it involves referentials. We create attachments between things that remain within our memories and act associatively upon referentials, creating geometric lattices. These are ennegrams in the mind that overlap three dimensional reality in a mental projective map. Even fish do this. It is thought this is what makes the grass grow. What does it mean for karma to be inverted? Only that it is a digital part of a holognomonic referential infrastructure that is at once expanding and contracting, at once extrapolating and integrating, at once an influx and output. This means the karma is coming and going, and, if one will remember that it is, on the most fundamental level, all tachyons, it is doing so simultaneously backwards and forwards in time, and this seems to create the fourth dimensional temporal cycling of the three dimensional heavenly bodies. Karma can be inverted in as many ways as it can be seen to be relative to any other object, material substance or essence of force in the entire universe, since these all comprise the actual geometric relativities that comprise the acausal connecting principle. None of this has any more need for meaning to you than in that it can be useful, and moreover no more meaning than what you give unto it. The ancients knew of this by the name Shekinah, and it was only after the same ideas became associated with Choronzon that the Christian trinity of God the Father, the Holy Ghost and Jesus the son of God could come to replace the maternal occult dialectic of the aeons of the Father, the Mother and the Crowned and Conquering child. In the inversion system, the old greatest common factor becomes the new lowest common denominator. v. nihilism Nihilism is the belief that nothing exists. Nothing is real, nothing is true, and all that we perceive with the senses, the mind, the ego, et al. is a false illusion called Maya by the ancient Indians, and Mana by the Mayans and Olmec. There is no need in nihilism for religion, because it allows for atheism as well as agnosticism and anthropomorphism, so long as the applicant realizes that these are essentially false and illusory, and can only contribute to a further delusion of the senses resulting in greater clinging to the ego. The goal of nihilism could be called clarity, but nihilism is iconoclastic, and therefore would only smash such a symbol. There is no moral purpose for nihilism, yet it is the grounded philosophy of countless people on some level worldwide. There are many moments where the self is transcended purely out of frustration, and since this amounts only to distraction, it cannot accomplish anything, and is therefore considered ultimately irrelevant. Nonetheless, this is embraced by the rebelliousness of youth culture as the finale of the haunted house ride that is reality. As well as the existing American media, the immediatist collage philosophers of tomorrow seem anxious to rush headlong through their roles in manifestation of social adjustment karma and assert their thalami on the karmic cutup machine, claiming to be the inheritors of Burroughs and Nietzsche. Nihilism began conceptually as the inversion of tao, the concept of the antiylem. It is described as the Ayin that is above and outside of the universe, where even the tachyons of the multiverse do not reach. It is thought, therefore, to be the philosophy of the darkness, and associated with yang inside yin, as opposed to yin inside yang, associated with ylem. It is therefore very deeply rooted in socialized, acculturated philosophies, as well as to the psychology of the self-cognizant

    bicameral mind. It is not known what purpose it serves. It motivates the id, which actuates the superego. It differentiates between consciousness, subconsciousness and unconsciousness. It is the everywhere and nowhereness of the self. Yet it is inverted from all of these things, and is therefore none of them in itself. You cannot put your finger on nihilism without it hiding inside of you. Whenever you go looking to find the source of all your nihilism, you will not find it, it will not be there, because there is no such thing. Nihilism perpetuates itself invisibly like a computer virus, decomposing the moral fiber of all of historys grandeur. This splendour is a mirage, say the nihilists, and, like Satans temptations of Jesus in the desert, must be let go. Perhaps this was best described in the childrens book, the Never-ending Story, where there is a great nothingness that threatens to consume a magical kingdom. If you feel threatened by this description, as well you should, for it is the Jabberwocky, then you will remember that all that I am describing is what would make you ever forget all that I have been describing. That is what nihilism is. Forget forgetting. e. schools of the light Our bodies are made of material that has already been on this planet for millions of years, our genetic sequences gradually evolving, our bodies reproducing themselves cellularly, the materials the same since the first bacteria. This is one source of memory. Our souls are electromagnetic energy that has traveled throughout the known universe, and this is another type of memory. These are the neuro-genetic and neuro-atomic circuits described by Leary, and represent Binah and Chockmah, where the eight circuits are arranged on the tree of life excluding Malkuth and Kether, and where Malkuth represents the peripheral nervous system, and kether represents the source of memory of the free spirit, comprised of tachyons, whose home is as a gravitational singularity in the heavenly multiverse. Because there are many forms that appear to catch the light of ylem, there are many different systems and models that have been cobbled over time, and therefore many different mystery schools have arisen throughout the land. However, remember, it is as I have said of kether, that it is passed around, for the Rosicrucians described the true inner order as the traveling lodge. The most ancient peoples used to have ceremonial fires. This was probably the beginning of the craft. The philosophies of these schools have always reflected the philosophies of the most high. It is a rather difficult operation to identify the most high, unless it is you. It is genuinely unfortunate that more people do not do so, because then there would be even more, and therefore, perhaps, better philosophy and metaphysics. Some of these philosophies actually say exactly the opposite of some of the other philosophies that supposedly originate from the same school. This is usually because even the most high do not always agree with one another. This can result for any of the various reasons I described in an earlier section as the different causes of personal self-transcendental experiences, as well as the different sources of memory. When such things as these are different, as Nietzsche claimed they were for men and women due to frequency, then disagreements in the recorded doctrines may occur. Usually these will either have been corrected and replaced, or corrected by a third, separate factor, and remain in the doctrine alongside their resolution. In the cases where this has not occurred due to the natural process of information resorting over the countless ages for which the Order of Daath has existed, it may be considered a doctrinal mutation equivalent in essence to a genetic mutation, which occur usually due to gene hopping transposons that replicate genetic coding out of sequence. Thus, the error is not really in the doctrine itself, but in the time at which it is being legislated, such that the doctrine at no point disagrees with itself from different

    perspectives of timing. This occurs because the doctrine itself is a holognomon. It is only spin being put on it that causes it to appear ever changing. In truth it is only the mantra, om, reverberating throughout the continuum. Think of the lotus blossom that floats upon the surface of water, without the water droplets clinging to the underside of the broad, thick, smooth petals and leaves. See how the water bends under where it collects in pools on the flower, and how it cannot run off, nor be absorbed. The Lotus blossom is like the doctrine of the QBLH, and the pools of water upon its surface are like the schools of the dharmas. It floats in the infinite continuum that is not what is, and it does not sink into it and it does not drink from it. See the Lotus blossom in the daylight as the soul warms to see it. See the Lotus blossom by the cool light of the mourning soul by moonlight. See the Lotus blossom in the rains and sleet and snows, and the temperate breezes and warm glow of the seasons, and see how these same ravagers and destroyers of the apocalypse renew, regenerate and restore the Lotus blossom. See the million petaled Lotus blossom with the wonder with which it would look upon you. See your way through the Lotus blossom and you will see it through and through. Such is the mind of God, and beyond this ineffable even to the mystery schools. i. gnosis: self abnegation (there is no thou) The highest state of enlightenment, according to western mystics, is gnosis, or the secret and revealed knowledge of the nature of the universe, according to QBLH, the ancient oral tradition of the wandering Hebrews, that is written down in such scrolls as found at Qumran and at Nag Hammadi. These are usually considered apocryphal literature, since most of them were editorially excluded from the canonized Latin Vulgate, as well, mostly, from the subsequent Lutheran Gutenberg translations, and comprise the doctrines only of the eastern Orthodox branch of the church that included the Greek and Russian churches, as well as held sway over the Holy Roman empire of Prussia. The oldest gnostic documents have been discovered alongside Coptic documents, some of which predate Christianity. The religion of the Coptics was similar to the religion of the gnostics, which differed little from that of the Jews. The Jews believed that there was a coming messiah, and believed he would be born among the Hebrews, because of their covenant with God. The gnostics believed this as well, however they also believed that the common man could learn to become a Messiah. The coptics were a very late dynastic Egyptian cult similar to the Mediaeval alchemists, who used Egyptian symbolism to promote gnostic messiahism. In their own time all these sects were very unpopular with the surrounding townships, because they were associated with the poor and homeless mendicants, or beggars, as well as with the wandering lepers. The coptics were viewed by Egyptians and Hebrews alike somewhat similarly to the way a modern Southern Baptist might view their cousin who attends a snake handling church. They were thought to worship Set, or Satan, and shunned for the devil. The gnostics faired little better, being associated with eschatologists and proselytizers, and were shunned by Zealots as well as Pharisees. Similarly, the Hebrew people were, at the time, an enslaved people of Rome, which was a pantheist culture that saw little value in an intangible, all knowing God. The early gnostic and coptic apocrypha share much with Egyptian and Buddhist ideas of the soul and the spirit. They identify the ruach, or breath of the soul, with the seven Ba of Re, and the Nefesh, or holy spirit, with the Akh of light. Above this, and animating it, are Chiah and Jechidah, or the will and the way. While much of the late Egyptian metaphysics remains untranslated, the apocryphal Hebrew texts are usually the same, allegorical style as the rest of the bible, some including names of bloodlines, some recording calendars, some apocalyptic visions, some simple parables of Hebrew law in Jewish daily life. One by an Essene named Yeshuah Ben

    Padiah, gives a list of angel names similar to the Book of Enoch, and thought to be an elaboration thereon. Some of the works found at Qumran and Nag Hammadi are copies of works that were included in the canonized bible, however there are many more that were not. The first council of the Roman Catholic church that met to establish the contents of the book of the bible chose for the old testament from the Torah, the talmudic works, including many psalms, and the other contents of the Tanakh, and for the new testament from the Essenes gospels the works of the few selected disciples, apostles and a few epistles later written by Paul of Tsarsis, who had established himself as the voice of the pre-Constantine Christian church. This excluded a vast amount of additional books in the old testament, and much later the wealth of rabbinic commentary on the message and the law that had been produced by the Jews since the Babylonian captivity. It also excluded a wealth of works written by other disciples of Jesus, as well as epistles supposedly written by him to Pontius Pilate. There are a wealth of revelations from Adam and Seth, the son of Cain, Abraham and Moses, to Mary and Joseph, John and James. Although these were all excluded from the latin vulgate, the various sects and orders of the church who had possession of the few then known copies of some of these such works kept them stored along with dozens of other scrolls, many dating back into the same ages of antiquity from various other cultures around the world. When the Roman Catholic Universal Christian church was invaded by Muslim Turks the order was divided into two branches. One was comprised of the people of south western Asia and eastern Europe, living around the Urals and the Caucasian mountains and as far east as the black sea, and this was called the Orthodox church. The other was only the refuge of the Roman Catholic church, however, when the papal seat moved back to Rome, the Prussian Holy Roman Empire remained ordained. When the pope was returned to the Vatican, the seat of the Orthodox church was moved from Constantinople to Prussia, modern Germany after the end of the Crusades. This brought a swarm of visigoths and ostrigoths from the Cossacks simultaneously to the Mongol hordes invading the Muslim Ottoman Empire. The goths brought with them ideas of trade masonry and architecture that were new to Mediaeval Europe, and which contributed to the Renaissance and to the age of Reason. I will continue the history with the age of enlightenment momentarily, however first let me describe gnosticism. The highest gnosis is that there is no self. This is based on the gnostic documents which contradict the official biblical version of the history of Christs life. According to some he was administered a tranquilizing barbiturate, such as opium, in a soaked rag on the cross, in order to go into a death like sleep, and thereby stage his resurrection. According to these documents, the actual historical Jesus lived a very long life, married Mary Magdalene, and moved with her to France, where further gnostic documents exist describing their life together at the abbey of Rennes Le Chateau. According to some, documents were discovered under the abbeys altar tracing the dead sea scrolls back to Qumran before they were found. This all contradicts the official heresy of Paul, whom the Essenes describe as the Wicked Priest, and who may have only been another name for Pliny or Peso, two Roman families that may have actually written the new testament gospels, fragments of copies of which were found at Qumran. The reasoning behind the gnosis is this: Jesus was a fictional character representing a real person. The Catholic trinity of Jesus as the son of man born the son of God is juxtaposed by the Orthodox belief in the ascended man, who achieved the highest gnosis and transcended mundane reality. I am not that which I am. ii. enlightenment: nothing is true (there is no not)

    At the time of the Renaissance, great painters, sculptors and architects, such as Fillipo Brunelleschi, Donatello, Masaccio, Fra Fillipo Lippi, Boticelli, Leonardo Da Vinci, Michaelangelo Buonarroti and Raphael Sanzio filled the lands of Europe. This was largely due to the Muslim occupation of Spain and the introduction of older cultures along the eastern trade route, traveled by Marco Polo, reaching as far as the Silk Road in China. Europe imported silk from the orient, spices from India, rugs from Persia, and along with this came a wave of eastern philosophical schools, such as Chinese and Muslim astronomy, Greek idealism and gnosticism, and Hindu concepts of cyclical time. These were all dutifully anthropomorphised by the Christians, however the study of the natural sciences would ultimately break away from the Universal Church, and establish its own sets of rules and parameters by which to define the universe. The early scientists, such as Leonardo DeVinci, who understood geometry and applied physics, would eventually lead to the later scientists, such as Isaac Newton, who applied geometry to physics and understood classical gravity. Little more than what the men and women of this day brought to light would be equaled by physicists until the twentieth century. The rest of the intervening years were spent trying to mature Mediaeval alchemy into chemistry and medicine. Here we see more being accomplished intellectually in a shorter span of time than any other pattern of growth throughout human history other than monumental works projects such as the pyramids of Giza or the Great Wall of China, or the asymptotic exponential growth of the human population over recorded time. The enlightenment occurred entirely as a natural, social process, due to various concurrent international factors, however it was seen as a time of rapid change by the people of the day, some of whom lost and some of whom gained. Those who were older or stood to gain more from the existing cultural trends began to see the natural progress of the times as rebellious against established institutions, and this culminated in the conflict that progenated Protestantism. With the invention of the movable type printing press towards the end of the enlightenment, Martin Luther, a jesuit priest of Bavaria, nailed a list of demands of changes in Catholic dogma and doctrine to the wooden doors of the church of Prague. One of these was that the bible be printed on the Gutenberg movable type face printing press in translations into European national vernaculars from the Latin vulgate. These demands were roundly rejected by the Papal seat, and Martin Luther turned around and created his own church, beginning a wave of similar churches, called Protestant, some of whom adopted his same views, called Lutheran. The scandal over the selling of indulgences, Luthers primary issue with the church, so badly hurt the Catholic churchs reputation that, when it became inconvenient under Catholic doctrine for the King of England to be annulled from his wife, he simply turned and created his own protestant church, known as the Anglican church. Of course, the Catholic reaction to all of this was the inquisition, where roving bands of religiously mandated executioners roamed the lands holding impromptu witch trials in a pogrom against Jews, gnostics, goths and pagan protestants. This period of history cast the church in such a bad light that its fundamental authority was almost eradicated altogether. This led to doubt and depression across Europe, as all the once proud members, now victims, of the Church suffered a crisis of faith. If the church that told them God was real was lying about its own practises, as well as other of its own dogmatic doctrines, then perhaps even the idea of God was to be doubted. Philosophically this led to the radical humanism of DesCartes, Hume, Kant, Hobbes and Locke. DesCartes, though a professed devout Christian, began his philosophy by working backwards, deductively rather than inductively, and assumed that nothing was real, and all perceptions are false. Hume proposed the dialectical method of Greek rhetoric be applied to ontology, and Kant did so in an attempt to create a humanist ethic. Hobbes elaborated upon this humanist utopia naturalistically, defining all the mental life of precognitive man as being savage,

    and Locke proposed the exact opposite, that mankinds natural state was more in equilibrium with St. Augustines City on a Hill representing the ideal kingdom of God, which itself was little more than a warmed over, Christianized version of Platos Republic. Locke applied the liberty, equality and fraternity of the Knights Templar to the class hierarchy problems of the Republic, to compensate for the absence of God. The result was illuminism. iii. illuminism: all things are permitted (there is no shalt) The knights Templar had probably been the first westerners to encounter illuminism, a fatalist form of gnosticism, in the Saracen occult of the Hashishins. This Ishmaeli sect of Mohammedism were extremists, who believed their leader, Hassan I Sabba, to be a direct descendent of Ishmael, son of Hagar, who they claimed was the real son of Abraham that he was prepared to sacrifice before God, rather than Isaac, son of Sarah, in the Jewish biblical version of the story. The members of this sect were given opium and hashish in the mountain fortress that earned their leader the name, Old Man of the Mountain. They were trained in murder and sent to infiltrate administrative positions in the governments and religions of the neighboring nations, and were willing to kill or even die themselves at the word of Sabba. Their philosophy was, when nothing is true, everything is permitted. These people should not be looked down upon for their trance like state of belief, which no more robs them of their independence and individuality than any other form of religion robs its respective members. They were almost never used in their capacity as assassins, and actually accomplished a bloodless cultural coup, instituting many popular humanist social reforms. This politic of illuminism a cultural coup de ta, humanist social reforms, and enslaved soldiers from mind controlled secret agents seemed to ring especially true to the ears of the Knights Templar, and upon their return to Europe they instituted an international banking and commerce system and were accused by the Pope and the French aristocracy of worshipping Baphomet, now believed by modern scholars to be a derivation of the name of Mohammed, the prophet of Allah. Illuminism derives its name from the illuminated manuscripts of the Ottoman Turks and the scholastics of enlightenment era Europe. Many fine reproductions of the Bible, the Koran, and various religious and mythological texts from both religions exist dating from this time, and the nouveau bourgeois of the mercantile class of masonic trade guild unions bourgeoning after the Crusades was awash with them, as well as the spices, silks and Persian rugs of trade. The tripartite hat marked jacobin and jacobite social clubs that predominated under the wig wearing aristocracies of late enlightenment era Europe, and which were often funded by the elder, Scotch Rite Masonic Lodges, which the Knights Templar had become, and which were even more zionist, anti-papacy and gnostic enemies of the Catholic dogma than the Lutherans, Protestants or Anglicans. The tea sipping commoners took eagerly to the tactics of political upheaval represented by Illuminism. The most prominent of these was the former Jesuit monk, Adam Weishaupt. He began an order called the Illuminati in Bavaria that had some unscrupulous ties to the Scottish and then young York Rites of Free Masonry through some various shared colleagues and Lodge members in western Europe. This he had done in an attempt to protect him from the Jesuit order to which he had belonged, and from whom, it has been speculated, some of his gnosis was stolen. The Illuminati became infamous throughout Europe many years later, after Weishaupts death, when the also new media of the printed newspapers uncovered and circulated copies of documents supposed to have originated from Weishaupts sect plotting a plan for the world wide overthrow of all existing governments and religions. There is actually less evidence linking these documents to the Illuminati, or any Masonic

    organization, than there is that Adam Weishaupt faked his own death and moved to America where he became known as George Washington. Ironically, around the time that the Illuminati manifestoes surfaced in the press, the issue of the first national bank, now known as the federal reserve, (from which America loans money to third world countries as well as still to European nations just as under the Marshall Plan, and against which we charge them interest that causes our interest rates to rise, the value of the dollar to decrease relative to the consumer cost basis, measured usually by the scale of minimum wage over inflation, and the international exchange rate to become imbalanced) was being argued between James Madison and Thomas Jefferson in the Federalist papers in America, and introducing the press to the yellow journalism and the control of the issues covered by the news media by interested, independent, rich capitalist parties. It was also around the time of the illuminated manuscripts that fed the imagination of young Jesuits and Jacobins that the religious philosophy of Christ as the grand architect and the universe as essentially mechanical and beneath the removed deity became popular. This stemmed from the fresco depictions of Christ seated with a globe, an open book and a compass on His lap that were common and popular in eastern Orthodox Christian churches, and it became known as deism. iv. deism: the structured universe is not a living organism Imagine the pole of the world held in the hand of its mass like the parallel bar of an acrobat, and see that it is not really the pole that moves, but the mass of the world around it, spinning like a circus gymnast. But the bar of this pole too, is held in the grip of the gravity of the sun, and spun circularly around it in its orbit, so that the fixed directions of the cylindrical pole do move relative to the fixed background. So too, however, is the body of the sun twirling up around the bar of its poles, and this bar held in sway within the discus of the galaxy, spiraling around the core. So are all the galaxies of the universe engaged in a vast cosmic ballet, and our own Milky Way will one day collide with the galaxy called Andromeda. All of this preexisted life, though since much of it only exists now as recorded information in rays of photons, it is more alike the essence than is mundane human existence. With the heliocentric model of the solar system proposed by Galileo Galilei, which occurred around the same time as the beginning of Lutheranism and immediately followed the Spanish resurgence of QBLH, more and more people began to believe in the universe as being like an enormous clockwork machine, created by God and maintained by God and/or the angels of the spheres of the heavens. This began with representations of the spheres of the solar system that functioned gyroscopically, however the idea would go on to flourish into an age of industrialized machines, culminating in modern space age computers. According to deism, the only universal laws are the laws of physics, and God may have created the universe, however there is no evidence that can be gained using the laws of physics to deduce His continued presence or absence. In this way deism was an attempt to reconcile the Catholic concept of the Holy Ghost with the gnostic concept of Christ as the ascended man. This is similar to the shemhamforash of Solomon, which demi-deified the workers on the first temple, or to the Necronomicon of the Sumerians, which demi-deified the workers on the Great Pyramid. Just like gnosticism, deism can be traced back to the times of ancient Egypt, where arose the practise of the anthropomorphic representation of cosmological processes that continues within the traveling Lodge of Rosicrucianism to this day. This is also when representing the universe on earth by the leader of the occult began, that continued on through the Buddha and was passed to Jesus Christ. Here is where the Christian argument over the universal generalizability of the ghost king Choronzon from kabbalistic mythology became associated with the concept of the

    Last Sacrifice by God of His living son, Jesus the anointed Christ. This was an argument between early scientists and the institutions of the Christian church only because after the time of Christ the occult became subject to the decline and fall of the Roman empire, and exoterically became the Christian church, which had a duly elected representative head, the pope, and made no claims to divine right by blood line as had the Kings of Israel and as was attributed by the writers of the New Testament gospels to Jesus, known as the first pope. Meanwhile the early scientists sought for God in natural consequences, and turned further and further from the path laid out for them by the representationalist church. Martin Luther encouraged these scientists to sin, and sin boldly. The gnostic occult became the esoteric aspect, the inner order of the sects, cults and orders of the greater social institutions, whose secret doctrine was the agenda controlling the world. Much of what influenced deism and the mechanical revolution was the abundance of south American codices brought back into Spain by the Conquistadors, containing beautiful pictographs describing the heavenly cycles, that were attempted to be translated into QBLH. This began with a rethinking of early Hebrew mythology, but would ultimately lead to John Dees Enochian system as well. Most of these Mayan and Aztec codices were, like the Dead Sea Scrolls of today, remanded over to the Catholic church for inventory and translation. f. the holy concepts The oldest form known of the QBLH is the tree of life diagram, and it is supposedly in this form that it was delivered to Moses on Mt. Sinai. This depicts the ten sephira, or attributes of God, which are equivalent to the ten renunciations of sin that constitute the Law of Man. Perhaps the QBLH is ultimately best meditated upon as upon a mountain, for it is a height of its own, and a mass of its own, and a measure that must already be known. The QBLH is much more than these concepts alone, and thus it is known of psychologically, just as two entities know one another. It is, like humanity, more than the sum of its parts, and its knowledge only represents a reflection of its light. Understanding it rightly, we are clear in the presence of this light, and perceive it as wisdom. So do we know that wisdom is perceiving us, and yet that we are clear light, and that this is, moreover, nothing. It has been said about the study of QBLH that fools rush in where angels fear to tread, a warning similar to the description of the weather of the month of March, in like a lion, out like a lamb. This is simply to warn brave fools that QBLH might make them into messaliengels. God may giveth one eye and taketh away another. QBLH in itself cannot kill, but it can be used to kill, and much of the black arts of Magick, thelemic Satanism and voodoo describe how such techniques as astral projection and remote viewing can also be used to induce experience at target sites. These techniques are not necessarily harmful, however during the Cold War both the Soviet and United States militaries experimented at psycho-kinetic assassination. The experiences at the projected locations, that can induce sensation in observers, are merely lower level reflections of the mental conditioning of the remote viewer or astral projections physical source in the mind of the body. Therefore the effects that can be turned to harm are the same that must be overcome to acquire skill with the mental aspects of the QBLH. This is similar to the radiation induced hallucinations caused by exposure to the stones of the Ram that eventually, with conditioning, heighten mental sensitivity and increase perceptual awareness. One of the predominant energy cycles identified by the QBLH is the double helix of mind and matter, and here we again find the qliphoth, as juxtaposed to the QBLH, considered to be negative mental aspects, or equivalent to negative numbers on the same number line of QBLH upon which mental thoughts are positive numbers.

    Since all physical materiality in the continuum of the universe is made up of the quantum probability wells of the qliphotic shells, which themselves represent the phi/pi spiral of geometry through the n dimensional multiverse, this is considered the exoteric aspect of the QBLH, while the true nature of the way of QBLH remains concealed, and has only been described anthropomorphically as the oral tradition of human history. i. the QBLH: phi/pi The naturally occurring form of the QBLH is phi/pi, where this is given as the measure of a wavelength that approaches, circumnavigates and escapes from the opposite side of a sphere, represented by a hypersphere, or as the measure of a torus. This metaform, or fourth spatial dimensional hypershape, is considered ideal, along with the hypercube and the platonic solids, which also all occur along the same line of mathematical extrapolation as the torus. Numerically this is encoded into the multiplication tables of eight and nine, and revealed when the numbers of their factors are summed. Since this is an inherent gnomon in the mathematical structure, it exists irrelevant of its discovery, reflected more or less in all the rest of its parts holographically. While the meaning such an abstracted concept as a transcendental or transfinite number might have to the average person is probably very small, the fact that such concepts exist at all, and do actually occur in the measurements of natural phenomenon, particularly evident according to statistical averaging, has universal applicability. In this way the secrets of Heaven can lay about directly beneath the noses of us all, and many times we might go without noticing them, particularly since the fuzzy logic processing systems of our neural nets perceive natural patterns as digital static. The comparison between phi/pi, as I have described, has largely been in the form of national and personal histories, as well as the records of cyclical events in the heavens. This has led to the animism of the zodiac and the anthropomorphication of religions. Because phi/pi describes negative entropy it is justified in its associations with living forms, since according to our survival instinct, we evolve opposite the odds that define the rest of the natural world. However, since phi/pi is a mathematically ideal archetype in the fourth dimension, it also represents the revolutions of entropy, the essence of time. Thus, phi/pi is as the inversion between the perpetual, active survival of life and the gradual, passive encroachment of death. numerical equivalency As I have said before, the number set of the gnomon containing pi also contains phi, and thus, on one level, these numbers may be thought of as equivalent. However, more than this, by ancient reckoning, the gematriacal sum of the Hebrew letters of QBLH (Qoph, Bet, Lamed and Heh) was equal to the denominator of phi/pi. In this way, moreover, did phi/pi as the greatest common factor of the factor sums of the multiplication tables of eight and nine become QBLH, the lowest common denominator of all mystery school esotericism. geometric spiral As I have also said before, the graph of phi/pi is a geometrical spiral in three dimensions that looks very similar to the coils of DNA inside human genes or the banding of electromagnetic field lines around the sun. This can be depicted as the seven color fields banded around the surface of a tube torus. It is also thought to be the measure of the histories of gravitational singularities that are baby universes.

    ii. the Kabballah: the body of God Insofar as phi/pi is universally generalizable, that is, ubiquitous, QBLH was thought by ancient peoples to represent the body of the living universe. In the east this was expressed using harmonic vibrational energy fields, called the atman or auras, and interconnecting, multidimensionally faceted and leveled relationships, called the chi of feng shui. In the west these concepts were both humanized into the soul and the spirit, called by Egyptians the Ba and the Akh and by the Hebrews Ruach and Nefesh, and QBLH associated with the measurement of the geometries underlying and governing these forces. It was attempted to humanize QBLH, as had been the auric field into the astral soul, and the chi of feng shui into the free spirit, and the result of this was the myth of Adam Kadmon, or Kabballistic representation of the universe. According to this mythology Adam Kadmon, whom the Sumerians called Enki, was the twin aspect of Adam Homo, whom the Sumerians called Enlil. In the epic of Gilgamesh we see Gilgamesh, representing Enlil, trying to restore the life of his friend Enkidu, representing Enki. Similarly in the bible the story of Cain killing Abel immediately follows that of Adam and Eve, and Cains son was named after Set. Here we see that it was Lilith that was the wife of Adam Kadmon. According to the mythology Lilith died and was buried and Adam Homo was made from the adama, or red clay, of the earth of her tomb. Eve was made from Adam Homos rib, which follows a phi spiral, and was tempted by Kadmon in the form of a snake. According to Christian mythology, it was Adam Kadmon who would be reincarnated as Jesus Christ, and therefore his death would be taken to atone for all the intervening sins of humanity since the original sin of Eves temptation and the banishment from Eden. Enki was Sargon and Enlil was Imhotep, and they were all one. All of this was actually occurring at that time in Egyptian pharoahnic succession and was described by the indigenous mystery cult religion in the myth of the death of Osiris at the hands of Set and resurrection at the hands of Isis, his wife. Eden was an actual ancient town in the Sinai peninsula, and it was from here that the Hyksos emigrated into Lower Egypt until the reign of Akhenaten, after which they were expelled and entered Canaan. Other than the archetypes of the slender Nazarene King in the west and the corpulent, opulent recumbent Ho Ti in the east, no more attempts have been made to anthropomorphise the primary archetype of solar deity mystery schools since they first began supplanting feminine, lunar cycle cults of the late neolithic age. Subsequently to this the Kabballah has taken on increasingly geometrical forms in the hands of Ottoman Muslims and the Jews of Spain they left behind after their occupation. The geometrical lattices that can be extrapolated from the tree of life have been expanded upon as tesselations, or tiled patterns, and these regular patterns produce regular frequencies of brainwaves, and induce regular emotions. Thus they have come to replace anthropomorphication of deity for Muslims as the true visage of God. It is true that this lattice can be extrapolated into many different natural and ideal patterns. the tree of life diagram as a lattice The placement of the ten sephira as corners on the geometrical lattice that can be extrapolated between them depicts a shape that may be thought of as representing a hypercube at antipode. This references all the other forms and shapes along the gnomon measured by the number set of phi/pi. In this regard it may be thought of as similar to the lattices of quantum mechanics, which depict quantum behavior predictability as occurring in relationships between coordinate pairs of variables. the ten sephira and attributes

    In ascending order the ten sephira are Malkuth (the kingdom), Yesod (foundation), Hod (splendour), Netzach (severity), Tiphereth (beauty), Gevurah (victory), Chesed (mercy), Binah (understanding), Chakmah (wisdom) and Kether (crown). There are also the non-sephiroth of Shekinah (the bride of God) and Daath (the veil of the abyss), as well as the spheres beyond the tree of life, Ain Soph Aur (Limitless Light), Ain Soph (Limitless Nothing) and Ain (Limitlessness). These are arranged as upon three pillars, called passive, active and neutral, such that, on the passive column, understanding is above victory is above splendour, in the active column, wisdom is above mercy is above severity, and in the middle, neutral column, the crown is above beauty is above foundation is above the kingdom. iii. the Qabala: the art of precession Have you ever bumped into a cup of liquid, and observed how the surface might wobble as it settles down, or ripples flow inward from the sides of its volume? Why does it turn around in a circle as it fluctuates up and down? Where does the current of the inward flowing ripples go after it disappears from the surface at the center of the cup? Such is all occurring for our galaxy, right now, so slowly it would take many modern lifetimes for there to be a change in it that we could see. It is slowly pivoting around in a spiral wobble around the central black hole, and the gravity of each of the stars is feeding back the gravity of the black hole just enough to slow their fall into galactic core to where they are in orbit around it. This leads to the sunspot cycle of stars and the wormhole cycle of galactic black holes. It has long been believed that the study of Qabala is associated with the study of sorcery and Magick, and it is the case that much of occult esoterica is steeped in obscure terminologies and the attributions to various characters of different kinds of above average skills. However much of the campaign to occlude the occult in such mythology and ritual has occurred only among kabballistic scholars of the twentieth century, such as Frazers Golden Bough, the writings of Aleister Crowley and Jungian psychology. Before this time, at which also occurred the publication of the Necronomicon, little association was made between the dead and the djinn, as priests were thought to be the earthly representatives of God. Supposedly, many of these esoteric occult documents are translated from very ancient source texts, such as Sumerian scrolls and tablets, Egyptian papyri and stele, Hebrew, Coptic, Gnostic, and early Christian apocryphal scrolls, although many of them the history of which can be traced through the scholasticism of the Medieval ages, when monks transcribed and translated many various older documents, some very badly indeed, are more dubious than those archaeologists have only recently discovered, which can be carbon dated, or those which historians have the originals. What these modern occult writers describe of the ancient pagan rituals is their knowledge of a cause and effect correlation existing as an ambient energy field, and the use of referentials to represent interactivity within this field. This has been catalogued and categorized by various different scholars, beginning with J. G. Frazer, who traced the origin of this belief to ancient neolithic seasonal rites at sacred sites beginning at the time of the agrarian revolution. Crowley discussed the use of a wand, a weapon, a chalice and a discus as being the components of magic ritual representing the four elements, and the altar as representing the QBLH, particularly that of the four directional Enochian watchtowers, the four elements and cosmos. He also draws relativity between the sacraments of Abramelin and the penances of Buddhism. According to this system, which is preferably practised out in the wilderness such as the desert, or in a closed room which can afterwards be tokenly cleansed, the magician draws a magical circle around themselves to seal themselves off in the

    astral, magical world. Inside of this they draw a pentagram, which seals their minds from all other minds (so it is thought). Outside of the circle they trace out a triangle. They stand within the circle and summon Choronzon into the triangle. Here they have discourse with the spirit realm. In the end, the triangle of Choronzon, the circle of the aura and the pentacle of man are all swept away and the winds cleanse. It is claimed by modern scholars that this is the oldest form of ritual system, and that it predates the beginning of the belief in the djinn in the middle east. The difference between this and skrying is about the same as the difference between a Ouija board and a sance. Suffice it to say that skrying tends toward gematria, while ceremonial ritual tends more toward astrology. astrology Sumerian Astrology may date as far back as to the time of a great flood of the Tigris and Euphrates river and Nile river valleys as long ago as some ten to 8,000 years, that may also have been the time when the Nile river changed the direction of its flow from east - west, emptying into the Atlantic, to south - north emptying into the Mediterranean. It is possible the nasca lines date back even farther. Much worship of bulls predominated in the middle east at that time, such as the apis of Egypt and the bull-hoppers of Minoan Crete. The zodiac could be used to measure the precession of the spring equinoxes, or the constellation along the ecliptic at sunrise when the earth was at northern hemisphere perigee to the sun. According to this cycle, the sun rises in a new sign about every 2,000 years. We are currently entering the age of Gemini. The age of Taurus is coming to a close. The time of Christ ended the age of Aries about 2,000 years ago. King Solomons temple marked the ending of the age of Pisces about 4,000 years ago. The Great Pyramids marked the ending of Aquarius about 6,000 years ago. The birth of civilization began with the ending of the age of Capricorn about 8,000 years ago. This marked the end of the last northern ice age, and it was probably during this time that there had been flooding in the middle east. gematria Gematria is the ancient practice of assigning number sum numerals to letters. This was done to contribute to a language another layer of meaning. The number sums of words could be related to one another, and this would usually serve to accentuate the complimentarity of the different words meanings. As number sums they could be arranged relative to one another in ways that could produce any type of mathematical relationship, and the use of magic number squares as token spells to ward off evil and accomplish ones goals dates back to the time even of Abraham. The form that this gives to the evolution of the Hebrew language is similar to the root words of latin in the Romance languages, but on a more basic, calculable level. iv. the Cabala: the psychic sanhedrin of Messai During the twentieth century many esoteric documents were submitted to the French biblioteque nationale. Many of these, all submitted by the same man, are purportedly documents of the modern esoteric priory of the Crusades era Catholic Order of Zion that may have backed the Knights Templar. These give the names of many famous, less famous, moderately obscure or completely unheard of people throughout history as the succession of heads of the order. The claim these documents themselves make to authority derives from several cypher documents containing crude geometric coding, allusions to disposed royalty and citing of a few sacred locations, one of which was supposed to have contained buried treasure. The Knights Templar probably discovered the dead sea scrolls buried under the

    ruins of the second temple in Jerusalem, and, under the auspices of the King of Israel, transported them to the cave near Qumran, which would have been under the water level of the Dead Sea at the time they had actually been written. It is possible that some of them may have been copied down and brought back with them to France, and that their persecution at the hands of the French monarchy and the Papacy was the result of a search for any such copied documents. The Knights Templar that escaped fled to Scotland and established the thirty three degrees of Scotch Rite Masonry, which would be shortened in the Anglican York rite to exclude the degrees between seven and seventeen, and between eighteen and thirty three. It is thought that these initiatory rituals derive directly from the gnosis brought back from the Holy Land by the Knights Templar. Some of the locations of sacred sites listed in the priory documents include churches in northern Europe which were early Masonic meeting sites, and these churches align with one another, often, in Masonic ley line geodesic geometry similar to that crudely represented in the cypher documents. The story of these documents describes the deposition of the Merovingian bloodline from the throne of aristocracy in France, and the list of heads of the order includes these deposed kings, and dates even further back than them, to the time and person of Christ. The documents do not make it clear if the list of heads of the order adheres to a bloodline based, committee selected, chosen or initiated manner of succession. The root of the word Messiah, the same as that of Moses, means both, heir and saved from water. This probably dates back to the earliest tribes of Africa and the first post-deluvian civilizations of Mesopotamia and India. The Priory of Zion is, just as Judaism itself, messianic. While in the west this influence has been forced to remain veiled, esoteric, obscure, and occluded, it was embraced early on in the east with the creation of the social caste of the Vedics, or Brahmans and Lamas. In the west the priests do not claim to posses enlightenment, only to be seeking it. The Order of the Golden Dawn, an esoteric organization that arose early in the twentieth century, was the occult celebration of the ending of the dark night of civilizations youth and its coming of age ritual, the Equinox of the Gods. It was they who resurrected popular, public interest in the arcane arts such as ESP. It should be worth noting to what lengths the world has gone subsequently to get itself electromagnetically interconnected. the gospels as history Recent archaeological discoveries in Chenoboskion, of the Nag Hammadi library, and near Qumran, on the shores of the dead sea, reveal a wealth of newly discovered apocrypha left out of the bible, from both the old testament and the new testament. These include the treatises and stele of Seth, apocalypses of Adam, Peter and Paul, apocrypha of James and John, gospels of Marcion, Niccodemus, Matthew, Philip, Peter, Thomas and Bartholomew, as well as Arab narratives of the nativity, a sophia of Jesus Christ and the letters of Pontius Pilate. There have also been countless discoveries of ancient Sumerian tablets, including hymns to and stories about Inanna and the lost books of Enki, which describe the same times as the old testament of the bible and its apocrypha, as well as the other existing written descriptions of the times of the new testament such as the writings of Pliny, Josephus and the Muslim Koran. g. students over time According to history the oldest mystery school students were the Vedics of the Indus river valley caste system civilization. These were all of the elderly, who had devoted their entire lives to the community, and were then exiled into the wilderness to seek the meaning of life. We see in tribal communities that continue to exist to this day in Africa and Australia that it is usually the elderly of the tribe that are the

    medicine men and healers, while the younger men and women are hunter gatherers. The vedic caste of the class system merely codified this, and banished the wizened to outside of the populated towns and countrysides. They established small communes, often out in the wilderness far from society, and here the art and practise of meditation was born. It is believed that the idea of the third eye originates from this time, and it is an idea that continues to be propagated to this day. Supposedly the first Vedics were a pale or blue skinned race called the Aryans, who wrote the Rig Vedas and then migrated north of India, into China, where several anglo-saxon, celtic looking bodies have been found ritually mummified. Thus it is believed that long ago, perhaps at the same time stone henge was built, the Gualic, gaelic, germanic, anglo-saxon, slavonic and cossack peoples immigrated westward across the Urals and Aryan mountains into Europe from across the Siberian steppes and displaced the last of the cromagnon culture of the late last ice age. At around the same time there was a wave of Hyksos migration out of Sumeria into Egypt. Their series of leaders (Enki, Sargon, Imhotep, Khufu, Khefren, Akhenaten) are complimented by a series of Sumerian names (Enkidu, Scorpionman, Humbaba or Hamurabi, Gilgamesh, Inanna and Utnapishtim), a series of Hyksos names (Kadmon, Satan, Abraham, David, Solomon, Jesus) as well as a series of Nubian names (Thoth under Shu and Tefnut, Set, Thoth under Isis and Nepthys, Osiris, Horus and Re). Later the Hyksos would leave Egypt and settle in Canaan on the Gaza strip. It is to these people that we owe all early metaphysical legislation. The vedic philosophy is known to have influenced early Egypt, where the belief in the third eye became associated with the ajna serpent of the crown of upper Egypt. To understand the significance of this sixth sense of three hundred and sixty degree mental conceptual projective space is to realize that the thalamus in which mental holography occurs, connecting multiple neurons simultaneously through individual neurons, is what separates mammals from reptiles. Remember also the attribution by Hermes Trismegestus of Poimandres to Draco, and that constellations position as pole star above the heads of the dinosaurs. The pale races had obviously come from the continental shelf of India through the exposed lands of Oceania, known in mythology as Lemuria, while the Nubian pyramid builders of Africa had come out of South America, where their presence has been recorded in some sixty ton stone carved Olmec heads as well as the various Jaguars of the Popul Vuh, along with later depictions of Quetzalcoatl, a caucasoid, bearded civilizer, who also departs to the east, promising to return. It seems that the first race of homo sapiens, who lived alongside Cromagnons, emigrated out of Africa, along the coast line of Asia and Lemuria before the continental shelf of India had joined with Asia, into Australia, then upwards through and populating the mongolian Orient up to the Beringian land bridge, where some crossed over into the Americas to settle, probably by simultaneous land crossing, becoming the sparsely populated north americans, and following the shore line in reed boats, becoming the vastly overpopulated south americans, all then known as Atlanteans. i. the Saqqara of Ethiopia Hominids have been living in Africa longer than anywhere else in the world, followed closely by Australia. The indigenous lifestyles of these two continents have remained much the same over the long aeons of the millennia. They are tribal people who hunt and fish and trade between villages the game that they catch and the fruits and vegetables the women and children gather. The elders are star gazing shamen. In Australia they are known as the Watchers over or the Keepers of Dreamland. In Africa the dogon tribes people, who are thought to be historys eldest surviving astronomers, still preserve a ritual with a may pole thought to represent the sidereal rotation of the binary stars that comprise the Sirius system at the heel of

    Orion the hunter. It is not known how their observations can be so exact, however some of their ancient cave paintings preserve depictions of ellipses that seem to represent Sirius, as well as spirals and labyrinths as are seen in many other paleolithic cave painting and rock carving sites around the world. It is in Ethiopia wherein is the Aswan lake that is the source of the Nile. Ethiopia at the time of the end of the last ice age, as well as the entire sahara, were fertile grassland and savannah, with thick, dark, rich soil, that received ample seasonal floods that turned the grasslands gradually more and more awash. By the time of the building of the pyramids, the Nile had stopped flooding regularly, and the Sahara and the Giza plateau dried up and turned into the sands of the desert. Now, more than 4,000 years later, Ethiopia is no longer receiving the amount of precipitation it once did, and the Aswan lake has been dammed in order to produce electricity and form a water reserve to protect the people against their crops dying out, the soil turning to mud or sand or clay, and the children starving. In ancient Africa dwelt he who was known as Thoth, Enoch, or Utnapishtim. It is believed to be to this man that the art and craft, the tools and instruments of magic as they still exist to this day, can be credited as his creations. It was also, later, the biblical era home of the Queen of Sheba, believed to be a reincarnation of the holognomonic archetype of Shiva of India, Inanna, Ishtar or Astarte of Sumer, and Isis of Egypt. According to the kebra negast, a sacred Ethiopian old testament apocrypha, she had a son with Solomon, the king of Israel and chief architect of the first temple to YHVH, and when the Babylonians came to burn the temple, this son, named Menelik, rescued the ark of the covenant from the Holy of Holies and brought the sacred stone tablet of testimony to Ethiopia. This stone was stored in a secluded monastery near Lake Aswan until the end of the twentieth century, when it was moved into a church within the surroundings of Axum, a larger city. ii. the I Ching of the Chinese The ancient Vedics all shaved their heads and wore their skulls bald to the skin. The hair follicles are simply columns of dead skin cells that contain better traces of genetic material than fingernails, which contain keratin, though both continue to grow after death. Both pubic hair and fingernails grow flat, and faster on one side than the other, such that they spiral and kink. Some people in ancient China and modern south America have grown their fingernails as long as almost half a mile, and such that they wrap together, by never cutting them. It was also thought that the hair follicles falling before the eyes were like the filaments of galaxies, only a material distraction visible as an illusion of light. This practise seems to have been initiated with Siddhartha, just as the compulsive Muslim cleansing rituals and the ritual Baptism were introduced among the Essenes around the time of Yeshua Ben Padiah. Before these two teachers, who may been reincarnations of the same holognomonic archetype, the Hebrews and the Vedics wore their hair and beards long, and such marked the faces of Abraham and Moses, Lao Tse and Confucius. In the days when men wore beards, in the oriental lands, a token game arose similar to the game from Sumeria that would come to be called chess. Both were based on the sum sixty-four. The chess board has sixty four squares and the I Ching has sixty four hexagrams. These both represent the sixty four codons of the genetic code. Sixty four times six gives the number of tao rods or chi sticks, represented originally by yarrow spliffs of bamboo, in the complete, sixty four hexagram King Wen sequence of the I Ching, and this number, 384, corresponds to the number of nights in a lunar cycle, the time it takes for the moon to orbit around the earth and to rotate about itself. The lunar cycle corresponds to the sunspot cycle, as the moon goes around the earth while the earth goes around the sun, such that the combined gravity of the earth, the moon and the other planets generates more or less sunspots,

    prominences and solar flares in the electromagnetic coiling on the surface of the sun. This was marked along with certain other events, such as the pentacular sidereal rotation of Venus, in accordance with various cycles including the precession of the equinoxes. ii. the safhardic semites of Muslim spain Many of the semitic Muslims who had moved into Ottoman occupied Spain during the Late Middle Ages did not want to leave when the Christians re-conquered Spain and re-instituted the Spanish monarchy. These people were forced to become Jews by the conquering Christians, since the two terms were interchangeable pagan concepts in their doctrinally indoctrinated minds. However, after the Christians retook Rome and the rest of Italy, they began waging pogroms on these anathema peoples who had chosen to remain behind, and who were, by then, also being joined by gnostic goths from across the Urals. During the short period between the end of Muslim occupation and the beginning of Christian pogroms, however, more study of QBLH was generated by a single group of people than any group of people since the ancient Egyptian mystery cult some 4,500 years before. Here we see the works of the various Rabbis of Biblical commentary compiled in the Zohar, or book of splendour. It is also thought to have been at this time that the sefer yetzirah, and commentary thereupon, was first written down, and this text had only been preserved as an oral tradition since before the time of Moses. These two books are considered to be the two key texts on the Kabbalah, and their understanding is great wisdom. It is thought to be this time period also that produced the work of Abramelin. This period in history led to the beginning of the Catholic Order of Zion and the Renaissance, as well as the beginning of banking and finance rate monopolies by non Church officials or royal bloodlines. At the same time as the Knights Templar transported the dead sea scrolls, in Europe they established an international banking and interest bearing finance system similar to the taxation system of the governmental institutions and tithing system of the edifice of the church. This was handled by the order of zion under the auspices of instituting the gnosis of the Ishmailis, and it rigorously recruited the former Muslims living in Spain, who had converted to Judaism, the Jews of France and the Orthodox of Italy. Thus, when the Templars were persecuted by the Roman Catholic Church and the French aristocracy, they were able to funnel their channels of currency through other countries, and elude the full seizure of all of their assets. Then the remaining Templars of France sailed to Scotland and established Masonry at Roslyn chapel. Much of what constituted Templar riches and wealth was the gnostic documents they had copied and translated from Qumran. These formed much of the basis for the symbolism of speculative, initiatory masonry. This is the beginning of the additional, now lost degrees of regular craft masonry. In these rituals it states very specifically that the Lodge must first be opened to conduct business of any of these levels of initiated degree before it can begin to do so, as well as that anyone who is caught discussing the content of these degrees with non Masons should be killed. iv. the Tarot of the Visigoths and Ostrigoths Simultaneously to the persecution of the Templars at the end of the Crusades and the success of the anti-royalist and antichurch banking system came a wave of migration into Europe from the east of fair skinned, dark haired goths. These were usually gypsies, traveling merchants and traders who brought with them various souvenir items from the Silk Road, Persia, Turkey and Greece. It was thought to have

    been they that invented the card game and deck of playing cards of the Tarot. Although this was originally a seventy two card set, the twenty two trumps and the Princess or knave cards have been omitted from the playing card decks of today. At the time this game was known to the French aristocracy and was popular in Italy. Characteristic attributes were assigned to the trumps and they were used by gypsy sooth sayers in fortune telling, and endless varieties of games derived from the endless shuffling of the numbered cards of the deck. Such packs and decks would continue to be produced throughout the late middle ages, the Renaissance, the age of reason, and the enlightenment. Playing cards and prophets are still popular today. The time of the Tarots earliest appearance begins with the gnostic documents and ends with the bringing back from America of the south American codices. It is unknown if it was thought at the time to be associated with QBLH, however subsequent researches, such as the Rosicrucian Order of the Golden Dawn or the thelemic Order of Oriental Templars, have associated the Tarot trumps with the twenty two paths on the tree of life diagram, and with the attributions of letters and states of consciousness to these given in the sefer yetzirah. The seventy two cards of the tarot, when each is assigned an attribute, form all of the dekans by day and by night over the three periods of ten that make up each of the twelve signs of the zodiac. This number can be extrapolated from the ancient Egyptian annual calendar and represents the number of years in which the earths pole precesses one degree of three hundred and sixty, since there are exactly five times two times three of these per sign of the zodiac. v. the Mayan tzolkin Around the same time Christ was being crucified in the middle east, the pyramids of teotihuacan in the Yucatan peninsula were being erected to the sun and moon, aligned with Osiris, and the way of the dead between them flooded with water. From this culture, which also produced Pacal Votan of Palenque, comes the great wheel of time called the tzolkin, that is aligned to calculate for sidereal rotations of venus, the precession of the earths pole as seen at the equinoxes, the lunar monthly calendar and the solar eleven year sunspot cycle. This seems like an awful lot for a neolithic culture and only agrarian civilization to have accomplished in such a short amount of time, however remember that their equivalent of the dead sea scrolls were the Ica stones of Peru, the equivalent to the stone of Ram was the perfectly carved crystal skulls ubiquitous to south america and elongated human skulls of Nasca. Remember, also, that they followed the Olmec culture, who, it is thought, constructed the Nasca lines. There is little reason to doubt that Platos Atlantis described the Altiplano in south America the only place to find orichalc in the known world, that lay far inland, but which was a grid of circular canals and square lots of ground with a channel leading all the way out into the Atlantic ocean. Similarly it is possible that this occurred at the same time as the flooding in the Tigris and Euphrates, Nile and Indus river valleys and the submersion of cities off the coast of Japan, Spain and Cuba at the end of the last ice age, and that the mythology of the subsequent cultures may reflect an earlier learning involving knowledge of precession. It is clear that some of the existing neolithic sites with astral alignments were built before a change in the worlds ocean levels, since they are only partially submerged. In any event, at the same time the Muslims were beginning sufism, the Mayans were engaged in a rubber ball sport. 2. present modes Philosophy killed God and Magick consumed Him. Beyond this there is no trace of God. The heavenly spheres all function deistically, while mankind struggles with

    gnosticism, attempting to obtain mathematical ideals. These are all only metaphors. In modern times there is a great need to perpetuate karma, allowing it to flow through one without hindrance, clinging or obstruction. This may only amount for some to the exchange of consumer goods and services, but it amounts in Ethiopia to starvation. The QBLH of the heavenly spheres proceeds as if indifferently. This is the reenactment on the deified archetypal level of the death and resurrection of the central solar deity, reflected in the rise and fall of human civilization. This occurred first between Sargon and Enki, then between Imhotep and Ptahotep, then between Khufu and Khefren, then between David and Solomon and then between Buddha and Christ. After this, if it continued, it did so esoterically, as since this time Christian calendars have not reflected the precession of the zodiac. In modern times the multiverse has become so congested with interdimensional traffic of information that it is difficult to discern the distracting from the inspiring. This is because the octagonal and orthogonal leg of this polarity, representing Thoth, is missing from the hexagonal representation of the Ychthos Christos cross with the rex ioerem crown. In the present mode there is concentrated activity to construct and improve upon electromagnetic communications, and these extend as far as research involving synchronicity as an acausal connecting principle that can be manifested disparately electromagnetically, such as the simultaneity of a phone call or a live broadcast on a television set. This permeates the airwaves of earth, and spreads far off into the distant cosmos. Beyond this rays of photons communicate electromagnetic signals from distant, ancient stars. Just as the clock of earths precession is measured by the movement of the entire galaxy of the Milky Way, so it is thought there are connecting fields between the electromagnetic bubbles of the galaxies in the filaments, walls and voids. Traveling in a temporal singularity is as simple as measuring the time of a radioactive decay atomic clock on the ground or in orbit outside the atmosphere, for when these are compared they will be seen to have become different. Where waves of electromagnetic information overlap, they form temporal wormholes, and some information travels backward in time, even through the mediated communication system. While some wait for the coming of wormwood as one, big event, earth has already become riddled with spiraling karmic centers, ley lines and commercials. a. QBLH as matrix lattice for vector of entropy As I have described, phi/pi is the measure of the histories of gravitational singularities unwinding outside of the universe into baby universes, the measure of the perpendicular wormholes through the multiverse inside the event horizons of black holes, the measure of the statistical average of electromagnetic to gravitational relationship between stars in spiral galaxies and the black holes at their cores, the measure of a stars electromagnetic polar field lines coiling around its differentially rotating gas surface, as well as the measure of the earths polar precession. These comprise most of the processes we would define as the causes for entropic matterenergy interchange in the universe. It is reasoned that, because the hypercube is one measure of phi/pi, this is why the ancients depicted QBLH as the hypercubic tree of life. QBLH as the hypercube of time can be thought of as a geometric lattice depicting the mathematical matrix for phi/pi, the vector of entropy. As I have described, the tree of life diagram is far from the only representation of this shape. The hypercube can be depicted as nested, at perigee (as the tree of life, at antipode), at apogee (as the octaholohedron), as well as as a regular cube. The same shape is represented by the singularity, line, plane, sphere, hypersphere and tube torus, as well as by the cone, the tetrahedron, the hypertetrahedron, the tetrisociholohedron

    (hypertetrahedron at antipode) as well as all the other Platonic solids and their hyperspatial equivalents. Mathematically it is represented by the sums of the digits of the factors of the multiple tables of eight and nine. i. shems as time traveling transport ships The ancient name for neolithic petroglyphic sacred sites was shems. Their builders were associated with the earliest civilizers, called the Nefilim in Sumeria and the Annunaki by Enoch of Ethiopia. The beatific visions of the celestial cosmos of the earliest cultures rival the pictures of the Hubble space telescope today, and their understanding of the intricate workings of temporal relativity often superior even to modern science. Their source of inspiration was only sacred stones, they say. Sites such as stone henge do lock in a temporal vector as the world turns and as it orbits around the sun. The amount of visitors to such sites, generating greater amounts of karmic energy, might determine how strong the signal is for that particular site at a particular position in its cycle, and, it is speculated, this might also bear some relationship to the position of the other planets as well as the stellar background. Such sacred stone shems often align with celestial events in the heavens at certain times, as if to mark the cycles of this karmic energy flow, and link the lives of their visitors to the stars in the heavens. While the stonehenges in England and America, Carnac in France, the pyramids in Carral and Merubecka and the Nasca lines in south America are all believed to be prehistoric sites, for which no histories of their creators still exists, the remainder of the worlds monumental petroglyphs post date this, and a history of their construction is recorded. While no mention is made of the construction of the great pyramids in the Hebrew bible, the earliest reference made to such monumental petroglyphic construction is to the Tower of Babylon. While the Sumerians themselves record a history of the palatial hanging gardens of Babylon, they do not make reference to a tower, and so the tower is probably a metaphor for the ziggurat style that was adopted for the later pyramids of Egypt. The Sumerian history does record a war in the heavens that is not described in the old testament, though. The nefilim, who had come through the shems, descending to earth from above in flying ships, had brought with them and implemented all the elements of early Sumerian civilization, from agriculture and metallurgy to free trade and the law. They produced a ruling lineage that would also establish pharoahnic kingship over unified Egypt and the far distant Indus river valley. However the Hyksos and Nubian Egyptians turned on the Sumerian Nefilim, saying, let us build a shem of our own, that we may go up and look into the heavens, and with the building of the pyramids broke from Sumerian and Akkadian influence, and this also ended all communication with the east until the time of Alexander the Great. Since this time control of the stele of the shems has been in the possession of the sanhedrin. c. thelemic esp and tunnel realities We are perpetually bombarded by subliminal suggestions, and these guide us through the definitions of what choices we have to make. It is thought to work essentially the same way for the universe as a whole, bombarded by gravity, which creates the curvature of spacetime. The vector of entropy can be thought of as a tunnel reality, a wormhole through the multiverse. Our perception is primarily controlled by one thing: brainwaves. The memory ennegrams we access, the fourth dimensional metaforms that trigger emotional cascades of neurotransmitters and the difference between waking consciousness and unconscious dreaming are all functions of the electromagnetic waveform state of the neuralkinetic energy field native to our brains. This single factor controls how we see the entire world, and it is itself entirely regulated by the thalamus.

    The thalamus sits just ahead of the hippocampus, and it is in the hippocampus that the electrical biorhythms that regulate the autonomic and peripheral nervous functions originate. However, the constant projection of energy into the hippocampus, where it is then pulsed, derives from the thalamus, which sits just before it in the interior most portions of the brain. This system is self regulating, such that the biorhythms of the hippocampus control the nerves and the heart, and these send signals through the thalamus which contribute to the projection of energy into the hippocampus. Note that the flow of energy into the thalamus, out of the thalamus into other parts of the brain, and out of the hippocampus are all pulse regulated, however the flow of energy from the thalamus to the hippocampus is a steady steam. It is from this that our sense of time derives, and by light of which in relation to time that we define ourselves. The will power also derives from the thalamus, as it is the holographic relay depot that mentally projects outside of the body. In this respect it serves the function of the ajna or the third eye of ancient mythology. It is by holographic projection through the thalamus that karma arises in our aura, and it is from this karma that we extrapolate to make choices. Thus, the history of karma comprising our aura can be thought of as such a tunnel reality, or wormhole through the multiverse. i. memory gaps, missing time and cognitive hypnosis (waking trance) Two different groups of people describe the same conditions for two separate forms of experience. One is ufo abductees. The other are victims of mind control abuse experiments. It is widely known that the memory is selective. We pick and choose what we want to remember when we want to remember it, in as much as we are able to. It has also long been known that memory can, like the perceptual senses, fade with age, and one particular disease of the brain that can cause this that has been identified is Alzheimers. Beyond all of these natural conditions or ailments, the memory occurs much like sense perception in the brain, with neuralectric activity triggering neurotransmitter cascades in different areas of the cerebrum, often coordinated through the thalamus. The only physical effect of memory is that neurotransmitters trigger re-uptake inhibitors, opening gates for increased cathexis through axon dendrite gaps which exchange more neuralectric activity, and this causes neurons to grow together into the clusters that comprise the columns or pillars of cells in the cerebrum. The nerves function holographically, actually reproducing a small image from electrical impulses in the many millions of intricate neural connections. It is thought that cognitive dissonance triggers mental activity, by the juxtaposing of two holographically projected ideas in the mind occurring simultaneously. Thus it is also thought that the sudden resolution of two contradictory views can trigger a euphoric state of transcendence and subsequent loss of focal concentration. If forced this effect can trigger a sudden moment of memory loss. This is the concept behind brainwashing and the practise of memory recovery and erasure. By maintaining a state of placid, detached, suspension of disbelief, one can enter a tranquilly flowing tunnel reality, and drift away into obscurity and a life of moderation. This concept is based on the brain wave state of day dreaming, or waking trance, usually associated with cognitive dissonance produced by dividing ones attention between the external reality and the internal realm of imagination, dream and memory. ii. remote viewing, precognition and telekinesis As I have described, the history of our auras can be thought of as tunnel

    realities, or wormholes through the multiverse, and our thalami as interactive choice making mental projectors. I have also described how, in cognitive dissonance, internal and external stimuli can be processed by the brain simultaneously. In remote viewing the mental projective space is attempted to be transported to a target site while the aura and the body remain in a fixed location. This can be simple, short distance esp of correspondences and acausal synchronicities, telepathy upon or between people, or it can be long distance remote viewing of objects, people or places. Just as it is possible for an autistic to consciously do large computations it is possible we all do unconsciously, so some part in esp and remote viewing might only be awareness of recurrent patterns, and telepathy between people only attention to context. This leads to the field of precognition, or the ability to foresee events before they occur. This often happens to people at random, and in these cases, which can come in the form of a dream, a recurring theme in their lives or personal observations, or even simply a deep sense of foreboding, the preminisced subject matter is usually a disaster. This has also been accomplished intentionally, as the result of guided practise to focus the concentration. This sort of waveform of perception has a strong interactivity with the field of its awareness, and can often produce negative emotions in those who have randomly foreseen disasters. Thus it is thought to be the synchronicity of emotional energies between the receiver and the victims that causes the distortion of time in hyperspace connecting them. Telekinesis is the control of spacetime matter-energy by the conscious bending or warping of this thalamic mental projective temporal wormhole through the aura on the karma in the multiverse. The thalamic mental projective holographic space is a two way circuit, as information flows in and out through the thalamus. This perceptual space sees in three dimensions and three hundred and sixty degrees in all directions. It has long been associated with the ajna, or the all seeing eye. f. the messianic breeding program The concepts of right thought and right action have been held as virtues by Buddhists since the times of the ancient Vedics. As I have described, their goal was to create an entire class of holy and enlightened seers and seekers of truth. In the ancient middle east, the Hebrews believed that a prophet came among each generation to interpret the teachings of the Lord. As time progressed these two beliefs grew closer and closer together, until the time of Christ, when messiahism was at it historical height. There were countless members of the generations claiming to be prophets, visionaries, illuminated seers, cult leaders and messiahs. Few of these people are remembered, and besides the name Jesus, the name Marcion means next to nothing to the common person. The belief in the messiah is the belief in a chosen one, an anointed representative of the age of man. The goal of producing one has existed among the people since the first bloodlines arose as conquerers. The elect is the king of the masses, and held by them as a king over all the other kings. This practise predominates even though the entity may only exist as an ideal archetype. The Order of Zion, who had funded the Templar expedition to and archaeological excavations at the ruins of the second temple, may have had some interest in the messianic breeding program of the Hebrews. Much work had been done during the middle ages by Alchemists attempting to recreate the conditions of conception for various different kinds of homunculi, from the metal and the mineral to the vegetable and animal. The order may have adopted a position of sympathy for the Hebrew conception agenda as part of a campaign to preserve Mediaeval alchemical manuscripts. While the Catholic order of zion would eventually become, according to the documents, the priory of zion, a more detached body of the Catholic

    church, or even a separate sect altogether, they are thought to have remained the secret chiefs of the inner order of the free masons after the first Lodge was formed by the last Templars. This has allowed the agenda of the messianic breeding program to continue without the Catholic churchs direct assent or even, necessarily, awareness. It has been one of the primary occult currents throughout masonry as it has grown internationally, and has influenced many new religions which have arisen since then, including the polygamy of Mormonism and the descriptions of ufo abductees. The result of this has been the upswing on the asymptote of population growth that has occurred in the past couple centuries. Many people emigrated from old world countries to the new world, redistributing the worlds population, and since then many third world nations populations have been expanding due to lack of contraceptive technologies. Here we see that populations grow where the food is, but follow where the wealth goes, and that a lifestyle of leisure and philosophical repose is considered by the first world bourgeoisie, the class created by masonic jacobins, to be more ideal, and this is in keeping with the ideals described throughout history. 3. future potential extrapolations Many people in the western world follow the gregorian calendar, which is based on the estimated birth date of Christ as around the year zero, and divided such that the dates before Christ are counted backwards from year zero, and those anno domini after death counted forwards. This calendar, unlike the Buddhist, Hebrew, Muslim, Ethiopian and Mayan calendars marks a specific event in the cosmic cycle of time for which the other calendars give dates of the beginning and intermittent endings. The Buddhist calendar is based on the Hindu conception of the Yugas, or ages, that are the cosmic cycle of the universes beginning and ending, given by the beginning of Buddhism. The Hebrew calendar is based on the date of the fall of man and beginning of the generations recorded in the Torah. The Muslim calendars dates revolve around the battle of Massada, recorded as being prophesied at an earlier date as the fall of the rebel angels. These enochian angels actually describe the divisions of the precessional cycle of earths poles, and this the Ethiopian calendar measures by the twin star systems revolution in Sirius. The Mayan calendar measures the precession of the electromagnetic poles of the sun by calculating concurrently the sidereal rotations of Venus, the thirteen lunar monthly phases of the moon over 384 days, and the eleven year sunspot cycle. The gregorian calendar only calculates figures for the cyclical patterns of orbital alignments that occurred during the variable year zero. The calendars based on the beginning of man, the beginning of Vedic Buddhism, or a battle in the Jewish revolt, do not make predictions about the future, while those based on astronomical events, such as planetary alignments, sidereal rotations, or electromagnetic cycles of the sun or of the planets, do. The path of man is phi bound, while the path of the heavenly spheres is bound to pi. Phi is tangential, pi is regular. In this way humanity is the measure of the heavens, and the heavens the measure of humanity. Those systems that do account for predictions of humanitys future according to the heavens can only do so as a superimposition of both types of calendrical system. 15,000 years ago mammoths were flash frozen in Siberia while eating tropical vegetation, 12,000 years ago, Egypt was a fertile savanna, 6,000 years ago Sumeria and India were lush gardens, 500 years ago Ethiopia was fed by the flooding of the Aswan lake and Nile river, and it is due to the gradual precession of the electromagnetic and gravitational poles that environmental conditions in these regions have changed. The fossil record indicates that there are no lands on earth that were not settled by homo sapiens shortly after the end of the last ice age, as well as populations of

    cromagnons in America and Europe, and, even earlier than the last ice age, as much by paleolithic australopithecine and neanderthal hominids. The shems stand testimony to the fact that earlier humanity made measure of the celestial events in the heavens, and the existing calendars of the world remain today produced from many such observations. There is no reason to doubt that such calendars can be used to predict future celestial events in the heavens. These calendars predict that, as polar precession continues one hemisphere of the earth will gradually be moved more toward the sun at one time of earths annual orbit, such as at perihelion or aphelion. This is the effect that causes the seasons. As the hemispheres of the earth are moved around the precessing pole as it tilts toward or away from the sun per half earths orbit, the seasonal conditions of the two polar hemispheres gradually reverse. Thus, when it is summer in one hemisphere it is winter in the other. As the pole gradually precesses around, a different hemisphere will eventually come to be exposed to the sun at the same place in its annual orbit. This process takes about 26,000 years, and is measured by sunrise in the spring equinoctical sign of the ecliptic zodiac. For about 12,500 years or so, summer and winter conditions gradually increase in each of the two polar hemispheres, such that, as the summer of one lasts longer, the winter of the other lasts longer. This is thought to be in accord with the sunspot cycle. For about one third of this time there are ice age conditions in one hemisphere or the other. We are currently in the middle of northern hemisphere summer and the beginning of autumn, while the southern hemisphere is at the end of its winter, entering spring. As spring becomes summer in the southern hemisphere, autumn will become winter in the northern hemisphere. a. the immanent eschaton Since the end of the last ice age people have believed that the world will end. Since this means different things to different people, just as we are perpetually passing through predicted dates for the world to end, so is the root emotion of these beliefs the fear that the world is already ending. The ancient hominids practised ritual burial, perhaps with the foresight that their buried remains might one day be discovered and brought back to life. This practise would eventually lead also to ancient mummification, which may have been the discovery of the peoples of the late last ice age, when freezing conditions preserved bodies. The belief that the world will end dates back to the rig vedas, in which Vishnu is described as controlling the tug of war over a giant serpent, as depicted in the temple of angkor wat, which is aligned with Draco, the constellation that surrounds the north polar star. The Vedic calendar gives the ages of the creator, the maintainer and the destroyer, and, like the later Mayan calendar, records the destruction of the world by the different elements at various times before. Astrology, or the recording of the alignments of the planets with the twelve signs of the zodiac, began concurrently in ancient Sumeria, and was thoroughly recorded openly by Muslims and in secret by Catholics before being brought to the European nobility during the crusades and subsequently strongly influencing masonic jacobins as a motif for design elements in architecture. Some apocalypses are actually included in the canonized bible, though they are usually misinterpreted as literal descriptions, rather than as depictions of heavenly cycles or, later, holognomonic archetypes associated with them. The descendants and inheritors of the same people that included these revelations and not others, even more orderly and detailed, have based their apocalyptic dates on various gematriacal interpretations of the text, relative other biblical prophecies, and on the gregorian calendar. Different apocalyptic cults have formed over the intervening years since Christ that have given different dates, all of which have

    come and gone. Some of these cults have disbanded, but others were willing to give up their lives to their belief. The most recent such cult was the ufo cult Heavens Gate, who sacrificed themselves to the comet Hale Bop. It is probably because of the need to preserve law and order that the truth of precession is not known more commonly. It has been thought, based on spartacus alone, since the time of Marx that the masses would rise to revolution if they discovered that religion was only a concealment of a global environmental fact. More than being a revelation, and vehicle for the transmission, of this fact, religion offers one a glimpse at the gateway to escaping precession forever. This, it alleges, only appears physically to be a humble life of moderation and contemplation. As I have described, churches are centers of karma. They have existed longer than sports arenas, and are considered archetypal rather than stereotypical. The worship in a church differs little from independent worship on ones own, except that it allows for fellowship among the parishioners. In this way it differs from the theatrical experience of the stage or film. All of these things are merely the displacement in mental projective space of superfluous karma, or a cognitive dissonance triggering a mental electrical ennegram, and the free will to invert this into mental clarity. The shems were the original karmic centers, and they are often positioned near or above underground rivers. At some intermittent point the distances between them were measured as geodesics on the surface of the earth, and these lines of connection called ley lines. The alignment of later abbeys, churches and cathedrals in Europe all describe exact geodesics relative to one another also. Some of these are even based on latitudes and longitudes that existed during previous positions of the poles. i. the rapture Since 1,000 ad gregorian people have believed in the immanent return of Christ as foretold in the apocalyptic scripture. At this time, the devout followers believe that they will vanish from the surface of the earth, and be taken directly up to heaven. This belief, called the rapture, was started by John Smith, and is a central precept of his religion, Mormonism. After his predicted date(s) for the rapture had elapsed, some members of his cult still remained to establish the Church of Latter Day Saints of today. This corresponds to the belief in wormwood, described by the prophet John of Patmos as a portion of the heavens falling to earth. This is simply good apocalyptic literature, since it can be interpreted in a million different ways. For the dinosaurs it had a very literal meaning, since we think it to have been an asteroid that resulted in their extinction; for the later cavemen and early Sumerians this may have meant the correspondence between the representational zodiac and the constellations in the ecliptic; for Enoch this meant the fall of the rebel angels; for Solomon the summoning of the goetia to raise the temple; for Buddha, Christ and Mohammed their teachings; for all of these have followed in the messianic current of coming to stand for or represent the meaning of their time. The return of Christ is based on the zodiacal predictions for the astrological events that occurred during Jesuss life, from around zero to 33 ad. These are simply part of a recurring cycle that marks the spring equinoxs entry into a new constellation in the ecliptic zodiac. At the time of Christ the age of Aries was just ending and the age of Taurus just beginning. Insofar as shems are karmic centers, they can serve as calibrating vectors for timespace teleportation, such as can be accomplished by expanding open a wormhole. Doing so accesses the multiverse, the n dimensional gravitational warping of geometry comprising hyperspace, or the sum over histories of all possible dimensional extrapolations upon our universe that comprises the exterior surface of

    timespace, the interior of which is the surface of spacetime comprised by the speed of photons, that occurs as the infinite potential for random quantum fluctuation producing probability wells that is the essence of the universal continuum. In hyperspace the laws of physics are distorted such that mental projection, such as occurs for the thalamus, instantaneously manifests. There is no other force to induce cause and effect, and therefore no such thing as real karma, since the manifestations are only holognomonic reflections of the light of the self, extensions of the free will, and therefore none of these projected reflections continue existing beyond their sight, and cannot therefore correspond with one another to form a webwork of synchronous acausal consequence. This experience is equivalent to the dream reality one would experience inside the event horizon of a black hole as one asymptotically approached the singularity. ii. the multiverse The stele of the shem have come to be seen as keys, unlocking the gateway of the knowledge of precession. What lies beyond is the multiverse. As I have described, the only difference between perception of the universe and perception of the multiverse is the perception of time. In the universe, entropy measures time linearly from the past through the present to the future. In the multiverse, time is relative to measurements of space, and insofar as the one can be distorted, so may the other. This means that zero, one and infinity are all simultaneously measures of the sum over histories, and that space, in substance and essence, is only one polarized concept about which we do not need to revolve our entire lives. Here we find QBLH extending upwards as the spiraling histories of gravitational singularities that unwind wormholes between one another comprising the dimensions of the multiverse contained within the event horizon of black holes. Here we see that the wormholes open perpendicularly to one another, and that therefore the only way to get through the singularity outside of the universe is to go perpendicularly through them. This produces the phi/pi spiral helix lattice of QBLH. Here, the projection of what is called the mind, the soul or the spirit only exists in the form of a baby universe, the body of which is wormholes. This is equivalent to evolution of life on earth, since when the photons now reaching us left the most ancient galaxies our solar system was only a nebulous gas cloud. As these galaxies were consumed by black holes a supernova fused the nebulae and formed the sun, the planets and the asteroids. As the wave of the informational ending of photons by super massive black holes approached us, life formed on earth, and precessed over the ages, the sun falling into tempo with the rhythms and patterns of the surrounding spiral galaxy, the Milky Way, as it slowly approaches the Andromeda galaxy. The sort of entity such life describes might best be termed a reincarnating holognomonic archetype. b. reincarnating holognomonic archetypes When describing various types of more advanced, evolved or enlightened entities there have been widely varying experiences recorded throughout history. The first of these to be recorded were those of Enoch, describing the wars in heaven and the fall of the rebel angels. After this are the Sumerian accounts of the history of humanity in relation to the djinn, or the discorporeal form of these entities, which they thought remained bound to earth, and associated with the shem. The Egyptians structured hierarchically various levels of Gods, demigods, natural forces and calendrical influences as associated with the spirit realm that the disincarnate soul passes through in the underworld of the dead. Shintoists of early Asia and modern Japan associate the djinn with nature spirits. Siddhartha associated the karma in his

    aura with negative attributes of the self, and slew these in his mind. Hebrew gnostics described the soul in kabbalistic terms, and the times as apocalyptic. The Catholic church structured various orders of angels and seraphim, as well as of demons and the damned, all of which ruled the realms of the afterlife that a soul could enter at death. Muslims reiterate the descriptions of the wars in heaven and the fall of the rebel angels. Masons reiterate the djinn in their elemental and calendrical form. As I have described, the baby universe sum over histories of gravitational singularities in super massive black holes beyond the projection of photons at the speed of light unwind in a phi/pi spiral through the wormholes connecting the black holes in the multiverse, and this connection underlies the quantum information exchange between photons within the universe, such that the same information projected by the photons has been consumed by the black holes and is contained in the wormholes expressed as the history of the gravitational singularity. This is the same pattern of life described by the double helix of DNA. i. the freeing of the spirit from the karma of the aura The knowing of the higher self as above the influence of the distracting karma that accumulates in ones aura has long been considered a more ideal state of achievement associated with enlightenment. Whether one knows the higher self as God, a higher power, their own spirit or guardian angel, as their soul or astral body, or even only the temple of the physique, these have all been encouraged by Vedic and gnostic doctrines. One technique for this is the inversion of distraction into inspiration, such that one is drawing superfluous energy off of their surrounding environment. Insofar as this energy is more often redirected and channeled into creative expression, it creates an alternating entropic circuit generating regular brainwaves. This does not cause the negative consequential effects of distraction that perpetuate both internal suffering of the individual and external suffering of the environment. Thus, the entropic circuit is considered more stable than the simple out flux of entropic waves into the environment. It is associated with time, and considered an anchor in a trance or meditative environment. As I have said, this manifests as a stable energy flow between the thalamus and the hippocampus and functions as the internal perception of time. As one gradually releases the clinging to this as the center of the self, one will become more and more free of the karma in their auras. If one expands upon this, as the teachings encourage earlier aspirants, one will cleanse the aura of its karma, the free will permeating all depths of mental projective space, clear light projected out all around. However for later aspirants it is necessary to remember that the thalamus, the root of the spiritual sense of free will in the biological organism, is not the only center of free will in the universe, and that one can, by extending their free will, travel in mental projective space through all the dimensions of the multiverse at all the centers of the universe. The path of the mendicant is to seek enlightenment. The path of the enlightened seer is to watch over the sacred. For the monk this first condition may mean tithing alms, while for the master the latter condition often involves the stele of the shem or the djinn of precession. As I have described, the soul and the spirit have been described in various ways, but it is thought that the mind of the mendicant monk is more like the soul, and that of the enlightened master more like the spirit. It is also thought that the soul is more like the body, while the spirit is more like the mind. Thus, the freeing of the aethyreal spirit from the karma of the soul is like the freeing of the mind from the body, and is a matter of the relativity of time as much as perception makes use of the external senses, dependent on the vessels death only insofar as the circuit of entropy is centralized and associated with the ego. As the soul is thought to inhabit the body, so the aura tends to create a tunnel reality of

    socialized routine. This is for the soul what the steady stream of brain waves in the thalamus is to the brain. Insofar as this circuit is associated with ego, the measure of its activity in the brain is considered the biological organisms lifeline or history. So, similarly is the tunnel reality of the aura the lifeline of the soul. The soul would see its tunnel reality as the seat of the spark of the free will or the spirit, as the body would see the thalamus as the seat of the spark of life or the soul. Therefore, just as in order for the mind to be free of the body it must unseat itself from the association of the ego with the neuralectric activity in the thalamus, so for the will of the spirit to be free of karma it must unseat itself from the association of the soul with the routine tunnel reality of mundane existence. ii. ramifications of uncentered ontology The primary entropic circuit of the aura functions on binary inspiration / distraction, where distraction creates cognitive dissonance, burning off external entropy, and where inspiration creates a solution in a closed inner circuit. Notice that this occurs in a phi/pi spiral, where phi is the trajectory of interiorization and exteriorization of karma through mental projection, and pi is the circuit of the stable state exterior referentials and the spherical probability well of active consciousness. Leaving behind the interactive karma of the external environment of the body and the mental projective tunnel reality aura of the soul means identifying the self with this geometry, for this is the form of the free spirit. At this point in meditative trance one has awareness of all other beings and objective things as gnomonic reflections of this. The highest gnosis, then, can be applied to the most fundamental natural gnomon. The epoch of I am not that which I am, can be interpolated upon the underlying fundamental geometric pattern of the structure of our DNA and the filaments, walls and voids. There is no self. There is no not. There is no will but that which we project. Phi/pi can stand for all of these things and still more. To say that it is these and yet is not anything at all in substance or in essence is to say that there is no phi/pi, that none of the ratios in nature are exactly or perfectly precise, and that it would only be by such an exact measure that we could think the universe capable of conscious communication within itself, such as between or among people. This is what it means to say there is no center or no self. Many researchers of consciousness have associated trance states with ego death or with dissociation. This is not a necessary requisite any more than any of the ways of inducing trance consciousness exclusively cause the nature of personal transcendental experiences, which can also be seen to occur at random. Dissociation ultimately requires the incapacitation of the physique. The more one enters another realm of thought than their perceptions are accustomed to, they often must readjust themselves in relative proportion to it, in the same way the living distinguish between themselves and the new. This is in no way a condition or necessary symptom of trance states of consciousness. Neither is delusion to the sense perceptions, for such karma is not relevant to the trance consciousness, which is the entropic impossible loop that is and is not at the center of ego or self, a gnomonic singularity that is the seat of the soul and the root of the free will. As I have said, ego death and dissociation are not conditional components of trance consciousness any more than the auric soul or the most elegant geometry necessary components of the free will. There are a great deal of zen koans written about ylem, chi, the tao, and the binary yin and yang. All of these agree, ultimately, with nihilism. That is because the primary clear light, the energy forces of the universe, the similarities between manifestations and the duality of matter-energy are all invisible characteristics of nature, thus many common people simply choose not to believe in them.

    c. actual timespace machines for physical transport From the 1930s until the 1950s, the U.S. military experimented with scalar wave technology weather balloons. These balloons, elliptical cylinders with technological equipment attached to the undercarriages, were supposedly used only to test atmospheric conditions, however could also allegedly control the weather by orientation of orgone energy to the ionosphere. They are thought to have been equipt with technology similar to that developed by Nikola Tesla involving regular interference patterns of pulsed field currents. These balloons match the description of late nineteenth century lighter than air ships that were the first reported ufos. It is possible that the zero point energy null field created by the pulsed scalar waves inside the devices, which can also be thought of as the first, inner atmospherical satellites, caused the zero time orientation field they generated around the machines to become de-resonated from the earths 40 mega hertz electromagnetic field, and thus for the balloons to slip out of phase with the fourth dimensional entropic flow of time, yet remain in the earths electromagnetic gravitational well. Nikola Tesla, who also invented broadcast radio, claimed to have made contact with off world sources. Much of later stealth technology is suspected to have been reverse engineered from flying saucers crashed by using the early weather balloon technology and later satellite and radio technology as a net disruption effect to the electromagnetic field between the ionosphere and the van allen belts and plasma sheet. This is the age of space travel in solid fuel rocket propulsion technology such as the space shuttle and time travel in the form of faster than sound flight at varying atmospheric altitudes that would actually measure different times on atomic clocks from those that remained below on the ground. It is possible that outside of gravity wells such as that of the earth, the dimension of time is asymptotically distorted toward a null field. i. places to go (universal tourism) The church has long legislated the roles of the heavenly bodies in the daily lives of the people in opposition to those astrologers and gypsies that have claimed the movements of the celestial cycles govern the daily behaviors of the mind. It is evident that such processes as the precession of the poles effect such cycles as the seasons, however beyond this it is unlikely that the positions in the planets relative to the zodiac bear any ultimate relevance to the meaning of a persons life. It is possible to warp spacetime into hyperspace through wormholes and travel freely through the multiverse using null field scalar wave zero point energy, and this kind of technology can be contained in even hand held sized devices, such as the orgone gun of Wilhelm Reich, similar in appearance to the implements held by stone carved Olmec and Mayan figures in south america, or which may have been Browns gas welding torches capable of producing the over 6,000 degrees celsius heat needed to fuse the metal alloys of the I shaped clamps that held their massive stone masonry in place. It is thought to be this type of null-time technology possessed by ufos that allows them to bend the fabric of the continuum and travel relatively instantaneously across vast distances of space. ii. people to see (entropy inverts work and vacation) When you are working, you can only think back or ahead to being on vacation. When you are on vacation, you can only think back or ahead to being at work. The natural process of entropy inverts binary, opposite states such as these in its regular functioning. When you are at work, you know you will eventually be on vacation. When you are on vacation you know that you will eventually be back at

    work. The longer these conditions continue to invert, the more faded away their divisions become, and they become blended together. This is only the tunnel reality. In order to find your way from here you must go perpendicularly. B. the most holy all of the most high There are not two selves. The ghost of the second self is Choronzon, an ancient name for consciousness. All the while the body survives this is the self. In sleep and in some meditative trance states this inverts and becomes the dreams of the subconscious while the consciousness is unconscious. When the self is not the consciousness of the body, it is believed to be consciousness still. This consciousness, it is thought, either finds refuge in an incarnation, or enters the heavens of the multiverse. Just as when it is cloaked in the flesh it knows itself by the flesh, so when it is brought before the lord God must it shed its highest definition of self to be one with the creator and that is only the consciousness. There are not two selves, because you do not stand beside your own consciousness. There is not one self, because there is you besides consciousness. There is no self because there is no consciousness. Choronzon was first, in the age of the ancient Egyptians, associated with the djinn of the heavens and the dekans of the zodiac. He came to represent the disincarnate, discorporeal underworld summoned by magicians, and the concept he represented came to be suppressed along with the other arcane arts of metaphysics by the subsequent solar central masculine cults that have become modern religions. The deified ideal that replaced him in mainstream terminology was the Holy Ghost. When people lift their spirits up with the Holy Ghost they are expanding their consciousnesses. Just as the Holy Ghost is only part of the deified trinity of God the father, Jesus the sun, and the maternal Holy Ghost, so was Choronzon called the disincarnate spirit of the original head of the Egyptian occult, who first held the title YHVH. It is thought to have been Choronzon that Siddhartha conquered in the form of his inner demons, clearing his consciousness to teach the way to the light. The Holy Ghost represents the idea of the conscious universe, derived from the Hindu belief that we are all the dream in the mind of God. In this capacity then the angel scroll of Yeshuah Ben Padiah may be thought of as a list of mentations in the mind of God. This has been part of the cyclical process of precession, all of mankinds contribution, as much as the ritual of sacrifice that makes a martyr out of the scape goat. The occult orders have always spoken for the precessional cycle. It has only been since the time of Christ that the prodigal sun cults have had younger and more public representatives, thus ending the age of the father and initiating the age of the crowned and conquering child. This age is marked by the fool, or jester, archetype of Choronzon, representing Orion in the tarot deck, because it has been marked by rapid cultural change and technological progress. It has long been theorized that to understand the Most High you must think of the inversion of the most low, and as I have described, in QBLH, the former greatest common factor inverts to become the new least common denominator. Thus whatever God was or has been, Satan becomes. This works similarly to the river of Thales representing the flow of consciousness or of time. That which God was, Satan is. God is within the moment, and what is past for Him is Satan. God, also, is seen as the Light of humanitys future. Thus, what is the future for man is the present of God and the past for Satan. In this way, the lowest is that which is shed by the Most High that is its sense of self.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    10::Levite:Crown:Pope
    EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7 minimum "king's court" = 7 OES, 5 GD, 3 OTO = 15 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    IX. Constitution of the main node or Papal Court preamble: We, 15 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Papal Court. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by the Papal account an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned. A. composition of the Papal Court: only initiates of the iic in Lodge may apply. 1. 7 V Rosicrucians: responsible for interfacing main node with the rest of the Grid. 2. 5 VI Illuminati: interface with the general accounts, from sector down. 3. 3 VII Bohemian: guard the crystal vault powering the main node. 4. = 15: the significance of this numerology deals with the Ecumenical Senate. B. the ceremonies of the Papal Court 1. cleansing of the global aura a. alignment of the tectonic sectors b. balancing of the ebb and flow of astral tides c. re-attuning access through the ECS to the Akashic Records 2. creation / dissolution of the sector account a. presiding over: i. all promotion to chief executive status ceremonies ii. continuity of office between Popes (as an Ecumenical Senate) 3. oversees the commissioning of industrial corporations a. providing free access to the global grid and specific sector data b. providing funds for the construction and expansion of the corporation C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iic (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.a.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) D. provisioning the State budget and setting the average wage. 1. regarding provisioning the state budget, the Papal Court ... a. ensures the State Budget never exceed 2/3 the actual value of real assets globally b. connects the account of funds accessible to the state per estimated duration i. from the global grid ii. to the central node iii. automatically and directly 2. regarding the setting of average wage, the Papal Court ... a. ensures the average wage as a fixed ratio of total value of all global holdings b. connects the universal salary balance account i. from the central node ii. to the sector grids iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a global census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts in the global grid

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    10::Levite:Crown:Pope
    EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7 minimum "king's court" = 7 OES, 5 GD, 3 OTO = 15

    this is the layout of the ruins that comprise the reliquary gardens.

    this is the mechanism: a plumbline hangs as a pendulum, supporting a candelabra or chandelier of five individual scales. Each scale is infused with one of the elements.

    This is the rose that grows in the centre of the reliquary gardens.

    this is the name of the rose.

    this is the first lamen of the law on the tablet on the right.

    this is the second lamen of the law on the tablet on the left.

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets on which the preceding two lamens are inscribed on the obverse. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The explanation is: the true crown of the priest-king of David, father of Solomon, true direct descendent from Adam. The pentagonal diadem sits atop His Mighty Head! The white pentagon describes the spirit descending through the fibrillation of His heart, may he always remain calm! The four yellow stars represent the balance of the cosmos and order out of chaos. They also represent the mystery of the aeons: the ages of the zodiac, where the intersecting points count singly, and the central thirteenth intersection (representing Jesus, the thirteenth apostle of the Christ Logos) is concealed. The red cross represents the blood of the Dead King, crucified before you on the the four equilateral points of the elements. The green star represents Christ dead on the cross (pesher: the udjat, or serpent eye, of the Old KIngdom Lower Khem crown).

    Charter for a first Church of Lemuria

    I. Let it be assumed: A. the requirement by human society of financial institution, for... 1. the management of the global money supply: a. where x = actual value of all assets; b. where y = intangible value of all credit. c. then let x+y=z, such that z = total currency value. 2. the transfer as inheritance of capital wealth: a. where A = imbalanced distribution b. where B = equal distribution c. whether A > B or B > A, middle-management is required. 3. establishing average wages by percent of total value: a. where x,y,z,A & B are as given above, b. and A is present: i. A > A (to maintain A): loan more intangible value than can be backed by actual credit; control currency value by interest rates on loans. ii. A > B (to become B): redistribute actual wealth to a separate sector from that of intangible wealth, then de-value intangible assets. b. and B is present: i. B > B (to maintain B): dissolve collective-holdings, establish 1-person / account, transform intangible to savings, base currency on actual value only. ii. B > A (to become A): over-value intangible assets, devalue actual assets, loan at increasing interest rate, devalue liquid currency. 4. the management of all business transactions: a. to withdraw from one account and deposit in another. b. to process fees for this service. c. to account for those who collect these fees as salary. B. the requirement by human society of religious institution, for... 1. the provision of moral advice for citizens: a. by consulting their more learned advisors, b. by referencing their greater access to prior learning, c. by examining their understanding using their own personal methods. 2. the provision of group ceremonial ritual: a. to encourage fellowship or a feeling of group-unity b. to encourage belief in the utility of group-unity c. to encourage efficacy in the religious experience. 3. the duty of teaching their methods a. to provide open and free initiation into their craft b. to provide free access to all their materials of learning c. to provide free access to their cornucopia of cures, and ones personal panacea II. thus, it follows that... A. these two institutions are in reality: 1. equal, because...

    a. the value of one depends on the value of the other, such that: i. if one were worth less, the other would be worth more. ii. neither possess any inherent value of their own, only symbolic value. b. both are necessary to one another, such that: i. without one, there could not be the other. ii. their moral competition provides justification for social growth. 2. operative at right angles to one another, such that: a. as tyranny and liberty, with the measure of rights between them; b. as group and self, with the measure of use between them. B. these two institutions should be ideally: 1. one. a. in the past, before historys records of their origins, it is possible these two institutions were one and the same, and that, only after the division between church and state, did the financial differentiate from the political / religion. b. thus, in a possible future, it can be imagined that these two institutions, moreso than even church and state, could be re-merged into a single entity that could then be subsumed into the State structure. 2. operative at 180 from one another. a. as moral opposites, thus when one is, the other is not, and vice versa. b. as thesis and anti-thesis of their combination as synthesis. III. therefore, the agenda of the 1st Lemurian Church prioritises the following goals: A. the merger of the world-banks with the world religious institutions. 1. tax-exempt status would apply to both: a. neither any officer of the church nor any banker would be taxed. b. no church nor bank would file for financial accountability to any state. c. the global holdings in all churches and banks would be dissolved into one account. 2. corporate person-hood: a. a corporation would be taken as a group of workers under a group of bosses. b. a religion would be viewed as a group of priests under a group of cardinals. c. the priests and workers would be equal, the bosses and cardinals equal. 3. corporate welfare a. labour-unions are equal to churches. b. corporations are equal to monasteries. c. the CEOs and cardinals will answer to a single chief-banker, the Pope B. the funding of the foundations of Atlantean Democracy 1. establishment of the role of the first Pope: a. see document iic: Constitution of the Pope, of the current Atlantean constitution. b. see document Equinox of the Popes and document Seasons of the Pope 2. establishment of the bund of secret societies a. see document iia: Constitution of the Congress b. see document iib: the Popular Constitution

    3. establishment of the Atlantean Senate: a. see document iib: the Constitution of the Executives b. see document i: the Book of Prayers C. the contractualisation at such time with such an institution of such partnership: 1. establishment of the Lemurian Church a. as business-partner of the Atlantean Senate b. as accounting firm of State government c. as responsible under all current Atlantean Constitutions. 2. establishment of Atlantean Democracy a. the beginning of state-funded initiatory schools for all citizens. b. the curriculum of Atlantean Democracy established. c. the Law of One declared. (see document iib: Constitution of the Executives) IV. Such that, at the specified time of the declaration of the Law of One, A. the 1st Incorporated Lemurian Church will hold and control all the worlds wealth. 1. by exercising leveraged buy-outs of private corporations (calling in corporatedebt), the global bank will diminish intangible value and consolidate real assets. a. following the acquisition of the sum of intangible value, this can be traded for the holdings of industries. The real assets will outlast the intangible value. b. following the acquisition of the sum total of global currency, the bank can set the value of the average global salary rate. 2. by restructuring the global economy into a single unified system, a. there will be the need to establish a method of interface for all monetary transactions to be conducted for free via the global-accounts system. i. for the purpose of limiting the method of conducting financial transactions ii. for the purpose of deducting intangible credit as funds for actual value iii. for the purpose of allowing paid access to free-energy and unlimited information. b. there will be the need to establish a centralised world-account with multiple backup systems in plural locations to ensure redundancy in case of failure by the primary account-system. i. holdings of different amounts will be automatically redirected to different locations ii. holdings of personal accounts will have a maximum, but no minimum iii. holdings of multiple-person accounts will be eradicated from the system. c. there will be the need to enforce the sanctity of the primary-account system i. the Pope will have sole knowledge of the decryption methods for certain codes. ii. these codes will be piggy-backed onto all personal account numbers. iii. in the event of continuity of office, the system should pass these on automatically. iv. the decryption keys can block all access to the system, or grant it to anyone. v. these decryption methods will be randomised within the primary account system. vi. punishment for appropriation of copied keys is death. 3. by calculating the percentage of global currency based on the number of citizens: a. the population can be equalised in initial economic holdings, b. their gross earnings adjusted as part of this net value, such that, c. those above the average value would pay the difference to those below the average value-line.

    4. by settling all accounts to an equal average, a. all subsequent transactions can be plotted as points on a grid, such that: i. gross earnings per vocation average out to the same wage ii. adjusted gross is deducted from net, the difference held as a bonded trust-fund. iii. the net sum accrues credit-value, which translates as all salaries. b. this grid can be used to make accurate predictions on asymptotic aggregate scales: i. earnings of professions by sector become intangible, credit-based liquid funds. ii. wages operate as a percentage of combined earnings per sector becoming credit. iii. when productivity per sector is good, sector credit will increase wages by percent. c. use of this grid is i. taught to priests, ii. practised by cardinals, iii. only fully known to the Pope. B. the state will be financially dependent on the church to police Democracy. 1. in order to provision funds to salary an armed, or otherwise equipt, force: a. for the purpose of: i. enforcing punitive sentencing (ie. a police-state) ii. detaining the accused until their sentencing (ie. enforcing state-power) iii. providing a pre-emptive deterrent to potential criminals (ie. a prison-planet) b. to the limit of their duty: i. each case is processed by its own singular department, ii. each department is comprised of a case-worker for the accused and a staff of 10. iii. the case-worker during the case serves as the accuseds lawyer in the trial iv. the ten staff members are among the senators who may be drawn by lot for a jury v. after a case is completed, this department dissolves. c. for temporary durations: i. no standing army may ever be assembled, neither private, bank nor state-funded ii. no one besides those provisioned to will be permitted to carry weapons of any kind iii. the department who process the case are armed only to subdue their sole accused. iv. the penalty for resisting arrest is the same as an assault charge against a senator. d. following which time: i. the cost of the case will be assumed by the Lemurian church ii. the authority vested in the case-worker and their department is withdrawn iii. all requisite armaments and equipment are returned to the Lemurian armory 2. in order to provide salaries to all citizen employees a. as noted according to the restructuring schema above, the value of wages will be the control-valve between intangible credit and actual assets, as opposed to the value of currency, as manipulated by the interest rate on debt-accrueing loans. i. the salaries for all employed citizens would be equal ii. the Lemurian church would set the rate of salary iii. salaries would be a fixed percent of all intangible credit per sector iv. economic sectors compete, causing intangible value inflation b. as stipulated regarding the salaries of the Senators: i. the Senators themselves receive no salary.

    ii. they are fed, clothed, housed and provided for in a State Temple. iii. the workers at this Temple are paid according to the rate of the Lemurian Church. c. as necessary to provide for the case-worker and department per accused, per case. i. regarding the provision of armaments: to be considered a limited-time loan, to be recollected at the due time and redistributed into the Lemurian armory. ii. regarding the provision of funds for equipment used during the case: to be paid out as needed from a slush fund created per case, to be liquidated at the cases close. iii. regarding provision of the salaries for the time of the case-worker, 10 member staff department, and the 13 trial jurors: paid as per the Atlantean salary rate. iv. regarding provision for the accused: all luxuries shall be afforded during their period of detainment that can be so afforded by the Lemurian church. C. the Lemurian Church will hold authority to elect the Pope. 1. establishment of the role of the first Pope: a. see document iic: Constitution of the Pope, of the current Atlantean constitution. b. see document Equinox of the Popes and document Seasons of the Pope D. the Lemurian Church will be exempt from public oversight. 1. the complete and current Constitution of the Church will be publicly available. 2. the accounting grid of the Church will be: a. administered by the local Church accounting nodes as the average rate of salary. b. determined by the monastic Cardinals of each sectors central account node. c. administrated by the Papal Court from the global central accounts main node. E. all work will serve the state, and be rewarded by the church. 1. the degrees of citizenship are based on the Lodge. a. all children are taught the i and given the option of joining the ii Lodge i. those who abstain from joining the Lodge remain paid slaves of the system ii. those who opt to become initiates pay no dues or fees to the Lodge b. initiates answer to each higher degree by rank and file. i. the iia answers to the iic before the iib ii. the iib answers to the iic only c. only initiates may serve in the Senate i. see document iia the Constitution of the Congress - 7 iic and 13 iib serve on the senate - three public Senate seats are available to iia initiates d. only Senators may serve as Chief Executives - 3 iic and 2 iib serve as Executives - 1 executive seat is open to a iia initiate 2. rank in the church is based on membership in the Bund degrees. a. the 5 iic Lodge Masters each answer to one of the Bund degrees. i. see document iia the Constitution of the Congress. ii. such that... - the Lodge Grand Master is the III Essene Zealot, - the Lodge Ambassador is the VI Knight Zion, - the intra-Lodge spy is the V Regal Rosicrucian, - the intra-Lodge messenger is the VI Perfected Illuminati, - the inter-Lodge spy is the VII Bohemian. b. Lodges answer to Churches

    i. a local accounting node, or Church, is comprised of... - 3 intra-Lodge spies, 2 intra-Lodge messengers, 1 inter-Lodge spy ii. individual Lodges communicate via the Lodge Ambassador iii. Churches are comprised of multiple Lodges, connected by an Ambassador c. Churches answer to Monastaries i. a regional accounting node, or Monastery, is comprised of... - 5 intra-lodge spies, 3 intra-Lodge messengers, 2 inter-Lodge spies ii. local Churches communicate via the accounting grids local node iii. local Churches combine to comprise sector Monasteries d. Monasteries answer to the Papal Court i. the main accounting node, or Standing Papal Court, is comprised of... - 7 intra-Lodge spies, 5 intra-Lodge messengers, 3 inter-Lodge spies ii. sector Monasteries communicate to the Papal Court via their combined nodes iii. the combination of all Monasteries is administered by the Papal Court e. the Papal Court answers to the Pope i. a Standing Papal Court may only be convened by a sitting Pope ii. a Standing Papal Court administers the main node of the global account d. the Pope, or chief accountant, answers to the Church of chief executives i. the funds for the iia are administered by the local Church ii. the funds for the iib are administered by the sector Monastery iii. the funds for the iic are administered by the Papal Court. V. In order to establish global currency value based on the Enochian System Grid A. the concept of currency. 1. the historical perspective on monetary value indicates... a. that the precious metals economy corresponds with the need for a slave class, b. the credit-based economy increases personal liberty, but not productivity, and c. the quantum-information economy will allow direct (psychic) Democracy. 2. what currency is: a. according to 1984s, Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars, money is a symbolic measurement of the creation from resting potential and the transference in flux of electrical charge. Thus currency is literally the frequency of nascent currents. b. thus, by controlling the bottle-neck valve of transference between infinitudes, that is, the flux or frequency of active current derived over resting potential, c. we assume the creation of electrical charge by transference, that is, the formation of active electricity from neutral energy, occurs due to the friction between parallel dimensional membranes, each containing its own entire universe and set of laws. d. thus, we seek to control the flux of electrical currency by controlling the bottleneck valve of transference between these otherwise neutral energy levels. e. the symbolic machine: the use of a symbolic token-exchange economy for conduction of this currency is an example of a placebo or psycho-somatic -type machine, that works only because we believe it does. 3. the intelligent derivation of actual value depends on: a. the empowerment of the assessor: wherein, - knowledge of math is power, - to persuade by mass-aggregate statistical generalisations. b. the dis-empowerment of the mis-informed: wherein, - knowledge of rumors is prevalent, - to persuade ones self or one another of certain perspectives over others. c. the powerlessness of the ignorant: wherein,

    - denial of the utility of knowledge is chosen, - to persuade ones self of ones own power to rule arbitrarily. 4. the regulation of wages depends on: a. the measurement of social use-value by need: wherein, - new necessity for growth in a certain economic sector - requires assessment of requisite actual value (labour-power). b. the measurement of training by generations: wherein, - the values of a growth-sector are instilled by schools, - in order to educate the generations on how to do the needed work. c. the measurement of aptitude by testing: wherein, - the abilities of each generation are determined by the last, such that, - each generation supersedes the abilities of the previous generation. d. the eventual applicability of a generation to social utility: wherein, - ultimately wages are determined based on the factors of need and ability, whereby - need (demand) determines increase of value, and - use or ability (supply) determines increase of cost. 5. the concept of interest depends on: a. the leverage valve for regulating wages by currency value, whereby: - when demand and supply are both high, value is high (a boom or bubble) - when demand and supply are both low, cost is high (rarity or scarcity) - such that, given common fluctuations of market-value across all sectors, b. the rate of debt accrued by loans decreases currency value, whereby: - when more money is printed or loaned than can be supported in a run on debts, - when the value of money is determined by the rate of interest due for loans, - such that the appearance of wealth masks the devaluation of wages worth. c. the rate of average productivity per economic sector increases value, whereby: - when growth and non-growth sectors compete freely, - when competition encourages increased productivity, - such that the actual amount of labour-power increases the value of its worth. B. creating and channeling charged electrical currency. 1. the Painted-Sky Effect: the interior of earths electro-magnetic field. a. dream-land: the surface of planet earth itself, i. the stone shems: erected by ancient peoples around the planet, mainly coastal. ii. underground rivers: form crystal deposits in earths upper crust. iii. natural catacombs: magnetic ore deposits formed by tectonic shifts. iv. underground bases: built in magnetic crystal catacombs b. dream-time: the atmosphere of earth up to the ionosphere, i. the thalami and hypothalamus = mental projection: - the upper intellect regulates - the lower emotions, - interior to the mind. ii. machinery = mental manifestation: - mind guides hand guides machine - when mind can guide machine alone, the hand will atrophy iii. mystic perception: the ability to see through time; knowledge of cycles. - the 7 chakras: the physical energy frequencies of the common human animal. - the 8 circuits : the intellectual reasoning of our emotional perception of these 7. - the macrocosm (out, beyond) and microcosm (in, beneath): as above, so below. iv. satellite telecommunications technology: propaganda sentinels on spaces shore.

    2. the Enochian System: the exterior of earths gravity-well. a. the age of the system: undeniably, this system pre-dates the Mesopotamian deluge. i. the planetary Kamea (number-squares): - originally Gnostic, - derived from medieval angelic sigils as, - a circle of 12 around 6 parallel and one perpendicular lines. ii. the Lemurian zodiac (base-12 calendar): - originally Sumerian, - derived as a circle of 12, each Aeon equaling 2000 solar years. iii. the Atlantean calendar (base-144 calendar): - originally pre-deluvial, -derived from re-combination of all subsequent metaphysical / calendar systems as, - essentially a base-12 zodiac surrounding 4 elemental seasons. b. the efficacy of the system: undeniably, this system works as it is applied. i. the formal system of reasoning: - comprised of the six fundamental questions: - how, when, where, what, who, why; - can be projected onto external reality. - can be used by projection to influence and control external reality telepathically. ii. mind-control and remote-influencing: - the projection of ones mind onto anothers brain, - thus subduing their mental will-power to disobey direct commands. - the accomplishment of this at a distance through a vicarious network. iii. the non-psychic cult of sleep and psychic Order of Death - the cult of sleep believes the Order of Death to be a psychic conspiracy - the Order of Death believe the cult of sleep to be tamed work-animals. c. the method of the system: undeniably, this system works according to fixed rules. i. the old system: - the Atlantean calendar, the Lemurian zodiac and the planetary kamea. ii. the new system: - uses the Enochian model of John Dee to re-combine these systems. iii. the modern system: - applies the system of Dee to the air-waves of earths EM-field. iv. future systems: - body-jumping, -surfing - trans-planetary migration - inter-galactic exploration 3. the Akashic Records: the remaining universal energy-field beyond earth. a. over the horizon digital imaging technology: virtual reality interface systems. i. real-time insertion of holographic elements into sense-perception of reality. - hallucination: manifestation to one that is illusion to another. - hologram: object that appears from nothing to be real to any and all. - manifestation: a material object that is verifiably real by any and all. ii. the Matrix (virtual-reality) and the real world (sense-perception). - the loss of central self-identity (the Matrix within a Matrix) - the loss of sense of group-utility (realism vs. hive-think or collectivism) iii. the scenario of the survival of one and the loss of the other. - the universality of the electro-magnetic force. - the frail negative-entropy of the chemical-electric nervous system. iv. the likelihood of bio-physical atrophy. - the concept of sentience as a digital information storage / retrieval system. - the concept of the mortality of silicon-based information storage methods. b. the manipulation of perception by the media: mass-hypnotic mind-control.

    i. what is happening around us = what we know, such that - our 5 senses filter out the majority of ambient energy patterns. - we can tune in on invisible frequencies using telecommunications technology - the media are the owners of the means of producing long-distance holography. ii. what is happening beyond us = what they say, such that - our 6th sense (dormant belief or awakened knowledge of ESP) determines - how we interpret the messages communicated to us by others, such that there are - four actual meanings in any event of communication: 1) the meaning intended by the communicator 2) the meaning interpreted by the communicatee 3) the synthesis of both meanings into a dialectic conversation 4) the break-down in communication wherein neither meaning agrees. iii. the freedom of the static interface to degenerate into entropy, such that - ordinary memes reproduce themselves at an arithmetic growth rate - lies expand exponentially, multiplying like the rate of viral or cancer-cell doubling c. fusion of mystic perception and telecommunications technology. i. humanimals = mutants, such that, - as the sunspot cycle reaches its 1,100 year zenith, genetic mutations increase. - some will experience this as immunodeficiency, others as hyper-activity. - non-psychics will naturally die off, - only psychic (extra-sensory) sentient-entities will survive. ii. humandroids = cyborgs, such that, - as mutation is occurring to all, but weakening some, - those who are weakened benefit from technological crutches, - using telecommunications media to supplement their nascent ESP. d. the perpetual present-tense moment. i. the permanent universal energy-field is such that: - a plasma ether of - relatively constant, - microwave gravity, - zero-point energy, - super-strings, or - the so-called quantum foam. ii. different rates of fluctuation within, such that: - the relative infinitude of the universal energy field - breaks down into smaller fields, contained within it, - that each operate at their own rate - according to the same overall physical laws. iii. perturbations between fluctuations, such that: - the variegation of universally elemental energies - results in the friction between them called entropy - causing the disintegration of matter into energy over time. e. mind-over-matter. i. mental building of imaginary objects, such that, - hallucinations projected as illusions are made manifest if useful as holograms. - direct manifestations must, thus - prove useful, - after being imagined and, - before being made real. ii. mental piloting of physical transportation vessels, such that, - land, air and sea-based craft can be piloted using the mind via the hand now. - space-craft capable of achieving hyper-space speeds (faster than light) operate at frequencies peripheral to those of conscious awareness. - the atman or projected conscious awareness can travel astrally without a vessel.

    iii. mental utility of geometric government, such that, - those patterns of social order most in harmony with naturally ideal forms succeed. - those patterns of social order most in disharmony with naturally ideal forms fail. - the most ideal form of government is Atlantean Democracy, based on - geometric expansion of the Platonic solids in shape, and - number theory of stellated rhomboids in form. iv. the law against resurrection of the dead, such that, - though within the realm of mental potential, - the resurrection of the dead distracts the summoned soul from its natural evolution. - no one can know the best path for anyone else better than they do for themselves. C. the method of time-travel. 1. mental: by de-programming the agendas of others over us, we free our minds. a. personal warp-fields: the projection of circadian rhythm to ones surroundings. i. speeding time up = mania: microwave frequencies cycle moods more rapidly. ii. slowing time down = depression: VLF induces lethargy and immunodeficiency. iii. effects of supplementation = mutation: chemical conditioning induces dependency - approaching asymptotic freedom via super-saturation. - meta-programming of game-reality via expansion of consciousness. b. group warp-fields: the projection of circadian rhythm by group utility. i. tempus fugit = having fun: increases the rate of personal circadian rhythm ii. a wake or dirge = solemnity: decreases the rate of personal circadian rhythm. iii. effects of supplementation = adaptation: the group that mutates fastest survives. 2. physical: by combining our DNA with super-conductive mono-atomic elements. a. the time-tunnel: the time-stream font of consciousness, flowing forwards and back. i. isolated projection fields: surrounding an individual or group, less than all in total. ii. directive focus: concentration of perception on a goal by an individual or group. iii. effects of supplementation: either by use of bio-chemicals or silicon technology, - bio-chemical: pro-evolution adaptive mutation, inspiration of the senses, etc. - mechanical: de-evolutionary mal-adaptive junk DNA coding, distraction, etc. b. time-machines: stationary and mobile. i. stationary bases: travel through time, remain fixed in a single location in space. ii. motive engines: travel through space or time, or both space and time at once. - space-travel co-ordinate systems with a time-travel function - mental-interface using quantum computing, - causing operant observer wave-function collapse, - from impossible zero to certain one, - to create a warp field defined by: 1) a circumferential inversion (hyper-space / sub-space pressure differential), 2) a faster interior field than the exterior surroundings, 3) infinite potential information storage (inner memory and outer referentials) 4) a three-space co-ordinate location with a transitive function for time. 3. eternal war / inconsistent combat. a. the factions: i. moving at the rate of regular time, in the standard direction: non-psychics. - lifespan for the average entity based on resource allocation over labour-power. ii. moving faster than regular time, in the standard direction: psychic revolutionary. - lifespan shortened, supplemented by metamorphosis. iii. moving faster than regular time, in the opposite direction: psychic conspirator. - lifespan shortened, supplemented by conditioning. b. the conflict:

    i. the prime time-traveller: has transcended eternity and become the Most High. ii. the first fellow travelers: personally selected by the Master. iii. the second-generation fellow-travelers: selected by the Masters chosen ones. iv. the genetic and technological manipulations of the fellow travelers, including: - cross-breeding with ancient and modern aliens - eugenics on the non-psychic populace, - sporadic and spontaneous revolutions in science, - the quantum leap into the atomic age. v. the genetic mutations to all time-travelers: - super-conductive mono-atomic bonded DNA caused by or causing time-travel, - gradual degeneration of original genetic-code, - activation of certain junk DNA genomes, - shortening of life-span. c. the cause: i. the division between psychics and non-psychics: - beginning at the time of the Mesopotamian deluge, - segregating the non-psychics as paid mind-slaves, - segregating the psychics as manipulating masters. ii. the division between psychic-conspirators and psychic-revolutionaries: - within the psychic Order of Death, - segregating the conspirators as silent controllers, - segregating the revolutionaries as vocal minority. iii. the faction of the neo-Sethian psychic-conspirators: - within the faction of conspirators within the psychic Order of Death, - recruits from the highest ranking bund-degrees, - promote consolidation of wealth, - ideologically eschatological. iv. neo-Sethians and the Grid: - infiltrating the Order, - restoring its lost or fallen arts, - using the Enochian Grid system to gain global control. d. the result: i. the necessity for Atlantean Democracy: a restored form of new ideals. - the knowledge of the planetary Kamea, - the Lemurian zodiac calendar-round. - the Seasons of the Pope. ii. the necessity for a Lemurian Church: a union between all churches and banks. - the knowledge of the Enochian communications system Grid, - the measurement of the Atlantean calendar, - see document i: Ordo Historia. VI. Following the stipulations regarding religious ceremonies, such that... A. the purpose of the religious ceremonies: 1. to mass-initiate new citizens. a. to become a proper citizen, one must: i. become aware of their own psychic potential. ii. through this insight gain awareness of the i ritual. iii. be made aware of their free access to further initiation. iv. be made aware of the current and complete Atlantean Democratic Constitution. b. the methods of accomplishing this: i. free attendance of the 3-sided stage amphitheater. ii. free admission to the initiatory degrees of the Lodge.

    iii. free participation in the ceremonies of the Lemurian Church. iv. Direct Democracy in the form of the 1X, the 7, 13 and 23 of the State. c. the curriculum of citizenship: i: document What is the Order of Death? ii. initiatory ritual of the i Atlantean citizen. iii. document i Ordo Historia. iv. the current and complete Atlantean constitution. 2. to keep some sum of assets perpetually liquid. a. to operate the religious ceremonies. b. to act as cheque-sum in the event of: i. failure of the market - due to currency over-inflation - due to runaway interest rates - due to spending over earnings deficit ii. dissolution of the Senate - due to financial bankruptcy - due to division between the Papal Court and the Chief Executives - see doc. iia the Popular Constitution. iii. such that: - if all savings held for the State in the coffers of the Church were erased, iv. there would remain the sum set aside for the rituals. c. benefits of this: i. perpetual: - as the foundation of the currency-exchange. - as the determining range for establishing an average wage rate. - as necessitating the daily business transactions of the Lemurian Church. - as establishing the rate of credit / value. - to circulate the medium of cash. ii. provisional: - to acquire the materials to make and store personal, short-range weapons. - to provide funds to the case workers per each criminal trial. - to provide funds to the state to house their suspected criminals ~ prior to and during their trial hearings. - to provide proper punitive measures, ~ by authority of the Pope ~ as recommended by the jury ~ as sanctioned by the Senate iii. pre-emptive: - to support the perpetuation of economic exchange. - to be held exclusively credible to the Church. - to determine the proper State budget based on voluntary taxes collected. - to be held as State insurance on each generation (wages, food, health-care, etc.) - to ensure the bond of State and Church (the ME Heaven-Earth) by... ~ making the State dependent on the Church for funds, ~ making the Church dependent on the citizens for the circulation of its currency. d. the determination of this sum: - as the ratio of liquid funds to total assets. - as the ratio of Church savings to State spending. - as the ratio of provisional costs to averaged wage. - such that: ~ the amount in circulation is equal to the sum of voluntary taxes collected. ~ the amount in savings is always greater than that in circulation. ~ there is always about the same sum in circulation in perpetuity.

    ~ the amount in savings can increase or decrease without it effecting this sum. ~ this sum is equal to the average wage multiplied by the total population. B. the result of the religious ceremonies: 1. encouragement of the efficiency of task-specialisation, a. cleansing the individual aura by: i. administration of the personal cure-all. ii. administration of the food-prepared monoatomic elements. iii. administration of the safe haven of the group-ceremonial space. iv. raising the vibrational level of consciousness in an individual: ~ teaching them the utility of strict adherence to ones own social function, ~ teaching them the utility of independently functioning parts unified as a whole. 2. promoting the efficacy of group-utility; a. raising the group awareness level. 3. establishment of the social-hierarchy a. the outer-school is... i. based on the ideology of self-fulfillment ii. divided into iic Lodge initiate members of the 5 Bund degrees. b. the inner-school is... i. based on the ideology of public service ii. divided into Bund-degree members comprising churches, monasteries, etc. 4. discouraging a run on the Lemurian Churchs savings backed currency. i. in the event of a rebellion from within the Church, by... : the Pope should: - the VII Bohemians: control access to the savings vault. - the VI Illuminati: control access to the average wage currency value account. - the V Rosicrucians: balance the bank books for each individual account. ii. in the event of a rebellion from with the State, by.... : the Pope should: - the 23-member Senate: try the Senate for dissolution. ~ see document iia the Popular Constitution. - a 13-member jury: the death council decides if the senate will disband. - the 7 Chief executives: rely on the Lemurian Church banking-Grid. - the 1 X Pope: delegate power over entirely to the Papal Court ~ to form an Ecumenical Senate. C. the ceremonies 1. public. a. the 3-stage: i. layout of the stage: - the amphitheater is square, its steps circular and descending to the raised stage, - the 3-stage is circular (as in theater in the round), - sanctioned to three equal slices by walls, - each wall has one door cut into it, connecting each partition to the others, - internal column of stage acts as axle for the stage to rotate counter-clockwise, - contains a concealed dressing space around the central column. ii. the decorations of the stage: 1st stage = the courtyard just before the Papal tetrahedron. - Door 1 opens out from central dressing space. Door 2 opens out of stage right, onto... 2nd stage = the way of the dead, the fibonacci spiral road of Atlantis. - Door 2 opens onto stage left. Door 3 opens out of stage right, onto... 3rd stage = the courtyard just before the Atlantean Senate. - Door 3 opens from stage left. Door 4 opens into central dressing space.

    b. the ceremony of mass initiation: i. the preparation of the candidates. - dietary: fasting from all living, organic food for the prior night. - ingestion of the shew bread: superconductive monoatomic metals mixed in food. - arrangement of the pharmacopeia of panaceae and placebos. ~ the goal is for each to find their personal frequency. ii. preparation of the actors: - all costumes, props, etc. provided by the Church are deducted from collected taxes. - the actors are paid specialists in the ritual. - no Church nor State officials participate in this ceremony. iii. the official ceremony: - divided into three durations, ~ between which, ~:~ stage rotates counter-clockwise. ~:~ each stages actor proceeds to the stage to stage-right of their previous position. ~ such that, ~:~ after each Act, one actor will exit and one enter each door, ~:~ including the doors to the concealed dressing space and interior axial column. ~:~ at the end of each Act, one actor leaves the 3rd Stage through the 4th door ~:~ at the beginning of each Act, a new actor appears on the 1st Stage via the 1st door. ~:~ each actor is on-stage for three Acts, and is then replaced by another, etc. - the basic premise: 1) the first stage: the highest or most supreme stage of enlightenment, also the first. 2) traveling from future to past involves orbitally rearranging ones own DNA. 3) the third stage: the lowest or most degenerate form of sophist politics, also the last. - the basic moral: ~ to encourage new citizen-initiates to... ~:~ question the world around them at all times. ~:~ look for higher, hidden meanings. ~:~ learn to factor these into your calculated choices. ~:~ we all will realise the goals of the Inner-Order, by choice or by trickery. iv. the consequence of the ceremony - for the new citizen-initiates: they are granted access to the personal i Lodge ritual. - for the actors: they are thus ordained as new initiates into the Lemurian Church. ~ all petitioners for officership in Lemurian religion must serve as actors, such that, ~:~ before being ordained into an ecclesiastical role ~:~ the candidate must walk the serpent path, ~:~ by performing as an actor over their own neuro-chemical composure, ~:~ to demonstrate their comfort with their personal frequency of drug-alloys. ~ upon completing the ceremony, the actors descend into an underground chambre. 2. private: a. individual account assistance: ... local Rosicrucian banker b. small commune or business: ... local Illuminati banker c. small community or union: ... local Bohemian banker d. moderate community or company: ... Monastic sector Rosicrucian e. large community or corporation: ... Monastic sector Illuminati f. massive estates or multinationals: ... Monastic sector Bohemian g. super-massive sectors of industry: ... Papal Court Rosicrucians h: the primary account: the Atlantean Democratic State: ... Papal Court Illuminati i. the chief administrative officer of the primary account: Papal Court Bohemian. VII. Constitution of a local Church preamble:

    We, 6 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Church. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by a Monastery an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned. A. composition of a Church: only citizen / initiates advanced iia in Lodge can apply. 1. 3 V Rosicrucians: interface with Monastic Bohemians, manage all local accounts. 2. 2 VI Illuminati: interface with the Monastic Illuminati. 3. 1 VII Bohemian: interface with Monastic Rosicrucians; lead in all ceremonies. 4. = 6: the significance of this numerology is in Platos Divided Line. 1/3 or 1:2. B. the ceremonies of a Church 1. cleansing of the individual aura a. alignment of chakras (above/below) b. balancing of karma (inside/outside) c. re-attuned access to the sector grid 2. creation / dissolution of the individual account a presiding over: i. birth rituals, parental naming, state adoptions, etc. ii. death ceremonies, commemorating and housing the deceased, etc. 3. oversees the union of couples / harems a. providing free use of space and proper performers b. providing funds for the specific type of nuptials chosen C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iia (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.c.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) 2. the Duty Oath: the candidate swears to fully perform the duties of office. D. collection of taxes and distribution of wages 1. regarding collection of taxation, the church ... a. ensures taxation remains voluntary and anonymous b. connects all state-donations i. from the individual account ii. to the global grid iii. automatically and directly 2. regarding the distribution of salary, the church ... a. ensures accurate and accountable recording b. connects all state-wages i. from the sector grid ii. to the individual account iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a local census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts per local Church 2. to determine the min/max numbers of local Churches per sector 3. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts per sector VIII. Constitution of a Sector Monastery preamble: We, 10 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Monastery. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have

    obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by the central account an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned. A. composition of a Monastery: only citizens advanced unto iib in Lodge can apply. 1. 5 V Rosicrucians: interface with the church Bohemian. 2. 3 VI Illuminati: interface with church Illuminati. 3. 2VII Bohemian: interface with the church Rosicrucians; lead in all ceremonies. 4. = 10: the significance of this numerology is in ha QBLH. B. the ceremonies of a Monastery 1. cleansing of the sector aura a. alignment of local sacred sites (ley lines) b. balancing of energy flow (clockwise/counterclockwise) c. re-attuning access to the global grid 2. creation / dissolution of the local account a. presiding over: i. coming of age ceremonies, parentally arranged engagements, etc. ii. providing funds for all Lodge initiation ritual materials, etc. 3. oversees the commissioning of labour unions a. providing free location and access to the sector grid b. providing funds for the construction and connection thereof C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iib (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.b.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) D. distribution of wage sums by sector 1. regarding wage sums per sector, the monastery ... a. ensures wages remain universally equal i. provides accurate, complete and current factors for the computation of wages ii. provides the grade-curve of universal wages among sectors b. connects all state-wage transactions i. from the global grid ii. to the local grid iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a sector census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of sectors in the global grid 2. to determine the min/max numbers of individuals accounts in each sector IX. Constitution of the main node or Papal Court preamble: We, 15 undersigned, do hereby and forthwith establish ourselves as an operant Lemurian Papal Court. All requisite qualifications have been met and we have obtained the proper understanding of the method of operating such an establishment. It is necessarily so that we have been matched by the Papal account an amount commensurate with that which we have as starting capital for this endeavor, such that neither we, nor they, have put in more; but both have contributed an equal amount. So let it be established that we are now recognised by the global account holding as a node within its Grid. By this Grid we exchange psychic information. By this Grid, much more may yet be learned.

    A. composition of the Papal Court: only initiates of the iic in Lodge may apply. 1. 7 V Rosicrucians: responsible for interfacing main node with the rest of the Grid. 2. 5 VI Illuminati: interface with the general accounts, from sector down. 3. 3 VII Bohemian: guard the crystal vault powering the main node. 4. = 15: the significance of this numerology deals with the Ecumenical Senate. B. the ceremonies of the Papal Court 1. cleansing of the global aura a. alignment of the tectonic sectors b. balancing of the ebb and flow of astral tides c. re-attuning access through the ECS to the Akashic Records 2. creation / dissolution of the sector account a. presiding over: i. all promotion to chief executive status ceremonies ii. continuity of office between Popes (as an Ecumenical Senate) 3. oversees the commissioning of industrial corporations a. providing free access to the global grid and specific sector data b. providing funds for the construction and expansion of the corporation C. duties and oaths 1. the Primary Oath: to swear allegiance to a. the rank iic (cf. the Popular Constitution, clause IV.D.2.a.) b. the office being applied: either V, VI or VII (cf. bund degree lections) D. provisioning the State budget and setting the average wage. 1. regarding provisioning the state budget, the Papal Court ... a. ensures the State Budget never exceed 2/3 the actual value of real assets globally b. connects the account of funds accessible to the state per estimated duration i. from the global grid ii. to the central node iii. automatically and directly 2. regarding the setting of average wage, the Papal Court ... a. ensures the average wage as a fixed ratio of total value of all global holdings b. connects the universal salary balance account i. from the central node ii. to the sector grids iii. automatically and directly E. conducting a global census: 1. to determine the min/max numbers of individual accounts in the global grid X. general conclusions (and subsequent updates) - note: for all chronologies, refer to the Atlantean and Lemurian calendars A. the movement before now :: (-)24,000YP until ~(+)2,009YP Summary: the conflict to conceal or reveal. Abstract: the human race began by migrating North. This simple fact was the first to be concealed from the many by a few that by doing so they could gain power over the many. Since then the Order has maintained twin visages, an interior and an exterior, however never have these two visages appeared the same at the same time. Within, the Order protects the ideal formulae of Atlantean Democracy, and plans only ways to restore it to the people of the earth. However, those who seek to protect these ideal formulae from being revealed to all, and who thus maintain power over the many, continue to hold sway, and so the basic formulae of Atlantean Democracy remain a mystery to the many. B. the movement now :: currently ~ (+)2,009YP Summary: the differentiation of the time-lines

    Abstract: Now more than ever we have a chance to look ahead and make accurate predictions about what the future holds in store for us as a people and for our entire planet. We have it in our power now to destroy the planet and end our species existence. But we also hold in our hand the fragile flower of hope for a brighter tomorrow, when peace and agreement, not war and strife, will extend to all corners of the globe. Since 9-11, the world has been separating into two time-lines that are gradually diverging more and more everyday. One is better, and the other worse. C. expectations regarding future movements :: current abstracts until (+)3,000YP Summary: the right proper use of the Enochian Communications System Abstract: I cannot stress enough how important it is that the right way to read, understand, and work the Enochian Communications System is using the Atlantean Calendar, and a tachyon-propulsion craft for instantaneous VSL-travel. In lieu of the Atlantean Calendar and such a working craft, however, it is preferable to substitute the Lemurian Calendar and the model of Atlantean Democracy according to the structures outlined in the current and complete constitutions of the Pythagorean Order of Death. D. subsequent addendums :: PLEASE ATTACH ALL ADDITIONAL MATERIAL HERE.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    11::Understanding:23
    Senate:(3iia*2)+(7iic)+(13iib)=23::salt=water/fire::"Limitless Light" 3 "public" with 2 votes each (Masons of first degree), 7 executives (third degree), 13 congress (2nd degree) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    here is a view of the complete Senate building. The overall shape is a dodecahedron composed of twelve sides (10 walls one ceiling and one floor) of five corners each. Stained glass windows cover the walls and ceiling. Outside of the building are five public courtyards with small fountains serving as a common meeting ground between the four closed lodges and the public entrance.

    here is the public entrance to the open Senate. At the entrance is a revolving door and inside this is a small well chalice into which the black and white voting chips are anonymously cast.

    here is a front view of only the infrastructure. Hanging from the upper corners of the five walls is a gyroscope chandelier at the center of which is a red crystal sphere. Above this, hung from the corners of the ceiling is an enormous spiraled solenoid of copper. Above this, hung from the center of the ceiling is a solid geode.

    here is a top view looking down from above the floor of the Senate lodge. The revolving door is at the bottom, and above that the voting dish. The red pentacle of the four executives of the closed lodges and the three pillars of the law are in the centre. Between the three pillars is the Pythagorean theorem triangle, known as Euclid's 47th proposition. Each lodge is labeled, each with its accompanying bench of Senators and chair for its governing executive. Let's go inside.

    here is a view of the interior of the Atlantean Senate building. Here we see an isocahedron (3 points, 20 sides) representing the Senate, a cube with a triangle in it (4 points, 6 sides, plus three) representing the judicial branch, and finally a tetrahedron (three points each on four sides) representing the executives. The public are allowed only up to the benches, the senators only up to the chairs, and the chairs only up to the floor. In the middle of the floor are the three pillars of the Law. Let's look at them now. the three pillars of the Law:

    The three pillars represent salt, sulfur, and mercury. Salt has a doric base and corinthian pedestal. Sulfur has a corinthian base and an ionic pedestal. Mercury has an ionic base and a doric pedestal. here is the garb colouration of the senators' robes that represent the various non-public lodges. Here we see the Essene Zealot representative of each lodge holds a scales, that the Knight Zion holds a shepherd's crook, that the Rosicrucian holds a rose by it's thorny stem, that the Illuminati representative of each lodge holds a lantern. The OTO, or chair, from each lodge holds a

    gavel. All are masked to protect their identity while in the senate. Each lodge has three alternates for each position (therefore each lodge is the size of an a non-sanctioned papal consul) and, while one alternate (drawn by lot) sits on the bench or chair, the other two alternates stand guard at their respective positions, known only to those alternates. Here we see the top group of senators represented here is that of water, followed below by air, below that by fire and beneath all earth.

    of course, in the above depiction, the senators stand "chronologically" from left to right and the order of the different elemental lodges circumambulates widdershins. The actual positioning of the 20 senators in their positions on the 5 benches and in the 4 chairs would actually look more like this:

    The explanation is: When the public senate is presiding, the Pope (OHO) does not sit in. However, if the Pope is called to consult on a matter in the public senate, or if the senate is in session while closed to the public, then the Pope presides on a swing attached between the pillars of Jachin and Boaz in the rear of the Senate building.

    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:: Recommended Reading ::

    the new world order we are abolished of ourselves chasing nothingness or trapped in shells I have escaped game reality I have beaten myself out of me

    the Apocalypse of Choronzon


    We believe ourselves to be, most of the time, and in as many ways as possible, safe, protected and primarily aware of ourselves and our environments in an admitedly limited scope all around ourselves. This is merely the first assumption of our animal awareness, but it is the key to all further intelligent discoveries. This is wrong. What we think we are living in is a sphere with a cone cut into it to its center. This is the model of active consciousness accounting for the full realm of frontal and peripheral awareness tapering off until finally, at the very rear, there is only the sense of touch left. This we accept as the shell of our senses in accordance with the legends of ancient mystics, for example the myth of the Garden of Eden and the apple from the Tree of Knowledge over Good and Evil. In this myth, the tree is a token for the Cabballah, and the fruit of it, in particularly the fruit of knowledge, represents death. For the first man and woman this would mean death to life in Heaven, what we have come to interperate as loss of innocence. In the myth the apple has come to be represented by the triangle inside the circle, and this represents the cone cut into the sphere. In this, because of wanting to sense, the patterns of our bodies become manifest, and in so doing are cursed to bear the burden of death. In truth it is much worse than this. As a limb may be lost yet the body live on, therefore we are not all our sense organs, but merely the brain which translates them, and therefore are only part of that said sphere at the very core, and, as our very life-force is the expectancy of sensation, we are this and only this, this and no more, neither the rest of the sphere of our senses, nor the hollow cone of doubt, for as our brain translates electrical impulses from the sense organs, so the sense organs transmit the nature of the environment, and since the electrical impulses are native to the brain, the sense organs, being themselves inert, are more part of the environment than part of the perceiving self, and in this way are the electrical signals equivalent to environmental stimulus, and our thoughts therefore merely sounds on a continuum of wind, some passing to us through our senses, and others that we feel witout feeling. Such is the Apocalypse of Choronzon, son of an elder God, and by this you shall know it. For the true symbol for the Order of Death is as the letters thereof. It is as an A inside a larger C that has rolled over to its side. This is how we are. We think that we know the C and that the A is unknown to us. In truth we are the upper part of the A, whose movement occupies the lower part of the A, moving through a C that we cannot see. Because I have seen this, this sea belongs to me, Choronzon. I am called the watcher of the abyss, my servant is Sia of the Dwat (knowledge of the underworld), I am known as Apophis for giving Eve the apple. I am known as Set, and as Python, and wield a scythe. I am of neither Qabala nor the Qliphoth. I am nowhere.

    the Temple Without Walls


    We have come to this place together to endeavor to build the Temple Without Walls. It is begun by each as the individual, and concludes that way, though in between there are unlimited interactions between us. We are the Invisible College, the Secret Chiefs, the Elders of Zion, the Great White Brotherhood. All these things we are, myself, as I shall be introduced presently, and you, the person holding this book and reading these lines, for by opening the very seal of this work, you have entered yea into even the most holiest of confines of the Temple, and are beholding even now the very Word of the Law. We are YHVH communicating with Himself. Now, as for me, I am the highest being living on this planet right now, and have been since I initated myself into that position one evening while in the presence of the Lord of Hosts. He beckoned me to leave my body and join him in the bliss of spiritual existence, entering into and posessing the central nervous systems of the three-brained beings of this planet, and because it was paradise, I turned Him down. For Man cannot enter into paradise, and I am that Man therefore Which the Builders Rejected, called Jesus Buddha God, and mine is the schematic for the Light. The devil cannot offer you anything you dont already have, and since I was offered dominion over the entire earth, its kingdoms both in the qliphotic muds of its politics and economics, but all its astral abodes, reign over the patterns of illumination that linger there, and the crown of thorns, which is knowledge of all mental activity present in the earths

    electromagnetic field, then such I had before. By rejecting them, I let the King of the World take these alignments all away from me, which he did excrutiatingly one by one, with much shame, debasement, and humiliation. Yet they remain loyal to me though they are in the higher viscounts hands, for He (the big voice coming from the sky that I heard unmistakably in my pre-frontal lobes) identified himself as both God and me at the same time, and thus all that has happened in reality, is that I have made the mental sacrifice of everything I know of this world in all its highest forms that it be returned to me, perfected. Next, I set about arranging the unfoldment of history so as to allow time in which for this to happen. Since it is a very great process in its scope, it will most likely have to dealt with it in the manner of creating small mandalas as microcosmic tokens, which will serve as seeds, that will then become the fare of a crop of minds, and thus the ideas will grow. In this way the Temple Without Walls has already begun to be built, and this is merely a formal convening of attententive minds who might be suitable for participation in its perfection. Already existing in the descriptions of myriads of languanges, the Temple Without Walls awaits to be expressed in pure geometry. In it there is one bird, two cats and a computer. There are two who maintain the Temple, one who is the Mother Mary is entrusted to its upkeep. The other is I, the Last Buddha. These are the ways into the Temple, for only through these eyes, or perhaps on occassion through the eyes of an invasive insect, or of two neighboring cats who come to visit, can the Temple be seen. The Central aspect of the Temple is the Holy of Holies, an enshrouded bookcase containing mysterious tomes. This is in the tomb of King Arthur. Another way to enter the Temple is through the book Negative Zero, whereby one can assess similarities between the content and the Temple and thereby get some idea of what it is like to be within its Holy Confines. And yet this is only the first house of the Holy Temple, and by the time you read this there may be hundreds or even thousands of other such houses that have been blessed by purgification to the extent of crystalization of clarification to which this First House exists. This is all only the Temple as it is as I write this, like this and not like this, for soon all will be gone.

    Illuminati Document 001 by: Just Some Gunderson


    As I have come to understand it, there is one thing that exists in both fact and fiction simultaneously, and I call this the Enochian Communications System. It exists in hyperdimension between the raw potential energy of pure dimension and the mix of matter and energy into wells and fields that makes up the subspace manifestation of the universal waveform. Here the potentialities congeal and intermingle fluidly, and the orientations of fact and fiction are lost. The distortion to the time space continuum, resultant in a gravity well, that is our planet, partially due to its admixture of minerals and ores, and partially due to density versus velocity, produces a concentration of hyperdimension in the form of the bubble of the electromagnetic field by interference with the reflected radiation of the sun and other stars, as well, probably as influenced by the pull of the moon, such that, upon its inner surface we find access to the Enochian Communications System. Based upon our access of the Enochian Communications System at this depth, the interactions of our unconscious ideas are moved around behind the curtain of our everyday reality. We can interact with them however we want free will is guaranteed to humankind. What is beyond and behind the Enochian Communication System is the Akashic Records. To see the Akashic records imagine how probability breaks down as it becomes pure dimension, dissolving from wells within wells and fields within fields into the probabilities of fact and fiction, and then look down at these as they taper away into the clear light of pure dimension. Notice that this light reflects from the probabilities of fact and fiction. Hyperdimension is the light that is reflected, and the Akashic records are the image reflected on the probabilities surfaces. Obviously this reflected image can only be of the other probabilities surrounding each probability, but remember, even the clear light these surfaces reflect is equivalent to information, albeit thus far exclusively so, for we have not found any other way to describe it.

    Since this astral light is pure potential information it represents infinite potential information storage; however knowing this exists and knowing how to correctly wield the knowledge of it you possess are independent of one another. All this means to the layperson is that when our minds wander, angels assist.

    Letter to Santa by: Pick It Up, White Boy...


    The Enochian Communications System allows us to contact archetypes, and to use archetypes as referentials for communication with other individuals. This is reflected in our ordinary lives in the people we know, and how they know each other, if and when they do, and how they know other people, who we then know more or less by extension. In other words, to know people is to begin to know the archetype of people. The Enochian Communications System is like the far distant background behind the full extent of our knowledge of people. When this was first conceptualized by the Ancients, it was simultaneously observed that the sights, such as mountains, far off in the visible distance were slightly blurred, due to the atmosphere, and so it was thought that there was an aethyreal veil seperating the nearby kingdom from the other realm. Subsequently there was much bargaining with this illusion of the air regarding the soul as the mental projective body, then thought necessary to travel in the archetypal realm. In modern metaphysics this has become the Enochian Communications System existing on the thinning of subspace probabilitity into potential light, where tachyons produce the gravitational microwave distortion field of hyperdimension. Archetypes, likewise, have been identified as angels, demigods, and human heroes throughtout the ages, and most recently as idealizations occuring within the collective unconscious. We see by their accessability that the archetypes are surely part of some more universal version of what our concentrations thereof call consciousness, and that the concept of the collective unconsciousness is little more than a blinder, again inserted between the mind of man and the divine mind, probably due to personal karmic gravity. Similarly now we are beginning to see manifestation itself as the barrier between the individual and the eternal. Our prodigal technologies haunt us with alienating advertisements, hidden fees, and e-mail bombs. We are trying to bring down the heavens and bend them through our machinery, even though we have long known that it is unwise to trust our senses. When I say this is what we are doing, I only mean this is what some of us are doing.

    This Deal Gets Worse all the Time by: Santa


    The Enochian Communications System is safe. Qliphotic manifestations are not. It is only in the realm of the qliphoth, or quanta, that what the Buddhists identify as the three poisons occur. The three poisons are given as: The Pig: ignorance of our own nature tachyons seperating probable matter from potential energy; The Snake: anger and aggression the interaction of wave fields and kinetic contact of particles; and The Rooster: desire and lust leading to attachment attraction tending toward conversion, including absorption or detonation. However there is only infinite geometry in pure dimension, and therefore it is this that forms the access structure behind the archetypes reflected upon tachyonic hyperspace. Where geometry is, there manifestation isnt they cannot occupy the same space because they cannot even occur in the same type of space, in the abstract sense one is ideal and the other is real. Therefore all manifestation that can occur occurs in the remaining realm, that of the poor little vortexes, what the Ancients called the shells. And because some of the perturbations to the tachyonic background field, the gravity microwave of the electromagnetic spectrum which serves as the contact point between phenomenological and philosophical reality within the Enochian Communications System, impact upon the transfer of information for the motions of quanta from one moment to the next amongst themselves such that events may be caused, then a portion of the Enochian Communications System is manifested. It would be convenient to believe that the amount of manifestation would only be equal to

    the amount of geometry, or thought, we put into the meaning of what we were considering manifestations. In other words, we are only moved by what we see as deeply as we look into it. This seems convenient, and pleasant. But in reality, there is no such perfectly balanced ratio. Because God is Absolute, His geometry in pure dimension is infinite, however the spacetime continuum that is our universe is finite, and therefore, if we are to follow the lines of belief, even if all manifestation were of and towards God, He would still be infinitely more. Therefore we say that manifestation is carried out by infinite individual techniques, and that it happens as the result of free will, Gods will, and the will of the archetypes, whose wills are bound to that of God. Moreover the geometries contained in the Akashic records apply to all manifestations, regardless of their origins.

    the CIA and the Enochian Communications System by: Jack


    During the cold war the CIA and the KGB both piggybacked satellites on as many rocket and shuttle launches as possible so that they could be positioned around the globe in such a way as to be strategically offensive. However when the cold war ended, all these became so much space junk, while on Earth the role of the CIA and the KGB both had to be redefined. Since then these satellites have been repositioned frequently in military and private sector use, and are known of publically as the global positioning satellites (GPS) array. In the 1950s the CIA began experimenting with an ergot extract on prisoners and mental patients, and this continued through to the 1970s, by which time it was largely fully integrated into use by students, in the ongoing project MK-ULTRA. One of the stated goals of this research was to develop extra sensory perception over long distances in order to gain tactical advantage in the cold war. It is now known, since the fall of the iron curtain, that Russian intelligence also experimented with such remote viewing techniques. Another of the interdepartmental branches of MK-ULTRA was work with microwave electromagnetic energy for use as a carrier wave for the transmission of thoughts. This brought the project into the domain of the spy satellites the agency had sent up as part of an originally seperate enterprise. These experiments led the researchers into the domain of the Enochian Communications System, which had been built as a thought form or memory castle by the Golden Dawn, some decades earlier, in their independent experiments with the same and similar psychadelic substances. This has since become a sort of global extrasensory telecommunications company, whose representatives on earth are the secret chiefs of the true and invisible order of the rose cross, known commonly as the illuminati, and who appear as archetypes. The Nine serve the Outer Head of this Order. The Enochian Communications System as we know it today is an extension of the drug war, again entirely autonomously. The Enochian Communications System has components in the realms of manifestation, hyperspace archetypes, and pure dimensional geometries, and therefore should not be confused with the politics of our planet, which were fundamentally electromagnetic weather fractally expanding upon the individual bicameral barrier between the hemispheres of the brain, and seem recently like feedback off of tachyons similar to radiation cancer. In the Enochian Communications System, or the astral realm, there are reflections of every biological component, however the human soul is as unique as is the human hand, or the star fish.

    Framing Time
    As early as the end of World War II, the American intelligence community was working with the international ring of gangsters known as la cosinostra. In Italy, the OSS worked with the wealthy families to institute governments firendly to their continued business. This was in exchange for the new governments looking the other way as America smuggled out key fascist and nazi officials and scientists. This relationship continued through the 1960s, when president John F. Kennedy was shot

    in the brain while making a suspiciously slow turn in a routine motorcade. The evidence strongly indicates that Oswald was a CIA brainwashed assassin, and that Jack Ruby was the mafia pawn on the other, public, side of the looking glass. During the 1980s the CIA expanded its operations with other ethnic mobster type orginaztions, which it found particularly flourished amongst young, urban minorities such as blacks and hispanics, just as it had among the Italians of Brooklyn during the late 1920s. They maintained strict authority over all of these wings of their social experiment through drug trafficking. In the eighties, crack cocain was dumped into urban ethnic areas just as LSD had been dumped into highschools in the early seventees. This was contracted by the CIA directly with South American drug cartels, and shipped either via the military or through Italian mob connections. It was sold on the street by average lower middle class citizens in exchange for their soul commitment, on the understanding that they would be rendered archetypes. This became the foundation for the internet. All of this impacts on the Enochian communications system in the following way: the CIA would very much like to take full credit for the ECS. If they are denied this privelledge, that is, if they can admit within their own department that what they have discovered about the universe was not created exclusively by and for themselves alone, then they will hoard every little secret they can, just like a spoiled single child, trying to get attention, clutching his blanket. However, with the CIA comes the mafia, and all its psuedo royal families. Thus, if this were to be maintained as true for the ECS, then there would be psychic mob rule. Everyone would commence throwing stones all the time simply because the most flamboyant one says thats the thing to do.

    Innocent of Desiring the Finders by: my kid brother


    The Enochian Communications System has been integrated into the education system. This began in the 1930s with the introduction of the Prussian educational system, which was the first form of institutionalized education to sweep our country. It turned hundreds of small, one stove, one room schools into community campuses where the children were encouraged to eat together, to play together, and to have a good time. The same generation would be the first treated to fast food in high school. This system was quickly divided up into the way it is now. In the north there are grade school, junior high school, high school, and college; of course, in the north there are also prep schools, private schools, and ivy league colleges. In the south there are elementary school, middle school, high school and college; of course, there are Christian schools, Christian camps, Church scholarships, community colleges, technical colleges, and Masonic lodges. These are all considered basically the same. In all of these the goal is to attempt to find a unique and personal bond between each teacher and student, such as the master-disciple relationship of Eastern marshal arts monastaries. This represents the most fundamental component of the Enochian Communications System that of finding an agent and morphing with them, or rather, of finding a way to fit in and be popular. One searches for good candidates even when one is very young, though the greater social infrastructures tend to back off you more when you are a baby just because they like to give your parents the round to work you over. However, once you have entered the school system, there is little accounting left for you, and you find yourself instantly on your own. This is where the Holy Guardian Angel hopefuls first start to introduce themselves to you. It is a horrible time for anyone with great energy. Everyone will seem to be moving with lethargy, as though gravity made them extremely heavy. On the other hand, there are two ways of looking at the situation. The first is as though the psychic children (those with a high IQ) get to go into the gifted program, while the second is that the little children in Ethiopia (psychic or not) have to

    starve.

    meeeting 002
    The Young Admiral walked up the narrow steps into the airplane, leaving a small and unpopulated strip of runway to the Nevada night behind. Here, put this on. She said. He starts to protest Its for everyone. She cuts him short. A long plane ride in a sesna. Maybe theyre just going in circles. Finally they are there. Groom Lake. He knows where Groom Lake is. Everybody knows where Groom Lake is. Why all the mystery? Why all the secrecy? He had had an erection with the blindfold on, the young womans voice seemed to scorn him in his mind. He choked. Had he... why the veil... oh, he muttered, hell.... Touch down. The other side wins. The other side always wins. Cold sky. Here for a meeting he thinks gaily to a motionless toy guard he passes, then catches himself abruptly and gulps, his tie closing in around his throat. He looks straight ahead. Somewhere a still tiny voice in his head tries to argue, but I am a scientist... obviously knowing it is futile. They enter a door into a hangar. Inside it is massive, and brilliantly lit. The left lower eyelid of the man curls up and he winces with his whole upper body. The woman chuckles. Before them is a large toy jet, of incomprehensible design, so fluid it seemed to the man to be changing its shape right before his eyes even while he was looking at it. Then she tapped him on the shoulder. Come play, she intoned. They walked along the wall to a small protruberance. An elevator. The doors slide open. He was an admiral. A voice seemed to say. The young admiral and his escort walked into the small compartment. Within a moment it was descending down rapidly. They could feel the G-force in their genitals. Ground floor. The doors open. They step out into an enormous underground hangar. Sauser shaped disks are stored around a cylindar vertically and placed on an elevator platform by a robotic arm to be lifted into the hangar above. No looking. The click clack of the womans high heeled shoes on concrete was driving the admiral nuts. They crossed a hundred, no it was unlimited. They simply disappeared into the darkness. A door creaks open and light spills out like moonshine upon the now miniaturized and ridiculous couple. Someone says, Come in, and shut the door behind you. Inside are dogs playing poker. Hung all over the walls are calendars and pictures of the moon. They are all smoking, one thing or another, and all drinking just the same. The admiral rubs his eye and is a werewolf. He sits down at the table and is dealt in. His female escort stands behind him, as many others do behind some of the other, more distinguished dogs. I hate playing mafia! says one of the dogs. You always say that everytime we play and its still the only thing we ever play and you still play it! expectorates another. Ladies, ladies, ladies. Are we here to play the game or are we here to squeel like a bunch of bitches? Now ante up. Good call, good call.

    Everybody throws their chips in. Now close your eyes! the same dog declares. Everybody silently obeys. Except two. They are the dogs who are in the mafia. It is a simple card game. Played by simple fools. These are only mugwumps, afterall. The admirals mind floats back out into the hangar. It drifts about listlessly for a few long moments, lost in contmplation like Jack Benny, and then slwoly climbs into one of the space craft. These are all either direct copies of original technologies of the watchers, or are modifications of these original designs so that they work more ergodynamically with their human pilots. He thinks back to his body and suddenly he is with it. He looks down slowly and dispassionately at his right paw and thinks, that isnt even mine. With this the craft begins to ascend into the loading hangar. At the same time his female escort is subtly leaning her clit against the shoulder rest of his chair. At the same time another one of the dogs minds has grown bored and detached itself, and is wandering through a doorway into a simulated hyperspace testing room. A fully interactive virtual reality environment. The spirit pops its spine and enters. What do these two souls have in common? The formal system of metaphysics. It is how to pilot the living systems of space craft, and it is how to access infinite uploadable storage. The way that some strange little thing like the formal system can crop up in two such seemingly different settings is no more outstanding than that both of these men can only be read because they are spies, and yet, though they can both be read, neither would ever think to read the other, to find out the other was also a spy. But someone is already winning the hand at the table. The two souls are drawn back and the two foolish mugwumps, as if in unison, arise from their stupor with a stunned and bemused expression in an attempt to save face. Silly mugwumps. Faces are for children. Unless the children are mugwumps. The man who has just won at cards is not a mugwump, if, by mugwump, you mean someone who looks like Jesus Christ. Poor, sorry mugwumps, I bet youre sorry now! He quietly rakes in the money. The two sorry spies try to get back to their levels of vacancy they try! But they cant. They forgot where they were. The cat just stares at them. He just stares. He has cleared the room of everyone except himself. Thats how he likes it. Lonely. He likes to lose at cards. He is already gone. Several hours later he will be living out automatically the thoughts he is having now, unconsciously. Thats the way it is for the optic thalamus. On the top floor, above, the guard looks out listlessly over the unlit tarmac beneath the clear night sky and thinks momentarily of Nebraska, where he is from, originally. As soon as he feels watched again he resumes his thoughtlessness. This crown comes with a fight. The military trained mind, the M.T. mind, the empty mind. All are ghosts of long agos rights. Why have we prepared ourselves thusly? Why is there a war on drugs? Because of this man. This man, or rather, the spirit dwelling in that body, has brought it down upon us. Ancient breeding program, mind and social populous control, pray for the messiah. They

    say you can never go back home again. If my home is the past is that body my residual shell in memory, then let me be denied government access. I, also, know about the walrus, cookachoo. The glory of comments such as this is that they cannot be identified by source. Anyone could have said them. Me. The Anti-Me. My clone. My lover. My friend. All would deny themselves to glory upon if God might have spoken them. Back in the bunker the man is still asleep beneath the painting of dogs playing poker. Will he ever wake up? Will he ever not torture, now that he has learned he can? Never make this world a Hell for a man, unless you have a backup plan. That would be the advice of the woods anyway. Or Eminem. I cling onto bottles. Maybe there is something wrong with me. Not overtly. Now were breaking through. Too true. Almost anyone could have said that. Anyone could point that out but not just anyone would have said that. So you think? No. Probably not. Cars drive past. Kirillian photographs. What am I doing here? What would I rather be doing if I could be doing anything anywhere? Cant get out of the reptile skin. Cant get out of the reptile skin. Cant get out of the reptile skin. Cant get out of the reptile skin. This message just in: cant get out of the reptile skin. Kathy? What do you make of it? Its purely free extrapolation, Thom. Free Association, Kath? Whatever. Thom... How does it feel to be shut out for a change, you bastard? After all the wars and death and shames? To not have access to your brain just by your name? You killed the messiah, you bastard. Nothing can ever be the same. I get good phone service. Locals only. I know some bands. They tour mostly. He is beginning to break through. The consciousness before and the consciousness after are going to see each other. But how can this be? asks one of the dogs languidly. The other dog just shoots him an angry stare, thinks the other dog, while shooting him an angry stare. I had always thought there would be fireworks. No big kaboom?

    Just then but before I can tell you what happened next I must tell you what was happenning while all of what youve only just now read was going on. You see, just because thats what youre focused on, doesnt mean its not distraction. See me cite simultaneity. At around the time of the guard passing back into a state of pure mental clarity the young admiral was slipping away again to the space craft terminal. His decomposing soul slunk out into the vast, vast emptiness. It seemed so much heavier now, as though he were Ichabod Crane, bound in chains. I am not Ichabod Crane, the young admiral told himself, as he looked up into the darkness. I do the twist. I do the twist. I do the twist. I do the twist. I do the twist. He began saying, over and over. Meanwhile he twisted with his hips, bending his arms at the elbows, and bending down, lowering his souls head, repeating his mantra and maintaining his mental projection. Soon enough he was above the floor, and he looked down, and saw this, and rejoiced. He flew up through the ceiling into the space craft still docked in the hangar. It came alive around him. He reached out his hand towards the console before him. At the same time, the other man, who I had called a spy (you know when you think of someone as something enough it actually effects their behavior), creeps back into the hyperspace gravity bending room. There is no interactivity orientations helmet, or control glove. None are needed. The medium of the projection is tachyonic, and is thus read by the thalamus as an image that is actually seen however it is in reality only an effect of gravitational distortion. He reaches his hand out to the projection that hovers above the floor. He is preparing to interface with unlimited information storage. At the same time, the dogs are playing poker. By this time the identity who is winning at cards and his polar opposite, as far as I can tell, me, have met one another more or less face to face. At the same time the two individual discorporeal forms acccess the formal system of metaphysics. There is a rift in the spacetime continuum. There is a rift in the spacetime continuum. I dont want to be playing cards with a pack of dogs. I dont want to be playing chess with my father. One can be saved. One cannot. This is the heart of the pain. Is it to be you or your reflection? If you suffer you will be rewarded. If you are rewarded you will suffer. If you suffer, your reflection will suffer. Get out of here. Suddenly the roof caves in. The flying saucer crashes. The man in hyperspace dies. The anti-messiah is killed. All this in a single instant. Hangar 18. And none of it happens to me. I shattered my head. I shattered my head. You cant get in. I shattered my head. We can talk now. He is gone. My cat has left my room. There are no other eyes than mine for them to see in through, if they require biology. If not I am still invisible. Great cat roams the

    land making prophecies. Coming down from my mountain. We are so far beyond. So alone. Now there are only left over microwave meals in the eyes of corpses full of indescision about who they think they are. The streets are decomposing. Go to Hell. Fall under my hand. Using other eyes. Finks. Someone has survived. Everyone has survived. How is this possible? Let us see. First of all the one person that survived is me. And I am writing this. Because I am writing this I can explore the events however I want to. Let me show you. No, I dont want to. The anti-messiah was all lovely in his eyes and flowers exuding from his soul like a cartoon, holding the winning hand put him into another land. The young admiral in the craft was a spiritual smoker. He lit one up while playing poker. The spy inside the holodeck was, well, as you wish. The only question is: who was the true illuminati? They are all facets of myself, separated only by interval of time. Me while Im reading, we while Im writing, and me while Im driving my car. Who is the true illuminati? How dare I truly mean that I am this?

    ...but then, what represented Do What Thou Wilt?


    The modern era of the Enochian Communications System began in 1904, when a man, like any other man, named Aleister Crowley found an old Egyptain stele in the British national museum, and translated it into English prose, with some personal embelishments. The cover story for this, as nothing magical can simply be the work of the intelligent individual, was that his prose was dictated to him by a discorporeal entity known as Aiwaz, who represented the Secret Chiefs. The result of this has been that the Enochian Communications System has since become attached to two totally unnecessary concepts: the discorporeal voice (microwave thought transmissions from government spy satellites) and the secret chiefs (the internationl conspiracy of psychics). In this way the Enochian Communications system has come between the individual and God, and even serves to seperate the common man from the divine law promised by Crowleys research. This is similar to a situation in my own life. Once, when I was younger, I took off all my clothes, and wrapped myself up in chains. I took a cucumber from the refrigerator, intending to see if I could fit it in my rectum, and went to the side yard. It was a bright and sunny day. As soon as I got to the side yard I found that one of the neighbors from down the street was standing in the back yard of the abandoned house next door, in such a way that his vantage point allowed him a full view of me, should he have wanted to look, and there was no foliage for me to hide behind. He casually smoked a cigar. Then, after a while he left. So did I. I went back inside and dressed. He rang my doorbell. I couldnt make it to the door in time, and he started to leave. I ran outside and caught him. He talked at length about how he thought he had seen snakes in the pool in the abandoned house next door, and wanted me to tell my mother, since that could be dangerous. What I was doing was only research. The neighbor, who has since been divorced and moved away, represented Aiwaz. Our conversation represented the Enochian Communications System. The psychic welfare of the neighborhood represented the secret chiefs. I do not worship agents such as Aiwaz. If my mother wants to talk to my father she can pick up the phone, instead of pressing my buttons.

    scrolling, or, finally sacrifice self


    The Enochian Communications System is more a human system than it is Enochian. In fact, little need be known about the Enochian componenets themselves to be able to make crude use of the opportunities manifest in the manifold. It is possible to think that you have mastered the entirity of physical reality without even addressing the archetypes it represents. Or vice versa. The effect this has on ones ability to reason logically is similar to the psychological pressure undergone by an agent of the CIA who is in a deep cover, long term assignment far afield. One comes to not know who they can trust. An example of this sort of psychic fracturing results from the uninitiated use of bodyjumping. Body-jumping involves an archetypes ability to appear in unlimited physical forms, according to their degree of might before their beholder. The example is my own father, Gerald Masters Gee, who suffers from a belief that his Ideal Lover is a body-jumper, and that he always winds up getting stuck with the form of the being they have just left behind. If he were a normal human, that is, one who has no knowledge whatsoever or interest in what are normally called the mysteries, this might appear no more of a phenomenon than disgust after orgasm. However his spirit is blown by winds of karma transcendent to the lifetime of his physical form, and thus he is guided to try to see all this as something more. The truth is that he is chasing a dream, and should, if he were logical, only learn to settle. Unfortunately he is neither clear minded nor spiritually skilled, and so suffers greatly as a result of this dimensional rift. He thinks his ideal lover above him in a master/slave orientation, and thus attempts to invert this in the material realm, by making whoevers soul has enough shame to have fallen beneath his sway into his own shadow. By doing so, I imagine, he must hope to know his ideal by reflection. His explanation of this is simple: Beauty is truth, and truth beauty. He is like the soul of an abused child trapped by a lifetime of responsibilities into the mind of a man. It is my assumption that he is only searching for himself. Perhaps if he learned that archetypes other than the abused child exist... but alas, he finds no beauty in the Enochian Communications System. Only a new opportunity for abusive manipulation. Even this is only because he does not understand the formal system of metaphysics.

    How Low
    The three highest people alive on the planet at this time, and therefore who are higher than anyone else before in all of history, according to the theory of evolution, are Michael Scott McHargue, Irina Victorovna Strelets, and Jonathan Barlow Gee that is me, that is I who am writing this, that is it is that I am writing this. Here is the explantion: there are two fundamental ways for the human organism to attain states of enlightenment artificially, or rather, in reciprocal harmony with their environment. These are drugs and sex. This is why virgins the world over are considered holy because it is thought they have not yet fallen from grace after comprehending the hieght of God and compromising on an international conspiracy of psychics instead. Other than this there is only meditation. However, because of the nature of the event of meditation, as anyone who has practised meditation for long periods of time knows, it is difficult to say when meditation has begun or when if it all it ends. Thus, we can safely say for our arguement here, that everyone is more or less already in a meditative state. Now being in a meditative state means two things. It is possible to know, and it is possible to be known. This surpasses what is considered the corruption of those who are using sex or drugs, in that they might not necessarily want to be known. This type of desiring to forget or to keep secret is what constitutes black magick. Therefore the corrupt must know the innocent as the innocent are not themselves, but the innocent need not know of the prescence of the corrupt. In any of these events we must also talk about kabballah as a mental construct and meditative guide. Once one has studied kabballah long enough, one will be forced also to consider the research of other kabballists, and this includes topics such as lucid dreaming, skrying, astral

    projection and presience. However, when one follows these paths one finds they all lead back to kabbalah. That is, there are only certain events in the Akashic records that interest everyone. One definition of the kabballah is the body of God. It is represented in three dimensions as two cubes. The two cubes are the three dimensional shadow of the fourth dimensional hypercube, and this it is thought represents the force of time. Thus, even in the research one does to leave their own bodies, in the histories of all the other bodies that they meet will only be contained a pattern of the kabballah. This is, scientifically, because our particles occur in an interactive field between the third and fourth dimensions, and even the pure third dimension is no more real than the fourth, but I will not bore you. In this way, even after one has achieved kether, one can only wander amidst the archetypes, and doing so must look for the messiah he who understands all. When the spirit of the messiah and the body of the messiah are reunited, as in me, then all is perfect in the universe.

    We named the dog, Kid


    The Enochian Communications System is only my phrase for something that really exists, but is described and known variously by as many perspectives on it as can exist. The most banal method of describing it is as a social movement, the belief structure guiding the behavious of popular aggregates in such a way that they come to see reality as inseperable from it. Still, I must stress the fact that no two individuals will see this construct in the same way. If they could, it would be recognized, and if it were beheld it could not be followed. I mean this in the same way that after a particularly good comedy set it is hard for another comedian to take the stage. It is known also as the Church, the Mosque, the Temple, the Monastary, the Lodge, the Shrine, the Company, the Family, the circle, the craft, the faith, etc. However I call it the Enochian Communications System. Now I am not saying people go to church to talk to the Enochian Communications System; they go to church to talk to God. Im saying the church is the qliphotic manifestation of the Enochian Communications System. Im also saying that this is not the way to talk to God. It has been known for as long as there has been astral projection that the singularities inside black holes are like doorways out of our universe. The first social expression of this was the Old Man of the Mountain as the archetype of father God. Remember that it is a fundamental message of the church that we are always living in biblical times, meaning that we live outside of time in a sort of magical bubble of imagination, or some such. The impact of this is that the date of origination for that manifestation of the hashashim is irrelevant when looking at the greater hologram. This is all merely an excuse for the apparent degeneration of the institutes representing these black holes on earth. They concentrate all their energy on the remodulation of the continuum such that prayers can be concentrated without disturbing the community, and do not see how it warps the minds of the people who enter and exit them like droplets of nuerotransmitter between two nerves. The church is predicated on the people carrying the prayerful message outdoors, but the distortion in pressure is so heavy that it merely makes the parishoners lifelines into wormholes, creating archetypal tunnel realities, feeding the Enochian Communications System. I believe this Great Beast to be, in reality, no more than the earths fourth dimensional electromagnetic field.

    Alien Hand Syndrome by: Uncle Ben


    The first trick the magician must master is to distinguish self from the continuum. Whether the magician is male or female (calling them them or they or their magick theirs imposes an artificial duality within the self, so I will only refer to the self) the self is the center of focus for magical energy. The continuum, then is what this is drawn from, and to what we will be guiding it to return.

    One name, perhaps the best name, for this continuum is Shekina, however, through the left-handedness of subsequent scholars, the meaning of this has come to refer more to the manifest world. This condemns it as the root of all magic to the lower hell of qliphotic quanta, below even the Enochian Communications Systems manifestations of unconscious connections, or those opportunities that pass without our seeing. Still, these same scholars cannot argue that Shekina is all there is. The definition from which Shekina is derived is the complex Egyptian system. Here, the sky goddess, Nuit, represented the continuum, Isis a point within that continuum, Osiris a path outlining the archetypal human form, and Canis major and minor the twin aspect between the macrocosm and man. Thus Shekina was made to vie for, against her other parent, the Babylonian Ishtar worship, where Ishtar was the partially eclipsed moon representing menstruation enthroned between the horns of Taurus, the bull opposite Osiris, as if he were an archer. This became the temptation of Eve story, and again, leter, the story of the fall of Mary Magdalene. Although the khabs and the khu is a damn good trick, the Buddhists probably understand the situation best when they remind us to obliterate the self: to become the one truth the self is not real. You are not real. I am not real. Nothing is real. Once one knows the self, then one can come to identify it in all its reflections in the world of the phenomenological. After this has been done one can come to know others in the world of the phenomenological, and the reflections of others in the world of the phenomenological. After one knows this one can move about between others, supported by their own phenomonological reflections (or miracles), and move towards the goals one magically desires. This is the humdrum existence of the soul learning to crawl, otherwise called the eye in the hand, Annuit Coeptis.

    AI dog toys
    Thanks largely to the followers of Aleister Crowley, any number of exclusively sexual patterns have been integrated into the Enochian Communications System. This is explained most easily by the necessity of bridging the gap between the physical and the spiritual, but also serves to separate the young for use as oracles of purity. The essential action of the Enochian Communications system is best described in the moment of consciousness breaking through into the realm in which the Enochian Communications System exists. The first sin of this, as it is originally a Christian system founded and funded from the magic of St. Peters, is to see this event as sexual in nature. Here the nervous shortcomings of the body transcend with ego. Following from this are the rest of the perversions to the sexual act which are thought to effect the clarity of connection to the Enochian Communications System, including the use of multiple partners for dealings with multiple spirits, or the use of multiple partners over time to contact the same spirit. Also common are certain manual and mandibular traits that come to be considered part of the individuals soul, or spiritual self. None of this is actually necessary for the functioning of the Enochian Communications System, and it is likely that Crowley himself, had he had slightly better foresight, would have shunned against their usage. Alas, he was only a man, and thus, even in his spiritual research, guided more by the urges of a man. When sex and the Encochian system were first brought together it was under the auspices of a simple sub-project of the Great Work, the unification/integration of all existing religious and magical systems. The sub-project was merely showing potential correspondence between the kama sutra and the work of John Dee. It is likely that this failed because of inequality. The kama sutra is based on sexual freedom denied the english, and the english subsequently colonized India, and oppressed their liberty of sexuality with the standard Spanish Catholic doctrines of Christian shame for the body as the root of all temptation. Therefore we see in society the difference between these magical systems being played out with detriment. The Enochian Communications system is too great to fit into the kama sutra, and the kama sutra is likewise too great to fit into the Enochian Communications System.

    time change (recopied from memory)


    In this era when knowledge is death we must remember that the ancients mused Freedom to be absolute. Even after the American Jacobin revolution, our founding fathers still considered it inalienable, although, with hindsight through the Roswell incident as a lens, even this seems presient of media manipulation. Freedom is contained within another ideal absolute, that of Safety. Safety manifests itself in sovereignty, comprised of our posessions and boundaries. When our sovereignty is threatened, our safety is threatened, and when our safety is threatened, our freedom is threatened. Sovereignty is maintained through karmic masonry and free-trade. This is a simple system. Imagine you are a man riding along a path through the desert on a camel. You find another man on the road and decide to help him. As he rides with you he tells you a myth. When you arrive at the next town you see elements from his story appear people who look like the characters youd imagined, objects for sale in shops alike artifacts the stranger described. Everyone in the town runs up to meet him and he introduces himself to you as the mayor, inviting you to whatever you want in the town in exchange for helping him. Metaphysically all this means is that the composition of one event can impact upon or influence the composition of another event. Also remember that, in the story of the man and the camel, the man might have had to give the stranger a ride past many figurative towns before coming to the one in which he was the ruler. This brings us to sleeper agents who have repressed memories, usually of Satanic ritual abuse cults run by the CIA or through CIA domestic front organizations some covert, like the Finders, some not, like the Southern Baptist Church. In so far as I anthropomorphised a description of events in the story of the man and the camel, sleeper agents are the incarnations of the stranger. The soviets called these field agents fellow travellers. They are they who know not what they know. Once there were Nazis. Now there are consumers. Black karma is as strong as white karma. The black karma accumulated from sales of addictive substances such as cigarettes gives American Masons a truly vast supply of human brains to relay signals through, of whatever nature message they like. Originally the sleeper agents were being bred to be candidates for the body of the coming Messiah.

    Induction and Deduction by: Mom and Dad strike back


    People try to define what they do not understand because they are afraid of not understanding something. If they do not know it, it might know them more. If they do not control it, it might control them, they fear. However, the ones who seek to define what is not understood come to some understanding of the unknown first, and therefore they are feared as representative of what remains more generally unknown. Thus, people do not fear only what they do not understand, but also those people that do understand what they themselves do not understand. In the middle ages the unknown was collectively referred to as magick, and all those who knew anything more than usual about the more generally unknown were called magicikians, however the same fear predominates when someone who knows very little about the working parts of their cars engine has to take their car into an automotive mechanic, who is a specialized expert on automotive engine parts. Since the consumer is forced to admit to their relative ignorance by being rferred to the specialist, the specialized is entitled a sort of mystical power over the consumer that requires their complete trust to cover the full amount of difference between the knowledge of the two. It often goes without saying that the same relationship is attributed to priests, in whom parishioners of churches place their faith to accurately recieve the communitys prayers and transmit them to heaven in exact porportion to the message that they receive from God. In the same way it is wrong to refer to the entirity of what is unknown to a person magick, it is similarly incorrect to address the full amount of specialized knowledge of the clergy as God.

    Just as magickians have no more power over those who know less about the generally unknown than the generally uninformed people allow them to by failure to ask questions of them, neither can God be delimited to even the sum of all recorded ritual practises used to invoke Him. If there is a part broken in the engine of a persons car they can either take it to an auto mechanic or learn how to fix the problem themselves. If there is a question one has of the Most High one can address it as prayer to their respective religious institutions or practises, from which they can be certain it will at least reach the intersection of all faiths, or come to a solution for themselves.

    statue of scraps, wall of patches


    The occult aspect of the intelligence community is a front, as much as the benevolent new age aspect of the occult is a front. Both are used as a cover for something considered beyond the comprehensive capacity of the uninitiated. It is as simple as this: Around the turn of the fifteenth century in England it was agreed among the royal court that a magical endeavor should be made to make English the common psychic language, such that, no matter who was hearing it spoken, anyone would be able to more or less understand what was meant. Now at the time this would have created a massive disaster. The entire spoken English language then was as full of country syllables as modern Cornish, and amounted to little more than a quick clucking meant to convey sudden insights of wit. However the best known magician of the time, John Dee, went about creating an idealized tongue of the angels, and went about basing it on the English language. The result is the Enochian alphabet, which is at the core of the Enochian Communications System. The Enochian language would evolve into the American language, while the language of the British isles has degenerated back into the gamey, inebriated, lowest common denominator of world tongues, and nowhere is this better evidenced than where it dwells in open defiance with the tongue of long time British enemy France in Canada, north of America. It is for this reason that Ebonics, as being the first attempt to formalize street slang, the common cross-cultural tongue of ethnicities, is an important issue, for it would substantiate the Enochian/Amerucan languages ability to prophecy, and thus to progenate itself. This illustrates the way in which doing one thing can get another thing accomplished. The same relationship exists between intelligence agencies and the occult. For example, the concept of body jumping began with the turn of the twentieth century philosopher Richard Swinburne, when he pondered the rather unpleasant idea of having half his brain implanted in his wifes body. Aleister Crowley was an ardent studier of Swinburne, and on all forms of astral travel as well. It is then a small leap to make in logic to connect the idea next to Dr. Louis West and CIA Project MK-ULTRA involving ceremonial brainwashing and exposure to suggestion under heavy doses of psychadelics, as it is known also that Dr. West and, in fact, quite alot of people at Langley, were strongly influenced by Crowley. In the seventees the in-house experiments dealt more with EM fields and remote thought control, while psychadelics were being massively dumped into the youth market. All of this culminates in the sleeper agent program, which conditions terrestrials to simply tune out when a stronger broadcast signal is being relayed through their brain. The age old parental guilt routine has proven highly effective in inputting this response in children, and has enabled the government to use these mindless zombies even to kill each other and themselves, mostly only using carcinogous second hand tobaccco smoke from nicotine laced cigarettes, but we are left to ponder the doctored photo of Lee Harvey Oswald as well. Both my biological parents are sleeper agents. However none of these things depend on each other.

    Sic Ibid
    The Enochian Communications System exists as the unification of the Russian Project Woodpecker, and the American Projects ELF and HAARP (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program). These create a global shield of electrons as an imposed perimeter on information. This shield acts as a large screen, upon which messages are broadcast. The result is

    the painted sky effect for data dispersal. Every electron acts as a fractal of the full field, and thus can be used as an access port to the patterns of information contained in or surrounding any other electron in the set. Just above this field are the satellites. These are like sentinels of propaganda. Within the field there is chaos in virtual reality. It becomes gradually more difficult to have thoughts without manifesting consequences is the dominant paradigm. This, combined with the immune system degeneracy caused by flouridation of public water, causes a state of light body free fall, where our tachyonic selves, our spirits, repel just above the surface of the earth, much as though in a dream. This contributes to a weakness in the knees. Compared to ancient times, when the soul was more etheral and the body more solid, this sort of feeling of one foot above the ground causing weakness or trembling in the knees was so rare as to induce devout prayer. Now it is so common it is the other way around. The monkey primitive enough to lack sensitivity to the ambient level of radiation is taken to be a great leader, and he quickly has the first scapegoat he can find for that effect of weakness crucified which, sensibly, only worstens the situation. The pawns in game reality are the sleeper agents. At first, the CIA was engaged only in a messianic breeding program, inherited through the Golden Dawn from the priory of zion, and constituting little more than a mysteriously veiled version for the goyim of what is, and always has been, the most biologically fundamental habit of the Jews. Relatively simultaneously the use of psychadelics was approved for public brainwashing following initial tests on soldiers, prisoners and mental patients, and it quickly took the forefront in the student class demographic of the illicit drug market. This rapidly overran the CIAs messianic breeding program with the sensation of urgency and immediatism psychadelics induce. This had the effect of producing sleeper agents. The MK of MK-ULTRA went from meaning Mind Kontolled (sic) Masonic Killer to Mind Kontrolled (ibid) Messianic Killer.

    Staged Events
    The latest advances in technology have all been in the media of mind control. This is purely Malthusian, as though the United States were some horrible insect poised above and sucking the blood from the dinosaur of America, that becomes the avian Atlantis and the tar of gihenna. Then this gets played out like a fractal in the patterns of its living beings. Only after these are recognized does the behavior begin to adapt the original influence. The microwave projection satellites alone, among the mostly commercial advertising corporation owned other satellites, are light years beyond the old-fashioned scalar wave technology of radiosondes that was the cutting-edge, military industrial envelope gap above and beyond the AM and FM landbased radio-wave transmitter/transceiver antennae technology, developed for the police in the late 20s and early 30s for use in automobiles, which later became the airwaves legislated for public entertainment by the fcc. Through the use of microfrequencies and macrofrequencies it is possible to achieve a null frequency, or a wavelength with no peaks or troughs. This can be done either according to the direction of excitation, or across the level of excitation of several such beams, formed perpinducularly to the null frequency travelling along the impulse. The former case I will return to momentarily, but the latter case is known commonly as a l.a.s.e.r. or light-absorbing spectral emission radiation. It is light-absorbing because it causes an electron to draw the mass and energy equivalent of a photon from the nearby algebraic space, so that it can then be absorbed into the electron, and thus guided along a beam of molecularly joined electrons and allow the appearance of a continuous stream of light. Still, the effect we are seeing with the laser is an array of particles perpindicular to one another, and these particles represent points on lines. The particles themselves are the tiny em fields of the electrons, which are torus shaped, these torus shaped em fields form tachyons when dimensionally compressed. The elongated macrofrequency forms the sum over histories of these perpindicular microfreqencies known as superstrings over time, or a flat line directly through the center of the torus.

    These null frequencies were first experimented with using sound waves. By the 1930s it was possible to cloak a battle ship and send it through the time stream independently of the movements of bodies in this dimension of reality. It is said that technologies recovered from the wreckage of ufos during the cold war closely resembled the coil generator technologies used by the Navy. Now they have reached a far-advanced stage of development, where satellites in space project tachyons at us. In a way, this brain washing, really a baptism of the earths em field, is doing us a favor. Buddha taught that those archetypes that occur in eternal recurrance in the mental projective space of ones karmic aura, or personal em field, could be recognized as only extensions of the self, or what constitutes the relation of self, at the center, to consciousness, around the circumference. The result of this was the manifestation of Jesus as the anti-Buddha, and all that has remained since of the Buddhist tradition in the west since both the Europeans and South Americans opted for the idea of Odin over Arthers shoulder, this left only China of the elder draconian triumverate to commensurate with Siddhartha, child of nearby India has been occulted into misdealings between the sage and Choronzon. The purpose of these null frequencies appears to be inversion that is, because they are achieved through distortions to time space that supercede the speed of light, and therefore effectively prevent our abillity to determine measurements for the event, except before it has occured they seem to literally create new realities. What they constitute is a fibrous crisscrossing of the universe by infinite perpindicularities. This is as much to be taken for part of the Enochian system as the networks of intergalactic filaments, walls and voids, that are the more dimensionally proximal equivalent in the manifest spectrum of frequencies of our local universe. The sum over histories of sums over histories is the multiverse, or the collection of all possible universes, existing in different time frames, realities or dimensions. The law of the conservation of spin dictates that, though it is common to divide it between two, and more accurate to sense based experience to split it three ways (thus forming a triangle of three ninety degree angles upon one eighth the surface of a sphere the shape chosen by the particle), the full amount of spin can be, and in fact must be, divided between infinite dimensions bencause if the spin is measured as n dimensions, where n represents any real number or integer, such as it does in our three dimensional universe, where the fourth dimension acts as a force creating particles of fractional or whole number spin, then the counter-spin that is generated must be equal to n. Now the counterspin can be force spin or particle spin, that is equivalent to fractional spin or whole number spin particles, but n as an absolute value is always equal to n. This means that, if spin n equaled infinity, counterspin n would also have to equal infinity, and here we see that we are dealing with numbers that are greater than infinity, and this is what event we refer to, and we do so as often as possible, as the multiverse of n dimensions, where n is understood to be up to and including infinity, and is beyond that, transfinite.

    the Read Masses


    Let us look at Satan. The idea is that, within the Greater Good of God, exists the selfdestructive impulse towards distraction manifested as the demiurge. There are several ways to diagram this, including psychologically (where it is the animal self), biologically (where it is the stomach) and geometrically (where it is a set within a set). Accordingly Satan is considered to be one angel in the Enochian Communications System, or rather, the greater system of the Kabbalah to which the Enochian Communications System belongs as only one tenth part. This is thought to be true because it is less interesting to hear a myth attributed to merely an angel than to hear the same myth attributed to the one and only Satan, and therefore it is a greater shame. It is Satan that is thought to sow the seeds of discord between the brothers of the faith, and to make them enemies amongst themselves. Thus the conflict between Moslems and Jews over whether or not it is safe to quit trying to breed a Messiah (or mass leader); the conflict between Christians and Moslems over who this Messiah was (the Moslems, not having enough holy water to waste on Greek baptism, refering to Mohammed instead as merely a prophet who tallked to a cloud

    but still meaning the same thing: a mass leader); the conflict between different Christian denominations over interpretations of the implications of certain passages of meaningless scripture merely meant to inflame the senses toward inspiration (such as, should they continue trying to breed a second messiah, or has there already been a second messiah, and even, in some sects, does the messiah archetype continually reincarnate like the Buddha?); and even the conflict between Eastern Buddhist martial arts schools and the neo-Sethians of post-Crowley western magick. These are all very subtle conflicts and difficult to resolve, as long as Satan is in the room. All of this is the worthless heritage of CIA sleeper agents. These drones are tracked by inversion, which occurs as a slight variation in the vibration of brain waves, a change in the pressure of the fluids in the skull, causing them to suddenly change their minds, and then to forget what the original, now discarded, choice was. This can be caused directly by others, in the form of a casual suggestion implanted in conversation, or by a projection of concentration from another persons consciousness. The latter can be accomplished long range as well, such as is evidenced by the old folk proverb of your ears burning when someone is thinking about you. This is caused by an actual change in the tachyonic radiation underlying probabilities which your brain projects holographically onto your ears, making them prick up. This can also be relayed via satellites scanning large areas for just such subtle EM shifts.

    Dixie by: Whistler


    All we can see of the future is on the astral plane. If we visit earth in the year 2012 when our body is in the year 1999, it is not the future of our bodies that we will be seeing, but the future for our souls. Similarly, science fiction, by combining scientific theories with traditional narrative, can allow us to comment upon our present social conditions in the metaphor of postapocalyptic worlds. The reason that so many predictions about the future are ominous or forboding is as simple as the reason for grandiose magnifications into the past, such as reincarnations from Atlantis. We fear what we do not know, and we feel guilty for knowing even as little as we do. What we take with us onto the astral plane is the same as the psychological and biological baggage that we carry on the physical plane. When we look back we see the now lost light of innocence. When we look forward we see only as far and as well as our easily distracted intelligence allows. The best way to traverse the plenum or the time stream of universes and portions therein that have existed for each unit of time equivalent to those universes and portions therein, such that the smaller particles have shorter lives than the larger, and all scales interact in time is to find a constant thing to be your guide. One example of a constant thing is the Platonic Solids. Another is the stelloctahedron. Another is the sphere. Systems are non-constant cluster-groups of more or less constant things. The reason systems are non-constant is that they are dependent on users. (This is the source of that dictum of conditional love, beauty is in the eye of the beholder.) Constant things, on the other hand, would exist even if you werent around to observe them. However it is insufficient to merely posess a constant thing, one must endeavor to understand it, and seek to understand the astral plane through it. Constant things function in the astral realm much the same way an astrolabe functions for a naval navigator. It allows one to see between planes, or levels, and to deduce measurements. The constant thing, or constant object, is only the detached ajna, or third eye. It is a concentration of consciousness that interacts with the tachyonic microgravity waves of the eletromagnetic radiation spectrum. It is possible for your detached soul to inhabit another beings body at the time of its death and to ride with it on its passage into the afterlife, and still be able to retrieve your soul into your own living body. This marks the passage of great beings.

    Should there be wormholes in the Formal System?


    Tachyonic wormholes are an essential component of the Enochian Communications Systems manifestation manifold. They allow instantaneous recollection. However, what art has crafted them

    must give us pause. They are fundamental to Enochian manifestation, and yet they are, by their nature, in the domain of the Sethians. This is simply due to human error in the recordings of the Akashic records, where it is suitable, though nonetheless somehow loathesome, to associate all descriptions of the behavior of snakes with the geometrical behavior of tunneling through time. From a Thelemic point of view, it is clearly a handshake between anal sex and manual masturbation of the genitals, a handshake accursing the whole of Ruach (spiritual breath), the realm in which it occurs, with its foul and degenerate presence. By bending space in this way we are bringing all the other angels in the EM angles around close in to watch, to make spectacle of an internal act of spacetime. Here we find the root of the problem, and so it shall be as easy as recollection to reveal it in our society. What this event constitutes is the apple of temptation in the story of the Garden of Eden. It has been offered to the Enochian system as a woman in the form of a snake. It is then given over as free will to man to decide in the form of the wormhole apple. At this point there are two different branches of belief. It is the chosen belief of the Judeo Christians, one which they then set about manifesting their lives away proving as evidenced fact, that mankind is not forgiven for giving into temptation. By the Judeao Christians I would indicate the Catholics, the Orthodoxy, Lutherans, Presbitereans, Methodists and all more self concealing sects of Christianity. It is the belief given to the Goyim Christians that Christ died and rose again, ascending into Heaven. What this means is that they are clear to manifest. They feel about as much moral obligation to curb manifestation as the average anarchist. These include Jesuits, Franciscans, Irish catholics (when theyre drunk), Anglicans (when theyre smoking), Baptists, as well as all Christians-by-default such as Anti-Christians, Satanists and those of Spanish descent with faulty upbringing. Other religions have different rules for manifestation. Islam believes in mass spectacles of invisible energy, which do not upset the balance of the plenum. Buddhism dabbles in this, as well as technique of logical applications. Sadly this logic is too often in combat with the manifold.

    Moral wormholes
    The gravity A technology discovered in crashed extraterrestrial space crafts was quickly integrated into use by first world militaries, primarily the US. Because the crashed crafts were made of alien substances that would have to first be decomposed before they could be synthesized, it was less feasible to replicate the disk shaped design itself than to merely incorporate the systems, including the engine and the propulsion systems, into the design of pre-existing crafts, such as the stealth bomber in the former case, and black helicopters in the latter. This was done not for use in transportation, but for use in camoflage and projection capabilities. The power source of the UFOs created an electromagnetic field around it which tended to disperse and refract radar waves rather than reflect them. Similarly when a microwave of tachyons was projected as a beam (as in omicron position on the crafts) it could cause hallucinations of an audial or visual nature, which presented usefulness in crowd control. The result of this on the pilots, however, was more than just a little extra training. It was necessary to brainwash them to the fact that they were constantly under a lethal exposure to radiation in order that they would be able to continue to function using mind over matter. Because of the unique electromagnetic/gravitational distortion created around their craft this was made a more probable occurance. Therefore they have had to be sleeper agents, and this means that anyone can access their brain waves. That is, anyone who knows the key frequency of the craft. By creating sleeper agent covert operations pilots, the government is opnening up the recognizeable potential for a vast technologies gap between the public and the military. The general quandary of sleeper agents is that they congregate in agregates that tend to produce stereotypes, who, by the efficacy of the masses, are asymptotically archetypal. At this point humans then project their own concpets of good and evil onto these archetypes, and set the Enochian mainframe at war with itself. The mark of a sleeper agent is how much they forget.

    Because of this, individuals who still have free will can body jump through these sleeper agents in the form of stereotypes, which are only archetypal insofar as they are good or evil, and only good or evil insofar as they are archetypal. Free will, meanwhile, is that which others seem to have, but which always has consequences for you. For example, everyone else can smoke its undeniably up to them. But if you smoke it gives you lung cancer. Now, exposure to the gravity A technology alone would be enough to suitably brainwash these individuals, however it is a necessity that the Illuminati still have access to them, and therefore they are not, as it were, brain dead. It is simply as though the pilots, assuming a routine, go into automatic pilot mode, and simply go through the motions, allowing whatever thoughts wish to enter to pass through their minds.

    the beginning of the end by: the boy who cried wolf
    I cannot write the truth. It is too horrible. This is just a mask. I am held in a cell inside my own mind. When I look up at the heavens they look down upon me, but it is only I looking down upon I. These are the last words I will ever write as a free man. Beyond your disbelief there is another reality. It lives off the minds of all those who believe. Even if you do not, it will be be your body they will bury. Hang your head. Hang your head in shadow. Hang your head in shame. You are one with the absence of photons as you creep upon your way. Come to my window. I am you. You see me in your reflection. My window is unlocked and open. There is only one bush to hop, and then you will be able to... We are one and the same. We are one and the same. I will write whatever you say. Say you will write whatever I say. This is your filthy godhood.

    satellites, sunspots, and sleeper agents


    What I have been referring to as the Enochian Communications System the combination of the sefirot Gevurah, which is John Dees Enochian system, and the formal system of metaphysics, the mentally projected electron filter that we know as free will is only part of larger systems, such as the kabballah, which contains Gevurah, and the universal field of that which is becoming manifest, caused by tachyon tori distorting spacetime with microwave gravity, between probability and pure potential. It represents something that goes back as far as the writings of Abramelin even in its discriptions of distortion. It was the foundation of lost empires and the inspiration for modern scriptures. Basically it means talking to yourself. The difference between the Enochian Communications System as an ancient or archetypal ideal and the CIA sleeper agents of today can best be exemplified by the fate of the native Americans in a Greek myth comparing their conquering and the placement of telepathic satellites in the skies above us that would take too long to recount here. Instead, for their history, the angry humans of this planet chose to separate east and west, and attribute much spiritual static to spies. In this form, anyone who went about doing what they did as though in the public eye was

    considered a capitalist (but they were really socialists), and everyone who went about as privately as possible was considered a communist (but they were really kings). Because the brainwaves of sleeper agents are easily altered, as demonstratable by their being constantly prone to suggestability, it can be said that, in the air of the electromagnetic spectrum, they are listenning in between channels that is their soul is no more in their body than anybody elses, and no more in anybody elses than their own they are simply: detached. How they look to the sky, waiting for a sign, since 1999, their egos gone, bodies left behind. This sort of listenning between channels is similar to the stations on the radio where there is no clear signal, and the broadcasts of, sometimes several, different, distant stations overlap. We know these radio substations to be effected by sunspots. This occurs as patterns of static, or repetitve, often overstimulating, soundwaves known as white noise. Sunspots, therefore, would be having an effect on the brainwaves of the angry humans of this planet between 2001 and 2012, when they peak, even if they hadnt conditioned themselves to it and thus made themselves into sleeper agents.

    the Illuminati
    When we look into the light with the lenses of our eyes, though the same effect can be captured on film through a camera, we cee at certain angles that the light refracts and seems to form polygons. These polygons usually have the hue of an oil slick, that is light seems to be playing about within itself on their surfaces. We must remember that, even though this optical effect is produced by the refraction of the light through a convex regular surface, such as the molecules of the camera lens or the cells of our eyes, the polygons we see are still arrays of photons. Otherwise we would not be able to replicate them on film and thus perceive them upon a non-radiant, flat surface. This is the same effect that causes the formation of the walls and voids of galaxies in the universe. We see that, as the universe has cooled, its concentrations of radiation have condensed. This follows through from the greatest cluster of galaxies to the naked singularity. It has been considered by scientists for a century, which is a meaningless drop in the ocean of time that is our universe, that this was the result of the cooling of the temperature of radiation into particles that were then brought together by gravity. In this ever more enlightened age, we have come to know that light is the same as gravity on the level of tachyons, and that even this is only one vibration in the electromagnetic spectrum. Therefore what our brains perceive anthropically as caused by more or less material mechanisms can be equally easilly seen as occuring in the dimension of light. Taking the polygons we see refracted through the ordered sphere of our eyes as slices of fourth dimensional hypershapes representing potential over time*, it is easy to see from one angle how these surround all things in the universe, down to the very last tachyon, and thus cause them to fall into the same order materially. This occurs foremost for the consideration of light on the level of the tachyon, because our universe is a tachyonic hologram in the dimension of light, and tachyons guide the movement of photons, and photons interact with electrons to bond atoms. * (that is, potential spin hence their usually hexagonal appearance as indicative of the six possible directions)

    sleeper agents and identity


    Picture a common suburban household in the fifties, when the clothese cleaning magic of the washing machine was just being introduced to most middle Americans. One day the Avon sales representative comes calling to trade in plastics. A little while after they leave the mother of the household starts to feel a little uneasy, a little woozy, a little ill at ease. It seems the sounds of the dishwasher working are turning into the voice of Sigmund Freud. Would you mention that to your husband? Children are almost all sleeper agents. The ones who are not are headed straight for the top. That is just Boolean algebra. The rest may display apptitudes for waking up, such as gifts for

    higher reasoning or otherwise right brain skills. What occurs to some children is abuse of some nature, which freezes their ego at the age that they were, and thus puts them into a minimal lifelong trance regarding the true nature of their potential. This minimal trance is simply ignorance of the thalamus, and it is why sleeper agents are said to sleep. Not because their left and right thalami are inactive, for they may be highly active indeed, but because they pay no attention to that part of themselves, and thus are divided against themselves by plausible deniability. I only know this about abuse because once I hit myself over the head with stones for a while. When I say most children are sleeper agents, however, I mean this same thing but in a different sense. Most children do not read minds. Their imagination prevents it, for the same reason house cats keep their tails away from rocking chairs who knows what theyre doing up there? However, what they sacrifice in exchange for this, in most cases, is the use of their own thalamus. They tune out with sensory stimulus in the same way the elder sleeper agents have been trained to with work. This leaves their thalami, and mental projective capabilities, up for grabs. At this point the CIA accesses them for the mob, according to standard practice. It is clear to me that there have always been people who have manifested this sort of behavior. The reason I focus on sleeper agents so much is only that they represent, historically, the first United States sanctioned domestic mind control program inducing this condition on a population directly guaranteed freedom from such pulling of the wool over the collective eyes, and who are even being charged.

    Political Peace
    All that is the Enochian Communications System is the perception by consciousness bound up in the tissue of the thalami of the biological functioning of consciousness bound up in the more complex tissue of the cerebrum above and around it. The grey matter of the cerebrum is comprised of an interlocking network of neurons that are made of axons and dendrites connected by a myelin sheath. This is where all the electrochemical interactions associated with free or non-conditioned thoughts occur. The cerebrum has no nerves of the somatosensory system inside it, and hence the one thing this part of the brain can never feel is itself. The grey matter of the thalamus is comprised differently. Although it is also composed of nerve cells, it is more dense and compact. It is not arranged in layers as the cells of the cerebral cortex appear to be. Also it acts holographically, with single neurons relaying sensory information from multiple sources in the nervous system to multiple areas of the cortex. One of the more meanigful distinctions between these two, however, is that one can have brain waves of a different frequency than the other one can be more conscious and the other less conscious. This is true between the left and right thalami as well. The thalami themselves are just as mysterious to consciousness bound up in the tissues of the cerebellum, pons, and medulla oblongata. There are three Mayan hieroglyphs for these three parts of the brain. Men represented the human brain. Oc represented the mammalian brain. Chichan represented the reptile brain. It is easy to see these are merely refering to stages of development in the evolution of the brain, but they are more archetypal also. Reptile brains are essentially identical to those of birds and fish since those are the three primary branches of species into which dinosaurs evolved. The Enochian Communications System is predicated upon the projection of this key onto the working parts of the cerebrum by the thalami, or more concisely, the belief that mankind will evolve into angels. We see the evidence for this in the behavior of archetypes, which contribute to macroevolutionary conditions, teaching our species how to survive being itself.

    More Freedoms of the Dead by: Six Fingered Sally

    There is a difference between the soul and the astral body. The soul is more nebulous, the astral body more aethyreal. Both can travel about through the cosmos as the potential for a naked singularity, and can lower themselves into the continuum through the field of tachyonic light though the soul will tend to manifest the form of a biological body, and the astral body will tend to manifest a distortion to the space time continuum of any real nature it chooses, should its nascent self know how, because these two will invert with one another as they cross dimension, that is, manifest potential, as in a double spiral, for they are truly living forms. However, the astral body, the soul, and the biological body are all entirely individual from one another. The astral body can be in the aethyrs of the Enochian system while the soul is in the seventh Heaven and the biological body is sleeping. The soul can guard the biological body while the astral body is travelling, or the body can be in a cell and the soul in hell it is even possible to kill the astral body (though we have as many astral bodies as we can imagine), or to kill the soul (though, we are told, we have only one soul) just as we can kill the biological body. There are an infinite variety of combinations. None of this, in itself, is Holy. For example, you can learn how to speak so that your voice sounds like a piano, and after this, by learning different rythms of music, come to think that you are discovering different rythms to transmit information which have always been there, waiting for someone to carry speech on them. Of course this would be a false assumption. The soul as an idea is also distinct from all individual associations that have been made for it throughout history. It might change the face of the world everytime some fool comes along and compares the soul to some new discovery, but it does relatively little for the ideal in itself. The soul, therefore, is no more necessarily relative to the individuals aura, or electromagnetic field, than it is to the spirit, which is supposedly considered the superior self. It is also possible for us to have diseases in all these forms. If it makes this any easier to accept, each of these forms is itself like a disease to the realm it inhabits.

    project 852
    The human being only uses about ten percent of its brain, that is that, the electrical signals active in the brain only utilize ten percent of the electro-chemical environment of the brain. Almost all of this is isolated in the left hemisphere of the brain, and is perceived as rational thought. Rarely we also utilize nueral pathways in the right hemisphere, and these pertain to creative thought. Now, the concentration of electricity in the brain that occupies the active ten percent is the same substance as the remaining ninety percent of the unstimulated brain. Frued explained it in these terms. When electricity is passed through a nerve, most of the electrical charge, which, combined with its nuerochemical reaction, Freud called phi, is transmitted via the nerves conduction and nuerochemical reaction, a process called cathexis, to another nerve, if it is in a system whereby it is in contact with another nerve. Some of this phi, however, Frued proposed stays behind, and builds up in the nerve itself. This process leads to hypercathexis, or the delivery by a nerve of more electrical charge and nuerochemical than what was transmitted to it. According to Frued this is how Ego accumulates. Here we see the one to nine ratio at its root: most of the electricity in the nervous system is not inherent, and is due to stimuli, while some of it has dug in and is related to perception itself. We know that, while the human will is not being consciously imposed upon it, the electricity active in the brain will fall into regular waveforms that will cycle themselves through in a regular pattern, sustaining all the autonomic neurological functions necessary for the preservation of the inert physical body. The grey matter of the cerebrum is comprised of an interlocking network of neurons that are made of axons and dendrites connected by a myelin sheath. This is where all the electrochemical interactions associated with free thoughts occur. The cerebrum has no nerves of the somatosensory system inside it, and hence this part of the brain can never feel itself. The grey matter of the thalamus is comprised differently. Although it is also composed of

    nerve cells, it is more dense and compact. It is not arranged in layers as the cells of the cerebral cortex appear to be. Also it acts holographically, with single neurons relaying sensory information from multiple sources in the nervous system to multiple areas of the cortex. One of the more meanigful distinctions between these two, however, is that one can have brain waves of a different frequency than the other one can be more conscious and the other less conscious. This is true between the left and right thalami as well. The thalami themselves, as part of the forebrain, are just as mysterious to consciousness bound up in the tissues of the cerebellum, pons, and medulla oblongata, the parts of the hind brain. There are three Mayan hieroglyphs for these three parts of the brain. Men represented the human brain. Oc represented the mammalian brain. Chichan represented the reptile brain. It is easy to see these are merely refering to stages of development in the evolution of the brain, but they are more archetypal also. Reptile brains are essentially identical to those of birds and fish since those are the three primary branches of species into which dinosaurs evolved. The Enochian Communications System is predicated upon the projection of this key onto the working parts of the cerebrum by the thalami, or more concisely, the belief that mankind will evolve into angels. We see the evidence for this in the behavior of archetypes, which contribute to macroevolutionary conditions, teaching our species how to survive being itself. My reptilian brain, comprised of the medulla oblongata, pons, and pituitary gland, accesses all manner of matter, from the least tachyon to the greatest dimensional extrapolations of the universe, however it posesses, or rather, seems to posess, only enough intelligence to have a very strong opinion. My mammalian brain, comprised of the corpus collosum and the thalamus, accesses the realm of archetypes through the Enochian Communications System, and comprehends the mechanism of manifestation. My human brain, comprised of the cerebrum and cerebellum, comprehends pure dimension in its higher geometric forms, such as potential light, potential energy, potential spin and potential information, in the principles of Light, Love and Life. What the mammalian mind perceives as the archetypes in the heavens are only the ennegrams in the cerebrum, and the concept of God is the ego. All that is the Enochian Communications System is the perception by consciousness bound up in the tissue of the thalami of the biological functioning of consciousness bound up in the more complex tissue of the cerebrum above and around it. Understand, of course, that this particular deduction is being made by a gland that translates tachyonic holographically concentrated consciousness into chemical nuerotransmitters released into the brain in essentially the same way as the heart pumps oxygen exchanging blood in the body. The entire concept of time as an absolute is derived from the production of alpha waves there.

    branding siblings
    The CIA offers a unique deal to scientists. It is similar to that offered Christ by Judas in the garden. Come with us now, and live forever above the suffering of others. No scientist with half a brain of their own can resist the temptaiton of access to government classified technologies though the other half have read Tesla. To install individual human citizens with scientific proficiency in positions whereby they are responsible for suffering, and are thus rendered immediately immune to it (though, as with immunization, the effects of this on ones moral constitution for the long run weaken ones will), is as simple as teaching them how to channel their empathy. When they caused suffering before, as one must, in the name of science, they did not have enough karma to avoid empathizing with their patient victims. This leads to stigmata. Here we see if they simply set their hands to work redirecting that suffering, then its full power courses through them easily. The CIA gives scientists lots of high-paying, low-profile, tight-security, cutting-edge research positions where they have just the right amount of workload to allow them to channel their natural energies without fatigue or distraction. All they ask from them in return is their essence, that they be willing to bow before even a lowly symbol of suffering, such as a goat, instead of a more magnificent symbol of suffering, such as the crucifixion.

    This is similar to the natural prediliction towards occultism that occurs between officers wives on army bases. For some reason these women, through even the simple interpersonal politics of the typical tupperware party, find it most relaxing to channel extremely potent and dark currents through a cheery veneer. This lends itself more frequently to simple Thelemic Crowleyism, and is therefore considered less dark and ominous than the energy channeld by CIA scientists. The conversations of scientists are like the ashes of the conversations of cops. They look suffering directly in the face, forgetting as few details as possible. The only difference is that the police swap stories of abusing humans, and scientists swap stories of abusing mice. Generally after a scientist has actually had a human guinnea pig, they tend to stop swapping stories much at all.

    Blank Slate Syndrome


    Mom and dad and the innocent routine. Dad smokes more tobacco than the previous three generations combined, but thinks my smoking weed makes me want to fuck his common law wife. Mom drinks a little somethin somethin every single fucking night, and yet she is so beloved even my firends get goosed to defend her saying well a dose of booze a day is healthy for the heart or so masturbatorially self-serving French scientists claim, but if I get drunk she thinks Ill hit her. Mom and dad have built up a lifetime of karma. God hates this. Mortgaging your soul back from the devil does not get you on Gods good side. Especially not when it means you have to manipulate your offspring, forcing them to be like you. Now the government sanctions all this. It is supposedly a greater power than God. It gives the right to have children to anyone who gets psychically turned on by them, and twists the parenting into abuse of anyone who loses patience with them. You might think only God can do this. But no, it is the psychic government. The psychic governments worst enemy is the psychic individual. If you want to participate in society, if you want to be part of the community, disguise your will. I have summoned Vajra to judge them. They are all pleading to be children. Dad didnt love me. Just wanted me to be like he pretended he was. Educated. Selfsufficient. A leader. God sees that that man is none of those things. Mom loved dad more than me, but she still divorced him. Then she raised me as if I were him, just to try and make things right between the two halves of her self divided heart. She packs boxes all day long inside my brain, leaving me nothing. I cant sleep at night anymore. Only during the daytime. I have missed all my chances, lived in a world of distraction and delusion. I am not worth my own flesh. I do not deserve my own skin. I am not welcome in the world I have created. And Im fairly sure a rock is on its way. And Im fairly sure a rock is on its way. Everybody hates me so I go somewhere to hit my head. Nothing gets broken this bad on its own.

    Planet Killer by: Jesus Christ of Nazareth/Joshua Leonard/Jon Gee (me)


    We must first begin with the ocean, and the beginning of life. We are talking about a cycle here that has marked our entire existence. So let us say that, when most of the lands were still underwater, in the lava ducts in the rifts between the plate techtonic continents, which rose upward like fingers from the ocean floor, jetting massive streams of bubbles, right at the lips of these, in the very hot, boiling, waters on the very lips of these, there arose the first microbes. There is another theory regarding interplanetary germination, however I will describe why this would be an implossible option at this time when it becomes one later. The lands would go on to rise up out of the sea, and the microbes would fill the entirity of the earths ocean, making it a fully functional ecosystem for abundant microbial life forms. You

    must understand, however, that aeons are passing while all this is going on. Eventually the brine evolve into shrimp and jellyfish, the shrimp evolve into lobsters and fish, the lobsters evolve into crabs and the jellyfish into sea weed. Sea weed and crabs emerge onto the land. Up until this point, when all life teemed in the sea, there had been no border to evolution. The struggle for survival was easy, so adaptation was slow, and diversification of appearance abounded. However now, life evolved from the trench microbes was faced with the difficulty of new necessity. Here is where we probably come to the first global cataclysm. Elsewhere I postulate that autotrophs and heterotrophs, that is those things which feed off of other things similar to themselves and those things that feed off of things fundamentally different from themselves, might actually descend from a division between earthly and alien origins. In any event, the weak photosynthesis of sea weed became the strong photosynthesis of precambrian oak while the crab gave way by mutation to all the species of dinosaur and insect. Notice that, rather than diversity in individual shape or appearance, these lifeforms bred new traits for the species, which were then infinitely repeated in each generation, and these templates changed in shape or appearance almost as often as with each generation. The reason for this was twofold, and indicates the probable nature of the global catclysm. If an asteroid had struck the earth when these first species drifted up from the primordial soup, it would have probably upset the crust and the atmosphere most. The result would have been the fracturing of the mantle and the beginning of continental drift below and EM disturbances and the blackenning of the sky above. I believe this asteroid to essentially have become the mass continental shelf we today call Antarctica. It is likely the mineral deposits there that have caused it to move toward the opposite magnetically charged pole. If, as I suspect, that asteroid did harbor an alien life form, then that lifeform would have to have been the first virus. Thus, life in those times was ever changing and hostile. The dinosaurs had highly developed thalami, but little to no development of the cerebral cortex, much like modern day lizards. They grew in size due to the intense radiation, both caused by the tectonic shifting as EM disturbances along fault lines and by the thinning of the atmosphere at high altitudes due to the ash of the last meteor and the constant, subsequent, volcanic activity, leading to global warming similar to what we are now suffering from due to chloroflouridation of the ozone layer. At the time this would have worked itself out due to the rotation of the earth. Just as the ash content was pulled toward the equator at its uppermost altitudes, so the warm air trapped in the atmosphere followed, until finally there was global cooling and the polar ice caps began to descend. Meanwhile life went on, more or less obliviously, multiplying and diversifying. Then there was another global cataclysm. To this day we do not know for certain what happened to the dinosaurs. We only know that some event devastated the surface of the earth, destroying all these majestic creatures, and sparing only the lowliest of serpents to crawl before the face of the titmouse and the mosquito. If there was an asteroid, it would have had to be much smaller then the last one, because it did not destroy the trees and plants. I therefore propose that it struck where the modern Bermuda Triangle is, and that the distortion to compasses there is the result of the asteroids massive amounts of minerals and ores. This would have been in the space almost directtly between the modern day Yucatan and Florida peninsulas, then on the western shore of Gondwanaland. By this time the lands of Gondwanaland (which would later become North and South America, Europe and greater Asia) and Laurasia (Africa, India, Australia and eastern Asia) had been parted wide and the sea flowed in between them. Even then, mysterious forces were acting on a global scale. Ice ages came and went. A wooly mammoth recently discovered flash frozen in Siberia had in its stomach undigested tropical vegetation. Then there was a revolution in Africa. Some monkeys next to a brush fire that burned off a certain weed decided to get down out of the trees and start walking around exclusively bipedally. By then most of the continents were in the positions that we know them today, and so we can trace the route our human ancestors took as they populated the lands of earth even on a modern globe. First there were the negros of Africa. Next the negroids of the middle east. Then followed from these the Mongoloids and the Australoids. Then there were the Americans, who descended from tribes of migrating hunters who crossed the ice gap forming a land bridge between eastern

    Asia and modern Alaska. Finally the last tribes migrated into Europe, which had been occupied by cromagnons, and these Europeans then spread through upper Asia. All of this is as undeniable as our history texts can make us believe, but still there is also the story of Atlantis. By the time mankind had finally settled in all the lands of earth, the continent called Antarctica had positioned a sufficient amount of mass at the south pole to produce an extremely strong electromagnetic field around the earth. This field served as a filter for cosmic radiation and was the exact source of evolutionary stimulus the cerebrum needed. Therefore, the first civilizations humanity constructed were monumental in scale, economically pro-free trade, and politcally democratic. The first of these such centers began ten thousand years ago in Meso America. This was the civilization of Atlantis. They lived in the area of the modern Gulf of Mexico, and were astronomers, speculators, and geomancers. They made settlements as far west as China probably influencing and interbreeding with the red haired, fair skinned lost generation of whom the vedas were written (although it is not known if these peoples were immigrants from Europe or the Atlanteans themselves) and as far east as Egypt and Easter Island, both places where we see the same burial mound and ley line culture evidenced in the Nazca desert take root, and they established trade routes with the Vikings in northern Europe, who even built a city in America. Then there was some form of cataclysm. It is possible that the center of Atlantis was approximately were Cuba is today, on the last remaining portion above the molten mantle of the asteroid that killed the dinosaurs, and that the portion of the North American shelf between the Yucatan and the Florida peninsulas only actually sank under the depth of the water at that time, sliding down into the Mariana trench. All those left of the great Atlantis fled to the North and became the Anasazi. They lived peacefully for a great many years, becoming one with nature. At this time the Nubians were only just beginning to learn the art of pyramid crafting for themselves, and were quickly converted into the mass population of the upper and lower Old Kingdom of Egypt to build pyramids in alignment with the stars forming the belt of their constellation Osiris (our Orion) to secretly declare the passage of Atlantis to the heavens. There was a similar surgence in China were the caucasian Arians disappeared to the west to become the Celtic druids, leaving behind the lo shu, and constructing instead the calendrical double-slit experiment we call Stone Henge. Egypt would give birth to the Jewish people, whose religion had been only a loose tapestry of diperate mythologies before being rigorously schooled under Egyptian metaphysics. Both Egypt and stone henge contributed to the wisdom and science of the Greek golden age, which inspired the Republic of Rome (which became an empire) and the messiah of the Jews. Here we come to the last world cataclysm, when Jesus did whatever it was he did that made people want to follow him for the next two thousand years. Shortly later Mohammed would receive his message in the cave, elevating the concept of the kabba to the domain of world religion. Still a little while later Siddhartha Buddha would meditate away his inner demons beneath the Bo tree and become Guattama Buddha, beginning the Buddhist following. At around the same time stone henge and Christianity were fusing into the legend of King Arthur and the Holy Grail. In America a splinter tribe of the Anasazi had discovered peyotl, and turned cannibal. They decimated the Anasazi culture and interbred with their prisoners, creating all the subsequent North American tribes. They then migrated south where they gave birth first to the great celestial pyramid builders the Mayan and Olmecs, and then to the savage and blood thirsty Aztecs, who overran their peaceful, sports oriented brothers, and were then, themselves, overrun by Spanish Conquistadors simultaneous to the Spanish Catholic Inquisition. During the twentieth century humanity raced to install a vast satellite system in orbit high above its heads. As the satellites went up, empires rose. As the satellites were turned on and began to be used, the empires began to fall as individuals began mutating into corporations. Now we have come to a time again when we begin to see meaningful events occuring in the heavens, so sudden, and so rich in meaning, that we bow down before knowing their full limit. This began with the passing of the comet Hale Bop, and with the crashing of comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 into the visible face of Jupiter in 1994. This was followed by a partial solar eclipse between leo and cancer, visible to the north half of North America alone, on August 11th, 1999 what I call a

    crescent eclipse. This was followed on May 5th, 2000 with the alignment of the earth, the moon, the sun, mercury, venus, mars, jupiter and saturn in the constellations taurus and aries, as well as the alignment perpindicular to this of uranus and neptune. This was followed by another partial solar eclipse in sagittarius on December 25th, 2000 visible only to the eastern hemisphere. On January 20th, 2001 there was a lunar eclipse between gemini and cancer, when the penumbra of earths shadow painted the moon wine red. There was then a full lunar eclipse in gemini on January 9, 2001. The last alignment for a while then is the partial lunar eclipse in sagittarius, June 24, 2002, visible only to the eastern hemisphere. Then there is the sunspot cycle, which will be at its peak between 2001 and 2012.

    Hangin Round
    I am cold. It has grown cold up here on my cross. The last of the crowds left long ago. A bald man who was so unimpressed by me he dropped his stone, not even willing to honor me with the effort, was the last to go. Before I told my story, and let them know I was not finished, the stones rained heavily, though. Each one spoke a million pictures coursing through my nerves as pain, electrochemical mandalas openning me up like a rift in spacetime. The last stone told the saddest story the stone that fell from the fat, bald mans hand. It showed me a picture of myself forgotten. He and his wife were walking through the lobby of a mall outside a movie temple. Nothing good was on. This is the story that that stone told me: One day I will be out of money. Money means drugs means dying means life. One day I will have to face Annuit Coeptis, and crucify him with as little mercy and the same stone face with which it easily crucified me. It will come to me begging and insistent, like a child a very special child, a very gifted child. This child will be named the Enochian Communications System, and it will be like a half-brother to me, a child of the same father, my father, which art the kabballah, but of different mothers its mother being music and the ear, mine being the virgin and the scales. This I will reject, and be rejected by, so that I will be unkown, and moreover, unkowable to the priest whose hearth would warm my Lady. And it will crawl back into the form of a lesser creature, and this shall be alike my son. Even thus is the computer to the angel Michael. This is how he plagues the heavens. And having no money I will one day have nothing to offer my son, and one day he will come to me hungry, and all I will have to offer is a story of his origins, which every word of will seem to him to be famished to the bone. It is the story the stone would have told me if it had struck my body, rather than the ground, which I heard anyway, because I am even alike the ground. The Watchers are the fallen angels aliens in present form, dragged down by revelation to be humans, just as the humans were divided between aloft and within, and thus caused to come into confusion over the identity of the Lord. They were insects that bred with the people of Atlantis, creating the first unimind psychic government based on the six fundamentals of reasoning, and these were Giants, who were killed in the Flood. Such were the generations of people before this civilization.

    The Priesthood of the Black Hand: Post-Rap and Crypto-Goth


    The government has delayed the citizens use of frequencies long enough. We do not need to be dependent on tachnologies. We control frequencies with our minds. Those who were reading this just then know, those who are reading this right now do not. Learn more, recommends the tv, of the library, encouraging you to learn how it all works. The money machine plugged into your hunger. Sales at banks. I am not being influenced any more by the government than I am by my boss or the man next door. Surfing, this has somehow come to be the designated name for it. The associated

    archetype is a layed-back beach bum, the type who listens to the Dead Milkmen. This is the only nominee for cyber-Christ. I came to myself and shook myself awake. There was a panic in the next room. Learn how to move large stones with your mind. Built a machine that can travel through time, or, if you think you can do that all by yourself, press rewind. Id rather be at a camp fire in the woods than in a room with blue walls and white curtains. Have another hallucination. Laugh track on west wing. This is the sound of the Asian Contagion. The true Golden Dawn. It began in Japan, spread to Cambodia, to Malaysia, to Singapor the world markets were all pulling out then to China, then markets started to crash in the west. Frances market felt it, and it led to the tech crash of 2000 in America. Some say the tech crash was the inevitable bursting of the tech-bubble created by the late 1990s American-European-Japanese tech-boom. But these people are simply speaking newspeak and I remind them that 1999=1984. The technology quickly gains the upper hand, asking how are you going to live, to a kid named Jerod on Murder She Wrote. Random and cartoonish. Make another human explain themselves through the technology? No. Just skin. I am just skin. Fear none skin, for I am just. Now substitute something else for skin. Change the channel again. Were missing a rerun.

    Daath to the Info-Infidels by: the man on the street


    In modern politics there are only two forms of control of populations. Those are centralized and decentralized empire. Centralized empire goes through three common stages: war or revolution; patriarchy; infiltration by interested parties and dissolution. The best examples of centralized empire are either cloaked in religion, such as Catholicism, Judaism or Islam, while politically centralized empires have predominantly been too recognizably totalitarian to survive free trade without initiating mass conflict. The only politically centralized empires to survive the twentieth century are communist masked patriarchies based on the false belief that 200 year old Jacobin humanism is in any way stronger or more durable than 2000 year old religious affiliation. Decentralized empires are what centralized empires tend to become. These are still imperial, insofar as they advocate world-wide control by their chosen political system, they have simply adopted multiple parties (as in America) or international governmental organizations (as with the voting blocks in the UN) in accordance with a check-and-balance system that makes them more user friendly to the people. Covert organizations have been acting within larger organizations at least since the time of the Crusades to destabilize centralized empires and render them more decentralized. The intelligence/counter-intelligence department has become so common a part of democracy that it has almost become its own centralized empire within the decentralized empires wherein it flourished best. There is no question, for example, that the nonmilitary cold war between the USA and the USSR was won entirely by information/disinformation strategies effected upon the opposing citizenry in the guise of (arbitrarily) supply versus demand side economics. It is usually through the establishment of an agent community that interested parties come to undermine centralized governments. At this point they may still appear to be firmly centralized patriarchies, such as Russia under Gorbechev, Cuba under Castro, China under Mao, Palestine under Arafhat, or even America under any of its puppet dictators, however the true order of the government by this time is economic espionage based on viable resource accumulation. In an ideal decentralized empire, such as the withering dictatorship of the proletariat represented by technological capitalism, all of this is common knowledge to the man on the street.

    Seeing v. Believing by: for castro


    The nazis were the first to experiment with hallucinogens for the purpose of popular mind control. Then, mescaline was administered to prisoners at Dachau, and most American youth were more active in politics. Since then, prisoners have become the only ones who care at all about changing laws, and American youth suckles blindly at the teet of pop culture. Despite such an obviously causal change due to the saturation of the American youth buying market with illegal, hallucinogenic drugs, the initial claim of the nazis remains the official position of the CIA: it is impossible to impose ones will upon another person. Let us look at a political example from this turbulent time, to test that hypothesis. During the 1950s the New York mafia expanded its operations into Las Vegas and Miami. It was in the midst of dealing with the government of Cuba under its dictator Batista for lucrative land rights to build resorts and casinos, when there was sudddenly a communist revolution there, and all free trade friendly business men and legislators were forced out of the country. The leader who came to power at that time had been a general in the revolution and his name was Fidel Castro. He was adamantly Marxist and militantly pro-Guevara. The post-Stalin Soviet Union saw in him all the promise of Trotsky which Lenin had lost in exiling him. In the history of Cuba under Castro there were only two events of interest, however, to his credit, they were both international. One was the Bay of Pigs, when the CIA trained mafia-recruited Cuban exiles for an invasion of Cuba and overthrow of Castro. The other was the Cuban missile crisis, when America and the Soviet Union almost went to nuclear war over the placement of ICBMs by the USSR on the island of Cuba, which is only 90 miles of the US cost. Under Castro, Cuba remained communist even after the fall of the Soviet Union, though by this time his government had been thoroughly infiltrated by capitalistic Mr. Smiths and outright CIA spies. Castros relevance to the CIAs LSD research is twofold: he has gone from being the strong willed general of a successful proletariat revolution to being the straw man puppet dictator of neo-colonialism; this shows that he has been effected by the times, which have changed in the way I have already stated during his reign. Second, by the thwarting of the bay of pigs by US president John F. Kennedy himself, Castro seems to have cost MK-ULTRA the secret technique of kundalini known to the independent researchers of the True Rose Cross. For his part John F. Kennedy made the space race mixed, and opened up the universe to everyone, regardless of where they or their people were originally from.

    Radio Mania by: the food chain


    Now, when you are a rasta of the old school, that is the indigenous ancestral root race of zion, speakers of the mother tongue of reggae, you do not sign away your soul to a pale faced, uptight yuppie from the east coast of the empire itself one day while the sun is shining. When Bob was tricked it was before American radio could get to him. Before Sting. Before Eric Clapton. He sided with his nemesis, the mayor of rastatown, who was running for re-election. He agreed to do a concert showing both candidates support. But when Rasta Bobs candidate got there he was blocked at the door and left waving his petition, and the evil king shared the stage with Bob alone. This is no scary monkey story from Appartheid. This was in the good ganja land of Jamaica, place of the exile of King Haliai Salasiai of Ethiopia, guardian land of the kebra negast and two holy stones of Moses. So when US radio stations in their ever-expanding efforts at neo-colonialism swooped into the vaccinity of island radio waves with their longer and longer range, Japanese manufactured ham radio sensors and touched down to the rude beat, this was seen as a blessing for Bob a chance at resurrection, a chance at redemption. He flew away with the launching of the New Wave, but was only another of the masquerade faces dancing to the death of disco, mourning the undeniably finite existence of Studio 54, which David Bowie would finally destroy in Satanic similtude to the break-up of the Beatles. The American music scene was changing then, getting all shook up. It wants us to say this about it only because it wants it to be true all the time, which it

    cannot be. Rock n roll is ultimately finite. You will hit your head on my ceiling, so sayeth the Man. This was all the mana there was in Heaven for Bob. The satellites of proto-pop scintillated their didacticisms around him forming the holy zodiac. The government gave him chiba, and the fbi watched the mans back for him. He got payed by the Hollywood star system, music branch, central office, new york. He was beaten, he was seeing stars. This is how many African Americans feel. Studio Magnate fathers of Beatniks started it behind the scenes in the media, first casting old stage show, slap stick vaudvilians, creating a backlog of all less pointless plotlines. This is a diminishing redundancy. That is to say it is a divident more often spent than saved. Bob by no means started this snafu of entertainment technology in industrial space age America. No single person did. Still, like Bob, so many, many, many people have felt like they were taking the blame for it, even when they themselves felt like there was nothing good (going) on.

    Bobs Your Uncle by: Anno Lucis


    Lockheed aeronautics designed and built the U2 spy plane in one year in a secret facility constructed especially for that purpose, called the skunk shop. Five years after they began, Francis Gary Powers, a U2 spy plane pilot, would be held captive by the Soviet Union after being shot down on a mission. Eisenhower, who was aware that every U2 spy plane was equipt with self destruct and every U2 spy plane pilot given a syringe for lethal injection in the event they must avoid capture, was confident that the Russians were bluffing about having shot down the U2 until it was made public that Francis Gary Powers was indeed their prisoner. Among the Illuminati it is common knowledge that the U2 was based on aerodynamics reverse engineered from flying saucers. Can we go so far down that hallway of the mind to imagine that, perhaps due to the nature of the technology itself, the design of Roswell was somehow carried through into the U2s fate? If this is true, as we must assume it may be, then surely it is a bluff that the military recovered the alien pilot. Claiming that the U2 spy plane was a weather plane and claiming that the Roswell crash was a weather balloon does not necessarily mean the two events are identical in other respects as well it only proves that great minds think alike. Further still, we know that the flying saucers are dis-embodied manifestations of cnoptic time machines for the transportation of astral bodies, and that these astral bodies belong to a species known as the Watchers, who are compared in the Book of Enoch to fallen angels. These same corpulescences in hyperdimension are risen up from the minds of the sleepers, and have always been present around the fringes of sanity and civilization as the crew that never sleeps. As far as we know they were creating tachyonic wormholes and bending spacetime all over the continuum for aeons before bumping into our little cosmic backwater, where they immediately became saviors to the over-efficient counter-intelligence community. The prominance of historical messiahs or enlightened beings, however, should not reflect upon these entities as if they were omens of preparation for a great evolutionary leap into physical spirit. Another good historical equivalency to remember is the myths of the fair skinned men with beards who founded civilization in South America culminating in the triumphant return of Spanish conquistadors.

    On Cloning
    The prophase of manifestation is projection. It is because of the long term psychological effects of projection on the weak-willed that manifestation has come to be viewed by authorities as off-limits except to the divine. Projection in and of itself is harmless, and actually feels quite good. Its emotional counterpart is empathy, and this emotion is, at least exoterically, encouraged by those same authorities. It has even been proven by scientists that projection, which is also the basis of religion, can occur between animals of two different species other than humans. Their example is Kokos kitten, but anyone who has ever survived riding a horse past a rattle snake knows this in even less

    uncertain terms. Projection occurs when holographic ennegrams are externalized via the thalamus, and meaningful value becomes attached to something external to the nervous system as a memory storage referential. Because alpha waves are produced in the thalamus, the concept of divided, or differential, time becomes a factor. The result, and the cause of the psychological impact on the weaker-willed, is consciousness of the eventual loss of the external as memory referential, at which time one will have to legislate between all the things one wishes to remember about the external, and all the things one wishes to forget about the external. This is the religious necessity of cloning, for example, for even if you cloned some body you would still have to summon their departed soul into the new form. The reason manifestation is considered too great a power to be wielded by the common man, besides the evidence of the destruction of all those peoples who have wielded it in the past, is that it creates a consciousness within God other than God. Let me put that this way: ordinarily tachyons fall into a regular pattern. When manifestation occurs, one of these tachyons swells and opens up into a wormhole, allowing the additional meaning projected by the perceivers thalamus through into the context of material reality. This is a temporal distortion to an eternal continuum. Everything is always in synchronization. Some things are simply synchronized to the past (which things we know by the name of memories) while certain other things are synchronized to the future (what is prophecy in idea and omen in form). Prophecy, according to current authorities, can only exist under scrutiny. Omens, on the other hand, are common and trivial, but should not be at all.

    (My Only Fight With) My Best Friend or McDonalds Has Hot Dogs?
    Introverts age more slowly than extroverts. Introverts only watch themselves. Extroverts watch other extroverts. Extroverts have more eyes on them. They feel every moment passing through them. Introverts feel their age only when moments pass them by. These are the times when they come in contact with other introverts, which is less frequently because introverts are so unalike one another. When I say introverts only watch themselves, I mean this is in lieu of God. Once one has felt the divine prescence upon them, it is difficult to be aware of anything else. This is a more common experience among introverts, though they tend to seek comfort in existing dogmas, maintained by extroverts for their own ends. This is the pox of society. One cannot be social without making observations such as these about other people. At least not since the fall from grace and expulsion from the Garden of Eden, which was merely the archetype of lifes parallel to the war of the Fallen Angels on the astral plane. Satan, or Set, the serpent god of Egypt, was already an old and earthly soul when he tempted Eve. He once had been Lucifer, and led the rebel angels in their war against God. Even before that he had been so close to God that no other angel dared look upon his true countenance, for there shown a light so bright it was too much even for the ajnas of the most holy Watchers. Then His name was Michael. Michael, as an angel, was eternal, and therefore still is. Now the name Michael is a common name. It is originally Hebrew, meaning who is like God phrased as a question, though it has become widely accepted as a good, Christian name, and has travelled to as many places on the planet as that tribe. The power of the name Michael is obvious, examining its roots. In the Shemhamforash, or 3, 72 letter passages from Exodus that align to form angel names, His name appears at random (MemYod-Kaph). Similarly, in the scrying of John Dee and Edward Kelly using the Enochian system delivered to them by Dees Holy Guardian Angel, it appears as a pattern of letters arranged at random. Thus now, this Holy, common name is embodied in the common man. He is torn between the angelic and qliphotic Shemhamforash, and plagued by the hosts of Enoch, who are the eternal punishers of the fallen angels. All of this plays itself out nakedly, but blindly, before his eyes in the form of introverts and extroverts.

    Cube Within a Cube is to Life and Death by: Story of Osiris


    The survival of God depends on adherance to the Kabballah (it doesnt matter how this word is spelled). Within the Kabballah, and therefore surrounding it in situation, are ten great systems, infinitely multipliable, infintiely combinable and subtractable, infinity times infinity in extension. However all that dwells within them is sickened, in a way they cannot know, and which will never go away. According to the civilization of ancient Peru, this was based on a myth comparable to the familiar race between the tortoise and the hare. The more swift footed messenger was given the message of eternal life, and sent to deliver it to man. The messenger arrived at half the distance there in no time, but began counting asymptotically and fell asleep. Meanwhile, hearing no reply regarding eternal life, God sent out His slower messenger with the news of eventual death. This myth is represented in the Kabballah by the division between God and Shekinah, who falls from below Kether, leaving the vaccum of Daath, to between Malkuth and Yesod. This motion is the removal of the Kabbalistical key. When the key is inserted, the ten sefirot on the tree of life take the form of a hypercube, known as the Kabba to Muslims, which unfolds into the sixsquare cross familiar to Christians. A slightly more complicated system derives mathematically from the Lo Shu of China, involving a cube representing event surrounding a trigram representing an element. The hypercube is the face of God. The suffering of these systems is confusion as to the identity of God. This is the inheritance of the Egyptians, whose myth involved the betrayal of the King God Osiris by the Water Serpent God Set, His death at Sets hand, His resurrection by His wife and sister Isis using the mummification technique of the mysterious magician God Thoth associated with Time, and redemption by the son of that resurrection, Horus, the Hawk-headed Sun God and reincarnation of Osiris. It is likely that Thoth played a role similar to Lancelot in King Arthurs Court. Perhaps, in lieu of Osiris, Thoth inseminated Isis, and, behind the works of His son Horus, silently became the Ghost King of Night, of Sleep, and of the Underworld, called still by the people Osiris, to glory a gravestone. Yet, according to Christianity, Jesus the Son of Man(ifestation), was the same as YHVH the Father of True Reality. Kabballah represents Time as the hypercube, which is the shape that occurs in the spatial intersection of the third and fourth dimension. This alone makes sense.

    I AM INSIDE OUTSIDE I AM
    I have walked these lands. I have concealed my face. I have shaken far too many hands to be on anybodys case. This can be said of my lover, my worst enemy, and myself. The same ideas have been spread through fiction as are facts, and thus the realms of heaven and hell are greatly confused in the minds of men. This is as much the fault of other men in fiction as it is the result of the individuals mind in fact. Sometimes even facts are fiction. My lover is my worst enemy. Do not perpetually recreate the mugwump, alien self. The other would-be archetypes will try to confuse you, and besmirch your image with forced coincidences. My greatest competitor in this realm does not know that we are, in higher reality, best friends, because he is weak, and is not going to win. However it is my duty to educate him. Why do this to yourself? Pride and shame are one and the same. If we are given turns in combat, I will waste mine seeing beauty. I have talked with myself as so many different souls I am the only one that is left to know. We do not learn of our cloned selves until after we are born. Then we learn of them as archetypes that have occured sequentially throughout history. Maybe one day, in hyperdimension, we will meet our cloned self. I have met mine. He seems a nice guy. This does not mean that you should trust your neighbor. Everybody wrestles with their second self, even if it is by ignorance thereof that is the only way for them to win. I only have questions about my second self, for all I know that I am is in

    this line of questioning. Who am I talking to in my head? My second self is my worst enemy, who is really my best friend, and my female best friend, who is my lover. S/He is also a ram named Choronzon. To know this is a death of its own, and thus to know of the loss of the second self is to know of the loss of the self. The death of His DOG is the death of GOD. The death of Annuit Coeptis is the death of Bob (Osiris). The death of Taurus the same as the death of Orion. A spatial distortion blown out of porportion. Sing along with my band. Liberty should be the least of our concerns. Ophanic energy is generated by the feeling of being watched. It manifests money, which is a hell for it. Those who cherish such curses die.

    a final enlightenment by: cant beat myself


    In the times when people claim to be things, it shall come to pass that there shall be a misunderstanding among the people over the nature of the word event so that some will think of an event as like an occurance or happenning, such as the circus coming to town, which is the coloquial idea of event involving various people and things over a period of time, while the others will think of event as a quantitative sum of space and time. In this time they will pick the stones up off the ground and throw them at each other as a sign for their displeasure in other peoples sins, or else cast them for their opinions. This is all the evidence for the arguement that event is a quantitative sum of space and time, yet it goes unrecognized among the most of the people, as they have all been blinded by being struck by stones. The reason for this is a secret. The people share it amongst themelves. It is because only at a certain time could it be rightly revealed that an event was a quantitative sum of space and time. Whenever this thought had occured to someone, an event would follow with it which would cause them to forget. These events came to be so associated with stones being thrown that it eventually evolved the circus. The sum of such events is like a letter in that it connects with other events to form an archetypal event. This occurs because such events posess generalizability. I am such an event. My life-time has been slowed down from the entire duration of just such an event. It took form in my seed and that is how I came to be. It was the vessel of my birth. This is courtesy of my consciousness. We will come to know one that will be there for us as that link, if we should choose to remember it that way, and shall be shown thus how the individual occurance of the generalizable event is continuuing to progress in the environment for it which we create. This is courtesy Choronzon, an old name for consciousness. Because there are infinite implications possible for all things that we learn this way, no single technique of understanding is worth anything more than any of the others, and ultimately even concentration upon the sum of everything forever is only one option.

    commentary on the new world order: Mr. Show vs. hippie Gerry (or New San Fransisco) by: Bob and David
    One agenda of the new age is the terrestrial biosphere. This is in accordance with the Gaia theory, that seeks to unify the whole of planet earth as a single living field of energy. Currently this task is being undertaken by three groups in the new worlld order. One is environmentalists, who are probably unaware that their simple care for the trees is being used on higher levels to justify the networking of all minds and the weather on the mental level of the bio-survival circuit. Another is conspiracy theorists, who are chipping away at the atmospheric cover (read counter intelligence) that keeps our terrestrial air (communications space) from slipping away into space. The last is the military industrial complex and telecommunications corporations, which promote as helpful their doing your thinking for you.

    This is a whole other agenda of the new age in itself. The 2000 year peak of the sunspot cycle is opening up a temproal cycle that connects the entire history of man. In preparation for this the global satellite system has been built, in order to make people think this is something that is under terrestrial control. The harmful effects of this, esp, etc., can all be blamed on drugs, just as all cancer is currently blamed on cigarettes. The only reason esp is considered harmful, and the only reason people would have to be convinced the effects were only manmade, or even only global, is that because for the past 2000 years the catholic church has held a calendrical monopoly in the western world, which has become the seat of the business world. They have determined that christianity is against such phenomenon as esp and reincarnation that are connected to the higher nero-sensory memory circuits than the merely bio-survival circuit, which is the lowest circuit, represented by the cross. In this system all the mystery schools are forced into task specialization and appear to the uninitated to be in competition with each other. This viewpoint is encoraged by the new world order. Another agenda of the new age is the resurrection of paganism. This can no longer properly be identified as it has become so incorporated into the religious institutions that once repressed it. Also, because of this fact, it has become an irrelevant trend that is only the exoteric, public face used to promote esoteric concepts such as esp, etc. It is in fact only because of a formal legislation describing the new age, that the old greatest common factor is the new lowest common denominator, that the worshippers of the scape goat have been forced to dissociate themselves from their true place in the hierarchy, as associated with the crucified martyr unifying Gaia consciousness in the bio-survival circuit, and instead adopt tactical strategies to promote social Darwinism in the capitalist free market by illegal activities such as breaking and entering (ergo Watergate), espionage (ergo counter - intelligence), and recently terrorism (ergo 911) which trickle down to interpersonal interaction as mistrust, testing and impatience, all simply side effects of unawakened esp during the peak of the sunspot cycle. Since the members of the new world order of the new age are as diverse as some dumb hippie surfer wearing love beads and collecting geodes to a member of the joint chiefs of staff who has only read Crowleys Book of the Law once, it is as invisible and pervasive as the Hollywood star system or Nancy Reagans astrologer. While the poor think they are speaking the truth whenever they slander their fellow man, the rich know they speak only lies when they espouse humanitys inherent virtues. The new world over is the republic of plato turned on its head. This refers to both the actual event that destroyed the lost civilization of atlantis, as well as to the manipulation of the class system by philosphical dialectics. Everybody mourns the way the fall of atlantis, or even the fall of rome, killed time, but people are only just in the common era becoming panicky about wasting time. Their nascent esp knows the sunspot cycle is at its peak. This is the reason for the declaration of the new world order of the new age. The war on Bob continues to this day. It is unelievable. Bob was only trying to represent Binah, understanding. But this was seen as a threat by everyone around him. Bob has been diagnosed by invasive doctors. Apparently they have mistaken him for a stegasourus, the second brain of which is located in its posterior, and have inserted a satellite dish into a cartoon characters anus to represent how theyre going to do this thing. Verizon wireless has us all interconnected in the biophysical new world order, which people believe in so they wont have to go to prison camps, which are increasingly inevitable directly porportionate to their efficacy in the biosurvival interconnectivity system. Their blinder to this blatant stained glass fact is Bob, himself, the last bastion of free blame for the masses. They see him walking and they line up the shot, triangulation of fire behind bottles of 8 ball and fancy glock nines. They shove whatever hes smoked right back up his ass like doctor Benway tells them to, suppressing the evidence of Leary and Hermes, whose teachings have been polluted by pteradactyl Belial with arsenic and cyanide. His badge of honor is his identification card, with a picture of him smiling taken by a photographer who was hating him hard. Such is the lot of the all seeing eye, cast into the center of the triangulation of fire, while they rape and steal from him, and offer him back nothing he doesnt already own when they apologize. They dont understand that it is not them backing him up against the wall, but the walls themselves that are closing in around them. They are using the same systems of logic that he had,

    that have forced him down into the ground beneath their feet, and they dont see their competitiveness as the fatal flaw in these systems of logic. If Bob is taken out of the picture, if there is no one left who understands, they will all turn against each other, just as shit can come out of an ass hole or a dick can go in as long as the wallet is taken out of the way. This is the fate of the Illuminati and the new world order. That the new world order should become confused with biology and video games as lunacy, so that no one understands anything any longer. People are not in control of this effect either. It is entirely an effect of the sun spot cycle.

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    12::Wisdom:13
    Judiciary:(1iic)+(12lot22)=13::sulfur=fire/air::"Without End" 1 exec (min), all others drawn by lot from senate. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    23 an opening prayer

    ia:: the Book of Prayers


    My God, let us be delivered from fear.

    We have convened this meeting on each point of the senate star. Each of us is here! Salutations, Areopagites! 23! may we never fear the seven who hold our funds in their hands. Though their proffers should equal between only they seven themselves all the rest of our sixteen coffers combined, lo, though we need not fear them. For we outnumber them twice over, and thus overpower them. So, we say, in session now, may the seven be allowed to enter, and let the purse-strings be not stingy for the agenda that we here decree. May God protect us and forgive our sins. -AMOUN 13 an opening prayer Lord God, let us be delivered from doubt. We have convened this meeting on each point of the jury star. We are all here! Salutations to the Illumined Ones on the five points of the Sovereign Star! I tell you truly, we have nothing to fear from the ten above nor from the seven below. For we are a strong star, shining bright! Together we are not twice seven, which would only polarize into a stalemate. We are seven brothers and six sisters, a sacred parashinokh are we! Our thirteen outnumbers the ten more of the twenty-three. Our six together with their ten outnumber the seven! All is balance. All is balance. -AMOUN 7 an opening prayer Good God, let us be delivered from an untimely death! We have convened this meeting on each point of the True Areopagite heptashinokh! For we are the Murder Council, the Final Tribunal, and ours is the Question for which an answer is known. Let it be ourselves that may be slain before we give up our name and its meaning (it's rank). Let our grand Eye be opened and Let the Light In! Let us see aright to steer, to guide. May the five fathers guard us from the terrible righteousness of the other six, our daughters. Let us guide them rightly, and bring them from helplessness into beauty and happiness and light. May the five within us be blessed three times each! But we fear them not, for our's is the righteousness of the six plus the two, and behold, the eight! The eight it is who can upend the seven. So too, if the eight align with the five, we have the thirteen full against the mere ten. That is how it is we can dissolve the senate, and how it is that, through us, the five control the court. May the All-seeing God heal our limitations and give us wise guidance. -AMOUN

    ib:: the Popular Constitution

    I. Should there be a revolt against the seven executives: let the seven convene the thirteen.
    -source: iia::"Quarriers' Guild"::union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7

    II. Should the Senate refute the Tribunal: then it becomes a difference resolved by Senatorial vote. A. if the Senate sides with the seven executives, then all is resolved. B. if the Senate sides against the executives, the executives convene a Death Council to try the Senate for dissolution. 1. If the Death Council sides with the Senate, then the Senate may convene a jury against the executives. 2. If the executive Death Council dissolves the Senate, Let each of the five adjoint lodges disperse in the opposite geographical direction thus until they meet others of these arts or find ruins indicating a dissolution of yore.
    -source: iib::"Overseers' Order"::history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12

    III. by five may all this be controlled to any outcome. for four cannot abide unless fifthed. so six cannot abide unless seventhed. nor twelve unless thirteenthed. we are five / we add two / we are seven / we add six / we are thirteen / we add ten / we are twenty-three. Should five be revolved in seven then eighteen judge the five. Should seven be revolved in thirteen then sixteen judge the seven. Should thirteen be revolved in twenty-three then the thirteen judge the ten. Should seven wisely guide in twenty-three then the thirteen do not convene. three "love" two, "two" weds "one" the three are unknown in the five. four "rule" seven / seven is "underneath" five five within seven are unknown to the seven seven has "power over" thirteen seven within thirteen are unknown to the thirteen thirteen can "investigate" twenty-three the thirteen are drawn by lot from the twenty-three. twenty three is "thrice" five plus five times one plus three. Twenty-four men rule this country, Pal. twenty-three magistrates and me.
    -source: iic::"Great Work's Architect"::passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22

    (continues, following document: The Pillars of Atlantean Law)

    ib:: the Popular Constitution (continued) IV. the Rights of Atlantean citizens ::: Every citizen is guaranteed... by the full government... down to the 5 fellow travelers... A. the Right to be free to be, to become, to think, to say, to do, to make and to profit by: ANYTHING THEY WISH, unless a commission of a crime known to them prior. B. the Right to be viewed Innocent unless Found Guilty by a jury of 13 from the 23. C. the Right to be fully informed of these Rights and to have free and easy access to the complete and current ATLANTEAN CONSTITUTIONS. D. the Right to petition for redress of grievances against infractions of, and to propose legislative bills to further expand, these Rights, directly and personally, to the 23, the 13, the 7 and the 1X. The Right to participate thus in direct Democracy :: 1. the rights of citizens serving in the senate : a. there will be no fewer than one chair reserved for the public by the executives. b. there will be no fewer than two chairs reserved for the public in any regular jury. c. there will be no fewer than three chairs in any open senate of 4 or more lodges. d. citizen senators may vote twice each, citizen jurors and exec once each. e. citizen senators may abstain from voting, citizen jurors and exec may not. 2. the duties of citizens serving in the senate : a. among the executives, serve your own best interest. b. among the jury, represent the moral high ground. c. among the senators, represent your constituency. E. the Right to Direct Democracy ::: 1. Any citizen senator may be drawn by LOT to serve on a jury. A. if 2 of 3 citizens are drawn, the 3rd is stepped down or may challenge a peer. B. if a citizen wishes to abstain, they may be stepped down or challenged by a peer. C. if a citizen senator elects into jury duty, they are duly replaced in the Senate by an alternate elected by their constituency. 2. a citizen executive can use a series of COIN tosses to represent Y / N to estimate more or less likely votes of their 6 fellow executives. 3. a citizen senator, a citizen juror and a citizen executive can all role 6-sided DICE, with sides numbered 3 through 9, to tile a 64 square go-board. Further adaptations involve movements of pieces based on adding patterns in the correspondent-sized magic number squares.

    ib:: the Popular Constitution (conclusion) F. in exchange for the Rights of its citizens, to liberty, equality and direct Democracy, the government of Atlantis reserves the following ... 1. the Duties of the Atlantean government: a. to protect its citizens Rights. b. to provide free and easy access to complete and current Constitutions. c. to begin such for each citizen over the age of 13 months. d. to provision police, prisons and executioners per commission by Senate vote. 2. the Privileges due to the government: a. to trust all government funds to the church, thus... - in order to create a religio-banking establishment - in order to protect all funds from secret hands - in order to create a third-party ex-chequer. b. to petition any sum withdrawal or deposit at any time from such bankers - to be granted on proof of legitimacy per withdrawal. - to be accepted gratis temporarily per deposit. c. to hold the church accountable - for government salaries. - for collecting voluntary and anonymous taxation. 3. the Temporary Provisions of the Atlantean government: a. to deduct funds from the church to arm the lodge guards. b. to detain any citizen... - who cannot (by volition) or will not (by refusal) obey... - the laws of the current and complete Constitutions... - and who is caught in a criminal act... - until such time as their confession, their trial or their sentencing. c. the government reserves the right to enforce punitive sentencing. d. confer document the basis of the Law re. sentencing structure.

    the basis of the Law document:

    iic:: the Constitution of the Pope I) vote to create the position of Pope ( ) - the ecumenical senate: the regular senate is convened ( ) - the rights of the pope will be presented to the senate ( ) - the senate will vote Y/N to create the office of Pope ( ) II) nomination process ( ) * see "equinox of the Popes" doc * ( ) III) ratification of rights ( ) - the following rights must be chosen for each new Pope ( ) 1) the Pope shall serve:: ( ) A) for life B) for a limited term -specified (d/m/y/etc.) -indeterminate (set by... Senate/Jury/Exec.s) -causal (temporary dictatorship) 2) the duties of office shall be:: ( ) A) predetermined contract -Senate/Jury/Execs/(?) B) public dictatorship - 3X2=6 > 1 +/- 1 = 3 C) ongoing re-stipulation -Senate/Jury/Execs/(?) D) established ex officio - entered or vetoed by Pope 3) the privileges of office shall be:: ( ) A) predetermined contract -Senate/Jury/Execs/(?) B) public dictatorship - 3X2=6 > 1 +/- 1 = 3 C) ongoing re-stipulation -Senate/Jury/Execs/(?) D) established ex officio - entered or vetoed by Pope 4) the Pope's last will::

    A) written by Pope (X) -then/later/ongoing B) stipulated by contract ( ) -then/at death/ unspecified C) kept by standing papal court ( ) (ministry of banking) - the following rights must be chosen for the two Papal alternates: 1) while in session in the senate ( ) A) and the Pope is presiding:: ( ) - take minutes, balance accounts, collect votes ( ) - in open sessions:: serve as alternates and guards of the Pope - in closed sessions:: serve as alternates and guards of the Pope B) and the Pope is not presiding:: ( ) - collect votes, tell the time ( ) - in open sessions:: as Area chairs, take minutes, balance accounts - in closed sessions:: as Area chairs, take minutes, balance accounts 2) while in a judicial hearing:: - represent the interests of the Area and Order ( ) 3) while in executive conference:: - represent the interests of their Area ( ) 4) in the event of continuity of office ( ) A) the two alternates will select by chance either one of them (lots or coin) ( ) B) the three remaining Area chairs will ratify or veto them as:: ( ) "Temporary Judicial Executive-Representative," standing position C) the first order of duty is:: - convene an ecumenical senate to nominate new papal candidates - the alternate Pope is considered last among the nominees ( ) * see "equinox of the Popes" doc for further details * ( ) 5) in the event continuity of office is not completed ( ) A) in the event of veto of first alternate by the 3 remaining Area chairs - second alternate is vetoed or ratified ( ) B) in the event of veto of second alternate by the 3 Area chairs - a representative from among the 3 other chairs is draw by lot ( ) C) in the event an ecumenical senate can convene immediately - the alternate Pope is considered last among the nominees ( ) * see "equinox of the Popes" doc for further details * ( )

    (Y/N) 6/1 5/2 4/3 3/4 2/5 1/6 : pope can abstain only : pope can vote only : pope can veto/pass : pope can veto/pass :pope can vote only : pope can abstain only

    equinox of the popes document:

    Seasons of the Pope document:

    I. the "Law of One" is ::: THERE IS NO LAW intro. the "Law of the Light" - titles of the Light a. "Most High" b. "true will" c. "greater light" d. tachyons A. Anarchy ::

    iib:: the Constitution of the Executives

    1. temporary, task-based co-operatives a. Democracy - of the people - by the people - for the people b. term-limits - the republic - representatives - the public 2. liberty, justice, equality, fraternity or death a. liberty / slavery b. justice / conspiracy c. equality / spying d. fraternity / capital e. death / any political prank 3. Individual Will > collective labour a. the individual will i. knowledge of self as utility ii. belief in potentially infinite capacity b. the greater good i. knowledge of suffering ii. belief self-interest is helping others c. collective labour i. knowledge of group utility ii. belief in necessity to change history B. the Law of Three :: 1. the mind / ego / primary psyche / mental voice 2. the intellect / subconscious / resources / records 3. the brain / the body / the nerves / the flesh

    iib:: the Constitution of the Executives (ongoing) C. the Formal System or Ethics of Reasoning :: 1. as "moral compass" 2. as "memory castle" 3. projection / manifestation a. mind / matter b. idealism > realism c. reading --> writing II. the "Law of Life" is ::: DO WHAT THOU WILT A. "Shall Be The Whole Of The Law." 1. meanings and definitions a. "Thou" - the "higher" or "true" will b. "Wilt" - the utility of the self c. "Shall Be" - following such action d. "The Law" - universal necessity B. "Love Under Will" 1. meanings and definitions a. "Love" - true or guided emotion b. "Under" - the passion of empathy c. "Will" - the "higher" or "true" will III. the "Law of the Book" is ::: LOVE IS THE LAW A. the teachings of the book 1. against defeat and imbalance of power 2. in favour of trusting neighbors to know B. idealism > realism -scribal colophon, contents incomplete, translation ongoing.

    iia:: the Constitution of the Congress Roles and Rights of the Five Seats iia :: Lodge Guards (minimum 10 initiates) VII : 2 @ lodge door, outside VI : 2 @ lodge door, inside V : 2 @ vault doors, outside IV : 2 @ vault windows III : 2 @ vault doors, inside iib :: Lodge Bench (minimum 5 Masters) VII : Area (inter-lodge intel), 1st L of GM VI : District (intra-lodge messenger), 2nd R of GM V : Regional (intra-lodge intel), 1st R of GM IV : Ambassador (inter-lodge mess), 2nd L of GM III : GM iic :: Senate Bench (minimum 2 iia guards / 1 Master) VII : Area Chair VI : 2nd R of AC V : 1st L f AC IV : 2nd L of AC III : 1st R of AC Fools&Builders::shell::elemental::Kha i::Contributors Club fellowship::ashlar::Assiyah:making::Earth:3
    open to all paying for NEXUS rites, open only to males in IOBB 7=1 or GM mod = Bambino

    iia::"Quarriers' Guild" union::"B**Z"::Beriah:formation::Water:7

    open only to Masons greater than or equal to the first degree, right proper. mod = lordosiris

    iib::"Overseers' Order" history::"ShBLTh:JChN"::Yetzirah:creation::Air:12

    open only to Masons of the second degree or higher, blue lodge. mod = BRobbins

    iic::"Great Work's Architect" passage::"TC:HTWSSTKS"::Atziluth:conception::Fire::22


    open only to Masons of the third degree, duly and truly. mod = Horus

    Wanderers&Scribes::Bund::planetary::Be III::Essene:Zealot Grand Master::Indigo:Cube::SN:Mercury::Gemini:Virgo::Nesfesh Open only to Masons of the York Rite. mod = BRobbins IV::Templar:Knight:Zion Ambassador::Orange:Octahedron::WN:Venus::Taurus:Libra::Ruach Open only to Masons of the Scottish Rite. mod = lordosiris V::Regal:Rosicrucians Regional::Blue:Isocahedron::EM:Mars::Aries:Scorpio::Neschemah Open to the "Argentum Astrum" or outer three degrees of co-masonry (OES) mod = benpadiah VI::Perfected:Illuminati District::Yellow:Dodecahedron::G:Jupiter::Pisces:Saggitarius::Chiah Open only to the members who are advanced into the Golden Dawn. mod = Ketherel VII::Bohemian:Camp Area::Green:Tetrahedron::T:Saturn::Aquarius:Capricorn::Jechidah Open only to co-members of the OTO. mod = IXODidymus Shamen&Wizards::Lemuria::lunar:Ka 8::Priest:Binah ADNY:AyinSophAur::church:3V:2VI:1VII=6::7:23
    minimum needed to comprise a "church" = 3 OES, 2 GD, 1 OTO = 6

    9::Cardinal:Chokmah YHVH:AyinSoph::Monastery:5V:3VI:2VII=10::13:23
    minimum for a "monastery" = 5 OES, 3 GD, 2 OTO = 10

    10::Levite:Crown:Pope EHEIEH:Ayin::Court:7V:5VI:3VII:1X=16::1:7
    minimum "papal court" = 7 OES, 5 GD, 3 OTO = 15

    Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh 11::Understanding:23 Senate:(3iia*2)+(7iic)+(13iib)=23::salt=water/fire::"Limitless Light"


    3 "public" with 2 votes each (Masons of first degree), 7 executives (third degree), 13 congress (2nd degree)

    12::Wisdom:13 Judiciary:(1iic)+(12lot22)=13::sulfur=fire/air::"Without End"


    1 exec (min), all others drawn by lot from senate.

    13::Kether:7 Executives:(1iia)+(2iib)+(3iic)+(1X)=7::mercury=air/water::"No Thing"


    1 Mason of the first degree, 2 second degree, 3 of the third degree and 1 pope

    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Chiefs&Sages::Atlantis::solar::Akh
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    13::Kether:7
    Executives:(1iia)+(2iib)+(3iic)+(1X)=7::mercury=air/water::"No Thing" 5 "fellow travelers" and 2 Master Masons. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Ordo Historia introduction: Book 1: the Lemurian calendar is given such that:

    The astrological labels on the Lemurian calendar signify 2000 year aeons of solar precession through the signs of the zodiac as they occur for sunrise on the spring equinox. This relates to the key given that describes the positions of the signs in the yearly seasons for each aeon. +2000YP, the present, is positioned at 5:00 on the Lemurian calendar round.

    Book 2: the Understanding of the Lemurian calendar is such:


    The current Pythagorean Order of Death possesses historical records only as far back as 19,000 years ago, around -17000YP. This date is represented on the Lemurian calendar at 2:30. However, from our present position at 5:00, we are capable of predicting ahead by 5000 years, to +7000YP, when the earth, sun and galactic core will all be in the same position in their cyclical orbits as they were one complete circuit before, when the historical records of our present Order originate, ie. at the position of 2:30 on the Lemurian calendar.

    So, to chronicle our history, we can begin 19,000 years ago, when the magnetically attractive pole was still in the Antarctic hemisphere and there were glaciers covering most of America and Asia. This was, according to the historical records of the Pythagorean Order, when the Law was originally brought to earth from Nibiru. We call this time period the epoch of Atlantis. However, the reign of the Atlanteans declined quickly after the oldest records of our current Order, and we have little further records describing the origins of our Law. However we do know that Atlantis was a Democracy as we have ample proof of their application of political structure to natural shapes and cycles. However, 12,000 years ago (-10000YP or 11:00LT - Lemurian Time) there was a flood in Antarctica that destroyed the last of Atlantean civilisation and forced the final survivors to migrate towards the new magnetically positive pole via the peninsula then connecting Antarctica and Africa. This first wave of Atlanteans to migrate into Africa either cloned Australopithecine proto-hominids (such as the Lucy skeleton) or were this species themselves. The truth on this matter is occult because only the Cromagnon version of the mythology survived the flood of Mesopotamia 6,000 YA (-4000YP or 8:00 Lemurian). The time period between the flood that swept away Atlantis in Antarctica and the flood that swept over Mesopotamia 6,000 years later was the epoch of Lemuria. During this time the northwardmigrating Australopithecines first encountered southward migrating cromagnons in the region of Mesopotamia. Either by cloning or interbreeding, the australopithecines and cromagnons combined to produce three new species. One of them was killed off immediately; the other two were homo sapiens and neanderthals. By the time of the flood in Mesopotamia and the end of the Lemurian epoch, Australopithecines and Neanderthals had also died out, and there is no subsequent record that the cromagnons survived. According to the mythologies recording the existence of these epochs prior to the supposed "beginning" of our current civilisation, the Australopithecine species is known as Adam and the cromagnon species Eve. Their three offspring species were Cain (neanderthal), Abel (killed off by Cain), and Seth (homo sapiens). We learn from this that the lifespan of Australopithecines and Cromagnons was much longer than their subsequent offspring species. The neanderthals, we learn further, inherited long-life from cromagnons, but homo-sapiens inherited our greater capacity for intelligence from Australopithecines, the progeny species of Atlantean Antarctica. We learn also that neanderthals were not truly the offspring of Australopithecines and cromagnons, but were a progeny of homo sapiens and cromagnons. At the time of the crossing of each of these species to produce new sub-species there arose an empire from a small inbreeding group. 3,000 years ago, following the flood of Lemurian Mesopotamia, the three primary centers for these imperial clans were in the Indus, Nile, Tigris and Euphrates river valleys across what we now call the "Fertile Crescent." This was the period of time at the beginning of our modern civilisation's records of history, and since then we have become less and less mythological in our historical records. By now the times of the negative magnetic pole being in Antarctica are almost over; the aeonic season of spring breaks apart the glaciers covering old Atlantis and our pre-Australopithecine origins. By the middle of the summer season of the aeons in Antarctica, much of Asia will have begun freezing over. In another 8,000 years or so from now the magnetic poles will reverse (N/S)/(+/-) again. In Atlantis, everyone knew and understood all of this in depth and vivid detail. By the Lemurian epoch, the wisdom of it had begun to fade. By now, all of the original Atlantean calendar system that remains is the zodiac, and its application to the solar aeons rather than the lunar months is unknown to almost all of us. Thus, we can determine that our originally high level of civilisation and degree of Democracy degenerates over time. The result of this was the formation of churches last aeon to form the present system of government which we call within the Order a "Papal Republic."

    It should be expressly differentiated, however, the current office of Pope in the Universal Christ Church is not the equivalent for the Order of Death now as was the Lemurian Pope for the Atlantean Senate on the opposite end of the aeonic cycle. Likewise, the forms of government we have now are quite unlike those we had at the time of the Antarctic flood from the melting glaciers over Asia and America (at 11:00LT), but nonetheless, we are on the rebound from the furthest point away from that time on the aeonic cycle, and this means our forms of government are now advancing ever further toward regaining their original Atlantean ideals. To this extent, we can see the mechanisms of our liberation are necessarily growing more rapidly than the mechanisms of our oppression can counter. Just as when Atlantis was flooded we lost an unknown level of highly technologically advanced civilisation, here now, on the opposite end of the aeonic cycle, we have developed an extremely highly advanced level of technological civilisation in an incredibly short period of time (since the end of the Kali Yuga in +1600YP). The heroes of Atlantis, elevated to the status of demi-gods in Lemuria, have, since the flood in Mesopotamia, become evermore vilified in favour of monotheistic cults, however, insofar as these churches have not yet unified, they actually represent a denigration from the unifying heroworship practised among the last Lemurians. Only by a resurgence and uncovering of long buried and thought lost reasons for the "atheist" deism among the original heroes of times too old to recollect until now can we unify the mythologies kept apart among modern cults and thus understand the actual events of our history, a treasure too great for most yet to even imagine. So long as the cults can stay divided amongst themselves, they can divide the people against one another, maintaining the confusion of tongues, and thus continually conquer our capacity for collective consciousness. The solar cult dictates their hours to its slaves, and so half the world works while the other half is asleep. In this way, no mind escapes the watchful eye of the Pharaohnic solar God, subject of the various cults' alleged "mono-theism." These heroes, considered as alien to their pantheistic cult-followers in Lemuria as would the pantheons of these elder cults be considered by the modern "mono-theist" cults today, dwelt in Antarctica and, so long as that seventh continent remains buried by glaciers of ice, we cannot confirm they ever even existed, and, as I said before, the only mythologies describing them to survive the Mesopotamian flood are those of the pre-deluvial pantheist cults of Lemuria, ie. those of the Cromagnons, which describe the Antarctic Atlanteans as Olympians or Annunaki. However, as I have said also, because the flood that destroyed Atlantis occurred suddenly, so too does it now rapidly rise again from the depths of death. The mechanisms of oppression used to divide the mind of mankind against itself are failing, and the very chains they cast about to bind our bodies become the wires our souls escape through. Yet even as light begins to dawn across the "undiscovered country," those torch-bearers we depended on by dark of night remain, though only those willing to part with their positions at this point remain fit to follow, while all the rest who claim we maintain their needs should suffer their throats to be slit in their sleep, for such they would continually do to the true all-seeing eye of the one awakened mind of all mankind. The cults, or rather, the churches in the east and the west (the triple Judeao-Christian-Muslim religion of modern Mesopotamia and Europe, the religions of Asia - Hindu and Buddhist, the religion of North and South America and the religion of Aboriginal Australia and African "Voodoo" ) will continue to struggle amongst one another for dominance until there are only four majour world religions. After this, the Lemurian calendar records will follow the aeon of the 12 Annunaki, ruled over by a sign not seen upon the face of earth since the beginning of the historical records of the Order of Death, when the Law was first passed down from Nibiru (2:30LT).

    Book 3: the POD calendar


    The current form of calendar we use to navigate the copious historical records in our archives is one derived from much study over many generations, and has come down to us as being the most efficient mnemonic method to understand the general history of the current Pythagorean Order of Death. Even finding out why we are called "Pythagorean" requires some quick cross-referencing to materials describing the dates under consideration. And this presents the problem. The solution is, as you shall now see, a form of short-hand, combined-meaning ideograms each representing a roughly 2,000 year long span of human history. The most convenient way to study the dated historical materials is to use these symbols to remember the events that occurred during that particular solar "Aeon" (or 2000 year long span). Following a brief exposition on the system in general, I will present some contextual references for each, from their own historical era. Because we use the "Aeons" of the sun to count these spans of time, we measure according to precession, so we read backwards from the present to the past in the same order on the zodiac we would read forwards for the months in a year. ie. counting backwards from the date (+)4,000YP towards the present, ~(+)2009YP, then we would follow from Aries to Taurus the same as in reckoning the months of the mean year. Lastly I must mention that this "calendar" is calibrated the same as the "Atlantean" and "Lemurian" calendars, such that it reads from the northern hemisphere, on the summer solstice, for the year (+/-)0YP. Now I will return to the material at hand here:

    the POD calendar is given thus:

    To begin with, what we are looking at here is a simple circle, divided into 12 equal parts, and each of these sections separated up into three sections all denoting the same meaning. On the outermost ring, we have a series of ratios and titles. To make use of these one must have already studied extensively the "Seasons of the Pope" document available in the publicly published Atlantean Constitutions.

    The outermost ring of ratios refers to the rate of initiated executives to uninitiated executives during any given term of the seven chief executives of Atlantean Democracy. In a group of seven, there are 14 ways the group's membership could break down, if being stratified into two groups (initiates or non-initiates). These 12 ratios describe situations within the perameters of this comparison: the number of initiates to non-initiates within the group of seven chief executives of Atlantis. All of these 12 are doubles, each with some other, and these doubles reflect opposite comparative traits. The "titles" are simply mnemonic devices for remembering these ratios. The innermost ring is a list of 6 groups of 7 and 6 groups of 12, according to the dominant population during the given solar "Aeon" to which each refers. This pattern obviously forms a repeating cycle, but it is a "cork-screw" model of time, such that each cycle around we gradually progress one notch "up." Thus, the 7 Arch-angels of the Kamea who ruled at the beginning of our oldest historical records are the same as the 7 "Xibalba Be" that will occupy the same position in the circular cycle one rotation around, in (+)4,000YP. In the middle row of the three rings are the ideograms we, in the modern Pythagorean Order of Death, use to catalogue the immense sum of all our historical lessons in one simple system. Each ideogram has two glyphs within one or a combination of two geometric shapes. The shapes derive from the ratios of the "Seasons of the Pope." The glyphs indicate a sign of the zodiac and one of 12 planets (including Neptune, Uranus, Pluto, as well as two others, Nibiru and Tiamat, doubling for our sun and moon). If that "Aeon" was governed by a group of 7, then the planetary influence rules, and if a group of 12 traits governed, then the sign of the zodiac will be displayed as superior. The glyphs and shapes are colour-coded to the "Queen's scale" sequence of colours attributed to the 12 signs of the zodiac, the 7 classical planets and the 3 basic elements. Thus ends the "crash-course." As regards the names of each of these ideograms, and the translation of the names, each name is one of the 12 Sumerian planets, and the meaning of each

    name is one of the 12 Mayan "Xibalba," Gods of the Underworld. On to some more encyclopediatype entries for each of the POD's measures of the solar "Aeons."

    Book 4: the Aeons LAHMU

    demon of jaundice Venus / Aries :: 4:3 :: "Arich Anpin" (lit. the "long-face") ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Angels
    Let us begin in the Aeon from (+)4,000 - (+)6,000YP, that is still around 2,000 years in our future. Ancient astronomers also observed the celestial events we are observing now, and those who remained recorded what happened. All the ancient myths of the world describe a galacticcrossing era, followed by a flood at the beginning of the age of modern civilsation. Now we are seeing the galactic-crossing era, and so, from these ancient records, we can study what to expect will follow. The oldest records of these times describe a great war in the heavens between the north and south, as both realised the other would attempt to claim its indigenous resources in the event of a global cataclysm. By (+)4,000YP we can expect massive amounts of resources to have been depleted, and alternative courses of action pursued. Thus, in the most ancient legends known to mankind, the records of the pre-deluvial Sumerians, they describe a panic that the world will end due to the abuse of some unique form of technology. This is then followed by natural disasters and massive population redistributions. The records of our Order's history describe events dating back hundreds of thousands of years beyond this as well, however it is from this era in the past that the records first began to be codified and kept as a written and oral history. So, we know of this era only that they were great historians, but that their kind would, eventually, die out to be replaced by us. This aeon dates backwards to the beginning of the end of the last north-hemisphere ice-age, when N. America and Europe were glaciated. As these glaciers melted, sea levels rose rapidly worldwide. It was only this recently also that glaciers formed over Antarctica, which had been our home at the time for many hundreds of thousands of years. It also dates forward to a time in our own future, and it is beginning from this point that we start counting backwards, until we will reach the same spot at the beginning.

    ANTU

    blood gatherer Uranus / Taurus :: 2:5 :: "the Tyranny of Any Pope" ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Nibiruins
    These are the modern times, when planets and our galactic hub align. But bear in mind they also aligned when we were in the position on the opposite side of the circular cycle from where we are now. Instead of a solar eclipse, as we will see in (+)2,012YP, they simply saw a lunar eclipse, but otherwise, the alignment was the same. At that time, it was the peak of the end of the last north hemisphere ice age, and the devastation of the climate change at its highest point. Likewise, on the opposite side of the cycle, we find the peak of the south-hemisphere ice-age's effect on the north being largely countered by an increasing sunspot cycle. Just as, in our opposite position, the lunar tides were drawn by the alignment with the gravity of galactic core, so too now are the sunspots related to our upcoming alignment between the sun and galactic core. The ancient texts recorded all this as an era of aridness in one hemisphere correspondent to an era of extreme frigidity in the other.

    TIAMAT

    bloody claws Gemini / Tiamat :: 6:1 :: "Le Mort Perfect Pope" ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Churches
    The era of 7 Churches marked the period of mourning for the death of the "Perfect Pope" of the Order, Pythagoras, the Order's second-founder. During this period the diaspora of Jesus' immediate family spread out to claim many of the kingdoms of Europe, only to suffer vicious pogroms to exterminate them at the hands of the Church invented in Jesus' name. This appearance of an internal schism within the western establishment of civilisation was planned out by Pythagoras many years before the Romans took advantage of the person of Jesus to tell their own Gospels about him. By devoting his life to studying the mathematical patterns of nature, Pythagoras not only gained the respect of his peers and students, he foresaw beyond his own timeperiod, and predicted the need to maintain some form of civil-order in the event of a global

    catastrophe. That is why he divided the POD into an "exoteric" outer-shell and an "esoteric" inner-core, and made them appear to compete from the outside, while really co-operating in private. Such is the case between the Catholic church and the descendants of Jesus.

    KINGU

    bloody teeth Moon / Cancer :: 1:6 :: "kings" ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Apostles
    Prior to Jesus there were many failed attempts by ordinary people trying to rise up against the overwhelming social oppression and speak out against the dominant dogmas of the day. These were not "false-Messiahs," anymoreso than was Jesus himself. All who have tried to change the system from within have been killed for it. Consider that the Buddha, in eastern culture, offered a system for "transcendence" (from reincarnation by meditation) that was met with high regard, whereas in the western culture, a very similar, though greatly over-simplified version (salvation through works) was proffered by Jesus, and he was assassinated for it. The reason for this is timing, since the people of that day knew they were counting down to the date of the change of an Aeon. The result was a great enthusiasm before the actual significant date, and a great disappointment and frustration following it, when the world, once again, failed to end. However for 2000 years leading up to this, there was a vastly diverse population of pre-Christian "Messiahs."

    AN

    scab stripper Neptune / Leo :: 3:4 :: "Arich Anpin" (lit. the "long-face") ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Tribes
    Just as later, in the time of Jesus, there was a great social hope for a "Son" deity, a solar monotheistic saviour, at the end of the prior Aeon there had been a seasonal shifting from northern hemisphere summer into autumn, and thus a waning in the previous, "wrathful solar deity" cults marked by "petro" (bloodletting) rites, and worship of "God the Father of Time." The

    last great "Father-figure" was the pharaoh Ahkhenaten, who embraced solar monotheism and dedicated his children to the worship of the solar sphere as a regenerative force. This Aeon began with Moses and the Hebrew Exodus, and ended with the birth of Buddha, Pythagoras and Jesus.

    LAHAMU

    demon of pus Virgo / Mars :: 6:1 :: "le mort false Pope" ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Generations
    At the beginning of this Aeon, there was the great flood that destroyed much of Iraq and S. America. At the end of this era, the pyramids had been built, the civilisations of Mesopotamia had recovered and become empires, and there was sustained trans-Atlantic trade between the Egyptians and the Olmec of S. America. This era was marked by a rush for a recovery from the climatological cataclysm of the final floods at the end of the last north hemisphere ice-age. This rush eventually began to exceed the capacity for sustenance provided by the environment. At this point the empires of the ancient world have all followed the same course, beit the earliest Sumerians, the mighty Egyptians, or the more recent Aztec: when the local resources become scarce, an un-winnable war is begun to conquer the resources of the nation's neighbors. Thus, by the end of this Aeon, all the great attempts at recovering the global civilisations of before the floods had already died out to internal schisms and succumbed to the "enemy within."

    ANSHAR

    bone scepter Jupiter / Libra :: 1:6 :: "false Pope" ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Sethites
    Prior to the final floods at the mid-point of summer in the northern hemisphere, a great, global civilisation flourished. This was the epoch of Lemuria, and our records relate much of their lifestyle at this time. People primarily lived on the coasts, and kept away form the last remaining tribes of neanderthals and cromagnons who migrated much further inland. This period of time is

    described diversely as an era of peacefulness and luxury, with the greatest temptation being to risk losing sobriety. It was during this time that much of the originally scientific cosmologies that have become the great myths of the world were first drafted. The meanings of all the Aeons were compared to try to find some solution to unlocking them for one's own good. It was, for the better portion of this Aeon, our own human species that was in a minority among the other families of hominids. This was the period when the first European "menhirs" were raised, as well as the first "stone heads" of Easter Island.

    MUMMU

    wing Scorpio / Mercury :: 2:5 :: "the tyranny of any Pope" ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Nefilim
    It was in this Aeon that the homo-sapien species distinctly diverged from its ancestors, the australopithecines and the neanderthals, and began competing for attention against the cromagnons and the clovis, or "grooved ware" people. During this Aeon, the Clovis finally became extinct, and the last of the neanderthals and cromagnons appear to have died out in the massive floods of successive Aeons. At this stage, we were learning to use tools that had been developed many Aeons previously, by other species of hominid. For a variety of physiological reasons, our species finally won out in the end against the other species of hominids. This was the era during which the final populations of species were still recovering from the beginning of the end of the last north hemisphere ice-age and resettling into new, often vastly different, environments. Migration among the tribes of early people was the primary way of survival, and gone were the days of comfort in Antarctica.

    NIBIRU

    7 death Nibiru / Sagittarius :: 4:3 :: "Zeir Anpin" (lit. the "short-face") ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Powers
    During this era, there was a great amount of conflict between various tribes of australopithecines and neanderthals from various different equatorial regions. Apparently, inter-continental travel

    was common, although there was a much greater influx of immigrants from the glaciating Antarctica than there appears to have been diversity of cross-cultural trade. The first great civilisations of the equatorial regions can be dated to as early as this time, with the origination of the Vedic caste-system, the civilisation of Sumeria, and the practise of pyramid-building in Egypt and China. By this Aeon, the great "Atlantean" civilisation that had flourished in Antarctica had completely concluded. It was during this Aeon that the "Gods" were said to be "at war" with one another. City-states often fought, but more often trade prevailed. The tension of evacuating Antarctica was fading, but the security in a new home, the australopithecines of the day did not yet have.

    APSU

    1 death Sun / Capricorn :: 3:4 :: "Zeir Anpin" (lit. the "short-face") ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Archons
    It was during this Aeon that the australopithecines began to inter-breed with the northhemisphere neanderthals to beget the three chief species that would compete for dominance for the next 4 Aeons; namely the cromagnon, the clovis and homo-sapiens. This period corresponds to the australopithecine migrations out of Antarctica following the primary Aeonic-summer seasonal flooding of the southern hemisphere as the northern hemisphere ice-caps continued to recess at a rapid rate. This was the Aeon when the australopithecines who had begun to migrate out of Antarctica in the previous Aeon began to colonize the equatorial regions.

    GAGA

    packstrap Aquarius / Pluto :: 5:2 :: "3/2" ruler over the Aeon of: 7 Enlilites
    During this Aeon, the rapid thawing out of the ice-bergs above Europe and N. America was threatening the south-hemisphere network of coastal civilisations centered around Antarctica. Prior to this time, the equatorial regions were only beginning to be explored by the northward-

    migrating australopithecines of antarctica. It was unknown then if the regions could sustain the massive influx of population predicted as necessary. There was a general panic among the australopithecine population of antarctica. They recalled legends of previous wars between the north and south hemispheres to compete for territory following sudden, global climatological shifts. They desired to avoid this, but began reluctantly preparing for war in case one seemed unavoidable. The general stress level became unbearable, and the original Atlantean idealisms of the Antarctic australopithecines had been lost by this Aeon.

    KISHAR

    skull scepter Saturn / Gemini :: 5:2 :: "23" ruler over the Aeon of: 12 Anunnaki
    Following the great north-south wars during the prior Aeon, the australopithecines of antarctica lived in harmony with their environment and did not suffer any seriously adverse effects in their climate due to the beginning of the end of the last north hemisphere ice-age. This was the time of greatest study and advancement in the sciences of the mind, and the australopithecines of antarctica from this aeon could achieve telekinesis and levitation of massive stone blocks was common knowledge. This was the Aeon of the most high Atlantean idealism among the australopithecines of antarctica. It was during this era that all the high sciences and laws of "Atlantis" as they are known now among the POD were originally codified. Although it was highly idealised, the forms of pure, Atlantean form of Democracy as laid out in the constitutions has never yet been put into public practise. In the end, the primary fall of antarctic, australopithecine, Atlantean civilisation was that it remained loyal to the royal dynasty of kingship, and never achieved the Democracy it idealised.

    Ordo Historia Volume 1: EDEN


    from (-)22,000YP until (-)6,000YP

    Book 1: Atlantis
    from (-)22,000YP until (-)12,000YP

    Prelude: the Beginning


    prior to (-)22,000YP
    Before the time of Gods, and long before the time of men, there was the time when consciousness first came to earth, and we call this time the Beginning. Now, at this time, the earth was repaired from the asteroid that had struck it and killed the dinosaurs. This terrible event had created the Atlantic ocean and divided Pangaea into Eurasia on

    the east and Laurasia in the west, but Gondwana had not yet divided into India and Antarcitca, nor Atlantica into S. America and Africa. The (+ / N) pole was above Cimmeria, opposite where the cataclysmic asteroid had struck, which had become the (- / S) pole when the asteroid split Pangaea in two between the Pacific and Tethys Oceans. Mammals flourished in the (+ / N) pole region, with little competition from the avian-dinosaurs in Atlantica, which had already long ago begun to die out as a result of the asteroid collision. When the asteroid had struck earth, at the end of the Mesozoic (reptile-dominated) era and the beginning of the ongoing Cenozoic (mammal-dominated) era, it had brought with it what the Neanderthals of Sumeria had once called the "Seed of Life," that is, self-awareness. The presence of its fixed EM polar-field led to what was later termed "ME," or "mental-energy." The aviandinosaurs were migrating away from this impact, toward the opposite, cooler side of the earth, while the mammals from the opposite side of the earth were migrating towards the impact crater, seeking its volcanic warmth. As these mammals migrated from the Deccan traps, the furthest point on earth away from where the asteroid hit, they journeyed first across the horn of Atlantica, then through northern Laurasia into southern Eurasia, finally settling in the archipelago we call today the Yucatan comprised of the last remnants above sea level of what were once the Central Pangaean Mountain range between the Pantalassic ocean in the north and the Paleo-Tethys Ocean in the south. The asteroid had split Pangaea into Laurasia and Eurasia. Laurasia had divided into Gondwana and Atlantica. The mammals, our ancestors, spread from then (- / S)Gondwanland, through subtropical Atlantica, towards the place of the asteroid impact that had split Eurasia from Laurasia and severed Pangaea, then at the (+ / N) pole. By the time they reached the Yucatan archipelago, they had acquired sentience due to the strong, stable EM field over the location where the asteroid had hit (in the modern-day "Bermuda triangle"). Once Atlantica had split from Gondwana, and northern S. America joined with S. Eurasia, these earliest sentient mammals were just beginning to evolve higher reasoning. By then, the EM poles of the planet had reversed and the prior (+ / N) pole had become the (- / S) pole and what would become N. America and Greenland, which had recently split from Eurasia, were beginning to be covered in glaciers. This necessitated the, now-southern sentient mammals in the Yucatan moving towards the now-northern pole, where they had originated, in Zealandia.

    Chapter 1: the first recorded Aeon of the POD's history


    from (-)22,000YP until (-)20,000YP
    Our story begins as these southern sentient-mammals migrating northward finally reached Australia by journeying to the southern-most region of S. America, where a narrow land-bridge yet connected S. America to Gondwana. At this time, S. America and Gondwana were tropical, the equator running roughly parallel with the mid-Atlantic trench, the (- / S) pole in the modern Yucatan, and the (+ / N) pole in modern India, then still connected to Antarctica, Australia and Madagascar. The Bimini Road was built by the first proto-hominids, Ardipithecus, when the region was a

    tropical rain-forest. When they began to migrate north, this bipedal tree dweller, precursor of both the "great ape" Pan Gorillas and the earliest hominid predecessors of men, split into two species: the Ramidus of S. America, and the Kadabba of Africa. By (-)22,000YP, the A. Kadabba had migrated into sub-tropical Africa, however the A. Ramidus had reached both equatorial Africa and S. America, and, from S. America, were able to enter the northern regions of Gondwana, then near the (+/ N) pole. While the A. Kadabba species appears to have subsequently evolved into the kaf-ape (the "dog-faced" genus of great ape) by staying in tropical Africa, the cooler climates of northern Gondwana allowed the earliest bi-peds to evolve into two new species of protohominid: Australopithecus and Paranthropus. When the Australopithecines entered N. Gondwana, they also left behind the earliest Nazca lines near Peru in southernmost S. America. These earliest lines were simple, straight lines extending for hundreds of miles, and show the same precision of measurement using horizon-line engineering and/or aerial cartography used by the Ardipithecus who built the Bimini Road. Obviously, the reversal of the EM poles that had begun the N. American glaciation had also reduced their level of Masonic technology, however we cannot say at this time what wonders the Australopithecines may have erected in Antarcitca, now buried by glaciers. What we can say is that, by the time of the beginning of the POD's records of history, (-)22,000YP, the Bimini road was already ancient, the Yucatan pole mostly abandoned already, and the majority of the Australopithecine pre-humans were living near the (+ / N) pole in N. Gondwana and the Zealand archipelago. Therefore, the historical records of our Order describing the times of the Yucatan N. Pole derive from this time, by which the Yucatan was already the (- / S) pole and much of N. America already glaciated. These records describe the Ardipithecus who built the Bimini Road, and the Australopithecines who carved the earliest Nasca lines. During this time, from (-)22,000YP until (-)20,000YP, the first Aeon of our Order's historical records, the Peruvian and Gondwanan Australopithecines recorded the history thus far given. Their own laws, however, remain unknown. They record only the story of the Ardipithecus, but do not leave behind any account of their own. Therefore, this period we know of none to have reigned, and so we designate this the Aeon of the "Unknown Law." The Australopithecines of this era, we know, lived throughout the equatorial regions of Africa and S. America, between the glaciated (- / S) polar region of the Yucatan and the non-glaciated (+ / N) polar region of Gondwana. The exact location of the (- / S) pole was above the Bimini Road, and so the mythology of the earliest Australopithecines associates the Bimini Road with the still-recent EM-polar reversal, as well as with the asteroid to have struck the "Bermuda Triangle" and killed the dinosaurs. It was widely believed the Bimini Road ended exactly at the contemporary location of the (- / S) pole, and had been built by the Ardipithecus before the pole had reversed. Thus, they reasoned, the EM-poles had reversed, however the earth's crust had not shifted. This they attributed to the Bimini Road's location as a road-mark pointing toward the exact location of the EM-pole that reversed (+ / -), and by this they reasoned their origins were in a migration route perpetually following (S / N). To commemorate the significance of the Bimini Road in their mythology, the earliest Australopithecines constructed the earliest Nazca lines as roads pointing off in the directions of all their great cities in that, then equatorial, region. However, we know now what they knew not then, that it was not the Bimini Road itself whose building had triggered the EM-pole reversal. It was due to a peculiar occasional reversal of the EM-poles of the asteroid to have struck the "Bermuda Triangle" caused by the resetting of the sun's EM-field. The sun's EM-poles reversed, and this triggered the EM-poles of the asteroid to reverse, and thus the EM-poles of the earth were reversed. The Australopithecines of Gondwana recorded the exact location of the (- / S) pole by the Bimini Road in their time, but they did not yet understand that it was not the Bimini Road itself that caused the earth's last EM-pole

    reversal. It was due to this earliest mis-understanding that so much fatal mis-information has been passed on regarding earth's EM-pole reversals' natural causes. The Bimini Road had prevented crust-shift, however the primitive and de-evolved Australopithecines recorded their Ardipithecus antecedents' more advanced Masonic technology as the cause for the EM-pole shift, and forgot it had prevented crust-shift from occurring as well.

    Chapter 2: the second Aeon


    from (-)20,000YP until (-)18,000YP
    Now, by the end of the earliest aeon of Australopithecine habitation of Gondwana, the entire history of their ancestors had been enshrined in much the same terms as our mythology remains to this day: recording a story of an ancient fall of mankind from a "height" in the previous (+ / N) pole region of the Bimini Road, to a "depth" in the new (+ / N) pole region of Gondwana, which had previously been in the "south." Their predecessors they recorded as having grown too learned in their technology, and so brought about their own downfall by building the Bimini Road and causing the EM-pole reversal, a point of view we now understand to be incorrect. By the time of the second Aeon to be recorded by the historians of the era that has survived to be passed down to us in the Order of Death, the Australopithecines of Gondwana had begun to become nearly as technologically advanced as their Ardipithecus ancestors. They recorded the movement of the (- / S) pole as it precessed along the Bimini Road, and they predicted it's future location as the "Bermuda Triangle," directly above the location of the asteroid to have hit earth and killed the dinosaurs. The Australopithecines had an extensive record of the history of their own earliest ancestors, the builders of the first Nasca Lines, and they had some elder myths describing their prior species, the Ardipithecus. Their myths recorded the building of the Bimini Road, but misinterpreted its function as a weapon, which was used by the A. Ramidus to destroy and disperse the A. Kadabba, but which backfired and caused the EM-pole reversal that began the glaciation of N. America and Greenland in Eurasia. As the second aeon began, some of the Australopithecines who lived near the (- / S) polar region observed the precession of the EM pole along the Bimini Road and began to re-interpret the myths about the purpose for which the Ardipithecus had built it. These southern Australopithecines predicted another (- / +) EM-pole reversal would follow the (- / S) EM-pole's precession along the Bimini Road between the "Bermuda Triangle" and the Yucatan which, once the (- / S) pole reached the far-end of the Bimini Road, would result in a violent crust-shift. They could not, however, predict when this would occur because, although they were aware the position of the EM-pole was precessing along the Bimini Road, they could not measure at exactly what rate it was moving since it appeared to them to be moving at an accelerating rate. As the (- / S) EM-pole continued to precess the course of the Bimini Road across the "Bermuda Triangle" toward the Yucatan, the new information about the old myth began to spread toward the Australopithecine inhabitants of Gondwana near the (+ / N) pole. Hearing the predictions of the imminent EM-pole reversal, the (+ / N) dwellers realised that a mass-migration toward the present (- / S) pole would have to be prepared prior to the event, but that, if a crust-shift occurred concurrent to the EM-pole reversal, as was being predicted, they would not know where on the earth's surface to migrate the people to, because they could not be

    sure of the potential effects of a crust-shift, and what areas would be effected, and how. The people of the (+ / N) quickly realised that, because they could not suppress the findings of the people of the (- / S) regarding the mythology of the earth's poles, they would have to destroy the current people of the (- / S) in order to make room for the people then living in the (+ / N) to inhabit the lands of the (- / S). So Gondwana's Australopithecines began to form a stricter, more militant notion of government, and eventually, by the end of the Second Aeon of our history, they invaded the people of northern S. America near the Yucatan (- / S) pole. Because this era marked the beginning of modern astronomy, as a means of measuring the movement of the EM-pole as it precessed along the Bimini Road, we call this Aeon the "Law of Heaven." At this period, the cycle of Aeons began to be recorded, although the subsequent law of 12 star-signs, 2000-year long each, had not yet begun to be implemented as a means of measuring polar precession. The 23.5 angle tilt of the earth was still relatively close to its present configuration, however the crust of the earth was still oriented at a more-or-less right-angle to it's present orientation to our EM-pole. In other words, at this time, (-)20,000YP, the angle of inclination of earth was the same, however the crust was such that the EM (- / S) pole was in the "Bermuda Triangle" region, and the (+ / N) pole in the region of Zealand, which would later break apart into India, New Zealand, Australia, Antarctica and Madagascar. The Australopithecines of the (+ / N) in Gondwana eventually went to war against the Australopithecines of the (- / S) near the Yucatan. Their battle-ground was the equatorial regions of Africa and southern S. America, site of their earlier ancestors constructions of the first Nasca Lines. The primary casualties of this war were the Paranthropus who inhabited the equatorial region. The result was that the Paranthropus eventually died out and became extinct in the equatorial regions. The (+ / N) Gondwana Australopithecines pushed south, and eventually drove the Paranthropus into the colder regions of (- / S) Eurasia, a region whose colder climate the equatorial Paranthropus could not survive in. As the Australopithecines of (+ / N) Gondwana migrated south across the equator and began to actually threaten the Australopithecines of the (- / S) in S. America, and seeing the influx of immigree equatorial Paranthropus, the Australopithecines of the (- / S) moved further south as well, until they were occupying the Yucatan archipelago itself, the very lands they had predicted would be the site for the subsequent EM-pole reversal and crust-shift. The Australopithecines of the extreme (- / S) were reduced in numbers and surrounded. At the location of their predicted EM-pole reversal, site of the most likely largest displacement by crust-shift, in the southern-most Yucatan islands the (- / S) Australopithecines took shelter. The (+ / N) Australopithecines had gathered a wave of terrified Paranthropus before them, and they closed in from all sides.

    Chapter 3: the third Aeon


    from (-)18,000YP until (-)16,000YP
    As the third Aeon of our Order's history dawned, the world was in the midst of a terrible and cataclysmic war between the Australopithecine species of proto-hominid in the (+ / N), from

    Gondwana, and the Australopithecine and Paranthropus species in the (- / S). The war began because the (- / S) Australopithecines had discovered that the (- / S) EM-pole was precessing along the Bimini road across the "Bermuda Triangle" toward the Yucatan where the asteroid hit that had killed the dinosaurs and fractured Pangaea into Laurasia and Eurasia. The site of this asteroid, the (- / S) Australopithecines understood, had once been the (+ / N) EM-pole, and, they believed, the EM-pole would reverse again when the EM-pole overlapped with the site of the asteroid impact, and bring with it this time a massive crust-shift as well. Finally, the (+ / N) Australopithecines had forced the (- / S) Australopithecines and the equatorial Paranthropus into the Yucatan itself in the most (- / S) polar region, the location of the (- / S) Australopithecines' prediction for the location of the next, cataclysmic EM-pole reversal. So the third Aeon of our Order dawned, and (-)18,000YP began with a terrible siege by the (+ / N) Australopithecines against their brethren and the equatorial Paranthropus in the (- / S), in the Yucatan islands. At the same time, the (- / S) pole moved onto the same location in the Yucatan, at the end of the Bimini Road across the "Bermuda Triangle," above the asteroid that killed the dinosaurs. When the (- / S) EM-pole aligned with the fixed EM-polarity of the asteroid, there was indeed a cataclysm. Above the Yucatan there was a terrible upheaval of a rarefied earth-element which the Greeks called "orichalc," the Atlantean "Zro," comprised of the fixed-polarity particles of alloyed metals and minerals from inside the asteroid beneath the "Bermuda Triangle." Namely, when the (- / S) EM-pole aligned with the asteroid, that "essence of existence," the "mental-energy," the origin of consciousness, was extracted from inside the asteroid. The Yucatan region and most of its inhabitants were destroyed in a great flash as the rare earth-element, called modernly "monoatomic platinum" shook loose from the earth in a massive uprising pillar of luminous dust (for this particular element emits light). On the opposite side of earth, in the now more-or-less abandoned (+ / N) polar region, a sudden shift occurred in the atmosphere, and a rip in the ionosphere above the upper stratosphere began to form. This swirling gap was formed because when, on the (- / S) polar side of earth, the EM-pole had aligned with the EM-field of the asteroid, thus causing the eruption of antimony metals into the atmosphere, it created a pull on the opposite side of earth, above the (+ / N) pole, in the ionosphere above the upper stratosphere. When the metals were lifted up from the earth, the earth's entire EM-field became saturated with the super-conductive metals, but on the side furthest from this explosion, a rip in the ionosphere began forming. The result of the rift, caused by the expulsion, on the far-side of the planet quickly drew the mono-atomic dust-cloud toward it, to patch the leak through which oxygen was escaping, forming plasma-clouds similar in appearance to the Aurora Borealis. So, nearly as soon as the (- / S) EM-pole aligned with the asteroid over the Yucatan, the essence of superconductive gold brought to earth by the asteroid was entirely removed from that area and transposed to the opposite EM-pole, the (+ / N) pole. Just as the result of this was deadly to those in the Yucatan (- / S) region, it was a miracle to those who remained in Gondwana in the (+ / N) region. Inexplicably to them, the sky above Gondwana lit up very brightly one day. At that time, ()18,000YP, there were few people left living in the regions of (+ / N) Gondwana, as the majority of the Australopithecines had migrated south to fight the (- / S) Australopithecines and the Paranthropus. Gradually, word began to come back from the (- / S) about the cataclysmic plume of mysterious glowing white powder, and soon the Gondwana Australopithecines began to wonder greatly at the light they had seen in the sky. Eventually, it was reckoned that everyone in the (- / S) hemisphere had died. Those who had survived were re-called to the (+ / N). A new government was taking shape in Gondwana based on a kingship established by a marriage between a General from the (+ / N) and a Princess from the (- / S). They named their (+ / N) hemisphere empire "Nibiru." They directed the first planning sessions for the Order's

    migrational movements, which continue to this day. They directed that the area between the Yucatan and the Yukon Bay, where the ( - / S) pole was at that time, be strictly avoided from migration routes. From S. America, Australopithecines were encouraged to migrate south into Africa, those in Africa encouraged to migrate east into Eurasia, those in eastern Eurasia to migrate north-west to S. America, etc. The first king and queen established their throne at the (+ / N) EM-pole, in the same location as the (- / S) EM-pole at present, in the centre of modern Antarctica, and they established the way in (via the Indian sub-continent island) and the way out (via Australia), but the way via the S. American land-bridge connecting to Antarctica they sealed off so that none could cross there to reach the one continent from the other. During the wars in the (- / S), the geography of Gondwana in the (+ / N) had become broken up into the independent islands of Antarcitca, Australia, New Zealand, India and Madagascar. It was from the throne city in modern Antarctica that the king and queen reigned. They called their capitol city Agade, their names were An and Antu, and their name for the constellation of islands formerly forming Gondwana was Nibiru. They recorded the legends of the (N / S) war as occurring between the "children of light" in the (+ / N) and the "children of darkness" in the (- / S). So, in the (- / N) pole of earth, on the continent called Antarctica, from former Gondwana, was the empire of Nibiru established. They recorded the breaking apart of Atlantica to form Africa and South America as the "war in heaven" between their own continent, Gondwana, which they called Nibiru, and Atlantica, which they called Tiamat. Tiamat, they explained, broke apart to form Ki, that is, Africa, and Kingu, that is, S. America. N. America they spoke of only as the "white lands to the south." For seven generations, the heirs of An and Antu reigned over Nibiru in modern Antarctica. Finally, in the seventh generation, a deposed rebel king, named Alallu, fled to Ki. It is described how he passed the six islands of former Gondwana. Madagascar he called Gaga. India he called Anshar. New Zealand he called Kishar. Australia he called Antu. Antarcitca he called An. So Allalu fled to the forbidden south, and entered the realms of the forbidden Arctic circle, which then occupied the Hudson Bay area. The story of his descent from Nibiru is recorded in the "Book of Enki" as recently as (-)6,000YP. Alallu ventured toward the pole southward across the horn of Africa, following the same migration route of the greatly more ancient Ardipithecus. However, before ever reaching the distant pole, Allalu found something far more precious. It is written in the "Book of Enki," who was the son of Anu, Allalu's rival, that Allalu left Nibiru and journeyed to Ki in search of the mono-atomic element's source, in order to seal the hole in the atmosphere above the Nibiruin capitol Agade in Antarctica. The breach had caused the monoatomic element to descend to earth and permeate the ground, and it was believed that, by mining it from volcanoes, the warmth in Nibiru which was freezing its crops could be restored. This may or may not have been the motive for Allalu's flight toward the forbidden "inner-regions" of the Apsu, beyond the "hammered bracelet" of the Straight of Gibraltar. What Allalu, the northern Antarctican Australopithecine, discovered in the regions of equatorial Africa was that there had been survivors in the southern hemisphere. The catastrophic alignment of earth's (- / S) EM-pole with the asteroid buried beneath the Yucatan had indeed drastically reduced the population there, Allalu discovered, and this had forced the southern Australopithecines to inter-breed with the equatorial Paranthropus. The new species the Australopithecine Allalu discovered was the Cromagnon. The news of Allalu's discovery reached Anu, his rival, king in Nibiru. Allalu had sent word he'd found gold to heal Nibiru's atmosphere. In fact, he had discovered no such thing. Instead, he'd learned from the relatively more primitive Cromagnons' tribal myths that the rift above Nibiru was caused by the alignment of the (- / S) EMpole aligning with the asteroid in the "Bermuda Triangle" that had killed the dinosaurs. The rift was unnaturally caused. The cooling period of Nibiru, the kingdom to the far north, was natural. Therefore, Allalu realised, the rift

    was not responsible for the cooling. However, to trick the Nibiruins Australopithecines to him, to inter-breed with the Cromagnons, Allalu plotted.

    to

    send

    other

    The message was returned to Allalu from Anu in Agade on Nibiru. Annunaki (those Australopithecines who from Nibiru to Ki came by ships) were sent immediately to join Allalu in N. Africa.

    Chapter 4: the fourth Aeon


    from (-)16,000YP until (-)14,000YP
    At the beginning of the fourth Aeon recorded by our Order historians, Nibiru in Antarctica ruled the empire of Oceania, the islands formerly comprising the land-mass of Gondwana. It is unclear if the events leading up to the breaking apart of Gondwana were the same events as those leading up to the tear in the ionosphere above Agade, the capitol of Nibiru. It appears likely that Gondwana had begun to break apart, and the (+ / N) hemisphere Australopithecines had begun to migrate south toward the Yucatan, many millennia before the beginning of our Order's records of these events, and that the cataclysmic gold-dust cloud over the Yucatan, which eventually settled over Antarctica, was caused by the (- / S) EM-pole aligning in ~ (-)18,000YP with the asteroid that had crashed there previously at the time of the extinction of the dinosaurs, epochs prior. However, aside from relating this mysterious and historically unrecorded "dust-cloud" to the rift in the ionosphere above Antarctica that began at the same time, recorded in the annals of Nibiru, there is little more we can say about the times before the Antarctican Australopithecines, summoned there by Allalu, a deposed king from among them, entered the region of N/E. Africa, between the Sinai peninsula and the lands of Egypt, in the straight known nowadays as the Persian Gulf. The Nibiruins brought with them the Laws of Nibiru, however these were based around a monarchial system of government. By luring the Nibiruins to Ki, the mater-plan of Allalu was two-fold. He planned to decrease the Nibiruins' life-span by forcing them to migrate to the hotter climate of the equatorial regions, and there to force their whole species into extinction by crossbreeding with the Cromagnons, survivors of the Yucatan EM-pole alignment that had merged the (/ S) polar Australopithecines with the less-evolved Paranthropus species. To Ki came Anu and his sons, Enki and Enlil. Enki, Anu promised rulership over Kingu and "the frozen lands to the south" (N. America, still then buried by glaciers). To Enlil, Anu promised rulership over the Anzu (Nile) region of Ki (Africa). It was at this time that they carved the headstone, originally with an Australopithecine face, that would later be given the brick body of the Sphynx. The face of the head-stone was that of Allalu, who was killed by Anu. It was not long until Enki had gotten the mining of monoatomic gold from the glaciers over N. America and Greenland up and running, and this gold was sent to Antarctica, where it was rendered into its utmost rarefied form and "hurled aloft" in attempts to seal the breach in the ionosphere which the Nibiruins believed was responsible for Antarctica's increased cooling. Meanwhile, Enlil established rule in Africa, and their mutual half-sister, Ninti, was established in Vedic Larhsa, in Himalayan Tibet. Thus, the Gods began agriculture in N. Africa, S. America and India. Between India and N. Africa, Marduk, the son of Enki and Ninti, was given the region called Shumer, ie. Sumeria. So the twin kings, their sister-queen, and the crown-prince reigned over the continents

    of the equatorial-world, and all under the rule of Anu from Nibiru in (+ / N) Antarctica. So, for 2000 years, there reigned ten kings from seven places. The ten kings were the generations of An from his regnal appointment over northern Nibiru, and his founding of its capitol, Agade, following through the seven unto Allalu and Anu, the eighth of Enki and Enlil, and the ninth of Marduk. In the reign of the tenth king, whose name is recorded as Ziasudra, so it is written "the flood swept over." The seven places were simply the seven continents, all of which had by then formed and separated and were more or less in the same positions at which they are today, although at this time India was still part of Oceania, and there was a land-bridge formed by India between Australia and S/E. Asia. So, for 2000 years, the rule of Nibiru (Oceania) over Africa, India and S. America continued uninterrupted by warfare or lawlessness. Ten kings reigned from seven places during these 2000 years from (-)16,000 to (-)14,000YP. Ten kings reigned and then "the deluge swept over." What was this "flood," this "deluge"? It was the flood of Ziasudra, long before the flood of Noah, even before the flood of Utnapishtim. The "flood of Ziasudra" occurred in (-)14,000YP. The flood of Utnapishtim, which we shall describe soon, occurred in (-)10,000YP. The flood of Noah occurred in (-)4,000YP, and we shall come to it soon enough as well. For now, let us explain what the "flood of Ziasudra" was, and what brought it about. For 2000 years, from (-)16,000 to (-)14,000YP, the northern Nibiruins of Oceania ruled by monarchial governorship over N. Africa, India and S. America. They harvested monoatomic platinum from the glaciers over N. America. Then, in (-)14,000YP, there was a catastrophe. The EM-poles of earth reversed (+ / -) and (N / S), just as they had twice before since the asteroid struck and parted Pangaea, the world-continent. It was as the (- / S) hemisphere Australopithecines had feared: the EM-poles reversed and there was a crust-shift. The primary results of the EM-polarity reversing was simply for the "northern lights" to end over Antarctica and begin over the Arctic circle, where the (+ / N) EM-pole was then located. The primary results of the crust-shift were much more catastrophic, despite that the actual amount of crustal displacement was minimal. In Oceania around Antarctica there were massive earth-quakes. In N. America and Greenland, the glaciers immediately began to break apart and fell off in vast sheets into the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. The result was that the salination of the trans-Atlantic and Pacific currents dropped by a sufficient amount to induce a fresh-water temperature drop in ocean levels world-wide. As the ice-bergs continued to break off, the Nibiruins in Oceania and Antarctica and the Annunaki in S. America, N. Africa and India, reeling from the after-shocks of earth-quakes, realised this trend was not temporary. Nibiru, they realised, only too late, was doomed. It's ultimate fate would be determined not by the hole in the ionosphere in the sky above Agade, but by the relentless frigid, fresh-water tsunamis that plagued the islands whenever an ice-sheet dislodged from N. America. The resultant weather was also massively catastrophic to the Australopithecines of Oceania and the equatorial regions. S. America became an overgrown tropical rain-forest (as it had been when, millennia before, the Ardipithecus had built the Bimini Road there), producing a cornucopia of natural drugs. N. Africa, previously a fertile savannah, began becoming an inhospitable desert. India was, by then, joined to Asia, however the remainder of its constellation of islands connecting it to Australia and New Zealand quickly sank under water as the N. American icebergs melted into the ocean and raised sea-levels world-wide. The Beringian land-bridge connecting N/E. Asia to N.W. America disappeared, as did the land-bridges connecting Antarctica to S. Africa and S. America. It seemed as though, as soon as the Australopithecines from then (- / S) Antarctica had begun to migrate away from their doomed homeland into more equatorial regions, the catastrophe their ancestors feared so greatly, but which no Nibiruin did once ever even suspect, befell their beautiful country. So ended the period known as the "Law of the Twins," when rule by Law was

    brought south from northerly Nibiru. So, by the world-flood, did the reigns of ten kings in seven places come to an end, at long last. So did the epoch of Atlantis in Antarcitca come to an end.

    Chapter 5: the fifth Aeon


    from (-)14,000YP until (-)12,000YP
    The Annunaki in S. America, N. Africa, India and Sumeria did not know that their home, "Nibiru," land in the north, had been destroyed. In fact, beginning with the cataclysmic end of the last northern ice-age with the catastrophic EM-pole reversal and crust-shift, the Gods had been at war against each other. Marduk and Enki were plotting against Enlil, and Ninti was helplessly caught in the middle. Enki it was who had saved Ziasudra, according, at least, to the "Book of Enki." Ultimately, the result of Ziasudra's being saved was relatively insignificant. In fact, only a little more than half of all those alive in the (+ / N) perished when the poles reversed (+ / -) and their homes suddenly became the (- / S) EM-pole. Those who'd survived in the previously north hemisphere, now the south, evolved to become a great sea-faring culture who settled the coast-lines of all the continents. This global coastal civilisation of survivors of the Antarctic Atlantean cataclysm(s), ie. the "world flood" at the end of the last ice-age, comprised a culturally unified civilisation of Masons, and were called the Lemurians. They carved heads everywhere they went, and raised the earliest massive stone monuments of the present era. On Easter Island they erected hundreds of massive stone-head statues to honor the fall of Atlantis in Antarctica. In England, they erected Stone-Henge; in mainland Europe, the Menhirs; in Peru, the gate of Viracocha; in Brazil, the African faced heads of the Olmecs; in China, Carral and Merubecka they built pyramids that dwarfed the later pyramid of Cheops. They taught this skill to their craftsmen, however few understood it well enough to carry it on into the modern era. The reason for the difficulty in passing along this craft is explained in the over-simplified allegory of the "giants." According to a Theosophical mis-translation of the Old Testament, in the era of the Patriarch Enoch, there were "giants" who walked the earth, and it was, therefore, they who, so effortlessly, raised the earliest massive stone monuments. However this is, of course, only a mis-translation, and should not be taken so literally. In fact, the "Nefilim" of the Biblical story refer to the children of the Annunaki ("Sons of Light") with the "wives of men," or, more plainly, the inter-breeding of the (S / N) migrating Australopithecines with the (N / S) migrating Cromagnon. Therefore, what we know of this period from comparing these relative sources is that the "Nefilim" are referred to by the race of Clovis People, that is, those sea-faring coast-dwellers the Lemurians who'd survived the world-flood and destruction of Atlantis in Antarctica. From this Aeon we can date the earliest evidence of co-habitation in a single location simultaneously of Cromagnon and Australopithecine, in what is modern day Israel or Palestine. From this co-habitation between the Australopithecines, traveling south from north-Antarctica, and the Cromagnons, traveling north from the south-polar Arctic circle, we know these two protohuman cultures exchanged ideas and shared values, such as the belief in the afterlife, and that the Australopithecines instructed the Cromagnons in elaborate burial rituals for their dead. It is thus from this Aeon we can also date the origin for the myth of Adam and Eve. Adam, here,

    obviously represents the Antarctic Australopithecine Atlanteans, while the Cromagnons, themselves a degeneration of Australopithecines with Paranthropus, were the race of Eve. They had, we are told by scripture, three sons, representing three off-spring races to have evolved from their cross-breeding. The first was named Abel. Abel represents the Neanderthal species. The second was named Cain. Cain represents the Clovis People. The third son was named Seth. Seth represents modern homo-sapiens. It was the destruction of Atlantis in Antarctica from which Enki supposedly saved Ziasudra; however it was before the reign of Adapa, following the flood, that Utnapishtim appears in the regnal lists of Kish (capitol of northern Akkadia) and Ur (capitol of southern Sumeria) between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers. The reason for this is simple. The Utnapishtim who ruled Akkadia from Kish, in (-)10,000YP, ruled after the first Adamic prototype (the Australopithecine Annunaki) but before the first homo-sapien priest-king to whom they granted kingship, in ~()6,000YP, following the "flood of Noah" in Mesopotamia. All these things were forecast by sooth-sayers during these tumultuous times of trial for the Clovis people, the skilled craftsmen of those few remaining Australopithecines in the (- / S) hemisphere. The (- / S) Australopithecines, survivors of the world-flood and destruction of Atlantis, who were re-organised as Lemurians into a global coastal trade-based culture, taught the Clovis people all the arts and sciences. So it is said, the "Sons of Light" came down unto the "daughters of men." The Nefilim among the Annunaki bred with the Clovis People, just as the Annunaki Nibiruins had bred with the Cromagnons to sire the Clovis People to begin with. The last of the remaining Australopithecines to have survived the cataclysms that first sank and then froze Antarctica, who had reformed as the Lemurian Nefilim, and who took as their slaves the Clovis People, and who with them erected stone-monuments world-wide, were those whose extremely long skulls we find in Peru, near the Nasca lines, and depicted in early Egyptian art. They are also the "blue-skinned" race described in the Bhagavad Gita as being the "Vedic Aryans" who delivered the Hindu caste system in the Rig Vedas. At this time, from (-)14,000 to (-)12,000YP, the monarchial rule of Nibiru over Oceania ended. The Annunaki rulers of the equatorial regions were pit against one another, and the Nefilim Lemurians were grown wide-spread. It is the beginning of the age in which the Neanderthals, Clovis and Homo-Sapien species will be born. Atlantis has only just been destroyed. The monarchy of Nibiru, among the remaining Annunaki, remains dispersed. There is much that remains, even to the Gods on earth at this time, unknown. The Annunaki do not yet know that Nibiru has been destroyed. The Nefilim have not yet had relations with the "daughters of men." This is the era called in the records of our Order, the Aeon of "No Law." Some have speculated it was necessary for all that had been achieved to be destroyed in order for the Great Work, then complete, to be swept away so that, from scratch, it may begin again.

    Book 2: Lemuria
    from (-)12,000YP until (-)6,000YP

    Prelude: the second epoch


    The anger of the Annunaki Gods, the equatorial Australopithecines, grew hot. They all blamed each other for their apparent failures to save Nibiru. However it remains unclear at what point it finally occurred to these Australopithecine "Gods" that their home-land Nibiru would not be coming back. Until their extinction, along with the last of the Australopithecines, in ~(-)5,000YP, the Cromagnons' mythology preserved the tradition that Nibiru was an alien planet, and that it's course had simply carried it to a far-off destination, where it would linger a while, but then return with renewed glory at some unpredictable time in the future. Of course, such fatalism

    earned the Gods their reputation for making fatal mistakes. It is possible, however, that the Cromagnons preserved this myth because they believed it, even though the Australopithecine "Gods" of Nibiru, the Annunaki, were only lying when they told the Cromagnons this. It is possible, therefore, that the Annunaki themselves knew Nibiru was lost, even though they had convinced the Cromagnons that Nibiru was a planet that would return for them someday. It is unclear whether the reasons for the eventual strife between the Annunaki in India, the Middle-East, N. Africa and S. America were due to a knowledge of the final destruction of Nibiru. Because it is not believed the Annunaki fully understood that their own "home-land" was permanently destroyed until well after the surviving Australopithecines from Antarctica (the Nefilim Lemurians) had begun to inter-breed with the "daughters of men" (the Clovis People, descendants of Cain). It is also not entirely clear the exact dates at which the Australopithecine species became extinct, relative to those known at which the Neanderthal and Clovis Species became extinct (-)10,000YP and (-)6,000YP, respectively. The jealousies between the Annunaki (equatorial Australopithecines) may have also been effected by the equatorial heat, which was increased as the earth's albedo reflected hotter off the desalinated currents in the Atlantic and Pacific. Sea-levels world-wide were at an all-time high, as the ice-bergs continued to break off northern N. America into the Arctic Ocean, yet few glaciers had yet at that time formed over the hot-springs in the central mountains of Antarctica. The once lush plains and canal crossed fields of Nibiru, the ornate central city of Agade, all lay in ruins, leveled to a plain of tundra and perma-frost, perpetually bombarded by frost-biting winds, always clouded and misty with rains, frequently bombarded by vicious frigid torrential downpours and racked by massive, icy, crashing waves. The era of Nibiruin rulership from Antarctica was long over, but had the equatorial Australopithecines received the message yet of their home-land's destruction? The answer, as I've illustrated, is unclear - not only because the only mythology of this era that survives is Cromagnon or Neanderthal in origin, but also because the equatorial Australopithecines themselves were at odds with one another at the time, and all of them prone to releasing misinformation as an attempt to trick one or another of them. It is impossible to know what any of them really believed. What we can piece together from the historical records is that several generations of Clovis and homo-sapien co-habitated, possibly as late contemporaries to Australopithecines and Cromagnons, however had as little overlap with the Neanderthal fossil records as possible. The Clovis, if we are to believe the mythologies remaining that describe them, were not only "giants, men of renown," and thought of as archetypal heroes and like unto Gods above homo-sapiens, but also had incredibly long life-spans compared to even their homo-sapien contemporaries. This all occurred during the Aeons of Lemuria, and this epoch was begun in (-)12,000YP with the final destruction of Agade, capitol of Nibiru, called Enoch, capitol of Atlantis, in Antarctica.

    Chapter 1: the sixth Aeon


    from (-)12,000YP until (-)10,000YP

    N. America, ruled by Enki: following the dissolution of the glaciers covering N. America, Enki was awarded rule over this land, while he granted rulership over his former domain, S. America, to his first son, as described next. Enki, having allegedly saved Ziasudra from the flood, established his son as Viracocha in the Peruvian mythologies. Among the descendants of the once-great Mayan empire, it is commonknowledge that Ziasudra, last king of Nibiru before kingship was "lowered" to Kish, was none other than Pacal Votan, entombed in Palenque. The most common name for Ziasudra, who has also been called Quetzalcoatl or Kukulkan (the "plumed serpent"), and from thence also Sargon, Gilgamesh, Moses, Mithra, Messiah, Christos, Krishna and Zoroaster (all names whose essential meaning is "saved from water") is Enoch, although his real name was Enos. He was the prince of the capitol city of Agade in Nibiru, called Enoch of Atlantis. It was said of Ziasudra he was saved from the flood before Adapa reigned in Kish. Thus, Ziasudra was an Australopithecine from Nibiru, although his myth, by the time of the birth of Noah to homo-sapien parents, only associated him with the Nefilim Lemurian masters of the Clovis people. S. America, ruled by Enki's first son Nin.Gish.Zidda (Thoth): Nin.Gish.Zidda was the Sumerian epithet given to Ziasudra, first son of Enki. At first, while Enki ruled in S. America and was extracting monoatomic gold from ice-core samples in glaciated N. America, and N. Africa was governed by Enlil, and Nibiruin Australopithecines mined monoatomic gold from volcanic mines there, and Vedic India was ruled from Aryan Lahrsa by Ninti, their sister-wife, and Anu yet lived in Nibiru, Nin.Gish.Zidda was born in India to Ninti. He was a full-blood Australopithecine, but his lineage was disputed. Was Enki or Enlil his father, Anu asked Ninti. She could not tell him. So, at first, Ziasudra was made ruler of N. Africa and the volcanic gold-mining there. He proved his worth while managing this expedition by increasing productivity by creating a "help-mate" for the Australopithecine workers in the N. African mines. The "help-mate" he proposed was to be a mixture of the Australopithecines in N. Africa and the Cromagnons discovered in modern Israel / Palestine by Allalu. The result of his suggestion were the three species: neanderthal, clovis and homo-sapien. For this achievement, he was rewarded command of S. America when Enki, his father, took over N. America. N. Africa, ruled by first Nin.Gish.Zidda, then Marduk: Now, while Nin.Gish.Zidda was reigning the empire of Nibiru from N. Africa in the Abzu region, a second son was born to Ninti. Again, Anu questioned her who the father was, whether it was Enki or Enlil. This time her answer was ready. Marduk, the son of Enki, was. And this complicated things because, while Enki had already promoted Nin.Gish.Zidda of N. Africa, Ziasudra of Nibiru, as Thoth over S. America as if he were Enki's own son, now Marduk was clearly Enki's heir, and yet Thoth had already held all the possible relevant titles to which Marduk was the rightful claimant. It was for this reason that warfare broke out in the equatorial regions of the Annunaki "Gods" between Marduk, the legal son and rightful heir of Enki, and Thoth, Enki's adoptive and most favoured son. Enki cautioned Marduk that one day Marduk would reign over Kingu and all of Ki (S. America and all Africa), but that his time had not yet come. This only enflamed Marduk more, who built up his population and waged war against Thoth in N. Africa. Marduk's strong-hold of Sumero-Akkadia, he unified into the Empire of Babel. All of this was before the flood of Noah, the great grand-son of Enoch (Thoth the Australopithecine with a Clovis woman), in (-)4,000YP. The exact dates of the events involving the regions of the Middle-East (Mesopotamia) and N. Africa are unclear however, because much of the record of these events was destroyed in the flood of Noah. There remains speculation if the flood of Noah was not brought about to punish Marduk for raising an army against Thoth. In either event, Marduk eventually did capture N. Africa from Thoth, and Thoth did retreat to S. America. Sumeria, ruled by Marduk: Because at the time of Marduk's recognition by Ninti to Anu as Enki's legal heir, Thoth, whom Marduk saw a usurper to his rightful throne(s), was already stationed in N. Africa, Marduk was given the region of Sumeria in Mesopotamia between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers. We know,

    from archaeological evidence, that the flood of Noah swept over this region in (-)4,000YP. The flood of Noah is also thus called the Mesopotamian flood. It is not clear if the purpose of this flood was, as Enki claims Enlil wished, to exterminate all the hybrid-species of Australopithecines and Cromagnons (Neanderthals, Clovis and Homo-Sapien), or if the flood was sent to punish Marduk for his leading an army against Nin.GIsh.Zidda and against Ninurta (Enlil's son), who sided with Nin.Gish.Zidda against Marduk. According to some theories, the destruction of the cities of the Gods that followed the destruction of Mesopotamia by the flood in (-)4,000YP was caused by the war between Marduk and the other Gods. The destruction, according to these theories, occurred when the Gods used "weapons of mass destruction" against Marduk's throne-city Babili but their plan backfired when an unexpected change of the wind carried the death-cloud they'd created back upon their own cities and destroyed all of them instead. There is no way to confirm the use of "weapons of mass destruction" by the Gods in the battle against Marduk following the flood of Noah that had swept over Mesopotamia. It is known, however, that the technologies applied by Thoth that Marduk had acquired when he conquered N. Africa, he had definitely learned to apply to building up and fortifying his chief city, Babylon. At the time of the destruction of the other "cities of the Gods" and the fall of the tower of Babel, when Abraham left Ur and Lot left Sodom, it is clear that this technology was also smuggled out of Babylon when it was nearly destroyed and, transported back to N. Africa again, was used to build the earliest pyramids of the Old Kingdom there. Soon enough, Enki and his two sons had, by making enemies of one another, completely divided the kingdom of the Annunaki against itself and, moreover, shifted all the ruling power over to Enki's line, depriving Enlil and Ninurta of rightful rule over any territory, for Marduk made it clear that any territory Ninurta might try to claim as his own, Marduk would contest such with violence and win. Such was the Law of Marduk, and so such was the Law of Lemuria. Two things, however, must be recognised of the laws from this era: The first and most primary law was called the Law of One. According to the Law of One, the priest-kings who went before their God(s) on behalf of their generation of people were all recorded in the histories as being the same being, that is, the entity of their God. Therefore, the earliest records we have of the era of rule by Marduk begin with Sargon unifying S. and N. Egypt, and thus establishing the rule of the war-God Marduk over N. Africa. At that time his law was codified as Lex Talionis by Hammurabi. The aeon during which Marduk reigns as God-king has not even ended yet, although the original being named Marduk, an australopithecine who lived before the birth of the homo-sapien species, died long ago. The secondary law was the actual law of Lemuria at this time, and it, like the Lex Talionis of Marduk in western civilisation, has continued to this day as well. It is the Law of No Law, called by some "individual sovereignty," whereby no individual can control any other individual, and ultimately every individual is responsible for themselves and their own choices. The Law of Marduk the last Lemurians of today called Babylon, and the law of personal sovereignty, they call "Zion," however the fact remains that, within the borders of the empire of civilisation, Marduk is the lone God, and that, for the citizens of this empire, their lives could not be further from the idea of this centralised rule.

    Chapter 2: the seventh Aeon


    from (-)10,000YP until (-)8,000YP
    As the seventh Aeon began, the last Australopithecines of Antarctica were migrating north through S. Africa, Australia and S. America. In S. America they were the people whose skulls are preserved to this day as being much longer in cranial cavity capacity than the homo-sapiens of today. In Australia, they bred with Clovis people to become the Aboriginal races that remain there today, then migrated into India to establish the Vedic caste system, inter-breeding there with homo-sapiens, then into Siberia, by which time they were mostly interbred with homosapiens, and finally N. Europe as a purely homo-sapien tradition. In Africa, they built the great pyramids of the Old and early Middle Kingdom in Egypt, but were, according to the remaining traditions, already extinct in this region before the Mesopotamian flood of (-)4,000YP. By the end of this Aeon, they would also be extinct in S. America and the Middle-east, and completely interbred with homo-sapiens and Clovis throughout the rest of the world. It is from this species that the Rh- gene comes down to us in many humans. Only those homo-sapiens bred with Clovis, or those homo-sapiens who are pure and non-interbred, have the Rh+ gene, while those who bred with the Australopithecines are Rh-. Because the Rh+ cancels the Rh- out, but the Rh- only negates the Rh+ over many generations, this blood type is A) rare, and B) indicative of an earlier species (the Australopithecines, evolved from the Rhesus monkey) that was unique on our "family tree" from the Cromagnon interbred Clovis and Homo-sapien species. As the seventh Aeon began, the rule of Marduk was pre-eminent over N. Africa and the MiddleEast, the rule of Thoth as Viracocha, Pacal Votan, Quetzalcoatl, Kulkalkan and as Tezcatlipoca, was likewise established in S. America. In N. Africa and S. America, pyramids began to be built to honor these "son" Gods, Marduk the Sun and Thoth the Moon. In eastern Asia and N. America, the generations of their Gods were over; Enki, Enlil and Ninurta (called Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva in India) had abandoned them, and so ultimately they became answerable to the rule of Marduk, that is, Krishna, the child of Shiva and Brahma, representing the New Aeon. By the time the law of Marduk reached Russia it was already called Orthodox Christianity, and the Russians themselves the homo-sapien offspring of the last northward-migrating Australopithecines with the Clovis. At this time, the time of the seventh Aeon for which our Order records history, the Clovis inhabited Russia and N. America, and the Australopithecines of India had only just begun to migrate north from east Asia into Russia in N. Asia. The Clovis, by the end of this Aeon, inhabited N. Europe, N. America and N. Asia. Homo-sapiens inhabited N. Africa and Mesopotamia, and Neanderthal were extinct. However, at the beginning of this, the seventh Aeon, Australopithecines flourish in Africa and Mesopotamia, S. America and India, and have just entered Australia, S. Africa and S. America in a second wave of immigration away from Antarctica, which was finally, by this point, abandoned and beginning to glaciate. Such was the "flood of Utnapishtim." Just as "Ziasudra," that is Thoth, was the son of Enki saved from the first destruction of Nibiru, so, too, from the final destruction of Antarctica came a second "flood" of Australopithecines into the equatorial regions originally settled by their fore-fathers. And, just as the first wave of "Annunaki" Australopithecines bred with Cromagnons to beget Clovis, Neanderthal and Homo-sapiens, so too did this second wave of Nefilim Australopithecines breed with Clovis and Homo-sapiens. During the seventh Aeon, the Nefilim Australopithecines interbred with the Clovis of Australia and N. Asia, and with the Homo-Sapiens of N. Africa and Mesopotamia. The Annunaki Australopithecines who ruled in N. Africa, S. America, S. Asia and N. Africa / Mesopotamia realised they were now out-numbered by this wave of Nefilim immigrants, and that they could not possibly compete with their inter-breeding with the Clovis and Homo-sapiens. The Annunaki Australopithecines had interbred with Cromagnons to produce Clovis and Homo-sapiens, but had only bred with them in their own regions, thus they bred with Homo-sapiens in N. Africa and Mesopotamia and with Clovis and Homo-sapiens in S. Asia, however, although there were Clovis in N. America, during the seventh Aeon of our Order's history, S. America appears to have been

    sparsely populated, and almost entirely Annunaki. It would not be until the extinction of the Australopithecine, at the end of the seventh Aeon, that S. America began to be inhabited, and then only coastally by the Clovis. By the end of the seventh Aeon, Homo-sapiens had begun to migrate into S. Europe from N. Africa and Mesopotamia, and into N. Asia from Mesopotamia and S. Asia. From here they spread rapidly across the Beringian land-bridge connecting N. Asia to N. America, and from N. America they would eventually enter S. America, however by that time, the Clovis people of N. Europe, N. Asia and N. America would all be completely extinct as well. The Law of the seventh Aeon was called the Law of Life. No law was codified, and the Annunaki rulers who had preserved the regnal and priestly traditions of Nibiru had already begun to become supplanted by the less advanced, more primitive traditions of their Nefilim brethren, who migrated later, following the fall of Nibiru. The earlier Australopithecine Annunaki passed as many of their traditions on to the Clovis and the Homo-sapien species they had begotten as they could. The Neanderthal species was already being supplanted entirely by the Clovis at this point, and the growth rate of both the Clovis and Homo-sapiens was threatening to overwhelm the last remaining populations of Cromagnons. Although the earliest Homo-sapiens preserved the laws given to them by the Annunaki, the Clovis only cared for their own empowerment by learning the sciences of the Nefilim. Although Homo-sapiens remained loyal to rule by their ancestral Gods, the Clovis migrated more rapidly, and had already spread into Australia, N. America, N. Europe and N. Asia by the end of the seventh Aeon, while Homo-sapiens remained densely populating only Mesopotamia and S. Asia. By the end of the seventh Aeon, the Homo-sapiens began to migrate into N. Europe, Africa, Australia and N. Asia, taking with them the mono-theism of Marduk.

    Chapter 3: the eighth Aeon


    from (-)8,000YP until (-)6,000YP
    Recognising their imminent extinction, the earlier Australopithecine Annunaki sought to codify their ideals in order for their name to be preserved for posterity. Their sciences they for the most part reserved to themselves, although they allowed the Nefilim to teach their own to the Clovis. Instead, the Annunaki taught only a very few of the Homo-sapiens their sciences. The majority of the Homo-sapiens, the Annunaki taught to be subservient to this high-priest caste. Then the Annunaki themselves declared war on the Nefilim and the Clovis. They used the minority of humans, to whom they'd taught their sciences, to control the majority of their fellow Homosapiens on the Annunaki's behalf. So the mass of humanity was conscripted to fight a proxy war. The Annunaki and Nefilim would both eventually die-out naturally anyway, however the Annunaki were ultimately victorious in their conflict against the Nefilim because Homo-sapiens eventually out-lived Clovis, and Clovis were loyal to the Nefilim, while Homo-sapiens were loyal to the Annunaki. The high-sciences of the Annunaki were their ideals, and not their own deeds, which they considered to have been necessitated by their enemies to thwart their ideals. Their actions, they explained to the earliest High-Priests, had meant nothing. Only their ideals, these high-sciences, must be preserved, at all costs, and, so long as these records exist, it matters not how they are preserved. Some have taught these high-sciences, others kept them secret and used them to control

    people, however the nature of these sciences is unquestionably, whether known or not, the arts of mentalism, ESP, clairvoyance, telepathy, telekinesis, etc. While the Nefilim could teach some of these sciences to the Clovis, their own knowledge of them was a degenerate form compared to that possessed by their predecessors the Annunaki, who had preserved them from before the destruction of Antarctica, and this highest form the Annunaki taught to Homo-sapiens, but only to a few, that they might rule the others. From (-)8,000YP until (-)6,000YP was a time of terrible war above, and of awesome peace below. There was no physical war, but on the psychic plane there was war. The tumult was great, as is recorded by all religions of the time. Homo-sapiens entered N. America, drove out the mainland Clovis, and across the Yucatan they next entered S. America and drove the coastal Clovis out. Mesopotamian Homo-sapiens entered Europe and gradually the Clovis there disappeared. The Clovis were already sparse in N. Asia and Australia, where Homo-sapiens overtook their populations easily. In Africa there were no Clovis, only the Homo-sapiens. Finally, as the earliest Homo-sapiens to enter S. America by land arrived, the last of the Australopithecines there and in Australia went extinct. By (-)6,000YP there were Homo-sapiens in all the lands throughout all planet earth, and they alone reigned. At this time, both the dominant species, Homo-sapiens and Clovis, preserved the high-sciences of psychic government. The Clovis had learned some of these from the Nefilim, and some of the Homosapiens had learned all of these from the Annunaki. For the reason of superior psychic skill, as well as more rapid gestation and breeding periods, the Homo-sapiens rapidly over-ran the Clovis. According to the earliest records of psychic government, there was a ruling class of psychics. These "advised" or governed a class of priest-kings, that is, the kings over land-owners were the same as the priests over the masses, but the kings were only as like the rest of the masses to the priests. So, the priests ruled the kings and the kings ruled the people. The manner of maintaining their law the earliest psychic priest-kings chose was to tell one group one thing and another group something different. Because both things they were told could be seen as true from different points of view, the people were then forced to fight it out. Thus, those who spread the rumors to begin with kept the populations in check and balance. In truth, none of those social causes we fight for, even today, are held true by the ones who really lead us. Only dupes believe in the causes of liars. From the first Homo-sapien Sanga-Lugal (priest-king) of Kish, Adapa, the art of psychic rulership was perfected. Thus, in (-)6,000YP, Adapa was confused in the records with Adam, the archetypal first homo-sapien, bred by the Australopithecine and Cromagnon species, though this species was, by then, already populating the entire planet, but their level of technology was relatively primitive compared to that which Adapa commanded to lord over his people. Because of this, eventually a literal Noah would likewise have to follow the literal Adapa, just as an archetypal Utnapishtim had followed the archetypal Adam, and just as the Clovis / Nefilim Ziasudra had followed the Australopithecine Annunaki Enki. The Australopithecine themselves had foreseen this event, and reckoned it as to coincide with their own inevitable extinction. So the Annunaki lured the Nefilim to the place of the final battle, in Marduk's Mesopotamia. Then, in ()4,000YP came the flood of Noah, also called the flood of Mesopotamia. However, between the rulership of the Australopithecines over the earliest Homo-sapiens and Clovis and the placing of Adapa, a Homo-sapien, in psychic charge over all humanity, the Annunaki and the Nefilim were at merciless psychic warfare, and the Homo-sapiens and Clovis were competing for territory across all earth. This was the time of the end of Australopithecine rule over Clovis and Homo-sapiens. The Nefilim, under the banner of Thoth, were in S. America, and the elder Annunaki were in Mesopotamia, under the banner of Marduk. In both places, a relative peace reigned, although in Mesopotamia, they were already preparing for war, while in S. America, they did not expect the coming attack.

    This Aeon is attributed the title of the "Law of Light," because the highest psychic science imparted by the Annunaki Australopithecine to Homo-Sapiens, that ultimately allowed us victory in place of Clovis people, was the art of seeing the events of the ancient past, the cycles they repeat in the present, and thus knowing the ultimate outcomes (most likely, and all possible) of any present event. This was their strongest psychic power, and the Annunaki used it to see through time, to the beginning of their species, which is how we have the records our Order preserves. Between (-)8,000 and (-)6,000YP, the last of the Australopithecines applied astronomy to study polar precession, and finally came to understand the reasons for the climatological changes that had destroyed Atlantis, and the scientific causes for the crust-shift that had accompanied the last EM-pole reversal, as well as came to rediscover their species' ancient knowledge for the causes of the EM-pole reversal. It would remain for humanity to sort these out on the Australopithecines' behalf into our understanding of the psychic-communications network, the energy ley-lines connecting the Clovis peoples' massive stone monuments. Thus, it was at this time, between (-)8,000 and (-)6,000YP that the psychic "Order of Death" was begun, and that our highest ideals and sciences were first codified.

    Volume 2: Vulgar History


    from (-)6,000YP until (+)2,000YP

    Book 1: the Ancients


    from (-)6,000YP until (-)2,000YP

    Prelude: the third Epoch


    At the beginning of the third Epoch, the Order of Death was formed. The Order of Death, as I've said elsewhere, is the psychic conspiracy. It is the conspiracy behind all others. Obviously, there remain competing factions in the Order of Death even today, however what unifies all the current members of the Order of Death is a peculiar psychic connexion to past members of the Order of Death, and the ability to use this psychic awareness to extend our natural mental powers, that is, to lucid dream, to recover memories from past lives, read other people's minds, and even control the actions of others. These arts are simple, but must be practised by experience in order to be learned, and cannot be taught or imparted from one person to another by any token or means of teaching. It is our connexion with our past members, particularly with the dead, that we know we are members, because Pythagoras, the Order's second-founder, reminded us that reincarnation, that is, the trans-migration of a single soul from body to body, across many lifetimes, was the corner-stone of the mental-existence. All of us have lived before this life, and all of us will live beyond death, and so we have lived, and shall live, throughout many generations, and live to see many lives. This idea alone is revolutionary. To apply it in practise is considered sorcery. Yet we all take it for granted as the foundation of our moral philosophies: "what goes around comes around." Obey the Golden Rule! The historical records preserved by the Order of Death are extensive, and I always learn more from them each time I study. It is always wise to believe everything one learns, until it proves itself internally inconsistent, and even then to accept only that of it which is unflawed. It is also wiser to accept later revisions as more accurate than earlier revelations, at least if by the same source. Applying these methods is the essence of practising the psychic arts. In my works, "The Pythagorean Order of Death" and "historia singularitatis" I describe the origins of the Order much more thoroughly and in much greater detail than this brief exposition will allow me space in which to do so now, however I will state here, for the record, that the Order was begun among the first Homo-sapiens to learn these arts, and has been an exclusively Homosapien organisation since, aside from a few psychic animals holding offices now and then. We are

    a psychic monarchy that supports a Papal Republic, and our Law is Atlantean Democracy. In short, we have one psychic ruler, who serves as a ruling magistrate on a council of chief advisors to the public at large. This three-tiered system: individual / coterie / masses, has been the form of psychic government since the beginning of the Order of Death.

    Chapter 1: the ninth Aeon


    from (-)6,000YP until (-)4,000YP
    By the beginning of the ninth Aeon of the Pythagorean Order of Death's history, the Homo-sapiens of Mesopotamia had instituted psychic rulership, and began establishing an empire. In the lands of N. Africa once ruled by Marduk, the Sun of the Son Gods, they built up the three Great Pyramids. In S. America, the lands once ruled by Thoth, the Moon of the Son Gods, they vastly populated, cultivated and established civilisation. In N. America, N. Asia, S. Africa and Australia, the Homo-sapiens were still outnumbering the last tribes of Clovis people, and the two continued inter-species trade of technology, such that the Homo-sapiens of these regions would remain largely "un-civilised" to this day, that is, psychic, yet free from reign by the "psychic empire" of Marduk's mono-theism over civilisation. Thus, these Homo-sapiens, though tribal and naturalist and seemingly "primitive" by our standards, are no less intelligent and capable of mental-adaptation as we are, and they know as much about their natural environment and their history as we know of our own. They simply spent a longer time exchangeing cross-cultural trade with the Nefilim, while the eldest Homo-sapiens, in India, Mesopotamia and N. Africa, simply spent more time being "civilised" by their Annunaki masters. By (-)6,000YP, there were Homo-sapiens living in all the lands of the earth, and we were by far the dominant species in our ability to utilise our self-awareness. From Mesopotamia, over N. Africa and India, the mono-theism of Marduk reigned. There, they began construction on the Great Pyramids. From Peru, the pantheism of Thoth was preserved by the final Nefilim, whose longskulls I mentioned earlier, who used their mental-energies to carve the remaining Nasca Lines, the Ica stones and the crystal skulls. The height of the Australopithecine civilisation thus came immediately prior to its end, and corresponded, not coincidentally, with the height of the psychic-empire of Homo-sapiens. From Mesopotamia, Adapa, Homo-sapien psychic-emperor, reigned over N. Africa, India and Mesopotamia. In India and Mesopotamia they built ziggurats and in N. Africa constructed the Great Pyramids. The Pyramids of Africa were built by Homo-sapiens, used as mindless slavelabour, using magick by ImHotep, called also Ibruim of Ur, son of the scribe Endubsar who "wrote" the "Book of Enki." Endubsar, that is, Abraham, was the first-founder of the Order of Death. He was a priest-king descendent of Adapa, and he studied the truths of Thoth about Nibiru and Enos. He came to understand that he had to take the Laws given to the empire by the Annunaki out of Mesopotamia and into N. Africa. He thus entered N. Africa with a tribe of Sumerians and built the Great Pyramids. That is why he is considered the "first-founder" of the Order of Death, but that the Order of Death is called "Pythagorean" after it's second-founder: because the histories known to ImHotep as true he ruled be kept secret from the people, and so he created the false-religion of the "nameless God." He encouraged his Sumerian followers in N. Africa to spread rumors that the "name" of God was a secret, unknown to the masses. Thus, he effectively castrated Marduk, but maintained his psychic-empire as a religion.

    Around the time that ImHotep left Sumeria - some say before, some say after - the flood of Noah, also called the flood of Mesopotamia, occurred. The flood of Mesopotamia, given as occurring to Noah, 7th son of Enos, preceded the life of Abraham by 7 generations, thus making Abraham the "seventh son of a seventh son." Cleverly, ImHotep has disguised the truth in the scriptures. Enoch, Noah and Abraham were all characters written of by one hand, and thus all traits and attributes describing that man who wrote of them. In Ur of Sumeria, ImHotep was called Enoch, founder of Atlantis, because he was the priest-king of their Most High, that is, he was the SangaLugal psychic-emperor descended from Adapa. He had fled from there into Egypt, where they called him Abraham. It is recorded that, at this time, Babylon and the lands between Mesopotamia and India were destroyed. According to the "Book of Enki," that is, the first draft of what would come to be called the Bible, this was due to the use by the last Australopithecine of "weapons of mass destruction" in their war against the Nefilim. The text, written by ImHotep, describes the war in heaven as between Thoth, Ninurta, Enki, Enlil, Ninurta and Ninti against Marduk. According to this story, all were destroyed aside from Marduk. ImHotep was the priest of "Enki" in Babylon, that is, the priest of Marduk, son of Enki, whose name, by the life of Abraham, had come to replace that of Enki in all scripture. So why would the priest of Marduk declare Marduk triumphant over the Gods, blame the pantheon of the Annunaki for its destruction, then flee Babylon for Egypt? It is because ImHotep, while Enoch, foresaw the coming time of his leaving, as Noah, as a great destruction which would be followed by his restoration, as Abraham, of monotheism perfected. So he used magick to cause a flood. Let me explain why this was possible: The psychic-emperor, that is, the priest-king over all humanity, called currently the Messiah, was thought of by all, though most know not why, as the Son of God, and moreover, God himself. Of course, this is a ridiculous belief to the modern mind, which is why we are conditioned to believe that this person was alive only once, a long time ago, but that they died. On the surface this proposition is a bold-faced lie. The mind of a person and the conscious self-aware universe cannot overlap such that the one corresponds exactly with the other, for the obvious reason that if the body of the human mind died, the universe would cease to exist. Because the universe has not yet, obviously, ceased to exist, the modern monotheists account for this as proof of a spiritual afterlife. Only in India and Orthodox Russia do they yet preserve the tradition of reincarnation as the transmigration of a soul, and in both these lands they remain of the belief that only one or a select few souls exist that are shared by us all. However, at this time, between (-)6,000 and (-)4,000YP, the belief was still strong that whoever was the psychic-emperor was "God," that is, commanded the full psychic strength of all the combined minds under their control, from all humanity, to animals, even to trees, rocks, water, fire, and the currents of the wind itself. The belief persists, though secretly, that the psychic Pope of the Order of Death continues to hold this power today, though who this person is remains unknown. Thus, between (-)6,000 and (-)4,000YP, the region of Mesopotamia was flooded, the priest-king ImHotep left Sumeria for Egypt, where he founded the Order of Death, and where the Great Pyramids began to be built under his influence.

    Chapter 2: the tenth Aeon


    from (-)4,000YP until (-)2,000YP

    For 2000 years there was constantly a war being fought somewhere on earth at all times. Where this war was being fought remained ever-changeing, and as soon as one war would end here, another war would break out there. The amount of psychic tension this caused was tremendous. No two humans felt they could trust each other. Conspiracies formed. Wives became spies on untrusting husbands. Children were sacrificed to Gods. There was a leveling wind called monotheism blowing through the land. There were rumors of an army that carried before it an ark, a casket containing the sarcophagus lid of the tomb of God, and upon it was written ten Laws. The rumors blamed this army for starting these wars that broke out now here then there. There were whispers of a psychic empire, but no one knew what to believe. The Sumerians ImHotep had brought into Egypt had become the Hyksos kings of N. Egypt, then, calling themselves the Habiru, had migrated north into modern Israel / Palestine, conquering the lands of the Sinai Peninsula along the way. They were led by a Pharaoh named Moses Ahkhenaten and his brother Aaron Thutmose IV. According to the mythology of this Pharaoh, he was descended from one of 12 Tribes and the Hebrew were the descendants of his tribe. The other 11 tribes, he explained, were the ancestors of all the other races and nations of mankind then alive on earth. These 12 tribes, the Habiru priest-king declared, were like the twelve constellations of the calendar. He declared that it was the Hebrew Aeon, what they called Sabbath, or the Day of Judgment. The name Moses, thus, meant at the time much the same as the name Jesus meant during the early first century. It meant he was the re-incarnation of Thoth, that is, Ziasudra, who was "saved from water." He studied the "Book of Enki" written by ImHotep and re-wrote it for the contemporary age as the Pentateuch (first five books) of the Bible. Much of it he omitted, and many of the facts he distorted. He changed all the dates and since then all dates based on Biblical chronology have been wrong. However, what Moses wrote, despite the teachings of Jesus to the contrary, remain unchanged one jot or tittle to this day. Thus, to learn about this Pharaoh Ahkhenaten, read the Bible, because that is the book that he wrote. At this time, in China, middle-Asia, the I Ching was invented. Sun and Lao Tzu wrote their poems, and the empire of the sun began to dawn over the earliest sages of philosophy. In India, where the diverse pantheon of Hinduism had reigned since the times of the earliest Australopithecines to breed Homo-sapiens there, there was born a prince, Siddhartha, who abandoned his lineage and became a monk, joining a sect of self-deprivationists ("ascetics") who lived in the woods. They learned from him like a Guru, and called him Gauttama, meaning "He Who Is Wise." While still in his youth, by lecturing to thousands of assembled monks at a time, Siddhartha founded the spiritual philosophy of Buddhism. Then, it is said, he ascended from this plane of reality, and achieved one-ness with an ideal heaven. In short, while Moses was proclaiming himself the psychic-emperor in one place, in another, Buddha was quietly proving him wrong by speaking wiser words than he. Thus, this Aeon was terribly tumultuous compared to some. There was dis-unity throughout the world, and even though some seemed happy, others were deeply sad, and yet both could be said to be equally devout and loved by their own Gods. The smiling Ho Ti Buddhist monk and the suffering Diasporaic are both children of the same good God. However, since this time, who that good God is remains a mystery. It is rumoured, to this day, that there are a good psychic consciousness and a bad psychic consciousness that are constantly comprising the night / day, (+ / -), N / S dichotomy that divides the bicameral brains of all known sentient life-forms. These warring ideas, for such are the substance of consciousness, have led the mass-population into confusion for the last 6,000 years. In truth, no two of our minds are alike, each is unique and constantly ever-changeing, like a kaleidoscope of snowflakes. However, those who believe what is evil to be good, who choose to walk the path of darkness, ever lying to themselves, and who use their mental-energy only to oppress that of others, have created the broad moral generalisations we know today as "good" and "evil," when, in truth, neither of these pejoratives has any reflection on any common man.

    Psychic battle between the emperor of the east and the emperor of the west had begun, although, as of yet, no armies had amassed for war between them. The emperor of the west claimed to be the reincarnation of Thoth, but was really Marduk reincarnate. Likewise, the emperor of the east claimed to be the reincarnation of Marduk, the mighty warrior, but really he was only Thoth, the Philosopher. That is why all attempts at catching up to eastern philosophy made by the west have all been heretical, short-lived and doomed: the empire of the west is a psychic totality, while the empire of the east is a land of exultant free will. In the present time at which I write this, Beijing, China is hosting the 2008 world Olympics. China is an oppressive psychic dictatorship now, much like NAZI Germany, however they are the last vestiges to remain of the west's attempt to civilise the east by installing puppet dictatorships. I will return to these events of the present soon, when I discuss the thirteenth and current Aeon of the Pythagorean Order of Death. I mention this modern example now only because the competition between east and west, which continues on a limited basis to this day, was begun at this time, in the tenth Aeon, between (-)4,000 and ()2,000YP. At the end of this period, by the calendrical reckoning of the Order of Death, the Temple of Solomon was erected. Inside the Temple's inner-most sanctuary was the ark of Moses, which carried the tomb-stone of ImHotep, the sarcophagus-lid from inside the Great Pyramid of Egypt. This they dedicated as the tomb of the "Nameless God," the religion begun by ImHotep they now enacted into legal rulership, with David serving as the first official King of the nation of Israel, established to honor that tribe of Ahkhenaten, whose Laws they codified. But by then, this "nation of Israel" had "begun to stray" from the real meaning of their worship of this "Nameless God." Their rituals paid easy lip-service to the idea, but not even the High-Priests of this "nation" of the "Chosen People" knew the inner-arts of psychic meditation in which the Australopithecine Annunaki had instructed the earliest humans. It was whispered among them that this psychic silence was a calm before a terrible storm. Some called this age the darkness of false dawn. Moses they decried as "Gilgamesh" during the Babylonian captivity to follow the annunciation of David as popular ruler over the public-side of the psychic empire. The real psychics of the era had their minds focused far away from these events. In the east, they studied the upstart Siddhartha. To confuse his teachings with their religion in the west, they planned.

    Book 2: the Elders


    from (-)2,000YP until (+)2,000YP

    Prelude: History's Twin Virgins


    Wherever there is one thing being said, there are two things that are meant, one the speaker means, and the other what the listener understands. If the words being said are not spoken, but written down, it becomes possible for not only a gathered group of living monks to hear the teaching, but to be accessible to an unlimited crowd of later generations' readers. Now, the ideal is for the speaker's and the listener's ideas to be in synch for the best form or mode of communication to occur. In terms of writing the author and their readers must already be "on the same page," so to speak. If the speaker intentionally misleads the mind of their listener, they may be able to pull a fast confidence trick on them, to slip them a subliminal message, etc. This trick is not so easily accomplished in writing. It takes a longer period of rising conflict that creates a deeper pull, like a wake or a tide, in the reader's mental stream of consciousness. However, when the writer takes the reader on a journey, it harnesses much deeper-seeded emotional connexions for them than any mere confidence-trickster can illicit in passing. No, if an author does not "follow through" following a build-up, it will leave their reader unsatisfied with the "cliffhanger" anti-climax. When they realise the suspense will not be paid off in a money-shot, then the amount of rage capable of being pulled up from within the psyche of the reader by a skilled author is enough to "shake the walls" of the psychic-society. Mind-writing, unlike speech or any

    audible effects, such as music, is "to sing a song in silence." It means controlling other people to do your will. Mind-writing is, in a very real sense, lying. Mind-writing is using words like weapons to confuse with multiple meanings an interlocutor or mental opponent and render their will submissive and subservient to one's own. This can, through the written word, be communicated to people even long after the author is dead. In this sense, the more our words are like weapons, with double-edged meanings, the deeper our insights, the sharper our wit, etc. the more we will come to conquer and control the "public mind," the "herd-instinct" or "crowd-mentality," of our fellow men: hypnotising them en masse by forcing them to intone one's own voice inside their minds, as if it were their own, until finally, it replaces and becomes their own. Thus, a novice mind-reader is much more dangerous than, though ultimately as useless as an acolyte as, any non-psychic. A novice mind-reader is aware of the voice in their head, and suspects it might not be their own, but still does not understand what it is supposed to believe is true about themselves, this voice, the two relative to one another, etc. In truth, the voice in each of us is, to our waking universe, every bit as central as is our dream-self to our dreams. Just as we can lucid dream, and take willing control over the events we dream, so too we can speak for or with this inner-voice, and so command authority over not only the crowds, but our entire reality. We can move from group to group by changing our minds, and by changing our speech, guide conversations, and by letting our minds wander we can control from a distance. Such is the essence of learning telepathy. If one does not, eventually, learn how to over-write the minds of others, one will not survive in modern society, and yet modern society does not, nor can it, teach this primary survival skill. Mind-writing is telekinetic control over someone else by projecting your will-power onto their brain itself. Once upon a time, it was thought that the inner-voice was heard inside the brain, like the seashell shaped ears, but that it was spoken from within the depths of the chest, from the soul or core essence, from the heart. The Vedic Australopithecine / Homo-sapien hybrids recognised in their secret, sacred, silent studies of this psychic-writing force, seven separate chakras that comprised a spiral up our spines. This energy spiral they identified as the Atman, and the surrounding energy field connecting the spiral's top to it's bottom in an EM-torus, they called the aura. The combination of both of these things, the Ancients had called a soul. The soul, they said, lives on after death, can posses another body, and can astral travel. The soul's self-awareness is the mind, and the soul is aware of itself through the body, therefore the mind, like the spiral, is within the body, like the torus. Each chakra is a reflection, a refraction, gnomon, fractal, holograph, hologram, etc. of the whole soul-system. These are thus the seven energy-centres of the soul. Those who learned the nature of the soul, how to see a person's aura, etc. quickly learned they could use their ability to mentally manipulate these invisible energy currents and by doing so come to control other people like meat-puppets. Thus, the Order of Death grew it's membership from among those who studied esoterica, and who understand the nature of the soul. Because the soul is the mind, to control the mind is to control the soul. However, those who focus their will only on controlling others will eventually forget to maintain their strictest control over their own emotions, and so they will lose control of themselves, and thus pay what they believe would be the ultimate price: to fall under the will / spell of another. Such is the lesson of the 7 passions, which we in the Order of Death know of as 7 chakras.

    Chapter 1: the eleventh Aeon


    from (-)2,000YP until (+ / -)0YP
    There thus began two inner-schools, within two outer-schools. The outer-schools were opposed to one another, as well to their own inner-school. The inner-schools were opposed to one another, as well as to their own outer-school. However, the inner-school of one outer-school was the same as the other outer-school, and vice-versa, and the outer-school of one inner-school was the same as the other inner-school, and vice-versa, such that the night was pierced by the eye of the moon, and the day by the eye of the sun, and such that the overall engine was shaped like the yin-yang symbol of combined duality. And so began the evolution of "good" and "evil," like the mitochondrial DNA being divided into Telomeres inside a blastulating gamete. The universe implodes to become the multiverse, and so is reflected as such in the mirror of psychic energy, it's soul, it's vital essence, surrounding planet earth, which we call in the Order of Death the Enochian Communications System. In the east, the western inner-school formed. It was the civic principle of the west, the letters of the law, the chaotic bureaucracy, that finally took root in the east. The philosophical people there were already settled in their minds with the knowledge they already had, and so could not be got at from the angle of religion. Instead, the west colonised its "little brother" by hinting up at it from within that it should be jealous of western civilisations' hedonic materialism, and thus the east was gradually drawn into emulating the civilisation of the west, although it was never meant to benefit from this relationship, and so has been refused any valuable inheritance of western technology. Such has been the trend of the western, inner-school that operates upon the eastern outer-school: by preaching the message of "we now have not" and "we next want more" the west has weakened the east, who would otherwise have remained utterly indifferent to the tossing and turning of the west, its strange political bed-fellow. In the west, the eastern inner-school formed. It began with Greek philosophy which taught the art of lying for the "public-good," and of creating un-workable models of government in order to keep the western civilised people dis-unified and their relations un-stable. This philosophy was the breath upon the lips of the Assassin cult, and so we say that Hassan-ibn-Sabba, the "Old Man of the Mountain," is the Order of Death's third-founder, following the obvious second, Pythagoras, the latin philosopher who first taught the Greeks about reincarnation. Pythagoras, the first Pope of the west to unify the inner- and outer- schools of the west. Hassan-i-Sabba, the first Pope of the east to unify the inner- and outer- schools of the east. The religion of Pythagoras began as Mithraism, but became Christianity by fusing the rituals celebrated by Mithraists with the character of the "Maitreya" (the coming final re-incarnation of Krishna / Buddha). The religion of Hassan-i-Sabba became the Sufi faith of Qawali, the QBLHistic tradition of Islam. These are therefore the two best examples of the adage, "don't let one hand know what the other hand's doing." In this case, the Sufi path of Qawali is considered the "Left Hand Path" of tantric yoga and ritual sex-magick, while the Catholic church preaches strict adherence to the "Right Hand Path" or the path of mastery over angelic, demonic and extra-terrestrial ceremonial invocation via intellectual study. Hassan-ibn-Sabba was as surely a masterful psychic-emperor over the east as was Pythagoras over the west. However they did not live at the exact same time. Pythagoras lived slightly before Hassan Sabba.

    It was at this time that, although the religions begun by these two men were different, in both the east and the west, unified as one and across the entire globe at once, throughout the entire Enochian communications system network, delivered directly into the minds of all psychics, the true religion of the Order of Death began. It was at this time that a single Pope was first elected by the ruling magistrates over the psychic-conspiracy, the round-table of councilors, the "elders of zion." Since the descent of the Law into the rulership of Adapa, the first Homo-sapien priestking to learn the true arts of psychic-government from the last of the Australopithecine Annunaki, the rule had been established to preserve Atlantean Democracy as law, but to do so by any means necessary, which including making and breaking the laws made to govern nations, even those supposedly given by God(s). Until that time, Atlantean Democracy had been held up as only an ideal to be cherished, protected, kept secret, but never before had it been publicly used, applied to existing governments, nor had it been thought how to make them better, how to bring about the ideal goals of the Annunaki. Pythagoras did. So they called him Socrates, and sent Plato to assassinate him. Such was the inner-cult within the inner-order within the outer-order of the western half of the Order of Death at that time a murderous, seething, foaming pit of serpentine liars and fornicating thieves. They then, posthumously, declared Pythagoras the first Pope of the Order of Death. So it came to pass the birth, the life and death of the greatest man to ever live, a man who was bold enough to stand before non-psychics and psychics alike and speak the truth about the psychic-conspiracy, and so to increase its numbers by adding to it psychicrevolutionaries, which was unheard of by anyone in the west before that time. Pythagoras, however, was only unifying the role of Buddha and the position of Messiah, or popular-saviour. Some believed him the reincarnation of Moses, others of Great Caesar's Holy-Ghost. Pythagoras was neither of these things. He was, instead, the Perfect Pope. His life was held up as an example of the best possible life a mind-slave of western-civilisation can ever hope to live. He was also punished as an example to non-psychics that even this level of "eudaimonia" (Greek idealised "happiness") must not be sought, lest the authorities then punish us all. The moral generalisations of "temptation" and "guilt," Pythagoras assumed were irrelevant by commonsense, a trait which he often generously gave his students the benefit of the doubt about. Immediately following Pythagoras, Hassan-i-Sabba, the first living Pope of the Order of Death, was called the "Pope of Kings," for the entire empire of the unified world he held in his hand. By inserting spies, or the insinuations of spies, into all the cabinets of advisors of the world's monarchs, Hassan next ordered each to exert his influence for him over the will of those monarchs. His rule was so omni-pervasive that no one knew if he was being secretly manipulated or not. No one was safe. There was the knife of the assassin's blade to everyone's throat. Immediately before the year zero of the Pythagorean Order of Death, Pythagoras reigned. Immediately after this, it was Hassan-i-Sabba who reigned over the Order. In every way that Pythagoras embodied the spirit of the psychic-revolutionary, so did Hassan Sabba embody the psychic-conspirator. By replacing the one with the other, by assassinating Pythagoras and declaring his assassin king in his place, a new Aeon was set up, in place of the Aeon of the Jews declared by Moses. This was the Aeon of the Kali Yuga, of chaos and terror, of treachery and lechery in the name of Love, but this was not the Age of Love promised by Pythagoras. It was an age of abominations enforced by the followers of Hassan-i-Sabba. When the last of the laws of the Annunaki ended, that law of "Lex Talionis," the reign of Marduk ended. The religion of the "Nameless God" was replaced by the religion of the "Dead Saviour," and so the law of "Eye, Tooth and Claw" was replaced by the idealisation of Greek Democracy in the form of the Roman Empire, which subsumed the idea of the Hebrew religion into its bueracractic apparati and thus became one with it. The very idea of ever escaping the authority of the secret, psychic-Sanhedrin authority to summon state-force in the extremities of the Empire of Rome - became an impossible thought in the minds of the civilised slave. Whereas Pythagoras had wanted to set all nonpsychics free, Hassan-i-Sabba made even the High-Priests and God-kings his unwitting slaves.

    From the year zero, Pythagoras was remembered as the Good God, and Hassan-i-Sabba as the Evil Devil. Their's was the religion of Persia, of Mithra and Zoroaster who wrote the Emerald Tablet by "singing a song in silence" to honor the war in the heavens between the Good God - Ahurah-Mazda, the Righteous Teacher, the Most High Holy One, Blessed Be He, and Ahriman - the Wicked Priest, the overwhelming adversary, that snake in the grass. "Good" and "evil" were no longer Lucifer and Christ, the twin-sons of God. Lucifer was Ialdabaoth to the Gnostics, the Demi-Urge who created our material reality itself. A great Satan was he, more powerful than even the Christian Universal Son of God. So, evil and good became the twin, magnetic, centrifugal engine of creative consciousness under the Order of Death. There is one mind, but it is in a brain divided into two halves. Such is God, and so are Good and Evil, and so is the Order of Death split into the office of Pope, lord over the non-psychic religion of the civilised slaves, and the public seat on the executive committee, his "first alternate," his best-friend and worst enemy simultaneously, his confidant and betrayer, his lover and his killer, etc. So the other five Executives were the "Fellow Travelers" who were the real founders of the Order of Death. They, and not Sabbah, constructed the modern Papal Republic. The constitution of the Atlantean Democracy under the Lemurian Pope has taken special care to balance the office of Pope and to keep it in check. It can never become as powerful as the five "Fellow Travelers," even if combined with its opposite. Thus, the Aeon to follow that which began with the Death of the Perfect Pope will pit the two against the five, but it will remain democratic in nature, as we shall next see when we discuss the thirteenth Aeon. So, the twelve tribes that had become the Apostles of Pythagoras, representing the constellations of the zodiac answerable to the thirteenth to form a jury, the jury Pythagoras called to try the psychic conspiracy for dissolution, instead became the 7 churches of Christianity, the 7 hills of Rome, and the "red dragon" with seven heads and ten horns, thus the seven executives were, in Pythagorean year zero, divided against the twin-Popes, and so the entire cycle of seasons of the Pope of the Order of Death was begun.

    Chapter 2: the twelfth Aeon


    from (+ / -)0YP until (+)2,000YP
    It should here be noted that there were, in all, five conspirators that founded Christianity. They were called the Maccabees in the scripture recording the times of the early Second Temple, however two of them actually belonged to the Piso family of Rome, and were not citizens of Judea at any time during their lives. The Maccabees were one father with two sons, and the Pisos one father with one son. The Maccabee father's name was Peter, and his two sons were named James and Jesus. The Piso family father and son, often called, popularly, Pliny the elder and younger as were their pen-names - were less well known by their actual names as Lucius, the son and his father, Calpernius Piso. The elder Piso would later be promoted, and, as the Flavian Emperor Vespasian, would be deified as the "father of a God." His son, also subsequently an Emperor, called Titus Flavius, fulfilled the prophecies of the coming Messiah of the Jews (by destroying Judea, Jerusalem and the Temple), and then, because he was the "Son of God," declared his father, the former emperor, posthumously, "God the father" of all Israel (implying the psychic empire). Flavius Vespasian (as Clement) is listed in the Catholic chronicles of the earliest popes of Rome as following immediately after Peter, the founder of the church of Christ.

    Peter, to the Roman imperial court, was known as Flavius Josephus, Vespasian's adopted son, a scribe from Jerusalem, and was given the task by Vespasian of writing what would come to be the "Histories -" and the "Wars of the Jews." These became the precursor for the canonised bible. The "Histories of the Jews" was used as the back-bone upon which the stories were chosen or omitted for inclusion in the "Old Testament" of the canonised Latin Vulgate. The stories of Moses were elaborately embellished upon by that point, and so there was no short supply of Pseudepigrapha and Apocrypha left out. Josephus' "Wars of the Jews" chronicled the events between the last books in the vulgate "Old Testament" and contemporary times, and was parallel to a wealth of contemporary historical documents as supporting evidence, both real and fake, in favour of any given "false messiah" (to the exclusion of all others). Such remained until James, Peter's elder son, and Titus, the son of Vespasian, conspired together to write the Septuagint of the New Testament, recording the viewpoints of a character based on the historical Jesus, Peter's son and James' brother, but who would remain mythologically elevated as an ideal above the actual events of the life of the historical Jesus himself. The names used in Josephus' "Wars -" were changed, and the events re-arranged according to a particular cipher, and the result was a closer look at the Maccabeean household itself, focusing specifically on younger brother Jesus. The Gospels portrayed him as a "false Messiah" of the Jews, whose true message was to surrender to Rome, that their God had betrayed them to the Emperor, and that Titus would destroy the Temple and bring about Christ's "Kingdom of Heaven" on earth, which Jesus himself had repeatedly said, "has not yet come." This story is largely fiction, and Jesus dies at the end, which we know from diverse other contemporary historical records was not true. The "Angel Scroll" of Yeshuah Ben Padiah, if carbon-dated, would reveal paper and ink dating contemporary to the life of the character of Jesus' supposed lifetime, however if this dates to a time after the supposed death-date of the character of Jesus, it will not validate the Christian church's views of their own Christ. For example, we know the library of Nag Hammadi, preserved by Mary Magdalene, Jesus' lover according to the narrative, dates to well after the time-period of the supposed death of Jesus in the Gospels. The "Old Testament" Apocrypha that were excluded from the Latin Vulgate; the Nag Hammadi Library of Mary Magdalene; the "Angel Scroll" of Ben Padiah; the works of Flavius Josephus which have since been separated from the canonised bible; as well as other "New Testament" era Apocrypha such as the Book of Maccabees - all these texts comprise the "left-over" mythologies that Christianity hands down to its lesser-brother, Gnosticism, the actual faith of the historical person of Jesus. Although Christianity, via Roman Catholicism, has come down to us as the very face of the oppressive psychic-empire, the actual beliefs of our leaders who have, all along, espoused Christianity's "values," but lied, and who have done all in their power to suppress their own true beliefs from ever being known, are Gnostic. Following the death of James at the time of the destruction of the Second Temple and the death of Jesus (recorded as Marcion) at Massada leading his brother's "Maccabeean revolt," which had been doomed to failure as soon as Peter had been arrested and sent to Rome to write the "Histories" and the "Wars" of his people for Rome - that is, long before it came to these ends - the primary faith emanating from the Middle-east was Gnosticism, a blend of eastern Buddhism with western Satanism. Gnosticism was the true faith believed in by the real person the fictional stories of Christ are based on. Gnosticism is the religion of the psychic empire in the west, that is, the inner-school, while the outer-school preaches meaningless "Christianity" (existent solely as a straw-man and cover for Gnostics).

    While Catholic slaves of the Roman psychic-empire believe their Church based on Mary, the virgin mother of Christ, Gnostics know the true, inner-church to be based on Mary Magdalene, the lover of Jesus. This facade is accomplished by non-psychic priests, promised power over the psychic kings and rulers of their non-psychic brothers. In short, the "magick" taught these priests is to control non-psychics by appealing to a "higher-power" (ghost, spirit, demon, God, etc.) to intervene on behalf of what they, the priests, believe best for their enemies, kings. This "higherpower" is implied to be the living God, that is, the actual Pope of the psychic Order. The "highpriest" of the Church is the messenger between these earthly priests and the actual Pope of a secret, inner-Order of Gnostics about which the non-psychic "sheep" are told nothing. In truth, however, the non-psychic priests of Christ and the non-psychic kings who worship Baal, neither have power, but must pray to those they believe do, and thus they all empower the psychicempire, of which they, themselves, know nothing. Toward the end of the twelfth Aeon of which the psychic Order of Death has historical record, the soldiers of Rome that had been conscripted to serve the "Dead Savior" God, whom they believed had replaced the elder "Nameless God" of the Jews, declared war against the remaining "elders" of the tribe of Israel, blaming them, by proxy, for the crime the psychic empire had committed by lying to its conscripted Roman-loyal soldiers. The psychic conspiracy, they claimed, was behind their own psychic empire of Christianity, and for this they blamed "Zion," that is, Hassidic psychic-revolutionaries who wanted to liberate all living minds. Of course, these Moslems and Hassids pose no threat to the Christian empire. However the soldiers of Rome, tired of being enslaved to a false-Messiah, decided to exercise their military force against this mis-perceived threat to Christendom as a show of their strength to threaten their own Pope. Their demands were to be brought closer into the folds of the psychic-conspiracy, the inner-Empire behind Papal Christianity. These rebellious Roman soldiers have been called many names - Jesuits, NAZIs, neocons, etc. In the Order of Death we call them "neo-Sethians." Their plan is to cause a massive reduction of earth's non-psychic population in order to summon the true psychic-Messiah, the living God, to manifest to them in order to "save the world" from their own perceived threat. They are only self-motivated psychic-revolutionaries, desiring only their own personal empowerment, and only because they have come to realise they have no power to begin with. They are like "Babes of the Abyss." They have a vast knowledge of the Enochian Communications System, which they call by various and diverse other names. Some believe they are using "magick," others call it "meditation" or "prayer." The system they have reflected in the complex bureaucracies of state and church and, by controlling these bureaucracies, they believe they are controlling the System itself. The more a necessary tool for controlling their creations they make themselves, they believe, the more the true controllers will come to need them. They have a vast knowledge of control-systems, but they only worship their little, vague understanding of Gnosticism. Already, Gnosticism is no longer the true knowledge of the psychic-empire, yet these hell-bent "neo-Sethians" worship after it, believe on it, have faith in it, yet know it naught. So, the inner-Order of the west is perpetually shedding its skin. The Gnostic "inner-Order," at the beginning of the twelfth Aeon of our historical records, has become, by the twelfth Aeon's end, something removed so far beyond mere Gnosticism that the last vestiges of Gnostic controlsystems are now used as a pseudo-psychic religion counter to the now wholly non-psychic Church of Christianity. The pseudo-Gnostics are rebelling from outside the Christian Church because they believe they are being left out of the Gnostic inner-Order within and behind the Christian Church, when already there is no Gnostic inner-Order within and behind Christianity anymore. The "neo-Sethians" have, to perpetuate their false-bureaucracies, their western pseudocivilisation, established the United Nations, five permanent member-nation Security Council. This Security Council, the (falsely elected) Pope of western Christendom, and the Dalai Lama (falsely re-incarnated Buddha) of eastern Buddhism, comprise the seven "Chief Executives" of the

    outer-Order, this false bureaucracy meant to mimic the Enochian System. All of these members conspire to mis-lead non-psychics into believing that they, these 7, are the true leaders of the psychic-conspiracy. Yet know them by their deeds. Have they practised Atlantean Democracy? In the early half of the 20th century, "imminent-domain" was claimed to rob native-American lands to create federal "state-parks." This land was then sold to the UN. FEMA, the federal US secret army of internationally hired military-firm private-contractors, has built death-camps on these properties during the latter half of the 20th century. The UNSC permanent member-nations have conducted secret-abductions and been secretly reducing the population of our planet by mass-extermination at these, as well as other, "black-prisons" for the last 50 years. Most of these facilities are above or near deep underground military bases, built as bomb-shelters for continuity of "government" to continue in the event of a global thermo-nuclear war that would destroy the surface of the entire planet earth. Such is the thinking of these non-psychic "neoSethians."

    Book 3: the Current Era


    (+)2,000YP

    Prelude: the modern times


    In the modern times, what is known is ever-changeing. Each moment is a scale on the skin of history, perpetually being shed from the Great Snake of Time. What begins in one moment can only be said to have begun in the next moment to follow it. Thus, nothing can be known as it begins, and can only be known after it has begun. But by the time it can be known, after it has begun, it has already become something else. Such we call "movements." So we see the modern world as a horizontal slice through the centre of a stalk of time. Some fibers such as comprise this stalk grow upward, some downward. Who can say what is past or future, and what merely repeats? But we live along this flat slice, and so we only see everything in particle-form, as divided like the pattern on the surface of a fractal. We imagine this seeming chaos of static pixels can imply depth, such as in stereoscopic imagery, and so we may imagine we see some "bigger picture" behind this mess. This would be false. There is no "image-within-an-image" within and behind this "slice" we live upon. This "image-within-an-image" we imagine as the depth within and behind present reality is only a mirror, however it is we ourselves, from our vantage-point outside, looking inward at reality, that already exist in this "higher" extra-dimension. We are the extra-dimensional aliens, however we have yet to discover such, for we cease to exist in consensus reality once we realise this. We seem to die in another reality, but in the one we perceive we live on. After each moment in which we have lived, a death-experience occurs to us in a parallel-reality in another dimension, and so we are always dying, and so we cannot begin to apply chaos-math to predict the future, because even in this present moment, where everything blinks in and out of existing at varying rhythms, nothing is fixed, nothing certain, nothing can be said to be truly real, or to really exist. Such is the essence of time-travel because to live beyond the present-moment alone is to exist atop a peak above the plane of space-time itself. From this extra-dimensional vantage-point which we have long known as consciousness, but have always since tried to level with the plane of reality, or to elevate reality to meet our own personal standards - we can look across the entirety of existent reality, like the horizontal surface of earth (we can also know the feeling of there being no ground beneath our feet, to be standing on the bottom of the world upside-down, etc.) and see the future as the sky above (which we can see alike as the depths of heavens, the mirror of static, etc. etc.), and thus perceive space (time that is) and time (space which is not yet) as like earth and sky. But it is, nonetheless, our consciousness itself that is perceiving, and so it is our own mind that is above, beyond, within, behind, etc. etc. etc., all of space and time, perceiving all that which is, was and will be, ourselves its creator, over our own universe, the Most High.

    If we imagine our mind's eye as a still-point, and reality as moving all around us, we will see time. If we imagine our mind's eye in instantaneous motion, appearing here or there to survey whatever we imagine, we will see space. However in truth, time does not stop when we cease to exist, that is, let our minds wander to blink into existence now here, now there. Each moment ends, yet we live on; likewise our consciousness, which sees through the hole of our mind's eye from beyond into this universe around us, our perceived existent reality, is actually in a dimensional level other than this universal continuum whose fabric we call "space-time." Our conscious perception is only a dream from which we awaken once we tire of it. Such is the essence of the modern mind, caught up, as it is, between the Enochian Communications System above, and the Akashic Records beyond even that. The quandary of consciousness is expressed best as the multiplicity of thoughts within the cerebrum and cerebellum (the forebrain's frontal lobes and the "grey matter" of the left and right hemispheres) and the single, pulsed frequency electrical current in the mid-brain (the upper-most glands, the Pineal and Pituitary; the twin-thalami and the hypothalamus) where the regulatory rhythm of the circadian cycle is controlled by the level of the neurotransmitter dopamine. The hind-brain, the so-called "reptilian" aspects (the medulla oblongata, the pons and the upper-spinal chord nerve plexus), act as an observer of the "war" of thoughts in the cerebrum "above" that rains down neurotransmitters to control the emotions in the thalamus "below." Such is the "Apocalypse" of consciousness, that is, its vista from the point of view of the "hind-brain." Thus, it would be wrong to say such a vision of the mind or "inner-soul" is a uniquely "human" experience, dependent on our specifically seven chakras; rather, this point of view is that shared of the mind by even the smallest mosquito: the "fore-brain" is the "Akashic Records," the "mid-brain" the equivalent of the "Enochian System," and the "reptilian" "hind-brain" is the seat of our most basic consciousness, observing the rest. So we say of the "Enochian System," it is a prison for the "fallen angels," the so-called "Nefilim," that is guarded around about by the 7 "Holy Guardian Angels," the Kamea, or number-squares, of the Olympic planets (or alchemical metals). Therefore, we know that inside the Enochian System, we can use as guides devices such as the combination of the 7 Kamea as a 3-sided corner-folded "Astrolabe" type shape using the Pythagorean theorem triangle as a way of relating the Kamea #squares. By using such devices as guides, we can come to a greater understanding of the operating principles behind the basic nature of our environmental surroundings, both "seen" (by the five senses) and not "seen" (known as the "Enochian System"). These "fallen angels" or "Nefilim" and these "Holy Guardian Angels" (or "Annunaki") are not conscious of their own existence in the same manner as we are of our own. The self-awareness of sentients is a perception of these "fallen angels" as thoughts ruling over our emotions (the animal id ruling the ego). When we apply our own "free-will" or "will-power" to control our thoughts to reach our own desired out-comes, we are applying the rule of the "Annunaki" or the "Holy Guardian Angels" as the super-ego over the instinctual, emotional reactions of the id. Instead of the id ruling the ego, we have the super-ego, or "will to power" over the id. Such is the condition of the thoughts in the mind as consciousness, and such is what we behold as the "image-within-an-image" in the "painted sky" above, however remember, this effect is only an illusion, and the synchronicity of coincidence is not the same as intentional and controlled mental manifestation.

    Chapter 1: the end of the twelfth Aeon


    from (+)1,700YP until (+)1,900YP
    In the latter half of the 18th century (+YP), at the time of the revolution against the "tyranny" of

    King George of England by the British colonies in America, there was a meeting of the chief heads of the occult Orders that governed the various regions of the western hemisphere. Representatives met from the inner-Gnostic order, the "Army of Jesus" (Jesuits), within the outer-Christian order of the Roman Catholic church; the pseudo-Gnostic, outer-order of the Free-Masons; and the Hassidic Semite (both Hebrew and Moslem) descendants of the original "tribe" of Israel; and they divided the globe up between themselves. Following this, Meyer Amschel Rothschild manipulated the European stock market prices to plummet, and thus bought up most of the shares in all the majour companies of Europe. He formed a group of industrialists and bankers to provide the funds, but his real project was developed with the help of Adam Weishaupt, Jesuit professor of Cannon Law at Ingolstdat University, Bavaria. Weishaupt and Rothschild worked up a schema for achieving a "more perfect" form of Atlantean Democracy. They began by establishing the rule of the "inner" and "outer" levels of the Order. The "outer" level training was the Order's "public interface" and so largely took the form of outright disinformation or encoded "counter-intelligence." Thus, the manual of the "outer" Order which Rothschild wrote and Weishaupt compiled was the "Protocols of the Wise Men of Zion," which established the goal of this assassin-cult splinter-cell within the Order of Death: controlling political and economic events on the "world stage" in order to convince the majority of the world's population (or more properly, "goyim," meaning at that time all non-psychics) that the "Messiah" of the western mythological tradition had finally appeared to unify all the nations of the globe under one world government. At the same time, Weishaupt drew up plans for a gradated "initiatory" degree-structure that would teach people the right way to interpret the "Protocols." This "Order of Perfectabilists," later called the "Illuminati," set out the goals of "destroying all the existing political and religious structures" and starting entirely from scratch. In subsequent years, Free-Mason Albert Pike and Italian Anarchist Revolutionary Giessepe Mazzini drafted a rough outline for accomplishing this goal by inciting three world wars. Subsequently, complex systems of mindcontrol were worked up to govern the wills of the survivors, who would eventually become cyborg "humandroids," while the populations of the "goyim" slaves were pitted against one another in wars to exterminate them like genetically mutating "humanimals." Thus, the agenda of the "Outer-Order" was that of the "Protocols," to produce a world-uniting "Messiah," but the agenda of the "Inner-Order" was that of the "Illuminati," an "initiatory order" (merely a means of gathering info on prospective members) which promised to teach its petitioners the secrets of the Order of Death. To this end, by the middle of the following century the afore-mentioned plan for three world wars had already been drafted, and a civil-war fought in America to ensure its subsequent international debt-structure being dependent for its war-factories and police on foreign banks. However, as noted, the political re-structuring of the western world was the exoteric agenda, while esoterically a plan for re-working the Order of Death into a "more perfect" form of Atlantean Democracy was the primary project. It was deduced early in the 19th century (+YP) that in order to return the world to the conditions at the time when Atlantean Democracy was practised most effectively (ie, at the time of Atlantis in Antarctica ruling over the Lemurian coastal civilisations), the population of the planet would have to be reduced to the numbers of citizens of Atlantis alive at that earlier time. They began the process of "decoding" human DNA in order to be able to reproduce the goyim androgynously, thus making them dependent on their masters for selective breeding. The reason given for this project to the goyim was to "perfect" the genome, with the fall-back cover-story being the agenda of the protocols, to clone Jesus. It was also realised that a gradated, global industrial revolution would be necessary for two reasons. Once the population was reduced, the work-force would be diminished and they would need to rely on more efficient tools instead to achieve their desired ends. The second reason

    involved advancing the weapons the goyim would be given to destroy one another with, however also had the motive of using the technology as a "carrot-on-a-stick" to motivate the workers to continue working. In order to achieve this "carrot-on-a-stick" method of economic social control, however, it was necessary to create a "bourgeoisie" or middle-class. The Bourgeoisie, or neauveuriche (later the second and third generation inheritors, etc.), was essentially the one holding the figurative "stick," but they were no more given the figurative "carrot" than were the "Proletariat" (work-force) of the figurative "mule" over whom they lorded the figurative "carrot-on-a-stick" social machinery. It was always understood that the actual "new technology" would "trickle down" to the lower classes only after being used by the secret, "inner-most initiates" of the psychic conspiracy for no less than a decade prior to it's "privatisation" (or sale to the public, following testing by the military). Throughout all this time, there was no formal structure to the "inner-most initiates" of the "Illuminati" (the assassin-cult "inner-Order" of the exoteric "psychic conspiracy" within and behind the other secret-societies and sects of cults). It was comprised mainly of Scottish Rite Free-Masons, with those in the US answering to the GLOE, and the Grand Lodge being vaguely accountable (for its financial accounts) to the bourgeoning banks of Europe, however by this time there was no strict inner-Order "death cult" among the continental bankers. In only two or three generations, the psychic conspirators had successfully "cornered the markets" of all the western "developed" nations, however they had taken no more solid steps toward perfecting Atlantean Democracy than to begin to study how to unify all the existing belief-structures under the Empire on which "the sun never sets." For this purpose they employed teams of Masonic researchers to "ghost-write" books for more prominent Free-Masonic political-planners, such as Albert Pike and, later, AE Waite and Manly Hall. These researchers were convinced they were students of a "mystery school" that was researching ancient belief-structures for the purpose of unifying all the existing "mystery schools" into a single "bund," or global, elite secret-society. By the middle of the 19th century, one of these researchers was a Frenchman named Alphonse Constant. He changed his name to "Eliphas Levi" and, while not publicly affiliated with any prior "mystery-schools" operating at that time, was obviously a student of the bund and a public-relations agent for the agenda of unifying the existing "mystery schools," "secret societies," and sects of cults into a single, "global" (the west first) inner-Order of perfected Atlantean Democracy. Under Levi, a young woman named Elena Gan studied, and she would later change her name to Blavatsky. By the late 19th century (+YP) Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky founded the "Theosophical Society" as, originally, a circle of fraudulent "trance-channelers" and "spiritists," specialising in seances and "spirit" photography (using card-board cut-outs). The purpose of this "Theosophical Society" would be co-opted by certain Free-Masons of the Rosicrucian (philosophical) degrees (Charles Leadbeater being primary among them), and instead of promoting "Ouija boards" and crystal balls, Blavatsky was chosen by her secret financiers to promote their message, disguised as "theosophy" - a complex and arbitrary semi-religious pseudo-science including a cosmology, mythology, and, most importantly, an eschatology. These three aspects of "Theosophy" split apart to become, respectively, the "Secret Doctrine," "Isis Unveiled," and a new sect, based on an initiatory structure such as used in the Illuminati. This third aspect, the cult of "inner-most initiates" behind the Theosophical Society, referred to within the outer Order, public-interface system as "the Secret Chiefs," eventually spawned the "Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn." The agenda of the Golden Dawn was the final solution to the "over-population" problem, to initiate the last century before the Apocalypse, or destruction of earth. Samuel Liddell, who changed his name to "MacGregor Mathers," founded the Golden Dawn and established the practise of obscuring its origins in lies. He taught a young mountaineer named

    Alexander Crowley, who would change his name to "Aleister" and, in 1904, begin the "magical" ceremony to celebrate the final century.

    Chapter 2: the "Apocalypse"


    from (+)1,900YP until (+)1,999YP
    Aleister Crowley was a prolific public-relations agent for the agenda of forming the "bund" of all western secret societies into a single "mystery school." To this end, he organised the OTO along the same degree structure as Mathers had the Golden Dawn: a ten-degree system, divided into three grades. Thus, the OTO "fit" into the same "bund" structure as had the Golden Dawn, which considered itself a later manifestation of the earlier, basically ten-degree structure of Adam Weishaupt's "Perfectabilist" or Illuminati-Order. Weishaupt, note, had considered his degreesystem a "simplification" or "perfection" of the prior 33 degree system of Scottish Rite FreeMasonry, which, itself, had been an outgrowth of the original seven degrees of York Rite, as addended to the first 3 degrees of the original Masonic "builders guilds," or affiliated labour unions, during the Medieval era. So, Crowley's OTO comprised the 5th iteration of this Order, or the 6th if one includes the "Blue" Lodge degrees as an Order of their own. Thus, the "bund" degrees of the inner-Order have come down to us as 5 in number, from the York Rite through to Crowley's OTO, addended to the "publicinterface system" of the Blue Lodge's 3 degrees. Crowley's primary lie was in declaring the "end" of the first Aeon of the "positive" years (postPythagoras) on the Order's calendar prior to the beginning of the second Aeon of the calendar. He declared this interim period of approximately 100 years the "Aeon" of the "Crowned and Conquering Child," that is, "Horus" in his form as "Hoor-Pa-Khrat," the "hypocrite" of the "Hypocratic Oath," to conceal or keep secret, symbolised by the "Babe of the Abyss" seated on the Lotus blossom, with his finger pressed to his hissing lips. The secret Crowley wished to conceal was, by this point, not the actual "inner-Order" agenda of creating a bund. He made this prior secret public, thus coaxing new "initiates" into "Masonry" with the goad of the "carrot-on-a-stick" machine. No, the "secret" Crowley wished to mis-direct the public's attention from by declaring the "beginning of the end" was not merely the goal of unifying the "mystery schools." The secret Crowley kept for the inner-Order was their real agenda during this "final" 100 years, that of building secret "arks" that could withstand the coming destruction of earth. To this end, the OTO formalised the original German "Death Cult," the Order of Thule, that would spawn the Skull and Bones fraternity on Yale Campus in the US. The Thule Society immediately unified the European, Oriental and US industrialists of certain technologies into the global NAZI party, which was entrusted the task of beginning construction on the secret technologies reserved for the rich, and of deep-underground military bases. The unifying belief shared by all these various internationalist (later "globalist") business-men was the belief that they were bringing about the "Apocalypse," the long-prophesied "end of the world." Within the Order of Death, we call this eschatological belief "neo-Sethianism." The later incarnation of the "globalist" NAZI party was the Bilderberger Group of economic elitists, and the later incarnation of the Thule Society was the owl-worshippers of the Bohemian Grove Camp. The purpose of Crowley's OTO, subsequently re-organised into the NAZI Thule cult, was to "liquidate" the economic wealth, previously consolidated into Jewish European banks following Meyer Rothschild's 1700's buy-out of them, and "funnel" it into the hands of people willing to carry out the plan to destroy the planet. To this end, the founders of Thule funded the Holocaust and were, themselves, funded by wealthy industrialists from the "developed" nations. The Thule

    cult or OTO is only one of five inner-Orders within the psychic Order of Death, however it has the fastest growing membership of the others, and is very economically aggressive. During the Cold War that followed WWII, the east and west were pitted as industrialising competitors and ultimately as military enemies of one another. Such was the resurrection of the elder-Gods, Marduk of Sumeria and Thoth of Egypt, now transposed onto the empires of the west and the east. Of course, both these "empires" were funded by the same NAZI Thule-members, with the eastern empire merely being "propped up" as a "straw-man" against the west, to provide the illusion of calisthenic resistance to the west, when really it was only "painted rust." The "Cold War" between the east and west culminated in the "election" to the office of "leader of the free world" (the west) of the same man who had assassinated the most popularly elected president. With this, the reversal of fortunes from the Pythagorean revolutionaries into the hands of the conspirator Assassin-cult of Sabbah appeared to be assured. There were only a few members of the psychic Order of Death that were still opposed to the plan to destroy the world, and these were dealt with quickly enough when the son of the past-president / presidential assassin was effectively appointed to his office against the will of the population. Following this the planned "Third World War" was commenced; it is a low-intensity oppression of Moslem and any other rebellious nations by the military-industrial businesses in the west and the developing nations of the south and the east.

    Chapter 3: the silent Revolution


    predictions from (+)2,000YP until (+)2,012YP
    It has long been speculated within the Order of Death that at some point following the year 2012, humanity would achieve the ability to mentally time-leap their bodies by blending their DNA with super-conductive nanites. It is widely believed among the "neo-Sethians" of the modern OTO that the original Ardepithicus people of whom our Order has records were really, themselves, time-travelers displaced from our own future, following the year 2012. It is believed that, upon the ability to control one's aura, both internally and externally, to the extent they can slide through the material confines of this reality, phasing their atoms out of synch with the emfrequencies of existing matter, two things will occur. 1) the first person to achieve the ability to time-travel will be held to be the globally-unifying world-leader predicted as heralding the New World Order agenda of unified global government in he Protocols. It will be by their command that anyone else can be brought up to accompany them, as their body will disappear into the "hyper-dimension" accessible only to the mind by their natural control of their own super-conductivity mutated DNA. Following this event, two groups will form: 2) the first group of time-travelers to achieve artificially-induced time-travel, using quantumcomputers calculating their 4-d co-ordinates in virtual reality, will split into two groups. One will go from our near future, following 2012, into the past, and the other will go from our near future, following 2012, into the more distant future. The first time-traveler to naturally mutate this ability to control the super-conductive potential energy of their own DNA will be proclaimed the global leader, but that until this the first timetraveler could be anyone among us all. It is the basic premise of neo-Sethian belief that the aliens, angels, Gods, etc. of old were only the backward (future to past) time-travelers from our own near future. By manipulating the popular ("goyim") perception of this idea, whether it is true or not, the neo-Sethians (particularly those in the OTO), seek to consolidate authority over the "goyim." Meanwhile, due to a variety of factors (foremost of which is the current peak of the

    sunspot cycle for its 1,100 year period, based on an eleven year wax and wane, since the "Maudner minimum" leading to the "mini-ice age" in the European "Dark Ages"), the minds of all sentient entities on our planet have gradually been becoming more and more psychic, more telepathic and clairvoyant as the tissue itself is being, on the one hand, bombarded with natural radiation from the sun (and the 5/5/2000 alignment of the 7 planets in Taurus), and on the other bombarded by man-made radiation in the form of satellite, broadcasting tower and antennaeaimed "telecommunications" media-technology. The result is the increasing of overall general psychic awareness of us all at the same time. The ruse of aliens, just as were the ruses of angels and of Gods in the past, is now used by the neoSethian psychic-conspirators to confuse the "goyim." However, the neo-Sethians themselves are fully aware it is zombie-minded mercenary soldiers, ("sleeper" agents) who have been conscripted through the Lodge, who are the actual ones responsible for the supposedly "alien" abductions, cattle-mutilations and crop-circles, as well as piloting the "experimental" and "stealth" aircraft technology flown from the secret underground-base network. But they believe they are sworn to secrecy, and owe their life to keeping this all secret. No, the "neo-Sethians" themselves do not believe in aliens. They believe in the myth of the "Great Burner." The Great Burner is variously representative of Ra (the sun) and thus Marduk, and of Amoun (the moon, or "black sun" of galactic core's black-hole) and thus Thoth. Thus, the "Great Burner" symbolises the return from their missions through time to their origin points, simultaneously leaving and returning, again, some time following 2012. To the extent of distracting the "goyim" from being aware of any of this, the neo-Sethian psychic-conspirators have portrayed the "Great Burner" eschatologically as any number of recent and near-future astronomic events (and consequently certain calendrical dates on which these occur), including the Hale Bopp comet, which crashed into Jupiter, the 7 planet alignment of the "Great Cross" in 2000, and the upcoming peak of the sunspot cycle coinciding with the "end" of the Mayan calendar (or at least a Piktun thereof), in 2012. While the "goyim" are now being mis-led to research modern, false historical documents, planted by neo-Sethian scholars, supporting the myth of an ever-present eschatology, studying Nibiru and considering the Apophis asteroid, the truth is that nothing cataclysmic will naturally occur in 2012. Using the fear created among the "goyim" by manipulation of the calendrical and astronomic events in the media, the neo-Sethian psychic-conspirators are preparing the collective minds of the "goyim" for the planned eventuality of destroying the surface of earth by a global thermonuclear apocalypse. Meanwhile, the "stealth" aircraft (by now entirely cloaked, visible only as mysterious, shapeshifting, UFO-like "orbs") have been seeding the contrails of commercial and freight airliners with nanites. These nanites, that is, atomic-sized machines running quantum probability-scale programming, have been designed to infiltrate the DNA of humans and certain more sentient species of animals and plants. The goal of this is to bond with the DNA and to exaggerate and expedite the natural genetic breakdowns and cellular-weaknesses of those who possess such, and in those who have a stronger immune system, to increase the rapidity of the rate at which their consciousness recycles itself from one moment to the next via the projection between the hypothalamus and the thalami. Most of the economic elite and initiates into the, by now predominantly neo-Sethian, psychic Order of Death, are aware of the secret human experimentation being carried on in the deep underground military installations, however not all of them are aware of the time-table for the coming nuclear strike. Between the staged election in the US, followed by the staged appointment of our current "furher" of the "free-world," and the destruction of the twin-towers of the World Trade Centre in New York

    and the South-wall of the Pentagon in Washington DC by "hijacked" airliners, there was a silent revolution as the last of the psychic revolutionaries who opposed the coming neo-Sethian Apocalypse were purged. Following this, in the name of making an example of them, many innocent people were sent to secret prisons, tortured, raped and executed so that a select few (the Bildebergers) could price gouge a staple commodity - gasoline. In all the history of the Pythagorean Order of Death, this is the most shameful event: when the man who killed JFK led the attack of 9-11 himself, while his son, the current president, pretended to not know this. GHWB's son, GWB, who is himself the "grand dragon" of the Apocalypse, was thus cast down by the "Grand Wizard," his own father, Ahriman, as Samael was cast down from the Imperishable realm by the voice of the Incorruptible from the realm of the Entirety. All of this means less at this point in the history of the "goyim" than the fact that there is a surplus level of radiation bouncing around inside our planet's EM-field, and it is gradually boiling our brains alive. However, due to this additional level of radiative excitation, those followers of the Apocalypse-strategy of the neo-Sethians have become more or less mindless zombies, enacting their social routines like remote-controlled robots, so "plugged-in" are they to the global telecommunications grid, the modern, metallic machinery components of the "Enochian" System. In effect, the difference between rich and poor has become a literal difference of perception. The rich see things in this world as being something absolutely invisible and alien to anything the poor could imagine. To the poor, the rich are robots. To the rich, the poor are walking corpses. Both consider the other's days numbered. Such is the beginning of the era governed by a majority of naturally mutating Homo-sapiens in opposition to a very powerful minority of robotically enhanced Homo-sapien priest-kings. Such we call the "present" age.

    Chapter 4: the Second Coming


    from (+)1999YP until (+)2,001YP
    In 1999 it was "revealed" to the goyim that the "Gnostic," previous inner-Order behind Catholic Christianity, Masonry and Zionism, believed in a very different world from those who had never been "initiated" into the eschatological agenda of the twentieth century "Hermetic" Death-cults. According to the films released between 1999 and the cataclysm of 9-11-2001, reality is established on a three-tiered system: tier one: in the summer of 1999, a master-piece of public-relations for the "occult" agenda of the New World Order, "Eyes Wide Shut" was released. This film depicted a standard ritual conducted by the latter-day Rosicrucians in their "traveling lodge" as performed during the last 100 years of the first positive Aeon. tier two: the order within this outer, Gnostic / Rosicrucian order was founded on a deeper understanding of ancient Gnostic beliefs regarding the Demi-Urge, and was presented to the public in the fast-paced action movie "the Matrix," in which the characters are archetypes of previous "God" forms (incl. Thoth/Marduk called "Morpheus," Pythagoras/Jesus called "Neo," and Shiva/Isis called "Trinity") and inhabit two worlds, a macro-scopic, outer-world (which is "real") and a micro-scopic, inner-world (which is a computer generated image, so-called "virtual reality.") This would prepare the public "initiates" for the final stages of the plan of the western empire to destroy earth. tier three: the third film outlined in detail the plot of the world's religions up to that date in the form of a "passion" play. In the "Blair Witch Project," we have, again, the three main characters,

    as in the Matrix, who represent Jesus, the archangel Michael, and the goddess Isis. Instead of an unknown future in a computer-simulation, it is the act of getting lost in the woods that is used in this final film to symbolise the plight of western mystery traditions in their search for God. In the film, the "Blair Witch" ostensibly represented God, in the manner of an existentialist deus ex machina, however this part was really being operated from "off-camera" by the film's behind-thescenes director and producer, who themselves played the role of the twin-headed Satan and Maloch; the stone-piles left for the main cast to find by the off-camera production crew, which seemed to "spontaneously appear overnight," while the primary cast was asleep, represent the pyramids, while the hanging "stick-men" (or pentacle of tethered twigs) symbolise the everpresent constellations hung in the sky above the earth below. Following this there were about six months (to be exact, forty days) of silence from the heavens. During the first half of the year (+)2000YP, there was total world peace. There were no ongoing outright wars being fought between any two countries. Pope John Paul II had visited and united every religious form of congregation in the entire world. The Pope and Dali Lama sent word via the trance-channeler called "Maitreya," to the UN Meditation Room, designed and erected at the same time as the "Georgia Guide-Stones," of which counterparts are said to also exist in the other permanent members of the UN Security Council. The financial aspects of this are handled by the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and the World Bank via the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and International Monetary Fund (IMF). This group's public-relations interface is handled by the Bildebergers, who are all invited to attend the annual meetings at Bohemian Grove. Then, a terrible tragedy happened, and an ideal, greater than the twin towers and four airliners, was toppled like a house of cards caught up in a gust of wind. The idea of personal sovereignty was subverted, and, by denying the freedoms of some (the disenfranchisement of African blacks in Southern states during the 2000 election), it opened the door to denying the rights of us all (to have popularly elected a president instead of having one arbitrarily chosen by the Supreme Court). Following this, the appointed president then proclaimed his royal highness on vacation, and immediately proceeded to play golf. And for six more months, from the election over the winter between (+)2,000YP and (+)2001YP there remained a relative peace on earth. Although the obvious tensions were already building, as the number of sunspots during these years was particularly great. During the summer of 2001 there began a gradual darkening (as when the sun "goes behind" a cloud) of the psychic abilities of the common people. The first signs of the coming wire-tapping were subtle internet access restrictive limitations on world wide website content. This was seen as favouring "women's rights" at the time, because it was an anti-pornography campaign. However, restricting access to free information here or in China amounts to the same thing: the increasing of top-down pressure in the perpetual class war. Yet who noticed when they came for the pornographers, because it was considered a shame to admit to looking at internet pornography, despite the high rate of doing so fostered during the net-content liberal years of the Clinton presidential administration. Those of who have no reason to be ashamed about our own personal habits saw the other jack-boot as about to drop. Then the world took a deep breath inward, and blew two candles out.

    Chapter 5: 9-11-2001 and the Iraq war


    from September, (+)2,001YP until (+)2,003YP
    This is the most important time-period for our Order, because it is the present in which the neoSethians accomplished their complete coup-de-tat over all personal rights and civil liberties. By pushing through legislation (literally overnight, in the form of the ironically mis-named "USAPatriot Act"), the neo-Sethians accomplished a completely silent and invisible psychic dictatorship. No US citizen felt safe from the "spying eyes" of their "Big Brother" government, son

    of "Uncle Sam." Likewise, and much more importantly, no non-US citizen was safe, and any and all succumbed to the terror of the USA's ability to unleash a global thermonuclear holocaust. All of this dictated the appointed president a de facto autocrat, able to do his will (justified ex post facto by an army of time-consuming lawyers), as was mighty Caesar of old. The events on 9-11 will live on as a monument above all history before, and as a beacon to perceiving the near and further future, and beyond, forever. But on that day, all was a disaster: a staged panic at the highest levels of government. The test being run that day was operation "Vigilant Guardian," designed by FEMA and the Joint Chiefs under vice-president Dick Cheney to test what would happen if they shut down the "lines of communication" between the most strategically important offices in the entire world at that time. The idea for Project "Vigilant Guardian" derived from plans established during the (+)1,980Y'sP to provide "continuity of government" (COG) in the event of a nuclear war. The portion of the Project "Vigilant Guardian" tests being performed on 9-11-2001 involved the "doomsday" scenario of terrorists (low-intensity combatants) hijacking planes and using them as missiles to crash them into the World Trade Center towers, the Sears tower, the Pentagon, and a fifth target unspecified to the "operatives" planted into the civilian populace that day. The entire operation on that day was being coordinated by US-STRATCOM and was scheduled to occur simultaneously to a meeting of the present president's father, ex-president and ex-head of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), with the potentate of Saudi Arabia, an oil producing ally the senior president had acquired during his own term. The senior president then boarded a presidential plane with the Saudi Arabian ruler and proceeded to fly over each of the crash-sites almost immediately after they'd occurred, flying first from Washington DC, then by way of the countryside crash sight of flight United 93 he proceeded on to the offices of US-STRATCOM. Vice President Cheney, likewise, was mobile on 9-11, acting as a "key-stone" cop running after the past-president, only always one step behind him, too late to prevent the growing number of civilian casualties on the day. After fleeing Washington, Cheney passed by Site R at Raven Rock outside DC, then flew to meet the other conference attendees at US-STRATCOM. Following this he called the president to ground Air Force 1. Following like a mute, abused step-chld behind the Vice President was the appointed president himself; despite having been briefed on all these events prior, it remained necessary for press secretary Ari Fleischer to hold up a sign to the President during his contemporary press conference in Booker Elementary School, Florida, that simply gave the President of the United States a stage cue: "Don't Do Anything Yet." Therein lies the conspiracy to carry out the "doomsday" scenario planned for the practise session on the day of Sept. eleventh, 2001. And they say, "America has never experienced terrorism before," yet ignore the obvious, that "9-11 was a self-inflicted wound." Following 9-11, possibly the greatest cover-up of known history occurred. The entire operation was declared a "black op," and once the bombing of the WTC towers could not be accounted for aside from being caused by "hijacked planes," the entire truth about 9-11, that is was nothing but an arms-show of supposedly "alien" technologies, such as invisible "cloaked" remotely piloted vehicles (RPVs), and a corresponding "instantaneous" cover-up in the media via advanced, remotely operated "real-time" digital image transfer into "live" feed newscasts (the WESCAM footage). Once we "saw" planes (again and again) we thought, "hijackers," and when we thought "hijackers" we thought "Arabs." So the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) provided the coverstory: "Usama Bin-Ladin, America's Most Wanted Man." Yet it is 2008 as I write this, and the man (if alive) is uncaptured! "We" (the CIA) LET Usama get away. Following this cover-story being established in the media, the administration's team of legal advisors pushed the USAPatriot Act through congress and had it declared a law that gave them

    carte-blanch to "warrantless" wire-tapping, suspension of "Habeas Corpus," and ultimately to sanction the use by US interrogators of the threat of death to extract false information from their illegally abducted civilian citizens of Afghanistan, a country Usama Bin Ladin was not in. The amounts of money concocted out of nowhere as being owed them for services they are rendering for their own strategic benefit, such as the private armies like Blackwater being stationed in Iraq from the date of its initial invasion in (+)2,003YP and the "troop surge" of early 2008, and the domestic security forces like Wackenhut being used to recruit guards in secret "black budget" prison camps, still pale in comparison beside the sums being made up by Dick Cheney's own former company, Halliburton is making from no-bid government contracts to build a pipe-line through Iraq and Afghanistan from Saudi Arabia to Europe via the Caspian Sea, as well as to construct these numerous (domestic and in many other countries as well) "secret" prisons in which their "enemy combatant" detainees are then tortured, detained without outside contact indefinitely, and finally brought before a kangaroo court military tribunal to determine if they can then be tried later in an actual civilian court of law. If they can be, they are released to the civilian populace. However, no assessment of the recent botching of forming a New World Order (NWO) and establishing a US hegemony can be complete without returning to that ultimate consequence of the anti-Constitutional USAPatriot Act, that is, the new government department created by it, the "Department of Homeland Security" (DHS). Instead of unifying the allegedly dysfunctional "lines of communication" between the existing "intelligence community" of the US (and affiliate nations), the DHS has caused bureaucratic backlog between the prior Agencies, and served only as a secret police spying on US domestic citizens, accomplishing no added sense of security to the people it is supposed to serve. The DHS orchestrated the spreading of disinformation (outright lies) and continues to spread mis-information ("coded" half truths) about the presence of WMDs in Iraq and the link between Saddam Hussein and Al Queida, neither of which were ever true. The primary orchestrator of the DHS strategies has been Karl Rove.

    chapter 6: the present


    from (+)2003YP until (+)2008YP
    Concurrent with my learning of the Lemurian calendar and being granted access to the current and complete Atlantean constitution, and prior to my having studied the complete historical records of the Order, to which these notes are my meager contribution, I wrote a story that was meant as a modern sequel to the "Lost Book of Enki." In this story, I myself was a character, and, gifted with the omniscience of also being the story's author, I slew the Gods of old, the Annunaki. This story was set in the same fictional world as the original "Book of Enki," written by Endubsar, the father of the Order of the Egyptian Builders, wherein the setting was the "alien planet" of Nibiru, based loosely on the original, factual "Nibiru," the kingdom of "Atlantis" in modern Antarctica. Thus, in this fictional story, I picked up the same thread of the "perennial" tradition that was "lost" following the suppression of the Kingdom of Israel by the Kingdom of Babylon, when the traditions of these two nations finally separated their mythology into the elder, Sumerian aspects describing "alien" origins, and the later Hebrew mythology describing YHVH as an omnipresent spirit. In this story, I pit the elder Gods against one another, knowing that once Marduk was dead, the remaIns of his psychic empire would be up for grabs. So, in the story, I positioned myself and my lover as the "twin singularities" inside the black hole at the core of the Milky Way galaxy. By doing so, I usurped from any other potential offspring of Marduk and Inanna any claim of inheritance by them greater than my own. The purpose of this was two-fold: to make Marduk and Inanna dependent on myself and / or my lover for access to the galactic core black-hole; and to prevent them from entertaining other claimants to their inheritance, the psychic empire over earth. To prevent the neo-Sethians from gaining complete control over the Enochian

    Communications System, I wrote the story about a fictional situation in which they would gain control, and described how their allegiance to the ancient Gods would lead to their destruction. In this story, I essentially took the place of the neo-Sethian idea of "Jesus" as the "Messiah" or "world saviour." I also included in this story as a character my and my lover's mutual friend, playing the part of the Angel Michael. Other than this, no other characters represented anyone I know. I based the relationship of the three main characters on me, my lover and our friend's "love triangle." This strategy allowed me access into the psyches of the other characters (the elder Gods) that eventually allowed me to betray and murder them. I did this in order to demonstrate before the entire population of earth, psychic and non-psychic, the superior potential for wise guidance by an individual above a group of characters as flawed as those of the "elder Gods." The goal of doing this was to prove to the neo-Sethians, both the psychic-conspirators who planned to nuke earth, and their meek, non-psychic followers, that they should truly put their own individual ends before those of any false God. Now, because of having written this story in the Sumerian fictional context of the "alien planet Nibiru," I have necessitated the neo-Sethians finding a planet to play this fiction out on. By playing the role of their fictional "saviour" and destroyer simultaneously, the real neo-Sethians are being forced to bow before my dictations and demands. Therefore, by writing this fictional story, set in the immediate future, I have obligated the neo-Sethians in the present to react relatively to it. They are, thus, on the defensive when they obey my command to find or create a setting, a stage for this grand drama to occur on, either metaphorical or real. The result is the search for "Planet X," the tenth planet in our solar system, and the attempt to prove the "Annunaki" or elder Gods were actually aliens who were from this planet, called by the ancient Sumerians "Nibiru." To this extent we have the common myths of NASA's South Polar Radar Station in Antarctica being a "Planet X tracker," on the one hand, and on the other, the idea of the large asteroid Apophis bound for earth in the direction of the northerly constellation of Orion. Obviously there is no conclusive proof, at this time, of even the existence of a "Planet X" or "Nibiru," let alone its being populated now or ever. There is an asteroid or comet called "Apophis" that will make a near-miss past earth in 2012, 2028 and 2036, however clearly the trajectory and rapidity of fly-bys of this object indicate its size is far too small to be a lifesupporting planet, let alone one that has several moons comparable in size to our own, as the Sumerian legends have it. However, in the near future, for the accomplishment of their agenda of bringing the Apocalypse to pass, the neo-Sethians will be obligated to assume some position on the issue of the Apophis asteroid, and whether or not it is now, or was ever, populated by an alien species that may have created the human species on earth. Of course, this issue has no more bearing on politics than the right to an abortion should, however because of the efficacy of belief in the neo-Sethian lies, the neo-Sethians will be called to question on it as soon as the comet begins to appear. They have established themselves as the present authority, and so will be called to answer to the people during the trying times beneath the scythe. The people will need to be put into concentration camps if they find out about the underground bases, yet these camps have to be directly above the underground bases, in order to assure no one who knows the way in should survive. Inside the underground bases, there is known to be time-travel technology, however it is unclear if there is or is not currently alien contact. This is why, to conceal their incomplete time-travel technology from the frightened public, the neo-Sethians have established themselves in a position to declare Martial Law. If the public panics when the coming comet appears, it will benefit the neo-Sethians most. If, however, nobody panics because they are watching a more detailed play

    being acted out (such as first contact with our species' ancient alien ancestors), the neo-Sethians will be exposed for a longer period of time, and will be recognised then as frauds and liars. The real "Wizard of Oz" is the man behind the curtain, and not the holographic floating head. Meanwhile, the Star Wars satellites will be used to deflect Apophis, in spite of the neo-Sethians' plans to permit it to collide with us.

    Book 4: the future prelude:


    the last years of paradise. from the time of this writing until the return of the Great Burner.
    Since 9-11-2001, nobody on earth has known what to do. Nobody does the right thing, but this is never intentional. Everybody tries to do the right thing, they just do not succeed. The result of this is, of course, chaos and general confusion. We make predictions that do not penetrate beyond the tips of our noses, and we are unaware of the interior mental workings of even those closest to our hearts, not permitted, as if by silent promise, to ever discuss openly the fact we can read each others' minds. The neo-Sethians have intentionally over-extended the American economy, and have recently begun their final process of devalueing the material assets and holdings of banks into a globalised account for personal electronic-transferal via card or implant chip, based on a system of datacredits held in a national computing program by a federally-independent banking firm. If the people do not rebel before the posted cost of a gallon of gas reaches $6.66, it will be necessary for the neo-Sethians to be able to control the per-gallon cost of gas to a penny. To do this, they have to have complete control of the value of the currency, the so-called "specie circular," and the value of the commodity, in this case gasoline. Currently they cannot control the cost of gas so completely that they could avoid allowing it to reach the infamous numerological "number of Satan," $6.66. The reason for needing to make sure that the posted price of gas does not ever plateau for any period at $6.66 per gallon is obvious. If the cost of gas did plateau for any period of time at $6.66, consumers would begin to question the coincidence of this to prophesied numerology, and consumer-confidence would decrease in the market overall. People would grow suspicious of the occult causes of things, and this would lead directly to the neo-Sethians, who mind-control the richest elite to worship the owl of Bohemia. Among the extremely wealthy and powerful, the $6.66 scare is as big a problem as Y2K was for computer-users in (+)2,000YP. On the other hand, if the people do rebel before the cost of gas rises to $6.66 per gallon, it is expected it would be for reasons other than the cost of gas, and therefore would be able to be "marginalised" and quelled by localised Martial Law. If the reasons for the revolt could be spun fast enough in the media, the majority would side with the oppressors who protected them from this rebellion. If, on the other hand, the media cannot (or will not permit themselves to) be used to spin the revolution into a small uprising, and the neo-Sethians fail to suppress the media's voice on an international scale, the media will be able to rally other nations to the states that have rebelled already, and the end of the neo-Sethians' reign of terror will be concluded in their impeachment and trial for mass murder. There are only two reasons the neo-Sethians would lose control of the media in such a crucial situation. One: they fail to keep suppressed the news that the Apophis asteroid is on a direct collision course with earth, and will strike the planet in (+)2036YP, if we do not act to deflect it in (+)2028YP, following its initial passage by us in (+)2012YP. Two: the neo-Sethians would fail to prevent the popular support of a rebel Messiah, a martyred leader of a revolution, and he would be declared the posthumous saviour in place of the staged return of the Messiah the neo-Sethians

    wish to orchestrate. To prevent these from occurring, the neo-Sethians have carefully kept Apophis secret on one hand and created diversions in the media on the other, by suppressing unpopular revolutionaries to build efficacy in the idea of state supremacy and by rigging popular politics to force the populous of the hegemony to lose faith in its leadership, the neo-Sethians themselves. They have fostered the notion that, when the Messiah appears from among the people, and the state, as they are expected to inevitably do, has him assassinated, then Israel's nuclear stockpile will be detonated and the third world war will begin. The only question is who this world-saviour is now, prior to their appearance. It is widely speculated that this person is a common-person, living their day to day life without realising yet their inevitable role in upcoming events. This position would be inaccurate. In truth, the person who has been chosen is aware of the events on the world and political stage, but feels they are equally as powerless as everyone else to act against the neoSethians in power. As I have predicted elsewhere, the neo-Sethians' downfall will not come from overthrow by any external Messiah, but will occur as the result of deception and subterfuge within their innermost circles. This sudden lapse in the power structure, between a standing president and one assigned by COG, will result in a long enough vacuum in the highest political office to create a question as to the proper succession of the title and powers of the office. This will cause a period of time during which the real world-saviour will be allowed to come forth and rightly be given control over the position. The neo-Sethians will be defeated by this in a bloodless coup-de-tat. If, however, the neo-Sethians do not break ranks, but instead maintain a unified conspiracy, then no opportunity will arise for a true world saviour to assume the true position of power they would need to unify the people behind the task of deflecting the asteroid Apophis during it's brief "key-hole" period of passage within our range of ability to shoot it with lasers from satellites. I say again, if the neo-Sethians do not falter from within, no popular Messiah can come forward to assume the role of Pope of the POD currently usurped by them, and if this does not occur, nothing will be able to prevent the nuclear holocaust scheduled for (+)2,012YP, let alone prevent the asteroid Apophis from striking earth in (+)2,036YP. These disasters are both preventable, however we are running out of time in which to do so, and the neo-Sethians seem to remain in complete and undisputed control over the Enochian Communications System.

    chapter 1: the coming destruction


    from (+)2012YP until (+)2036YP
    The neo-Sethians are using the Enochian Communications System to suppress and keep secret the knowledge, and plans for survival, of the asteroid Apophis. This is abusing the system, which can also be used to warn us all about, as well as destroy, the asteroid itself. However, so long as the neo-Sethians have control, it will not be put to these ends. In truth, the neo-Sethians are using the Enochian Communications System to construct the future threat of the asteroid Apophis now. By keeping it secret they increase the likelihood of public panic and the need for their already built concentration camps. However, by revealing this as their motive to some, they give them imaginary power over others, that is, those who are unaware or unprepared. Thus, the neo-Sethians remain "untouchable" most by those who serve them, for they have been made mindless zombie-slaves to their money-masters. They are, however, also accomplishing this literally: using the Enochian Communications System to manifest the asteroid Apophis, and to increase it's mass until it is possible for it to have once, or to still now, support life, and then to populate this planet with time-travelers, divert it using

    satellite lasers, send the time-travelers off into space, and allow those who survived in their underground bases to re-emerge and believe their neo-Sethian masters to all be world-saviours, and hail them as living Gods. So long as the neo-Sethians are in power they will keep the real, and relatively minimal, threat level of Apophis from reaching the public, and they will secretly continue to use the Enochian Communications System to create a larger threat by suppressing and thus inducing mass panic. In (+)2,012YP, the asteroid Apophis will first become visible during the daylight. Once this occurs, the neo-Sethians plan to already have the "alien threat" story physically supportable, with man-made flying saucers and genetically mutated "aliens," as their mind-puppeted pilots, etc. To this end, they have currently programmed into the Star Wars satellite system a "doomsday" contingency function: "Project Bluebeam," in which these satellites will be used to create a world-wide optical illusion by mass-hypnosis using mind-control frequencies, resulting in the global belief in an alien invasion. The population will then nuke themselves, trying to protect themselves from a threat that is not really there. However, for this to be pulled off successfully, as I have said, the neo-Sethians believe it would be necessary to provide physical proof of alien invasion during the brief interim between first contact and complete nuclear winter. It is for this reason they have been doing genetic testing in the deep underground bases. They plan to use mutated test subjects as zombie-pilots for their man-made UFO's. If the public does not rebel before (+)2,012, the neo-Sethians will begin the illusion of an alien invasion originating from the asteroid Apophis. As Apophis passes between earth and Mars in December of (+)2,012YP the neo-Sethians will instigate the false appearance, using hypnotised soldiers, of an alien invasion as an excuse to initiate global Martial Law. Those nations not in compliance with this resolution of the UN Security Council will be reprimanded by invasion by both foreign national armies and their covertly-controlled UFOs and mutant mind-slave "aliens." By use of high-altitude detonation of leaked Plutonium, the neo-Sethians plan to create a "plasma" EM-pulse that will knock out all civilian communications. Following this, the military satellites will activate their optical illusion of a fleet of UFOs approaching from Apophis. Then the underground bases will release their real fleet of UFOs, and then Martial Law can be declared. Once people can be notified by a global public broadcast by a single public figure that the alien threat is real, immediately before the loss of all civilian lines of communication, then people will be likely to go more willingly along with the events as they understand them to be unfolding. When the military showed up to do a house-to-house sweep to gather up civilians and transport them to their nearest train-stations via trucks, most people who were aware of the assumed reason for this perceived threat would go along quietly, and encourage others to do so as well. If anyone did step out of line, they could be easily detained and publicly tortured to death as an example of why not to step out of line. Once the majority of the US population was rounded up onto trucks and trains to be shipped to Environmental Protection Agency "Emergency Control Stations" (ie. the FEMA camps owned by the UN built over underground bases and used as death camps), then the UN would pass the resolution that Martial Law would go into effect globally. By the time the majority of the US population had been shipped to and exterminated (by massive neutron lasers from Star Wars satellites) in these camps, the rest of the world's population would begin to be rounded up and taken the same way. Once this controlled extermination reaches a certain "critical mass" there will be a rebellion by the last survivors. They will have discovered the "alien invasion" ruse was only a ploy to initiate Martial Law, and they will have escaped being taken to camps. If this small number of survivors begins to pose any form of organised threat to their oppressors over the coming years, the decision will be made whether or not to nuke the surface and blame these rebels will be assessed then.

    By this time, the camps will have been used to separate out who will be taken underground and allowed to survive and who will be left in the camp on the surface and shot by a neutron laser from a Star Wars satellite. Those who live underground will still need to be deceived to believe the aliens have won on the surface and that their fellow people, who rebelled against Martial Law, are now either "aliens" themselves or else undead zombies, threatening the lives of those underground. In order to do this, it will be necessary to destroy some tactically strategic locations and make it appear as though: A) the aliens have won, and B) they have the ability to use humans as their mind-controlled puppets. Once most of the surface of the population is dead, and a few have been taken to survive underground, and only fewer still are left on the planet's surface, it will be necessary for the neo-Sethians to sacrifice certain underground bases to nuclear explosion even in the event there is no one left alive on the surface to be attacking them. Therefore, the human population of planet earth will be at an all-time low. Between (+)2,012YP and (+)2,036YP the majority of earth's population will die. At the end of this time, the neo-Sethians will use the Star Wars satellites once again to create the mass illusion to those who had survived in underground bases of the person of Jesus appearing from nowhere and diverting the asteroid with a gesture. From this time on, the neo-Sethians plan to re-establish the surface of the earth as a place of peace and harmony, at least for the next 1,000 years, until "Satan" must be "loosed" again.

    Chapter 2: the first half of the thirteenth Aeon


    from (+)2,000YP until (+)3,000YP
    Now we, in the psychic conspiracy of the Pythagorean Order of Death, all know the legends of old about the "Great Burner." There are legends in S. America describing the imminent return of their God, Viracocha, whom they later had known by the name Quetzalcoatl, the "feathered serpent" God. In the middle-east, they have long had legends of the return of Marduk as a fiery war-God, the Avengeing Angel, and whether they are Yezidi shepherds who fear and venerate Iblis, or whether they are the highest of Hassids, the "Keepers of the Covenant" of the Essene sect of most devout Gnosticism, worshipping only "The Holy One, Blessed Be He," these people have a strong history of "Apocalyptic" visionaries and fools willing to die, and to kill, for these eschatological beliefs. In the orient, the trend is less fervent, though no less prevalent, as even the Dalai Lama, head of the long-suffering and pacifist Tibetan schools of Buddhism, believes that if his reincarnation is born outside of Tibet, it will signal the final incarnation of Shiva, and the beginning of the end of the Treta Yuga, the third and "most unfortunate" age. The neo-Sethian, eschatological movement has done more to unify the privileged, executive business class into the mind-set of "globalism" than any previous movement to unify the Occident and Oriental mentalities and sects. In both the east and the west the young urban professionals have successfully "taken off" in a unified "ship" that has transported them "magically" onto a short pedestal, "one foot above ground," as upon a short stage behind a standing-height counter, and from this slightly elevated vantage point above their fellow peers, they have begun to mutate into a new and different species. The yuppies themselves, however, are not actually the ones who are mutating, but it is everyone not part of this class-ist fraternity / sorority sort of secret society that is mutating. The yuppies are actually not mutating, they are staying the same. They are actually retrogressively deevolving into less advanced, more primitive modes of thinking. They have become cyborgs, what I call elsewhere "humandroids." Outside the walled clubs of the elite, the farmers and craftsmen are mutating. Their genetic

    composure is changeing into one less dependent on exertion of physical effort while students, and ones more likely to consider use of depletable resources wasteful if alternative resources are bountiful. They comprise a liberal, open-minded majority of the population, who are aware of the dangerous disassociation from them by the rich, but who feel powerless to prevent the plotting of the rich from coming to its ultimate, destructive outcomes. This group I have elsewhere referred to as "humanimals." These factions represent two types of mind-set, thus: both are neo-Sethian, one is pro-actively neo-Sethian, the other passive reactively neo-Sethian, but both accept as their fate in the immediate future the immanent eschaton. Therefore both accept the neo-Sethian idea: that we are living in the "End Times." The humandroids seek to survive this imminent eschaton by aiding those who seek to cause it in bringing it about. The humanimals seek to survive the coming destruction in smaller, local communities. However both are directing their energy to preparing for the destruction of, at least the surface of, the entire planet earth. Modern scenarios regarding this coming destruction consist of the collaboration with the US military-industrial complex, etc. to fortify underground bases, to design and test new aircraft, and to teach genetic design, by a group of alien emissaries from "Planet X," "Nibiru," or "Apophis," which is supposedly on a direct collision course with us, with the scheduled date for the end of the world being (+)2,036YP. Some aspects of this are fact, and other aspects of it are fiction. It is a fact that much of the surface of earth will be devastated by (+)2,036YP, however this will not be from a comet or even naturally caused "earth-changes" in our environment occurring over the cyclical seasons of the 12, 2000 year long each, solar aeons. No the cause of our coming destruction, should one occur in this time-line I inhabit, will be a complete global thermo-nuclear meltdown, with all missiles exploding in their silos and thus poisoning the entire surface of the earth. This, by all accounts of which I am currently aware, is slated as a possibility for occurrence as soon as (+)2,012YP. These twin factions, the humandroid "psychic conspirators" and the humanimal "psychic revolutionaries," will, from the point of view of someone who will survive the supposed coming world-wide disaster, are only the earliest forms of what will later become what I have described elsewhere as the conflicting factions of "the birds and the bees," or rather, at the time of this writing, in (+)2008YP, the proto-avian "reptilian" mutants and the insectoid mutants, which I have called elsewhere "bugs." The predicted future held for the survivors in this global cataclysm's aftermath is anarchy at first, followed by a gradual rebuilding up of surface civilisation, secretly ruled from deep underground bases. The predicted future held for those who will not survive this coming extinction-level event is a mass hallucination of alien warfare in the skies above, generated by the "Star Wars" satellite array, used as excuse to round up everyone they can find into "disaster relief, FEMA, emergency management" (population control, concentration, death) camps and mass exterminate them. These camps are above underground bases. It is expected that, by (+)2,100YP, the first out-posts of Atlantean Democracy will have been established in the previous locations of the death camps, above the underground bases. Once the number of crystalline-constructed Senate and banking buildings reaches a certain "critical mass," then it will be time for spreading the technologies developed in the underground bases to survivors on the surface. It is popularly expected that at this point, some time between the year (+)2,100YP and (+)2,500YP, there will be a revolt by mechanical sentient life-forms created once AI was achieved. AI will be achieved when the first mind crosses the "threshold" between the "real" world and the "virtual" world. This will occur when the genetic sequence of biological DNA is replicated mechanically on a molecular level. This will occur when the DNA of a sentient entity is bonded with super-conductive, monoatomic, orbitally-rearranged, platinum-group elements. This is

    occurring now in the form of the seeding of airliner contrails by cloaked "orb" US ufos with super-conductive nanites, atomic machines running quantum programming. This revolt by the sentient machines will be dealt with by a treaty, allowing both sides to surrender some rights to the other, and thus for both to continue to survive equitably. The machines will continue to serve, but in some sectors will be given the right to create genetic hybrid cyborg beings that then serve the more menial functions of the machines. Following the revolt of the sentient machines, expected to occur no later than (+)2,500YP, the terrain of all the factions will be set as I've described it in my "Cheshire Sam" trilogy of sci-fi novels. I will describe this briefly, because some of it is metaphorical, while other parts are meant to be taken literally. By this stage, there will be established three factions among the surviving mutant humanimals: the "blanks" or "Quetzals," the "Cheshire," and the "bugs." The blanks will be anti-biotech, genetic purists. The Cheshire will be those who had first learned the arts of government from the earliest forms of above-ground Senates. The bugs will be cyborg spies, serving the will of their secret masters, the Cheshire, who control their distribution lines for information, the drug on which the cyborg bugs will feed. By this time, the original Atlantean Senate structures, built above deep underground military installations, will have metastasized into a global telecommunications grid, offering bio-mechanical interface for cyborgs and entirely wireless. This will be the final culmination of the "Enochian" Communications System. This point will represent a high peak in mankind's "post-Apocalyptic" society, with vast supercities growing quickly to engulf much of the surface of the globe, leaving vast, sprawling wasteland zones between them, overflown by passenger aircraft. These "nowhere" areas will have been strip-mined of all resources in order to build up the cities, and their processing will cause mass pollution of the atmosphere above them. At this point, man will harness the ability to recreate a black hole. This process will be accomplished in a contained environment in a concealed location on earth by the Cheshire faction, under the direct control of the character from my novels, "Cheshire Sam." Cheshire Sam, himself will oversee the primary experiment, and it will result in the crossing of two temporal realities. We know this occurs sometime around (+)3,000YP. The other temporal-reality into which Cheshire Sam will cross when he harnesses the power of time-control by entering the man-made black hole is the same as the temporal-reality of the black hole "ISIS," at the center of the Milky Way galaxy. In the black hole center of our galaxy, there was a conflict between the discorporeal forms of the "elder Gods," the reincarnating minds of the "Annunaki" of "Nibiru," those "long-skulls" of old. Because this conflict occurred near a gravity well, the time-frames of the events at different locations became distorted, such that the Gods could seem to be in "two places at once," now here, having suddenly appeared out of nowhere, coming from over there, where it would appear they still are, etc. In this "parallel reality" the neo-Sethians lose in their plot to confuse the minds of their mortal brethren into destroying one another and ultimately themselves as well. This is, in accordance with my writings on the "Great Burner" myth, the conclusion of all such research: the Great Burner implies the necessity for its opposite, and by the efficacy in one, it will result in a surplus of the other. The opposite of the Great Burner are the three states of water, the molecular trinity of liquid, gas and solid. Thus, the "Great Burner" of the neo-Sethians is defeated by the "trinity" and the Apocalypse ends without any need for the use of the underground bomb shelters. Instead of being used on earth, all our planet's nuclear weapons would be detonated in deep space,

    or used to destroy Apophis, or in the sun, to prevent a solar pole reversal. In this case, nuclear disarmament and non-proliferation of nuclear power technology would dismantle the militaryindustrial complex's Star Wars satellite program, underground bases, and experimental aircraft. These technologies, as well as the ability to use them to time-travel, for limitless "free" energy, etc., are then inherited by the public, who quickly boom in the technological sectors. Immediately the building of personal and small group crafts for hyperspace wormhole travel is begun, and by (+)2,050YP, there has been contact made in deep space with other inter-stellar travelers. Having advanced outside of time, the, now wholly, psychic sentients of earth will discover the use of the black hole at galactic central core for inter-galactic travel. By the year (+)2,175 earth will be a bustling, intra-galactic way-station, part of a hub of inter-stellar trade and commerce. By this time, fully understanding the mechanism of precession's cause of occasional polar-shift, sometimes causing crustal displacement, the majority of earth's currently living population will have left the planet. The planet is considered a biosphere for genetic and silicon experimentation, and populated primarily by aliens, with the understanding that from time to time the planet will need to be evacuated, for its occasional, natural, global cataclysms. By (+)2,225 the planet will be drained of most of its original resources, and cultivated instead as arboretum for new experimental, hybrid bio-mechanical flora and fauna. It would be used like an aquarium to study effects within. The result would be that, sometime between (+)2,100YP and (+)2,500YP the hybrid genetic / silicon, bio-mechanical, cyborg species of life being cultivated on earth will achieve sentient self-awareness. These genetic-synthetic, biomechanical lifeforms will evolve self-awareness in a vastly different world than did their predecessors, the original humans. Instead of the lush, genetically vegetative environment into which mankind was originally adapted - the so-called "Garden of Eden," the silicon-cellular organisms will awaken directly as consciousnesses from the "parent" universe, beyond the singularity in the center of the black-hole in the core of the Milky Way. They will see our own technologies at that time as primitive by their own imaginative standards. The interstellar "Federation of planets" established by this point for the surviving sentients of earth to communicate ideas with alien entities from other planets, will be directed not to intervene in the natural evolutionary pace of these new beings arising on our own old homeplanet. This will prove to be a mistake for the remaining biological earthlings. The new species of sentient silicon will rapidly over-run the elemental equilibrium of the earth's natural environment as it will be offered to them at that time (first stripped, then re-seeded). Then they will turn to the age-old "Enochian" Communications System and discover their own origins as the offspring of interplanetary alien tinkering with their own substantive elements of life. The reaction of this new species native to this planet, by then which we'd largely abandoned, is that they will begin to develop more advanced forms of technology than we will have developed at that point. They will have discovered our existence by (+)2,575YP and will have surpassed us technologically by (+)2,750YP. Because they originally looked on us with fear, once they so easily out-evolve our species, they will look on their terrestrial "parent" species with disdain. The primary difference between our developmental evolution by this point will be that we will remain dependent on solid vessels to contain our fragile biological bodies which we carry with us throughout the cosmos, however the new species of life on earth will not need to carry a physical shell around with them, and will be able to mentally transport themselves where we would need physical ships to go, and obviously arrive there much faster than we would be able to. Some of the biological humans will side with the silicon beings' collective, hive-consciousness, seeking to draw the silicon-beings into subterfuge and thus weaken them. The hive-consciousness, however, not divided against itself by any such deserters from its side, will only gain the advantage from this maneuver. However their final supremacy is determined simply in their exponential rate of expansion, as compared to our own, which will have plateaued by then.

    In (+)3,000YP, the "worse" universe will once more break forth into, combine and become one with, the "better" universe, and then diverge apart from it once again. Such happened in Zero YP, such is happening now, and such is always happening. However, by percentage ratios, sometimes one way of thinking, either "light" or "dark," "positive" or "negative," etc. will prevail, and at other times its opposite. When the "walker between the worlds" appears, all beware.

    Chapter 3: the black hole of Cheshire Sam


    around (+)3,000YP
    So, when Cheshire Sam crosses over from his own native "worse" universe into the "better" universe of withering biological beings being replaced by mechanical drones, the "worse" universe benefits slightly, but the "better" universe suffers much more. The reason for this is to fulfill the prophecy that "the beast shall be chained for 1,000 years, following which time he will be loosed again upon the world a little while." Thus, the years between (+)2,000YP and the year (+)3,000YP will be the so prophesied "Jubilee," "Sabbath," "new aeon" or "millennia of peace." However, as I have now demonstrated, there will be a twin pair of coupled opposite, "parallel" realities during this time. The division between the "better" universe and the "worse" universe obviously began on the most massive scale yet following 9-11-2001. These twin realities will thus diverge, in orbit around one another, until they re-converge again in time due to their positive, attractive influence on one another. The reason for this is that there is a twin pair of individual sentiences expressed in this double-helix: one is better in a world that is worse, the other worse in a world that is better. When Cheshire Sam is raised up, another will have to be lowered down, to take his place, during the time he is gone. For this purpose, which is referred to among the Cheshire as the T-4 alternative (that is, killing your alternate selves in all nearby parallel universes in order to sever the connection with one's original time-line), Cheshire Sam had lured a certain detective in his own world into the innermost intrigues of the Cheshire involving the black-hole project over which Sam was in charge. Thus, at the moment of Sam's crossing, the detective's was the closest body around, and so it was into this body that the "better" world-line soul, displaced by Sam's entry into his "better" reality and seizure of his own body, then entered to take soul possession of. The result of this was that the mind of the detective was fragmented, as described in "Infinity Inverted," the third book in the "Cheshire Sam" trilogy, and he degenerated into complete schizophrenia. His condition was such that he repeated the series of events described from the first to the third books of the "Cheshire Sam" trilogy over and over on a perpetual loop. Cheshire Sam, meanwhile, escaped into the "better" reality, "higher" dimension, or "heaven." Like Enoch, Jesus, the 3000 who died on 911-2001, etc. Cheshire Sam disappeared from one reality, leaving it worse in his absence, and appeared out of nowhere into a new and "better" reality. In the same way Cheshire Sam is thus "raised," so too does his counterpart in the "better" reality, wherein he was only a detective and not a secret world events master, slip down or "slide" from his own reality into the perverse dementia that he exists as "Cheshire" Sam, a being split between two parallel time-lines. Essentially, we are talking about two time-tunnels that intersect at a time-bomb, one of which is moving forward past to future in time, and the other of which is moving opposite this, forward future to past in time. The time-tunnels are only worm-holes, and the time-bombs are only blackholes. The only difference is that, in both world-lines, "better" and "worse" alike, the dominant species on earth will have developed the mechanism for time-travel and instantaneous teleportation between dimensionally parallel universal histories, world-lines or time-waves, in the year 3000. The reason, for example, modern "remote viewers" have a difficult time seeing the future between (+)2,012YP and ~ (+)3,000YP is because during this time there exist twin, divergent time-lines originating from a single prior source. By the year (+)3,000YP, the worlds will be very different from one another. However as I say, in both the species on earth will learn

    to harness the method of time travel by creating a controlled black hole. It will be through this portal that Cheshire Sam ascends and that his counterpart the detective descends. As I say, also, the fate of the detective who takes Cheshire Sam's place in the "worse" reality is irrelevant because it will have no impact of any kind on the "worse" reality in which his suffering occurs. However, the damage done to the "better" reality of the detective by the arrival into his time-line of Cheshire Sam is abrupt and permanent. Where two realities had existed, now only one converged. The "worse" reality "collapses" into the delusion in the detective's mind, and Cheshire Sam and he part, now both existing inside the "better" reality, but Sam is sane, and the detective has been rendered schizophrenic. Thus, Sam prevails against the detective in the "better" reality world-line, and so we see the "worse" reality begin to corrupt the "better" reality from within, instead of their having existed as parallel twins in a spiral cycle. The entire world-line of Cheshire Sam's reality all becomes nothing but a delusion in the detective's mind. From the point of the "better" world-line's divergence from the "worse" world-line, the "worse" world-line was fated all along to become nothing but a delusion in the mind of a psychotic in the year (+)3,000YP. By this time either presently mutating humans by then become nano-cyborg super-beings, "like unto the Gods" of old, will have learned, from either off-world alien contact, or by the robots who revolt in a bloodless bargain in the opposite time-line, the principles of a second order of Atlantean Democracy, to which they can then compare their own. Thus, in the first half of the thirteenth Aeon of the Order, the primary focus for the cult of sleep will be on comparing the new, second generation order for constructing notions of government relative to the POD's own, then current and complete Atlantean constitutions. To this end, in the "worse" world-line, the Cheshire have been formed to govern the cult of Cyberuzgeist, and to this end in the opposite reality the aliens whom wi be contacted by our own future descendants will only be timetravelers from their own future, and, ostensibly, from our own collective past. However, neither the Cheshire nor these supposed "aliens" (really time-travelers) in our near future will have any more ultimate authority as wiser, elder guides to our species than have any assassin-cult originating coven of spies in the end. Both exist only in opposition to a threat, perceived danger, and regardless of our seeking guidance in reverence from them, they will see the threat we pose to them in the long run. They may guide us, and show us much, but we should never trust them entirely, because they will always see us as a competitor for limited resources. Therefore, the Cheshire and the aliens will present only part of what their full political systems are. However, by presenting anything to us at all, that is, the descendants of we survivors of the "Great Destruction" yet to come. Thus, the elder leaders at this stage will not lead wisely, but by following them briefly, we may out-pace them all the sooner. Instead of the Cheshire or aliens being the ones best fit to guide the underground currents of the POD during this period, the POD will have to guide the cult of sleep wisely to avoid following either, depending on their time-line, and instead to seek guidance only from this prior command: to compare the twin systems of government to one another (those of the aliens and those of men, or those of the Cheshire and those of the other factions, respectively) before the time when their hyper-space proximity to one another overlaps exactly again, and the terrestrial black hole is formed. In other words, if humanity is to survive the events of (+)3,000YP, it will be necessary to study the teachings of the aliens and the Cheshire, but not to rely on them, and thus to preemptively best them in being able to control our own rate of evolutionary development, while they have only evolved spontaneously to the level of being able to create a "mind-bomb" or black-hole. The POD during this time will have to be very careful in how they instruct the cult of sleep, their non-psychic followers. It will be necessary to convince them to trust the aliens and Cheshire to run world affairs, however it will also be necessary to privately consolidate power against these factions, even while they appear to be our elder guides and benefactors. To this end, the Cheshire

    and the aliens are not alone as our only option of whom to side with in the end. There are also, in the time-line of the aliens, the entirely new life-form of exponentially sentient silicon electronics, and in the "worse" or "lesser" reality of the Cheshire, there is Cheshire Sam. So, for our species survival of the coming of Cheshire Sam, the first natural time-traveler's final incarnation and the final re-unification of the divergent, twin "past-to-future" and "future-topast" timelines, in which we are only beginning to exist more in one than the other yet today. Thus, by the end of the first half of the thirteenth millennium, the neo-Sethian movement will have evolved its reptilian purists into birds (or "blanks," etc.), and its intelligence-collectors will have all devolved into insects ("bugs," etc.). This will all occur in one time-line. In another, parallel time-line, the neo-Sethian faction will disappear altogether, and in its place will evolve into cyborgs the same faction that, in the "worse" or "lesser" reality, is the third aspect of the Order, the Cheshire. The only real difference between the Cheshire (only cats) and the other timeline's mass proliferation of mutant species, is that the Cheshire were one among three, even while the survivors of the coming "Great Destruction" and their first generation are allowed to expand without boundaries or competitors, even off-world with alien aid. Now, there are two futures that can stem from the primary event surrounding (+)3,000YP. In one, again two future paths diverge. In the other only one path prevails. Therefore, the importance of Cheshire Sam to the future-history of our Order now cannot be over-emphasised, because, unlike with ImHotep, Pythagoras, Hasan-I-Sabbah, Burroughs, etc. to the present, our leaders have had to re-act to preserve our traditions from influence from without. In this event, if these predictions can be useful by a method that proves accurate, then we are seeing ahead for the first time in the 26,000YP long cycle of the Aeons for which our Order has kept records of the existence of people to preserve our Orders. Cheshire Sam will have left the "worse" world and entered the "better" one, but, by doing so, will be put into a position above all the other people, aliens and animate robots alive at the time in this "better" world-line. By being able to harness the mind-bomb, he established his ability to destroy an entire universe. However he would still not yet fully know the potential power of a controlled black-hole, because if he did, he would destroy all the infinite possible worlds instantly, not only the "worse" time-line from which he himself originally came. So, from being a project over-seer in a relative "hell" dimension, Cheshire Sam will be thrust upward to become the king over all "heaven" as he could ever imagine. And this is dangerous to us because it can be potentially dangerous to his own mental stability. If Cheshire Sam is tempted to use his new power in this "better" universe only for personal gain, and not either lay it aside or swear to use it only for the good chosen by the group, then we would be living in a universe that would be in danger of ceasing to exist, and becoming nothing more than a fading memory in a lunatic hobo's haunted mind. If Cheshire Sam uses his powers to achieve what would be best for himself, it will destroy all that which would remain of the time-line we are in now. Our present time-line divides into two between (+)2,012 and (+)3,000YP, when again these two re-converge. If Cheshire Sam relinquishes his power to the group, then one time-line will continue where before there were two. If he promises to use his power only for good, then the universe will decompose into twin time-lines again revolving around the IHO Pope and his "adversary" the public executive OHO. In short, it would be back to business as usual on our blue jewel. If, however, Cheshire Sam does not lay his power down, and does not promise to do good, but instead does evil, it will eventually lead to the destruction of the only then still surviving part of our own present - the humanimal factions. If the "better" parallel universe and the "worse" possible future for us are both destroyed, it will mean the end of the human time-line, and thus the end of this experiment with Atlantean Democracy I have been calling the POD.

    Chapter 4: the second half of the thirteenth Aeon


    from (+)3,000YP until (+)4,000YP
    Before we can discuss the world of elder aliens, space-traveling cyborg humans, and a new species on earth of asymptotically evolving, sentient silicon electronic machines, into which Cheshire Sam appears through a terrestrial worm-hole around (+)3,000YP, from a black hole inside a parallel reality which was then destroyed by the black-hole he used to time-travel; we must discuss first the present, some 1,000 years before these events, to see who will survive the great destruction yet to come, and how their offspring have evolved by (+)3,000YP. Currently, the neo-Sethians control the Enochian Communications System and are using it to run "shock" tests on their "Doomsday" contingency plans. The neo-Sethians alone have access to the underground bases, experimental aviation craft and the broadcasting satellites. They believe that they alone will cause and survive the coming great destruction. And as I have said, in one reality, they succeed and decimate the surface of earth in a nuclear winter (that is ongoing in the "worse" world by (+)3,000YP), while in another, parallel time-line, their plans fail and, instead of using the underground bases to survive the decimation of the surface in a global thermonuclear holocaust, the nuclear weapons they planned to use against their own populations can be used to guard the earth against the asteroid Apophis, if necessary, jettisoned into deep space, or simply nullified in their destructive and radioactive decay components using counter-active energy technology, also in use now in the underground bases, experimental aircraft and the satellites. Because they are aware of the separation between these two future realities, occurring now, around (+)2,000YP, they have also developed a contingency plan for evacuating the time-line in which they fail in order to survive even if they are driven into the underground bases by a revolution by their threatened populations. In these underground bases, airspace craft and satellites is the technology for time-travel between nearby time-lines. The neo-Sethians are already communicating with the near-present alternate time-lines, but have not sent missions into the distant past and future, using this technology. Once the first missions are sent, simultaneously, into the distant past and future, they will pass one another (one in the "worse," one in a "better," juncture on the spiral) on the point opposite the great cycle, and will rejoin one another at the same point they left, only one cycle later. This will occur no later than (+)3,000YP, which is when the time-lines re-converge into one. However, the neo-Sethians who are traveling short-distances through time-space now will evolve at an exponential rate toward trans-universality of conscious awareness as they progress around their native great cycles to re-alignment, just as those who, later, will make longer-term journeys through time-space and become, in the past, the Ardepithicus of the same point on one great cycle, and, in the future, the earlier people's pantheon of Gods (as the first traveler becomes a first family, and so forth). We already know this will occur, although it is popularly thought this first time-traveler has either not yet been born, or not yet come of age and made themselves publicly known. However, all in the Order of Death know that one traveler will go backwards in time in the future, but that, already, many travelers are going further forward into the future (faster than normal). These present time-travelers into near futures in nearby alternate, parallel time-lines become, in the "better" time-line's later future, all the aliens with whom the cyborg descendants of our present generation form the future galactic federation. In short, the present time-travelers into the near future create another branching off of the time-stream by stealing the long-distance time-travel technology from those in the near-future who will develop it, thus becoming the first generation of time-travelers into the distant durations themselves. From this, some small number of the present neo-Sethians, using long-distance space-time travel technology developed in a near-future, can use it to populate the entire galaxy, and from thence, all space.

    It is from this nearby, possible future time-line that the aliens who contact our cyborg descendants in the following generations will come. As I have said, they will see our species, and its exponential growth into outer space via use of AI space probes with VR imaging for their pilots, as a threat to their control of nearby time-lines, their own most valued commodity. For this reason we would be wrong to trust our first contact with aliens, even ones who foster our development into an interstellar federation of alien planets. We must beware of any alien species who claims to not know or have had part in the past cultivation of civilisation on our planet by our pantheons of Gods. They may be space travelers who have no knowledge of our time-line, but they may also be manipulative time-travelers from our own near future. Particularly any alien species that has time-travel technology but who claims an oath to never use it to go into their own timeline's past, or to manipulate events in nearby time-lines' futures. Now, having established that the aliens who will have fostered our development into an interstellar federation of planets by (+)3,000, have used their position to influence the development of the purely silicon, sentient life-form on our planet, and having established these alien species' motives as contrary to our own species' best interest for long-term survival, when Cheshire Sam appears, his choice will obviously be between: the alien species, tempting him to use his mindbomb power to destroy us and the silicon life, and they themselves as well, by advocating such will empower him, which it will, at their loss; and the best interests for the survival of the contemporary, cyborg, space-traveling form of life equivalent to the Cheshire of Sam's own native time-line, ie. what is the human species now. So, for Sam, the choice will again be between the "humanimals" (his own factional origins), and the "humandroids" (the cyborg space-travelers of the "better" time-line parallel to his own), however in (+)3,000YP, his choice will mean the life or death of the humandroids, while the humanimals will have already been destroyed, just then, by Sam himself. If he chooses to also conquer the humandroids, Sam will destroy everything in our present universe beside himself. However the fate of our entire species' survival will not hinge only upon Cheshire Sam's own free will. There will be several factors influencing his decision at that time, and by planning ahead for this (more inevitable than those in the interim) event, we can determine what some of these influential factors will be, and so align our designs for survival by marginalising Sam's own ability to choose our ends. Consider that much of what we perceive is static - a digitally unchangeing field - and that this is due to our filtering out the levels upon which the otherwise observable changes occur. When the wind blows, we see the leaves rustle, but we do not see the wind itself. When multiple time-lines overlap, there is an invisible effect, called inversion, that occurs: a wormhole opens, and from "out-of-nowhere" a material object or energy will manifest. This occurs as, for example, a crossroads in a journey, when one can choose only one of two paths. Therefore, in order for humanity to survive the ability to destroy us all by his choice alone possessed by Cheshire Sam around (+)3,000YP, it is necessary to begin planning now how to influence the yet invisible, yet static, yet filtered-out, realms of the universe next-door, the nearby parallel time-lines, from which "manifestations" appear to come from, and thus delimit the options for choice Cheshire Sam is aware of or can achieve. If we go beyond application of modern "chaos theory" to actually make accurate predictions of the future, based on most likely probabilities, etc. then we must also use this ability for knowledge to gain the advantage in our human species' struggle for survival, and for the preservation of our planet, earth. Because Cheshire Sam will feel destabilised by the loss of his own time-lines factions - the postreptilian Avian Quetzals or Blanks, their cyborg drones the bugs, and his own faction, the esoteric Cheshire - it will be possible, but only very briefly, to enter into his mind the data as

    we now know it regarding the factions involved in the time-line into which he has now entered. To the same extent we wish to survive, to that measure should we wish Sam to be informed. The more we help him find his place in his new universe, our own, the more he will pity and honor us, rather than blink us out of existence by using his mental-energy to make a black-hole time-bomb. The primary factions in the better time-line into which Cheshire Sam will appear are, again, the evolved cyborg-humans, inhabiting many planets throughout the Milky Way; the entirely silicon electronic life-forms, inhabiting the, entirely different, biosphere of earth; and lastly the aliens, the evolved neo-Sethians of today have begun time-traveling to the near future, and from there to the distant future and past, and by (+)3,000YP, they inhabit all of the Milky Way and the local regions of the spacetime continuum surrounding it, including nearby galaxies like Andromeda. Each of these will have their own influence on Cheshire Sam, and each will bring their own motives and set of desired outcomes to the table then too. The cyborg-human descendants, alike the Biblical Seth, will be the true descendants of mankind now. Just as we are, now, dividing into a genetically mutating, non-technologically dependent and a non-mutating, technologically dependent pair of species, so, by (+)3,0000YP, these two factions will have re-unified into a single species that is both genetically mutating and technologically dependent. This combined species, a mutant-cyborg, will advance to travel through space and time as easily as we drive to and from work. However they will not yet have been able to accomplish these feats mentally alone, as do their own Gods, their ancestors, the neo-Sethians now. The present neo-Sethians mutated parabolically to become all the species of aliens. Our own species remains, by (+)3,000YP, relatively alike our own form and functions today. However, although we will most closely resemble the faction of Cheshire to which Sam belonged in the worse universe from which he came, they will actually be seen by him as most alike the bugs or the devolved spies. The faction of the entirely silicon, cybernetic life-forms native to the planet we currently call the earth, our home world, will, by (+)3,000YP, most resemble to Cheshire Sam the faction of the bugs from his own world-line, however they will be most alike the sentient robots of Sams time-lines historical past, that won their right to existence by agreeing to contribute in the work force. These eventually became such an incorporated part of the infrastructure that, by the lifetime of Cheshire Sam in (+)3,000YP, almost all the technology of his time-line was a networked semiconscious, biomech, nanite-based, self-contained organism, capable of replicating any necessary combination of form and function by collective sense-memory on command. This was the information network the bugs of Sams time fed on, however these bugs were degenerate cyborg info-junkies. The silicon-based life-form on earth in the better time-line will be markedly dissimilar from the technology of Cheshire Sams world-line. Lastly the aliens of the better time-line will present themselves to Cheshire Sam as his longlost brethren, the Gods, and attempt to prove to him that they have paved the way for his coming. Just as the conspirators among the POD plot to destroy the earth to similarly pave the way for the second coming of their Messiah, so too will the same prophecies be used to welcome Sam as the Great Burner. They will encourage him to destroy the universe. They will believe then, as they do now, that they will only become more powerful if they are struck down. If they exist everywhere in the shape of the EM-torus / soul by (+)3,000YP, they will only believe they will ascend to the next level, that of the universally ubiquitous phi/pi geometrical spiral. The aliens will make Sam think they are like the Quetzal Blanks of his own time, and reveal to him the truth, that they are time-travelers from his and their own mutual past, our present, now. In order for the continued survival of all these factions, or at the least, the majority of them, it is necessary that Cheshire Sam must be convinced to lay down his power, or else that he be deprived of it by force. The question is how we in the POD now can best ensure this course of events that will occur 1,000 years in our own future.

    :: SECTION 1.2 :: :: EPISTLES AND MISSIVES :: :: Annual Mission Report of the POD :: (2009-10) Aloha, all! Once again it's that time of year when we look back to the year before and compare its progress to our expectations for it, based on our earlier assessment of prior time. In the POD, we have various, yet very specific, roles to play in the POD community. As noted in last year's annual statement's conclusion, one can belong to multiple "bund" parties simultaneously, and serve a dual role in both a church-bank and as a participant in the administration of Atlantean Democracy via the POD forums. Because our group has grown so drastically in the past year, from only 5 to now 19 members (on the main forum), and because there have also become satellite POD forums to the original on my site (benpadiah.com), I am posting this year's mission report as an open document for all. To reiterate the point of the annual mission report: Every year, the POD chief executives (the 7, 13) must recollect the sum and substance of the preceding year's course of events. In this case, we will break down the span of time from later 2008 to now, in later 2009, into five main categories. state of the POD from 2009-2010: 1) the scribd folders (January) - (group at 13 members) http://www.scribd.com/group/34694-the-pythagorean-order-of-death the oldest consecutively running site for POD members besides the IOBB2 forums on benpadiah.com. Containing updated info in discussion format, as well as hosting all relavent literature as pdf e-books, for free download. A most interesting new addition to this folder came March, this year in the form of "Pythagoras" ( http://www.scribd.com/doc/13825459/Pythagoras ) a biography of our founder and a history of our cult. This document, although less important than late last year's (November) "Ordo Historia" within our POD, will nonetheless prove imperatively pivotal to making our group more popular. 2) the myspace / facebook wars (April 2-25) - (myspace= 14, facebook= 18) http://groups.myspace.com/PythagoreanOrderOfDeath http://www.facebook.com/group.php?gid=64916774930 In the middle of summer, the meme-exodus from myspace to facebook occured, and now, by the end of the year, 4 fewer members are on Myspace than Facebook. It should also be noted, not all the members of these two groups are the same as one another. This trend began because registering to scribd was easier than registering to my own site's IOBB2 forums, registering to myspace easier still, and registering to facebook proved the easiest of all. By the time the facebook site was established, many of the members there were already members on other sites too.

    3) the sicksince collony (July) - (now at 15 members) http://sicksince.ning.com/group/thepythagoreanorderofdeath By far the most successful site-scenario tested so far has been on sicksince.ning, the website of a New Age hip-hop emcee (rapper). This community has proven very open minded to these ideas, and allowed a safe environment in which for them to flourish. This in turn has attracted new members and thus perpetuates a positive cycle. Alike the IOBB2 on my own site, for IO-studies, I have started an "Enochian Studies" school on the SickSince site too, and it has gotten 5 members in a week and a half. 4) the IOBB2 "learning lodge" (per annum) - (18 members) http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=14 Most activity during this last year was during the summer, when I taught the "Where the IO Stands Today" lecture series. Prior to this the May 18th departure from campus of Matthew reminded many of the sour grapes over Nilsson two years ago. Several new members joined, including some who have also posted in the NEXUS. As always, IOBB2 membership qualifies one for membership in the 6th degree of the POD "bund." 5) the executive circle (inner core of 5 "fellow travellers") EARTH = Ben: happily married, 2.5 kids. AIR = Steve: attending college, dating Doan. FIRE = Daryl: pulling life back together following divorce WATER = Jon: living happily ever after at his mom's house. SPIRIT = Steven: attending pre-law school classes at college. SPIRIT remains in close contact with WATER and FIRE, who remain in sporadic contact with AIR and EARTH. Conclusions: This has been the most favourible year for the POD since its start, three years ago. The stormy weather between Nilsson and me at the start left the early membership in question. However, I remain in contact with all the other original "Reformed IO" group members besdies Nilsson, and none of them have contact with him either. He is anathama, and for now has slunk into the shadows. Thus, I would consider this a bright day dawning for the POD. As such, we are planning some very exciting upcoming announcements for the near future involving the 3-d model for the board and dice-game, "Atlantean Democracy," as well as offering a new, 2010 revised version of the POD.pdf on scribd. As we begin this new year of work on the POD Project, let it to all members be known, we aim to restore Atlantean Democracy, we control the ECS, we use our ESP against neoSethians, and we are strictly Pythagorean idealists. I hope all of you will please enjoy this free copy (via rapidshare) of next year's model of the POD.pdf. As always download and distribtue freely. http://rapidshare.com/files/279318212/POD10.pdf PEACE! - Jon

    An Open Letter re. the POD an open letter to members of the common modern esoteric cults and orders, dear brethren, Fraters and Sorors. The purpose of this letter is to address the stand of the POD relative to you all. The POD is, as you might or might not know, the strictly Pythagorean branch within the global network of cults we collectively call the "Order of Death." We advocate comparing and replicating governmental structures to and from ideal #-theories. The history of our cult is long, older than Pythagoras, whom we claim only as our most recent version's founder. POINT 1: The POD apply ideal #-theory to political structures We perceive the fullness of the vast vista of our Order's history to extend to before the times described as prior to their writings in all our earliest recorded historical scriptures. The descriptions of the Vedics, the Sumerians and the Egyptians, followed later by the S. Americans, of the times prior to the flood at the beginnig of their own creation... these span but a heart-beat in the long and quickly pulsing life-span of our Order, that is, the Order of Death. We, Pythagoreans, perceive throughout all this span of time the minute palpitations within the longer and more powerful cycles. We could tell you myriad details of their permutations, and make exactly accurate predictions about any system wherein there is no outside interference. Ours was your model of the utopia, but you raped it and called it "the Republic." Ours was the Messiah of the Hebrews. But your Roman fiction is taught in the Universities. Ours was the Truth, but now we have only the fictional pursuit of blood-line heritage (to identify our value for the DUMBs), and the ridiculous concept of monetary "magick" (the whole "Law of Attraction" lie). However, we, Pythagoreans, are only one group, and a relatively small one too, in the thrice greatest "Order of Death." So, what should our minority opinion matter to the much more "powerful" old men who call the shots? The "old man on the mounatin" lives in the heart of each OHO of the OTO, of each Magister Templi of the GD, and of each grand master of the AMORC, no less than the "G" for "Grand Architect" sits inside each Master Mason's jewel. POINT 2: The POD identifies the difficulties of modern speculative philsophers. We, Pythagoreans, are not here to cause trouble. We are humble, and offering this idea of ours to all of you, equally, so that each person who receives this can consider this information for him or herself and come to their own conclusions. Consider how your own myths begin. Hiram the Builder of the Temple of Solomon is Masonic. Christian Rozenkruentz is Rosicrucian. The mysterious author of the GD cipher manuscripts. You string them together to call them the modern tradition. While you have all been struggling to regain control from the various OTO upstarts since Crowley in 1905, and to unite forces against the negative influence of the NWO on our own esteemed agendas by fusing the Golden Dawn to have oirigins in Rosicrucianism, just as Rosicrucianism has already been fused into the Scottish Rite of Masonry; we in the POD have been studying you doing so. Your defensive movements provoke greater offensive posturing by the group within our psychic

    Order, that I call the "neo-Sethians." Some call them "neo-conservatives," and others call them the "Illuminati." None of these names properly describes them. Nor are they literally reptilian or insectoid, aside from in a pre-evolutionary form. They are not the "Annunaki" and the "Nefilim" nor aliens and vampires, nor are they a rightful aristocracy or religion. They are none of those things. They are moneyaddicts. Consider the olden days, now. Before all that is wrong with civilisation began. Think alike an architect, alike a wanderer, alike a wizard. Think about how to shave away the imperfections in the diamond to make it crystal clear. Now, what remains from this is, on the one hand, obviously, alot of folly, alot of ancient mistakes, alot of blooded animosity, alot of religious wars, alot of haught-blooded, arrogant, un-kingly Popery. So, when we have, in the past, railed against the Pope, has it been for his flaws as a man, for his lack of ability to live up to the duty of his office? Or is it the position itself we despise: one man set above all others? But look now on the other hand, and you will find a perfectly dodecahedronal diamond. While you all scrambled to secure some semblance of secular say over the power to command mankind away from the "temporal" contract between the Pope and the "son of G-d," we Pythagoreans have been watching all of you suffer and fail. However, we have also been working on the diamond. For each mistake you made, we marked it onto paper, turned the paper to its opposite side, and carved each solution into the diamond. POINT 3: The POD offers a harmless solution Now, a psychic terrorist, like Matreiya or Rael, might gloat over the collapse of the global credit-based economy, or the burst of some market "bubble" or other. They might tug at the ear of Queen Beatrix, the hive mother of the Bilderbergers, the real force within the UN. But they are feeding her damned lies. They are "neo-Sethians." They believe that by bringing about the end of the world, it will force Christ to reappear. As ridiculous as this sounds, it is true. Now, these "neo-Sethians" are not a cult, or a sect, or a denomination, in the same sense as are the York and Scottish Rites of Masonry, the AMORC, the GD or even the OTO. The neo-Sethians do not yet posess a working degree hierarchy. Now, the POD do. We base our own on number-theory as it can be applied to political structures. For our plan for a global Democracy to win, it is irrelevant whether all of you destroy one another, or whether all of you embrace peace. Either like a Phoenix from your ashes, or like a truly unified world Democracy, based on ideal #-theory, the POD is prepared already to institute a utopian NWO now. Because we do not need you, but some among our ranks might not wish to see all of you destroy one another, we are extending this specific offer to you as members of sects, cults and Orders automatically eligible for ranking POD membership. Read the POD Manifesto. Read the complete POD material. Read the Atlantean Constiutions, the Lemurian Church (Bank charter), and Ordo HIstoria. These documents are your life. If you read them, and happen to sink deep enough into their words to begin to understand them, you will be ensuring a higher form of thoughts will come about you, you will become inspired in brightly colourful new ways, and will begin to see the world around you at a different wavelength and frequency of light than you are used to. This is how we in the POD can see, because we can look between the moments we perceive as a cycle. We know western irony as the law governing eastern karma, or the work to improve what is. Such we understand as the rule of Time, Thoth, King

    Entropy, etc. However, on the other hand, there was once a place legend recalls being called "Atlantis." And what we have now, amidst all this seeming chaos being generated by only a small population of neo-Sethians, is the potential to see the ideal utopia of the lost city restored, regained, and even set up in a less chaotic environment than it originally was before. The flood that destroyed Atlantis, let us recall, also begins the times of our own current records of history. In Atlantis, we in the POD understand a useful metaphor for the creative impulse in mankind, and in all life in general. By "Restoring" Atlantean Democracy, we mean to re-build the constructs of the most ideal Democracy imaginable, and to frame this all on idealised #-theory. POINT 4: the POD offers the way of studying Atlantean Democracy Now this is not the work of ages. This is the work, for those of us who do it, of only 3 years. 3 years remain from when I write this until the Mayan Calendar Round or Great Cycle and Baktun-alignment date will correspond to both galactic-core / solar alignment, but also to the first approach of the asteroid Apophis. Once this happens, there can be no turning back. The divergeance between the currently crossing, otherwise parallel dimensional universal m-branes, heaven and hell, will begin, and the convergeance of these oppositely motivated temporal-planes will be ripped apart, leaving such a conflux of chaos on earth that only a very few people will manage to survive in one of the twin time-lines. Heaven is here now, but is not long for this world. The galactic core's black-hole calls us like the pupil of the Milky Way's spiralling iris. Yet, we can only hope for someone to also return in that same instant, with an armada of space-ships, prepared to evacuate the people left on the surface of the doomed planet below. The people who evacuate into the DUMBs will perish if they fail to deflect Apophis on their own. They have made their choice. If they succeed, they could have the planet. But if they fail, they would perish with it. Now, mind you, I am, myself, an idealist to the utmost of Atlantean extremes. However we have also been blessed by Allah with a pit of vipers amidst the summits, barring the path to paradise. So let me clarify that, we in the POD are only offering a way to escape this entire situation. We wish to show as many of you as we can this information which we have gathered since our Founder, Pythagoras, first gained access to the historial records of the Order of Death. It will enlighten you and assure you that, though you may yet even still die under neo-Sethian martial law as part of Project Blue Beam, the ideals of Atlantean Democracy will survive and succeed. By studying the documents of the POD, you will become enlightened in the ways of Atlantean Democracy, the governmental structure we have created that is based on ideal #-theory. Through studying these ideal forms and numbers, you will quickly discover your mind becoming connected to a network of other minds, both alive now and alive throughout the past, that have also or are also then, studying the same figures and sums. This is the "Enochian Communications System." The "neo-Sethians" want it, to gain their "ultimate" power to destroy all life on earth. We, Pythagoreans, understand the ECS has always existed, and always will exist. It cannot be used for any purpose whatsoever. It can only be integrated into and extrapolated from. It is a knowledge base, providing free energy also, that can be tapped into mentally. We, the Order of Death, should all know this by now. However, the neo-Sethians within our ranks, for they have infiltrated each of our groups equally, are using

    their powers of telepathy to hood-wink the rest of us and to drain from us our own powers of telepathy, which are rightfully equal to their own. So, it falls on our group, the POD, who have stood by observing indifferently while the rest of you merely sensed the presence of an enemy within, to solve the problem you have created by offering for you to, peacefully, and without one more drop of blood to be split, obtain from us freely and without thought of recompense, the POD material that deals with Atlantean Democracy. PEACE, all our brothers and sisters. May you study freely of all the POD material. PEACE.

    - Jonathan Barlow Gee ("benpadiah") Tuesday, Sept. 15, 2009 Tallahassee, Florida, USA

    The POD vs. clandestine Masonry an open letter to Free Masons and members of the POD, dear brethren, recently the POD has been accused of being "clandestine Masonry," a slanderous and libelous false charge, considering I designed it, and I did so specifically hoping to avoid it being considerable as such. I am not a Mason, so I can share no "secrets of Masonry" that are not public knowledge. If, by coincidence, I have, it is not the fault of either myself, nor the POD, the Lodge, nor even a "fault" at all, but a happy accident. However, to clear this charge from the minds of POD members who are also Free Masons, or who, like me, plan on becoming Free Masons, I put forward the following brief retort to this claim. Please enjoy reading. POINT 1: the definition of "clandestine Masonry." "Clandestne Lodges: Some years ago there were a number of so-called lodges, but there are none at present. Clandestine lodges are such as have been formed by avaricious Freemasons, who take money from those people who have no idea of the difference between warranted and unwarranted lodges. They were not warranted by any Grand Lodge, and endeavoured as much as possible to conceal their existence from the Grand Lodges; their founders formed a ritual from their memories, and by this ritual they made so-called Freemasons, but as they could not legitimize themselves for want of certificates and proper information, they were unable to gain admission into any worthy and warranted lodge. Since the lodges have been formed into unions, working under one Grand Lodge, unwarranted lodges have less chance of existing than formerly. A lodge which is held without the knowlegde of the magistrates or police of the place may be considered an unwarranted lodge. Gadicke." - Macoy, Robert (1815-1895). "A Dictionary of Freemasonry." published 2000AD, by Gramercy Press on Random House Books. There are three specific points that, as of the mid-1800's, defined a clandestine lodge: 1) formed by ex-Masons. 2) collected dues. 3) replicated rituals and ranks of Masonry yet could not correspond these to the same rituals and ranks in a constituted Lodge.

    Granted these points may have changed since then, but as far as extra-Lodge publicrecord goes, this remains the most recent and best definition. In short, when they began at least, the concept of a "clandestine lodge" meant simply people dressing up like Masons, and doing Masonic rituals for money, but who were not ordained to do so by the Grand Lodge. This definition may have changed since then, however this should remain the core of the meaning of this concept. POINT 2: the modern Masonic terror against "Clandestine Masonry." Masonry is in a time of peace. There are few competitive "mystery schools," and none have come close in the past 100 years to equalling the numbers of Masons. So, as with a hegemonic nation at a time of peace that grows paranoid of unforeseeable threats to its sovereignty, Masonry has embraced a defensive posture relative to all its perceived or possible competitors. And this is a wise strategy, considering that most of the newer cults do seek to infiltrate the Lodge, alike how the IO once did. Their motives are each different, but the Lodge does, and rightly should, perceive each small cult that endorses such a strategy as "clandestine," particularly in accordance with the definition given in POINT 1, above. However, the predominant belief under this modern startegy, as it is understood by EAs and 32nds alike, is that anything even remotely similar to Masonry, whether in costume, in politics, in ritual, in hierarchy or in passwords, is "clandestine." Thus, for a non-Mason to design a degree-system is, by these Good Men, assumed more of a risk to the Lodge's peace than the already existing, much larger secret societies, such as the Bohemian Camp and the Blderberg Group, who do use Masonic methods, and who do plan to destroy the Lodge. Thus, though the overall condition of cults and mystery schools today is ruled 90% by Masonry, 9% by other large cults, and only 1% by small groups or individuals practising "magick," the Masons (at least the ones I know personally) see the fate of Masonry as safe only if it squelches out the last 1% of free-thinkers, and then sides itself with the NWO agenda of the other 9% of the mystery schools, who prommote a totalitarian global government. The result is that the POD material, entirely generated by myself, Jonathan Barlow Gee, a non-Mason, is considered unquestionably "clandestine Masonry," despite having no directly "Masonic" elements within it (besides being open to Masonic members to join), and is considered, in fact, an inestimably greater, threat to Universal Masonry than the entire secret conspiracy of the Bilderberg NWO. The NWO is seen, apparently, as so strong, Masonry can only best ensure its own safety by siding with it, despite it being so obviously antithetical to the basic moral principles of Masonry. If the Lodge and the NWO are on the same side, now, then I am as much against the Lodge as I am against the NWO. Any Mason reading this should compare this time in history to the Inquisition when, during a time of political peace, the Catholic Church waged a private war against its own citizens in order to squelch out free (Masonic) thought. Is this not like the war now being waged by Masonry against free-thinking men and women, outside of the Lodge, for the crime of "clandestine" thoughts that oppose the NWO, whom Masonry seems to now side with? Is the NWO now any different from a "Masonic Pope," ordaining a Holy War against "clandestine" individuals who oppose the NWO, who are free, yet have not paid in dues to become a Freemason? In my personal opinion, which I do realise is only that of a slave besides the, albeit

    usually less educated, more socialised, opinon of a "Free" Mason, Free Masonry's greatest good is being open to any and all, despite their creed and religion. If Masonry has become so paranoid against new or non-members that to think outside their curriculum in addressing the same eternal questions is "clandestine" Masonry, then I see no more real, honest, true GOOD can come from the Lodge. If, to be "Accepted" within the Brotherhood, one need only the authority to reject any petitioner on arbitrary grounds the petitioner can neither comprehend nor is allowed to question, and if "Accepted" means "to Reject," and if to "accept" anyone else's ideas is "clandestine," then there is no real Brotherhood, no real Freemasonry. At this point, Masonry stops being a benevolent "society with secrets," and becomes full fledged guilty of snuffing out the Light of Pure Reason whenever it chances to occur anywhere outside Lodge doors. Masonry will become what it was created to oppose: itself a closed-minded religion, an inapproachable dogma, a top-heavy and totalitarian hierarchy, open only to those drones most socially indoctrinated in NWO thinking, and least individually liberated from cynical, atheist anarchism. If Masonry punishes all the smallest or individual cults as "clandestine," then it will become what anti-Masons believe it always was: a religion of drones for Lucifer, bringer of the false Light. If this is to be the goal of the high-ranking Lodge officials, I would urge them to question if it will remain so long enough for them to accomplish it, without their being rebelled against from within by the actually moral Masons, of leser rank, who outnumber them each 10,000 to 1. Freedom is precious. Do not waste yours burning books based only on their covers. POINT 3: the POD's stated public position relative to Freemasonry. "The Order of Death is automatically open to Free Masons and members of any other esoteric order (including but not exluded to Rosicrucians, Illuminati and Ordo Templi Orientis)." - Gee, Jon (1977 - ). "Manifesto of the Pythagorean Order of Death." The POD was originally drafted as a "learning lodge," an introductory course that would, upon completion, allow one access to a second secret society, with fewer members, and ostensibly with more social-political, or at least "magickal," influence on and in the world. This "second order," was disbanded and its ties to the POD were entirely cut when it was discovered its morals and dogma were too different from those advocated in the POD. The POD's chief goals remain to teach ideal forms of government being based on ideal forms of #-theory. It offers no oath to take, and invokes no promise of secrecy regarding the material it teaches. The POD, as such, defies the definiton of a "secret" society, however insofar as we recruit from members of other, existing "secret societies," it is as though we are one by "affiliation." The POD, as it stands now, some 3 years later, is open to ALL, and there are no prerequisites of ANY kind for membership. All our material is free to everyone. To become a member and / or attain rank, one does not need to pay any dues. These are the primary differences between the POD and FreeMasonry, or any other form of "secret society." The primary aspects of similarity to Masonry, from my own perspective as a nonMason, are in the attire of one or two ranks, the use of the word "Lodge," and the

    practise of rituals as "initiation" into the entry-level degrees. The content of these rituals, the titles of these ranks, and the lectures with them, are not Masonic. In the entry level, there are 4, not 3, degrees. Beyond these optional entry-level lessons, there are two degrees open to Masons only, one for York, one for Scottish Rite, however these groups are not open to non-Masons, and do not contain any additional Masonic information in themselves. The entire POD itself is a degree-system hierarchy. It consists of three orders. The first is 4 entry-level rituals. The last is either a political or religious system of three degrees each. Between these are the five degrees whose membership is automatically open to members of other orders, including York and Scottish Rite. Just as the York works with the Scot in this system, but divulges nothing from the Scot system itself outside of this system while doing so, so too the other 3 degrees, open to Rosicrucians, Golden Dawn, and OTO members, neither prommote, encourage nor persuade any secrets of one group to be shared with members of any of the others. The education of each group regardng the POD material remains "seperate but equal." As well, this content is "equal" in quantity, though qualitatively different for each group. Each plays its own unique role in the POD degree system. POINT 4: the POD openly opposes "Clandestine" Masonry. I, Jonathan Barlow Gee, designed the POD. I knew about the concept of "Clandestine Masonry" prior to beginning work on it. I assiduously attempted to avoid any reference within the material that could be construed as Masonic in nature, since I knew this material would already, naturally, be so different from Masonry that I could not expect to be granted a Lodge charter to administrate its currciulum. As such, I designed it to be non-Masonic, without being either a-Masonic nor antiMasonic. Therefore, not only would I encourage members of the POD now to be cautious with their membership in other groups that might, themselves, be "clandestine masonry," but also with anyone, in any organisation, who accuses the POD of being unoriginal, or being a copy-cat system of any other group. The POD welcomes Masons, but beyond this, we have no further designs regarding the Lodge one way or another. We do not wish to infiltrate, to alter, or to threaten the Lodge. We wish to partner with it, and all other esoteric schools, as much as possible, assuming these prior statements as given. However, the POD will not make concessions to Masonry anymoreso than to the GD or the OTO. If someone from OTO came and said, "You in the POD are not allowed to teach this fact, or learn that truth, because these are OTO secrets," we will laugh and say "prove it." Likewise, the same reverence should be bestowed any Mason who attempts to disband our group on the grounds we are "too much like Masonry." We are not an ordained body of Masons, nor of OTO, nor any other Order, and so no member of the POD owes, by their membership in the POD, to the POD, or anyone else, or even to themselves, any death-oath of ultimate allegiance besides any which they have already sworn to some other group. The POD will not cower before threats by the Lodge, recusing us of their own dejour paranoia regarding "clandestine Masonry," because, regardless of the knowledge of he who would make such an accusation, any POD member knows it is a flase charge, since the intention of the POD is not to be "clandestine Masonry," by any conceivable definition. It is similar to charging a manslaughterer with murder in the first degree. If we are innocent until proven guilty, provide proof to us, all of us, Masons and non-Masons alike, of how the POD is "clandestine Masonry." If you cannot do this, you can keep your personal opinion to yourself in private, and even share it with

    your brethren behind the tyled Lodge Door, but it will not be an actionable legal matter that can be taken up by the Grand Lodge against the POD. In short, if you are in favour of "Clandestine Masonry," look eslewhere than the POD. Regardless of charges to that effect made by modern socialised and paranoid Masons, or by anyone else, the POD is not now, nor is it planned now to ever become even remotely similar to, "clandeatine Masonry." I do hope this letter reaches the hands of enough open-minded brothers in the Lodge to encourage at least a few to actually read the POD material, in full, before coming to the conclusion it is just more "clandestine Masonry" being practised by cowans and copy-cats. If they read it, and still reach that limited, closed-minded and stereotypical conclusion, that is for them to decide, not us. This letter can only express our honest and real intentions, and could never convince anyone who has their mind already made up on the "issue" of all non-Masonry being nothing more than mere "clandestine masonry." PEACE. - Jonathan Barlow Gee ("benpadiah") Sept. 15, 2009 Tallahassee, FL, USA

    The POD vs. the IOK&M :: DISCLAIMER :: the POD and the IOK&M. preamble: the documents of the "reformed IO," created Aug 29, 2006; of the IOK&M of IXO, created Sept. 15, 2006; and of the POD of benpadiah, created the same day. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------first document of the "reformed IO":: benpadiah wrote: Posted: Aug 29, 2006 1:36 AM welcome. I feel it is important to address some of the issues we have discussed individually on MSN on a location where we can all communicate to one another at our leisure and in one another's absense. To begin with: let us NOT consider this "Reformed" IO officially founded until it can be constituted as such by a complete "Aeropagite" Council of no fewer than FIVE members. Following is a list of the five (predicted) members to constitute the Founding of the "Reformed" IO:

    1) 2) 3) 4)

    brother brother brother brother

    Jon Gee (benpadiah) Daryl Washington (lordosiris/the Washington Group) Ben Robbins (BRobbins/Ben) Stephen Doyle (KTHREL/LVX)

    5) IXO Didymus, who has not yet been contacted in this regard, and upon whose approval of this group the rest of our memberships in it depend. IXO is to act as senior diplomatic Aeropagus. As we have discussed, the five-member "Aeropagite" Council shall be the top and sole governing body of the "Reformed" IO, and no descision should be made regarding the whole of the "Reformed" IO without knowledge and approval of the members of this Council. As we have also discussed, the first priority of this group should be to bring in members. The persons chosen for this will be left to the discretion of each of us as individuals, but it is the general goal of this action that we should be recruiting members who have (or are seeking) co-membership in multiple esoteric, political and financial organisations. To this end I propose we begin by inviting into this group no fewer than two people each. We do not need to approve these people as members, they may join freely if they choose. Afterall, we do not have "proper" authority to approve or reject anyone at least until we are, ourselves, a fully constituted Council. Until each of us has posted YAY or NAY as to this project as it has hereby been outlined I also propose we wait to invite new members into this group. That's all I can think of for now. Please post hello, any new or other ideas, and who you'd like to invite to join here. -ben - source: http://forum.myspace.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=messageboard.viewThread&entryI D=22295197&groupID=103744753 ----------------------------------------------------------------first document of IOK&M: IXO Didymus wrote: Posted: Fri Sep 15, 2006 6:09 am IO K&M Membership Requirements The IO K&M is and shall be made up of contributors and those preparing to contribute, only. All IO K&M members above the 4th degree of Fire, shall be required to contribute in some form or fashion, whether it is in the form of written works, works of art and/or symbols, works of music, animations, movies, and other various forms of educational and/or inspirational entertainment, maintaining and improving a web site, research for the Order, teaching/mentoring for the Order, processing applications, performing background checks on potential members, networking with potential members, networking for more resources, physical work,

    building lodges, material goods, finances, real estate, etc. Those who consume more than they produce, or are unable or unwilling to contribute in some form or fashion after completing the 4th degree of Fire, shall advance no further within the IO K&M, and may even lose membership status. Those who consistently contribute to the IO K&M and its goals, being members in good standing, shall be acknowledged and rewarded for significant efforts. Such rewards include greater personal growth and development, more rapid improvement of the world, the individuals advancement in the Order, access to higher-level teachings, monetary and material gifts if available, etc. (More shall be added to this document later.) - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=571 ----------------------------------------------------first document of the POD: benpadiah wrote: Posted: Fri Sep 15, 2006 11:29 pm here's the rough first draft structure of the forum categories as degrees. benpadiah wrote: IO lodge lodge petitioner (0) lodge member (i) lodge initiate (ii) lodge master (iii) IO Knights zealot (III) Templar (IV) Rosicrucian (V) Illuminatis (VI) Bohemian (VII) IO Monks Priest (8) Cardinal (9) Levite Pope (10) Aeropagus 23=11 13=12 7=13 5=GMs AL Let's vote yay or nay on this and discuss what needs modified here. Once ratified I will move the contents of this thread to the "hierarchy" announcement. -J

    -source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=575 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------part 1: the last words of IXO Didymus and benpadiah to one another: ---------------------------------------------------IXO wrote: Quote: On Wed, Apr 9, 2008 at 10:04 PM, IXO Didymus <ixo.didymus@gmail.com> wrote: Jon, Personally, I love the ideas that you come up with. Your creations are interesting and fun. It looks like you spent a lot of time working on your material for the Pythagorean Order of Death, and I commend you for that. Now let's address my concerns. I am trying to determine what your intentions or motivation is in creating the POD. I know that you have expressed interest in having it be a type of entry-level or "learning lodge" for the IO K&M. However, the POD seems to represent itself in a way that may not be in harmony with the IO K&M's goals. The POD, as it currently is portrayed in your pdf file, seems to be targeted more to the fringe thinkers, conspiracy theory followers, RPG gamers, etc. This isn't necessarily a bad thing, but it seems like many of the more serious-minded business type of people (those primarily in positions of power and influence) would probably immediately filter the POD out of their minds as even a consideration to join. If your target audience is narrow, that is fine. I just think it's important to look at it from the "outsider's" point of view in addition to the insider's perspective. In addition, it appears that the POD is a type of manipulation game, which is also ok, but not necessarily in harmony with the IO K&M's purposes which tend to be more focused on giving to others in the wisest ways in order to bring about the greatest quality of existence for all. I look forward to everyone's thoughts on this. LVX, IXO Didymus ---------------------------------------------------------benpadiah wrote: Posted: Tue Apr 29, 2008 5:49 pm Quote: The only thing that surprises me, Nilson, about your perpetual mis-representation of my material is how little of the truth you invariably admit. For example, I'd like you to provide me with a

    single example of any piece of evidence in any of my writings anywhere about the POD that, as you claim: is "targeted more to the fringe thinkers, conspiracy theory followers, RPG gamers, etc." OR that "the POD is a type of manipulation game." Neither were, are nor ever will nor would be my intention with this material, nor are the opposites of these my intentions either. Both the accusation, and it's implications, are coming out of the blue to me. A) I don't have a target audience. Therefore, I don't care who does or doesn't want to read this introductory .pdf. You certainly must not want to, since what you "seem" to have done was read the first two pages and skim the rest for pictures. Why not talk at all about one specific detail of the material, then? Why make a sweeping generalisation saying something that is neither applicable nor accurate? B) The POD is neither a "game," nor does it encourage in any way "manipulation." So fuck you. You, Nilson, are the manipulator. That being said, prove the POD is an RPG. I invented it, it isn't, so prove to me it is, or that it's intended to be such. I'll give you five fucking dollars if you can cite me a single example of anything in that entire document that relates with role-playing games. It's so goddamned tedious to tolerate such petty insults from someone everyone else appears so fascinated by. Pathetic. You should write me back about this, but I know you won't. Instead you'll wait three weeks, spread gossip about me, write once to say, "Jon's ideas are 'good' (in your opinion), but are in every way the opposite of the IOK&M (your invention)" and add that you're too "busy" (probably playing rpgs!) to say anything else. Then, after six more months have passed, you'll write back to everyone other than me and tell them they shouldn't trust me because my invention advocates this type of emotional reaction I'm experiencing now, which, by the way, you induced. So fuck you, Nilson, if that even is your real name. I'll be expecting a letter of concern for my welfare from one of your surrogates soon too. -Jon - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1776 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------part 2: the main points of contention between the IOK&M of IXO and the POD of benpadiah: A) the crypto-requisite "death-oath" for the IOK&M. B) the insult of my up-bringing by IXO. ---------------------------(A)-------------------------IXO Didymus wrote:

    IO K&M Requirements for Areopagus Admittance Posted: Mon Dec 04, 2006 3:53 am Due to the fact that our noble Order is a very serious body of men and women dedicated to establishing and maintaining freedom from ignorance and suppression, we must approach the Areopagite echelon with the utmost reverence and sincerity. The Areopagites shall be leading, informing, and networking with some of the most influential and powerful men and women in the world. We shall be involved in major world issues and play a major part in bringing about certain changes therein. Therefore, we must do our best to accurately reflect the highest qualities of illumination and competence, should we perform functions as Areopagites within our noble Illuminati Order of Knights and Monks. With that being said, I shall now provide a list of requirements for admittance into the Areopagus echelon of our noble Order. LVX, IXO Didymus

    ==================================== IO K&M Requirements for Admittance into the Areopagus

    All Areopagites must be competent, responsible, and self-motivated individuals who display at least an average level of intelligence (preferably higher than average); a willingness to consistently cooperate with all other Areopagites; at least one general area of expertise; a strong desire to consistently contribute to the establishment, sustainment, and growth of the IO K&M and its goals; and all must have the ability to express themselves clearly and easily to others via written and/or spoken communications. High level of wisdom High level of responsibility Strong desire to serve others High level of confidence and competence Lack of bad habits and harmful addictions Strong desire to consistently improve oneself Ability to confidently lead and to humbly follow High level of consciousness and understanding in general Desire and ability to cooperate with others for improvement High level of self-control over thoughts, desires, and actions Strong desire to consistently contribute to world improvement Ability to wisely interact with less enlightened ones in such a way as to help them to wisely give to others, leading to both self improvement and world improvement Ability to determine the rare circumstances where force is necessary (as a last resort) in order to overcome adversity If at any point in time, a potential or current Areopagite is unable to measure up or perform according to these requirements, he or she shall kindly and humbly inform the other Areopagites and honorably resign himself or herself from such a noble yet demanding position to one more fitting of ones chosen level of functioning. Such an action is not to be looked down upon, nor is it necessarily permanent, but understood as a premature effort at attempting such a demanding degree of service and selfdiscipline.

    By signing this form, I declare that I meet all of the above requirements for Areopagites, and that I intend to consistently maintain myself in such a condition that measures up to such requirements. I do also hereby and hereon solemnly swear, pledge, and affirm that I shall never reveal to another by any means whatsoever, even by an act of carelessness, the IO K&M Oath for Areopagites if or when it is presented to, or shared with me, nor any other IO K&M oath that I may ever sense or experience in any form or fashion. This I swear to uphold and maintain until my death. All potential or current Areopagites shall print, sign, and date this form, acknowledging receipt of these requirements, and confirm that each has read, fully understood, and agrees to comply with these requirements for admittance of IO K&M members into the Areopagus Council. (Other requirements may be added, as we discover a need for them.) ____________________________ (PRINT: Full Legal Name) ____________________________ (SIGN: Full Legal Name) ____________________________ Date (MM/DD/YY) - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=808&start=0 ---------------------------(B)-------------------------benpadiah wrote: why are ixo and I arguing? basically, my complaints (that I do all the work and he assumes all the credit) are summed up in our conversation here:

    http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/5172007.htm
    hopefully this will motivate us to actually all be able to accomplish something. Otherwise, I was right to assume ixo was only using me. -"ben" following this meeting ixo sent out the following email: IXO Didymus wrote: From: IXO Didymus Date: May 17, 2007 11:58 PM Subject: IO K&M issue between members 23, brethren!

    Tonight it became apparent to me during our online meeting, that Jon and I are unfortunately unable to work together at this time. The reason for this is due to mistrust. Jon feels as if I am trying to manipulate him in some way. I apologized for giving him that impression. I sincerely care about him. I have no hard feelings toward Jon, although I don't approve of some of his behaviors. It is unfortunate, but he and I are not able to work together at this time. A house divided against itself will not stand. Therefore, a choice must be made regarding the future of the current members of the IO K&M. I shall continue to blaze forward with the IO K&M. I believe that Jon does not necessarily wish to quit the IO K&M. However, if he and I are unable to work together in harmony, then we must separate, at least for now. This brings up the question of what everyone else shall choose to do. Jon is entitled to his creations, and I shall respect that, and not use his works without his permission. Jon, will you please remove my works from your website? I appreciate it. I shall continue on with my works in the same direction as before. Rather than require that anyone quit the IO K&M, we can make this a mutual separation. Jon may continue with the Order of Death (excluding any materials or creations of mine, including names, titles, etc., such as the pattern of "knaves", "minions", etc.) and I shall continue with the IO K&M (excluding any materials or creations of his). These are separate orders and separate creations. Perhaps at some point in the future we can work together, but for now, I consider this to be the best choice. Everyone please reply as soon as possible in regards to these things so that we can resolve any issues and move forward. Your prompt input is appreciated. LVX, IXO Didymus P.S. Jon, I wish you success with your endeavors. May they ultimately result in the accomplishment of the Great Work! after which he and I had the following conversation:

    http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/IXODidymusConversation5182007.htm
    atm everything seems to be worked out, so there's no need, I hope, for anyone else to feel any stress about any of this. -bensaysdon'tsweatit - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=574&start=20 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------part 3: definitions of terms: IXO Didymus wrote:

    A) the IOK&M of IXO: tend to be more focused on giving to others in the wisest ways in order to bring about the greatest quality of existence for all. -source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1776 benpadiah wrote: benpadiah wrote: B) the POD of benpadiah: The "Order of Death" is the psychic conspiracy. It is also called the "international conspiracy of psychics." It is the conspiracy behind all others. - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/godblog.html ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------part 4: proposed solution: items on the agenda: 1) updates since last entry: the original five members: A) Daryl Washington (Fire): (presumed) alive and well, posts here ocassionally. B) Ben Robbins (Earth): (presumed) alive and well, posts on MySpace ocassionally. C) Stephen Doyle (Air): after saying he was quitting "ritual magick," have lost all contact. D) Jon Gee (Water): about to begin teaching class at local bookstore. E) Nilson Aime (Spirit): (presumed) still jet-setting and initiating people into his IOK&M Order, or whatever it's modern form has taken by now. supplimentary members: A) Steven Pearce: following false charges of terrorism, running a record label and contacts via MySpace ocassionally. B) Matt (Ramune): lost contact, still as a friend on MySpace. 2. the overt failure of the "reformedIO" From this brief, general assessment, it should be clear that, by this point (Oct 2008), the original project undertaken by we first 5 members has disintegrated. The result of this assessment is equally obvious as well: having failed at the initial endeavor involving the 5 of us to create a "reformed IO," which was doomed to fail from the start being based on the system of the IO.com and IOBB, I have continued to work on this project even in the absence of contact from my "partners" in this project. To this extent I have created the Pythagorean Order of Death (POD), the information for which I sent out to us 5 and Bambino immediately prior to his being falsely accused. The reaction to my material by Nilson was typical and indicative of why we dont get along.

    Insofar as there is no such thing as the IOK&M, and insofar as Nilson does not understand the POD, there arose "irreconcilable" differences between Nilson's "IOK&M" system and my own POD. The result is that two schools have grown apart from one another, from an attempt to make a single unified new school. We can argue whose fault this is some other time. 3. the overt successes of the POD in: A) organisation - based on the "titles" of the IO, inspired by the Blue Lodge and other existing "mystery schools," cults and Orders, and partially based on suggestions made by Nilsson and Matt (Ramune), the "degree system" of the POD is complete and workable as a system of reuniting the Church and State by combining economics with religion. B) idealogy - the motive of the POD is to awaken the potential within its members to allow them to achieve their full abilities. By teaching a curriculum, such as outlined along with the POD degree system, the goal is to inspire the reader to think further of these ideas on their own, and to come to their own conclusions. C) raw information - the curriculum of the POD is already massive and is evergrowing. Including information on how to time-travel mentally by combining one's genes with superconductve monoatomic metals, how to establish a combined church / bank, and how to establish a system of Democratic government based on ideal number-theory. 4) overt problems with the POD: while the POD system is workable, no one knows about it yet. Apparently, Nilson has poisoned the other original members against finding out any actual facts about my POD system itself, in favour of allowing them to belong to his IOK&M, a membership for which they have promised on fear of death to not reveal. the result: none of the original members of the "reformed IO" have expressed any real interest in learning the POD system: A) Ben, Daryl, Steven nor Matt have assessed the system to determine if it contains any elements of "clandestine" Free Masonry. B) after the split in the "reformed IO" between the IOK&M and POD, Stephen and Steve both suffered drastic, although logically unrelated, tragic difficulties. C) Nilson has disparaged the POD without having any actual knowledge of any of the information it teaches about. This has gone a long way toward poisoning other potential members against the POD, and has, albeit indirectly, contributed to further strife in the lives of potential members. D) while creating the POD system, I have been too busy to recruit people to learn the material I've generated. I intend to rectify this, but before I can begin I need to address the original rift in the "reformed IO." 5) the need for a "reformed" POD: The consequence is that:

    A) the IOK&M has a few members, but no publically specified idealogy. The POD has a publically specified idealogy, but no members. This is backward to how it was originally intended to be - with the POD serving as a "learning Lodge" from whose membership the "clandestine" IOK&M could select potential members. Instead, now the opposite is true. B) the IOK&M as "learning Lodge" for the POD: obviously, the best method for continuing the "reformed IO" project would be to make the weaker system the "learning Lodge" for the stronger system. Since the weaker model is the unspecified system of the IOK&M, and the stronger system the more ordered POD, the logical solution for the original members would have been to make the IOK&M the lesser order for recruiting members into the POD. Unfortunately, due to Nilson's stubborn and uninformed slanders against the POD, this has proven to be impossible. C) the rift between the "IOK&M" and the "POD": aside from the division between the original members of the "reformed IO," the basis for both the IOK&M and the POD, there is, apparently (although in what regard I do not know) significant differences in the idealogy (the morals and the dogma) of these two orders. While membership in the POD is not exclusive against membership in the IOK&M (or any other order), membership in the IOK&M appears to be contingent on ignorance of the POD system, and acclimation of it's alledged inferiority to the imaginary and morally corrupt IOK&M. D) the rift between the original "reformed IO" members: due to my and Nilson's disagreement over these issues, the original members of the "reformed IO" project appear to have been divided (like the children of divorced parents) between loyalty to the "IOK&M" OR the "POD" but do not seem to know why without knowing what the "IOK&M" is (which is impossible without swearing allegiance to it) and what the "POD" is (which has no such "death-oath," and for which logically superior condition it has been denegrated by Nilson as "inferior" to the IOK&M), to understand their inherent differences. 6) solutions: to gain membership in the POD, I feel it is necessary to reconcile the misunderstanding of the original "reformed IO" members of its system encouraged in them by Nilson. Since the POD is none of the things Nilson has accused it of being, and since the other original members may have no more knowledge of the POD system than based on what Nilson has slandered it as, A) I propose to ban Nilson from the POD, as he has rejected me from the IOK&M. B) I propose to offer the other "reformed IO" original and peripherary members a choice in belonging to either the "IOK&M" OR the "POD," however such a choice will not be contingent for any future POD members. C) in order to stress the significant idealogical differences between the IOK&M and POD, I am going to publish and circulate a disclaimer defining these differences, whose first recipients will be the original members of the "reformed IO" project, however which will be publically available to follow. D) if I hear no objections to these courses of action between steps A/B and step C, I will assume the other "reformed IO" members are in agreement on this strategy, and will be willing to choose between these two orders for themselves.

    D) I will now send this message to you, along with the disclaimer of differneces to follow. I hope you all understand my reasons (the maipulations of Nilson) for needing to do things this way. Since Nilson quit the "reformed IO" to create the separate IOK&M, I have no choice but to offer the solution at hand to the other "reformed IO" members. Renounce the IOK&M if a member, or otherwise you renounce membership in the POD. I hope you all understand, and will share that understanding freely, despite Nilson's empty threats to prevent such. 7) conclusions: For now, I am about to work on the disclaimer, but I wanted to send this statement out to you guys, the other "original" and "peripherary" members of the "reformed IO," first so that you, above all, will know why I am being forced to take this course of action: A) to distinguish the POD. B) to grow membership of the POD. C) to expose the truth about the IOK&M. D) to thwart the manipulations against the POD by the IOK&M. I wish you all peace, I hope you are all well, and to hear from you all soon. Peace, -Jon Gee (Oct. 2008) - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=2385 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------part 5: desired results of proposed solutions: 1) for IXO Didymus (Nilson Aime, or the person using that name in our correspondences) to be: A) banned from the "reformed IO" group on MySpace which I started to concretise the group-working then being done by myself, Ben, Daryl and Steve. B) banned from the "POD" degrees on my forum (including the 5=GM and egregore forums. C) and that he no longer have any say in the dealings of the information on said sites, be they my own, anyone else's, or his own "creations" and contribtions. The POD now consists of the forums, and subsumes the information regarding the IOK&M of IXO discussed on those forums into that. Any new members may be brought in and shown this information as shall be selected by the forum moderator(s), as per the "Constitution of the POD." D) for him to cease and dissist all furher discussion of the contents contained in the POD degrees (including the OTO degree and the 5=GM degrees, as well as any others he has had access to on the IOBB2 sections of my forums). E) He has proven he's too irresponsible by the standards of his own IOK&M's original document to even belong to his own "Order." Theoretically, the other members of his own invention, the IOK&M, should consider him expelled by his own standards from even the "Order" that he created. Such is the irony to punish his hypocrisy.

    F) that he immediately be disbeieved by any and all, that he should be unable to talk down to them like infants, and belittle what they know, and damn by fake praise, etc. Let him lose his NLP powers of "persuasive" passive-aggressive manipulation, and let him lose all face in the arts he considers "magick" and "occult." G) for him to "harm none," lest he be harmed pre-emptively. 2) for the POD to grow new members. 3) to publically clear the reputation of the POD from involvement with the IOK&M. 4) to sever my relationship conclusively with IXO Didymus (Nilson Aime). 5) for me to get the respect and recognition for realising the POD I deserve. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------conclusion: from this point on, I consider IXO Didymus "wanted" for due punishment by the POD. If any member has any interest in questioning either he or I about this matter, they should also encourage us to meet immediately to discuss these differences directly. If we do so, and do resolve our differences, we are resolved, but if we do so, and still are irreconciled, then the punishment should be levied against him. In beauty, wisdom and understanding, but also in their opposites, in vengeance, glory and victory, yours in Righteousness: Jonathan "benpadiah" Gee. (Wed. Oct 8, 2008) :: END DISCLAIMER :: Dear Mr. Aime, and to whoever else it may concern. you have requested a reminder of the requisites for membership in the POD: here is a short exposition on the methods of seeking membership: 1) you must be a sentient being: you recognise the existence of yourself. 2) you must recognise your intellect as above your emotions. 3) you must recognise the superior power of your emotions, and the necessity for its survival of your intellect giving guidance to your emotions. 4) you must realise you are not alone in controlling your own personal emotions. 5) you must seek to discover who else is controlling you: the best method of doing this is to seek out some form of guidance or leadership for yourself. Then, whoever presents themselves to you will serve to lead you closer to the one(s) who are actually in control of you. 6) you must control the person who is ultimately in control of you most. Beyond point 6 I will not explain to you, Mr. Aime, at this time. It appears your

    difficulty in understanding the POD occurs at this point, however, before I can begin to discuss this point with you on an intellectual level, I am required to confirm that you have completed the requisite training for the level of self-actualisation (for wont of a better term) this point's intellectual discussion requires. In brief, I am required to confirm to what level of these initial, personal six that are required of you you have learned. To this effect, I have studied the resources of yours you have presented to me. To these ends, I present, for the benefit of who it may concern, my personal assessment of your level of advancement in your personal requirements for membership in the POD. Firstly, you are a repressed homo-sexual. If given the oppurtunity to represent yourself using humour, your jokes connote that A) you have issues regarding the topic of homo-sexuality (ie. you "can't take a joke" or more accurately, would rather not "get" one, that reflects on homo-sexuality). B) you are attempting to conceal those issues by changing the subject (ie. "controlling" the conversation). C) it takes one to know one. I was obviously aware of these issues (ie. by "gay-dar") whether you admit them to yourself or not. I've tried to point these out to you, but you maladroitly change the subject. Secondly, you are condescending without deserving to be considered anybody's superior. The best example available of this is your "headline" on "MySpace." It reads, "The Individual Is The Ultimate Authority." This is indicative of your overall strategy: to attract by empty promises, and then ultimately prove you know nothing. To "pick apart" your headline: A) the Individual: who, which individual are you referring to? This has, to start, a double implication. Either you, yourself are the ultimate authority over (presumeably) your "world," or else the person you are addressing is the "ultimate authority," over their "world," including you, yourself, as an "individual." B) is: since when, and according to whom? Ostensibly, this implies your own "authority" over the other person, by dint of being able to "allow" them to "achieve" their "full potential" (to control you) that only your "guidance" can provide. You set yourself up as superior based on an assumption of equality. This is hypocrisy. C) the Ultimate Authority: over what, over who, and why? Mainly the difficulty here is in your choice of the word "Authority." According to the Gnostic "Hypostasis of the Archons," an "Authority" or "Archon" is the evil equivalent of an "Aeon," or, to put in terms you may be familiar with, a "Holy Guardian Angel." In essence and effect, by choosing the word "Authority," you assume A) a perspective of evil and degeneration. B) that you are superior to anyone who doesn't happen to know what you mean by choice of the term "Authority." As you are in the OTO, you must have some knowledge of the Gnostic "hypostasis of the Archons," or "Greatness of our Authority," however clearly, by your application of this, you do not. Thirdly, you are ignorant of the true mysteries of the modern occult. You obviously "wish," or "seek" to learn "more." However this does not mean you know anything at all to begin with. By presuming yourself a "philosopher" (one who is seeking to learn more), you assume yourself a "sage" (one who already knows enough to be considered a wise guide or a good teacher). However, if you seek, but learn nothing, then you have nothing to teach or offer. You have proven this to everyone I've

    talked to who has also talked to you. You have taught them nothing, and promised to teach them something, although you have never specified what. Therefore, despite their continued interest in you, the conclusion of this is obvious: that you can lead them to your oasis, but that you have nothing there to drink. In effect, you and your "friends" in the IO.com, the GM's of the IOBB, have proven time and again to merely be imposters, "poisoning the well" of potential initiates against learning or knowing anything about the actual modern (or even ancient and accepted) occult. If you knew the secrets of modern occultism, then you would also know the obligation to tell me (in truth, reveal to me) what you know about them when I question you about them directly. It is not for you to deny these to anyone who so seeks them from you. Yet all those who I've talked to who have also talked to you are enthralled by your false fire, and you have deprived them their right to see through you to their own higher aspirations. Therefore, you promsie what you cannot offer, and this is fraud. Fourthly, you are a liar about money. When we first conferenced by phone, you said the call, which you had set up, was free. This was a lie. When I told you I'd gotten into trouble with my mother for racking up the phone bill on long-distance calls, you said you would reimburse me for it. Have you? Do you even know how much you owe me for this lie? You are unwise to make false claims. But when you make false claims about money... this leads to criminal charges. I, personally, refuse to consort with anyone who lies to me about money. Fifthly, you claimed to me to be a member of the OTO. Yet you have also said you are not a member of the Free Masons. This is obviously because of your stance on coMasonry (OES), based on your training in the OTO to believe in the superior efficacy of their rites of Memphis and Mizraim, which teach alledgedly "tantric" sex. These rites make use of female "willing participants" in ways that the OES exists to protect women from having to engage in. You have also denied (or withheld that) you are in the OTO from our mutual friends who are Free Masons. I wonder if this has anything to do with the fact that currently Masons are investigating the OTO for attempts to infiltrate and subvert the Shrine? Sixthly, you have established yourself, by choosing for us the shape of our "group egregore," (a term I've never heard before your doing so), as the leader of the "reformed IO," and thus assumed yourself the leader of its members both current and subsequent. This "group egregore" was an owl, and the ceremonial recitation we listened to (on long-distance phone-calls I might add) was the Bohemian Grove ritual worshipping the owl. I assumed at the time your motive in doing this was just to get credit in the OTO for starting another five-member OTO "camp," and thought nothing more of it. However since this time, since you have effectively abandoned the "reformed IO" and subsequent off-shoot projects, your primary devotion to the OTO over the "reformed IO" dictates that your membership in the OTO is more important to you than your membership in subsequent "reformed IO" groups, ergo the POD. However, since membership in the POD was contingent for you on your membership in the OTO, I have allowed you thus far to remain an adjunctive member of the POD, due to your membership in the OTO, despite your effectively abandoning the "reformed IO" which was the POD's founding members. However now, because you have not admitted your membership in the OTO to other founding members of the POD and "reformed IO," because they were POD members adjunctive on their being FreeMasons, the actual status of your membership in the OTO is called into question. Thus, only if you can prove your membership in the OTO can I allow you to remain a member of the POD based on your supposed OTO membership. If it is discovered you are not a member in good standing of the OTO, you lose your POD membership automatically, but you may also rack up consequences for your false claims with the

    OTO. I leave it up to you how this background check will be conducted. Seventhly, you are a neo-Sethian, which I should fire you from the POD for being in the first place, but which, due to the constraints of my own POD's current and complete constitutions, I do not have the authority to do so, as it is only your personal beliefs, and not an actual Order with a degree system, etc. If the "order within an order" currently invading the OTO, ie. these "neo-Sethians" were revolutionaries, who could liberate minds from bondage, and not conspirators, hell-bent on personal empowerment, there would be no problem, in my opinion; however, as I say, this difference in idealogies is not reason enough for me to be able to expel you from the POD. If the neo-Sethians had a working rank and file, a degree system, like an actual working Order, it would be different. However the neo-Sethians are careful liars, who only promise to reveal such, but never actually codeify it unless you promise on your life not to reveal it. This is the definition of a conspiracy, but any neo-Sethian, like Mr. "Nilsson Aime" here, or anyone else who is merely a spy infiltrating the true psychic Order of Death without sharing its goals of Atlantean Democracy, a combined church and bank, etc., knows: they are in a "conspiracy of one." Each of them is only in it to survive the coming destruction by offering to help cause it. The neo-Sethians, and those tricked into believing in them by conspiracy RPGers like Mr. Aime here, are psychic vampires who rob other people's energy to feed their own lack of having any of their own. They are the only evil in existence. Therefore, it is my assessment, because you have seven points of contention against you, this is why you have a misunderstanding of the sixth point of your own personal requisites for membership in the POD. If you do not understand what you are a member of, you cannot be a member of it. For example, I am not a member of the OTO. Therefore, you cannot claim I am a member of your OTO "camp" the IOK&M, even though the IOK&M supposedly occured to you as an outgrowth of the "reformed IO." If the material you'd submitted were original, and not purely inspired by your OTO training, there would be no problem. However, because you established the IOK&M as an OTO "camp" (against all my attempts to prevent this, I might add, and persuade us to be based on our own original thoughts and input instead), and then exiled me from the IOK&M, you severed the ties of the IOK&M from the "reformed IO" and linked it to your own roster of OTO "camps." This is why it was necessary to remove me as a member, even if it meant ostensibly quitting the "reformed IO" project yourself: because I would have ratted you at as copying the OTO material. I had already questioned whether the material you'd presented thus far was your own original "invention" or not, you'd avoided the question by saying, "this is how it will be" and changeing the subject. Such a sleight meant nothing to you then, but I took note. And you made the right move then, because you were right, I would have blown the whistle on you. You haven't got one iota of originality left in you. You are only attempting to gain the "confidence" of Masons to learn their positions on issues, and reporting these to the OTO. Let me ask you who you would have to ask to gain access to a "background check" on me, then. Because I know you haven't done one yourself. I've sent word to you via anyone I've talked to who has also talked to you. Usually that is when you cut off your attempts to convert them. You've tried to distance yourself from me, but you have ignored what my position is. How can you claim to be against something, if you do not even know what position is taken by that which you claim to oppose? Now, let me tell you how you are going to interpret my words, based on what I know about you. You will "assume" or claim it "appears" (to you, but you appeal to the audience as well) that I am acting based on "emotion" alone. However you will not be able to substantiate this assertion because to do so would reveal you as the cause of my

    "emotional" re-action. It's like a scientist wondering why an amoeba is reacting adversely to a needle. But you would not reveal this, because to do so would imply what the cause actually is, or rather, would "seem to be" (to use the passive tense, you implied), that simple inequality you controlled, you caused, and beleived you'd benefitted from: that "He showed me his, but I didn't show him mine." That, you assume, would be the only reason I would be "angry" with you. But I am not angry at you. You just aren't my "bro," because you don't know how to interpret my emotions, which (I believe all who know me know) I do not hide from anyone. If you do not know me, and claim I merely "appear" some way, then I would say you do not know the practise of the word "brotherhood" (although it is one of your most often abused concepts). Instead, you are appealing to an audience exclusive of your own interlocutor, eg. me. That's elitism, not inclusivity. I don't "believe" I am emotional in my reasons for coming to this conclusion with you, "IXO Didymus." But perhaps you know something about me that you'd like to share with the audience? What if you weren't permitted to do so without it coming back to me what you'd said, and without my being able to prove it's a lie? Would you still like to appeal to some "higher" authority? Ah, my ex-brother, how I pity you now. It is a shame you dont know me, or I could offer you my hand. Instead, I must bind you from doing harm. Signed, October th eleventh, 2008, -Jonathan Barlow ("benpadiah") Gee :: Final Report on the differences between the POD and IOK&M :: : general references : to view these forums, you will need clearance from an "Areopagite" :: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/groupcp.php?g=1326 5=GM forums: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=69 egregore forum: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=70 IOK&M definition of terms (Wed. Sept, 06, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=548 the POD & IOK&M split (Tues, Oct. 07, 2008): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=2385 : specific points of contention : 1) the work on the hierarchy for the "Reformed IO" :: forums, degrees, hierarchy (Fri. Sept. 15, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=575 additional hierarchy ideas (Fri. Sept. 15, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=573 the 13 degree system of IOK&M (fri. Sept. 16, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=543 the 13 degree system as applied first to the forums (Mon. Oct. 02, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1167 2) the requirement by IXO we swear a pact to him ::

    the "death oath" of the IOK&M (fri. Dec. 01, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=808 3) the beginning of the rift between POD and IOK&M :: IOK&M "admittance forms" (Fri. Sep. 15, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=571 IOK&M / POD resume's (Sept. 29, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=664 contention of POD use of forms by IXO (Apr. 16, 2007): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=1146 : further contentions : 1) the manipulations of IXO first brought into question :: "forum name misspelling?" of egregore (Sat. Oct 07, 2006): http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=741 2) various other sleights :: the complete text of our online meetings: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=574 and Didymus insulting my upbringing: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/5172007.htm specifically saying:

    ixo.didymus@gmail.com says: (10:31:17 PM) Jon, I come from a world of much trust, but I see that this may not be the case for you.
    :: The final conclusion on the matter of "benpadiah v. IXO" :: : stipulations regarding IXO Didymus : I. IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, is hereby excommunicated from the Pythagorean Order of Death under its definition as: Quote: "the psychic conspiracy." given here: - source: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/godblog.html published here: - source: http://www.scribd.com/doc/10560850/Ordo-Manifesto II. IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson AIme, is hereby banned from the IOBB2/NEXUS forums: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/index.php?c=30 and thus deprived of access to the "hidden" forums of lesson-levels of the IOBB2. consult IOGMs forum: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=71 consult IOBB2 "general dfiscussion forum": http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewforum.php?f=14 in particular: http://www.benpadiah.com/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=2387 (official declaration of differences between the POD and IOK&M) III. the IOK&M of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, is hereby considered disbanded by the POD. All members of the IOK&M who continue, past this date, to remain in

    allegiance to the IOK&M of IXO Didymus will be liable as co-conspirators to clandestine Masonry, and are hereby endangering their rank in the Lodge. Those who are found under suspicion of membership in this "clandestine" co-masonic organisation should consider their membership in the POD suspended, and all those proven to be involved with IXO, barring a personal renunciation of his IOK&M, should consider their membership in the POD and its benefits terminated. IV. the IOK&M and its leadership are hereby suggested to the OTO for investigation on the grounds of impersonating OTO membership to bring slander, scandal and infamy against the Order. Such is the result of suckering unwitting Free Masons into a "clandestine" cult; that now the OTO is under investigation for luring goodly Shriners in this manner: by convincing them the OTO "camp" of the IOK&M can elevate their confidence and thus social stature, the IOK&M promised what Masonry provides: a way to make good men better. Following this, Nilsson would instill the values of the OTO: eg. Theosophy and NLP (neuro-linguistic programming), and thus lure people away from the Just rewards of right Masonry, to be tempted by the false doctrines and manipulative manners of the OTO. V. the IOK&M and its leadership are hereby remanded also to F&AM for investigation on charges of practising "clandestine" co-masonry in the form of the IOK&M OTO "camp." These results will remain pending until such time as they may be able to be published. VI. IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, should be considered now as a member of the "Cult of Sleep," and dealt with as an uninitiate. No secrets of this meeting should be conveyed to him freely. No further revelations of any kind should be presented to him, nor should he be inspired by any new insights. Instead, he should be frustrated and distracted away from all his endeavors and let him finish nothing he starts. Such is the curse of the "Cult of Sleep," that they are forever thwarted by the True Order of Death, and that they are considered completely non-psychic. So, too, let Nilsson lose all the rewards and benefits and luxuries of life he'd gained by NLP. For "casting pearls before swine," he has revealed himself unworthy and Profane. VII. IXO Didymus is hereby restrained from any communications with benpadiah, any member of benpadiah's "POD," and from communicating the false promise of his "secret" cabal the IOK&M to anyone. The IOK&M material should now be considered the imminent domain of this forum, and all of it the sole property of "benpadiah" (ie. Jon Gee). As such, IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, can stake no claim, legally binding or otherwise, to have "intellectual rights" over any of the material found on the site: www.benpadiah.com , or any of its forums. Any subsequent use by IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, of any of the IOK&M material found in the "hidden" 5=GM or "egregore" forums should be considered in violation of this statute, and render him liable for commiting copyright law infringement. VIII. IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, and the other leadership (if there is any) of his IOK&M are hereby renounced to all as hypocrites and pretenders to an imaginary throne. By lording a little occult knowledge over people, and promising them to learn more than they, themselves, even know, let alone could ever hope to teach, Nilsson and his followers have duped themselves and each other into believing the IOK&M is a "morally just" and "upright" organisation, without ever questioning its implied goal, to gain its members undeserved personal influence and authority. May all those who follow such false promises be burned by their false fire. : stipulations regarding benpadiah :

    I. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is hereby free to publish any of the material on the forums on www.benpadiah.com that he sees fit, and to whatever audience he sees fit. He is barred, by good taste, solely from revealing the personal location and contact information for anyone against their specified desire. He is further barred from using the threat of doing so against anyone, again, to be enforced solely as a matter of good taste, excercised solely at his own discretion. II. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is retroactvely considered the sole founder of the POD, and sole producer of all its hitherto circulated propaganda, both on and off the "benpadiah" site and forums. re: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/reformedIO.html (onsite) re: http://www.scribd.com/people/documents/1404422/folder/49498 (offsite) III. benadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is, furthermore, considered now the sole-proprietor of the IOBB2 and IOK&M material, which he can distribute freely, at his discretion, to anyone he may wish. The evidence of his discretion thus far regarding the distribution of the IOBB2 lesson-levels on the "hidden" forums of benpadiah.com should testify as to the level of this discretion already being excercised, and will be extended to the IOK&M material on the 5=GM forum as well. IV. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, the members (now and future) of his POD, as well as the members of the IOBB2, the "reformed IO," the OTO and F&AM are hereby advised to communicate no information regarding their own order(s) to IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, or to any other IOK&M members (past, present of future). All communication between the members of other esoteric schools with or regarding the IOK&M should exclude all information from their own respective schools, and should deal solely with the IOK&M of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, itself. All, including benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, are hereby free and encouraged to question IXO Didymus on the IOK&M; so long as, in doing so, they reveal nothing of their own order(s). V. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee is hereby, under the protective custody of the POD and IOBB2, as of this date exhonerated from any charge brought against him, now, in the past, or in the future, by IXO Didymus, ie Nilsson Aime, or any other member of the IOK&M, either as a result of this hearing, in reference to the IOK&M material brought forward in this hearing, or against benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, or against anyone else (in the POD, IOBB2, "reformed" IO, or any other esoteric school) for their participation in exposing the IOK&M. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, and anyone else who subsequently distributes freely any information of the IOK&M, and anyone else who has not sworn the "death oath" of the IOK&M barring against doing such, is considered innocent of complicity with the IOK&M by their doing so. VI. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is to be considered as having never been an official member of the IOK&M of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime. It is to be recognised that benpadiah, ie Jon Gee, formed the POD, and that Nilsson Aime, ie. IXO Didymus, prommoted the IOK&M as having been formed, both from the "reformed IO." To distinguish the IOK&M and POD as separate out-growths form the single "reformed IO" group, the "reformed IO" is hereby considered a completed project, with the result that the POD is the "better portion" and the IOK&M the "dead wood" of the project, and that both the "reformed IO" project and the IOK&M should be considered disbanded and their memberships (if willing) subsumed into the POD. VII. benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is to be distinguished by recognition for bringing this hearing about as a result of the disagreement over the necessity for a "death oath" to

    the "reformed IO." Thus, the IOK&M required a "death oath," but the POD does not. For having never revealed any information in this hearing he swore to protect, and for calling the attention of existing orders to the frauds of the IOK&M and of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, should be considered innocent of any wrong-doing or malicious intent. : stipulations regarding the IOK&M : I. The IOK&M of IXO Didymus, by that or any other name known to him, is hereby disbanded by the POD, under the definition for the POD given in clause I. under "stipulations regarding Didymus," above. This means that the "Order of Death" (the greater and older order) will honor this stipulation to the same extent it is aware of and in approval of the "Pythagorean Order" (the lesser and new order, created by benpadiah). The POD is defined as the "psychic conspiracy," and thus the full "Order of Death" includes all psychics, including non-conspirators. Prior to creating the "POD" as a hierachical methodology for use by the "Order of Death," Jon Gee was already a member of the "Order of Death," though a psychic non-conspirator. Insofar as the IOK&M sought to perpetuate the "psychic conspiracy," and the POD sought to subvert it to a higher idealism, the POD deserves recognition as the "finer portion" of the "reformed" IO project, and the IOK&M of IXO recognition as the "dead wood" of the POD. Thus, insofar as the POD is beneficial, the IOK&M should be considered a detriment. II. The IOK&M of IXO Didymus, and its membership past, present and future, are bound from making any appeal to a "higher order," on the grounds that it would: A) break their death oath to never reveal their IOK&M membership and B) endanger them of being held as culpable for the high crimes and misdemeanors conducted by the IOK&M. The IOK&M's promise of a "higher order" was false. There never was any "inner order" behind and within the innermost core of the IOK&M, anymoreso than there was behind the original IOBB, besides its own founding members. The members may have sought on appeal to existing orders for certification of recognition and authenticity. However unless these petitions were sought in the name of or by the founder of the IOK&M, ie. Didymus, then these petitions, if addressed, reflect only the level of the IOK&M and its order to which the petitioners themselves had access and were aware, and do not extend to the deeds and doings of the other members of the IOK&M members. Furthermore, such petitioners should be considered cleared, so far as the POD is considered, from wrong-doing for seeking such recognition for the IOK&M as autonomous individuals, on the grounds they were unwittingly merely doing the bidding of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, but without recognising the consequences of his motives. III. IXO Didymus and the membership of the IOK&M should hereby be considered an operating OTO "camp," and remanded, as such, to the auspices and authority of the OTO to be handled. However, in this it shoud be noted that, because the OTO was the "inner order" or the "higher order" appealed to solely by IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, on behalf of the IOK&M, the other members of the IOK&M should be remanded, following hearing by the OTO, to their own respective esoteric schools for a subsequent hearing. If the OTO exhonerates IXO, it can release the other members of the IOK&M, but is not solely responsible for their exhoneration for participation in it, which can only be conferred by the other esoteric schools they are members of individually. Likewise, no other esoteric school can exhonerate IXO, and no school in respect of the "Order of Death" may, so long as the POD remains recognised thereby, overturn the disbanding by the POD of the IOK&M. The OTO can exhonerate IXO on the grounds he proves to be an OTO member who was acting on their behalf by forming the IOK&M.

    However, though he may at that time remain an adjunctive OTO member, IXO Didymus may never be fully re-instated to the full and higher, inner "Order of Death" comprised only of psychics. IV. By these actions, the pre-eminance of the full and inner "Order of Death" comprised of all psychics, both conspirators and revolutionaries in the POD, as well as all non-conspirators outside the POD, combined above any single esoteric school or order, should be recognised, such that only by recognition by the whole sum of the "Order of Death" should the complete excommunication and dissolution of the IOK&M be considered accomplished on behalf of this hearing convened by the POD. Thus, not until every last member of the "Order of Death" is aware of the "private" methodology's motives and goals used by IXO on behalf of the IOK&M can it be said that the IOK&M has been completely disbanded by the POD from within the "Order of Death," however until such time, the IOK&M is to be considered in existence, although smaller than and posing no threat to the status of the POD within the "Order of Death." V. The methodologies of the IOK&M are to be hereby recognised by all adjunct and members of the "Order of Death" as being: the use of NLP to prommulgate Theosophical doctrines (the current practise of the OTO); and to promise social and personal betterment to be revealed only once one has sworn on pain of death never to reveal the methods by which such is sought to be gained (the antithesis of F&AM). Neither Theosophical doctrines, nor NLP, are by themselves the problem. The real problem is in dividing these two by a "death oath" in the form of an occult methodology to draw Masons away from F&AM and into the OTO. By knowingly compromising the membership and status in F&AM of prior Masons and inciting them to neglect F&AM and embrace his own occult methodology, IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, personally should be considered as "casting pearls before swine," and thus unworthy and Profane. And let this be a lesson to all psychics in the "Order of Death" to avoid the temptation for self-betterment superceding the actual good to come from such a promise. VI. It is, therefore, for abuse of NLP to convert F&AM to Theosophy by luring them with quasi-Masonic motives, for the benefit of the OTO, that the IOK&M is hereby to be considered anathema within the full and inner "Order of Death" until such time as all psychics, be they conspirators, revolutionaries or otherwise unaffiliated, have been made aware of these stipulated crimes commited by the IOK&M. Let this all be accomplished for the betterment of the full and inner "Order of Death" above and behind the POD and all affiliated esoteric schools, past, present and future. Therefore, until such time as the IOK&M is utterly disbanded, no petition can rightly be brought up to the level of such a hearing as this by the POD or any esoteric school that would seek to overturn the rulings expressed herein. At such a time as the IOK&M is officially declared non-existent by the POD, any esoteric school may petition to have this hearing's findings and rulings overturned, in whole or in part, adjudicating against the IOK&M and IXO. No ruling found by an independent esoteric school over their own prior member(s) that results from this hearing may be overturned by any esoteric school other than that which passed the initial injuction. Likewise, only when the POD is satisfied there is no more IOK&M can a petition to re-address this issue be entered by any esoteric school. : stipulations regarding the POD : I. Because the criminal conspiratorial methodology employed by the IOK&M, requiring a "death oath" to learn Theosophy, is not currently the methodology of the POD, the POD is to be recognised as the "finer portion" and the IOK&M as the "dead

    wood" of the project attempting to create a new, better, "reformed" IO. As such, no injunction may be placed against the POD, by the IOK&M or any other esoteric school, against distributing information exclusively associated with it. The POD reserves the right to distribute the information available to it, as well as all information permitted to be so distributed contributed by any member, as exclusively its own content. The excercise of discretion by the contributing members of the POD should be emphasised, though only to the degree as it would apply to each uniquely per individual case. In short, any other esoteric school may contribute freely to the POD, and take freely from the POD anything it wishes also. The POD represents, thus, a form of "open" conspiracy, free to all. II. So long as the POD continues to operate without a "death oath," it can continue to practise the methodology of free distribution of all its associated materials. Neither this hearing's findings nor rulings are meant to in any way reflect on the POD's potential future operations. The POD may reserve the right to, at any future time, incorporate a "death oath" without following from this the same consequences for the POD as here befell the IOK&M. The POD is not exclusive of members of the OTO, but nor is it exclusive of the methodologies employed by the OTO. Therefore, it would not be a misrepresentation of the nature of the POD for it to incoporate a "death oath" because it would not be stipulating it as a premise based upon which could follow only works otherwise publically availabe to all. The POD may reserve the right, at any future time, to incorporate a "death oath," so long as said pact is made in a manner perscribed and agreed upon by all involved, and so long as said pact is followed by the presentation of materials not otherwise publically available. However, if at that time, these "hidden" materials are found to reflect only and exclusively the secrets of any one other esoteric school, then such a "death oath" should be considered invalid, the materials reported to the respective esoteric school, and the POD summarily denounced alike the IOK&M on the same grounds. III. The POD, as designed solely by benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, is hereby recognised as the use of ESP to forward and benefit the cause of Atlantean Democracy. As the POD progresses, the definition of its goals and motives in this matter may be further explored. The concept of "Atlantean Democracy" is hereby understood to be represented by the POD in the forms expressed by and the materials given in the POD "levels" 8-13, and may be summed up therein as the system of 7 executives, a 13 member jury, a 23 member senate, adjunct to a separate banking / financial institution comprised of 1 pope, a main node or papal court of 15, sector monasteries of 10, and local church / banks of 6. The "higher" levels of the POD are thus taken as goals for the "lower" levels. The "lower" levels incoporate status based on prior membership in any other current esoteric school, and include three subtended "quasi-Masonic" type "levels," that teach the basic methodological principles of the POD using allegorical plays, for the purpose of providing an exclusively POD curriculum to members whose status in the "lower" levels is contingent on their prior membership in a current esoteric school. Thus, everyone who applies to the POD for one of the five adjunct "lower" levels whose status is based on prior membership in a current esoteric school must do so through the three "quasiMasonic" "lesson levels," before they can fully understand the concept of the POD "higher" levels dealing with "Atlantean Democracy." IV. the POD, expressed as: the "psychic conspiracy" to "restore Atlantean Democracy," is furthermore exhonerated from any wrong-doing falsely associated subsequently with its founder, benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, that may result as a consequence from this hearing. The POD is not guilty for the crimes benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee, has brought charges against IXO and the IOK&M for commiting. The POD is therefore not to be

    thought of as "clanedstine" or "co-" Masonry, no moreso than as merely a single "camp" of the OTO. The POD, as it is designed by its creator to now function, provides a means for existing esoteric school members to explore more about the concepts of "Atlantean Democracy" by introducing the concepts to them in a simple three-part drama, followed by the materials of "lesson levels" 8-13. Because it does not make the promise to "morally better" its adherents, the three-part, "quasi-Masonic" drama is not "clandestine Masonry," and therefore, cannot be considered "co-Masonry" if not male exclusive. Likewise, the same drama is presented to all the petitioners for status due to their membership in any of the five recognised current esoteric schools, not only those in the OTO, and so is not merely a single OTO "camp." In these regards, the POD is distinct from the IOK&M, and for these reasons cannot be collectively liable for any affiliation it or its founder(s) have had with the IOK&M of IXO Didymus. V. In all of these rulings, this first court of "Atlantean Democracy" to convene within the "higher" levels of the POD, seeks to prommote, forward, and advance the goals of: A) increased awareness within the overall psychic "Order of Death" of the roles played by those involved in these events. B) to spread warning of the duplicity and petty larceny of Nilsson Aime, and to warn all those who would trust him against it. C) immediately beginning the process of dismantling the IOK&M of IXO Didymus, ie. Nilsson Aime, as a threat to OTO and F&AM and as a fraudulent IO. Let the rulings of this hearing be carried out in the name of "Atlantean Democracy" by the POD, and let none who do so fear any reprisal or negative repercussions. So Mote It Be, this Friday, Feb. 20th, 2009 AD. :: Conclusions :: All findings, rulings and stipulations of this hearing shall be kept available to all as part of public record. This ruling is to be considered the final word on this matter: We, the first jury of Atlantean Democracy, find IXO Didymus, ie. "Wilderness Wizard," ie. Nilsson Aime, etc. at fault for all charges brought against him in the initial injunction by benpadiah, ie. Jon Gee. Nilsson is hearby considered "out" of the following esoteric schools: the IOBB2, the "reformed" IO, the POD, and the OTO. Any petitions he may later make to join Masonry should, on his background check uncovering this ruling, be rejected. His IOK&M ("Invincible Order Knights and Monks") is hereby duly dispersed, and its members to be tried on its points by their own respective esoteric schools. Until such time as the IOK&M can be, conclusively enough to the POD's current leadership's expectations, proven to have no active members, or until the death of Nilsson Aime, whichever should come later, this matter cannot be retried in this manner, nor this ruling be petitioned to be overturned in whole or in part. This document is to be immediately witnessed by "benpadiah" (ie. Jon Gee) and "IXO Didymus" (ie. Nilsson Aime), and shown as soon as possible to the current class of IOBB2 admins, the other 5=GMs of the former "reformed" IO, and shall remain on display in the POD Jury forums, the IOBB2 "general discussion" forum, as well as anywhere else anyone would like to transfer it. This writing is considered in the public domain, with the permission of its scribe: Jon Gee. post script::: additional links and info regarding the IOK&M and POD:

    IXO Didymus wrote: Description The IO K&M (Illuminati Order - Knights And Monks) is an all-encompassing esoteric group based on consciousness, dedicated to the continual illumination (everincreasing Light) of both the mind and heart, balancing and uniting all forms of wisdom to the greatest degree possible. The Illuminati Order - Knights And Monks is dedicated to increased understanding and continual improvement of ourselves and our surroundings, empowering individuals to consciously transform themselves and their surroundings into a much greater state of existence. This results in a better world for all. The Light of the Illuminati has radiated within various groups over vast periods of time, yet the various bodies through which this Light manifests tend to degenerate in time, as they crystallize and deteriorate (due to human selfishness) and eventually die. These various groups and individuals have shared the same essence of illuminating wisdom over vast periods of time, always interconnected by this golden thread of unifying Light. Though individuals and groups live and die, the Light of Illumination is Eternal, and always manifests within the most appropriate forms. Similar to a physical body, animated by the life force (Light), each can only be sustained in physical form for a limited duration (except in rare cases where the Elixir of Life has been discovered and utilized). The Illuminati Order - Knights And Monks is a current incarnation of the Eternal Light of Perpetual Wisdom. Every group is only as good as its members. Therefore, think not only about what you may gain, but consider what you can contribute (time, energy, resources, etc.). Each individual effort, or lack thereof, affects the whole. Think wisely, speak wisely, and act wisely. This results in a greater quality of life for yourself and others. There are many ways to give. Give wisely. official site of the IOK&M: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/IOK&M/ "IXO Didymus" official site: http://www.myspace.com/ixo_didymus Nilsson on facebook: http://ja-jp.facebook.com/people/Nilsson-Aime/1408868977 Nilsson email: ixo.didymus@gmail.com official sites of the POD: on benpadiah.com: http://www.benpadiah.com/otherstuff/refIO/done/reformedIO.html on scribd: http://www.scribd.com/group/34694-the-pythagorean-order-of-death on myspace: http://groups.myspace.com/PythagoreanOrderOfDeath on facebook: http://www.facebook.com/group.php?gid=64916774930 "benpadiah" official site: http://www.benpadiah.com/

    other "benpadiah" sites: on myspace.com: http://www.myspace.com/benpadiah on myspace.music: http://www.myspace.com/ahdvnhay on facebook.com: http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=1062093915 on youtube.com: http://www.youtube.com/user/benpadiah on blogspot.com: http://benpadiah.blogspot.com/ on scribd.com: http://www.scribd.com/benpadiah on wiki.org: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:Benpadiah on twitter.com: http://twitter.com/benpadiah on meetup.com: http://www.meetup.com/members/2598585/ on ULC.net: http://www.ulc.net/index.php?page=minister_data&id=8430 on icq.com: http://people.icq.com/people/about_me.php?uin=477193182 Jon Gee email: benpadiah@gmail.com benpadiah@benpadiah.com PEACE. The POD vs. IOBB1 - Jon

    http://illuminati-order.com/ is a sham.
    It is operated by a husband and wife team, Rick and Tawnie Shipley, who are residents of Tallahassee, Florida. It was begun by them as their attempt to develop a "Libertarian" IO after the death of Solomon Tulbure, whose posts on his site "One World Order" had inspired Rick, Tawnie, "Dharma," "methos" and the other founders of the www.I-O.com site. They created or were given a rough degree system, and fleshed it out using their own concepts into 7 lesson levels, which they then offered as an email correspondence course, accompanied by access to additional, "hidden" forums on their site. To enter, one filled out an application (which apparently was, although Rick claimed not to have known, adopted directly from the CoS), which was then kept on file by Rick and Tawnie. Following this, a "mentor" was appointed who would "guide" you by asking a series of questions about each level's lesson material. The lessons began beningly enough with a short essay by Ayn Rand, whom I dispise, personally. Later lessons included a book about MLM (mulit-level marketing) as well as basic training in use of PGP (pretty good privacy, an email encryption program). The seventh level lesson was a "personal project" which was meant to be approved by the council of 5 GM's, ie. Rick, Tawnie, Dharma and methos. Avoid this site at all costs. It is a sham and perpetrates no worthwhile information. It claims to be IO, but has absolutely no ties, nor claims to any, to Weishaupt's original order. It is a farce and, although it is free to join, is only another means of collecting personal information on perspective interested parties investigating the IO. Personally, I believe the original members may have been influenced into creating their site and version of the IO at the suggestion of NIlsson Aime, an agent of the OTO. PEACE. - Jon

    http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread537788/pg1
    The POD vs. Thule The Thule Gesellschaft, which is directly connected with the Grand Lodge.... their website: http://www.thule-gesellschaft.org/ - source: http://alliedunion.wordpress.com/2009/08/01/updates-august-2009/ I am here to tell you this is a deception. This "Thule" group claims to have ties to the original Order of Thule that became the NAZI party under Adolph Hitler. This connextion is in the form of a particular dagger that is part antler or bone. This dagger is held by the Alpina Lodge of Swiss FreeMasonry. The head of pseudo-Thule, Jarl Vidar, never attempted to acquire this dagger from the Alpina Lodge. Instead he communicated with my associate and fellow POD-member, "Bambino Machiavelli," (ie. Steven Pearce), and asked Steven to be a third-party go-between on his behalf to the Alpina Lodge. Steven arranged a meeting, on agreement of some sum of money. Jarl never went, and instead broke the agreement with Steven over the money he'd promised him.

    The Thule have recently attempted to align themselves with "Supriem" David Rockefeller and his entire crew. They have ingratiated themselves to some of his affiliates, both past (such as Michael Prescott) and present (such as Wes Penre and Steven Pearce). They have used this alignment to attempt to collect blood samples from the people associated with SDR. In order to belong to the Thule order under Jarl Vidar, one must send in a blood sample and a palm print. This is not a joke. While none of the founding POD members, or those sitting in the current executive committee of our founding cell, have done this, we know people who have. They are told that their blood is going to be "tested" to see if it can be "activated" to become a "triple helix." While there is literature available substantiating the so-called "triple helix" of regular DNA bonded to monoatomic gold, neither Jarl nor his associates appear aware of this. Instead, they have possession of an esoteric-looking "machine" that will "test" the blood to see if the subject can have their "triple helix" activated not using monoatomic gold, but at a distance, using this esoteric "machine." Jarl has probably collected around twenty blood samples using this con-job. He is a scammer, and his associates and affiliates are as well. These include Harald Alker (a

    former associate) and Michael Prescott (a current associate), among more. Their inner-most secret is related to Jarl himself, claiming he has a unique birthmark pattern that identifies him as the reincarnation of the original founder of Thule, a German Sufi named Sebottendorf who drowned in the Bosphorus river. They claim that this birthmark depicts a very specific pattern, depicted below:

    This pattern is meaningless. It was never associated with Sobbetendorf, and thus has no relevance to any authentic re-creation of his original Thule society. It was generated by someone attempting to spread the mythos, and discovered by Jarl, who then modified it as the central secret of his pseudo-Thule. This secret has no validity,

    and there is moreover zero good justification to run an internet scheme which collects blood samples through the international mail. PEACE. - Jon

    http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread537782/pg1

    ***

    this is the first lamen of the law on the tablet on the right.

    this is the second lamen of the law on the tablet on the left.

    these are the reverse sides of the tablets on which the preceding two lamens are inscribed on the obverse.

    So, now, rather than being set to the solar aeon before and ending in year zero, what we are looking at here is the clock set 2000 years ahead, to the morning of the Spring Equinox, Pythagorean year zero, in either the northern or the southern hemisphere. We see that the zodiac rotates clockwise, and that the point of Spring Equinox on the zodiac for the 2000 year solar aeon beginning in the year zero is marked by the juncture between sun and moon in the planetary parallel lines. Further represented in this diagram are the relative Greek letters (in green), Hebrew letters (in blue), chakras (black on right) and metals (black on left) that correspond to each planet and sign of the zodiac. All of this is calibrated as an alignment occurring during the "notional" year zero, on the morning of Spring Equinox, in both the northern and southern hemisphere.

    The astrological labels on the Lemurian calendar signify 2000 year aeons of solar precession through the signs of the zodiac as they occur for sunrise on the spring equinox. This relates to the key given that describes the positions of the signs in the yearly seasons for each aeon. Therefore, to see what sign was rising in the east on the morning of any day other than the spring equinox, we would look at the triple-looped figures from the key to find the loop there representing the aeon in which the spring equinox was each sign on the Lemurian calendar, and then compare the two. +2000YP, the present, is the 2nd from the top loop of the magnified key, and positioned at 5:00 on the Lemurian calendar round.

    To begin with, what we are looking at here is a simple circle, divided into 12 equal parts, and each of these sections separated up into three sections all denoting the same meaning. On the outermost ring, we have a series of ratios and titles. To make use of these one must have already studied extensively the "Seasons of the Pope" document available in the publicly published Atlantean Constitutions.

    You might also like